initial commit of ebook 38010HEADmain

37 files changed, 31628 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/38010-0.txt b/38010-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..664312e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7430 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Adventures of John Jewitt, by John
+Rodgers Jewitt, Edited by Robert Brown
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Adventures of John Jewitt
+       Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship Boston During a Captivity of Nearly Three Years Among the Indians of Nootka Sound in Vancouver Island
+
+
+Author: John Rodgers Jewitt
+
+Editor: Robert Brown
+
+Release Date: November 14, 2011  [eBook #38010]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Moti Ben-Ari and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from page images generously made available by
+Internet Archive (http://www.archive.org)
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations.
+      See 38010-h.htm or 38010-h.zip:
+      (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/38010/38010-h/38010-h.htm)
+      or
+      (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/38010/38010-h.zip)
+
+
+      Images of the original pages are available through
+      Internet Archive. See
+      http://www.archive.org/details/adventuresofjohn00jewiuoft
+
+
+
+
+      
+[Illustration: Portrait of Dr. Robert Brown]
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT
+
+Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship _Boston_
+During a Captivity of Nearly Three Years Among
+the Indians of Nootka Sound in Vancouver Island
+
+Edited with an Introduction and Notes
+
+by
+
+Robert Brown, Ph.D., M.A., F.L.S.
+Commander of the First Vancouver Exploring Expedition
+
+With Thirteen Illustrations
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Clement Wilson
+29 Paternoster Row, London, E.C.
+1896
+
+[_All Rights Reserved_]
+
+Morrison and Gibb, Printers, Edinburgh
+
+
+
+
+IN MEMORY
+
+
+A sad interest attaches to this little book. Although published after
+his death, and therefore deprived of his final revision, it was not the
+last work which Dr. Robert Brown did. His manuscript was actually
+completed many months ago, but at his own request it was returned to him
+to receive a last careful overhaul at his hands. This revision had been
+practically finished, and the MS. lay ready uppermost among the papers
+in his desk, where it was found after his death. Dr. Brown died on the
+morning of the 26th of October, 1895, working almost to his last hour.
+Before the leader he had written for the _Standard_ on the evening of
+the 25th had come under the eyes of its readers, the hand that had
+penned it was cold in death. Between the evening and the morning he went
+home. He was only fifty-three, but "a righteous man, though he die
+before his time, shall be at rest."
+
+And in one sense Dr. Brown needed rest--ay, even this last and sweetest
+rest of all. His life had been one of unremitting work--work well done,
+which the busy, hurrying world mostly heeded not, knowing naught of the
+hand that did it. Some twenty years ago, when I first knew him, he was a
+fair, stalwart Northerner, full of vigour, mirthful also, and apparently
+looking out on the voyage of life with the confident, joyous eye of one
+who felt he had strength within him to conquer. His latter days were
+saddened by incessant toil, performed in weakness of body and jadedness
+of brain, and by the feeling that his best work, the work into which he
+put his rich stores of knowledge, was neither recognised nor requited as
+it should have been.
+
+To a sensitive man the daily wear and tear of a journalist's life in
+London is often murderous, always exhausting--and Dr. Brown was very
+sensitive. Beneath the genial exterior, which seemed to indicate a
+careless, light-hearted spirit, lay great depths of feeling, and a
+tenderness that shrank from expressing itself. The man was too proud and
+self-restrained to betray these depths even to those nearest and dearest
+to him. This was at once a nobility in him and a weakness. Had he opened
+his heart more, he would have chafed and fretted less, little annoyances
+would not have become mountain loads of care. But the truth is, Dr.
+Brown was not cut out for the life of an everyday journalist, either by
+training, habits, or disposition. The ideal post for him would have been
+that of a professor at some great university, where he could have had
+abundant leisure to pursue his favourite studies, where young men would
+have surrounded him and listened with delight to the outpouring of the
+wealth of lore with which his capacious intellect was stored. His lot
+was otherwise cast, and he accepted it manfully, battling with his
+destiny to his last hours, grimly and in silence of soul, intent only on
+one thing, to lift his children clear above the necessity for treading
+the same rough road upon which he had worn himself out.
+
+Other and worthier hands than mine may trace, it is to be hoped, the
+story of his life, his expeditions in America and Greenland, and his
+many literary labours not only in popularising scientific subjects, with
+a thoroughness and attractiveness too little recognised, but in walks
+apart where the multitude could not judge him. My dominant feeling about
+him for many years has been one of regret that he should be wearing his
+life away so fast. He never learned to play; to be completely idle for a
+day even became, latterly, irksome, almost irritating, to him. His
+fingers itched to hold the pen, to handle a book. Although in earlier
+times he could enjoy a brief holiday, he ever mixed work with his
+pleasure; could, indeed, accept no pleasure which did not imply work
+somewhere close to his hand. Thus his various journeys to Morocco,
+ostensibly taken, at any rate the earlier of them, to escape from all
+kinds of work, and from the sight of the day's newspaper, ended in his
+becoming the foremost authority in Great Britain upon the literature,
+present social condition, and probable future of that perishing country.
+The acquisition of this knowledge was all in his day's enjoyment.
+
+The testimony of the introduction and notes to this little book is
+enough to prove how thoroughly and conscientiously everything that Dr.
+Brown undertook was done. The question of payment rarely entered into
+his calculations. Some of his very best work was done for nothing,
+because he loved to do it. Witness his edition of _Leo Africanus_,
+prepared for the Hakluyt Society, and his innumerable memoirs to the
+various learned Societies of which he was a member.
+
+Few of Dr. Brown's London friends were aware that his attainments as a
+scientific botanist were of the highest order. Yet in this department of
+science alone he had written thirty papers and reports, besides an
+advanced text-book of Botany (published by William Blackwood and Sons),
+before the summer of 1872, when he was only thirty years of age. These
+were entirely outside his contributions to general literature on that
+and other subjects, already at that date numerous; and if we add to the
+list the various reports, essays, memoranda contributed by him to the
+Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, of which he was President, to the
+Royal Geographical Society, of whose Council he was a member at his
+death, and to numerous other bodies, as well as to scientific and
+popular journals, on geographical, geological, and zoological subjects,
+from first to last the total mounts to several hundreds. In these
+branches of science his heart lay always, but he laboured for his daily
+bread and to give to him that needed.
+
+The portrait forming the frontispiece to this volume is from a
+photograph of Dr. Brown taken in 1870, just after his return from his
+last expedition to Greenland, and represents him much as he looked when,
+some years later, he first came to London, after failing to obtain the
+chair of Botany in Edinburgh University. That was a disappointment which
+he cannot be said ever to have entirely surmounted. The memory of it to
+some extent kept him aloof from his fellow-labourers in the world of
+journalism. What work he had to do he did loyally, manfully, and with
+the most scrupulous care; but he lived a man apart, more or less, from
+his first coming among us to the end. In his family circle, and where he
+was really known, his loss has brought a great sorrow.
+
+    A. J. W.
+    LONDON, _February 16, 1896_.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                          PAGE
+  INTRODUCTION. BY DR. ROBERT BROWN                         13
+
+  CHAPTER I
+  BIRTH, PARENTAGE, AND EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR            43
+
+  CHAPTER II
+  VOYAGE TO NOOTKA SOUND                                    53
+
+  CHAPTER III
+  INTERCOURSE WITH THE NATIVES--MAQUINA--SEIZURE
+  OF THE VESSEL AND MURDER OF THE CREW                      58
+
+  CHAPTER IV
+  RECEPTION OF JEWITT BY THE SAVAGES--ESCAPE OF
+  THOMPSON--ARRIVAL OF NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--AN INDIAN FEAST 70
+
+  CHAPTER V
+  BURNING OF THE VESSEL--COMMENCEMENT OF JEWITT'S JOURNAL   83
+
+  CHAPTER VI
+  DESCRIPTION OF NOOTKA SOUND--MANNER OF BUILDING
+  HOUSES--FURNITURE--DRESSES                                95
+
+  CHAPTER VII
+  APPEARANCE OF THE NATIVES--ORNAMENTS--OTTER-HUNTING--
+  FISHING--CANOES                                          112
+
+  CHAPTER VIII
+  MUSIC--MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS--SLAVES--NEIGHBOURING
+  TRIBES--TRADE WITH THESE--ARMY                           129
+
+  CHAPTER IX
+  SITUATION OF THE AUTHOR--REMOVAL TO TASHEES--FISHING
+  PARTIES                                                  142
+
+  CHAPTER X
+  CONVERSATION WITH MAQUINA--FRUITS--RELIGIOUS
+  CEREMONIES--VISIT TO UPQUESTA                            156
+
+  CHAPTER XI
+  RETURN TO NOOTKA (FRIENDLY COVE)--DEATH OF MAQUINA'S
+  NEPHEW--INSANITY OF TOOTOOSCH--AN INDIAN MOUNTEBANK      172
+
+  CHAPTER XII
+  WAR WITH THE A-Y-CHARTS--A NIGHT ATTACK--PROPOSALS TO
+  PURCHASE THE AUTHOR                                      185
+
+  CHAPTER XIII
+  MARRIAGE OF THE AUTHOR--HIS ILLNESS--DISMISSES HIS
+  WIFE--RELIGION OF THE NATIVES--CLIMATE                   198
+
+  CHAPTER XIV
+  ARRIVAL OF THE BRIG "LYDIA"--STRATAGEM OF THE
+  AUTHOR--ITS SUCCESS                                      223
+
+  APPENDIX
+  I. THE "BOSTON'S" CREW                                   247
+  II. WAR-SONG OF THE NOOTKA TRIBE                         248
+  III. A LIST OF WORDS                                     249
+
+  INDEX                                                    253
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+                                                          PAGE
+  PORTRAIT OF DR. ROBERT BROWN (1870)           _Frontispiece_
+  DR. BROWN'S "BOY"                                         14
+  PORT SAN JUAN INDIANS                                     16
+  OHYAHT INDIAN                                             24
+  INDIAN ENCAMPMENT NEAR THE LANDING-STAGE, ESQUIMAULT      33
+  HABITATIONS IN NOOTKA SOUND (TEMP. 1803)                  97
+  INTERIOR OF A HABITATION IN NOOTKA SOUND                 103
+  NOOTKA SOUND INDIANS                                     111
+  INDIAN CANOES, VICTORIA, V. I. (TEMP. 1863)              125
+  UK-LULAC-AHT INDIAN                                      135
+  SALMON WEAR NEAR THE INDIAN VILLAGE OF QUAMICHAN, V. I.  149
+  CALLICUM AND MAQUILLA, CHIEFS OF NOOTKA SOUND
+      (TEMP. 1803)                                         159
+  INDIAN CHIEF'S GRAVE (TEMP. 1863)                        209
+
+
+
+
+ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+Many years ago--when America was in the midst of war, when railways
+across the continent were but the dream of sanguine men, and when the
+Pacific was a faraway sea--the writer of these lines passed part of a
+pleasant summer in cruising along the western shores of Vancouver
+Island. Our ship's company was not distinguished, for it consisted of
+two fur-traders and an Indian "boy," and the sloop in which the crew and
+passengers sailed was so small, that, when the wind failed, and the
+brown folk ashore looked less amiable and the shore more rugged than was
+desirable, we put her and ourselves beyond hail by the aid of what
+seamen know as a "white ash breeze." Out of one fjord we went, only to
+enter another so like it that there was often a difficulty in deciding
+by the mere appearance of the shore which was which. Everywhere the
+dense forest of Douglas fir and Menzies spruce covered the country from
+the water's edge to the summit of the rounded hills which here and there
+caught the eye in the still little known, but at that date almost
+entirely unexplored interior. Wherever a tree could obtain a foothold,
+there a tree grew, until in places their roots were at times laved by
+the spray. Beneath this thick clothing of heavy timber flourished an
+almost equally dense undergrowth of shrubs, which until then were only
+known to us from the specimens introduced from North-West America into
+the European gardens. Gay were the thickets of thimbleberry[1] and
+salmonberry[2] wherever the soil was rich, and for miles the ground was
+carpeted with the salal,[3] while the huckleberry,[4] the crab-apple,[5]
+and the flowering currant[6] varied the monotony of the gloomy woods. In
+places the ginseng, or, as the woodmen call it, the "devil's
+walking-stick,"[7] with its long prickly stem and palm-like head of
+great leaves, imparted an almost tropical aspect to scenery which, seen
+from the deck of our little craft, looked so like that of Southern
+Norway, that I have never seen the latter without recalling the outer
+limits of British Columbia. On the few flat spits where the sun reached,
+the gigantic cedars[8] and broad-leaved maples[9] lighted up the scene,
+while the dogwood,[10] with its large white flowers reflected in the
+water of some river which, after a turbulent course, had reached the sea
+through a placid mouth, or a Menzies arbutus,[11] whose glossy leaves
+and brown bark presented a more southern facies to the sombre jungles,
+afforded here and there a relief to the never-ending fir and pine and
+spruce.
+
+[Illustration: DR. BROWN'S "BOY."]
+
+A more solitary shore, so far as white men are concerned, it would be
+hard to imagine. From the day we left until the day we returned, we
+sighted only one sail; and from Port San Juan, where an Indian trader
+lived a lonely life in an often-beleaguered blockhouse, to Koskeemo
+Sound, where another of these voluntary exiles passed his years among
+the savages, there was not a christened man, with the exception of the
+little settlement of lumbermen at the head of the Alberni Canal. For
+months at a time no keel ever ploughed this sea, and then too frequently
+it was a warship sent from Victoria to chastise the tribesmen for some
+outrage committed on wayfaring men such as we. The floating fur-trader
+with whom we exchanged the courtesies of the wilderness had indeed been
+despitefully used. For had he not taken to himself some savage woman,
+who had levanted to her tribe with those miscellaneous effects which he
+termed "iktas"? And the Klayoquahts had stolen his boat, and the
+Kaoquahts his beans and his vermilion and his rice, and threatened to
+scuttle his schooner and stick his head on its masthead. And, moreover,
+to complete this tale of public pillage and private wrong, a certain
+chief, to whom he applied many ornate epithets, had declared that he
+cared not a salal-berry for all of "King George's warships." So that the
+conclusion of this merchant of the wilds was that, until "half the
+Indians were hanged, and the other half badly licked, there would be no
+peace on the coast for honest men such as he." Then, under a cloud of
+playful blasphemy, our friend sailed away.
+
+[Illustration: PORT SAN JUAN INDIANS.]
+
+For if civilisation was scarce in the Western Vancouver of '63,
+savagedom was all-abounding. Not many hours passed without our having
+dealings with the lords of the soil. It was indeed our business--or, at
+least, the business of the two men and the Indian "boy"--to meet with
+and make profit out of the barbarous folk. Hence it was seldom that we
+went to sleep without the din of a board village in our ears, or woke
+without the ancient and most fish-like smell of one being the first
+odour which greeted our nostrils. In almost every cove, creek, or inlet
+there was one of these camps, and every few miles we entered the
+territory of a new tribe, ruled by a rival chief, rarely on terms with
+his neighbour, and as often as not at war with him. More than once we
+had occasion to witness the gruesome evidence of this state of matters.
+A war party returning from a raid on a distant hamlet would be met with,
+all painted in hideous colours, and with the bleeding heads of their
+decapitated enemies fastened to the bows of their cedar canoes, and the
+cowering captives, doomed to slavery, bound among the fighting men. Or,
+casting anchor in front of a village, we would be shown with pride a row
+of festering skulls stuck on poles, as proof of the military prowess of
+our shifty hosts.
+
+These were, however, unusually unpleasant incidents. More frequently we
+saw little except the more lightsome traits of what was then a very
+primitive savage life, and the barbarous folk treated us kindly. A
+marriage feast might be in progress, or a great "potlatch," or
+merrymaking, at which the giving away of property was the principal
+feature (p. 82), might be in full blaze at the very moment we steered
+round the wooded point. Halibut and dog-fish were being caught in vast
+quantities--the one for slicing and drying for winter use; the other for
+the sake of the oil extracted from the liver, then as now an important
+article of barter, being in ready demand by the Puget Sound saw-mills.
+Now and then a fur-seal or, better still, a sea-otter would be killed.
+But this is not the land of choice furs. Even the marten and the mink
+were indifferent. Beaver--which in those days, after having been almost
+hunted to death, were again getting numerous, owing to the low prices
+which the pelts brought having slackened the trappers' zeal--would often
+be brought on board, and a few hides of the wapiti, the "elk" of the
+Western hunter, and the black-tailed deer which swarm in the Vancouver
+woods, generally appeared at every village. The natives are, however,
+essentially fish-eaters, and though in every tribe there is generally a
+hunter or two, the majority of them seldom wander far afield, the
+interior being in their mythology a land of evil things, of which wise
+men would do well to keep clear. Even the black bear, which in autumn
+was often a common feature of the country, where it ranged the
+crab-apple thickets, was not at this season an object of the chase. Like
+the deer and the wolves, it was shunning the heat and the flies by
+summering near the snow which we could notice still capping some of the
+inland hills, rising to heights of from five thousand to seven thousand
+feet, and feasting on the countless salmon which were descending every
+stream, until, with the receding waters, they were left stranded in the
+upland pools. So cheap were salmon, that at times they could be bought
+for a cent's worth of "trade goods," and deer in winter for a few
+charges of powder and shot. A whale-hunt, in which the behemoth was
+attacked by harpoons with attached inflated sealskins, after a fashion
+with which I had become familiar when a resident among the Eskimo of
+Baffin Bay, was a more curious sight. Yet dog-fish oil was the staple of
+the unpicturesque traffic in which my companions engaged; while I, a
+hunter after less considered trifles, landed to roam the woods and
+shores for days at a time, gathering the few flowers which bloomed under
+these umbrageous forests, though in number sufficient to tempt the
+red-beaked humming-bird[12] to migrate from Mexico to these northern
+regions, its tiny nest being frequently noticed on the tops of low
+bushes.
+
+[Sidenote: The Aht Indians.]
+
+But, after all, the most interesting sight on the shore was the people
+who inhabited it. They were the "Indians," whom my friend Gilbert Sproat
+afterwards described as the "Ahts,"[13] for this syllable terminates the
+name of each of the many little tribes into which they are divided. Yet,
+with a disregard of the laws of nomenclature, the Ethnological Bureau at
+Washington has only recently announced its intention of knowing them
+officially by the meaningless title of "Wakashan." They are a people by
+themselves, speaking a language which was confined to Vancouver Island,
+with the exception of Cape Flattery, the western tip of Washington,
+where the Makkahs speak it. In Vancouver Island, a region about the size
+of Ireland, three, if not four distinct aboriginal tongues are in use,
+in addition to Chinook Jargon, a sort of _lingua franca_ employed by the
+Indians in their intercourse with the whites or with tribes whose speech
+they do not understand. The Kawitshen (Cowitchan) with its various
+dialects, the chief of which is the Tsongersth (Songer) of the people
+near Victoria, prevails from Sooke in the Strait of Juan de Fuca,
+northwards to Comox. From that point to the northern end of the island
+various dialects of the Kwakiool (Cogwohl of the traders) are the medium
+in which the tribesmen do not conceal their thoughts. The people of
+Quatseno and Koskeemo Sounds, owing to their frequent intercourse with
+Fort Rupert on the other side of the island, which at this point is at
+its narrowest, understand and frequently speak the Kwakiool. But after
+passing several days entirely alone among these people, I can vouch for
+the fact that this dialect is so peculiar that it almost amounts to a
+separate language. However, from this part, or properly, from Woody
+Point southwards to Port San Juan, the Aht language is entirely
+different.
+
+The latter locality,[14] nearly opposite Cape Flattery, on the other
+side of Juan de Fuca Strait, the most southern part, and the only one on
+the mainland where it is spoken, is the special territory of the
+Pachenahts. When I knew them, they were, like all of their race, a
+dwindling people. A few years earlier, Grant had estimated them to
+number a hundred men. In 1863 there were not more than a fifth of that
+number fit to manage a canoe, and the total number of the tribe did not
+exceed sixty. War with the Sclallans and Makkahs on the opposite shore,
+and smallpox, which is more powerful than gunpowder, had so decimated
+them that, no longer able to hold their own, they had leagued with the
+Nettinahts, old allies of theirs, for mutual defence. Quixto, the chief,
+I find described in my notes as a stout fellow, terrible at a bargain,
+very well disposed towards the whites, as are all his tribe, the husband
+of four wives, an extraordinary number for the Indians of the coast, and
+reputed to be rich in blankets and the other gear which constitutes
+wealth among the aborigines of this part of the British Empire. In their
+palmy days they had made way as far north as Clayoquat Sound and the
+Ky-yoh-quaht-cutz in one direction, and with the Tsongersth to the
+eastward, though that now pusillanimous tribe had generally the best of
+them. Their eastern border is, however, the Jordan River, but they have
+a fishing station at the Sombria (Cockles), and several miles up both
+the Pandora and Jordan Rivers flowing into their bay. Karleit is their
+western limit.
+
+The Nettinahts[15] are a more powerful tribe; indeed, at the period when
+the writer of this book was a prisoner in Nootka Sound, they were among
+the strongest of all the Aht people. Even then, they had four
+hundred[16] fighting men, and were a people with whom it did not do to
+be off your guard. They have--or had--many villages, from Pachena
+Bay[17] to the west and Karleit to the east, besides three villages in
+Nettinaht Inlet,[18] eleven fishing stations on the Nettinaht River,
+three stations on the Cowitchan Lake, and one at Sguitz on the Cowitchan
+River itself, while they sometimes descend as far as Tsanena to plant
+potatoes. They have thus the widest borders of any Indian tribe in
+Vancouver Island, and have a high reputation as hunters, whale-fishers,
+and warriors. Moqulla was then the head chief, but every winter a
+sub-tribe hunted and fished on the Cowitchan Lake, a sheet of water
+which I was among the first to visit, and the very first to "lay down"
+with approximate accuracy. Though nowadays--_Eheu fugaces, Postume,
+Postume, labuntur anni!_--there is a waggon road to the lake, and, I am
+told, "a sort of hotel" on the spot where eight-and-twenty years ago we
+encamped on extremely short rations, though with the soothing knowledge
+that if only the Fates were kindly and the wind favourable, there were
+plenty of trout in the water, and a dinner at large in the woods around.
+In those days most of the Nettinaht villages were fortified with wooden
+pickets to prevent any night attack, and from its situation, Whyack, the
+principal one (built on a cliff, stockaded on the seaward side, and
+reached only by a narrow entrance where the surf breaks continuously),
+is impregnable to hostile canoemen. This people accordingly carried
+themselves with a high hand, and bore a name correspondingly bad.
+
+Barclay--or Berkeley Sound--is the home of various petty
+tribes--Ohyahts, Howchuklisahts, Yu-clul-ahts, Toquahts, Seshahts, and
+Opechesahts. The two with whom I was best acquainted were the last
+named. The Seshahts lived at the top of the Alberni Canal--a long
+narrow fjord or cleft in the island--and on the Seshaht Islands in the
+Sound. During the summer months they came for salmon-fishing to Sa ha,
+or the first rapids on the Kleekort or Saman River,[19] their chief
+being Ia-pou-noul, who had just succeeded to this office owing to the
+abdication of his father, though the entire fighting force of the tribe
+did not number over fifty men. As late as 1859 the Seshahts seized an
+American ship, the _Swiss Boy_. The Opechesahts, of whom I have very
+kindly memories, as I encamped with their chief for many days, and
+explored Sproat Lake in his company, were an offshoot of the Seshahts,
+and had their home on the Kleekort River, but, owing to a massacre by
+the now extinct Quallehum (Qualicom) Indians from the opposite coast,
+who caught them on an island in Sproat Lake, they were reduced to
+seventeen men, most of them, however, tall, handsome fellows, and good
+hunters. Chieftainship in that part of the world goes by inheritance.
+Hence there may be many of these hereditary aristocrats in a very small
+tribe. Accordingly, few though the Opechesaht warriors were, three men,
+Quatgenam, Kalooish or Kanash, and Quassoon, a shaggy, thick-set, and
+tremendously strong individual who crossed the island with me in 1865,
+were entitled to that rank; and it may be added that the women of this,
+the most freshwater of all the Vancouver tribes, were noted for a more
+than usual share of good looks.
+
+The Howchuklisahts, whose chief was Maz-o-wennis, numbered forty-five
+people, including twenty-eight men. They lived in Ouchucklesit[20]
+Harbour, off the Alberni Canal; they had also a fishing camp on
+Henderson Lake, and two or three lodges on the rapid or stream flowing
+out of that sheet of water, which was discovered and named by me. But
+they were "bad to deal with."
+
+[Illustration: OHYAHT INDIAN.]
+
+The You-clul-ahts of Ucluelt Inlet, ruled by Ia-pou-noul, a wealthy man
+in blankets and other Indian wealth, numbered about one hundred. The
+chief of the Toquahts in Pipestem Inlet was Sow-wa-wenes, a middle-aged
+man, who had an easy task, as his lieges numbered only eleven, so that
+they were thirty years ago on the eve of extinction. The Ohyahts of
+Grappler Creek were estimated in 1863 to be about one hundred and
+seventy-five in fighting strength--which, multiplied by four for women
+and children, would make them, for that region, an unusually strong
+community. These figures are probably correct, since the man who made
+the statement was, after living for years amongst them, eventually
+murdered by the savages,[21] whom he had trusted too implicitly.
+Kleesheens, a notorious scoundrel, was their chief. In Clayoquat Sound
+were the Klahoquahts, Kellsmahts, Ahousahts, Heshquahts, and
+Mamosahts--the last a little tribe numbering only five men. Indeed, with
+the exception of the Klahoquahts (who numbered one hundred and sixty
+men) and the Ahousahts (who claimed two hundred and fifty), these little
+septs, all devoured by mutual hatred, and frequently at war with each
+other, were even then dwindling to nothingness. But the Opetsahts,
+though marked on the Admiralty Chart[22] as a separate tribe, are--or
+were--only a village of the Ahousahts.
+
+In Nootka Sound, the Muchlahts and Mooachahts lived. In Esperanza
+Inlet were the villages of two tribes--the Noochahlahts and Ayattisahts,
+numbering forty and twenty-two men respectively, and chiefed at that
+time by two worthies of the names of Mala-koi-Kennis, and
+Quak-ate-Komisa, whom we left in the delectable condition of each
+expecting the other round to cut his and his tribesmen's throats.
+
+North of this inlet were Ky-yoh-quahts, of the Sound of that name
+(Kaioquat), numbering two hundred and fifty men. To us they were
+exceedingly friendly, though a trader whom we met had a different tale
+to tell of their treatment of him. Kanemat, a young man of about
+twenty-two, was their chief, though the tribe was virtually governed by
+his mother, a notable lady named Shipally, and at times by his pretty
+squaw, Wick-anes, and his lively son and heir, Klahe-ek-enes. The
+Chaykisahts, the Klahosahts, and the Neshahts of Woody Point are the
+other Aht tribes, though the latter is not included among them by Mr.
+Sproat. But they speak their language, of which their chief village is
+its most northern limit.
+
+Everywhere their tribes showed such evident signs of decadence that by
+this time some of them must be all but extinct. Still, as the whites had
+not come much in contact with them--though all of them asked us for
+"lum" (rum), but did not get it, it is clear enough what had been the
+traders' staple--the "diseases of civilisation" could not be blamed for
+their decay. Even then the practical extermination of two tribes was so
+recent that the facts were still fresh in their neighbours' memory.
+These were the Ekkalahts, who lived at the top of the Alberni Canal, but
+were all but killed off in the same massacre by which the Opechesahts
+were decimated. The only survivor was a man named Keekeon, who lived
+with the Seshahts, most of whom had forgotten even the name of this
+vanquished little nationality. The other tribe was the Koapinahts (or
+Koapin-ah), who at that time numbered sixty or seventy people, but at
+the period to which I refer they were reduced to two adults--a man and a
+woman--all the rest having been slaughtered a few years earlier by the
+Kwakiools from the other side of the island, in conjunction with the
+Neshahts of Woody Point. In after days I learned to know these tribes
+very familiarly, crossing and recrossing the island with or to them,
+hunting and canoeing with them, in the woods, up the rivers, or on the
+lakes, and gathering from their lips
+
+    "This fair report of them who dwell
+    In that retirement."
+
+At first sight these "tinkler loons and siclike companie" were by no
+means attractive. They were frowsy, and, undeniably, they were not
+clean. But it was only after penetrating their inner ways, after
+learning the wealth of custom and folk-lore of which they, all
+unconscious of their riches, were the jealous custodians, that one began
+to appreciate these primitive folk from a scientific point of view. Even
+yet, as the writer recalls the days when he was prone to find men more
+romantic than is possible in "middle life forlorn," it is difficult not
+to associate the most prosaic of savages with something of the
+picturesqueness which, in novels at least, used to cling to all their
+race. For, as the charm of such existence as theirs unfolded itself to
+the lover of woods and prairies, and lakes and virgin streams, the
+neglect of soap and of sanitation was forgotten. As Mr. Leland has
+remarked about the gipsies: "When their lives and legends are known,
+the ethnologist is apt to think of Tieck's elves, and of the Shang
+Valley, which was so grim and repulsive from without, but which, once
+entered, was the gay forecourt of Goblin-land."
+
+In those days little was known--and little cared--about any of the
+Western tribes, except by the "schooner-men," as the Indians called the
+roving traders. Their very names were strange to the majority of the
+Victoria people, and I am told that very few of the colonists of to-day
+are any better informed. It has therefore been thought fitting that I
+should go somewhat minutely into the condition of the Indians, at a
+period when they were more primitive than now, as a slight contribution
+to the meagre chronicles of a dying race. For if not preserved here, it
+is likely to perish with almost the last survivor of a little band with
+whom, during the last two decades, death has been busy.
+
+[Sidenote: Nootka Sound and its memories.]
+
+Among the many inlets which we entered on the cruise which has enabled
+me to edit this narrative of a less fortunate predecessor, was Nootka
+Sound. No portion of North-West America was more famous than this spot,
+for once upon a time it was the former centre of the fur trade, and a
+locality which more than once figured prominently in diplomatic
+correspondence. Indeed, so associated was it as the type of this part of
+the western continent, that in many works the heterogeneous group of
+savages who inhabit the entire coast between the Columbia River and the
+end of Vancouver Island was described as the "Nootka-Columbians." More
+than one species of plant and animal attest the fact of this Sound
+having been the locality at which the naturalist first broke ground in
+North-West America. There are, for instance, a _Haliotis Nutkaensis_ (an
+ear shell), a _Rubus Nutkanus_ (a raspberry); and a yellow cypress,
+which, however, attained its chief development on the mainland much
+farther north, bears among its synonyms that of _Chamcæcyparis
+Nutkaensis_. For though it is undeniable that Ensign Juan Perez
+discovered it as early as 1779, and named it Port San Lorenzo, after the
+saint on whose day it was first seen, this fact was unknown or
+forgotten, when, four years later, Cook entered, and called it King
+George Sound, though he tells us it was afterwards found that it was
+called Nootka by the natives. Hence arose the title it has ever since
+borne, though this was an entire mistake on the great navigator's part,
+since there is no word in the Aht language at all corresponding to
+Nootka, unless indeed it is "Nootche," a mountain, which not unlikely
+Cook mistook for that of the inlet generally. The proofs of the presence
+of earlier visitors were iron and other tools, familiarity with ships,
+and two silver spoons of Spanish manufacture, which, we may take it, had
+been stolen from Perez's ship. The next vessel to enter the Sound was
+the _Sea Otter_, under the command of Captain James Hanna, who made such
+a haul in the shape of sea-otter skins that for many years Nootka was
+the great rendezvous of the fur-traders who cruised as far north as
+Russian America--now Alaska--and, like Portlock, Dixon, and Meares,
+charted and named many of the most familiar parts of the British
+Columbian coast. Meares built the _North-West America_ by the aid of
+Chinese carpenters in Nootka Sound in the winter of 1788-89, this little
+sloop being the first vessel, except a canoe, ever constructed in the
+country north of California.
+
+The lucrative trade done by the English and American traders, some of
+whom, disposing of their furs in China, sailed under the Portuguese flag
+and fitted out at Macao as the port most readily open to them,
+determined the Spaniards to assert their rights to the original
+discovery. This was done by Don Estevan Martinez "taking possession" of
+the Sound, seizing the vessels there, and erecting a fort to maintain
+the territory against all comers. A hot diplomatic warfare ensued, the
+result of which was the Convention of Nootka, by which the Sound was
+made over to Great Britain; and it was while engaged on this mission of
+receiving the Sound that Vancouver, conjointly with Quadra, the Spanish
+commander, discovered that the region it intersects is an island, which
+for a time bore their joint names, but by general consent has that of
+Vancouver only attached to it nowadays.
+
+This was in the year 1795. Being now indisputably British territory,
+Nootka and the coasts north and south of it became more and more
+frequented by fur-traders, who found, in spite of the increasing
+scarcity of pelts, and the higher prices which keener competition
+brought about, an ample profit in buying tolerably cheap on the American
+coast and selling very dear to the Chinese, whose love for the sea-otter
+continues unabated. Many of these adventurers were Americans--hailing,
+for the most part, from Boston. Hence to this day an American is
+universally known among the North-Western Indians as a "Boston-man,"
+while an Englishman is quite as generally termed a "Kintshautsh man"
+(King George man), it being during the long reign of George III. that
+they first became acquainted with our countrymen. Their barter was
+carried on in knives, copper plates, copper kettles, muskets,
+brass-hilted swords, soldiers' coats and buttons, pistols, tomahawks,
+and blankets, which soon superseded the more costly "Kotsaks" of
+sea-otter until then the principal garment, though the women wore, as
+they do still at times (or did when I knew the shore), blankets woven
+out of pine-tree bark. Rum also seemed to have been freely disposed of,
+and no doubt many of the outrages which early began to mark the
+intercourse of the brown men and their white visitors were not a little
+due to this, and to the customs, ever more free than welcome, in which
+it is the habit of the mariner to indulge when he and the savage
+forgather. At all events, the natives and their foreign visitors seem to
+have come very soon into collision. Indeed, it was seldom that a voyage
+was completed without some outrage on one or both sides, followed by
+reprisals from the party supposed to have been wronged. Thus part of the
+crew of the _Imperial Eagle_, under the command of Captain Barclay,[23]
+who discovered and named in his own honour the Sound so called, were
+murdered at "Queenhythe,"[24] south of Juan de Fuca Strait, which
+Barclay was amongst the first to explore, or rather to rediscover. At a
+later date, namely, in 1805, the _Atahualpa_ of Rhode Island was
+attacked in Millbank Sound, and her captain, mate, and six seamen were
+killed. In 1811 the _Tonquin_, belonging to John Jacob Astor's romantic
+fur-trading adventure, which is so well known from Washington Irving's
+_Astoria_, was seized by the savages on this coast, and then blown up by
+M'Kay, the chief trader, with the entire crew and their assailants. The
+scene of the catastrophe has been stated to be Nootka, but other
+commentators have fixed upon Barclay Sound, and as late as 1863 an
+intelligent trader informed me that some ship's timbers, half buried in
+the sand there, were attributed by the Indians to some disastrous event,
+which he believed to have been the one in question.[25] I am, however,
+now inclined to think that in crediting Nahwitti, at the northern end of
+Vancouver Island, with this notable event in the early history of
+North-West America,[26] Dr. George Dawson has arrived at the truth.
+
+To this day--or until very recently--the Indians of the North-West
+coast are not accounted very trustworthy, and at the period when I knew
+them they were suspected of killing several traders and of looting more
+than one small vessel, acts which earned for them frequent visits from
+the gunboats at Esquimault, and in several instances the undesirable
+distinction of having their villages shelled when they refused to
+give up the offenders--generally a difficult operation, since it meant
+pretty well the entire village.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN ENCAMPMENT NEAR THE LANDING-STAGE, ESQUIMAULT.]
+
+[Sidenote: John Jewitt and the capture of the "Boston" in 1803.]
+
+But the most famous of all the piracies of the Western Indians is that
+of which an account is contained in John Jewitt's Narrative. The
+ostensible author of this work was a Hull blacksmith, the armourer of
+the _Boston_, an American ship which was seized while lying in Nootka
+Sound, and the entire crew massacred, with the exception of Jewitt, who
+was spared owing to his skill as a mechanic being valuable to the
+Indians, and John Thompson, the sail-maker, who, though left for dead,
+recovered, and was saved by the tact of Jewitt in representing him to be
+his father. This happened in March 1803, and from that date until the
+20th of July 1805, these two men were kept in slavery to the chief
+Maquenna or Moqulla, when they were freed by the arrival of the brig
+_Lydia_ of Boston, Samuel Hill master. During this servitude, Jewitt,
+who seems to have been a man of some education, kept a journal and
+acquired the Aht language, though the style in which his book is written
+shows that in preparing it for the press he had obtained the assistance
+of a more practised writer than himself. Still, his work is a valuable
+contribution to ethnology. For, omitting the brief but excellent
+accounts by Cook and Meares, it is the earliest, and, with the exception
+of Mr. Sproat's lecture, the fullest description of these Indians. It is
+indeed the only one treating specially on the Nootka people, with whom
+alone he had any minute acquaintance. Some of the habits he pictures are
+now obsolete, or greatly modified, but others--it may be said the
+greater number--are exactly as he notes them to have been eighty-six
+years ago. Besides the internal evidences of its authenticity, the truth
+of the adventures described was vouched for at the time by Jewitt's
+companion in slavery; and though there is no absolute proof of its
+credibility, it may not be uninteresting to state that, thirty years
+ago, I conversed with an American sea captain, who, as a boy, distinctly
+remembered Jewitt working as a blacksmith in the town of Middleton in
+Connecticut. When the book was first published, in the year 1815,
+several editions appeared in America, and at least two reprints were
+called for in England, so that the Narrative enjoyed considerable
+popularity in the first two decades of the century. Writing in 1840,
+Robert Green Low, Librarian to the Department of State at Washington,
+characterises it as "a simple and unpretending narrative, which will, no
+doubt, in after centuries, be read with interest by the enlightened
+people of North-West America." Again, in 1845, the same industrious,
+though not always impartial, historian remarks that "this little book
+has been frequently reprinted, and, though seldom found in libraries, is
+much read by boys and seamen in the United States." As copies are now
+seldom met with, this is no longer the case, though on our cruise in
+1863 it was one of the well-thumbed little library of the traders, one
+of whom had inherited it from William Edy Banfield, whose name has
+already been mentioned (p. 25). This trader, for many years a well-known
+man on the out-of-the-way parts of the coast, furnished a curious link
+between Jewitt's time and our own. For an old Indian told him that he
+had, as a boy, served in the family of a chief of Nootka, called
+Klan-nin-itth, at the time when Jewitt and Thompson were in slavery; and
+that he often assisted Jewitt in making spears, arrows, and other
+weapons required for hostile expeditions. He said, further, that the
+white slave generally accompanied his owner on visits which he paid to
+the Ayhuttisaht, Ahousaht, and Klahoquaht chiefs. This old man
+especially remembered Jewitt, who was a good-humoured fellow, often
+reciting and singing in his own language for the amusement of the
+tribesmen. He was described as a tall, well-made youth, with a mirthful
+countenance, whose dress latterly consisted of nothing but a mantle of
+cedar bark. Mr. Sproat, who obtained his information from the same
+quarter that I did, adds that there was a long story of Jewitt's
+courting, and finally abducting, the daughter of Waughclagh, the
+Ahousaht chief. This incident in his career is not recorded by our
+author, who, however, was married to a daughter of Upquesta, an
+Ayhuttisaht Indian.
+
+Apart, however, from Jewitt not caring to enlighten the decent-living
+puritans of Connecticut too minutely regarding his youthful escapades,
+it is not unlikely that Mr. Banfield's informant mixed up some
+half-forgotten legends regarding another white man, who, seventeen years
+before Jewitt's captivity, had voluntarily remained among these Nootka
+Indians. This was a scapegrace named John M'Kay,[27] an Irishman, who,
+after being in the East India Company's Service in some minor medical
+capacity, shipped in 1785 on board the _Captain Cook_ as surgeon's mate,
+and was left behind in Nootka Sound, in the hope that he would so
+ingratiate himself with the natives, as to induce them to refuse furs to
+any other traders except those with whom he was connected. This man
+seems to have been an ignorant, untruthful braggart, who contradicted
+himself in many important particulars. But entire credence may be given
+to his statement that in a short time he sank into barbarism, becoming
+as filthy as the dirtiest of his savage companions. For when Captain
+Hanna saw him in August 1786, the natives had stripped him of his
+clothes, and obliged him to adopt their dress and habits. He even
+refused to leave, declaring that he had begun to relish dried fish and
+whale oil--though, owing to a famine in the Sound, he got little of
+either--and was well satisfied to stay for another year. After making
+various excursions in the country about Nootka Sound, during which he
+came to the conclusion that it was not a part of the American continent,
+but a chain of detached islands, he gladly deserted his Indian wife, and
+left with Captain Berkeley in 1787. To "preach, fight, and mend a
+musket" seems to have been too much for this medical pluralist. His
+further history I am unable to trace, though, for the sake of historical
+roundness, it would have been interesting to believe that he was the
+same M'Kay who twenty-four years later ended his career so terribly by
+blowing up the _Tonquin_, with whose son I was well acquainted.
+
+In all of these transactions the head chief of Nootka, or at least of
+the Mooachahts, figures prominently. This was Maquenna or Moqulla
+(Jewitt's Maquina), who, with his relative Wikananish, ruled over most
+of the tribes from here to Nettinaht Inlet. He was a shifty savage,
+endowed with no small mental ability, and, though at times capable of
+acts which were almost generous, untrustworthy like most of his race,
+and when offended ready for any act of vindictiveness. Wikananish was on
+a visit to Maquenna when the _Discovery_ and _Resolution_ entered the
+Sound, and among the relics which Maquenna kept for many years were a
+brass mortar left by Cook, which in Meares's day was borne before the
+chief as a portion of his regalia, and three "pieces of a brassy metal
+formed like cricket bats," on which were the remains of the name and
+arms of Sir Joseph Banks, and the date 1775--Banks, it may be
+remembered, being the scientific companion of Cook. In every subsequent
+voyage Maquenna figures, and not a few of the outrages committed on that
+coast were due either to him or to his instigation. Some, like his
+attempt to seize Hanna's vessel in 1785, are known from extraneous
+sources, and others were boasted of by him to Jewitt. The last of his
+proceedings of which history has left any record, is the murder of the
+crew of the _Boston_ and the enslavement of Thompson and Jewitt, and in
+the narrative of the latter we are afforded a final glimpse of this
+notorious "King."[28]
+
+[Sidenote: Changes since Jewitt's time.]
+
+When I visited Nootka Sound in 1863, fifty-eight years had passed since
+the captivity of the author of this book. In the interval many things
+had happened. But though the Indians had altered in some respects, they
+were perhaps less changed than almost any other savages in America since
+the whites came in contact with them. Eighty-five years had passed since
+Cook had careened his ships in Resolution Cove, and seventy since
+Vancouver entered the Sound on his almost more notable voyage. Yet the
+bricks from the blacksmith's forge, fresh and vitrified as if they had
+been in contact with the fire only yesterday, were at times dug up from
+among the rank herbage. The village in Friendly Cove--a spot which not a
+few mariners found to be very unfriendly--differed in no way from the
+picture in Cook's _Voyage_; and though some curio-hunting captain had no
+doubt long ago carried off the mortar and emblazoned brasses, the
+natives still spoke traditionally of Cook and Vancouver, and were ready
+to point out the spots where in 1788 Meares built the _North-West
+America_ and the white men had cultivated. Memories of Martinez and
+Quadra existed in the shape of many legends, of Indians with Iberian
+features, and of several old people who by tradition (though some of
+them were old enough to have remembered these navigators), could still
+repeat the Spanish numerals. And the head chief of the Mooachahts in
+Friendly Cove--vastly smaller though his tribe was, and much abridged
+his power--was a grandson of Maquenna, called by the same name, and had
+many of his worst characteristics. This fact I am likely to remember.
+For he had been accused of having murdered, in the previous January,
+Captain Stev of the _Trader_, and since that time no whites had ventured
+near him. He, however, assured us that the report was simply a scandal
+raised by the neighbouring tribes, who had long hated him and his
+people, and would like to see them punished by the arrival of a gunboat,
+and that in reality the vessel was wrecked, and the white men were
+drowned. At the same time, among the voices heard that night at the
+council held in Maquenna's great lodge, supported by the huge beams
+described by Jewitt, were some in favour of killing his latest visitors,
+on the principle that dead men tell no tales. But that the Noes had it,
+the present narrative is the best proof.
+
+So far as their habits were concerned, they were in a condition as
+primitive as at almost any period since the whites had visited them.
+Many of the old people were covered only with a mantle of woven pine
+bark, and beyond a shirt, in most cases made out of a flour sack, a
+blanket was the sole garment of the majority of the tribesmen. At times
+when they wanted to receive any goods, they simply pulled off the
+blanket, wrapped up the articles in it, and went ashore stark naked,
+with the exception of a piece of skin round the loins. The women wore
+for the most part no other dress except the blanket and a curious apron
+made of a fringe of bark strings. All of them painted hideously, the
+women adding a streak of vermilion down the middle division of the hair,
+and on high occasions the glittering mica sand, spoken of by Jewitt, was
+called into requisition. Their customs--and I had plenty of
+opportunities to study them in the course of the years which
+followed--were in no way different from what they were in Cook's time.
+No missionary seemed ever to have visited them, and their religious
+observances were accordingly still the most unadulterated of paganism.
+Jewitt's narrative is, however, as might have been expected, very vague
+on such matters; and, curiously enough, he makes no mention of their
+characteristic trait of compressing the foreheads of the children, the
+tribes in Koskeemo Sound squeezing it, while the bones are still
+cartilaginous, in a conical shape--though the brain is not thereby
+permanently injured: it is simply displaced.
+
+Since that day, the tribesmen of the west coast of Vancouver Island have
+grown fewer and fewer. Some of the smaller septs have indeed become
+extinct, and others must be fast on the wane. They have, however, eaten
+of the tree of knowledge, and the gunboats have now little occasion to
+visit them for punitive purposes. Missionaries have even attempted to
+teach them better manners. The Alberni saw-mills have long been
+deserted, though other settlers have taken possession of the ground, and
+several have squatted in Koskeemo Sound, in the hope that the coal-seams
+there might induce the Pacific steamers to make that remote region their
+headquarters. Finally, an effort is being made to induce fishermen from
+the West of Scotland to settle on that coast. There is plenty of work
+for them, and the Indians nowadays are very little to be feared. Indeed,
+so far from the successors of Moqulla and Wikananish menacing Donald and
+Sandy, they will be ready to help them for a consideration; though a
+great deal of tact and forbearance will be necessary before people so
+conservative as the hot-tempered Celts work smoothly with a race quite
+as fiery and quite as wedded to old ways, as the Ahts among whom John
+Jewitt passed the early years of this century.
+
+    R. B.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] _Rubus Nutkanus._
+
+[2] _Rubus spectabilis._
+
+[3] _Gaultheria Shallon._
+
+[4] _Vaccinium ovatum._
+
+[5] _Pyrus rivularis._
+
+[6] _Ribes sanguineum_, now a common shrub in our ornamental grounds.
+
+[7] _Echinopanax horridum._
+
+[8] _Thuja gigantea_, a tree which to the Indian is what the bamboo is
+to the Chinese.
+
+[9] _Acer macrophyllum._
+
+[10] _Cornus Nuttallii._
+
+[11] _Arbutus Menziesii._
+
+[12] _Selasphorus rufus._ It is one of one hundred and fifty-three birds
+which I catalogued from Vancouver Island (_Ibis_, Nov. 1868).
+
+[13] _Scenes and Studies of Savage Life_ (1868), by the Hon. G. M.
+Sproat, late Commissioner of Indian Affairs for British Columbia.
+
+[14] "Pachena" of the Indians.
+
+[15] Or, as they call themselves in their dialect of the Aht,
+"Dittinahts." Nettinaht is a white man's corruption.
+
+[16] A few years earlier they were estimated at a thousand.
+
+[17] "Klootis" of the Indians.
+
+[18] Known to them as "Etlo."
+
+[19] They were not permitted this privilege until the whites came to
+Alberni in August 1860.
+
+[20] Though the orthography of these names is often incorrect, and not
+even phonetically accurate, I have, in order to avoid the mischief of a
+confusion of nomenclature, kept to that of the Admiralty Chart.
+
+[21] This was the Banfield who acted as Indian agent in Barclay Sound.
+He was drowned by Kleetsak, a slave of Kleesheens, capsizing the canoe
+in which he was sailing, in revenge for a slight passed upon the chief.
+I went ashore at the Ohyaht village in the same canoe, and was asked
+whether I was not afraid, "for Banipe was killed in it." There was also
+a story that the capsize was an accident.
+
+[22] It may be proper to state in this place that the interior details
+of that chart are, with very few exceptions, from my explorations. But
+the map on which they were laid down by me has been so often copied by
+societies, governments, and private individuals without permission (and
+without acknowledgment), that the author of it has long ceased to claim
+a property so generally pillaged. The original, however, appeared, with
+a memoir on the interior--"Das Innere der Vancouver Insel"--which has
+not yet been translated, in Petermann's _Geographische Mittheilungen_,
+1869.
+
+[23] Or Berkeley--for the name is spelt both ways.
+
+[24] Destruction Island, in lat. 47° 35'. This was almost the same spot
+as that in which the Spaniards of Bodega's crew were massacred in 1775,
+and for this reason they named it Isla de Dolores--the "Island of
+Sorrows." It is in what is now the State of Washington, U.S.A.
+
+[25] Green Low will even blame Wikananish, who figures in Jewitt's
+narrative, as the instigator of the outrage.
+
+[26] The Nahwitti Indians. Tlā-tlī-sī--Kwela and
+Nekum-ke-līsla septs of the Kwakiool people. They now inhabit a
+village named Meloopa, on the south-east side of Hope Island. But their
+original hamlet was situated on a small rocky peninsula on the east side
+of Cape Commerell, which forms the north point of Vancouver Island. Here
+remains of old houses are still to be seen, at a place known to the
+Indians as Nahwitti. It was close to this place that the _Tonquin_ was
+blown up.--_Science_, vol. ix. p. 341.
+
+[27] "Maccay" (Meares); "M'Key" (Dixon).
+
+[28] There is a portrait of him, apparently authentic, in Meares's
+_Voyages_, vol. ii. (1791). That in the original edition of Jewitt's
+Narrative, like the plate of the capture of the _Boston_, appears to
+have been drawn from description, though there is a certain resemblance
+in it to Meares's sketch made fourteen or fifteen years earlier. But the
+scenery, the canoes, the people, and, above all, the palm trees in
+Nootka Sound, are purely imaginary.
+
+
+
+
+JOHN JEWITT'S NARRATIVE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+BIRTH, PARENTAGE AND EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR
+
+
+I was born in Boston, a considerable borough town in Lincolnshire, in
+Great Britain, on the 21st of May, 1783. My father, Edward Jewitt, was
+by trade a blacksmith, and esteemed among the first in his line of
+business in that place. At the age of three years I had the misfortune
+to lose my mother, a most excellent woman, who died in childbed, leaving
+an infant daughter, who, with myself, and an elder brother by a former
+marriage of my father, constituted the whole of our family. My father,
+who considered a good education as the greatest blessing he could bestow
+on his children, was very particular in paying every attention to us in
+that respect, always exhorting us to behave well, and endeavouring to
+impress on our minds the principles of virtue and morality, and no
+expense in his power was spared to have us instructed in whatever might
+render us useful and respectable in society. My brother, who was four
+years older than myself and of a more hardy constitution, he destined
+for his own trade, but to me he had resolved to give an education
+superior to that which is to be obtained in a common school, it being
+his intention that I should adopt one of the learned professions.
+Accordingly, at the age of twelve he took me from the school in which I
+had been taught the first rudiments of learning, and placed me under the
+care of Mr. Moses, a celebrated teacher of an academy at Donnington,
+about eleven miles from Boston, in order to be instructed in the Latin
+language, and in some of the higher branches of the mathematics. I there
+made considerable proficiency in writing, reading, and arithmetic, and
+obtained a pretty good knowledge of navigation and of surveying; but my
+progress in Latin was slow, not only owing to the little inclination I
+felt for learning that language, but to a natural impediment in my
+speech, which rendered it extremely difficult for me to pronounce it, so
+that in a short time, with my father's consent, I wholly relinquished
+the study.
+
+The period of my stay at this place was the most happy of my life. My
+preceptor, Mr. Moses, was not only a learned, but a virtuous,
+benevolent, and amiable man, universally beloved by his pupils, who took
+delight in his instruction, and to whom he allowed every proper
+amusement that consisted with attention to their studies.
+
+One of the principal pleasures I enjoyed was in attending the fair,
+which is regularly held twice a year at Donnington, in the spring and in
+the fall,[29] the second day being wholly devoted to selling horses, a
+prodigious number of which are brought thither for that purpose. As the
+scholars on these occasions were always indulged with a holiday, I
+cannot express with what eagerness of youthful expectation I used to
+anticipate these fairs, nor what delight I felt at the various shows,
+exhibitions of wild beasts, and other entertainments that they
+presented; I was frequently visited by my father, who always discovered
+much joy on seeing me, praised me for my acquirements, and usually left
+me a small sum for my pocket expenses.
+
+Among the scholars at this academy, there was one named Charles Rice,
+with whom I formed a particular intimacy, which continued during the
+whole of my stay. He was my class and room mate, and as the town he came
+from, Ashby, was more than sixty miles off, instead of returning home,
+he used frequently during the vacation to go with me to Boston, where he
+always met with a cordial welcome from my father, who received me on
+these occasions with the greatest affection, apparently taking much
+pride in me. My friend in return used to take me with him to an uncle of
+his in Donnington, a very wealthy man, who, having no children of his
+own, was very fond of his nephew, and on his account I was always a
+welcome visitor at the house. I had a good voice, and an ear for music,
+to which I was always passionately attached, though my father
+endeavoured to discourage this propensity, considering it (as is too
+frequently the case) but an introduction to a life of idleness and
+dissipation; and, having been remarked for my singing at church, which
+was regularly attended on Sundays and festival days by the scholars, Mr.
+Morthrop, my friend Rice's uncle, used frequently to request me to sing;
+he was always pleased with my exhibitions of this kind, and it was no
+doubt one of the means that secured me so gracious a reception at his
+house. A number of other gentlemen in the place would sometimes send for
+me to sing at their houses, and as I was not a little vain of my vocal
+powers, I was much gratified on receiving these invitations, and
+accepted them with the greatest pleasure.
+
+Thus passed away the two happiest years of my life, when my father,
+thinking that I had received a sufficient education for the profession
+he intended me for, took me from school at Donnington in order to
+apprentice me to Doctor Mason, a surgeon of eminence at Reasby, in the
+neighbourhood of the celebrated Sir Joseph Banks.[30] With regret did I
+part from my school acquaintance, particularly my friend Rice, and
+returned home with my father, on a short visit to my family, preparatory
+to my intended apprenticeship. The disinclination I ever had felt for
+the profession my father wished me to pursue, was still further
+increased on my return. When a child I was always fond of being in the
+shop, among the workmen, endeavouring to imitate what I saw them do;
+this disposition so far increased after my leaving the academy, that I
+could not bear to hear the least mention made of my being apprenticed to
+a surgeon, and I used so many entreaties with my father to persuade him
+to give up this plan and learn me his own trade, that he at last
+consented.
+
+More fortunate would it probably have been for me, had I gratified the
+wishes of this affectionate parent, in adopting the profession he had
+chosen for me, than thus to have induced him to sacrifice them to mine.
+However it might have been, I was at length introduced into the shop,
+and my natural turn of mind corresponding with the employment, I became
+in a short time uncommonly expert at the work to which I was set. I now
+felt myself well contented, pleased with my occupation, and treated with
+much affection by my father, and kindness by my step-mother, my father
+having once more entered the state of matrimony, with a widow much
+younger than himself, who had been brought up in a superior manner, and
+was an amiable and sensible woman.
+
+About a year after I had commenced this apprenticeship, my father,
+finding that he could carry on his business to more advantage in Hull,
+removed thither with his family. An event of no little importance to me,
+as it in a great measure influenced my future destiny. Hull being one of
+the best ports in England, and a place of great trade, my father had
+there full employment for his numerous workmen, particularly in vessel
+work. This naturally leading me to an acquaintance with the sailors on
+board some of the ships: the many remarkable stories they told me of
+their voyages and adventures, and of the manners and customs of the
+nations they had seen, excited a strong wish in me to visit foreign
+countries, which was increased by my reading the voyages of Captain
+Cook, and some other celebrated navigators.
+
+Thus passed the four years that I lived at Hull, where my father was
+esteemed by all who knew him, as a worthy, industrious, and thriving
+man. At this period a circumstance occurred which afforded me the
+opportunity I had for some time wished, of gratifying my inclination of
+going abroad.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Among our principal customers at Hull were the Americans who frequented
+that port, and from whose conversation my father as well as myself
+formed the most favourable opinion of that country, as affording an
+excellent field for the exertions of industry, and a flattering prospect
+for the establishment of a young man in life. In the summer of the year
+1802, during the peace between England and France, the ship _Boston_,
+belonging to Boston, in Massachusetts, and commanded by Captain John
+Salter, arrived at Hull, whither she came to take on board a cargo of
+such goods as were wanted for the trade with the Indians, on the
+North-West coast of America, from whence, after having taken in a lading
+of furs and skins, she was to proceed to China, and from thence home to
+America. The ship having occasion for many repairs and alterations,
+necessary for so long a voyage, the captain applied to my father to do
+the smith's work, which was very considerable. That gentleman, who was
+of a social turn, used often to call at my father's house, where he
+passed many of his evenings, with his chief and second mates, Mr. B.
+Delouisa and Mr. William Ingraham,[31] the latter a fine young man of
+about twenty, of a most amiable temper, and of such affable manners, as
+gained him the love and attachment of the whole crew. These gentlemen
+used occasionally to take me with them to the theatre, an amusement
+which I was very fond of, and which my father rather encouraged than
+objected to, as he thought it a good means of preventing young men, who
+are naturally inclined to seek for something to amuse them, from
+frequenting taverns, ale-houses, and places of bad resort, equally
+destructive of the health and morals, while the stage frequently
+furnishes excellent lessons of morality and good conduct.
+
+In the evenings that he passed at my father's, Captain Salter, who had
+for a great number of years been at sea, and seen almost all parts of
+the world, used sometimes to speak of his voyages, and, observing me
+listen with much attention to his relations, he one day, when I had
+brought him some work, said to me in rather a jocose manner, "John, how
+should you like to go with me?" I answered, that it would give me great
+pleasure, that I had for a long time wished to visit foreign countries,
+particularly America, which I had been told so many fine stories of, and
+that if my father would give his consent, and he was willing to take me
+with him, I would go.
+
+"I shall be very glad to do it," said he, "if your father can be
+prevailed on to let you go; and as I want an expert smith for an
+armourer, the one I have shipped for that purpose not being sufficiently
+master of his trade, I have no doubt that you will answer my turn well,
+as I perceive you are both active and ingenious, and on my return to
+America I shall probably be able to do something much better for you in
+Boston. I will take the first opportunity of speaking to your father
+about it, and try to persuade him to consent." He accordingly, the next
+evening that he called at our house, introduced the subject: my father
+at first would not listen to the proposal. That best of parents, though
+anxious for my advantageous establishment in life, could not bear to
+think of parting with me, but on Captain Salter's telling him of what
+benefit it would be to me to go the voyage with him, and that it was a
+pity to keep a promising and ingenious young fellow like myself confined
+to a small shop in England, when if I had tolerable success I might do
+so much better in America, where wages were much higher and living
+cheaper, he at length gave up his objections, and consented that I
+should ship on board the _Boston_ as an armourer, at the rate of thirty
+dollars per month, with an agreement that the amount due to me, together
+with a certain sum of money, which my father gave Captain Salter for
+that purpose, should be laid out by him on the North-West coast in the
+purchase of furs for my account, to be disposed of in China for such
+goods as would yield a profit on the return of the ship; my father being
+solicitous to give me every advantage in his power of well establishing
+myself in my trade in Boston, or some other maritime town of America.
+Such were the flattering expectations which this good man indulged
+respecting me. Alas! the fatal disaster that befell us, not only blasted
+all these hopes, but involved me in extreme distress and wretchedness
+for a long period after.
+
+The ship, having undergone a thorough repair and been well coppered,
+proceeded to take on board her cargo, which consisted of English cloths,
+Dutch blankets, looking-glasses, beads, knives, razors, etc., which
+were received from Holland, some sugar and molasses, about twenty
+hogsheads of rum, including stores for the ship, a great quantity of
+ammunition, cutlasses, pistols, and three thousand muskets and
+fowling-pieces. The ship being loaded and ready for sea, as I was
+preparing for my departure, my father came to me, and, taking me aside,
+said to me with much emotion, "John, I am now going to part with you,
+and Heaven only knows if we shall ever again meet. But in whatever part
+of the world you are, always bear it in mind, that on your own conduct
+will depend your success in life. Be honest, industrious, frugal, and
+temperate, and you will not fail, in whatsoever country it may be your
+lot to be placed, to gain yourself friends. Let the Bible be your guide,
+and your reliance in any fortune that may befall you, that Almighty
+Being, who knows how to bring forth good from evil, and who never
+deserts those who put their trust in Him." He repeated his exhortations
+to me to lead an honest and Christian life, and to recollect that I had
+a father, a mother, a brother, and sister, who could not but feel a
+strong interest in my welfare, enjoining me to write him by the first
+opportunity that should offer to England, from whatever part of the
+world I might be in, more particularly on my arrival in Boston. This I
+promised to do, but long unhappily was it before I was able to fulfil
+this promise. I then took an affectionate leave of my worthy parent,
+whose feelings would hardly permit him to speak, and, bidding an
+affectionate farewell to my brother, sister, and step-mother, who
+expressed the greatest solicitude for my future fortune, went on board
+the ship, which proceeded to the Downs, to be ready for the first
+favourable wind. I found myself well accommodated on board as regarded
+my work, an iron forge having been erected on deck; this my father had
+made for the ship on a new plan, for which he afterwards obtained a
+patent; while a corner of the steerage was appropriated to my
+vice-bench, so that in bad weather I could work below.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[29] These fairs are still held, though the dates are now May 26th,
+September 4th, and October 27th.
+
+[30] The companion of Cook, and for many years President of the Royal
+Society.
+
+[31] This William Ingraham must not be confounded with Joseph Ingraham,
+who also visited Nootka Sound, and played a considerable part in the
+exploration of the North-West American coast.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+VOYAGE TO NOOTKA SOUND
+
+
+On the third day of September, 1802, we sailed from the Downs with a
+fair wind, in company with twenty-four sail of American vessels, most of
+which were bound home.
+
+I was sea-sick for a few of the first days, but it was of short
+continuance, and on my recovery I found myself in uncommonly fine health
+and spirits, and went to work with alacrity at my forge, in putting in
+order some of the muskets, and making daggers, knives, and small
+hatchets for the Indian trade, while in wet and stormy weather I was
+occupied below in filing and polishing them. This was my employment,
+having but little to do with sailing the vessel, though I used
+occasionally to lend a hand in assisting the seamen in taking in and
+making sail.
+
+As I had never before been out of sight of land, I cannot describe my
+sensations, after I had recovered from the distressing effects of
+sea-sickness, on viewing the mighty ocean by which I was surrounded,
+bound only by the sky, while its waves, rising in mountains, seemed
+every moment to threaten our ruin. Manifest as is the hand of Providence
+in preserving its creatures from destruction, in no instance is it more
+so than on the great deep; for whether we consider in its tumultuary
+motions the watery deluge that each moment menaces to overwhelm us, the
+immense violence of its shocks, the little that interposes between us
+and death, a single plank forming our only security, which, should it
+unfortunately be loosened, would plunge us at once into the abyss, our
+gratitude ought strongly to be excited towards that superintending Deity
+who in so wonderful a manner sustains our lives amid the waves.
+
+We had a pleasant and favourable passage of twenty-nine days to the
+Island of St. Catherine,[32] on the coast of Brazils, where the captain
+had determined to stop for a few days to wood and water. This place
+belongs to the Portuguese. On entering the harbour, we were saluted by
+the fort, which we returned. The next day the governor of the island
+came on board of us with his suite; Captain Salter received him with
+much respect, and invited him to dine with him, which he accepted. The
+ship remained at St. Catherine's four days, during which time we were
+busily employed in taking in wood, water, and fresh provisions, Captain
+Salter thinking it best to furnish himself here with a full supply for
+his voyage to the North-West coast, so as not to be obliged to stop at
+the Sandwich Islands. St. Catherine's is a very commodious place for
+vessels to stop at that are bound round Cape Horn, as it abounds with
+springs of fine water, with excellent oranges, plantains, and bananas.
+
+Having completed our stores, we put to sea, and on the twenty-fifth of
+December, at length passed Cape Horn, which we had made no less than
+thirty-six days before, but were repeatedly forced back by contrary
+winds, experiencing very rough and tempestuous weather in doubling it.
+
+Immediately after passing Cape Horn, all our dangers and difficulties
+seemed to be at an end; the weather became fine, and so little labour
+was necessary on board the ship, that the men soon recovered from their
+fatigue and were in excellent spirits. A few days after we fell in with
+an English South Sea whaling ship homeward bound,[33] which was the only
+vessel we spoke with on our voyage. We now took the trade wind or
+monsoon, during which we enjoyed the finest weather possible, so that
+for the space of a fortnight we were not obliged to reeve a topsail or
+to make a tack, and so light was the duty and easy the life of the
+sailors during this time, that they appeared the happiest of any people
+in the world.
+
+Captain Salter, who had been for many years in the East India trade, was
+a most excellent seaman, and preserved the strictest order and
+discipline on board his ship, though he was a man of mild temper and
+conciliating manners, and disposed to allow every indulgence to his men,
+not inconsistent with their duty. We had on board a fine band of music,
+with which on Saturday nights, when the weather was pleasant, we were
+accustomed to be regaled, the captain ordering them to play for several
+hours for the amusement of the crew. This to me was most delightful,
+especially during the serene evenings we experienced in traversing the
+Southern Ocean. As for myself, during the day I was constantly occupied
+at my forge, in refitting or repairing some of the ironwork of the
+vessel, but principally in making tomahawks, daggers, etc., for the
+North-West coast.
+
+During the first part of our voyage we saw scarcely any fish, excepting
+some whales, a few sharks, and flying fish; but after weathering Cape
+Horn we met with numerous shoals of sea porpoises, several of whom we
+caught, and as we had been for some time without fresh provisions, I
+found it not only a palatable, but really a very excellent food. To one
+who has never before seen them, a shoal of these fish[34] presents a
+very striking and singular appearance; beheld at a distance coming
+towards a vessel, they look not unlike a great number of small black
+waves rolling over one another in a confused manner, and approaching
+with great swiftness. As soon as a shoal is seen, all is bustle and
+activity on board the ship, the grains and the harpoons are immediately
+got ready, and those who are best skilled in throwing them take their
+stand at the bow and along the gunwale, anxiously awaiting the welcome
+troop as they come, gambolling and blowing around the vessel, in search
+of food. When pierced with the harpoon and drawn on board, unless the
+fish is instantly killed by the stroke, which rarely happens, it utters
+most pitiful cries, greatly resembling those of an infant. The flesh,
+cut into steaks and broiled, is not unlike very coarse beef, and the
+harslet in appearance and taste is so much like that of a hog, that it
+would be no easy matter to distinguish the one from the other; from this
+circumstance the sailors have given the name of the herring hog[35] to
+this fish. I was told by some of the crew, that if one of them happens
+to free itself from the grains or harpoons, when struck, all the others,
+attracted by the blood, immediately quit the ship and give chase to the
+wounded one, and as soon as they overtake it, immediately tear it in
+pieces. We also caught a large shark, which had followed the ship for
+several days, with a hook which I made for the purpose, and although the
+flesh was by no means equal to that of the herring hog, yet to those
+destitute as we were of anything fresh, I found it eat very well. After
+passing the Cape, when the sea had become calm, we saw great numbers of
+albatrosses, a large brown and white bird of the goose kind, one of
+which Captain Salter shot, whose wings measured from their extremities
+fifteen feet. One thing, however, I must not omit mentioning, as it
+struck me in a most singular and extraordinary manner. This was, that on
+passing Cape Horn in December, which was midsummer in that climate, the
+nights were so light, without any moon, that we found no difficulty
+whatever in reading small print, which we frequently did during our
+watches.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[32] Santa Catharina.
+
+[33] This is now, so far as Great Britain is concerned, a reminiscence
+of a vanished trade: the South Sea whaling is extinct.
+
+[34] The zoological reader does not require to be told that the
+porpoise, a very general term applied by sailors to many small species
+of cetaceans, is not a "fish."
+
+[35] _Porc poisson_ of the French, of which porpoise is simply a
+corruption.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+INTERCOURSE WITH THE NATIVES--MAQUINA--SEIZURE OF THE VESSEL AND MURDER
+OF THE CREW
+
+
+In this manner, with a fair wind and easy weather from the 28th of
+December, the period of our passing Cape Horn, we pursued our voyage to
+the northward until the 12th of March, 1803, when we made Woody Point in
+Nootka Sound, on the North-West coast of America. We immediately stood
+up the Sound for Nootka, where[36] Captain Salter had determined to
+stop, in order to supply the ship with wood and water before proceeding
+up the coast to trade. But in order to avoid the risk of any molestation
+or interruption to his men from the Indians while thus employed, he
+proceeded with the ship about five miles to the northward of the
+village, which is situated on Friendly Cove, and sent out his chief mate
+with several of the crew in the boat to find a good place for anchoring
+her. After sounding for some time, they returned with information that
+they had discovered a secure place for anchorage, on the western side of
+an inlet or small bay, at about half a mile from the coast, near a small
+island which protected it from the sea, and where there was plenty of
+wood and excellent water. The ship accordingly came to anchor in this
+place, at twelve o'clock at night, in twelve fathom water, muddy bottom,
+and so near the shore that to prevent the ship from winding we secured
+her by a hawser to the trees.
+
+On the morning of the next day, the 13th, several of the natives came on
+board in a canoe from the village of Nootka, with their king, called
+Maquina, who appeared much pleased on seeing us, and with great seeming
+cordiality welcomed Captain Salter and his officers to his country. As I
+had never before beheld a savage of any nation, it may readily be
+supposed that the novelty of their appearance, so different from any
+people that I had hitherto seen, excited in me strong feelings of
+surprise and curiosity. I was, however, particularly struck with the
+looks of their king, who was a man of a dignified aspect, about six feet
+in height and extremely straight and well proportioned; his features
+were in general good, and his face was rendered remarkable by a large
+Roman nose, a very uncommon form of feature among these people; his
+complexion was of a dark copper hue, though his face, legs, and arms
+were, on this occasion, so covered with red paint, that their natural
+colour could scarcely be perceived; his eyebrows were painted black in
+two broad stripes like a new moon, and his long black hair, which shone
+with oil, was fastened in a bunch on the top of his head and strewed or
+powdered all over with white down, which gave him a most curious and
+extraordinary appearance. He was dressed in a large mantle or cloak of
+the black sea-otter skin, which reached to his knees, and was fastened
+around his middle by a broad belt of the cloth of the country, wrought
+or painted with figures of several colours; this dress was by no means
+unbecoming, but, on the contrary, had an air of savage magnificence. His
+men were habited in mantles of the same cloth, which is made from the
+bark of a tree,[37] and has some resemblance to straw matting; these are
+nearly square, and have two holes in the upper part large enough to
+admit the arms; they reach as low as the knees, and are fastened round
+their bodies with a belt about four inches broad of the same cloth.
+
+From his having frequently visited the English and American ships that
+traded to the coast, Maquina had learned the signification of a number
+of English words, and in general could make himself pretty well
+understood by us in our own language. He was always the first to go on
+board such ships as came to Nootka, which he was much pleased in
+visiting, even when he had no trade to offer, as he always received some
+small present, and was in general extremely well treated by the
+commanders. He remained on board of us for some time, during which the
+captain took him into the cabin and treated him with a glass of
+rum--these people being very fond of distilled spirits--and some biscuit
+and molasses, which they prefer to any kind of food that we can offer
+them.[38]
+
+As there are seldom many furs to be purchased at this place, and it was
+not fully the season, Captain Salter had put in here not so much with an
+expectation of trading, as to procure an ample stock of wood and water
+for the supply of the ship on the coast, thinking it more prudent to
+take it on board at Nootka, from the generally friendly disposition of
+the people, than to endanger the safety of his men in sending them on
+shore for that purpose among the more ferocious natives of the north.
+
+With this view, we immediately set about getting our water-casks in
+readiness, and the next and two succeeding days, part of the crew were
+sent on shore to cut pine timber, and assist the carpenter in making it
+into yards and spars for the ship, while those on board were employed in
+refitting the rigging, repairing the sails, etc., when we proceeded to
+take in our wood and water as expeditiously as possible, during which
+time I kept myself busily employed in repairing the muskets, making
+knives, tomaxes,[39] etc., and doing such ironwork as was wanted for the
+ship.
+
+Meantime more or less of the natives came on board of us daily, bringing
+with them fresh salmon, with which they supplied us in great plenty,
+receiving in return some trifling articles. Captain Salter was always
+very particular, before admitting these people on board, to see that
+they had no arms about them, by obliging them indiscriminately to throw
+off their garments, so that he felt perfectly secure from any attack.
+
+On the 15th the king came on board with several of his chiefs; he was
+dressed as before in his magnificent otter-skin robe, having his face
+highly painted, and his hair tossed with the white down, which looked
+like snow. His chiefs were dressed in mantles of the country cloth of
+its natural colour, which is a pale yellow; these were ornamented with a
+broad border, painted or wrought in figures of several colours,
+representing men's heads, various animals, etc., and secured around them
+by a belt like that of the king, from which it was distinguished only by
+being narrower: the dress of the common people is of the same fashion,
+and differs from that of the chiefs in being of a coarser texture, and
+painted red, of one uniform colour.
+
+Captain Salter invited Maquina and his chiefs to dine with him, and it
+was curious to see how these people (when they eat) seat themselves (in
+their country fashion, upon our chairs) with their feet under them
+crossed like Turks. They cannot endure the taste of salt, and the only
+thing they would eat with us was the ship bread, which they were very
+fond of, especially when dipped in molasses; they had also a great
+liking for tea and coffee when well sweetened. As iron weapons and tools
+of almost every kind are in much request among them, whenever they came
+on board they were always very attentive to me, crowding around me at
+the forge, as if to see in what manner I did my work, and in this way
+became quite familiar, a circumstance, as will be seen in the end, of
+great importance to me. The salmon which they brought us furnished a
+most delicious treat to men who for a long time had lived wholly on
+salt provisions, excepting such few sea fish as we had the good fortune
+occasionally to take. We indeed feasted most luxuriously, and flattered
+ourselves that we should not want while on the coast for plenty of fresh
+provisions, little imagining the fate that awaited us, and that this
+dainty food was to prove the unfortunate lure to our destruction!
+
+On the 19th the king came again on board, and was invited by the captain
+to dine with him. He had much conversation with Captain Salter, and
+informed him that there were plenty of wild ducks and geese near
+Friendly Cove, on which the captain made him a present of a
+double-barrelled fowling-piece, with which he appeared to be greatly
+pleased, and soon after went on shore.
+
+On the 20th we were nearly ready for our departure, having taken in what
+wood and water we were in want of.
+
+The next day Maquina came on board with nine pair of wild ducks, as a
+present; at the same time he brought with him the gun, one of the locks
+of which he had broken, telling the captain that it was _peshak_,[40]
+that is, bad. Captain Salter was very much offended at this observation,
+and, considering it as a mark of contempt for his present, he called the
+king a liar, adding other opprobrious terms, and, taking the gun from
+him, tossed it indignantly into the cabin, and, calling me to him, said,
+"John, this fellow has broken this beautiful fowling-piece, see if you
+can mend it." On examining it, I told him that it could be done. As I
+have already observed, Maquina knew a number of English words, and
+unfortunately understood but too well the meaning of the reproachful
+terms that the captain addressed to him. He said not a word in reply,
+but his countenance sufficiently expressed the rage he felt, though he
+exerted himself to suppress it, and I observed him, while the captain
+was speaking, repeatedly put his hand to his throat, and rub it upon his
+bosom, which he afterwards told me was to keep down his heart, which was
+rising into his throat and choking him. He soon after went on shore with
+his men, evidently much discomposed.
+
+On the morning of the 22nd the natives came off to us as usual with
+salmon, and remained on board; when about noon Maquina came alongside,
+with a considerable number of his chiefs and men in their canoes, who,
+after going through the customary examination, were admitted into the
+ship. He had a whistle in his hand, and over his face a very ugly mask
+of wood, representing the head of some wild beast, appeared to be
+remarkably good-humoured and gay, and whilst his people sang and capered
+about the deck, entertaining us with a variety of antic trick and
+gestures, he blew his whistle to a kind of tune which seemed to regulate
+their motions. As Captain Salter was walking on the quarter-deck,
+amusing himself with their dancing, the king came up to him and inquired
+when he intended to go to sea? He answered, "To-morrow." Maquina then
+said, "You love salmon--much in Friendly Cove, why not go there and
+catch some?" The captain thought that it would be very desirable to have
+a good supply of these fish for the voyage, and, on consulting with Mr.
+Delouisa, it was agreed to send part of the crew on shore after dinner
+with the seine, in order to procure a quantity. Maquina and his chiefs
+stayed and dined on board, and after dinner the chief mate went off with
+nine men in the jolly-boat and yawl, to fish at Friendly Cove, having
+set the steward on shore at our watering place, to wash the captain's
+clothes.
+
+Shortly after the departure of the boats, I went down to my vice-bench
+in the steerage, where I was employed in cleaning muskets. I had not
+been there more than an hour, when I heard the men hoisting in the
+longboat, which, in a few minutes after, was succeeded by a great bustle
+and confusion on deck. I immediately ran up the steerage stairs, but
+scarcely was my head above deck, when I was caught by the hair by one of
+the savages, and lifted from my feet; fortunately for me, my hair being
+short, and the ribbon with which it was tied slipping, I fell from his
+hold into the steerage. As I was falling he struck at me with an axe,
+which cut a deep gash in my forehead, and penetrated the skull, but in
+consequence of his losing his hold I luckily escaped the full force of
+the blow, which otherwise would have cleft my head in two. I fell,
+stunned and senseless, upon the floor; how long I continued in this
+situation I know not, but on recovering my senses, the first thing that
+I did was to try to get up, but so weak was I, from the loss of blood,
+that I fainted and fell. I was, however, soon recalled to my
+recollection by three loud shouts or yells from the savages, which
+convinced me that they had got possession of the ship. It is impossible
+for me to describe my feelings at this terrific sound. Some faint idea
+may be formed of them by those who have known what it is to half waken
+from a hideous dream and still think it real. Never, no, never shall I
+lose from my mind the impression of that dreadful moment. I expected
+every instant to share the wretched fate of my unfortunate companions,
+and when I heard the song of triumph, by which these infernal yells was
+succeeded, my blood ran cold in my veins.
+
+Having at length sufficiently recovered my senses to look around me,
+after wiping the blood from my eyes, I saw that the hatch of the
+steerage was shut. This was done, as I afterwards discovered, by order
+of Maquina, who, on seeing the savage strike at me with the axe, told
+him not to hurt me, for that I was the armourer, and would be useful to
+them in repairing their arms; while at the same time, to prevent any of
+his men from injuring me, he had the hatch closed. But to me this
+circumstance wore a very different appearance, for I thought that these
+barbarians had only prolonged my life in order to deprive me of it by
+the most cruel tortures.
+
+I remained in this horrid state of suspense for a very long time, when
+at length the hatch was opened, and Maquina, calling me by name, ordered
+me to come up. I groped my way up as well as I was able, being almost
+blinded with the blood that flowed from my wound, and so weak as with
+difficulty to walk. The king, on perceiving my situation, ordered one of
+his men to bring a pot of water to wash the blood from my face, which
+having done, I was able to see distinctly with one of my eyes, but the
+other was so swollen from my wound, that it was closed. But what a
+terrific spectacle met my eyes: six naked savages, standing in a circle
+around me, covered with the blood of my murdered comrades, with their
+daggers uplifted in their hands, prepared to strike. I now thought my
+last moment had come, and recommended my soul to my Maker.
+
+The king, who, as I have already observed, knew enough of English to
+make himself understood, entered the circle, and, placing himself before
+me, addressed me nearly in the following words: "John--I speak--you no
+say no; You say no--daggers come!" He then asked me if I would be his
+slave during my life--if I would fight for him in his battles, if I
+would repair his muskets and make daggers and knives for him--with
+several other questions, to all of which I was careful to answer, yes.
+He then told me that he would spare my life, and ordered me to kiss his
+hands and feet to show my submission to him, which I did. In the
+meantime his people were very clamorous to have me put to death, so that
+there should be none of us left to tell our story to our countrymen, and
+prevent them from coming to trade with them; but the king in the most
+determined manner opposed their wishes, and to his favour am I wholly
+indebted for my being yet among the living.
+
+As I was busy at work at the time of the attack, I was without my coat,
+and what with the coldness of the weather, my feebleness from loss of
+blood, the pain of my wound, and the extreme agitation and terror that I
+still felt, I shook like a leaf, which the king observing, went into the
+cabin, and, bringing up a greatcoat that belonged to the captain, threw
+it over my shoulders, telling me to drink some rum from a bottle which
+he handed me, at the same time giving me to understand that it would be
+good for me, and keep me from trembling bling as I did. I took a
+draught of it, after which, taking me by the hand, he led me to the
+quarter-deck, where the most horrid sight presented itself that ever my
+eyes witnessed. The heads of our unfortunate captain and his crew, to
+the number of twenty-five, were all arranged in a line,[41] and Maquina,
+ordering one of his people to bring a head, asked me whose it was: I
+answered, the captain's. In like manner the others were showed me, and I
+told him the names, excepting a few that were so horribly mangled that I
+was not able to recognise them.
+
+I now discovered that all our unfortunate crew had been massacred, and
+learned that, after getting possession of the ship, the savages had
+broke open the arm-chest and magazine, and, supplying themselves with
+ammunition and arms, sent a party on shore to attack our men, who had
+gone thither to fish, and, being joined by numbers from the village,
+without difficulty overpowered and murdered them, and, cutting off their
+heads, brought them on board, after throwing their bodies into the sea.
+On looking upon the deck, I saw it entirely covered with the blood of my
+poor comrades, whose throats had been cut with their own jack-knives,
+the savages having seized the opportunity, while they were busy in
+hoisting in the boat, to grapple with them, and overpower them by their
+numbers; in the scuffle the captain was thrown overboard, and despatched
+by those in the canoes, who immediately cut off his head. What I felt on
+this occasion, may be more readily conceived than expressed.
+
+After I had answered his questions, Maquina took my silk handkerchief
+from my neck and bound it around my head, placing over the wound a leaf
+of tobacco, of which we had a quantity on board. This was done at my
+desire, as I had often found, from personal experience, the benefit of
+this application to cuts.
+
+Maquina then ordered me to get the ship under weigh for Friendly Cove.
+This I did by cutting the cables, and sending some of the natives aloft
+to loose the sails, which they performed in a very bungling manner. But
+they succeeded so far in loosing the jib and top-sails, that, with the
+advantage of fair wind, I succeeded in getting the ship into the Cove,
+where, by order of the king, I ran her ashore on a sandy beach, at eight
+o'clock at night.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[36] By "Nootka," Friendly Cove, or "Yucuaht," is meant; there is no
+special place of that name; the word, indeed, is unknown to the natives.
+Woody Point, or Cape Cook, is in lat. 50° 6' 31" N.
+
+[37] The white pine (_Pinus monticola_). This is employed for making
+blankets trimmed with sea-otter fur, but the mats used in their canoes
+are made of cedar bark (_Thuja gigantea_).
+
+[38] This is still true. Many years ago, when there was a threat of
+Indian trouble at Victoria, Sir James Douglas, famous as the first
+governor of British Columbia, and still more celebrated as a factor of
+the Hudson Bay Company, immediately allayed the rising storm by ordering
+a keg of treacle and a box of biscuit to be opened. Instantly the knives
+and muskets were tossed aside, and the irate savages fell to these
+homely dainties with the best of goodwill to all concerned. "Dear me!
+dear me! there is nothing like a little molasses," was the sage
+governor's remark. At the Alberni saw-mills, on the West coast, the
+invariable midday meal of the Indians loading lumber was coarse ship's
+biscuit dipped in a tin basin of the cheapest treacle, around which the
+mollified tribesmen squatted.
+
+[39] Tomahawks (little hatchets) in more familiar language.
+
+[40] _Pesh-shuak, Wikoo_, or _Chuuk_ is also used in the same sense, but
+the first word is most frequently employed.
+
+[41] The Indians of the North-West coast and the wooded region protected
+by the great rivers always take heads as trophies. The heads are
+subsequently fixed on poles in front of their cedar-board lodges. The
+prairie Indians and the tribes east of the Rocky Mountains generally
+take, and always took, scalps alone, owing, perhaps, to the difficulty
+of carrying heads. This is no obstacle to fighting men travelling in
+canoes, on the bows of which they are often fastened while the warriors
+are returning from hostile expeditions.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+RECEPTION OF JEWITT BY THE SAVAGES--ESCAPE OF THOMPSON--ARRIVAL OF
+NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--AN INDIAN FEAST
+
+
+We were received by the inhabitants of the village, men, women, and
+children, with loud shouts of joy, and a most horrible drumming with
+sticks upon the roofs and sides of their houses,[42] in which they had
+also stuck a great number of lighted pine torches, to welcome their
+king's return, and congratulate him on the success of his enterprise.
+
+Maquina then took me on shore to his house, which was very large, and
+filled with people--where I was received with much kindness by the
+women, particularly those belonging to the king, who had no less than
+nine wives, all of whom came around me, expressing much sympathy for my
+misfortune, gently stroking and patting my head in an encouraging and
+soothing manner, with words expressive of condolence. How sweet is
+compassion even from savages! Those who have been in a similar
+situation, can alone truly appreciate its value.
+
+In the meantime all the warriors of the tribe, to the number of five
+hundred,[43] had assembled at the king's house, to rejoice for their
+success. They exulted greatly in having taken our ship, and each one
+boasted of his own particular exploits in killing our men, but they were
+in general much dissatisfied with my having been suffered to live, and
+were very urgent with Maquina to deliver me to them, to be put to death,
+which he obstinately refused to do, telling them that he had promised me
+my life, and would not break his word; and that, besides, I knew how to
+repair and to make arms, and should be of great use to them.
+
+The king then seated me by him, and ordered his women to bring him
+something to eat, when they set before him some dried clams and
+train-oil, of which he ate very heartily, and encouraged me to follow
+his example, telling me to eat much, and take a great deal of oil, which
+would make me strong and fat. Notwithstanding his praise of this new
+kind of food, I felt no disposition to indulge in it, both the smell and
+taste being loathsome to me; and had it been otherwise, such was the
+pain I endured, the agitation of my mind, and the gloominess of my
+reflections, that I should have felt very little inclination for eating.
+
+Not satisfied with his first refusal to deliver me up to them, the
+people again became clamorous that Maquina should consent to my being
+killed, saying that not one of us ought to be left alive to give
+information to others of our countrymen, and prevent them from coming to
+trade, or induce them to revenge the destruction of our ship, and they
+at length became so boisterous, that he caught up a large club in a
+passion, and drove them all out of the house. During this scene, a son
+of the king, about eleven years old, attracted no doubt by the
+singularity of my appearance, came up to me: I caressed him; he returned
+my attentions with much apparent pleasure, and considering this as a
+fortunate opportunity to gain the good will of the father, I took the
+child on my knee, and, cutting the metal buttons from off the coat I had
+on, I tied them around his neck. At this he was highly delighted, and
+became so much attached to me, that he would not quit me.
+
+The king appeared much pleased with my attention to his son, and,
+telling me that it was time to go to sleep, directed me to lie with his
+son next to him, as he was afraid lest some of his people would come
+while he was asleep and kill me with their daggers. I lay down as he
+ordered me, but neither the state of my mind nor the pain I felt would
+allow me to sleep.
+
+About midnight I was greatly alarmed by the approach of one of the
+natives, who came to give information to the king that there was one of
+the white men alive, who had knocked him down as he went on board the
+ship at night. This Maquina communicated to me, giving me to understand
+that as soon as the sun rose he should kill him. I endeavoured to
+persuade him to spare his life, but he bade me be silent and go to
+sleep. I said nothing more, but lay revolving in my mind what method I
+could devise to save the life of this man. What a consolation, thought
+I, what a happiness would it prove to me in my forlorn state among
+these heathens, to have a Christian and one of my own countrymen for a
+companion, and how greatly would it alleviate and lighten the burden of
+my slavery.
+
+As I was thinking of some plan for his preservation, it all at once came
+into my mind that this man was probably the sail-maker of the ship,
+named Thompson, as I had not seen his head among those on deck, and knew
+that he was below at work upon sails not long before the attack. The
+more I thought of it, the more probable it appeared to me, and as
+Thompson was a man nearly forty years of age, and had an old look, I
+conceived it would be easy to make him pass for my father, and by this
+means prevail on Maquina to spare his life. Towards morning I fell into
+a dose, but was awakened with the first beams of the sun by the king,
+who told me he was going to kill the man who was on board the ship, and
+ordered me to accompany him. I rose and followed him, leading with me
+the young prince, his son.
+
+On coming to the beach, I found all the men of the tribe assembled. The
+king addressed them, saying that one of the white men had been found
+alive on board the ship, and requested their opinion as to saving his
+life or putting him to death. They were unanimously for the latter. This
+determination he made known to me. Having arranged my plan, I asked him,
+pointing to the boy, whom I still held by the hand, if he loved his son.
+He answered that he did. I then asked the child if he loved his father,
+and on his replying in the affirmative, I said, "And I also love mine."
+I then threw myself on my knees at Maquina's feet, and implored him,
+with tears in my eyes, to spare my father's life, if the man on board
+should prove to be him, telling him that if he killed my father, it was
+my wish that he should kill me too, and that if he did not, I would kill
+myself--and that he would thus lose my services; whereas, by sparing my
+father's life, he would preserve mine, which would be of great advantage
+to him, by my repairing and making arms for him.
+
+Maquina appeared moved by my entreaties, and promised not to put the man
+to death if he should be my father. He then explained to his people what
+I had said, and ordered me to go on board and tell the man to come on
+shore. To my unspeakable joy, on going into the hold, I found that my
+conjecture was true. Thompson was there. He had escaped without any
+injury, excepting a slight wound in the nose, given him by one of the
+savages with a knife, as he attempted to come on deck, during the
+scuffle. Finding the savages in possession of the ship, as he afterwards
+informed me, he secreted himself in the hold, hoping for some chance to
+make his escape; but that, the Indian who came on board in the night
+approaching the place where he was, he supposed himself discovered, and,
+being determined to sell his life as dearly as possible, as soon as he
+came within his reach, he knocked him down, but the Indian, immediately
+springing up, ran off at full speed.
+
+I informed him, in a few words, that all our men had been killed; that
+the king had preserved my life, and had consented to spare his on the
+supposition that he was my father, an opinion which he must be careful
+not to undeceive them in, as it was his only safety. After giving him
+his cue, I went on shore with him, and presented him to Maquina, who
+immediately knew him to be the sail-maker, and was much pleased,
+observing that he could make sails for his canoe. He then took us to his
+house, and ordered something for us to eat.
+
+On the 24th and 25th, the natives were busily employed in taking the
+cargo out of the ship, stripping her of her sails and rigging, cutting
+away the spars and masts, and, in short, rendering her as complete a
+wreck as possible, the muskets, ammunition, cloth, and all the principal
+articles taken from her, being deposited in the king's house.
+
+While they were thus occupied, each one taking what he liked, my
+companion and myself being obliged to aid them, I thought it best to
+secure the accounts and papers of the ship, in hopes that on some future
+day I might have it in my power to restore them to the owners. With this
+view I took possession of the captain's writing-desk, which contained
+the most of them, together with some paper and implements for writing. I
+had also the good fortune to find a blank account-book, in which I
+resolved, should it be permitted me, to write an account of our capture,
+and the most remarkable occurrences that I should meet with during my
+stay among these people, fondly indulging the hope that it would not be
+long before some vessel would arrive to release us. I likewise found in
+the cabin a small volume of sermons, a Bible, and a Common Prayer-book
+of the Church of England, which furnished me and my comrade great
+consolation in the midst of our mournful servitude, and enabled me,
+under the favour of Divine Providence, to support with firmness the
+miseries of a life which I might otherwise have found beyond my
+strength to endure.
+
+As these people set no value upon things of this kind, I found no
+difficulty in appropriating them to myself, by putting them in my chest,
+which, though it had been broken open and rifled by the savages, as I
+still had the key, I without much difficulty secured. In this I also put
+some small tools belonging to the ship, with several other articles,
+particularly a journal kept by the second mate, Mr. Ingraham, and a
+collection of drawings and views of places taken by him, which I had the
+good fortune to preserve, and on my arrival at Boston, I gave them to a
+connection of his, the Honourable Judge Dawes, who sent them to his
+family in New York.
+
+On the 26th, two ships were seen standing in for Friendly Cove. At their
+first appearance the inhabitants were thrown into great confusion, but,
+soon collecting a number of muskets and blunderbusses, ran to the shore,
+from whence they kept up so brisk a fire at them, that they were
+evidently afraid to approach nearer, and, after firing a few rounds of
+grape-shot, which did no harm to any one, they wore ship and stood out
+to sea. These ships, as I afterwards learned, were the _Mary_ and _Juno_
+of Boston.
+
+They were scarcely out of sight when Maquina expressed much regret that
+he had permitted his people to fire at them, being apprehensive that
+they would give information to others in what manner they had been
+received, and prevent them from coming to trade with him.
+
+A few days after hearing of the capture of the ship, there arrived at
+Nootka a great number of canoes filled with savages from no less than
+twenty tribes to the north and south. Among those from the north were
+the Ai-tiz-zarts,[44] Schoo-mad-its,[45] Neu-wit-ties,[46]
+Savin-nars,[47] Ah-owz-arts,[48] Mo-watch-its,[49] Suth-setts,[50]
+Neu-chad-lits,[51] Mich-la-its,[52] and Cay-u-quets,[53] the most of
+whom were considered as tributary to Nootka. From the south, the
+Aytch-arts[54] and Esqui-ates,[55] also tributary, with the
+Kla-oo-quates,[56] and the Wickannish, a large and powerful tribe about
+two hundred miles distant.
+
+These last were better clad than most of the others, and their canoes
+wrought with much greater skill; they are furnished with sails as well
+as paddles, and, with the advantage of a fair breeze, are usually but
+twenty-four hours on their passage.
+
+Maquina, who was very proud of his new acquisition, was desirous of
+welcoming these visitors in the European manner. He accordingly ordered
+his men, as the canoes approached, to assemble on the beach with loaded
+muskets and blunderbusses, placing Thompson at the cannon, which had
+been brought from the ship and laid upon two long sticks of timber in
+front of the village; then, taking a speaking trumpet in his hand, he
+ascended with me the roof of his house, and began drumming or beating
+upon the boards with a stick most violently.
+
+Nothing could be more ludicrous than the appearance of this motley group
+of savages collected on the shore, dressed as they were with their
+ill-gotten finery in the most fantastic manner, some in women's smocks,
+taken from our cargo, others in _Kotsacks_[57] (or cloaks) of blue, red,
+or yellow broadcloth, with stockings drawn over their heads, and their
+necks hung round with numbers of powder-horns, shot-bags, and
+cartouch-boxes, some of them having no less than ten muskets apiece on
+their shoulders, and five or six daggers in their girdles. Diverting
+indeed was it to see them all squatted upon the beach, holding their
+muskets perpendicularly with the butt pressed upon the sand, instead of
+against their shoulders, and in this position awaiting the order to
+fire.
+
+Maquina, at last, called to them with his trumpet to fire, which they
+did in the most awkward and timid manner, with their muskets hard
+pressed upon the ground as above-mentioned. At the same moment the
+cannon was fired by Thompson, immediately on which they threw themselves
+back and began to roll and tumble over the sand as if they had been
+shot, when, suddenly springing up, they began a song of triumph, and,
+running backward and forward upon the shore, with the wildest
+gesticulations, boasted of their exploits, and exhibited as trophies
+what they had taken from us. Notwithstanding the unpleasantness of my
+situation, and the feelings that this display of our spoils excited, I
+could not avoid laughing at the strange appearance of these savages,
+their awkward movements, and the singular contrast of their dress and
+arms.
+
+When the ceremony was concluded, Maquina invited the strangers to a
+feast at his house, consisting of whale-blubber, smoked herring spawn,
+and dried fish and train-oil, of which they ate most plentifully. The
+feast being over, the trays out of which they ate, and other things,
+were immediately removed to make room for the dance, which was to close
+the entertainment. This was performed by Maquina's son, the young prince
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, whom I have already spoken of, in the following
+manner:--
+
+Three of the principal chiefs, drest in their otter-skin mantles, which
+they wear only on extraordinary occasions and at festivals, having their
+heads covered over with white down and their faces highly painted, came
+forward into the middle of the room, each furnished with a bag filled
+with white down, which they scattered around in such a manner as to
+represent a fall of snow. These were followed by the young prince, who
+was dressed in a long piece of yellow cloth, wrapped loosely around him,
+and decorated with small bells, with a cap on his head to which was
+fastened a curious mask in imitation of a wolf's head, while the rear
+was brought up by the king himself in his robe of sea-otter skin, with a
+small whistle in his mouth and a rattle in his hand, with which he kept
+time to a sort of tune on his whistle. After passing very rapidly in
+this order around the house, each of them seated himself, except the
+prince, who immediately began his dance, which principally consisted in
+springing up into the air in a squat posture, and constantly turning
+around on his heels with great swiftness in a very narrow circle.
+
+This dance, with a few intervals of rest, was continued for about two
+hours, during which the chiefs kept up a constant drumming with sticks
+of about a foot in length on a long hollow plank, which was, though a
+very noisy, a most doleful kind of music. This they accompanied with
+songs, the king himself acting as chorister, while the women applauded
+each feat of activity in the dancer, by repeating the words, _Wocash!
+Wocash Tyee!_[58] that is, Good! very good, Prince!
+
+As soon as the dance was finished, Maquina began to give presents to the
+strangers, in the name of his son Sat-sat-sok-sis. These were pieces of
+European cloth, generally of a fathom in length, muskets, powder, shot,
+etc. Whenever he gave them anything, they had a peculiar manner of
+snatching it from him with a very stern and surly look, repeating each
+time the words, _Wocash Tyee_. This I understood to be their custom, and
+was considered as a compliment, which, if omitted, would be supposed as
+a mark of disregard for the present. On this occasion Maquina gave away
+no less than one hundred muskets, the same number of looking-glasses,
+four hundred yards of cloth, and twenty casks of powder, besides other
+things.
+
+After receiving these presents, the strangers retired on board their
+canoes, for so numerous were they that Maquina would not suffer any but
+the chiefs to sleep in the houses; and, in order to prevent the property
+from being pillaged by them, he ordered Thompson and myself to keep
+guard during the night, armed with cutlasses and pistols.
+
+In this manner tribes of savages from various parts of the coast
+continued coming for several days, bringing with them blubber, oil,
+herring spawn, dried fish, and clams, for which they received in return
+presents of cloth, etc., after which they in general immediately
+returned home. I observed that very few, if any, of them, except the
+chiefs, had arms, which, I afterwards learned, is the custom with these
+people, whenever they come upon a friendly visit or to trade, in order
+to show, on their approach, that their intentions are pacific.[59]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[42] A common mode of expressing joy. During dancing and singing this
+goes on continually.
+
+[43] In 1863, when I made a special inquiry, the whole number of adult
+males in the Mooachaht tribe (the so-called Nootkans) was one hundred
+and fifty.
+
+[44] Ayhuttisahts.
+
+[45] This name is unknown to me.
+
+[46] Nahwittis, or Flatlashekwill, an almost vanished tribe, join the
+north end of Vancouver Island (Goletas Channel, Galliano Island, and
+west-ward to Cape Scott).
+
+[47] The name of some village, not a tribe.
+
+[48] Ahousahts.
+
+[49] Mooachahts. The "Nootkans" proper of Friendly Cove.
+
+[50] Seshahts, but they are to the south (Alberni Canal) and Barclay
+Sound.
+
+[51] Noochahlahts (lat. 49° 47' 20" N.).
+
+[52] Muchlahts, or Quaquina arm.
+
+[53] Ky-yoh-quahts.
+
+[54] This is probably another spelling of the E-cha-chahts.
+
+[55] Hishquayahts (lat. 49° 27' 31" N., long. 126° 25' 27" W.).
+
+[56] Klahoquahts. This and the other tribes mentioned in the text
+are no longer tributary to the Mooachahts, and there is no "Wickannish"
+tribe. As we have already seen (p. 38), it is the name of an
+individual--probably the chief of the Klahoquahts. It is a common name.
+The Nettinahts and the Klahoquahts are still renowned in canoe-making.
+They chisel them out of the great cedar (_Thuja gigantea_) trees in this
+district, for sale to other tribes. But Jewitt, who had no personal
+knowledge of the homes of these tribes, makes sad havoc of their names
+and the direction from which they came.
+
+[57] _Kootsik_, the "cotsack" of Meares. _Kootsik-poom_ is the pin by
+which the Indian blanket cloak is fastened. In Meares's time the people
+dressed in kootsiks of sea-otter skin. But even then they were getting
+so fond of blankets, that without "woollens" among the barter, trade was
+difficult. In fifteen years they learned a better use for sea-otters
+worth £20 apiece than to make cloaks of them.
+
+[58] The words were really _Waw-kash_ (a word of salutation) and _Tyee_.
+This is in most common use in Nootka Sound. The order of salutation to a
+man is _Quaache-is_, to a woman _Chè-is_, and at parting _Klach-she_. A
+married woman is _Klootsnah_; a young girl _Hah-quatl-is_; an unmarried
+woman (whether old or young) _Hah-quatl_--distinctions which Jewitt does
+not make in his brief vocabulary. The Indians have many words to express
+varieties of the same action. Thus _pâttēs_ means to wash. But
+_pâttēē_ is to wash all over; _tsont-soomik_, to wash the hands;
+_tsocuks_, to wash a pan, etc. _Haouwith_, or _Hawilth_, is the original
+word for chief, though _Tyee_ is commonly used.
+
+[59] This is one of the earliest--if not the first--account of these
+periodical givings away of property so characteristic of the
+North-Western coast Indians, and known to the whites as "Potlatches." An
+Indian accumulates blankets and other portable property simply to give
+away at such feasts. Then if a poor, he becomes a great man, and even a
+kind of minor chief--a Life Peer, as it were. But those who have
+received much are expected to return the compliment by also giving a
+"potlatch," to which guests come from far and near. I have described one
+of these in _The Races of Mankind_ (the first edition of _The Peoples of
+the World_), vol. i. pp. 75-90.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+BURNING OF THE VESSEL--COMMENCEMENT OF JEWITT'S JOURNAL
+
+
+Early on the morning of the 19th the ship was discovered to be on fire.
+This was owing to one of the savages having gone on board with a
+firebrand at night for the purpose of plunder, some sparks from which
+fell into the hold, and, communicating with some combustibles, soon
+enveloped the whole in flames. The natives regretted the loss of the
+ship the more as a great part of her cargo still remained on board. To
+my companion and myself it was a most melancholy sight, for with her
+disappeared from our eyes every trace of a civilised country; but the
+disappointment we experienced was still more severely felt, for we had
+calculated on having the provision to ourselves, which would have
+furnished us with a stock for years, as whatever is cured with salt,
+together with most of our other articles of food, are never eaten by
+these people. I had luckily saved all my tools, excepting the anvil and
+the bellows, which was attached to the forge, and from their weight had
+not been brought on shore. We had also the good fortune, in looking over
+what had been taken from the ship, to discover a box of chocolate and a
+case of port wine, which, as the Indians were not fond of it, proved a
+great comfort to us for some time; and from one of the natives I
+obtained a Nautical Almanack which had belonged to the captain, and
+which was of great use to me in determining the time.
+
+About two days after, on examining their booty, the savages found a
+tierce of rum, with which they were highly delighted, as they have
+become very fond of spirituous liquors since their intercourse with the
+whites.[60] This was towards evening, and Maquina, having assembled all
+the men at his house, gave a feast, at which they drank so freely of the
+rum, that in a short time they became so extremely wild and frantic that
+Thompson and myself, apprehensive for our safety, thought it prudent to
+retire privately into the woods, where we continued till past midnight.
+
+On our return we found the women gone, who are always very temperate,
+drinking nothing but water, having quitted the house and gone to the
+other huts to sleep, so terrified were they at the conduct of the men,
+who lay all stretched out on the floor in a state of complete
+intoxication. How easy in this situation would it have been for us to
+have dispatched or made ourselves masters of our enemies had there been
+any ship near to which we could have escaped, but as we were situated
+the attempt would have been madness. The wish of revenge was, however,
+less strongly impressed on my mind than what appeared to be so evident
+an interposition of Divine Providence in our favour. How little can man
+penetrate its designs, and how frequently is that intended as a blessing
+which he views as a curse. The burning of our ship, which we had
+lamented so much, as depriving us of so many comforts, now appeared to
+us in a very different light, for, had the savages got possession of the
+rum, of which there were nearly twenty puncheons on board,[61] we must
+inevitably have fallen a sacrifice to their fury in some of their
+moments of intoxication. This cask, fortunately, and a case of gin, was
+all the spirits they obtained from the ship. To prevent the recurrence
+of similar danger, I examined the cask, and, finding still a
+considerable quantity remaining, I bored a small hole in the bottom with
+a gimblet, which before morning, to my great joy, completely emptied it.
+
+
+By this time the wound in my head began to be much better, so that I
+could enjoy some sleep, which I had been almost deprived of by the pain,
+and though I was still feeble from the loss of blood and my sufferings,
+I found myself sufficiently well to go to work at my trade, in making
+for the king and his wives bracelets and other small ornaments of copper
+or steel, and in repairing the arms, making use of a large square stone
+for the anvil, and heating my metal in a common wood fire. This was very
+gratifying to Maquina, and his women particularly, and secured me their
+goodwill.
+
+In the meantime, great numbers from the other tribes kept continually
+flocking to Nootka, bringing with them, in exchange for the ship's
+plunder, such quantities of provision, that, notwithstanding the little
+success that Maquina met with in whaling this season, and their
+gluttonous waste, always eating to excess when they have it, regardless
+of the morrow, seldom did the natives experience any want of food during
+the summer. As to myself and companion, we fared as they did, never
+wanting for such provision as they had, though we were obliged to eat it
+cooked in their manner, and with train-oil as a sauce, a circumstance
+not a little unpleasant, both from their uncleanly mode of cooking and
+many of the articles of their food, which to a European are very
+disgusting; but, as the saying is, hunger will break through stone
+walls, and we found, at times, in the blubber of sea animals and the
+flesh of the dog-fish, loathsome as it generally was, a very acceptable
+repast.
+
+But much oftener would poor Thompson, who was no favourite with them,
+have suffered from hunger had it not been for my furnishing him with
+provision. This I was enabled to do from my work, Maquina allowing me
+the privilege, when not employed for him, to work for myself in making
+bracelets and other ornaments of copper, fish-hooks, daggers, etc.,
+either to sell to the tribes who visited us or for our own chiefs, who
+on these occasions, besides supplying me with as much as I wished to
+eat, and a sufficiency for Thompson, almost always made me a present of
+a European garment, taken from the ship, or some fathoms of cloth, which
+were made up by my comrade, and enabled us to go comfortably clad for
+some time; or small bundles of penknives, razors, scissors, etc., for
+one of which we could almost always procure from the natives two or
+three fresh salmon, cod, or halibut; or dried fish, clams, and herring
+spawn from the stranger tribes; and had we only been permitted to cook
+them after our own way, as we had pots and other utensils belonging to
+the ship, we should not have had much cause of complaint in this
+respect; but so tenacious are these people of their customs,
+particularly in the article of food and cooking, that the king always
+obliged me to give whatever provision I bought to the women to cook. And
+one day, finding Thompson and myself on the shore employed in boiling
+down sea-water into salt, on being told what it was he was very much
+displeased, and, taking the little we had procured, threw it into the
+sea. In one instance alone, as a particular favour, he allowed me to
+boil some salmon in my own way, when I invited him and his queen to eat
+with me; they tasted it, but did not like it, and made their meal of
+some of it that I had cooked in their country fashion.
+
+In May the weather became uncommonly mild and pleasant, and so forward
+was vegetation, that I picked plenty of strawberries[62] by the middle
+of the month. Of this fruit there are great quantities on this coast,
+and I found them a most delicious treat.
+
+My health now had become almost re-established, my wound being so far
+healed that it gave me no further trouble. I had never failed to wash it
+regularly once a day in sea water, and to dress it with a fresh leaf of
+tobacco, which I obtained from the natives, who had taken it from the
+ship, but made no use of it. This was all the dressing I gave it, except
+applying to it two or three times a little loaf sugar, which Maquina
+gave me, in order to remove some proud flesh, which prevented it from
+closing.
+
+My cure would doubtless have been much sooner effected had I have been
+in a civilised country, where I could have had it dressed by a surgeon
+and properly attended to. But alas! I had no good Samaritan, with oil
+and wine, to bind up my wounds, and fortunate might I even esteem myself
+that I was permitted to dress it myself, for the utmost that I could
+expect from the natives was compassion for my misfortunes, which I
+indeed experienced from the women, particularly the queen, or favourite
+wife of Maquina, the mother of Sat-sat-sok-sis, who used frequently to
+point to my head, and manifest much kindness and solicitude for me. I
+must do Maquina the justice to acknowledge, that he always appeared
+desirous of sparing me any labour which he believed might be hurtful to
+me, frequently inquiring in an affectionate manner if my head pained me.
+As for the others, some of the chiefs excepted, they cared little what
+became of me, and probably would have been gratified with my death.
+
+My health being at length re-established and my wound healed, Thompson
+became very importunate for me to begin my journal, and as I had no ink,
+proposed to cut his finger to supply me with blood for the purpose
+whenever I should want it. On the 1st of June I accordingly commenced a
+regular diary, but had no occasion to make use of the expedient
+suggested by my comrade, having found a much better substitute in the
+expressed juice of a certain plant, which furnished me with a bright
+green colour, and, after making a number of trials, I at length
+succeeded in obtaining a very tolerable ink, by boiling the juice of the
+blackberry with a mixture of finely powdered charcoal, and filtering it
+through a cloth. This I afterwards preserved in bottles, and found it
+answer very well, so true is it that "necessity is the mother of
+invention." As for quills, I found no difficulty in procuring them
+whenever I wanted, from the crows and ravens with which the beach was
+almost always covered, attracted by the offal of whales, seals, etc.,
+and which were so tame that I could easily kill them with stones, while
+a large clam-shell furnished me with an inkstand.
+
+The extreme solicitude of Thompson that I should begin my journal might
+be considered as singular in a man who neither knew how to read or
+write, a circumstance, by the way, very uncommon in an American, were we
+less acquainted with the force of habit, he having been for many years
+at sea, and accustomed to consider the keeping of a journal as a thing
+indispensable. This man was born in Philadelphia, and at eight years old
+ran away from his friends and entered as a cabin boy on board a ship
+bound to London. On his arrival there, finding himself in distress, he
+engaged as an apprentice to the captain of a collier, from whence he was
+impressed on board an English man-of-war, and continued in the British
+naval service about twenty-seven years, during which he was present at
+the engagement under Lord Howe with the French fleet in June 1794, and
+when peace was made between England and France, was discharged. He was a
+very strong and powerful man, an expert boxer, and perfectly fearless;
+indeed, so little was his dread of danger, that when irritated he was
+wholly regardless of his life. Of this the following will furnish a
+sufficient proof:--
+
+One evening about the middle of April, as I was at the house of one of
+the chiefs, where I had been employed on some work for him, word was
+brought me that Maquina was going to kill Thompson. I immediately
+hurried home, where I found the king in the act of presenting a loaded
+musket at Thompson, who was standing before him with his breast bared
+and calling on him to fire. I instantly stepped up to Maquina, who was
+foaming with rage, and, addressing him in soothing words, begged him for
+my sake not to kill my father, and at length succeeded in taking the
+musket from him and persuading him to sit down.
+
+On inquiring into the cause of his anger, I learned that, while Thompson
+was lighting the lamps in the king's room, Maquina having substituted
+ours for their pine torches, some of the boys began to tease him,
+running around him and pulling him by the trousers, among the most
+forward of whom was the young prince. This caused Thompson to spill the
+oil, which threw him into such a passion, that, without caring what he
+did, he struck the prince so violent a blow in his face with his fist as
+to knock him down. The sensation excited among the savages by an act
+which was considered as the highest indignity, and a profanation of the
+sacred person of majesty, may be easily conceived. The king was
+immediately acquainted with it, who, on coming in and seeing his son's
+face covered with blood, seized a musket and began to load it,
+determined to take instant revenge of the audacious offender, and had I
+arrived a few moments later than I did, my companion would certainly
+have paid with his life for his rash and violent conduct. I found the
+utmost difficulty in pacifying Maquina, who for a long time after could
+not forgive Thompson, but would repeatedly say, "John, _you_
+die--Thompson kill."
+
+But to appease the king was not all that was necessary. In consequence
+of the insult offered to their prince, the whole tribe held a council,
+in which it was unanimously resolved that Thompson should be put to
+death in the most cruel manner. I however interceded so strenuously with
+Maquina for his life, telling him that if my father was killed, I was
+determined not to survive him, that he refused to deliver him up to the
+vengeance of his people, saying, that for John's sake they must consent
+to let him live. The prince, who, after I had succeeded in calming his
+father, gave me an account of what had happened, told me that it was
+wholly out of regard to me, as Thompson was my father, that his life had
+been spared, for that if any one of the tribe should dare to lift a hand
+against him in anger, he would most certainly be put to death.
+
+Yet even this narrow escape produced not much effect on Thompson, or
+induced him to restrain the violence of his temper. For, not many weeks
+after, he was guilty of a similar indiscretion, in striking the eldest
+son of a chief, who was about eighteen years old, and, according to
+their custom, was considered as a Tyee, or chief, himself, in
+consequence of his having provoked him by calling him a white slave.
+This affair caused great commotion in the village, and the tribe was
+very clamorous for his death, but Maquina would not consent.
+
+I used frequently to remonstrate with him on the imprudence of his
+conduct, and beg him to govern his temper better, telling him that it
+was our duty, since our lives were in the power of these savages, to do
+nothing to exasperate them. But all I could say on this point availed
+little, for so bitter was the hate he felt for them, which he was no way
+backward in manifesting both by his looks and actions, that he declared
+he never would submit to their insults, and that he had much rather be
+killed than be obliged to live among them; adding that he only wished he
+had a good vessel and some guns, and he would destroy the whole of the
+cursed race; for to a brave sailor like him, who had fought the French
+and Spaniards with glory, it was a punishment worse than death to be a
+slave to such a poor, ignorant, despicable set of beings.
+
+As for myself, I thought very differently. After returning thanks to
+that merciful Being who had in so wonderful a manner softened the hearts
+of the savages in my favour, I had determined from the first of my
+capture to adopt a conciliating conduct towards them, and conform
+myself, as far as was in my power, to their customs and mode of
+thinking, trusting that the same divine goodness that had rescued me
+from death, would not always suffer me to languish in captivity among
+these heathens.
+
+With this view, I sought to gain their goodwill by always endeavouring
+to assume a cheerful countenance, appearing pleased with their sports
+and buffoon tricks, making little ornaments for the wives and children
+of their chiefs, by which means I became quite a favourite with them,
+and fish-hooks, daggers, etc., for themselves.
+
+As a further recommendation to their favour, and what might eventually
+prove of the utmost importance to us, I resolved to learn their
+language, which in the course of a few months' residence I so far
+succeeded in acquiring, as to be able in general to make myself well
+understood.
+
+I likewise tried to persuade Thompson to learn it, as what might prove
+necessary to him. But he refused, saying that he hated both them and
+their cursed lingo, and would have nothing to do with it.
+
+By pursuing this conciliatory plan, so far did I gain the goodwill of
+these savages, particularly the chiefs, that I scarcely ever failed
+experiencing kind treatment from them, and was received with a smile of
+welcome at their houses, where I was always sure of having something
+given me to eat, whenever they had it, and many a good meal have I had
+from them, when they themselves were short of provisions and suffering
+for the want of them.
+
+And it was a common practice with me, when we had nothing to eat at
+home, which happened not unfrequently during my stay among them, to go
+around the village, and on noticing a smoke from any of the houses,
+which denoted that they were cooking, enter in without ceremony, and ask
+them for something, which I was never refused.
+
+Few nations, indeed, are there so very rude and unfeeling, whom constant
+mild treatment, and an attention to please, will not mollify and obtain
+from some return of kind attention. This the treatment I received from
+these people may exemplify, for not numerous, even among those calling
+themselves civilised, are there instances to be found of persons
+depriving themselves of food to give it to a stranger, whatever may be
+his merits.
+
+It may perhaps be as well in this place to give a description of Nootka;
+some accounts of the tribes who were accustomed to visit us; and the
+manners and customs of the people, as far as I hitherto had an
+opportunity of observing them.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[60] It was about this date that Long, an Indian trader, described rum
+as the _unum necessarium_ for traffic with the savages. It is still
+eagerly asked for, though its sale or gift is illegal.
+
+[61] For sale, of course, to the Indians.
+
+[62] Chiefly _Fragaria chilensis_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+DESCRIPTION OF NOOTKA SOUND--MANNER OF BUILDING
+HOUSES--FURNITURE--DRESSES
+
+
+The village of Nootka is situated in between 49 and 50 deg. N. lat.,[63]
+at the bottom of Friendly Cove, on the west or north-west side. It
+consists of about twenty houses or huts, on a small hill, which rises
+with a gentle ascent from the shore. Friendly Cove, which affords good
+and secure anchorage for ships close in with the shore, is a small
+harbour of not more than a quarter or half a mile in length, and about
+half a mile or three-quarters broad, formed by the line of coast on the
+east and a long point or headland, which extends as much as three
+leagues into the Sound, in nearly a westerly direction.[64] This, as
+well as I can judge from what I have seen of it, is in general from one
+to two miles in breadth, and mostly a rocky and unproductive soil, with
+but few trees. The eastern and western shores of this harbour are steep
+and in many parts rocky, the trees growing quite to the water's edge,
+but the bottom to the north and north-west is a fine sandy beach of half
+a mile or more in extent.
+
+From the village to the north and north-east extends a plain, the soil
+of which is very excellent, and with proper cultivation may be made to
+produce almost any of our European vegetables; this is but little more
+than half a mile in breadth, and is terminated by the seacoast, which in
+this place is lined with rocks and reefs, and cannot be approached by
+ships. The coast in the neighbourhood of Nootka is in general low, and
+but little broken into hills and valleys. The soil is good, well covered
+with fine forests of pine, spruce, beech, and other trees, and abounds
+with streams of the finest water, the general appearance being the same
+for many miles around.
+
+The village is situated on the ground occupied by the Spaniards, when
+they kept a garrison here; the foundations of the church and the
+governor's house are yet visible, and a few European plants are still to
+be found, which continue to be self-propagated, such as onions, peas,
+and turnips, but the two last are quite small, particularly the turnips,
+which afforded us nothing but the tops for eating. Their former village
+stood on the same spot, but the Spaniards, finding it a commodious
+situation, demolished the houses, and forced the inhabitants to retire
+five or six miles into the country.[65] With great sorrow, as Maquina
+told me, did they find themselves compelled to quit their ancient place
+of residence, but with equal joy did they repossess themselves of it
+when the Spanish garrison was expelled by the English.
+
+[Illustration: HABITATIONS IN NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+The houses, as I have observed, are above twenty in number, built nearly
+in a line. These are of different sizes, according to the rank or
+quality of the _Tyee_, or chief, who lives in them, each having one, of
+which he is considered as the lord. They vary not much in width, being
+usually from thirty-six to forty feet wide, but are of very different
+lengths, that of the king, which is much the longest, being about one
+hundred and fifty feet, while the smallest, which contain only two
+families, do not exceed forty feet in length; the house of the king is
+also distinguished from the others by being higher.
+
+Their method of building is as follows: they erect in the ground two
+very large posts, at such a distance apart as is intended for the length
+of the house. On these, which are of equal height, and hollowed out at
+the upper end, they lay a large spar for the ridge-pole of the building,
+or, if the length of the house requires it, two or more, supporting
+their ends by similar upright posts; these spars are sometimes of an
+almost incredible size, having myself measured one in Maquina's house,
+which I found to be one hundred feet long and eight feet four inches in
+circumference. At equal distances from these two posts, two others are
+placed on each side, to form the width of the building; these are rather
+shorter than the first, and on them are laid in like manner spars, but
+of a smaller size, having the upper part hewed flat, with a narrow ridge
+on the outer side to support the ends of the planks.
+
+The roof is formed of pine planks with a broad feather edge, so as to
+lap well over each other, which are laid lengthwise from the ridge-pole
+in the centre, to the beams at the sides, after which the top is covered
+with planks of eight feet broad, which form a kind of coving projecting
+so far over the ends of the planks that form the roof, as completely to
+exclude the rain. On these they lay large stones to prevent their being
+displaced by the wind. The ends of the planks are not secured to the
+beams on which they are laid by any fastening, so that in a high storm I
+have often known all the men obliged to turn out and go upon the roof to
+prevent them from being blown off, carrying large stones and pieces of
+rock with them to secure the boards, always stripping themselves naked
+on these occasions, whatever may be the severity of the weather, to
+prevent their garments from being wet and muddied, as these storms are
+almost always accompanied with heavy rains. The sides of their houses
+are much more open and exposed to the weather; this proceeds from their
+not being so easily made close as the roof, being built with planks of
+about ten feet long and four or five wide, which they place between
+stancheons or small posts of the height of the roof; of these there are
+four to each range of boards, two at each end, and so near each other as
+to leave space enough for admitting a plank. The planks or boards which
+they make use of for building their houses, and for other uses, they
+procure of different lengths as occasion requires, by splitting them out
+with hard wooden wedges from pine logs, and afterwards dubbing them down
+with their chisels, with much patience, to the thickness wanted,
+rendering them quite smooth.
+
+There is but one entrance; this is placed usually at the end, though
+sometimes in the middle, as was that of Maquina's. Through the middle of
+the building, from one end to the other, runs a passage of about eight
+or nine feet broad, on each side of which the several families that
+occupy it live, each having its particular fireplace, but without any
+kind of wall or separation to mark their respective limits; the chief
+having his apartment at the upper end, and the next in rank opposite on
+the other side. They have no other floor than the ground; the fireplace
+or hearth consists of a number of stones loosely put together, but they
+are wholly without a chimney, nor is there any opening left in the roof,
+but whenever a fire is made, the plank immediately over it is thrust
+aside, by means of a pole, to give vent to the smoke.
+
+The height of the houses in general, from the ground to the centre of
+the roof, does not exceed ten feet, that of Maquina's was not far from
+fourteen; the spar forming the ridge-pole of the latter was painted in
+red and black circles alternately, by way of ornament, and the large
+posts that supported it had their tops curiously wrought or carved, so
+as to represent human heads of a monstrous size, which were painted in
+their manner. These were not, however, considered as objects of
+adoration, but merely as ornaments.[66]
+
+The furniture of these people is very simple, and consists only of
+boxes, in which they put their clothes, furs, and such things as they
+hold most valuable; tubs for keeping their provisions of spawn and
+blubber in; trays from which they eat; baskets for their dried fish and
+other purposes, and bags made of bark matting, of which they also make
+their beds, spreading a piece of it upon the ground when they lie down,
+and using no other bed covering than their garments. The boxes are of
+pine, with a top that shuts over, and instead of nails or pegs, are
+fastened with flexible twigs; they are extremely smooth and high
+polished, and sometimes ornamented with rows of very small white shells.
+The tubs are of a square form, secured in the like manner, and of
+various sizes, some being extremely large, having seen them that were
+six feet long by four broad and five deep. The trays are hollowed out
+with their chisels from a solid block of wood, and the baskets and mats
+are made from the bark of trees.
+
+From bark they likewise make the cloth for their garments, in the
+following manner:--A quantity of this bark is taken and put into fresh
+water, where it is kept for a fortnight, to give it time to completely
+soften; it is then taken out and beaten upon a plank, with an instrument
+made of bone, or some very hard wood, having grooves or hollows on one
+side of it, care being taken to keep the mass constantly moistened with
+water, in order to separate, with more ease, the hard and woody from the
+soft and fibrous parts, which, when completed, they parcel out into
+skeins, like thread. These they lay in the air to bleach, and afterwards
+dye them black or red, as suits their fancies, their natural colour
+being a pale yellow. In order to form the cloth, the women, by whom the
+whole of this process is performed, take a certain number of these
+skeins and twist them together, by rolling them with their hands upon
+their knees into hard rolls, which are afterwards connected by means of
+a strong thread, made for the purpose.
+
+[Illustration: INTERIOR OF A HABITATION IN NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+Their dress usually consists of but a single garment, which is a loose
+cloak or mantle (called _kutsack_) in one piece, reaching nearly to the
+feet. This is tied loosely over the right or left shoulder, so as to
+leave the arms at full liberty.
+
+Those of the common people are painted red with ochre the better to keep
+out the rain, but the chiefs wear them of their native colour, which is
+a pale yellow, ornamenting them with borders of the sea-otter skin, a
+kind of grey cloth made of the hair of some animal[67] which they
+procure from the tribes to the south, or their own cloth wrought or
+painted with various figures in red or black, representing men's heads,
+the sun and moon, fish and animals, which are frequently executed with
+much skill. They have also a girdle of the same kind for securing this
+mantle or _kutsack_ around them, which is in general still more highly
+ornamented, and serves them to wear their daggers and knives in. In
+winter, however, they sometimes make use of an additional garment, which
+is a kind of hood, with a hole in it for the purpose of admitting the
+head, and falls over the breast and back, as low as the shoulders; this
+is bordered both at top and bottom with fur, and is never worn except
+when they go out.
+
+The garments of the women vary not essentially from those of the men,
+the mantle having holes in it for the purpose of admitting the arms, and
+being tied close under the chin instead of over the shoulder. The chiefs
+have also mantles of the sea-otter skin, but these are only put on upon
+extraordinary occasions; and one that is made from the skin of a certain
+large animal, which is brought from the south by the Wickanninish[68]
+and Kla-iz-zarts.[69] This they prepare by dressing it in warm water,
+scraping off the hair and what flesh adheres to it carefully with sharp
+mussel-shells, and spreading it out in the sun to dry on a wooden frame,
+so as to preserve the shape. When dressed in this manner it becomes
+perfectly white, and as pliable as the best deer's leather, but almost
+as thick again. They then paint it in different figures with such paints
+as they usually employ in decorating their persons; these figures mostly
+represent human heads, canoes employed in catching whales, etc.
+
+This skin is called metamelth, and is probably got from an animal of
+the moose kind; it is highly prized by these people, is their great war
+dress, and only worn when they wish to make the best possible display of
+themselves. Strips or bands of it, painted as above, are also sometimes
+used by them for girdles or the bordering of their cloaks, and also for
+bracelets and ankle ornaments by some of the inferior class.
+
+On their heads, when they go out upon any excursion, particularly
+whaling or fishing, they wear a kind of cap or bonnet in form not unlike
+a large sugar loaf with the top cut off. This is made of the same
+materials with their cloth,[70] but is in general of a closer texture,
+and by way of tassel has a long strip of the skin of the metamelth[71]
+attached to it, covered with rows of small white shells or beads. Those
+worn by the common people are painted entirely red, the chiefs having
+theirs of different colours. The one worn by the king, and which serves
+to designate him from all the others, is longer and broader at the
+bottom; the top, instead of being flat, having upon it an ornament in
+the figure of a small urn. It is also of a much finer texture than the
+others, and plaited or wrought in black and white stripes, with the
+representation in front of a canoe in pursuit of a whale, with the
+harpooner standing in the prow prepared to strike. This bonnet is called
+_Seeya-poks_.
+
+Their mode of living is very simple--their food consisting almost
+wholly of fish, or fish spawn fresh or dried, the blubber of the whale,
+seal, or sea-cow, mussels, clams, and berries of various kinds; all of
+which are eaten with a profusion of train-oil for sauce, not excepting
+even the most delicate fruit, as strawberries and raspberries.
+
+With so little variety in their food, no great secret can be expected in
+their cookery. Of this, indeed, they may be said to know but two
+methods, viz. by boiling and steaming, and even the latter is not very
+frequently practised by them. Their mode of boiling is as follows:--Into
+one of their tubs they pour water sufficient to cook the quantity of
+provision wanted. A number of heated stones are then put in to make it
+boil, when the salmon or other fish are put in without any other
+preparation than sometimes cutting off the heads, tails, and fins, the
+boiling in the meantime being kept up by the application of the hot
+stones, after which it is left to cook until the whole is nearly reduced
+to one mass. It is then taken out and distributed in the trays. In a
+similar manner they cook their blubber and spawn, smoked or dried fish,
+and, in fine, almost everything they eat, nothing going down with them
+like broth.
+
+When they cook their fish by steam, which are usually the heads, tails,
+and fins of the salmon, cod, and halibut, a large fire is kindled, upon
+which they place a bed of stones, which, when the wood is burnt down,
+becomes perfectly heated. Layers of green leaves or pine boughs are then
+placed upon the stones, and the fish, clams, etc., being laid upon
+them, water is poured over them, and the whole closely covered with mats
+to keep in the steam. This is much the best mode of cooking, and clams
+and mussels done in this manner are really excellent.[72] These, as I
+have said, may be considered as their only kinds of cookery; though I
+have, in a very few instances, known them dress the roe or spawn of the
+salmon and the herring, when first taken, in a different manner; this
+was by roasting them, the former being supported between two split
+pieces of pine, and the other having a sharp stick run through it, with
+one end fixed in the ground; sprats are also roasted by them in this
+way, a number being spitted upon one stick; and this kind of food, with
+a little salt, would be found no contemptible eating even to an
+European.
+
+At their meals they seat themselves upon the ground, with their feet
+curled up under them, around their trays, which are generally about
+three feet long by one broad, and from six to eight inches deep. In
+eating they make use of nothing but their fingers, except for the soup
+or oil, which they lade out with clam-shells.
+
+Around one of these trays from four to six persons will seat themselves,
+constantly dipping in their fingers or clam-shells one after the other.
+The king and chiefs alone have separate trays, from which no one is
+permitted to eat with them except the queen, or principal wife of the
+chief; and whenever the king or one of the chiefs wishes to distinguish
+any of his people with a special mark of favour on these occasions, he
+calls him and gives him some of the choice bits from his tray. The
+slaves eat at the same time, and of the same provisions, faring in this
+respect as well as their masters, being seated with the family, and only
+feeding from separate trays.
+
+Whenever a feast is given by the king or any of the chiefs, there is a
+person who acts as a master of ceremonies, and whose business it is to
+receive the guests as they enter the house, and point out to them their
+respective seats, which is regulated with great punctiliousness as
+regards rank; the king occupying the highest or the seat of honour, his
+son or brother sitting next him, and so on with the chiefs according to
+their quality; the private persons belonging to the same family being
+always placed together, to prevent any confusion. The women are seldom
+invited to their feasts, and only at those times when a general
+invitation is given to the village.[73]
+
+As, whenever they cook, they always calculate to have an abundance for
+all the guests, a profusion in this respect being considered as the
+highest luxury, much more is usually set before them than they can eat.
+That which is left in the king's tray, he sends to his house for his
+family by one of his slaves, as do the chiefs theirs; while those who
+eat from the same tray, and who generally belong to the same family,
+take it home as common stock, or each one receives his portion, which is
+distributed on the spot. This custom appeared very singular to my
+companion and myself, and it was a most awkward thing for us, at first,
+to have to lug home with us, in our hands or arms, the blubber of fish
+that we received at these times, but we soon became reconciled to it,
+and were very glad of an opportunity to do it.
+
+[Illustration: NOOTKA SOUND INDIANS.]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[63] The exact position of the village is lat. 49° 35' 31" N.; long.
+126° 37' 32" W.
+
+[64] According to the Admiralty Sailing Directions, the Cove is about
+two cables in extent, and sheltered from the sea by a small rocky
+high-water island on its east side. It affords anchorage in the middle
+for only one vessel of moderate size, though several small vessels might
+find shelter. When Vancouver visited it in 1792, no less than eight
+ships were in it, most of them small, and secured to the shore by
+hawsers.
+
+[65] This means farther up the Sound; for there are villages in the
+interior of Vancouver Island. The Admiralty Sailing Directions declare
+that not a trace of the Spanish settlement now exists. This is scarcely
+correct, for an indistinct ridge shows the site of houses, and here and
+there a few bricks half hidden in the ground may be detected. I have
+seen a cannon ball and a Mexican dollar found there. Many of the Nootka
+Indians have large moustaches and whiskers, which may possibly be due to
+their Spanish blood, and others were decidedly Chinese-looking, a fact
+which may be traced to the presence of Meares's Chinese carpenters in
+1778-79. Some of them can, or could, thirty years ago, by tradition,
+count ten in Spanish; and there is a legend in the Sound to the effect
+that the white men had begun to cultivate the ground, and to erect a
+stockade and fort; when one day a ship came with papers for the head
+man, who was observed to cry, and all the foreigners became sad. The
+next day they began moving their goods to the ship. But, as Mr. Sproat
+suggests, this might have reference to Meares's settlement.
+
+[66] This is a good description of the house of Maquina's grandson, as I
+saw it fifty-eight years after Jewitt's time.
+
+[67] Dog's hair. A tribe on Fraser River used to keep flocks of these
+curs, which they periodically clipped like sheep.
+
+[68] Probably the Klayoquahts (see p. 77).
+
+[69] Klahosahts.
+
+[70] The outside is made of cedar bark, the inside of white-hair bark.
+
+[71] I have more than once discussed the identity of this animal with
+Indian traders. None of them recognised it, nor, indeed, were acquainted
+with the animal by the name Jewitt applies to it. It is, however, not
+unlikely the North-Western marmot (_Arctomys pruinosus_), specimens of
+which are now and then--though, it must be admitted, rarely--seen in
+Vancouver Island; but it is more common farther south. The Alberni
+Indians (Seshahts and Opechesahts) used to talk of a beast called
+_Sit-si-tehl_, which we took to be the marmot, and Mr. Sproat saw one; I
+was not so fortunate.
+
+[72] In the opinion of the judicious Jewitt, every one who has eaten
+food--especially salmon and shell-fish--cooked after this fashion will
+coincide. _Experto crede._
+
+[73] Or to one or more of the neighbouring tribes, such feasts being
+known as _Wawkoahs_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+APPEARANCE OF THE NATIVES--ORNAMENTS--OTTER-HUNTING--FISHING--CANOES
+
+
+In point of personal appearance the people of Nootka are among the
+best-looking of any of the tribes that I have seen. The men are in
+general from about five feet six to five feet eight inches in height;
+remarkably straight, of a good form, robust and strong, with their limbs
+in general well turned and proportioned, excepting the legs and feet,
+which are clumsy and ill formed, owing, no doubt, to their practice of
+sitting on them, though I have seen instances in which they were very
+well shaped; this defect is more particularly apparent in the women, who
+are for the most part of the time within doors, and constantly sitting
+while employed in their cooking and other occupations.[74] The only
+instance of deformity that I saw amongst them was a man of dwarfish
+stature; he was thirty years old, and but three feet three inches high;
+he had, however, no other defect than his diminutive size, being well
+made, and as strong and able to bear fatigue as what they were in
+general.[75]
+
+Their complexion, when freed from the paint and oil with which their
+skins are generally covered, is a brown, somewhat inclining to a copper
+cast. The shape of the face is oval; the features are tolerably regular,
+the lips being thin and the teeth very white and even; their eyes are
+black but rather small, and the nose pretty well formed, being neither
+flat nor very prominent; their hair is black, long, and coarse, but they
+have no beard, completely extirpating it, as well as the hair from their
+bodies, Maquina being the only exception, who suffered his beard to grow
+on his upper lip in the manner of mustachios, which was considered as a
+mark of dignity.
+
+As to the women, they are much whiter, many of them not being darker
+than those in some of the southern parts of Europe. They are in general
+very well-looking, and some quite handsome. Maquina's favourite wife in
+particular, who was a Wickinninish princess, would be considered as a
+beautiful woman in any country. She was uncommonly well formed, tall,
+and of a majestic appearance; her skin remarkably fair for one of these
+people, with considerable colour, her features handsome, and her eyes
+black, soft, and languishing; her hair was very long, thick, and black,
+as is that of the females in general, which is much softer than that of
+the men; in this they take much pride, frequently oiling and plaiting it
+carefully into two broad plaits, tying the ends with a strip of the
+cloth of the country, and letting it hang down before on each side of
+the face.
+
+The women keep their garments much neater and cleaner than the men, and
+are extremely modest in their deportment and dress; their mantle, or
+_kutsack_, which is longer than that of the men, reaching quite to their
+feet and completely enveloping them, being tied close under the chin,
+and bound with a girdle of the same cloth or of sea-otter skin around
+their waists; it has also loose sleeves, which reach to the elbows.
+Though fond of ornamenting their persons, they are by no means so
+partial to paint as the men, merely colouring their eyebrows black and
+drawing a bright red stripe from each corner of the mouth towards the
+ear. Their ornaments consist chiefly of ear-rings, necklaces, bracelets,
+rings for the fingers and ankles, and small nose-jewels (the latter are,
+however, wholly confined to the wives of the king or chiefs); these are
+principally made out of copper or brass, highly polished and of various
+forms and sizes; the nose-jewel is usually a small white shell[76] or
+bead suspended to a thread.
+
+The wives of the common people frequently wear for bracelets and ankle
+rings strips of the country cloth or skin of the metamelth painted in
+figures, and those of the king or principal chiefs, bracelets and
+necklaces consisting of a number of strings of _Ife-waw_, an article
+much prized by them, and which makes a very handsome appearance. This
+_Ife-waw_, as they term it, is a kind of shell of a dazzling whiteness
+and as smooth as ivory; it is of a cylindrical form, in a slight degree
+curved, about the size of a goose quill, hollow, three inches in length
+and gradually tapering to a point, which is broken off by the natives as
+it is taken from the water; this they afterwards string upon threads of
+bark and sell it by the fathom; it forms a kind of circulating medium
+among these nations, five fathoms being considered as the price of a
+slave, their most valuable species of property. It is principally
+obtained from the Aitizzarts, a people living about thirty or forty
+miles to the northward, who collect it from the reefs and sunken rocks
+with which their coast abounds, though it is also brought in
+considerable quantity from the south.[77]
+
+Their mode of taking it has been thus described to me:--To one end of a
+pole is fastened a piece of plank, in which a considerable number of
+pine pegs are inserted, made sharp at the ends; above the plank, in
+order to sink it, a stone or some weight is tied, and the other end of
+the pole suspended to a long rope; this is let down perpendicularly by
+the _Ife-waw_ fishers in those places where that substance is found,
+which are usually from fifty to sixty fathoms deep. On finding the
+bottom, they raise the pole up a few feet and let it fall; this they
+repeat a number of times, as if sounding, when they draw it up and take
+off the _Ife-waw_ which is found adhering to the points. This method of
+procuring it is very laborious and fatiguing, especially as they seldom
+take more than two or three of these shells at a time, and frequently
+none.
+
+Though the women, as I have said, make but little use of paint, the very
+reverse is the case with the men. In decorating their heads and faces
+they place their principal pride, and none of our most fashionable beaus
+when preparing for a grand ball can be more particular; for I have known
+Maquina, after having been employed more than an hour in painting his
+face, rub the whole off, and recommence the operation anew, when it did
+not entirely please him.
+
+The manner in which they paint themselves frequently varies, according
+to the occasion, but it oftener is the mere dictate of whim. The most
+usual method is to paint the eyebrows black in form of a half-moon and
+the face red in small squares, with the arms and legs and part of the
+body red; sometimes one half of the face is painted red in squares and
+the other black; at others dotted with spots of red and black instead
+of squares, with a variety of other devices, such as painting one half
+of the face and body red and the other black.
+
+But a method of painting which they sometimes employed, and which they
+were much more particular in, was by laying on the face a quantity of
+bear's grease of about one-eighth of an inch thick; this they raised up
+into ridges resembling a small bead in joiner's work with a stick
+prepared for the purpose, and then painted them red, which gave the face
+a very singular appearance.
+
+On extraordinary occasions the king and principal chiefs used to strew
+over their faces, after painting, a fine black shining powder procured
+from some mineral, as Maquina told me it was got from the rocks. This
+they call _pelpelth_,[78] and value it highly, as, in their opinion, it
+serves to set off their looks to great advantage, glittering especially
+in the sun like silver. This article is brought them in bags by the
+_Newchemass_,[79] a very savage nation who live a long way to the north,
+from whom they likewise receive a superior kind of red paint, a species
+of very fine and rich ochre, which they hold in much estimation.
+
+Notwithstanding this custom of painting themselves, they make it an
+invariable practice, both in summer and winter, to bathe once a day, and
+sometimes oftener; but as the paint is put on with oil, it is not much
+discomposed thereby, and whenever they wish to wash it off, they repair
+to some piece of fresh water and scour themselves with sand or rushes.
+
+In dressing their heads on occasion of a festival or a visit, they are
+full as particular and almost as long as in painting. The hair, after
+being well oiled, is carefully gathered upon the top of the head and
+secured by a piece of pine or spruce bough with the green leaves upon
+it. After having it properly fixed in this manner, the king and
+principal chiefs used to strew all over it the white down obtained from
+a species of large brown eagle which abounds on this coast, and which
+they are very particular in arranging so as not to have a single feather
+out of place, occasionally wetting the hair to make it adhere. This,
+together with the bough, which is sometimes of considerable size and
+stuck over with feathers by means of turpentine, gives them a very
+singular and grotesque appearance, which they, however, think very
+becoming, and the first thing they do, on learning the arrival of
+strangers, is to go and decorate themselves in this manner.
+
+The men also wear bracelets of painted leather or copper and large
+ear-rings of the latter, but the ornament on which they appear to set
+the most value is the nose-jewel, if such an appellation may be given to
+the wooden stick which some of them employ for this purpose. The king
+and chiefs, however, wear them of a different form, being either small
+pieces of polished copper or brass, of which I made many for them in
+the shape of hearts and diamonds, or a twisted conical shell about half
+an inch in length, of a bluish colour and very bright, which is brought
+from the south. These are suspended by a small wire or string to the
+hole in the gristle of the nose, which is formed in infancy by boring it
+with a pin, the hole being afterwards enlarged by the repeated insertion
+of wooden pegs of an increased size, until it becomes about the diameter
+of a pipe-stem, though some have them of a size nearly sufficient to
+admit the little finger.
+
+The common class, who cannot readily procure the more expensive jewels
+that I have mentioned, substitute for them, usually, a smooth, round
+stick, some of which are of an almost incredible length, for I have seen
+them projecting not less than eight or nine inches beyond the face on
+each side; this is made fast or secured in its place by little wedges on
+each side of it. These "sprit-sail-yard fellows," as my messmate used to
+call them, when rigged out in this manner, made quite a strange show,
+and it was his delight, whenever he saw one of them coming towards us
+with an air of consequence proportioned to the length of his stick, to
+put up his hand suddenly as he was passing him, so as to strike the
+stick, in order, as he said, to brace him up sharp to the wind; this
+used to make them very angry, but nothing was more remote from
+Thompson's ideas than a wish to cultivate their favour.
+
+The natives of Nootka appear to have but little inclination for the
+chase, though some of them were expert marksmen, and used sometimes to
+shoot ducks and geese; but the seal and the sea-otter form the
+principal objects of their hunting, particularly the latter.
+
+Of this animal, so much noted for its valuable skin, the following
+description may not be uninteresting:--The sea-otter[80] is nearly five
+feet in length, exclusive of the tail, which is about twelve inches, and
+is very thick and broad where it joins the body, but gradually tapers to
+the end, which is tipped with white. The colour of the rest is a
+shining, silky black, with the exception of a broad white stripe on the
+top of the head. Nothing can be more beautiful than one of these animals
+when seen swimming, especially when on the look-out for any object. At
+such times it raises its head quite above the surface, and the contrast
+between the shining black and the white, together with its sharp ears
+and a long tuft of hair rising from the middle of its forehead, which
+looks like three small horns, render it quite a novel and attractive
+object. They are in general very tame, and will permit a canoe or boat
+to approach very near before they dive. I was told, however, that they
+are become much more shy since they have been accustomed to shoot them
+with muskets, than when they used only arrows.[81]
+
+The skin is held in great estimation in China, more especially that of
+the tail, the fur of which is finer and closer set than that on the
+body. This is always cut off and sold separately by the natives. The
+value of a skin is determined by its size, that being considered as a
+prime skin which will reach, in length, from a man's chin to his feet.
+The food of the sea-otter is fish, which he is very dexterous in taking,
+being an excellent swimmer, with feet webbed like those of a goose. They
+appear to be wholly confined to the seacoast, at least to the salt
+water. They have usually three or four young at a time, but I know not
+how often they breed, nor in what place they deposit their young, though
+I have frequently seen them swimming around the mother when no larger
+than rats. The flesh is eaten by the natives, cooked in their usual mode
+by boiling, and is far preferable to that of the seal, of which they
+make much account.
+
+But if not great hunters, there are few people more expert in fishing.
+Their lines are generally, made from the sinew of the whale, and are
+extremely strong. For the hook, they usually make use of a straight
+piece of hard wood, in the lower part of which is inserted, and well
+secured with thread or whale sinew, a bit of bone made very sharp at the
+point and bearded; but I used to make for them hooks from iron, which
+they preferred, not only as being less liable to break, but more certain
+of securing the fish. Cod, halibut, and other sea fish were not only
+caught by them with hooks, but even salmon.
+
+To take this latter fish, they practise the following method:--One
+person seats himself in a small canoe, and, baiting his hook with a
+sprat, which they are always careful to procure as fresh as possible,
+fastens his line to the handle of the paddle; this, as he plies it in
+the water, keeps the fish in constant motion, so as to give it the
+appearance of life, which the salmon seeing, leaps at it and is
+instantly hooked, and, by a sudden and dexterous motion of the paddle,
+drawn on board. I have known some of the natives take no less than eight
+or ten salmon of a morning, in this manner, and have seen from twenty to
+thirty canoes at a time in Friendly Cove thus employed.
+
+They are likewise little less skilful in taking the whale. This they
+kill with a kind of javelin or harpoon thus constructed and fitted: the
+barbs are formed of bone, which are sharpened on the outer side, and
+hollowed within, for the purpose of forming a socket for the staff;
+these are then secured firmly together with a whale sinew, the point
+being fitted so as to receive a piece of mussel-shell, which is ground
+to a very sharp edge, and secured in its place by means of
+turpentine.[82] To this head or prong is fastened a strong line of whale
+sinew about nine feet in length, to the end of which is tied a bark rope
+from fifty to sixty fathoms long, having from twenty to thirty sealskin
+floats or buoys attached to it at certain intervals, in order to check
+the motion of the whale and obstruct his diving. In the socket of the
+harpoon a staff or pole of about ten feet long, gradually tapering from
+the middle to each end, is placed; this the harpooner holds in his hand,
+in order to strike the whale, and immediately detaches it as soon as the
+fish is struck.
+
+The whale is considered as the king's fish, and no other person, when he
+is present, is permitted to touch him until the royal harpoon has first
+drawn his blood, however near he may approach; and it would be
+considered almost a sacrilege for any of the common people to strike a
+whale before he is killed, particularly if any of the chiefs should be
+present.[83] They also kill the porpoise[84] and sea-cow[85] with
+harpoons, but this inferior game is not interdicted the lower class.
+
+With regard to their canoes, some of the handsomest to be found on the
+whole coast are made at Nootka, though very fine ones are brought by the
+Wickinninish and the Kla-iz-zarts, who have them more highly ornamented.
+They are of all sizes, from such as are capable of holding only one
+person to their largest war canoes, which will carry forty men, and are
+extremely light. Of these, the largest of any that I ever saw was one
+belonging to Maquina, which I measured, and found to be forty-two feet
+six inches in length at the bottom, and forty-six feet from stem to
+stern. These are made of pine,[86] hollowed out from a tree with their
+chisels solely, which are about three inches broad and six in length,
+and set into a handle of very hard wood.
+
+This instrument was formerly made of flint, or some hard stone ground
+down to as sharp an edge as possible, but since they have learned the
+use of iron, they have almost all of them of that metal. Instead of a
+mallet for striking this chisel, they make use of a smooth round stone,
+which they hold in the palm of the hand. With this same awkward
+instrument they not only excavate their canoes and trays and smooth
+their planks, but cut down such trees as they want, either for building,
+fuel, or other purposes, a labour which is mostly done by their slaves.
+
+The felling of trees, as practised by them, is a slow and most tedious
+process, three of them being generally from two to three days in cutting
+down a large one; yet so attached were they to their own method, that
+notwithstanding they saw Thompson frequently, with one of our axes, of
+which there was a number saved, fell a tree in less time than they
+could have gone round it with their chisels, still they could not be
+persuaded to make use of them.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN CANOES, VICTORIA, V. I. (TEMP. 1863).]
+
+After hollowing out their canoes, which they do very neatly, they
+fashion the outside, and slightly burn it, for the purpose of removing
+any splinters or small points that might obstruct its passage through
+the water, after which they rub it over thoroughly with rushes or coarse
+mats, in order to smooth it, which not only renders it almost as smooth
+as glass, but forms a better security for it from the weather; this
+operation of burning and rubbing down the bottoms of their canoes is
+practised as often as they acquire any considerable degree of roughness
+from use. The outside by this means becomes quite black, and to complete
+their work they paint the inside of a bright red, with ochre or some
+other similar substance; the prows and sterns are almost always
+ornamented with figures of ducks or some other kind of bird, the former
+being so fashioned as to represent the head, and the latter the tail;
+these are separate pieces from the canoe, and are fastened to it with
+small flexible twigs or bark cord.
+
+Some of these canoes, particularly those employed in whaling, which will
+hold about ten men, are ornamented within about two inches below the
+gunwale with two parallel lines on each side of very small white shells,
+running fore and aft, which has a very pretty effect. Their war canoes
+have no ornament of this kind, but are painted on the outside with
+figures in white chalk, representing eagles, whales, human heads, etc.
+They are very dexterous in the use of their paddles, which are very
+neatly wrought, and are five feet long, with a short handle and a blade
+seven inches broad in the middle, tapering to a sharp point. With these
+they will make a canoe skim very swiftly on the water, with scarcely any
+noise, while they keep time to the stroke of the paddle with their
+songs.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[74] Yet they are by no means weak in the legs, a coast Indian being
+capable of long travel in the bush without tiring. The Hydahs of Queen
+Charlotte Island, and the Tlinkets and Kaloshes of the neighbouring
+mainland, are splendid specimens of men, tall, comparatively fair,
+large-headed, regularly-featured, and endowed with courage and
+intelligence, though their morals leave much to be desired. All the
+canoe Indians are very strong-handed, owing to the constant use of the
+paddle. In a scuffle with one of them, it does not do to let him get a
+grip; better prevent him from coming to close quarters, for in this case
+the white man has little chance. The Klahoquahts are the finest-looking
+of the Vancouver west coast tribes.
+
+[75] I have rarely seen a corpulent Indian, and not one idiot, or a
+cripple so deformed that he was incapable of earning his livelihood. It
+is seldom that they are deformed from birth, and when they are, they
+generally disappear, so as not to be a burden on the tribe. As a
+facetious old savage remarked to me, when discussing that curious
+immunity from helplessness in his tribe, "The climate doesn't agree with
+them." The brother of Quisto, chief of the Pachenahts in 1865 (San Juan
+Harbour), was much deformed in the legs, but he was an excellent
+canoeman.
+
+[76] Commonly the flattish nacreous portion of the Abelone, or Ear-shell
+(_Haliotis Kamschatkiana_), known as _Apats-em_, which is pawned or sold
+in times of scarcity. By constant removal and insertion, the septum of
+the nose, through which it is fastened, becomes in time so large that it
+will admit almost any kind of moderately-sized ornament. Feathers are
+frequently inserted, and more than once I have seen an Indian, clad in a
+blanket alone, denude himself of his single garment to hold biscuits or
+other goods, and dispose of his pipe by sticking it in the hole through
+his nasal septum, which, had times been better, would have been occupied
+with a piece of shell, either square, oblong, or of a horseshoe shape.
+
+[77] This is the well-known _Dentalium pretiosum_, or Tooth-shell,
+generally known as the _Hioqua_. It is procured chiefly from Cape
+Flattery, on the southern side of Juan de Fuca Strait, and from Koskeemo
+Sound on the north. The "Aitizzarts" (Ayhuttisahts) probably obtained it
+by barter with the tribes on that part of the coast. It is not much used
+nowadays.--_The Peoples of the World_, vol. i. p. 60.
+
+[78] This is powdered mica of the black variety. It is obtained in
+various places, from veins exposed, for the most part in the beds of
+streams.
+
+[79] These seem to be the Nimpkish, from the Nimpkish River, south of
+Fort Rupert, on the eastern shore of Vancouver Island, who still
+frequently cross the island by a chain of rivers and lakes to Nootka
+Sound. This is confirmed by Jewitt writing in another place that they
+lived somewhat in the interior. It is doubtful whether he knew that the
+country in which he lived was an island. At all events, he never
+mentions it by that name. This route I have described in "Das Innere der
+Vancouver Insel" (Petermann, _Geographische Mittheilungen_, 1869).
+
+[80] _Enhydra lutris_, or "Quiaotluck," now so rapidly decreasing in
+numbers that it can scarcely escape the fate of Steller's Rhytina.
+
+[81] For an account of the habits and history of these valued animals,
+the reader is referred to _The Countries of the World_, vol. i. p. 304.
+
+[82] The harpoon is at present a little different in construction. Pine
+resin, not "turpentine," is used for the purpose described, and the tips
+of deers' horns are utilised for the barbs. The most remarkable fact
+about the west coast of Vancouver Island whaling is its use of inflated
+sealskins to impede the motion of the animal through the water. This is
+an Eskimo contrivance in use by the Alaskans and other extreme northern
+tribes, from whom the West Vancouverians seem to have borrowed it. In
+Sproat's _Scenes and Studies of Savage Life_, p. 226, there is an
+excellent description of whaling as practised in that part of Vancouver
+Island. The species pursued is usually finbacks, though a "black fish"
+with good whalebone is occasionally captured.
+
+[83] The honour of using the harpoon is a hereditary privilege, enjoyed
+by only a few men in a tribe, and previous to the whaling season the
+crews have to practise all manner of ascetic practices in order to
+ensure good luck in the venture.
+
+[84] This porpoise Dr. Gray considered, after examining a skull which I
+brought to the British Museum in 1866, to differ little, if at all, from
+the _Phocæna communis_ of the Atlantic; but Dr. (afterwards Sir) W. H.
+Flower (_List of the Specimens of Cetacea_, etc., 1885, p. 16) seems to
+be of a different opinion.
+
+[85] This "sea-cow," of which Meares also speaks as an animal hunted by
+the Nootka people, though rarely seen so far south, must, one might
+think, be another name for the seal or "sea-calf," were not the latter
+expressly referred to by name. The sea-cow, dugong, or manatee is not
+found in these seas, and the _Rhytina Stelleri_, once so abundant on
+Behring Island in Behring Strait, is generally considered to have been
+exterminated in the interval between 1741-1768. This, however, is hardly
+in accordance with fact, for, as evidence collected by Nordenskjöld
+proves, they were occasionally killed in 1780, while one was seen as
+late as 1854. It is therefore by no means improbable that in 1803 a few
+stragglers were still waiting their end on the shores of Vancouver
+Island. The sea-lion (_Eumetopias Stelleri_) is a seal also verging on
+extinction, the _Otaria ursinus_ being now the fur seal of commerce (and
+politics) in that part of the North Pacific.
+
+[86] A species of cedar (_Thuja_) is the wood used.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+MUSIC--MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS--SLAVES--NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--TRADE WITH
+THESE--ARMY
+
+
+They have a number which they sing on various occasions--at war,[87]
+whaling and fishing, at their marriages and feasts, and at public
+festivals or solemnities. The language of the most of these appears to
+be very different in many respects from that used in their common
+conversation, which leads me to believe either that they have a
+different mode of expressing themselves in poetry, or that they borrow
+their songs from their neighbours; and what the more particularly
+induces me to the latter opinion is, that whenever any of the
+Newchemass, a people from the northward, and who speak a very different
+language, arrived, they used to tell me that they expected a new song,
+and were almost always sure to have one.
+
+Their tunes are generally soft and plaintive, and though not possessing
+great variety, are not deficient in harmony. Their singing is generally
+accompanied with several rude kinds of instrumental music, among the
+most prominent of which is a kind of a drum. This is nothing more than
+a long plank hollowed out on the under side and made quite thin, which
+is beat upon by a stick of about a foot long, and renders a sound not
+unlike beating on the head of an empty cask, but much louder.
+
+But the two most favourite instruments are the rattle and the pipe or
+whistle; these are, however, only used by the king, the chiefs, or some
+particular persons. The former is made of dried sealskin, so as to
+represent a fish, and is filled with a number of small smooth pebbles;
+it has a short handle, and is painted red. The whistle is made of bone,
+generally the leg of a deer; it is short, but emits a very shrill sound.
+They have likewise another kind of music, which they make use of in
+dancing, in the manner of castanets. This is produced by a number of
+mussel or cockle shells tied together and shaken to a kind of tune,
+which is accompanied with the voice.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Their slaves, as I have observed, form their most valuable species of
+property. These are of both sexes, being either captives taken by
+themselves in war, or purchased from the neighbouring tribes, and who
+reside in the same house, forming as it were a part of the family, are
+usually kindly treated, eat of the same food, and live as well as their
+masters. They are compelled, however, at times to labour severely, as
+not only all the menial offices are performed by them, such as bringing
+water, cutting wood, and a variety of others, but they are obliged to
+make the canoes, to assist in building and repairing the houses, to
+supply their masters with fish, and to attend them in war and to fight
+for them.
+
+None but the king and chiefs have slaves, the common people being
+prevented from holding them, either from their inability to purchase
+them, or, as I am rather inclined to think, from its being considered as
+the privilege of the former alone to have them,[88] especially as all
+those made prisoners in war belong either to the king or the chiefs who
+have captured them, each one holding such as have been taken by himself
+or his slaves. There is probably, however, some little distinction in
+favour of the king, who is always the commander of the expedition, as
+Maquina had nearly fifty, male and female, in his house, a number
+constituting about one half of its inhabitants, comprehending those
+obtained by war and purchase; whereas none of the other chiefs had more
+than twelve. The females are employed principally in manufacturing
+cloth, in cooking, collecting berries, etc., and with regard to food and
+living in general have not a much harder lot than their mistresses, the
+principal difference consisting in these poor unfortunate creatures
+being considered as free to any one, their masters prostituting them
+whenever they think proper for the purpose of gain. In this way many of
+them are brought on board the ships and offered to the crews, from
+whence an opinion appears to have been formed by some of our navigators
+injurious to the chastity of their females, than which nothing can be
+more generally untrue, as perhaps in no part of the world is that virtue
+more prized.[89]
+
+The houses at Nootka, as already stated, are about twenty, without
+comprising those inhabited by the Klahars, a small tribe that has been
+conquered and incorporated into that of Nootka, though they must be
+considered as in a state of vassalage, as they are not permitted to have
+any chiefs among them, and live by themselves in a cluster of small
+houses at a little distance from the village. The Nootka tribe, which
+consists of about five hundred warriors,[90] is not only more numerous
+than almost any of the neighbouring tribes, but far exceeds them in the
+strength and martial spirit of its people; and in fact there are but few
+nations within a hundred miles either to the north or south but are
+considered as tributary to them.
+
+In giving some account of the tribes that were accustomed to visit
+Nootka, I shall commence at the southward with the Kla-iz-zarts, and the
+Wickinninish, premising that in point of personal appearance there
+prevails a wonderful diversity between the various tribes on the coast,
+with the exception of the feet and legs, which are badly shaped in
+almost all of them from their practice of sitting on them.
+
+The Kla-iz-zarts are a numerous and powerful tribe, living nearly three
+hundred miles to the south, and are said to consist of more than a
+thousand warriors.[91] They appear to be more civilised than any of the
+others, being better and more neatly dressed, more mild and affable in
+their manners, remarkable for their sprightliness and vivacity, and
+celebrated for their singing and dancing.
+
+They exhibit also greater marks of improvement in whatever is wrought by
+them; their canoes, though not superior to those of Nootka in point of
+form and lightness, are more highly ornamented, and their weapons and
+tools of every kind have a much higher finish and display more skill in
+the workmanship. Their cast of countenance is very different from that
+of the Nootkians, their faces being very broad, with a less prominent
+nose and smaller eyes, and the top of the head flattened as if it had
+been pressed down with a weight. Their complexion is also much fairer,
+and their stature shorter, though they are well formed and strongly set.
+
+They have a custom which appears to be peculiar to them, as I never
+observed it in any of the other tribes, which is to pluck out not only
+their beards and the hair from their bodies, but also their eyebrows, so
+as not to leave a vestige remaining. They were also in general more
+skilful in painting and decorating themselves, and I have seen some of
+them with no less than a dozen holes in each of their ears, to which
+were suspended strings of small beads about two inches in length. Their
+language is the same as spoken at Nootka, but their pronunciation is
+much more hoarse and guttural. These people are not only very expert in
+whaling, but are great hunters of the sea-otter and other animals, with
+which their country is said to abound, and the metamelth, a large animal
+of the deer kind, the skin of which I have already spoken of, another of
+a light grey colour, with very fine hair, from which they manufacture a
+handsome cloth, the beaver, and a species of large wild cat or tiger
+cat.
+
+The Wickinninish,[92] their neighbours on the north, are about two
+hundred miles from Nootka. They are a robust, strong, and warlike
+people, but considered by the Nootkians as their inferiors in courage.
+This tribe is more numerous than that of Nootka, amounting to between
+six and seven hundred warriors. Though not so civilised as the
+Kla-iz-zarts, and less skilful in their manufactures, like them they
+employ themselves in hunting, as well as in whaling and fishing. Their
+faces are broad, but less so than the Kla-iz-zarts, with a darker
+complexion and a much less open and pleasing expression of countenance,
+while their heads present a very different form, being pressed in at the
+sides and lengthened towards the top somewhat in the shape of a sugar
+loaf. These people are very frequent visitors at Nootka, a close
+friendship subsisting between the two nations, Maquina's _Arcomah_ or
+queen, _Y-ya-tintla-no_, being the daughter of the Wickinninish king.
+
+The Kla-oo-quates[93] adjoining them on the north are much less
+numerous, their force not exceeding four hundred fighting men; they are
+also behind them in the arts of life. These are a fierce, bold, and
+enterprising people, and there were none that visited Nootka, whom
+Maquina used to be more on his guard against, or viewed with so much
+suspicion. The Eshquates[94] are about the same number; these are
+considered as tributary to Maquina. Their coast abounds with rivers,
+creeks, and marshes.
+
+[Illustration: UK-LULAC-AHT INDIAN.]
+
+To the north the nearest tribe of any importance is the Aitizzarts;[95]
+these, however, do not exceed three hundred warriors. In appearance
+they greatly resemble the people of Nootka, to whom they are considered
+as tributary, their manners, dress, and style of living also being very
+similar. They reside at about forty miles' distance up the Sound. A
+considerable way farther to the northward are the Cayuquets;[96] these
+are a much more numerous tribe than that of Nootka, but thought by the
+latter to be deficient in courage and martial spirit, Maquina having
+frequently told me that their hearts were a little like those of birds.
+
+There are also both at the north and south many other intervening
+tribes, but in general small in number and insignificant, all of whom,
+as well as the above-mentioned, speak the same language. But the
+Newchemass, who come from a great way to the northward, and from some
+distance inland, as I was told by Maquina, speak quite a different
+language,[97] although it is well understood by those of Nootka. These
+were the most savage-looking and ugly men that I ever saw, their
+complexion being much darker, their stature shorter, and their hair
+coarser, than that of the other nations, and their dress and appearance
+dirty in an extreme. They wear their beards long like Jews, and have a
+very morose and surly countenance. Their usual dress is a _kotsuk_ made
+of wolf-skin, with a number of the tails attached to it, of which I have
+seen no less than ten on one garment, hanging from the top to the
+bottom; though they sometimes wear a similar mantle of bark cloth, of a
+much coarser texture than that of Nootka, the original of which appears
+to be the same, though from their very great filthiness it was almost
+impossible to discover what it had been.
+
+Their mode of dressing the hair also varies essentially from that of the
+other tribes, for they suffer that on the back of the head to hang
+loose, and bind the other over their foreheads in the manner of a
+fillet, with a strip of their country cloth, ornamented with small white
+shells. Their weapons are the _cheetolth_, or war-club, which is made
+from whalebone, daggers, bow and arrows, and a kind of spear pointed
+with bone or copper.[98] They brought with them no furs for sale,
+excepting a few wolf-skins, their merchandise consisting principally of
+the black shining mineral called _pelpelth_, and the fine red paint,
+which they carefully kept in close mat bags, some small dried salmon,
+clams, and roes of fish, with occasionally a little coarse matting
+cloth. They were accustomed to remain a much longer time at Nootka than
+the other tribes, in order to recover from the fatigue of a long
+journey, part of which was overland, and on these occasions taught their
+songs to our savages.
+
+The trade of most of the other tribes with Nootka was principally
+train-oil, seal or whale's blubber, fish fresh or dried, herring or
+salmon spawn, clams and mussels, and the _yama_,[99] a species of fruit
+which is pressed and dried, cloth, sea-otter skins, and slaves. From
+the Aitizzarts and the Cayuquets, particularly the former, the best
+Ife-whaw and in the greatest quantities was obtained. The Eshquates
+furnished us with wild ducks and geese, particularly the latter. The
+Wickinninish and Kla-iz-zarts brought to market many slaves, the best
+sea-otter skins, great quantities of oil, whale sinew, and cakes of the
+_yama_, highly ornamented canoes, some Ife-whaw, red ochre and pelpelth
+of an inferior quality to that obtained from the Newchemass, but
+particularly the so much valued metamelth, and an excellent root called
+by the Kla-iz-zarts _Quawnoose_.[100] This is the size of a small onion,
+but rather longer, being of a tapering form like a pear, and of a
+brownish colour. It is cooked by steam, is always brought in baskets
+ready prepared for eating, and is in truth a very fine vegetable, being
+sweet, mealy, and of a most agreeable flavour. It was highly esteemed by
+the natives, who used to eat it, as they did everything else, with
+train-oil. From the Kla-iz-zarts was also received, though in no great
+quantity, a cloth manufactured by them from the fur already spoken of,
+which feels like wool and is of a grey colour.
+
+Many of the articles thus brought, particularly the provisions, were
+considered as presents, or tributary offerings, but this must be viewed
+as little more than a nominal acknowledgment of superiority, as they
+rarely failed to get the full amount of the value of their presents. I
+have known eighteen of the great tubs, in which they keep their
+provisions, filled with spawn brought in this way. On these occasions a
+great feast is always made, to which not only the strangers, but the
+whole village, men, women, and children, are generally invited, and I
+have seen five of the largest tubs employed at such time, in cooking at
+the king's house. At these feasts they generally indulge in eating to an
+excess, making up in this respect for their want of inebriating liquors,
+which they know no method of preparing in any form, their only drink
+being water.
+
+Whenever they came to visit or trade, it was their general custom to
+stop a few miles distant, under the lee of some bluff or rock, and rig
+themselves out in their best manner, by painting and dressing their
+heads. On their first coming on shore, they were invited to eat by the
+king, when they brought to him such articles as he wanted, after which
+the rest of the inhabitants were permitted to purchase, the strangers
+being careful to keep them in their canoes until sold, under strict
+guard to prevent their being stolen, the disposition of these people for
+thieving being so great, that it is necessary to keep a watchful eye
+upon them.
+
+This was their usual mode of traffic, but whenever they wished to
+purchase any particular object, as, for instance, a certain slave, or
+some other thing of which they were very desirous, the canoe that came
+for this purpose would lie off a little distance from the shore, and a
+kind of ambassador or representative of the king or chief by whom it was
+sent, dressed in their best manner, and with his head covered with the
+white down, would rise, and, after making known the object of his
+mission in a pompous speech, hold up specimens of such articles as he
+was instructed to offer in payment, mentioning the number or quantity of
+each, when, if the bargain was concluded, the exchange was immediately
+made.
+
+On their visits of friendship or traffic, the chiefs alone used to sleep
+on shore; this was generally at the house of the king or the head chief,
+the others passing the night on board of their canoes, which was done
+not only for the preservation of their property, but because they were
+not permitted to remain on shore, lest they might excite some
+disturbance or commit depredations.
+
+All these people generally go armed, the common class wearing only a
+dagger suspended from their neck behind, with a string of metamelth, and
+sometimes thrust in their girdles. The chiefs, in addition to the
+dagger, carry the cheetolth, or war-club, suspended in the same manner
+beneath their mantles; this, in the hands of a strong man, is a powerful
+weapon, in the management of which some of the older chiefs are very
+dexterous. It is made from the bone of a whale, and is very heavy. The
+blade is about eighteen inches long and three broad, till it approaches
+near the point, where it expands to the breadth of four inches. In the
+middle, from whence it slopes off gradually to an edge on each side, it
+is from one to two inches in thickness. This blade is usually covered
+with figures of the sun and moon, a man's head, etc.; and the hilt,
+which is made to represent the head of a man or some animal, is
+curiously set with small white shells, and has a band of metamelth
+fastened to it, in order to sling it over the shoulder. Some of the
+tribes have also a kind of spear headed with copper or the bone of the
+sting ray, which is a dangerous weapon; this is, however, not usual, and
+only carried by the chiefs. The bow and arrow are still used by a few,
+but since the introduction of firearms among them, this weapon has been
+mostly laid aside.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[87] A specimen of one of their war-songs will be found at the end of
+this work.
+
+[88] This was not the case. Any free-born native, provided he had the
+means, could own a slave.
+
+[89] This is largely a tale of the past.
+
+[90] It is questionable if there are now as many people in the whole
+tribe. Cook estimated the population of Friendly Cove at two thousand.
+
+[91] This is wrong. The Kla-iz-zarts (Klahosahts) live _north_ of Nootka
+Sound.
+
+[92] In Meares's time (1788) Wickinninish was regarded as the most
+powerful chief, next to Maquina or Maquilla, as he calls him. His
+residence was usually at "Port Cox" (Clayoquat Sound), but his territory
+extended as far south as Nettinaht, his subjects comprising thirteen
+thousand people. Meares does not fall into Jewitt's blunder of
+confounding the name of the chief with that of his tribe. But Meares
+derived his information first hand, while Jewitt obtained it merely from
+hearsay, never having visited any other part except the immediate
+vicinity of Nootka Sound.
+
+[93] Klayoquahts. They have now barely two hundred warriors.
+
+[94] Hishquahts. If they have twenty men, that is all. Thirty years ago
+they had only thirty adult males.
+
+[95] Ayhuttisahts. Thirty years ago they had thirty-six men fit to
+fight.
+
+[96] Ky-yoh-quahts. In 1860 they numbered two hundred and thirty adult
+men.
+
+[97] Namely, the Kwakiool spoken on the east and north coasts of
+Vancouver Island from Comox northwards.
+
+[98] These implements have fallen out of use.
+
+[99] The salal (_Gaultheria Shallon_), which forms a carpet to the
+ground, especially where the soil is poor.
+
+[100] The bulb of a pretty blue lily (_Gamassia esculenta_), well known
+all over North-West America as the "gamass" or "kamass." The digging and
+storing of it in summer form one of the most picturesque of Indian
+occupations. The gamass camps are always lively, and the skill and
+industry which a girl displays in this important part of her future
+duties are carefully noted by the young men in search of wives.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+SITUATION OF THE AUTHOR--REMOVAL TO TASHEES--FISHING PARTIES
+
+
+But to return to our unhappy situation. Though my comrade and myself
+fared as well, and even better than we could have expected among these
+people, considering their customs and mode of living, yet our fears lest
+no ship would come to our release, and that we should never more behold
+a Christian country, were to us a source of constant pain. Our principal
+consolation, in this gloomy state, was to go on Sundays, whenever the
+weather would permit, to the borders of a freshwater pond about a mile
+from the village, where, after bathing and putting on clean clothes, we
+would seat ourselves under the shade of a beautiful pine, while I read
+some chapters in the Bible, and the prayers appointed by our Church for
+the day, ending our devotions with a fervent prayer to the Almighty,
+that He would deign still to watch over and preserve our lives, rescue
+us from the hands of the savages, and permit us once more to behold a
+Christian land.
+
+In this manner were the greater part of our Sundays passed at Nootka;
+and I felt gratified to Heaven that, amidst our other sufferings, we
+were at least allowed the pleasure of offering up our devotions
+unmolested, for Maquina, on my explaining to him as well as was in my
+power the reason of our thus retiring at this time, far from objecting,
+readily consented to it.
+
+The pond above mentioned was small, not more than a quarter of a mile in
+breadth, and of no great length, the water being very clear, though not
+of great depth, and bordered by a beautiful forest of pine, fir,
+elm,[101] and beech,[101] free from bushes and underwood--a most
+delightful retreat, which was rendered still more attractive by a great
+number of birds that frequented it, particularly the humming-bird.[102]
+Thither we used to go to wash our clothes, and felt secure from any
+intrusion from the natives, as they rarely visited it, except for the
+purpose of cleansing themselves of their paint.
+
+In July we at length thought that the hope of delivery we had so long
+anxiously indulged was on the point of being gratified. A ship appeared
+in the offing; but, alas! our fond hopes vanished almost as soon as
+formed; for, instead of standing in for the shore, she passed to the
+northward, and soon disappeared. I shall not attempt to describe our
+disappointment--my heart sank within me, and I felt as though it was my
+destiny never more to behold a Christian face. Four days after, there
+occurred a tremendous storm of thunder and lightning, during which the
+natives manifested great alarm and terror, the whole tribe hurrying to
+Maquina's house, where, instead of keeping within, they seated
+themselves on the roof, amid the severest of the tempest, drumming upon
+the boards, and looking up to heaven, while the king beat the long
+hollow plank, singing, and, as he afterwards told me, begging
+_Quahootze_, the name they give to God, not to kill them, in which he
+was accompanied by the whole tribe; this singing and drumming was
+continued until the storm abated.
+
+As the summer drew near its close, we began to suffer from the frequent
+want of food, which was principally owing to Maquina and the chiefs
+being out whaling, in which he would not permit Thompson and myself to
+join, lest we should make our escape to some of the neighbouring tribes.
+At these times the women seldom or ever cook any provision, and we were
+often hungry, but were sometimes fortunate enough to procure secretly a
+piece of salmon, some other fish, spawn, or even blubber, which, by
+boiling in salt water, with a few onions and turnips, the remains of the
+Spanish garden, or young nettles or other herbs, furnished us a
+delicious repast in private.
+
+In the meantime, we frequently received accounts from the tribes who
+came to Nootka, both from the north and south, of there being vessels on
+the coast, and were advised by their chiefs to make our escape, who also
+promised us their aid, and to put us on board. These stories, however,
+as I afterwards learned, were almost all of them without any foundation,
+and merely invented by these people with a view to get us into their
+power, in order to make slaves of us themselves, or to sell us to
+others.
+
+But I was still more strongly solicited to leave Nootka by a woman. This
+was a Wickinninish princess, a younger sister of Maquina's wife, who was
+there on a visit. I had the good fortune, if it may be so called, to
+become quite a favourite with her. She appeared much interested for me,
+asked me many questions respecting my country, if I had a mother and
+sister at home, and if they would not grieve for my absence. Her
+complexion was fairer than that of the women in general, and her
+features more regular, and she would have been quite handsome had it not
+been for a defect in one of her eyes, the sight of which had been
+injured by some accident; the reason, as Maquina told me, why she had
+not been married, a defect of this kind being by these savages
+considered as almost an insuperable objection. She urged me repeatedly
+to return with her, telling me that the Wickinninish were much better
+than the Nootkians; that her father would treat me more kindly than
+Maquina, give me better food and clothes, and finally put me on board
+one of my own country vessels. I felt, however, little disposed to
+accompany her, considering my situation with Maquina full as eligible as
+it would be with Wickinninish, if not better, notwithstanding all she
+said to the contrary.
+
+On the 3rd of September the whole tribe quitted Nootka, according to
+their constant practice, in order to pass the autumn and winter at
+Tashees[103] and Cooptee, the latter lying about thirty miles up the
+Sound, in a deep bay, the navigation of which is very dangerous, from
+the great number of reefs and rocks with which it abounds.
+
+On these occasions everything is taken with them, even the planks of
+their houses, in order to cover their new dwellings. To an European such
+a removal exhibits a scene quite novel and strange; canoes piled up with
+boards and boxes, and filled with men, women, and children, of all ranks
+and sizes, making the air resound with their cries and songs.
+
+At these times, as well as when they have occasion to go some distance
+from their houses, the infants are usually suspended across the mother's
+shoulders, in a kind of cradle or hammock, formed of bark, of about six
+inches in depth, and of the length of the child, by means of a leather
+band inserted through loops on its edges; this they also keep them in
+when at home, in order to preserve them in a straight position, and
+prevent any distortion of the limbs, most probably a principal cause of
+these people being so seldom deformed or crooked.
+
+The longboat of our ship having been repaired and furnished with a sail
+by Thompson, Maquina gave us the direction of it, we being better
+acquainted with managing it than his people, and, after loading her as
+deep as she could swim, we proceeded in company with them to the north,
+quitting Nootka with heavy hearts, as we could entertain no hopes of
+release until our return, no ships ever coming to that part of the
+coast. Passing Cooptee, which is situated on the southern bank, just
+within the mouth of a small river flowing from the east in a narrow
+valley at the foot of a mountain, we proceeded about fifteen miles up
+this stream to Tashees, between a range of lofty hills on each side,
+which extend a great distance inland, and are covered with the finest
+forest trees of the country. Immediately on our arrival, we all went to
+work very diligently in covering the houses with the planks we had
+brought, the frames being ready erected, these people never pretending
+to remove the timber. In a very short time the work was completed, and
+we were established in our new residence.
+
+Tashees is pleasantly situated, and in a most secure position from the
+winter storms, in a small vale or hollow on the south shore, at the foot
+of a mountain. The spot on which it stands is level, and the soil very
+fine, the country in its vicinity abounding with the most romantic
+views, charmingly diversified, and fine streams of water falling in
+beautiful cascades from the mountains. The river at this place is about
+twenty rods in width, and, in its deepest part, from nine to twelve
+feet. This village is the extreme point of navigation, as, immediately
+beyond, the river becomes much more shallow, and is broken into falls
+and rapids. The houses here are placed in a line like those at Nootka,
+but closer together, the situation being more confined; they are also
+smaller, in consequence of which we were much crowded, and incommoded
+for room.
+
+The principal object in coming to this place is the facility it affords
+these people of providing their winter stock of provisions, which
+consists principally of salmon, and the spawn of that fish; to which may
+be added herrings and sprats, and herring spawn. The latter, however, is
+always procured by them at Nootka, previous to their quitting it. At the
+seasons of spawning, which are early in spring and the last of August,
+they collect a great quantity of pine branches, which they place in
+different parts of the Cove at the depth of about ten feet, and secure
+them by means of heavy stones. On these the herring deposit their spawn
+in immense quantities; the bushes are then taken up, the spawn stripped
+from the branches, and, after being washed and freed from the pine
+leaves by the women, is dried and put up in baskets for use. It is
+considered as their greatest delicacy, and eaten both cooked and raw; in
+the former case, being boiled and eaten with train-oil, and in the
+latter, mixed up with cold water alone.
+
+The salmon are taken at Tashees, principally in pots or wears. Their
+method of taking them in wears is thus:--A pot of twenty feet in length,
+and from four to five feet diameter at the mouth, is formed of a great
+number of pine splinters, which are strongly secured, an inch and a half
+from each other, by means of hoops made of flexible twigs, and placed
+about eight inches apart. At the end it tapers almost to a point, near
+which is a small wicker door for the purpose of taking out the fish.
+This pot or wear is placed at the foot of a fall or rapid, where the
+water is not very deep, and the fish, driven from above with long poles,
+are intercepted and caught in the wear, from whence they are taken into
+the canoes. In this manner I have seen more than seven hundred salmon
+caught in the space of fifteen minutes.[104] I have also sometimes known
+a few of the striped bass taken in this manner, but rarely.
+
+[Illustration: SALMON WEAR NEAR THE INDIAN VILLAGE OF QUAMICHAN, V. I.]
+
+At such times there is great feasting and merriment among them. The
+women and female slaves being busily employed in cooking, or in curing
+the fish for their winter stock, which is done by cutting off the heads
+and tails, splitting them, taking out the back bone, and hanging them up
+in their houses to dry. They also dry the halibut and cod, but these,
+instead of curing whole, they cut up into small pieces for that purpose,
+and expose to the sun.
+
+The spawn of the salmon, which is a principal article of their
+provision, they take out, and, without any other preparation, throw it
+into their tubs, where they leave it to stand and ferment, for, though
+they frequently eat it fresh, they esteem it much more when it has
+acquired a strong taste, and one of the greatest favours they can confer
+on any person, is to invite him to eat _Quakamiss_, the name they give
+this food, though scarcely anything can be more repugnant to an European
+palate, than it is in this state; and whenever they took it out of these
+large receptacles, which they are always careful to fill, such was the
+stench which it exhaled, on being moved, that it was almost impossible
+for me to abide it, even after habit had in a great degree dulled the
+delicacy of my senses. When boiled it became less offensive, though it
+still retained much of the putrid smell, and something of the taste.
+
+Such is the immense quantity of these fish, and they are taken with such
+facility, that I have known upwards of twenty-five hundred brought into
+Maquina's house at once; and at one of their great feasts, have seen
+one hundred or more cooked in one of their largest tubs.
+
+I used frequently to go out with Maquina upon these fishing parties, and
+was always sure to receive a handsome present of salmon, which I had the
+privilege of calling mine; I also went with him several times in a
+canoe, to strike the salmon, which I have attempted to do myself, but
+could never succeed, it requiring a degree of adroitness that I did not
+possess. I was also permitted to go out with a gun, and was several
+times very successful in shooting wild ducks and teal, which are very
+numerous here, though rather shy. These they cooked in their usual
+manner, by boiling, without any farther dressing than skinning them.
+
+In many respects, however, our situation was less pleasant here than at
+Nootka. We were more incommoded for room, the houses not being so
+spacious, nor so well arranged, and as it was colder, we were compelled
+to be much more within doors. We, however, did not neglect on Sundays,
+when the weather would admit, to retire into the woods, and, by the side
+of some stream, after bathing, return our thanks to God for preserving
+us, and offer up to Him our customary devotions.
+
+I was, however, very apprehensive, soon after our arrival at this place,
+that I should be deprived of the satisfaction of keeping my journal, as
+Maquina one day, observing me writing, inquired of me what I was doing,
+and when I endeavoured to explain it, by telling him that I was keeping
+an account of the weather, he said it was not so, and that I was
+speaking bad about him, and telling how he had taken our ship and killed
+the crew, so as to inform my countrymen, and that if he ever saw me
+writing in it again, he would throw it into the fire. I was much
+rejoiced that he did no more than threaten, and became very cautious
+afterwards not to let him see me write.
+
+Not long after, I finished some daggers for him, which I polished
+highly; these pleased him much, and he gave me directions to make a
+cheetolth, in which I succeeded so far to his satisfaction, that he gave
+me a present of cloth sufficient to make me a complete suit of raiment,
+besides other things.
+
+Thompson also, who had become rather more of a favourite than formerly,
+since he had made a fine sail for his canoe, and some garments for him
+out of European cloth, about this time completed another, which was
+thought by the savages a most superb dress. This was a _kotsuk_ or
+mantle, a fathom square, made entirely of European vest patterns of the
+gayest colours. These were sewed together in a manner to make the best
+show, and bound with a deep trimming of the finest otter-skin, with
+which the arm-holes were also bordered; while the bottom was further
+embellished with five or six rows of gilt buttons, placed as near as
+possible to each other.
+
+Nothing could exceed the pride of Maquina when he first put on this
+royal robe, decorated, like the coat of Joseph, with all the colours of
+the rainbow, and glittering with the buttons, which as he strutted about
+made a tinkling, while he repeatedly exclaimed, in a transport of
+exultation, "_Klew shish Kotsuk--wick kum_ _atack Nootka_."[105]--"A
+fine garment--Nootka can't make them."
+
+Maquina, who knew that the chiefs of the tribes who came to visit us had
+endeavoured to persuade me to escape, frequently cautioned me not to
+listen to them, saying that, should I make the attempt, and he were to
+take me, he should certainly put me to death. While here, he gave me a
+book, in which I found the names of seven persons belonging to the ship
+_Manchester_, of Philadelphia, Captain Brian--viz. Daniel Smith, Lewis
+Gillon, James Tom, Clark, Johnson, Ben, and Jack. These men, as Maquina
+informed me, ran away from the ship and came to him, but that six of
+them soon after went off in the night, with an intention to go to the
+Wickinninish, but were stopped by the Eshquates, and sent back to him,
+and that he ordered them to be put to death; and a most cruel death it
+was, as I was told by one of the natives, four men holding one of them
+on the ground, and forcing open his mouth, while they choked him by
+ramming stones down his throat.
+
+As to Jack, the boy, who made no attempt to go off, Maquina afterwards
+sold him to the Wickinninish. I was informed by the Princess Yuqua that
+he was quite a small boy, who cried a great deal, being put to hard
+labour beyond his strength by the natives, in cutting wood and bringing
+water, and that when he heard of the murder of our crew, it had such an
+effect on him, that he fell sick, and died shortly after. On learning
+the melancholy fate of this unfortunate lad, it again awakened in my
+bosom those feelings that I had experienced at the shocking death of my
+poor comrades.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[101] These trees are not found in Vancouver Island. Possibly, though
+they are not very like, Jewitt mistook them for the Oregon alder and the
+American ash, both trees of that locality.
+
+[102] This is the migratory red-backed species (_Selasphorus rufus_, p.
+19).
+
+[103] "Tashis Canal" of seamen--the Tashis River flows in at its head,
+Coptee is at the mouth, Tashis farther up the stream.
+
+[104] Salmon used to be bought at Alberni at the rate of a cent apiece.
+There have been times when the garden at Fort Rupert was manured with
+fresh salmon.
+
+[105] This is a fair specimen of the kind of _lingua franca_ which even
+then had begun to spring up in the intercourse of the early traders with
+the Indians, and which by now takes the shape of the Chinook Jargon.
+For, apart from the imperfectly pronounced Indian words, there is no
+such term as Nootka in any language. It was a misconception of the first
+visitors there. They probably mistook _Nootchee_, a mountain, for the
+name of the country generally (p. 29).
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+CONVERSATION WITH MAQUINA--FRUITS--RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES--VISIT TO
+UPQUESTA
+
+
+The king, finding that I was desirous of learning their language, was
+much delighted, and took great pleasure in conversing with me. On one of
+these occasions he explained to me his reasons for cutting off our ship,
+saying that he bore no ill will to my countrymen, but that he had been
+several times treated very ill by them. The first injury of which he had
+cause to complain, was done him by a Captain Tawnington, who commanded a
+schooner which passed a winter at Friendly Cove, where he was well
+treated by the inhabitants. This man, taking advantage of Maquina's
+absence, who had gone to the Wickinninish to procure a wife, armed
+himself and crew, and entered the house, where there were none but
+women, whom he threw into the greatest consternation, and, searching the
+chests, took away all the skins, of which Maquina had no less than forty
+of the best; and that about the same time, four of their chiefs were
+barbarously killed by a Captain Martinez, a Spaniard.[106]
+
+That soon after, Captain Hanna, of the _Sea Otter_[107] in consequence
+of one of the natives having stolen a chisel from the carpenter, fired
+upon their canoes which were alongside, and killed upwards of twenty of
+the natives, of whom several were _Tyees_ or chiefs; and that he
+himself, being on board the vessel, in order to escape was obliged to
+leap from the quarter-deck, and swim for a long way under water.
+
+These injuries had excited in the breast of Maquina an ardent desire of
+revenge, the strongest passion of the savage heart, and though many
+years had elapsed since their commission, still they were not forgotten,
+and the want of a favourable opportunity alone prevented him from sooner
+avenging them. Unfortunately for us, the long-wished-for opportunity at
+length presented itself in our ship, which Maquina finding not guarded
+with the usual vigilance of the North-West traders, and feeling his
+desire of revenge rekindled by the insult offered him by Captain Salter,
+formed a plan for attacking, and on his return called a council of his
+chiefs, and communicated it to them, acquainting them with the manner in
+which he had been treated. No less desirous of avenging this affront
+offered their king than their former injuries, they readily agreed to
+his proposal, which was to go on board without arms as usual, but under
+different pretexts, in great numbers, and wait for his signal for the
+moment of attacking their unsuspecting victims. The execution of this
+scheme, as the reader knows, was unhappily too successful.
+
+And here I cannot but indulge a reflection that has frequently occurred
+to me on the manner in which our people behave towards the natives. For,
+though they are a thievish race, yet I have no doubt that many of the
+melancholy disasters have principally arisen from the imprudent conduct
+of some of the captains and crews of the ships employed in this trade,
+in exasperating them by insulting, plundering, and even killing them on
+slight grounds. This, as nothing is more sacred with a savage than the
+principle of revenge, and no people are so impatient under insult,
+induces them to wreak their vengeance upon the first vessel or boat's
+crew that offers, making the innocent too frequently suffer for the
+wrongs of the guilty, as few of them know how to discriminate between
+persons of the same general appearance, more especially when speaking
+the same language. And to this cause do I believe must principally be
+ascribed the sanguinary disposition with which these people are
+reproached, as Maquina repeatedly told me that it was not his wish to
+hurt a white man, and that he never should have done it, though ever so
+much in his power, had they not injured him.
+
+[Illustration: CALLICUM AND MAQUILLA, CHIEFS OF NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+And were the commanders of our ships to treat the savages with rather
+more civility than they sometimes do, I am inclined to think they would
+find their account in it; not that I should recommend to them a
+confidence in the good faith and friendly professions of these people,
+so as in any degree to remit their vigilance, but, on the contrary, to
+be strictly on their guard, and suffer but a very few of them to come on
+board the ship, and admit not many of their canoes alongside at a time;
+a precaution that would have been the means of preventing some of the
+unfortunate events that have occurred, and if attended to, may in future
+preserve many a valuable life. Such a regulation, too, from what I know
+of their disposition and wants, would produce no serious difficulty in
+trading with the savages, and they would soon become perfectly
+reconciled to it.
+
+Among the provisions which the Indians procure at Tashees, I must not
+omit mentioning a fruit that is very important, as forming a great
+article of their food. This is what is called by them the _Yama_,[108] a
+species of berry that grows in bunches like currants, upon a bush from
+two to three feet high, with a large, round, and smooth leaf. This berry
+is black, and about the size of a pistol shot, but of rather an oblong
+shape, and open at the top like the blue whortleberry. The taste is
+sweet, but a little acrid, and when first gathered, if eaten in any
+great quantity, especially without oil, is apt to produce colics. To
+procure it, large companies of women go out on the mountains,
+accompanied by armed men to protect them against wild beasts, where they
+frequently remain for several days, kindling a fire at night, and
+sheltering themselves under sheds constructed of boughs. At these
+parties they collect great quantities. I have known Maquina's queen and
+her women return loaded, bringing with them upwards of twelve bushels.
+In order to preserve it, it is pressed in the bunches between two
+planks, and dried and put away in baskets for use. It is always eaten
+with oil.
+
+Of berries of various kinds, such as strawberries, raspberries,
+blackberries, etc., there are great quantities in the country, of which
+the natives are very fond, gathering them in their seasons, and eating
+them with oil, but the yama is the only one that they preserve.
+
+Fish is, however, their great article of food, as almost all the others,
+excepting the yama, may be considered as accidental. They nevertheless
+are far from disrelishing meat, for instance, venison and bear's flesh.
+With regard to the latter, they have a most singular custom, which is,
+that any one who eats of it is obliged to abstain from eating any kind
+of fresh fish whatever for the term of two months, as they have a
+superstitious belief that, should any of their people, after tasting
+bear's flesh, eat of fresh salmon, cod, etc., the fish, though at ever
+so great a distance off, would come to the knowledge of it, and be so
+much offended thereat as not to allow themselves to be taken by any of
+the inhabitants. This I had an opportunity of observing while at
+Tashees, a bear having been killed early in December, of which not more
+than ten of the natives would eat, being prevented by the prohibition
+annexed to it, which also was the reason of my comrade and myself not
+tasting it, on being told by Maquina the consequences.
+
+As there is something quite curious in their management of this animal,
+when they have killed one, I shall give a description of it. After well
+cleansing the bear from the dirt and blood with which it is generally
+covered when killed, it is brought in and seated opposite the king in an
+upright posture, with a chief's bonnet, wrought in figures, on its head,
+and its fur powdered over with the white down. A tray of provision is
+then set before it, and it is invited by words and gestures to eat. This
+mock ceremony over, the reason of which I could never learn, the animal
+is taken and skinned, and the flesh and entrails boiled up into a soup,
+no part but the paunch being rejected.[109]
+
+This dressing the bear, as they call it, is an occasion of great
+rejoicing throughout the village, all the inhabitants being invited to a
+great feast at the king's house, though but few of them, in consequence
+of the penalty, will venture to eat of the flesh, but generally content
+themselves with their favourite dish of herring spawn and water. The
+feast on this occasion was closed by a dance from Sat-sat-sok-sis, in
+the manner I have already described, in the course of which he
+repeatedly shifted his mask for another of a different form.
+
+A few days after, a second bear was taken, like the former, by means of
+a trap. This I had the curiosity to go and see at the place where it was
+caught, which was in the following manner:--On the edge of a small
+stream of water in the mountains which the salmon ascend, and near the
+spot where the bear is accustomed to watch for them, which is known by
+its track, a trap or box about the height of a man's head is built of
+posts and planks with a flat top, on which are laid a number of large
+stones or rocks. The top and sides are then carefully covered with turf,
+so as to resemble a little mound, and wholly to exclude the light, a
+narrow entrance of the height of the building only being left, just
+sufficient to admit the head and shoulders of the beast. On the inside,
+to a large plank that covers the top is suspended by a strong cord a
+salmon, the plank being left loose, so that a forcible pull will bring
+it down. On coming to its usual haunt, the bear enters the trap, and, in
+endeavouring to pull away the fish, brings down the whole covering with
+its load of stones upon its head, and is almost always crushed to death
+on the spot, or so wounded as to be unable to escape.[110]
+
+They are always careful to examine these traps every day, in order, if a
+bear be caught, to bring it immediately, for it is not a little singular
+that these people will eat no kind of meat that is in the least tainted,
+or not perfectly fresh, while, on the contrary, it is hardly possible
+for fish to be in too putrid a state for them, and I have frequently
+known them, when a whale has been driven ashore, bring pieces of it home
+with them in a state of offensiveness insupportable to anything but a
+crow, and devour it with high relish, considering it as preferable to
+that which is fresh.
+
+On the morning of the 13th of December, commenced what to us appeared a
+most singular farce. Apparently without any previous notice, Maquina
+discharged a pistol close to his son's ear, who immediately fell down as
+if killed, upon which all the women of the house set up a most
+lamentable cry, tearing handfuls of hair from their heads, and
+exclaiming that the prince was dead. At the same time a great number of
+the inhabitants rushed into the house, armed with their daggers,
+muskets, etc., inquiring the cause of their outcry. These were
+immediately followed by two others dressed in wolf-skins, with masks
+over their faces representing the head of that animal; the latter came
+in on their hands and feet in the manner of a beast, and, taking up the
+prince, carried him off upon their backs, retiring in the same manner
+they entered. We saw nothing more of the ceremony, as Maquina came to
+us, and, giving us a quantity of dried provision, ordered us to quit the
+house, and not return to the village before the expiration of seven
+days, for that if we appeared within that period, he should kill us.
+
+At any other season of the year such an order would by us have been
+considered as an indulgence, in enabling us to pass our time in whatever
+way we wished; and even now, furnished as we were with sufficient
+provision for that term, it was not very unpleasant to us, more
+particularly Thompson, who was always desirous to keep as much as
+possible out of the society and sight of the natives, whom he detested.
+Taking with us our provisions, a bundle of clothes, and our axes, we
+obeyed the directions of Maquina, and withdrew into the woods, where we
+built ourselves a cabin to shelter us, with the branches of trees, and,
+keeping up a good fire, secured ourselves pretty well from the cold.
+Here we passed the prescribed period of our exile, with more content
+than much of the time while with them, employing the day in reading and
+praying for our release, or in rambling around and exploring the
+country, the soil of which we found to be very good, and the face of it,
+beautifully diversified with hills and valleys, refreshed with the
+finest streams of water, and at night enjoyed comfortable repose upon a
+bed of soft leaves, with our garments spread over us to protect us from
+the cold.
+
+At the end of seven days we returned, and found several of the people of
+Ai-tiz-zart with their king or chief at Tashees, who had been invited by
+Maquina to attend the close of this performance, which I now learned was
+a celebration, held by them annually, in honour of their god, whom they
+call _Quahootze_,[111] to return him their thanks for his past, and
+implore his future favours. It terminated on the 21st, the day after our
+return, with a most extraordinary exhibition. Three men, each of whom
+had two bayonets run through his sides, between the ribs, apparently
+regardless of the pain, traversed the room, backwards and forwards,
+singing war-songs, and exulting in this display of firmness.
+
+On the arrival of the 25th, we could not but call to mind that this,
+being Christmas, was in our country a day of the greatest festivity,
+when our fellow-countrymen, assembled in their churches, were
+celebrating the goodness of God and the praises of the Saviour. What a
+reverse did our situation offer!--captives in a savage land, and slaves
+to a set of ignorant beings, unacquainted with religion or humanity,
+hardly were we permitted to offer up our devotions by ourselves in the
+woods, while we felt even grateful for this privilege. Thither, with the
+king's permission, we withdrew, and, after reading the service appointed
+for the day, sung the hymn of the Nativity, fervently praying that
+Heaven in its goodness would permit us to celebrate the next festival of
+this kind in some Christian land.
+
+On our return, in order to conform as much as was in our power to the
+custom of our country, we were desirous of having a better supper than
+usual. With this view, we bought from one of the natives some dried
+clams and oil, and a root called _Kletsup_,[112] which we cooked by
+steaming, and found it very palatable. This root consists of many
+fibres, of about six inches long, and of the size of a crow quill. It is
+sweet, of an agreeable taste, not unlike the _Quawnoose_, and it is
+eaten with oil. The plant that produces it I have never seen.
+
+On the 31st all the tribe quitted Tashees for Cooptee, whither they go
+to pass the remainder of the winter, and complete their fishing, taking
+off everything with them in the same manner as at Nootka. We arrived in
+a few hours at Cooptee, which is about fifteen miles, and immediately
+set about covering the houses, which was soon completed.
+
+This place, which is their great herring and sprat fishery, stands just
+within the mouth of the river, on the same side with Tashees, in a very
+narrow valley at the foot of a high mountain. Though nearly as secure
+as Tashees from the winter storms, it is by no means so pleasantly
+situated, though to us it was a much more agreeable residence, as it
+brought us nearer Nootka, where we were impatient to return, in hopes of
+finding some vessel there, or hearing of the arrival of one near.
+
+The first snow that fell this season was the day after our arrival, on
+New Year's Day; a day that, like Christmas, brought with it painful
+recollections, but at the same time led us to indulge the hope of a more
+fortunate year than the last.
+
+Early on the morning of the 7th of January, Maquina took me with him in
+his canoe on a visit to Upquesta, chief of the Ai-tiz-zarts, who had
+invited him to attend an exhibition at his village, similar to the one
+with which he had been entertained at Tashees. This place is between
+twenty and thirty miles distant up the Sound, and stands on the banks of
+a small river about the size of that of Cooptee, just within its
+entrance, in a valley of much greater extent than that of Tashees; it
+consists of fourteen or fifteen houses, built and disposed in the manner
+of those at Nootka. The tribe, which is considered as tributary to
+Maquina, amounts to about three hundred warriors, and the inhabitants,
+both men and women, are among the best-looking of any people on the
+coast.
+
+On our arrival we were received at the shore by the inhabitants, a few
+of whom were armed with muskets, which they fired, with loud shouts and
+exclamations of _Wocash, wocash!_
+
+We were welcomed by the chief's messenger, or master of ceremonies,
+dressed in his best garments, with his hair powdered with white down,
+and holding in his hand the cheetolth, the badge of his office. This man
+preceded us to the chief's house, where he introduced and pointed out to
+us our respective seats. On entering, the visitors took off their hats,
+which they always wear on similar occasions, and Maquina his outer
+robes, of which he has several on whenever he pays a visit, and seated
+himself near the chief.
+
+As I was dressed in European clothes, I became quite an object of
+curiosity to these people, very few of whom had ever seen a white man.
+They crowded around me in numbers, taking hold of my clothes, examining
+my face, hands, and feet, and even opening my mouth to see if I had a
+tongue, for, notwithstanding I had by this time become well acquainted
+with their language, I preserved the strictest silence, Maquina on our
+first landing having enjoined me not to speak until he should direct.
+
+Having undergone this examination for some time, Maquina at length made
+a sign to me to speak to them. On hearing me address them in their own
+language, they were greatly astonished and delighted, and told Maquina
+that they now perceived that I was a man like themselves, except that I
+was white, and looked like a seal, alluding to my blue jacket and
+trousers, which they wanted to persuade me to take off, as they did not
+like their appearance. Maquina in the meantime gave an account to the
+chief of the scheme he had formed for surprising our ship, and the
+manner in which he and his people had carried it into execution, with
+such particular and horrid details of that transaction as chilled the
+blood in my veins. Trays of boiled herring spawn and train-oil were
+soon after brought in and placed before us, neither the chief or any of
+his people eating at the same time, it being contrary to the ideas of
+hospitality entertained by these nations, to eat any part of the food
+that is provided for strangers, always waiting until their visitors have
+finished, before they have their own brought in.
+
+The following day closed their festival with an exhibition of a similar
+kind to that which had been given at Tashees, but still more cruel; the
+different tribes appearing on these occasions to endeavour to surpass
+each other in their proofs of fortitude and endurance of pain. In the
+morning, twenty men entered the chief's house, with each an arrow run
+through the flesh of his sides and either arm, with a cord fastened to
+the end, which, as the performers advanced, singing and boasting, was
+forcibly drawn back by a person having hold of it. After this
+performance was closed, we returned to Cooptee, which we reached at
+midnight, our men keeping time with their songs to the stroke of their
+paddles.
+
+The natives now began to take the herring and sprat in immense
+quantities, with some salmon, and there was nothing but feasting from
+morning till night.
+
+The following is the method they employ to take the herring. A stick of
+about seven feet long, two inches broad, and half an inch thick, is
+formed from some hard wood, one side of which is set with sharp teeth,
+made from whalebone, at about half an inch apart. Provided with this
+instrument, the fisherman seats himself in the prow of a canoe, which is
+paddled by another, and whenever he comes to a shoal of herrings, which
+cover the water in great quantities, he strikes it with both hands upon
+them, and at the same moment, turning it up, brings it over the side of
+the canoe, into which he lets those that are taken drop. It is
+astonishing to see how many are caught by those who are dexterous at
+this kind of fishing, as they seldom fail, when the shoals are numerous,
+of taking as many as ten or twelve at a stroke, and in a very short time
+will fill a canoe with them. Sprats are likewise caught in a similar
+manner.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[106] This was probably Don Estevan Martinez, who, on the 6th of May
+1789, arrived in the corvette _Princesa_, to take possession of the
+country for his sovereign. He it was who landed materials and artillery,
+and began to erect a fort on a small island at the entrance to Friendly
+Cove. He seems to have been a most high-handed kind of Don, for he
+seized the British vessels _Iphigenia_, _North-West America_,
+_Argonaut_, and _Princess Royal_, then trading under the Portuguese
+flag, and acted in so arbitrary a manner to the officers and crew, that
+it was easy to believe he was not over scrupulous in his dealings with
+the Indians. It was during his stay in Nootka Sound that Callicum, a
+relation of Maquina's, and next to him in rank, was barbarously murdered
+by an officer on board one of the Spanish ships, and his father refused
+permission to dive for the body until he had handed over a number of
+skins to the white savage.
+
+[107] Captain James Hanna was the second European to enter Nootka Sound
+after Captain Cook had left it. The _Sea Otter_, a vessel under 70 tons,
+was fitted out in China, and reached Nootka in August 1785; when
+Maquina, presuming upon the inferior size of the craft and the small
+number of the crew, made a desperate attack upon her. This was repulsed
+by the courage of the ship's company, after which business proceeded on
+such friendly terms that he procured five hundred and eighty-five
+sea-otter skins in five weeks, which were sold in Canton for 20,600
+dollars. It was Hanna who discovered Fitzhugh Sound, Lance Island, Sea
+Otter Harbour, and other now well-known spots on the North-West coast of
+America. The incident related by Maquina is not to be found in the
+records of the expedition which have descended to us. He made another
+voyage in 1786, solely for commercial purposes.
+
+[108] _Gaultheria Shallon_ (see p. 137).
+
+[109] These observances are well worth noting in connection with the
+others which attach to the bear among nearly all savage races.
+
+[110] These traps are still in common use.
+
+[111] _Quawteaht_, the supreme being of all the tribes speaking the
+"Aht" language.
+
+[112] This seems the bracken fern root, which is eaten. But the name
+usually applied to it is _Sheetla_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+RETURN TO NOOTKA (FRIENDLY COVE)--DEATH OF MAQUINA'S NEPHEW--INSANITY OF
+TOOTOOSCH--AN INDIAN MOUNTEBANK
+
+
+About the beginning of February, Maquina gave a great feast, at which
+were present not only all the inhabitants, but one hundred persons from
+Ai-tiz-zart, and a number from Wickinninish who had been invited to
+attend it. It is customary with them to give an annual entertainment of
+this kind, and it is astonishing to see what a quantity of provision is
+expended, or rather wasted, on such an occasion, when they always eat to
+the greatest excess. It was at this feast that I saw upwards of an
+hundred salmon cooked in one tub. The whole residence at Cooptee
+presents an almost uninterrupted succession of feasting and
+gormandising, and it would seem as if the principal object of these
+people was to consume their whole stock of provision before leaving it,
+trusting entirely to their success in fishing and whaling, for a supply
+at Nootka.
+
+On the 25th of February we quitted Cooptee, and returned to Nootka. With
+much joy did Thompson and myself again find ourselves in a place where,
+notwithstanding the melancholy recollections which it excited, we hoped
+before long to see some vessel arrive to our relief, and for this we
+became the more solicitous, as of late we had become much more
+apprehensive of our safety, in consequence of information brought
+Maquina a few days before we left Cooptee, by some of the Cayuquets,
+that there were twenty ships at the northward, preparing to come against
+him, with an intent of destroying him and his whole tribe, for cutting
+off the _Boston_.
+
+This story, which was wholly without foundation, and discovered
+afterwards to have been invented by these people, for the purpose of
+disquieting him, threw him into great alarm, and, notwithstanding all I
+could say to convince him that it was an unfounded report, so great was
+his jealousy of us, especially after it had been confirmed to him by
+some others of the same nation, that he treated us with much harshness,
+and kept a very suspicious eye upon us.
+
+Nothing, indeed, could be more unpleasant than our present situation,
+when I reflected that our lives were altogether dependent on the will of
+a savage, on whose caprice and suspicions no rational calculation could
+be made.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Not long after our return, a son of Maquina's sister, a boy of eleven
+years old, who had been for some time declining, died. Immediately on
+his death, which was about midnight, all the men and women in the house
+set up loud cries and shrieks, which, awakening Thompson and myself, so
+disturbed us that we left the house. This lamentation was kept up during
+the remainder of the night. In the morning, a great fire was kindled,
+in which Maquina burned, in honour of the deceased, ten fathoms of
+cloth, and buried with him ten fathoms more, eight of Ife-whaw, four
+prime sea-otter skins, and two small trunks, containing our unfortunate
+captain's clothes and watch.
+
+This boy was considered as a Tyee, or chief, being the only son of
+Tootoosch, one of their principal chiefs, who had married Maquina's
+sister, whence arose this ceremony on his interment: it being an
+established custom with these people, that whenever a chief dies, his
+most valuable property is burned or buried with him; it is, however,
+wholly confined to the chiefs, and appears to be a mark of honour
+appropriate to them.[113] In this instance, Maquina furnished the
+articles, in order that his nephew might have the proper honours
+rendered him.
+
+Tootoosch, his father, was esteemed the first warrior of the tribe, and
+was one who had been particularly active in the destruction of our ship,
+having killed two of our poor comrades, who were ashore, whose names
+were Hall and Wood. About the time of our removal to Tashees, while in
+the enjoyment of the highest health, he was suddenly seized with a fit
+of delirium, in which he fancied that he saw the ghosts of those two men
+constantly standing by him, and threatening him, so that he would take
+no food, except what was forced into his mouth.
+
+A short time before this he had lost a daughter of about fifteen years
+of age, which afflicted him greatly, and whether his insanity, a
+disorder very uncommon amongst these savages, no instance of the kind
+having occurred within the memory of the oldest man amongst them,
+proceeded from this cause, or that it was the special interposition of
+an all-merciful God in our favour, who by this means thought proper to
+induce these barbarians still further to respect our lives, or that, for
+hidden purposes, the Supreme Disposer of events sometimes permits the
+spirits of the dead to revisit the world, and haunt the murderer, I know
+not, but his mind, from this period until his death, which took place
+but a few weeks after that of his son, was incessantly occupied with the
+images of the men whom he had killed.
+
+This circumstance made much impression upon the tribe, particularly the
+chiefs, whose uniform opposition to putting us to death, at the various
+councils that were held on our account, I could not but in part
+attribute to this cause; and Maquina used frequently, in speaking of
+Tootoosch's sickness, to express much satisfaction that his hands had
+not been stained with the blood of any of our men.
+
+When Maquina was first informed by his sister of the strange conduct of
+her husband, he immediately went to his house, taking us with him;
+suspecting that his disease had been caused by us, and that the ghosts
+of our countrymen had been called thither by us, to torment him. We
+found him raving about Hall and Wood, saying that they were _peshak_,
+that is, bad.
+
+Maquina then placed some provision before him, to see if he would eat.
+On perceiving it, he put forth his hand to take some, but instantly
+withdrew it with signs of horror, saying that Hall and Wood were there,
+and would not let him eat. Maquina then, pointing to us, asked if it was
+not John and Thompson who troubled him.
+
+"_Wik_,"[114] he replied,--that is, no; "_John klushish--Thompson
+klushish_"--John and Thompson are both good; then, turning to me, and
+patting me on the shoulder, he made signs to me to eat. I tried to
+persuade him that Hall and Wood were not there, and that none were near
+him but ourselves; he said, "I know very well you do not see them, but I
+do."
+
+At first Maquina endeavoured to convince him that he saw nothing, and to
+laugh him out of his belief, but, finding that all was to no purpose, he
+at length became serious, and asked me if I had ever seen anyone
+affected in this manner, and what was the matter with him. I gave him to
+understand, pointing to his head, that his brain was injured, and that
+he did not see things as formerly.
+
+Being convinced by Tootoosch's conduct that we had no agency in his
+indisposition, on our return home Maquina asked me what was done in my
+country in similar cases.
+
+I told him that such persons were closely confined, and sometimes tied
+up and whipped, in order to make them better.[115]
+
+After pondering for some time, he said that he should be glad to do
+anything to relieve him, and that he should be whipped, and immediately
+gave orders to some of his men to go to Tootoosch's house, bind him, and
+bring him to his, in order to undergo the operation.
+
+Thompson was the person selected to administer this remedy, which he
+undertook very readily, and for that purpose provided himself with a
+good number of spruce branches, with which he whipped him most severely,
+laying it on with the best will imaginable, while Tootoosch displayed
+the greatest rage, kicking, spitting, and attempting to bite all who
+came near him. This was too much for Maquina, who at length, unable to
+endure it longer, ordered Thompson to desist and Tootoosch to be carried
+back, saying that if there was no other way of curing him but by
+whipping, he must remain mad.
+
+The application of the whip produced no beneficial effect on Tootoosch,
+for he afterwards became still more deranged; in his fits of fury
+sometimes seizing a club and beating his slaves in a most dreadful
+manner, and striking and spitting at all who came near him, till at
+length his wife, no longer daring to remain in the house with him, came
+with her son to Maquina's.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The whaling season now commenced, and Maquina was out almost every day
+in his canoe in pursuit of them, but for a considerable time with no
+success, one day breaking the staff of his harpoon, another after having
+been a long time fast to a whale, the weapon drawing, owing to the
+breaking of the shell which formed its point, with several such like
+accidents, arising from the imperfection of the instrument.
+
+At these times he always returned very morose and out of temper,
+upbraiding his men with having violated their obligation to continence
+preparatory to whaling. In this state of ill-humour he would give us
+very little to eat, which, added to the women not cooking when the men
+are away, reduced us to a very low fare.
+
+In consequence of the repeated occurrence of similar accidents, I
+proposed to Maquina to make him a harpoon or foreganger of steel, which
+would be less liable to fail him. The idea pleased him, and in a short
+time I completed one for him, with which he was much delighted, and the
+very next day went out to make a trial of it.
+
+He succeeded with it in taking a whale. Great was the joy throughout the
+village as soon as it was known that the king had secured the whale, by
+notice from a person stationed at the headland in the offing. All the
+canoes were immediately launched, and, furnished with harpoons and
+sealskin floats, hastened to assist in buoying it up and towing it in.
+
+The bringing in of this fish exhibited a scene of universal festivity.
+As soon as the canoes appeared at the mouth of the Cove, those on board
+of them singing a triumph to a slow air, to which they kept time with
+their paddles, all who were on shore, men, women, and children, mounted
+the roofs of their houses to congratulate the king on his success,
+drumming most furiously on the planks, and exclaiming _Wocash--wocash,
+Tyee!_
+
+The whale, on being drawn on shore, was immediately cut up, and a great
+feast of the blubber given at Maquina's house, to which all the village
+were invited, who indemnified themselves for their Lent by eating as
+usual to excess. I was highly praised for the goodness of my harpoon,
+and a quantity of blubber given me, which I was permitted to cook as I
+pleased; this I boiled in salt water with some young nettles and other
+greens for Thompson and myself, and in this way we found it tolerable
+food.
+
+Their method of procuring the oil, is to skim it from the water in which
+the blubber is boiled, and when cool, put it up into whale bladders for
+use; and of these I have seen them so large as, when filled, would
+require no less than five or six men to carry. Several of the chiefs,
+among whom were Maquina's brothers, who, after the king has caught the
+first whale, are privileged to take them also, were very desirous, on
+discovering the superiority of my harpoon, that I should make some for
+them, but this Maquina would not permit, reserving for himself this
+improved weapon. He, however, gave me directions to make a number more
+for himself, which I executed, and also made him several lances, with
+which he was greatly pleased.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+As these people have some very singular observances preparatory to
+whaling, an account of them will, I presume, not prove uninteresting,
+especially as it may serve to give a better idea of their manners. A
+short time before leaving Tashees, the king makes a point of passing a
+day alone on the mountain, whither he goes very privately early in the
+morning, and does not return till late in the evening.[116] This is
+done, as I afterwards learned, for the purpose of singing and praying to
+his God for success in whaling the ensuing season. At Cooptee the same
+ceremony is performed, and at Nootka after the return thither, with
+still greater solemnity, as for the next two days he appears very
+thoughtful and gloomy, scarcely speaking to any one, and observes a most
+rigid fast. On these occasions he has always a broad red fillet made of
+bark bound around his head, in token of humiliation, with a large branch
+of green spruce on the top, and his great rattle in his hand.
+
+In addition to this, for a week before commencing their whaling, both
+himself and the crew of his canoe observe a fast, eating but very
+little, and going into the water several times in the course of each day
+to bathe, singing and rubbing their bodies, limbs, and faces with shells
+and bushes, so that on their return I have seen them look as though they
+had been severely torn with briers. They are likewise obliged to
+abstain from any commerce with their women for the like period, the
+latter restriction being considered as indispensable to their success.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Early in June, Tootoosch,[117] the crazy chief, died. On being
+acquainted with his death, the whole village, men, women, and children,
+set up a loud cry, with every testimony of the greatest grief, which
+they continued for more than three hours. As soon as he was dead, the
+body, according to their custom, was laid out on a plank, having the
+head bound round with a red bark fillet, which is with them an emblem of
+mourning and sorrow. After lying some time in this manner, he was
+wrapped in an otter-skin robe, and, three fathoms of Ife-whaw being put
+about his neck, he was placed in a large coffin or box of about three
+feet deep, which was ornamented on the outside with two rows of the
+small white shells. In this, the most valuable articles of his property
+were placed with him, among which were no less than twenty-four prime
+sea-otter skins.
+
+At night, which is their time for interring the dead, the coffin was
+borne by eight men with two poles thrust through ropes passed around it,
+to the place of burial, accompanied by his wife and family, with their
+hair cut short in token of grief, all the inhabitants joining the
+procession.
+
+The place of burial was a large cavern on the side of a hill at a little
+distance from the village, in which, after depositing the coffin
+carefully, all the attendants repaired to Maquina's house, where a
+number of articles belonging to the deceased, consisting of blankets,
+pieces of cloth, etc., were burned by a person appointed by Maquina for
+that purpose, dressed and painted in the highest style, with his head
+covered with white down, who, as he put in the several pieces one by
+one, poured upon them a quantity of oil to increase the flame, in the
+intervals between making a speech and playing off a variety of buffoon
+tricks, and the whole closed with a feast, and a dance from
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, the king's son.
+
+The man who performed the ceremony of burning on this occasion was a
+very singular character named Kinneclimmets. He was held in high
+estimation by the king, though only of the common class, probably from
+his talent for mimicry and buffoonery, and might be considered as a kind
+of king's jester, or rather, as combining in his person the character of
+a buffoon with that of master of ceremonies and public orator to his
+majesty, as he was the one who at feasts always regulated the places of
+the guests, delivered speeches on receiving or returning visits, besides
+amusing the company at all their entertainments, with a variety of
+monkey pranks and antic gestures, which appeared to these savages the
+height of wit and humour, but would be considered as extremely low by
+the least polished people.
+
+Almost all the kings or head chiefs of the principal tribes were
+accompanied by a similar character, who appeared to be attached to their
+dignity, and are called in their language _Climmer-habbee_.
+
+This man Kinneclimmets was particularly odious to Thompson, who would
+never join in the laugh at his tricks, but when he began, would almost
+always quit the house with a very surly look, and an exclamation of
+"Cursed fool!" which Maquina, who thought nothing could equal the
+cleverness of his _Climmer-habbee_, used to remark with much
+dissatisfaction, asking me why Thompson never laughed, observing that I
+must have had a very good-tempered woman indeed for my mother, as my
+father was so very ill-natured a man.
+
+Among those performances that gained him the greatest applause was his
+talent of eating to excess, for I have known him devour at one meal no
+less than seventy-five large herrings; and at another time, when a great
+feast was given by Maquina, he undertook, after drinking three pints of
+oil by way of a whet, to eat four dried salmon, and five quarts of
+spawn, mixed up with a gallon of train-oil, and actually succeeded in
+swallowing the greater part of this mess, until his stomach became so
+overloaded as to discharge its contents in the dish. One of his
+exhibitions, however, had nearly cost him his life; this was on the
+occasion of Kla-quak-ee-na, one of the chiefs, having bought him a new
+wife, in celebration of which he ran three times through a large fire,
+and burned himself in such a manner that he was not able to stir for
+more than four weeks. These feats of savage skill were much praised by
+Maquina, who never failed to make him presents of cloth, muskets, etc.,
+on such occasions.
+
+The death of Tootoosch increased still more the disquietude which his
+delirium had excited among the savages, and all those chiefs who had
+killed our men became much alarmed lest they should be seized with the
+same disorder and die like him; more particularly, as I had told Maquina
+that I believed his insanity was a punishment inflicted on him by
+Quahootze, for his cruelty in murdering two innocent men who had never
+injured him.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[113] When an Indian dies, all of his property which has not been given
+away, is either buried with him, or, in extreme cases, burned, not for
+the purpose of accompanying him to the Spirit Land, but, so the people
+have told me, to prevent any temptation to indulge in the bad luck of
+mentioning his name. The only things that are exempted from this
+practice are the dead man's best canoes, his house-planks, and fishing
+and hunting implements, which, with any slaves he may possess, go to his
+eldest son. I have known the deceased's house and all its contents to be
+burned; but when this is not the case, then the materials are removed
+elsewhere, and another building is erected. Around his grave--a box
+raised from the ground on pillars, often quaintly carved, or a canoe, or
+a box fixed up a tree--are placed various articles belonging to him (or
+her). At one time they buried his money with him. But for obvious
+reasons this custom has fallen into abeyance.
+
+[114] _Wik_ actually means "Not I." Good is _Klooceahatli_ or
+_Klootakloosch_.
+
+[115] This, it must be remembered, was in the days before Connolly.
+Maquina's remark that if an insane man could not be cured but by
+whipping him, he must remain mad, proves that the savage chief was in
+advance of his time. Insanity is, however, extremely rare among the
+Indians.
+
+[116] He was, as the Indians say, "making his medicine," a term of very
+elastic meaning.
+
+[117] "Tootoosch" is the Thunder Bird of "Aht" mythology.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+WAR WITH THE A-Y-CHARTS--A NIGHT ATTACK--PROPOSALS TO PURCHASE THE
+AUTHOR
+
+
+Our situation had now become unpleasant in the extreme. The summer was
+so far advanced that we nearly despaired of a ship arriving to our
+relief, and with that expectation almost relinquished the hope of ever
+having it in our power to quit this savage land. We were treated, too,
+with less indulgence than before, both Thompson and myself being
+obliged, in addition to our other employments, to perform the laborious
+task of cutting and collecting fuel, which we had to bring on our
+shoulders from nearly three miles' distance, as it consisted wholly of
+dry leaves, all of which near the village had been consumed.
+
+To add to this, we suffered much abuse from the common people, who, when
+Maquina or some of the chiefs were not present, would insult us, calling
+us wretched slaves, asking us where was our Tyee or captain, making
+gestures signifying that his head had been cut off, and that they would
+do the like to us; though they generally took good care at such times to
+keep well out of Thompson's reach, as they had more than once
+experienced, to their cost, the strength of his fist. This conduct was
+not only provoking and grating to our feelings in the highest degree,
+but it convinced us of the ill disposition of these savages towards us,
+and rendered us fearful lest they might at some time or other persuade
+or force Maquina and the chiefs to put us to death.
+
+We were also often brought to great distress for the want of provisions,
+so far as to be reduced to collect a scanty supply of mussels and
+limpets from the rocks, and sometimes even compelled to part with some
+of our most necessary articles of clothing in order to purchase food for
+our subsistence.
+
+This was, however, principally owing to the inhabitants themselves
+experiencing a great scarcity of provisions this season; there having
+been, in the first place, but very few salmon caught at Friendly Cove, a
+most unusual circumstance, as they generally abound there in the spring,
+which was by the natives attributed to their having been driven away by
+the blood of our men who had been thrown into the sea, which with true
+savage inconsistency excited their murmurs against Maquina, who had
+proposed cutting off our ship. Relying on this supply, they had in the
+most inconsiderate manner squandered away their winter stock of
+provisions, so that in a few days after their return it was entirely
+expended.
+
+Nor were the king and chiefs much more fortunate in their whaling, even
+after I had furnished Maquina with the improved weapon for that purpose;
+but four whales having been taken during the season, which closes the
+last of May, including one that had been struck by Maquina and escaped,
+and was afterwards driven on shore about six miles from Nootka in
+almost a state of putridity.
+
+These afforded but a short supply to a population, including all ages
+and sexes, of no less than fifteen hundred persons, and of a character
+so very improvident, that, after feasting most gluttonously whenever a
+whale was caught, they were several times, for a week together, reduced
+to the necessity of eating but once a day, and of collecting cockles and
+mussels from the rocks for their food.
+
+And even after the cod and halibut fishing commenced, in June, in which
+they met with tolerable success, such was the savage caprice of Maquina,
+that he would often give us but little to eat, finally ordering us to
+buy a canoe and fishing implements and go out ourselves and fish, or we
+should have nothing. To do this we were compelled to part with our
+greatcoats, which were not only important to us as garments, but of
+which we made our beds, spreading them under us when we slept. From our
+want of skill, however, in this new employ, we met with no success; on
+discovering which, Maquina ordered us to remain at home.
+
+Another thing, which to me in particular proved an almost constant
+source of vexation and disgust, and which living among them had not in
+the least reconciled me to, was their extreme filthiness, not only in
+eating fish, especially the whale, when in a state of offensive
+putridity, but while at their meals, of making a practice of taking the
+vermin from their heads or clothes and eating them, by turns thrusting
+their fingers into their hair and into the dish, and spreading their
+garments over the tubs in which the provision was cooking, in order to
+set in motion their inhabitants.[118]
+
+Fortunately for Thompson, he regarded this much less than myself, and
+when I used to point out to him any instance of their filthiness in this
+respect, he would laugh and reply, "Never mind, John, the more good
+things the better." I must, however, do Maquina the justice to state,
+that he was much neater both in his person and eating than were the
+others, as was likewise his queen, owing, no doubt, to his intercourse
+with foreigners, which had given him ideas of cleanliness, for I never
+saw either of them eat any of these animals, but, on the contrary, they
+appeared not much to relish this taste in others. Their garments, also,
+were much cleaner, Maquina having been accustomed to give his away when
+they became soiled, till after he discovered that Thompson and myself
+kept ours clean by washing them, when he used to make Thompson do the
+same for him.
+
+Yet amidst this state of endurance and disappointment, in hearing
+repeatedly of the arrival of ships at the north and south, most of which
+proved to be idle reports, while expectation was almost wearied out in
+looking for them, we did not wholly despond, relying on the mercy of the
+Supreme Being, to offer up to whom our devotions on the days appointed
+for His worship was our chief consolation and support, though we were
+sometimes obliged, by our taskmasters, to infringe upon the Sabbath,
+which was to me a source of much regret.
+
+We were, nevertheless, treated at times with much kindness by Maquina,
+who would give us a plenty of the best that he had to eat, and
+occasionally, some small present of cloth for a garment, promising me
+that, if any ship should arrive within a hundred miles of Nootka, he
+would send a canoe with a letter from me to the captain, so that he
+might come to our release. These flattering promises and marks of
+attention were, however, at those times when he thought himself in
+personal danger from a mutinous spirit, which the scarcity of provisions
+had excited among the natives, who, like true savages, imputed all their
+public calamities, of whatever kind, to the misconduct of their chief,
+or when he was apprehensive of an attack from some of the other tribes,
+who were irritated with him for cutting off the _Boston_, as it had
+prevented ships from coming to trade with them, and were constantly
+alarming him with idle stories of vessels that were preparing to come
+against him and exterminate both him and his people.
+
+At such times, he made us keep guard over him both night and day, armed
+with cutlasses and pistols, being apparently afraid to trust any of his
+own men. At one time, it was a general revolt of his people that he
+apprehended; then three of his principal chiefs, among whom was his
+elder brother, had conspired to take away his life; and at length he
+fancied that a small party of Klaooquates, between whom and the
+Nootkians little friendship subsisted, had come to Nootka, under a
+pretence of trade, for the sole purpose of murdering him and his family,
+telling us, probably to sharpen our vigilance, that their intention was
+to kill us likewise; and so strongly were his fears excited on this
+occasion, that he not only ordered us to keep near him armed by day,
+whenever he went out, and to patrol at night before his house while they
+remained, but to continue the same guard for three days after they were
+gone, and to fire, at one and at four in the morning, one of the great
+guns, to let them know, if, as he suspected, they were lurking in the
+neighbourhood, that he was on his guard.
+
+While he was thus favourably disposed towards us, I took an opportunity
+to inform him of the ill-treatment that we frequently received from his
+people, and the insults that were offered us by some of the stranger
+tribes in calling us white slaves, and loading us with other opprobrious
+terms. He was much displeased, and said that his subjects should not be
+allowed to treat us ill, and that if any of the strangers did it, he
+wished us to punish the offenders with death, at the same time directing
+us, for our security, to go constantly armed.
+
+This permission was soon improved by Thompson to the best advantage; for
+a few days after, having gone to the pond to wash some of our clothes,
+and a blanket for Maquina, several Wickinninish who were then at Nootka
+came thither, and, seeing him washing the clothes, and the blanket
+spread upon the grass to dry, they began, according to custom, to insult
+him, and one of them, bolder than the others, walked over the blanket.
+Thompson was highly incensed, and threatened the Indian with death if he
+repeated the offence, but he, in contempt of the threat, trampled upon
+the blanket, when, drawing his cutlass, without further ceremony,
+Thompson cut off his head, on seeing which the others ran off at full
+speed. Thompson then, gathering up the clothes and blanket, on which
+were the marks of the Indian's dirty feet, and taking with him the head,
+returned and informed the king of what had passed, who was much pleased,
+and highly commended his conduct. This had a favourable effect for us,
+not only on the stranger tribes but the inhabitants themselves, who
+treated us afterwards with less disrespect.
+
+In the latter part of July, Maquina informed me that he was going to war
+with the _A-y-charts_,[119] a tribe about fifty miles to the south, on
+account of some controversy that had arisen the preceding summer, and
+that I must make a number of daggers for his men, and cheetolths for his
+chiefs, which having completed, he wished me to make for his own use a
+weapon of quite a different form, in order to dispatch his enemy by one
+blow on the head, it being the calculation of these nations, on going to
+war, to surprise their adversaries while asleep. This was a steel
+dagger, or more properly a spike, of about six inches long, made very
+sharp, set at right angles in an iron handle of fifteen inches long,
+terminating at the lower end in a crook or turn, so as to prevent its
+being wrenched from the hand, and at the upper in a round knob or head,
+from whence the spike protruded. This instrument I polished highly, and,
+the more to please Maquina, formed on the back of the knob the
+resemblance of a man's head, with the mouth open, substituting for eyes
+black beads, which I fastened in with red sealing-wax. This pleased him
+much, and was greatly admired by his chiefs, who wanted me to make
+similar ones for them, but Maquina would not suffer it, reserving for
+himself alone this weapon.
+
+When these people have finally determined on war, they make it an
+invariable practice, for three or four weeks prior to the expedition,
+to go into the water five or six times a day, when they wash and scrub
+themselves from head to foot with bushes intermixed with briers,
+so that their bodies and faces will often be entirely covered
+with blood. During this severe exercise, they are continually
+exclaiming, "_Wocash, Quahootze, Teechamme ah welth, wik-etish
+tau-ilth--Kar sub-matemas--Wik-sish_ _to hauk matemas--I ya-ish
+kah-shittle--As-smootish warich matemas_"; which signifies, "Good or
+great God, let me live--Not be sick--Find the enemy--Not fear him--Find
+him asleep, and kill a great many of them."
+
+During the whole of this period they have no intercourse with their
+women, and for a week before setting out, abstain from feasting or any
+kind of merriment, appearing thoughtful, gloomy, and morose, and for the
+three last days are almost constantly in the water, both by day and
+night, scrubbing and lacerating themselves in a terrible manner.
+Maquina, having informed Thompson and myself that he should take us with
+him, was very solicitous that we should bathe and scrub ourselves in the
+same way with them, telling me that it would harden our skins, so that
+the weapons of the enemy would not pierce them, but as we felt no great
+inclination to amuse ourselves in this manner, we declined it.
+
+The expedition consisted of forty canoes, carrying from ten to twenty
+men each. Thompson and myself armed ourselves with cutlasses and
+pistols, but the natives, although they had a plenty of European arms,
+took with them only their daggers and cheetolths, with a few bows and
+arrows, the latter being about a yard in length, and pointed with
+copper, mussel-shell, or bone; the bows are four feet and a half long,
+with strings made of whale sinew.
+
+To go to A-y-chart, we ascended, from twenty to thirty miles,[120] a
+river about the size of that of Tashees, the banks of which are high and
+covered with wood. At midnight we came in sight of the village, which
+was situated on the west bank near the shore, on a steep hill difficult
+of access, and well calculated for defence. It consisted of fifteen or
+sixteen houses, smaller than those at Nootka, and built in the same
+style, but compactly placed. By Maquina's directions, the attack was
+deferred until the first appearance of dawn, as he said that was the
+time when men slept the soundest.
+
+At length, all being ready for the attack, we landed with the greatest
+silence, and, going around so as to come upon the foe in the rear,
+clambered up the hill, and while the natives, as is their custom,
+entered the several huts creeping on all-fours, my comrade and myself
+stationed ourselves without to intercept those who should attempt to
+escape or come to the aid of their friends. I wished, if possible, not
+to stain my hands in the blood of any fellow-creature; and though
+Thompson would gladly have put to death all the savages in the country,
+he was too brave to think of attacking a sleeping enemy.
+
+Having entered the houses, on the war-whoop being given by Maquina as he
+seized the head of the chief and gave him the fatal blow, all proceeded
+to the work of death. The A-y-charts, being thus surprised, were unable
+to make resistance, and, with the exception of a very few who were so
+fortunate as to make their escape, were all killed, or taken prisoners
+on condition of becoming slaves to their captors. I had the good fortune
+to take four captives, whom Maquina, as a favour, permitted me to
+consider as mine, and occasionally employ them in fishing for me. As for
+Thompson, who thirsted for revenge, he had no wish to take any
+prisoners, but with his cutlass, the only weapon he would employ against
+them, succeeded in killing seven stout fellows who came to attack him,
+an act which obtained him great credit with Maquina and the chiefs, who
+after this held him in much higher estimation, and gave him the
+appellation of "Chehiel-suma-har," it being the name of a very
+celebrated warrior of their nation in ancient times, whose exploits were
+the constant theme of their praise.
+
+After having put to death all the old and infirm of either sex, as is
+the barbarous practice of these people, and destroyed the buildings, we
+re-embarked with our booty in our canoes for Nootka, where we were
+received with great demonstrations of joy by the women and children,
+accompanying our war-song with a most furious drumming on the houses.
+The next day a great feast was given by Maquina in celebration of his
+victory, which was terminated, as usual, with a dance by
+Sat-sat-sok-sis.[121]
+
+Repeated applications had been made to Maquina by a number of kings or
+chiefs to purchase me, especially after he had showed them the harpoon I
+had made for him, which he took much pride in, but he constantly refused
+to part with me on any terms. Among these, the king of the Wickinninish
+was particularly solicitous to obtain me, having twice applied to
+Maquina for that purpose, once in a very formal manner, by sending his
+messenger with four canoes, who, as he approached the shore, decorated
+in their highest style, with the white down on his head, etc., declared
+that he came to buy "Tooteyoohannis," the name by which I was known to
+them, for his master, and that he had brought for that purpose four
+young male slaves, two highly ornamented canoes, such a number of the
+skins of metamelth, and of the _quartlack_,[122] or sea-otter, and so
+many fathoms of cloth and of Ife-whaw, while, as he mentioned the
+different articles, they were pointed out or held up by his attendants;
+but even this tempting offer had no influence on Maquina, who in the
+latter part of the summer was again very strongly urged to sell me by
+Ulatilla, or, as he is generally called, Machee Ulatilla, chief of the
+Klaizzarts,[123] who had come to Nootka on a visit.
+
+This chief, who could speak tolerable English, had much more the
+appearance of a civilised man than any of the savages that I saw. He
+appeared to be about thirty, was rather small in his person, but
+extremely well formed, with a skin almost as fair as that of an
+European, good features, and a countenance expressive of candour and
+amiableness, and which was almost always brightened with a smile. He was
+much neater both in his dress and person than any of the other chiefs,
+seldom wearing paint, except upon his eyebrows, which, after the custom
+of his country, were plucked out, and a few strips of the pelpelth on
+the lower part of his face. He always treated me with much kindness, was
+fond of conversing with me in English and in his own language, asking me
+many questions relative to my country, its manners, customs, etc., and
+appeared to take a strong interest in my fate, telling me that if he
+could persuade Maquina to part with me, he would put me on board the
+first ship that came to his country, a promise which, from his
+subsequent conduct, I have good reason to think he would have performed,
+as my deliverance at length from captivity and suffering was, under the
+favour of Divine Providence, wholly owing to him, the only letter that
+ever reached an European or American vessel out of sixteen that I wrote
+at different times and sent to various parts of the coast, having been
+delivered by him in person. So much pleased was I with this man's
+behaviour to me while at Nootka, that I made for him a cheetolth, which
+I burnished highly, and engraved with figures. With this he was greatly
+delighted. I also would have made for him a harpoon, would Maquina have
+consented.
+
+With hearts full of dejection and almost lost to hope, no ship having
+appeared off Nootka this season, did my companion and myself accompany
+the tribe on their removal in September to Tashees, relinquishing in
+consequence for six months even the remotest expectation of relief.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[118] This habit--unfortunately not peculiar to the Indians--is still
+occasionally indulged in. The reason they give for it is, that when the
+great flood covered the earth--a tradition that is found among other
+North-West American Indians--they escaped in their canoes, and had to
+eat lice for lack of any other food, and now practise it out of
+gratitude. The superstitious observances of these tribes are so numerous
+that the merest account of those known would fill a volume. One or two
+interesting instances may be mentioned:--Thus, in sneezing, there is
+good luck if the right nostril is alone affected. But if the left, then
+evil fortune is at hand. When they pare their nails, which is not often,
+they burn the parings, and if the smoke from them goes straight up,
+their latter end will be good; if not, they will go to the place of
+punishment. They used to regard--and perhaps still regard--the whites
+not as human beings, but as a sort of demons.
+
+[119] The E-cha-chets are not at present recognised as a separate tribe.
+But there is a large village in Clayoquat Sound on the south end of
+Wakenninish Island which bears that name. Like many now all but extinct
+tribes, who have become absorbed into greater ones, the E-cha-chets seem
+in Jewitt's time to have been more numerous. In Meares's narrative,
+"Lee-cha-ett" is mentioned as a village of Wakenninish, but this could
+not have been the same place, for Maquina and Wakenninish were at this
+period on good terms. The river which the expedition ascended to reach
+the summer salmon fishing village of the tribe was probably either the
+Bear or the Onamettis, both of which flow through some swampy ground
+into the head of Bedwall Arm. But as usual Jewitt exaggerated the
+distance up which the canoemen paddled. There is no river in Vancouver
+Island navigable for twenty or thirty miles, and few, even when broken
+by rapids and falls, quite that length.
+
+[120] This is an exaggerated estimate.
+
+[121] This is one of the best descriptions of West Coast warfare with
+which I am acquainted.
+
+[122] "Quiaotluk," Jewitt, with innate cockneyism, inserting an _r_
+after _a_ wherever this is possible. No Indian can pronounce _r_, any
+more than a Chinaman can.
+
+[123] Klahosahts.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+MARRIAGE OF THE AUTHOR--HIS ILLNESS--DISMISSES HIS WIFE--RELIGION OF THE
+NATIVES--CLIMATE
+
+
+Soon after our establishment there, Maquina informed me that he and his
+chiefs had held council both before and after quitting Nootka, in which
+they had determined that I must marry one of their women, urging as a
+reason to induce me to consent, that, as there was now no probability of
+a ship coming to Nootka to release me, that I must consider myself as
+destined to pass the remainder of my life with them, that the sooner I
+conformed to their customs the better, and that a wife and family would
+render me more contented and satisfied with their mode of living. I
+remonstrated against this decision, but to no purpose, for he told me
+that, should I refuse, both Thompson and myself would be put to death;
+telling me, however, that if there were none of the women of his tribe
+that pleased me, he would go with me to some of the other tribes, where
+he would purchase for me such a one as I should select. Reduced to this
+sad extremity, with death on the one side and matrimony on the other, I
+thought proper to choose what appeared to me the least of the two
+evils, and consent to be married, on condition that, as I did not fancy
+any of the Nootka women, I should be permitted to make choice of one
+from some other tribe.
+
+This being settled, the next morning by daylight, Maquina, with about
+fifty men in two canoes, set out with me for Ai-tiz-zart,[124] taking
+with him a quantity of cloth, a number of muskets, sea-otter skins,
+etc., for the purchase of my bride. With the aid of our paddles and
+sails, being favoured with a fair breeze, we arrived some time before
+sunset at the village. Our arrival excited a general alarm, and the men
+hastened to the shore, armed with the weapons of their country, making
+many warlike demonstrations, and displaying much zeal and activity. We,
+in the meantime, remained quietly seated in our canoes, where we
+remained for about half an hour, when the messenger of the chief,
+dressed in their best manner, came to welcome us and invite us on shore
+to eat.[125] We followed him in procession to the chief's house, Maquina
+at our head, taking care to leave a sufficient number in the boats to
+protect the property. When we came to the house, we were ushered in with
+much ceremony, and our respective seats pointed out to us, mine being
+next to Maquina by his request.
+
+After having been regaled with a feast of herring spawn and oil, Maquina
+asked me if I saw any among the women who were present that I liked. I
+immediately pointed out to a young girl of about seventeen, the
+daughter of Upquesta, the chief, who was sitting near him by her mother.
+On this, Maquina, making a sign to his men, arose, and, taking me by the
+hand, walked into the middle of the room, and sent off two of his men to
+bring the boxes containing the presents from the canoes. In the
+meantime, Kinneclimmets, the master of ceremonies, whom I have already
+spoken of, made himself ready for the part he was to act, by powdering
+his hair with white down. When the chests were brought in, specimens of
+the several articles were taken out, and showed by our men, one of whom
+held up a musket, another a skin, a third a piece of cloth, etc.
+
+On this Kinneclimmets stepped forward, and, addressing the chief,
+informed him that all these belonged to me, mentioning the number of
+each kind, and that they were offered to him for the purchase of his
+daughter Eu-stoch-ee-exqua, as a wife for me. As he said this, the men
+who held up the various articles walked up to the chief, and with a very
+stern and morose look, the complimentary one on these occasions, threw
+them at his feet. Immediately on which, all the tribe, both men and
+women, who were assembled on this occasion, set up a cry of
+_Klack-ko-Tyee_,[126] that is, "Thank ye, chief."
+
+His men, after this ceremony, having returned to their places, Maquina
+rose, and, in a speech of more than half an hour, said much in my praise
+to the Ai-tiz-zart chief, telling him that I was as good a man as
+themselves, differing from them only in being white, that I was besides
+acquainted with many things of which they were ignorant; that I knew how
+to make daggers, cheetolths, and harpoons, and was a very valuable
+person, whom he was determined to keep always with him; praising me at
+the same time for the goodness of my temper, and the manner in which I
+had conducted myself since I had been with them, observing that all the
+people of Nootka, and even the children, loved me.
+
+While Maquina was speaking, his master of ceremonies was continually
+skipping about, making the most extravagant gestures, and exclaiming
+"_Wocash!_" When he had ceased, the Ai-tiz-zart chief arose, amidst the
+acclamations of his people, and began with setting forth the many good
+qualities and accomplishments of his daughter; that he loved her
+greatly, and as she was his only one, he could not think of parting with
+her. He spoke in this manner for some time, but finally concluded by
+consenting to the proposed union, requesting that she might be well used
+and kindly treated by her husband. At the close of the speech, when the
+chief began to manifest a disposition to consent to our union,
+Kinneclimmets again began to call out as loud as he could bawl,
+"_Wocash!_" cutting a thousand capers and spinning himself around on his
+heel like a top.
+
+When Upquesta had finished his speech, he directed his people to carry
+back the presents which Maquina had given him, to me, together with two
+young male slaves to assist me in fishing. These, after having been
+placed before me, were by Maquina's men taken on board the canoes. This
+ceremony being over, we were invited by one of the principal chiefs to
+a feast at his house, of _Klussamit_,[127] or dried herring, where,
+after the eating was over, Kinneclimmets amused the company very highly
+with his tricks, and the evening's entertainment was closed by a new
+war-song from our men, and one in return from the Ai-tiz-zarts,
+accompanied with expressive gestures, and wielding of their weapons.
+
+After this our company returned to lodge at Upquesta's, except a few who
+were left on board the canoes to watch the property. In the morning I
+received from the chief his daughter, with an earnest request that I
+would use her well, which I promised him; when, taking leave of her
+parents, she accompanied me with apparent satisfaction on board of the
+canoe.
+
+The wind being ahead, the natives were obliged to have recourse to their
+paddles, accompanying them with their songs, interspersed with the
+witticisms and buffoonery of Kinneclimmets, who, in his capacity of
+king's steersman, one of his functions which I forgot to enumerate, not
+only guided the course of the canoe, but regulated the singing of the
+boatmen. At about five in the morning we reached Tashees, where we found
+all the inhabitants collected on the shore to receive us.
+
+We were welcomed with loud shouts of joy, and exclamations of
+"_Wocash!_" and the women, taking my bride under their charge, conducted
+her to Maquina's house, to be kept with them for ten days; it being an
+universal custom, as Maquina informed me, that no intercourse should
+take place between the new married pair during that period. At night
+Maquina gave a great feast, which was succeeded by a dance, in which all
+the women joined, and thus ended the festivities of my marriage.[128]
+
+The term of my probation being over, Maquina assigned me as an apartment
+the space in the upper part of his house between him and his elder
+brother, whose room was opposite. Here I established myself with my
+family, consisting of myself and wife, Thompson, and the little
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, who had always been strongly attached to me, and now
+solicited his father to let him live with me, to which he consented.
+
+This boy was handsome, extremely well formed, amiable, and of a
+pleasant, sprightly disposition. I used to take a pleasure in decorating
+him with rings, bracelets, ear-jewels, etc., which I made for him of
+copper, and ornamented and polished them in my best manner. I was also
+very careful to keep him free from vermin of every kind, washing him and
+combing his hair every day. These marks of attention were not only very
+pleasing to the child, who delighted in being kept neat and clean, as
+well as in being dressed off in his finery, but was highly gratifying
+both to Maquina and his queen, who used to express much satisfaction at
+my care of him.
+
+In making my domestic establishment, I determined, as far as possible,
+to live in a more comfortable and cleanly manner than the others. For
+this purpose I erected with planks a partition of about three feet high
+between mine and the adjoining rooms, and made three bedsteads of the
+same, which I covered with boards, for my family to sleep on, which I
+found much more comfortable than sleeping on the floor amidst the dirt.
+
+Fortunately, I found my Indian princess both amiable and intelligent,
+for one whose limited sphere of observation must necessarily give rise
+to but a few ideas. She was extremely ready to agree to anything that I
+proposed relative to our mode of living, was very attentive in keeping
+her garments and person neat and clean, and appeared in every respect
+solicitous to please me.
+
+She was, as I have said, about seventeen; her person was small but well
+formed, as were her features; her complexion was, without exception,
+fairer than any of the women, with considerable colour in her cheeks,
+her hair long, black, and much softer than is usual with them, and her
+teeth small, even, and of a dazzling whiteness; while the expression of
+her countenance indicated sweetness of temper and modesty. She would
+indeed have been considered as very pretty in any country, and,
+excepting Maquina's queen, was by far the handsomest of any of their
+women.
+
+With a partner possessing so many attractions, many may be apt to
+conclude that I must have found myself happy,--at least, comparatively
+so; but far otherwise was it with me. A compulsory marriage with the
+most beautiful and accomplished person in the world can never prove a
+source of real happiness; and, in my situation, I could not but view
+this connection as a chain that was to bind me down to this savage land,
+and prevent my ever again seeing a civilised country; especially when,
+in a few days after, Maquina informed me that there had been a meeting
+of his chiefs, in which it had been determined that, as I had married
+one of their women, I must be considered as one of them, and conform to
+their customs, and that in future neither myself nor Thompson should
+wear our European clothes, but dress in kutsaks[129] like themselves.
+This order was to me most painful, but I persuaded Maquina at length so
+far to relax in it as to permit me to wear those I had at present, which
+were almost worn out, and not to compel Thompson to change his dress,
+observing that, as he was an old man, such a change would cause his
+death.
+
+Their religious celebration, which the last year took place in December,
+was in this commenced on the 15th of November, and continued for
+fourteen days. As I was now considered as one of them, instead of being
+ordered to the woods, Maquina directed Thompson and myself to remain and
+pray with them to Quahootze to be good to them, and thank him for what
+he had done.
+
+It was opened in much the same manner as the former. After which, all
+the men and women in the village assembled at Maquina's house, in their
+plainest dresses, and without any kind of ornaments about them, having
+their heads bound around with the red fillet, a token of dejection and
+humiliation, and their countenances expressive of seriousness and
+melancholy. The performances during the continuance of this celebration
+consisted almost wholly in singing a number of songs to mournful airs,
+the king regulating the time by beating on his hollow plank or drum,
+accompanied by one of his chiefs seated near him with the great rattle.
+In the meantime they ate but seldom, and then very little, retiring to
+sleep late, and rising at the first appearance of dawn, and even
+interrupting this short period of repose by getting up at midnight and
+singing.
+
+The ceremony was terminated by an exhibition of a similar character to
+the one of the last year, but still more cruel. A boy of twelve years
+old, with six bayonets run into his flesh, one through each arm and
+thigh, and through each side close to the ribs, was carried around the
+room suspended upon them, without manifesting any symptoms of pain.
+Maquina, on my inquiring the reason of this display, informed me that it
+was an ancient custom of his nation to sacrifice a man at the close of
+this solemnity, in honour of their God, but that his father had
+abolished it, and substituted this in its place.[130] The whole closed
+on the evening of the 29th, with a great feast of salmon spawn and oil,
+at which the natives, as usual, made up for their late abstinence.
+
+A few days after, a circumstance occurred, which, from its singularity,
+I cannot forbear mentioning. I was sent for by my neighbour Yealthlower,
+the king's elder brother, to file his teeth, which operation having been
+performed, he informed me that a new wife, whom he had a little time
+before purchased, having refused to sleep with him, it was his
+intention, provided she persisted in her refusal, to bite off her nose.
+I endeavoured to dissuade him from it, but he was determined, and, in
+fact, performed his savage threat that very night, saying that since she
+would not be his wife, she should not be that of any other, and in the
+morning sent her back to her father.
+
+The inhuman act did not, however, proceed from any innate cruelty of
+disposition or malice, as he was far from being of a barbarous temper;
+but such is the despotism exercised by these savages over their women,
+that he no doubt considered it as a just punishment for her offence, in
+being so obstinate and perverse; as he afterwards told me, that in
+similar cases the husband had a right with them to disfigure his wife in
+this way or some other, to prevent her ever marrying again.
+
+About the middle of December, we left Tashees for Cooptee. As usual at
+this season, we found the herrings in great plenty, and here the same
+scene of riotous feasting that I witnessed last year was renewed by our
+improvident natives, who, in addition to their usual fare, had a
+plentiful supply of wild geese, which were brought us in great
+quantities by the Eshquates. These, as Maquina informed me, were caught
+with nets made from bark in the fresh waters of that country. Those who
+take them make choice for that purpose of a dark and rainy night, and,
+with their canoes stuck with lighted torches, proceed with as little
+noise as possible to the place where the geese are collected, who,
+dazzled by the light, suffer themselves to be approached very near, when
+the net is thrown over them, and in this manner from fifty to sixty, or
+even more, will sometimes be taken at one cast.
+
+On the 15th of January 1805, about midnight, I was thrown into
+considerable alarm, in consequence of an eclipse of the moon, being
+awakened from my sleep by a great outcry of the inhabitants. On going to
+discover the cause of this tumult, I found them all out of their houses,
+bearing lighted torches, singing and beating upon pieces of plank; and
+when I asked them the reason of this proceeding, they pointed to the
+moon, and said that a great cod-fish was endeavouring to swallow her,
+and that they were driving him away. The origin of this superstition I
+could not discover.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN CHIEF'S GRAVE (TEMP. 1863).]
+
+Though, in some respects, my situation was rendered more comfortable
+since my marriage, as I lived in a more cleanly manner, and had my food
+better and more neatly cooked, of which, besides, I had always a plenty,
+my slaves generally furnishing me, and Upquesta never failing to send me
+an ample supply by the canoes that came from Ai-tiz-zart; still, from my
+being obliged at this season of the year to change my accustomed
+clothing, and to dress like the natives, with only a piece of cloth of
+about two yards long thrown loosely around me, my European clothes
+having been for some time entirely worn out, I suffered more than I can
+express from the cold, especially as I was compelled to perform the
+laborious task of cutting and bringing the firewood, which was rendered
+still more oppressive to me, from my comrade, for a considerable part of
+the winter, not having it in his power to lend me his aid, in
+consequence of an attack of the rheumatism in one of his knees, with
+which he suffered for more than four months, two or three weeks of which
+he was so ill as to be under the necessity to leave the house.
+
+This state of suffering, with the little hope I now had of ever escaping
+from the savages, began to render my life irksome to me; still, however,
+I lost not my confidence in the aid of the Supreme Being, to whom,
+whenever the weather and a suspension from the tasks imposed on me would
+permit, I never failed regularly on Sundays to retire to the wood to
+worship, taking Thompson with me when he was able to go.
+
+On the 20th of February, we returned to our summer quarters at Nootka,
+but on my part, with far different sensations than the last spring,
+being now almost in despair of any vessel arriving to release us, or our
+being permitted to depart if there should.
+
+Soon after our return, as preparatory to the whaling season, Maquina
+ordered me to make a good number of harpoons for himself and his chiefs,
+several of which I had completed, with some lances, when, on the 16th of
+March, I was taken very ill with a violent colic, caused, I presume,
+from having suffered so much from the cold, in going without proper
+clothing. For a number of hours I was in great pain, and expected to
+die, and on its leaving me, I was so weak as scarcely to be able to
+stand, while I had nothing comforting to take, nor anything to drink but
+cold water.
+
+On the day following, a slave belonging to Maquina died, and was
+immediately, as is their custom in such cases, tossed unceremoniously
+out of doors, from whence he was taken by some others and thrown into
+the water. The treatment of this poor creature made a melancholy
+impression upon my mind, as I could not but think that such probably
+would be my fate should I die among these heathens, and so far from
+receiving a decent burial, that I should not even be allowed the common
+privilege of having a little earth thrown over my remains.
+
+The feebleness in which the violent attack of my disorder had left me,
+the dejection I felt at the almost hopelessness of my situation and the
+want of warm clothing and proper nursing, though my Indian wife, as far
+as she knew how, was always ready, even solicitous, to do everything for
+me she could, still kept me very much indisposed, which Maquina
+perceiving, he finally told me that if I did not like living with my
+wife, and that was the cause of my being so sad, I might part with her.
+This proposal I readily accepted, and the next day Maquina sent her back
+to her father.
+
+On parting with me she discovered much emotion, begging me that I would
+suffer her to remain till I had recovered, as there was no one who would
+take so good care of me as herself. But when I told her she must go, for
+that I did not think I should ever get well, which in truth I but little
+expected, and that her father would take good care of her and treat her
+much more kindly than Maquina, she took an affectionate leave, telling
+me that she hoped I should soon get better, and left her two slaves to
+take care of me.
+
+Though I rejoiced at her departure, I was greatly affected with the
+simple expressions of her regard for me, and could not but feel strongly
+interested for this poor girl, who in all her conduct towards me had
+discovered so much mildness and attention to my wishes; and had it not
+been that I considered her as an almost insuperable obstacle to my being
+permitted to leave the country, I should no doubt have felt the
+deprivation of her society a real loss. After her departure, I requested
+Maquina that, as I had parted with my wife, he would permit me to resume
+my European dress, as, otherwise, from not having been accustomed to
+dress like them, I should certainly die. To this he consented, and I
+once more became comfortably clad.
+
+Change of clothing, but, more than all, the hopes which I now began to
+indulge that in the course of the summer I should be able to escape, in
+a short time restored me to health, so far that I could again go to work
+in making harpoons for Maquina, who probably, fearing that he should
+have to part with me, determined to provide himself with a good stock.
+
+I shall not, however, long detain the reader with a detail of
+occurrences that intervened between this period and that of my escape,
+which, from that dull uniformity that marks the savage life, would be in
+a measure but a repetition, nor dwell upon that mental torture I endured
+from a constant conflict of hope and fear, when the former, almost
+wearied out with repeated disappointment, offered to our sinking hearts
+no prospect of release but death, to which we were constantly exposed
+from the brutal ignorance and savage disposition of the common people,
+who, in the various councils that were held this season to determine
+what to do with us in case of the arrival of a ship, were almost always
+for putting us to death, expecting by that means to conceal the murder
+of our crew and to throw the blame of it on some other tribe. These
+barbarous sentiments were, however, universally opposed by Maquina and
+his chiefs, who would not consent to our being injured. But, as some of
+their customs and traits of national character which I think deserving
+of notice have not been mentioned, I shall proceed to give an account of
+them.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The office of king or chief is, with those people, hereditary, and
+descends to the eldest son, or, in failure of male issue, to the elder
+brother, who in the regal line is considered as the second person in the
+kingdom. At feasts, as I have observed, the king is always placed in the
+highest or seat of honour, and the chiefs according to their respective
+ranks, which appear in general to be determined by their affinity to the
+royal family; they are also designated by the embellishments of their
+mantles or kutsaks. The king, or head _Tyee_ is their leader in war, in
+the management of which he is perfectly absolute. He is also president
+of their councils, which are almost always regulated by his opinion. But
+he has no kind of power over the property of his subjects, nor can he
+require them to contribute to his wants, being in this respect no more
+privileged than any other person. He has, in common with his chiefs, the
+right of holding slaves, which is not enjoyed by private individuals, a
+regulation probably arising from their having been originally captives
+taken in battle, the spoils of war being understood as appertaining to
+the king, who receives and apportions them among his several chiefs and
+warriors according to their rank and deserts.
+
+In conformity with this idea, the plunder of the _Boston_ was all
+deposited in Maquina's house, who distributed part of it among his
+chiefs, according to their respective ranks or degree of favour with
+him, giving to one three hundred muskets, to another one hundred and
+fifty, with other things in like proportion. The king is, however,
+obliged to support his dignity by making frequent entertainments, and
+whenever he receives a large supply of provision, he must invite all the
+men of his tribe to his house to eat it up, otherwise, as Maquina told
+me, he would not be considered as conducting himself like a _Tyee_, and
+would be no more thought of than a common man.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+With regard to their religion.--They believe in the existence of a
+Supreme Being, whom they call _Quahootze_, and who, to use Maquina's
+expression, was one great _Tyee_ in the sky, who gave them their fish,
+and could take them from them, and was the greatest of all kings. Their
+usual place of worship appeared to be the water, for whenever they
+bathed, they addressed some words in form of prayer to the God above,
+entreating that he would preserve them in health, give them good success
+in fishing, etc. These prayers were repeated with much more energy on
+preparing for whaling or for war, as I have already mentioned.
+
+Some of them would sometimes go several miles to bathe, in order to do
+it in secret; the reason for this I could never learn, though I am
+induced to think it was in consequence of some family or private
+quarrel, and that they did not wish what they said to be heard; while at
+other times they would repair in the same secret manner to the woods to
+pray. This was more particularly the case with the women, who might also
+have been prompted by a sentiment of decency to retire for the purpose
+of bathing, as they are remarkably modest.
+
+I once found one of our women more than two miles from the village on
+her knees in the woods, with her eyes shut and her face turned towards
+heaven, uttering words in a lamentable tone, amongst which I distinctly
+heard, _Wocash Ah-welth_, meaning "good Lord," and which has nearly the
+same signification with Quahootze.
+
+Though I came very near her, she appeared not to notice me, but
+continued her devotions. And I have frequently seen the women go alone
+into the woods, evidently for the purpose of addressing themselves to a
+superior Being, and it was always very perceptible on their return when
+they had been thus employed, from their silence and melancholy looks.
+
+They have no belief, however, in a state of future existence, as I
+discovered in conversation with Maquina at Tootoosch's death, on my
+attempting to convince him that he still existed, and that he would
+again see him after his death; but he could comprehend nothing of it,
+and, pointing to the ground, said that there was the end of him, and
+that he was like that.[131] Nor do they believe in ghosts,
+notwithstanding the case of Tootoosch would appear to contradict this
+assertion, but that was a remarkable instance, and such a one as had
+never been known to occur before; yet from the mummeries performed over
+the sick, it is very apparent that they believe in the agency of
+spirits, as they attribute diseases to some evil one that has entered
+the body of the patient. Neither have they any priests, unless a kind of
+conjurer[132] may be so considered who sings and prays over the sick to
+drive away the evil spirit.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On the birth of twins, they have a most singular custom, which, I
+presume, has its origin in some religious opinion, but what it is, I
+could never satisfactorily learn. The father is prohibited for the space
+of two years from eating any kind of meat, or fresh fish, during which
+time he does no kind of labour whatever, being supplied with what he has
+occasion for from the tribe. In the meantime, he and his wife, who is
+also obliged to conform to the same abstinence, with their children,
+live entirely separate from the others, a small hut being built for
+their accommodation, and he is never invited to any of the feasts,
+except such as consist wholly of dried provision, where he is treated
+with great respect, and seated among the chiefs, though no more himself
+than a private individual.
+
+Such births are very rare among them; an instance of the kind, however,
+occurred while I was at Tashees the last time, but it was the only one
+known since the reign of the former king. The father always appeared
+very thoughtful and gloomy, never associated with the other
+inhabitants, and was at none of the feasts, but such as were entirely of
+dried provision, and of this he ate not to excess, and constantly
+retired before the amusements commenced. His dress was very plain, and
+he wore around his head the red fillet of bark, the symbol of mourning
+and devotion. It was his daily practice to repair to the mountain, with
+a chief's rattle in his hand, to sing and pray, as Maquina informed me,
+for the fish to come into their waters. When not thus employed, he kept
+continually at home, except when sent for to sing and perform his
+ceremonies over the sick, being considered as a sacred character, and
+one much in favour with their gods.[133]
+
+These people are remarkably healthful, and live to a very advanced age,
+having quite a youthful appearance for their years.[134] They have
+scarcely any disease but the colic, their remedy for which is friction,
+a person rubbing the bowels of the sick violently, until the pain has
+subsided, while the conjurer, or holy man, is employed, in the meantime,
+in making his gestures, singing, and repeating certain words, and
+blowing off the evil spirit, when the patient is wrapped up in a
+bearskin, in order to produce perspiration.
+
+Their cure for the rheumatism, or similar pains, which I saw applied by
+Maquina in the case of Thompson, to whom it gave relief, is by cutting
+or scarifying the part affected. In dressing wounds, they simply wash
+them with salt water, and bind them up with a strip of cloth, or the
+bark of a tree. They are, however, very expert and successful in the
+cure of fractured or dislocated limbs, reducing them very dexterously,
+and, after binding them up with bark, supporting them with blocks of
+wood, so as to preserve their position.[135]
+
+During the whole time I was among them, but five natural deaths
+occurred, Tootoosch and his two infant children, an infant son of
+Maquina, and the slave whom I have mentioned, a circumstance not a
+little remarkable in a population of about fifteen hundred; and as
+respects child-birth, so light do they make of it, that I have seen
+their women, the day after, employed as usual, as if little or nothing
+had happened.
+
+The Nootkians in their conduct towards each other are in general pacific
+and inoffensive, and appear by no means an ill-tempered race, for I do
+not recollect any instance of a violent quarrel between any of the men,
+or the men and their wives, while I was with them, that of Yealthlower
+excepted. But when they are in the least offended, they appear to be in
+the most violent rage, acting like so many maniacs, foaming at the
+mouth, kicking and spitting most furiously; but this is rather a fashion
+with them than a demonstration of malignity, as in their public speeches
+they use the same violence, and he is esteemed the greatest orator who
+bawls the loudest, stamps, tosses himself about, foams, and spits the
+most.[136]
+
+In speaking of their regulations, I have omitted mentioning that, on
+attaining the age of seventeen, the eldest son of a chief is considered
+as a chief himself, and that whenever the father makes a present, it is
+always done in the name of his eldest son, or, if he has none, in that
+of his daughter. The chiefs frequently purchase their wives at the age
+of eight or ten, to prevent their being engaged by others, though they
+do not take them from their parents until they are sixteen.
+
+With regard to climate, the greater part of the spring, summer, and
+autumn is very pleasant, the weather being at no time oppressively hot,
+and the winters uncommonly mild for so high a latitude, at least, as far
+as my experience went. At Tashees and Cooptee, where we passed the
+coldest part of the season, the winter did not set in till late in
+December, nor have I ever yet known the ice, even on the freshwater
+ponds, more than two or three inches in thickness, or a snow exceeding
+four inches in depth; but what is wanting in snow, is amply made up in
+rain, as I have frequently known it, during the winter months, rain
+almost incessantly for five or six days in succession.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[124] Ayhuttisaht, also in Nootka Sound.
+
+[125] This is the custom if the visit of the strangers has not been
+announced in advance.
+
+[126] _Ooshyuksomayts_ is another expression meaning much the same
+thing.
+
+[127] _Kloosmit_ is "herring" (_Meletta cærulea_) generally. _Klooshist_
+is dried salmon, a more common article of food.
+
+[128] Jewitt's marriage was less ceremonious than is usual with Indians
+of any rank, and the ten days' probation was not according to modern
+customs.
+
+[129] _Kutsak_, or _kotsack_, or _kootsick_, or _cotsack_, for all these
+forms occur, was the blanket worn cloakwise, rendered familiar to
+Europeans in so many pictures and sketches.
+
+[130] Human sacrifices are quite common among the Northern tribes. But
+in Vancouver they were very rare in my time, and are now still less
+frequent. In 1863 the burial of a chief was celebrated by the heads of
+several tribesmen being fixed about his grave. These were not taken by
+force, but surrendered by the trembling tribesmen, the victims being
+most likely slaves. In 1788, Meares affirms, on what we believe to be
+insufficient evidence, that Maquina (Moqulla) sacrificed a human being
+every new moon, to gratify "his unnatural appetite" for human flesh. The
+victim was a slave selected by the blindfolded chief catching him in a
+house in which a number were assembled. Meares even declares that
+Maquina acknowledged his weakness, and that though Callicum, another
+chief, avoided cannibalism, he reposed on a pillow filled with human
+skulls. If so, the practice has ceased. Yet cannibalism was undeniably
+practised at times among the Indians of both the East and West coasts.
+There were in 1866 Indians living in Koskeemo Sound, who still talked of
+the delights of human flesh. Many years ago, the Bella-Bellas ate a
+servant of the Hudson Bay Company, and the Nuchaltaws of Cape Mudge are
+affirmed by old traders to have paid the same doubtful compliment to a
+sailor who fell into their clutches.
+
+[131] This, in common with other statements of the kind, is more than
+doubtful. The best account of their religion is by Mr. Sproat, but even
+he acknowledges that, after two years devoted to the subject, and to the
+questioning of others who had passed half a lifetime amongst the "Ahts,"
+he could discover very little about their faith which could be
+pronounced indisputably accurate. Even the Indians themselves are by no
+means at one on the subject, people without a written creed or sacred
+books being apt to entertain very contradictory ideas on their
+theological tenets. I endeavoured to fathom some of their beliefs, and I
+had ample opportunities; but I confess to the difficulty of getting
+behind these reserved folk, and I did not meet with sufficient success
+to make the results worth recording.
+
+[132] What Jewitt calls a "conjurer" is more commonly known in these
+times as a "medicine man," who was, more often than not, a combination
+nine parts rogue and one part fool.
+
+[133] This is entirely different from the views that are entertained by
+other tribes. The tribes speaking the language which prevails from Port
+San Juan to Comox are so ashamed of twins, that one of the hapless two
+is almost invariably killed. I do not remember having ever seen a case.
+Most of the Indian birth notions are very curious.
+
+[134] They are apt to rapidly change from young-looking to old-looking
+men, without any of that pleasant "Indian summer" so characteristic of
+people in more civilised communities. But advanced years are not common.
+In 1864 the oldest man in the little Opechesaht tribe, whose homes are
+on the Kleecoot River (flowing out of Sproat Lake into the Alberni
+Inlet), was only sixty, so far as he could make out.
+
+[135] Bilious complaints, constipation, dysentery, consumption, fevers
+and acute inflammatory diseases, and (amongst some tribes, but not
+amongst the Nootkians), ophthalmia, are common, though rheumatism and
+paralysis are infrequent. The "diseases of civilisation," it may be
+added, have been known for many years.
+
+[136] This is still true. When sober they indulge in high words, and are
+fond of teasing the women until they get out of temper; but a blow is
+rare. Even the children seldom fall out, the necessity of small
+communities living together for mutual protection compelling the members
+to establish a _modus vivendi_. However, when drunk--and in spite of the
+laws against liquor being sold to them, this is by no means
+uncommon--they are prone to seek close quarters and act like angry
+termagants.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+ARRIVAL OF THE BRIG "LYDIA"--STRATAGEM OF THE AUTHOR--ITS SUCCESS
+
+
+It was now past midsummer, and the hopes we had indulged of our release
+became daily more faint, for though we had heard of no less than seven
+vessels on the coast, yet none appeared inclined to venture to Nootka.
+
+The destruction of the _Boston_, the largest, strongest, and best
+equipped ship, with the most valuable cargo of any that had ever been
+fitted for the North-West trade, had inspired the commanders of others
+with a general dread of coming thither, lest they should share the same
+fate; and though in the letters I wrote (imploring those who should
+receive them to come to the relief of two unfortunate Christians who
+were suffering among heathen), I stated the cause of the _Boston's_
+capture, and that there was not the least danger in coming to Nootka,
+provided they would follow the directions I laid down, still I felt very
+little encouragement that any of these letters would come to hand; when,
+on the morning of the 19th of July, a day that will be ever held by me
+in grateful remembrance of the mercies of God, while I was employed with
+Thompson in forging daggers for the king, my ears were saluted with the
+joyful sound of three cannon, and the cries of the inhabitants,
+exclaiming "_Weena, weena--Mamethlee!_"--that is, "Strangers--White
+men!"
+
+Soon after, several of our people came running into the house, to inform
+me that a vessel under full sail was coming into the harbour. Though my
+heart bounded with joy, I repressed my feelings, and, affecting to pay
+no attention to what was said, told Thompson to be on his guard, and not
+betray any joy, as our release, and perhaps our lives, depended on our
+conducting ourselves so as to induce the natives to suppose we were not
+very anxious to leave them. We continued our work as if nothing had
+happened, when, in a few minutes after, Maquina came in, and, seeing us
+at work, appeared much surprised, and asked me if did not know that a
+vessel had come.
+
+I answered in a careless manner, that it was nothing to me. "How, John,"
+said he, "you no glad go board?" I replied that I cared very little
+about it, as I had become reconciled to their manner of living, and had
+no wish to go away. He then told me that he had called a council of his
+people respecting us, and that we must leave off work and be present at
+it.
+
+The men having assembled at Maquina's house, he asked them what was
+their opinion should be done with Thompson and myself, now a vessel had
+arrived, and whether he had not better go on board himself, to make a
+trade, and procure such articles as were wanted. Each one of the tribe
+who wished, gave his opinion. Some were for putting us to death, and
+pretending to the strangers that a different nation had cut off the
+_Boston_; while others, less barbarous, were for sending us fifteen or
+twenty miles back into the country, until the departure of the vessel.
+
+These, however, were the sentiments of the common people, the chiefs
+opposing our being put to death, or injured, and several of them, among
+the most forward of whom were Yealthlower and the young chief
+Toowinnakinnish, were for immediately releasing us; but this, if he
+could avoid it, by no means appeared to accord with Maquina's wishes.
+
+Having mentioned Toowinnakinnish, I shall briefly observe that he was a
+young man of about twenty-three years old, the only son of
+Toopeeshottee, the oldest and most respected chief of the tribe. His son
+had always been remarkably kind and friendly to me, and I had in return
+frequently made for him daggers, cheetolths, and other things, in my
+best manner. He was one of the handsomest men among them, very amiable,
+and much milder in his manners than any of the others, as well as neater
+both in his person and house, at least his apartment, without even
+excepting Maquina.
+
+With regard, however, to Maquina's going on board the vessel, which he
+discovered a strong inclination to do, there was but one opinion, all
+remonstrating against it, telling him that the captain would kill him or
+keep him prisoner, in consequence of his having destroyed our ship. When
+Maquina had heard their opinions, he told them that he was not afraid of
+being hurt from going on board the vessel, but that he would, however,
+as it respected that, be guided by John, whom he had always found true.
+He then turned to me, and asked me if I thought there would be any
+danger in his going on board. I answered, that I was not surprised at
+the advice his people had given him, unacquainted as they were with the
+manners of the white men, and judging them by their own; but if they had
+been with them as much as I had, or even himself, they would think very
+different. That he had almost always experienced good and civil
+treatment from them, nor had he any reason to fear the contrary now, as
+they never attempted to harm those who did not injure them; and if he
+wished to go on board, he might do it, in my opinion, with security.
+
+After reflecting a few moments, he said, with much apparent
+satisfaction, that if I would write a letter to the captain, telling him
+good of him, that he had treated Thompson and myself kindly since we had
+been with him, and to use him well, he would go.
+
+It may easily be supposed that I felt much joy at this determination,
+but, knowing that the least incaution might annihilate all my hopes of
+escape, was careful not to manifest it, and to treat his going or
+staying as a matter perfectly indifferent to me. I told him that, if he
+wished me to write such a letter, I had no objection, as it was the
+truth, otherwise I could not have done it.
+
+I then proceeded to write the recommendatory letter, which the reader
+will naturally imagine was of a somewhat different tenor from the one he
+had required; for if deception is in any case warrantable, it was
+certainly so in a situation like ours, where the only chance of
+regaining that freedom of which we had been so unjustly deprived,
+depended upon it; and I trust that few, even of the most rigid, will
+condemn me with severity for making use of it, on an occasion which
+afforded me the only hope of ever more beholding a Christian country,
+and preserving myself, if not from death, at least from a life of
+continued suffering.
+
+The letter which I wrote was nearly in the following terms:--
+
+    TO CAPTAIN----
+    OF THE BRIG----
+    NOOTKA, _July_ 19, 1805.
+
+    SIR,--The bearer of this letter is the Indian king by the name
+    of Maquina. He was the instigator of the capture of the ship
+    _Boston_, of Boston, in North America, John Salter, captain, and
+    of the murder of twenty-five men of her crew, the two only
+    survivors being now on shore--Wherefore I hope you will take
+    care to confine him according to his merits, putting in your
+    dead-lights, and keeping so good a watch over him, that he
+    cannot escape from you. By so doing, we shall be able to obtain
+    our release in the course of a few hours.
+
+    JOHN R. JEWITT, _Armourer of the "Boston"_
+    _for himself, and_
+    JOHN THOMPSON, _Sail-maker of the said ship_.
+
+
+I have been asked how I dared to write in this manner: my answer is,
+that from my long residence among these people, I knew that I had little
+to apprehend from their anger on hearing of their king being confined,
+while they knew his life depended upon my release, and that they would
+sooner have given up five hundred white men, than have had him injured.
+This will serve to explain the little apprehension I felt at their
+menaces afterwards, for otherwise, sweet as liberty was to me, I should
+hardly have ventured on so hazardous an experiment.
+
+On my giving the letter to Maquina, he asked me to explain it to him.
+This I did line by line, as he pointed them out with his finger, but in
+a sense very different from the real, giving him to understand that I
+had written to the captain that, as he had been kind to me since I had
+been taken by him, that it was my wish that the captain should treat him
+accordingly, and give him what molasses, biscuit, and rum he wanted.
+
+When I had finished, placing his finger in a significant manner on my
+name at the bottom, and eyeing me with a look that seemed to read my
+inmost thoughts, he said to me, "John, you no lie?" Never did I undergo
+such a scrutiny, or ever experience greater apprehensions than I felt at
+that moment, when my destiny was suspended on the slightest thread, and
+the least mark of embarrassment on mine, or suspicion of treachery on
+his part, would probably have rendered my life the sacrifice.
+
+Fortunately I was able to preserve my composure, and my being painted in
+the Indian manner, which Maquina had since my marriage required of me,
+prevented any change in my countenance from being noticed, and I replied
+with considerable promptitude, looking at him in my turn, with all the
+confidence I could muster,--
+
+"Why do you ask me such a question, Tyee? Have you ever known me to
+lie?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Then how can you suppose I should tell you a lie now, since I have
+never done it?" As I was speaking, he still continued looking at me with
+the same piercing eye, but, observing nothing to excite his suspicion,
+he told me that he believed what I said was true, and that he would go
+on board, and gave orders to get ready his canoe. His chiefs again
+attempted to dissuade him, using every argument for that purpose, while
+his wives crowded around him, begging him on their knees not to trust
+himself with the white men. Fortunately for my companion and myself, so
+strong was his wish of going on board the vessel, that he was deaf to
+their solicitations, and, making no other reply to them than "John no
+lie," left the house, taking four prime skins with him as a present to
+the captain.
+
+Scarcely had the canoe put off, when he ordered his men to stop, and,
+calling to me, asked me if I did not want to go on board with him.
+Suspecting this as a question merely intended to ensnare me, I replied
+that I had no wish to do it, not having any desire to leave them.
+
+On going on board the brig, Maquina immediately gave his present of
+skins and my letter to the captain, who, on reading it, asked him into
+the cabin, where he gave him some biscuit and a glass of rum, at the
+same time privately directing his mate to go forward, and return with
+five or six of the men armed. When they appeared, the captain told
+Maquina that he was his prisoner, and should continue so, until the two
+men, whom he knew to be on shore, were released, at the same time
+ordering him to be put in irons, and the windows secured, which was
+instantly done, and a couple of men placed as a guard over him. Maquina
+was greatly surprised and terrified at this reception; he, however, made
+no attempt to resist, but requested the captain to permit one of his men
+to come and see him. One of them was accordingly called, and Maquina
+said something to him which the captain did not understand, but supposed
+to be an order to release us, when, the man returning to the canoe, it
+was paddled off with the utmost expedition to the shore.
+
+As the canoe approached, the inhabitants, who had all collected upon the
+beach, manifested some uneasiness at not seeing their king on board, but
+when, on its arrival, they were told that the captain had made him a
+prisoner, and that John had spoke bad about him in the letter, they all,
+both men and women, set up a loud howl, and ran backwards and forwards
+upon the shore like so many lunatics, scratching their faces, and
+tearing the hair in handfuls from their heads.
+
+After they had beat about in this manner for some time, the men ran to
+their huts for their weapons, as if preparing to attack an invading
+enemy; while Maquina's wives and the rest of the women came around me,
+and, throwing themselves on their knees, begged me with tears to spare
+his life; and Sat-sat-sok-sis, who kept constantly with me, taking me by
+the hand, wept bitterly, and joined his entreaties to theirs, that I
+would not let the white men kill his father. I told them not to afflict
+themselves, that Maquina's life was in no danger, nor would the least
+harm be done to him.
+
+The men were, however, extremely exasperated with me, more particularly
+the common people, who came running in the most furious manner towards
+me, brandishing their weapons, and threatening to cut me in pieces no
+bigger than their thumb-nails, while others declared they would burn me
+alive over a slow fire suspended by my heels. All this fury, however,
+caused me but little alarm, as I felt convinced they would not dare to
+execute their threats while the king was on board the brig.
+
+The chiefs took no part in this violent conduct, but came to me, and
+inquired the reason why Maquina had been thus treated, and if the
+captain intended to kill him. I told them that if they would silence the
+people, so that I could be heard, I would explain all to them. They
+immediately put a stop to the noise, when I informed them that the
+captain, in confining Maquina, had done it only in order to make them
+release Thompson and myself, as he well knew we were with them; and if
+they would do that, their king would receive no injury, but be well
+treated, otherwise he would be kept a prisoner.
+
+As many of them did not appear to be satisfied with this, and began to
+repeat their murderous threats--"Kill me," said I to them, "if it is
+your wish," throwing open the bearskin which I wore. "Here is my breast.
+I am only one among so many, and can make no resistance; but unless you
+wish to see your king hanging by his neck to that pole," pointing to the
+yard-arm of the brig, "and the sailors firing at him with bullets, you
+will not do it."
+
+"Oh no," was the general cry, "that must never be; but what must we do?"
+I told them that their best plan would be to send Thompson on board, to
+desire the captain to use Maquina well till I was released, which would
+be soon. This they were perfectly willing to do, and I directed Thompson
+to go on board. But he objected, saying that he would not leave me alone
+with the savages. I told him not to be under any fear for me, for that
+if I could get him off, I could manage well enough for myself; and that
+I wished him, immediately on getting on board the brig, to see the
+captain, and request him to keep Maquina close till I was released, as I
+was in no danger while he had him safe.
+
+When I saw Thompson off, I asked the natives what they intended to do
+with me. They said I must talk to the captain again, in another letter,
+and tell him to let his boat come on shore with Maquina, and that I
+should be ready to jump into the boat at the same time Maquina should
+jump on shore. I told them that the captain, who knew that they had
+killed my shipmates, would never trust his men so near the shore, for
+fear they could kill them too, as they were so much more numerous, but
+that if they would select any three of their number to go with me in a
+canoe, when we came within hail, I would desire the captain to send his
+boat with Maquina, to receive me in exchange for him.
+
+This appeared to please them, and after some whispering among the
+chiefs, who, from what words I over-heard, concluded that if the captain
+should refuse to send his boat with Maquina, the three men would have no
+difficulty in bringing me back with them, they agreed to my proposal,
+and selected three of their stoutest men to convey me. Fortunately,
+having been for some time accustomed to see me armed, and suspecting no
+design on my part, they paid no attention to the pistols that I had
+about me.
+
+As I was going into the canoe, little Sat-sat-sok-sis, who could not
+bear to part with me, asked me, with an affecting simplicity, since I
+was going away to leave him, if the white men would not let his father
+come on shore, and not kill him. I told him not to be concerned, for
+that no one should injure his father, when, taking an affectionate leave
+of me, and again begging me not to let the white men hurt his father, he
+ran to comfort his mother, who was at a little distance, with the
+assurances I had given him.
+
+On entering the canoe, I seated myself in the prow facing the three men,
+having determined, if it was practicable, from the moment I found
+Maquina was secured, to get on board the vessel before he was released,
+hoping by that means to be enabled to obtain the restoration of what
+property belonging to the _Boston_ still remained in the possession of
+the savages, which I thought, if it could be done, a duty that I owed to
+the owners. With feelings of joy impossible to be described did I quit
+the savage shore, confident now that nothing could thwart my escape, or
+prevent the execution of the plan that I had formed, as the men
+appointed to convey and guard me were armed with nothing but their
+paddles.
+
+As we came within hail of the brig, they at once ceased paddling, when,
+presenting my pistols at them, I ordered them instantly to go on, or I
+would shoot the whole of them. A proceeding so wholly unexpected threw
+them into great consternation, and, resuming their paddles, in a few
+moments, to my inexpressible delight, I once more found myself alongside
+of a Christian ship, a happiness which I had almost despaired of ever
+again enjoying. All the crew crowded to the side to see me as the canoe
+came up, and manifested much joy at my safety. I immediately leaped on
+board, where I was welcomed by the captain, Samuel Hill, of the brig
+_Lydia_ of Boston, who congratulated me on my escape, informing me that
+he had received my letter off Kloiz-zart[137] from the chief Machee
+Ulatilla, who came off himself in his canoe to deliver it to him, on
+which he immediately proceeded hither to aid me. I returned him my
+thanks in the best manner I could for his humanity, though I hardly knew
+what I said, such was the agitated state of my feelings at that moment,
+with joy for my escape, thankfulness to the Supreme Being who had so
+mercifully preserved me, and gratitude to those whom He had rendered
+instrumental in my delivery, that I have no doubt that, what with my
+strange dress, being painted with red and black from head to foot,
+having a bearskin wrapped around me, and my long hair, which I was not
+allowed to cut, fastened on the top of my head in a large bunch, with a
+sprig of green spruce, I must have appeared more like one deranged than
+a rational creature, as Captain Hill afterwards told me that he never
+saw anything in the form of man look so wild as I did when I first came
+on board.
+
+The captain then asked me into the cabin, where I found Maquina in
+irons, with a guard over him. He looked very melancholy, but on seeing
+me his countenance brightened up, and he expressed his pleasure with the
+welcome of "_Wocash_, John," when, taking him by the hand, I asked the
+captain's permission to take off his irons, assuring him that, as I was
+with him, there was no danger of his being in the least troublesome. He
+accordingly consented, and I felt a sincere pleasure in freeing from
+fetters a man who, though he had caused the death of my poor comrades,
+had nevertheless always proved my friend and protector, and whom I had
+requested to be thus treated, only with a view of securing my liberty.
+Maquina smiled, and appeared much pleased at this mark of attention from
+me. When I had freed the king from his irons, Captain Hill wished to
+learn the particulars of our capture, observing that an account of the
+destruction of the ship and her crew had been received at Boston before
+he sailed, but that nothing more was known, except that two of the men
+were living, for whose rescue the owners had offered a liberal reward,
+and that he had been able to get nothing out of the old man, whom the
+sailors had supplied so plentifully with grog as to bring him too much
+by the head to give any information.
+
+I gave him a correct statement of the whole proceeding, together with
+the manner in which my life and that of my comrade had been preserved.
+On hearing my story, he was greatly irritated against Maquina, and said
+he ought to be killed. I observed that, however ill he might have acted
+in taking our ship, yet that it might perhaps be wrong to judge an
+uninformed savage with the same severity as a civilised person, who had
+the light of religion and the laws of society to guide him. That
+Maquina's conduct in taking our ship arose from an insult that he
+thought he had received from Captain Salter, and from the unjustifiable
+conduct of some masters of vessels who had robbed him, and, without
+provocation, killed a number of his people. Besides, that a regard for
+the safety of others ought to prevent his being put to death, as I had
+lived long enough with these people to know that revenge of an injury is
+held sacred by them, and that they would not fail to retaliate, should
+we kill their king, on the first vessel or boat's crew that should give
+them an opportunity; and that, though he might consider executing him as
+but an act of justice, it would probably cost the lives of many
+Americans.
+
+The captain appeared to be convinced from what I said of the impolicy of
+taking Maquina's life, and said that he would leave it wholly with me
+whether to spare or kill him, as he was resolved to incur no censure in
+either case. I replied that I most certainly should never take the life
+of a man who had preserved mine, had I no other reason, but as there was
+some of the _Boston's_ property still remaining on shore, I considered
+it a duty that I owed to those who were interested in that ship, to try
+to save it for them, and with that view I thought it would be well to
+keep him on board till it was given up. He concurred in this proposal,
+saying, if there was any of the property left, it most certainly ought
+to be got.
+
+During this conversation Maquina was in great anxiety, as, from what
+English he knew, he perfectly comprehended the subject of our
+deliberation; constantly interrupting me to inquire what we had
+determined to do with him, what the captain said, if his life would be
+spared, and if I did not think that Thompson would kill him. I pacified
+him as well as I was able, by telling him that he had nothing to fear
+from the captain, that he would not be hurt, and that if Thompson
+wished to kill him, he would not be allowed to do it. He would then
+remind me that I was indebted to him for my life, and that I ought to do
+by him as he had done by me. I assured him that such was my intention,
+and I requested him to remain quiet, and not alarm himself, as no harm
+was intended him. But I found it extremely difficult to convince him of
+this, as it accorded so little with the ideas of revenge entertained by
+them. I told him, however, that he must restore all the property still
+in his possession belonging to the ship. This he was perfectly ready to
+do, happy to escape on such terms.
+
+But as it was now past five, and too late for the articles to be
+collected and brought off, I told him that he must content himself to
+remain on board with me that night, and in the morning he should be set
+on shore as soon as the things were delivered. To this he agreed, on
+condition that I would remain with him in the cabin. I then went upon
+deck, and the canoe that brought me having been sent back, I hailed the
+inhabitants and told them that their king had agreed to stay on board
+till the next day, when he would return, but that no canoes must attempt
+to come near the vessel during the night, as they would be fired upon.
+They answered, "_Woho, woho_"--"Very well, very well."
+
+I then returned to Maquina, but so great were his terrors, that he would
+not allow me to sleep, constantly disturbing me with his questions, and
+repeating, "John, you know, when you was alone, and more than five
+hundred men were your enemies, I was your friend, and prevented them
+from putting you and Thompson to death, and now I am in the power of
+your friends, you ought to do the same by me." I assured him that he
+would be detained on board no longer than whilst the property was
+released, and that as soon as it was done, he would be set at liberty.
+
+At daybreak I hailed the natives, and told them that it was Maquina's
+order that they should bring off the cannon and anchors, and whatever
+remained with them of the cargo of the ship. This they set about doing
+with the utmost expedition, transporting the cannon and anchors by
+lashing together two of their largest canoes, and covering them with
+planks, and in the course of two hours they delivered everything on
+board that I could recollect, with Thompson's and my chest, containing
+the papers of the ship, etc.
+
+When everything belonging to the ship had been restored, Maquina was
+permitted to return in his canoe, which had been sent for him, with a
+present of what skins he had collected, which were about sixty, for the
+captain, in acknowledgment of his having spared his life, and allowed
+him to depart unhurt.
+
+Such was also the transport he felt when Captain Hill came into the
+cabin, and told him that he was at liberty to go, that he threw off his
+mantle, which consisted of four of the very best skins, and gave it to
+him as a mark of his gratitude; in return for which the captain
+presented him with a new greatcoat and hat, with which he appeared much
+delighted. The captain then desired me to inform him that he should
+return to that part of the coast in November, and that he wished him to
+keep what skins he should get, which he would buy of him. This Maquina
+promised, saying to me at the same time, "John, you know I shall be then
+at Tashees, but when you come, make _pow_," which means, fire a gun, "to
+let me know, and I will come down." When he came to the side of the
+brig, he shook me cordially by the hand, and told me that he hoped I
+would come to see him again in a big ship, and bring much plenty of
+blankets, biscuit, molasses, and rum, for him and his son, who loved me
+a great deal; and that he would keep all the furs he got for me,
+observing at the same time, that he should never more take a letter of
+recommendation from any one, or ever trust himself on board a vessel
+unless I was there. Then, grasping both my hands with much emotion,
+while the tears trickled down his cheeks, he bade me farewell, and stept
+into the canoe, which immediately paddled him on shore.
+
+Notwithstanding my joy at my deliverance, and the pleasing anticipation
+I felt of once more beholding a civilised country, and again being
+permitted to offer up my devotions in a Christian church, I could not
+avoid experiencing a painful sensation on parting with the savage chief,
+who had preserved my life, and in general treated me with kindness, and,
+considering their ideas and manners, much better than could have been
+expected.
+
+My pleasure was also greatly damped by an unfortunate accident that
+occurred to Toowinnakinnish. That interesting young chief had come on
+board in the first canoe in the morning, anxious to see and comfort his
+king. He was received with much kindness by Captain Hill, from the
+favourable account I gave of him, and invited to remain on board. As the
+muskets were delivered, he was in the cabin with Maquina, where was
+also the captain, who, on receiving them, snapped a number in order to
+try the locks; unluckily one of them happened to be loaded with swan
+shot, and, going off, discharged its contents into the body of poor
+Toowinnakinnish, who was sitting opposite. On hearing the report, I
+instantly ran into the cabin, where I found him weltering in his blood,
+with the captain, who was greatly shocked at the accident, endeavouring
+to assist him.
+
+We raised him up, and did everything in our power to aid and comfort
+him, telling him that we felt much grieved at his misfortune, and that
+it was wholly unintentional; this he told me he was perfectly satisfied
+of, and while we dressed and bound up his wounds, in the best manner we
+could, he bore the pain with great calmness, and, bidding me farewell,
+was put on board one of the canoes and taken on shore, where, after
+languishing a few days, he expired. To me his misfortune was a source of
+much affliction, as he had no share in the massacre of our crew, was of
+a most amiable character, and had always treated me with the greatest
+kindness and hospitality.
+
+The brig being under weigh, immediately on Maquina's quitting us, we
+proceeded to the northward, constantly keeping the shore in sight, and
+touching at various places for the purpose of trading.
+
+Having already exceeded the bounds I had prescribed myself, I shall not
+attempt any account of our voyage upon the coast, or a description of
+the various nations we met with in the course of it, among whom were a
+people of a very singular appearance, called by the sailors the
+_Wooden-lips_.[138] They have many skins, and the trade is principally
+managed by their women, who are not only expert in making a bargain, but
+as dexterous in the management of their canoes as the men are elsewhere.
+
+After a period of nearly four months from our leaving Nootka, we
+returned from the northward to Columbia River, for the purpose of
+procuring masts, etc., for our brig, which had suffered considerably in
+her spars during a gale of wind. We proceeded about ten miles up the
+river to a small Indian village, where we heard from the inhabitants
+that Captains Clark and Lewis, from the United States of America, had
+been there about a fortnight before, on their journey overland, and had
+left several medals with them, which they showed us.[139] The river at
+this place is of considerable breadth, and both sides of it from its
+entrance covered with forests of the very finest pine timber, fir, and
+spruce, interspersed with Indian settlements.
+
+From this place, after providing ourselves with spars, we sailed for
+Nootka, where we arrived in the latter part of November.[140] The tribe
+being absent, the agreed signal was given, by firing a cannon, and in a
+few hours after a canoe appeared, which landed at the village, and,
+putting the king on shore, came off to the brig. Inquiry was immediately
+made by Kinneclimmets, who was one of the three men in the canoe, if
+John was there, as the king had some skins to sell them if he was. I
+then went forward and invited them on board, with which they readily
+complied, telling me that Maquina had a number of skins with him, but
+that he would not come on board unless I would go on shore for him. This
+I agreed to, provided they would remain in the brig in the meantime. To
+this they consented, and the captain, taking them into the cabin,
+treated them with bread and molasses. I then went on shore in the canoe,
+notwithstanding the remonstrances of Thompson and the captain, who,
+though he wanted the skins, advised me by no means to put myself in
+Maquina's power; but I assured him that I had no fear as long as those
+men were on board.
+
+As I landed, Maquina came up and welcomed me with much joy: on inquiring
+for the men, I told him that they were to remain till my return. "Ah,
+John," said he, "I see you are afraid to trust me, but if they had come
+with you, I should not have hurt you, though I should have taken good
+care not to let you go on board of another vessel." He then took his
+chest of skins, and, stepping into the canoe, I paddled him alongside
+the brig, where he was received and treated by Captain Hill with the
+greatest cordiality, who bought of him his skins. He left us much
+pleased with his reception, inquiring of me how many moons it would be
+before I should come back again to see him and his son; saying that he
+would keep all his furs for me, and that as soon as my son, who was then
+about five months old, was of a suitable age to take from his mother, he
+would send for him, and take care of him as his own.[141]
+
+As soon as Maquina had quitted us, we got under weigh, and stood again
+to the northward. We continued on the coast until the 11th of August,
+1806,[142] when, having completed our trade, we sailed for China, to the
+great joy of all our crew, and particularly so to me. With a degree of
+satisfaction that I can ill express, did I quit a coast to which I was
+resolved nothing should again tempt me to return, and as the tops of the
+mountains sank in the blue waves of the ocean, I seemed to feel my heart
+lightened of an oppressive load.
+
+We had a prosperous passage to China, arriving at Macao in December,
+from whence the brig proceeded to Canton. There I had the good fortune
+to meet a townsman and an old acquaintance in the mate of an English
+East Indiaman, named John Hill, whose father, a wealthy merchant in Hull
+in the Baltic trade, was a next-door neighbour to mine. Shortly after
+our arrival, the captain being on board of an English ship, and
+mentioning his having had the good fortune to liberate two men of the
+_Boston's_ crew from the savages, and that one of them was named Jewitt,
+my former acquaintance immediately came on board the brig to see me.
+
+Words can ill express my feelings on seeing him. Circumstanced as I was,
+among persons who were entire strangers to me, to meet thus in a foreign
+land with one between whom and myself a considerable intimacy had
+subsisted, was a pleasure that those alone who have been in a similar
+situation can properly estimate. He appeared on his part no less happy
+to see me, whom he supposed to be dead, as the account of our capture
+had been received in England some time before his sailing, and all my
+friends supposed me to have been murdered. From this young man I
+received every attention and aid that a feeling heart interested in the
+fate of another could confer. He supplied me with a new suit of clothes
+and a hat, a small sum of money for my necessary expenses, and a number
+of little articles for sea stores on my voyage to America. I also gave
+him a letter for my father, in which I mentioned my wonderful
+preservation and escape through the humanity of Captain Hill, with whom
+I should return to Boston. This letter he enclosed to his father by a
+ship that was just sailing, in consequence of which it was received much
+earlier than it otherwise would have been.
+
+We left China in February 1807, and, after a pleasant voyage of one
+hundred and fourteen days, arrived at Boston. My feelings on once more
+finding myself in a Christian country, among a people speaking the same
+language with myself, may be more readily conceived than expressed. In
+the post office in that place I found a letter for me from my mother,
+acknowledging the receipt of mine from China, expressing the great joy
+of my family on hearing of my being alive and well, whom they had for a
+long time given up for dead, and requesting me to write to them on
+receiving her letter, which I accordingly did. While in Boston I was
+treated with much kindness and hospitality by the owners of the ship
+_Boston_, Messrs. Francis and Thomas Amory of that place, to whom I feel
+myself under great obligations for their goodness to me, and the
+assistance which they so readily afforded a stranger in distress.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[137] This seems another variant of Klaosaht.
+
+[138] These are doubtless the Hydahs and their kindred, the women of
+whom insert a wooden or ivory trough in their lower lip.
+
+[139] Lewis and Clark reached the mouth of Columbia River on the 15th of
+November 1805, and wintered at "Fort Clatsop," as they called their
+dwelling among the then numerous Clatsop Indians, until the 23rd of
+March 1806, when they began the return journey. The Indians have long
+ago vanished from the lower Columbia, the remnant of the Clatsops, and
+the Chinooks on the opposite side, now wearing out the tribal existence
+in inland Reservations. But it is still possible to come across one of
+the medals which the explorers distributed amongst them.
+
+[140] It is clear, therefore, from this statement that Lewis and Clark
+had left Fort Clatsop much more than a fortnight before the vessel in
+which Jewitt was arrived there; for it is impossible to suppose that the
+latter took from April to November to get at spars and make the return
+voyage to Nootka. But the journal of Lewis and Clark was not published
+until 1814, so that, when Jewitt wrote, he had no ready means of
+checking the Indians' statement, though neither he nor his editor seems
+to have troubled books much.
+
+[141] The cavalier manner in which Jewitt abandons his family is quite
+in the fur-trader's fashion. It does not seem that he even asked to see
+his Indian "princess!"
+
+[142] If Jewitt's information about the departure of Lewis and Clark
+from the Columbia River is even approximately accurate, the date must be
+wrong by a year, and the subsequent one quite as far out of the due
+reckoning. 1806 may be a misprint for 1807.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX
+
+
+I. THE "BOSTON'S" CREW
+
+    Names of the Crew of the Ship _Boston_, belonging to Boston in
+    Massachusetts, owned by Messrs. F. and T. Amory, Merchants of
+    that place--All of whom, excepting two, were on the 22nd of
+    March, 1803, barbarously murdered by the savages of Nootka.
+
+  John Salter,             of Boston,                   Captain.
+  B. Delouisa,                Ditto,                    Chief Mate.
+  William Ingraham,        of New York,                 Second Mate.
+  Edward Thompson,         of Blyth (England),          Boatswain.
+  Adam Siddle,             of Hull,   ditto,            Carpenter.
+  Philip Brown,            of Cambridge (Mass.),        Joiner.
+  John Dorthy,             of Situate,   ditto,         Blacksmith.
+  Abraham Waters,          of Philadelphia,             Steward.
+  Francis Duffield,        of Penton (England),         Tailor.
+  John Wilson (blackman),  of Virginia,                 Cook.
+  William Caldwell,        of Boston,                   Seaman.
+  Joseph Miner,            of Newport,                  Ditto.
+  William Robinson,        of Leigh[143] (Scotland),    Ditto.
+  Thomas Wilson,           of Air,[144]    ditto,       Ditto.
+  Andrew Kelly,            Ditto,          ditto,       Ditto.
+  Robert Burton,           of the Isle of Man,          Ditto.
+  James M'Clay,            of Dublin,                   Ditto.
+  Thomas Platten,          of Blackney, Norfolk, Eng.   Ditto.
+  Thomas Newton,           of Hull,               "     Ditto.
+  Charles Bates,           of St. James Deeping,  "     Ditto.
+  John Hall,               of Newcastle,          "     Ditto.
+  Samuel Wood,             of Glasgow (Scotland),       Ditto.
+  Peter Alstrom,           Norwegian,                   Ditto.
+  Francis Marten,          Portuguese,                  Ditto.
+  Jupiter Senegal (blackman)                            Ditto.
+  John Thompson,           Philadelphia,                Sail Maker,
+                                           who escaped--since dead.
+  John R. Jewitt,          of Hull (England),           Armourer,
+
+the writer of the Journal from whence this Narrative is taken, and who
+at present, March 1815, resides in Middletown, in the State of
+Connecticut.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[143] Leith.
+
+[144] Ayr.
+
+
+
+
+II. WAR-SONG OF THE NOOTKA TRIBE
+
+_Commencing with a Chorus repeated at the end of each line._
+
+    Hah-yee hah yar har, he yar hah.
+    Hah-yah hee yar har--he yar hah.
+    Iye ie ee yah har--ee yie hah.
+    Ie yar ee yar hah--ee yar yah.
+    Ie yar ee I yar yar hah--Ie yar ee yee yah!
+
+    Ie-yee ma hi-chill at-sish Kla-ha--Hah-ye-hah.
+    Que nok ar parts arsh waw--Ie yie-yar.
+    Waw-hoo naks sar hasch--Yar-hah. I-yar hee I-yar.
+    Waw hoo naks ar hasch yak-queets sish ni-ese,
+    Waw har. Hie yee ah-hah.
+
+Repeated over and over, with gestures and brandishing of weapons.
+
+
+_Note._
+
+_Ie-yee ma hi-chill_ signifies, "Ye do not know." It appears to be a
+poetical mode of expression, the common one for "You do not know" being
+_Wik-kum-atash_; from this, it would seem that they have two languages,
+one for their songs and another for common use. The general meaning of
+this first stanza appears to be, "Ye little know, ye men of Klahar, what
+valiant warriors we are. Poorly can our foes contend with us, when we
+come on with our daggers," etc.
+
+The Nootkians have no songs of an historical nature, nor do they appear
+to have any tradition respecting their origin.[145]
+
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[145] That is not quite true. They have several of a vague order: one,
+for example, is that all the Indians are sprung from Quawteaht and the
+Thunder Birds. Another is that all the tribes on the West Coast come
+from the west; the different tribes having sprung from the canoes full
+of migrants stranded by a storm here and there, and so forth.
+
+
+
+
+III. A LIST OF WORDS
+
+_In the Nootkian Language, the most in use._[146]
+
+
+  Check-up,                 Man.
+  Kloots-mah,               Woman.
+  Noowexa,                  Father.
+  Hooma-hexa,               Mother.
+  Tanassis,                 Child.
+  Katlahtik,                Brother.
+  Kloot-chem-up,            Sister.
+  Tanassis-check-up,        Son.
+  Tanassis-kloots-mah,      Daughter.
+  Tau-hat-se-tee,           Head.
+  Kassee,                   Eye.
+  Hap-se-up,                Hair.
+  Neetsa,                   Nose.
+  Parpee,                   Ears.
+  Chee-chee,                Teeth.
+  Choop,                    Tongue.
+  Kook-a-nik-sa,            Hands.
+  Klish-klin,               Feet.
+  Oop-helth,                Sun or Moon.
+  Tar-toose,                Stars.
+  Sie-yah,                  Sky.
+  Toop-elth,                Sea.
+  Cha-hak,                  Fresh water.
+  Meet-la,                  Rain.
+  Queece,                   Snow.
+  Noot-chee,                Mountain or hill.
+  Kla-tur-miss,             Earth.
+  Een-nuk-see,              Fire or fuel.
+  Mook-see,                 Rock.
+  Muk-ka-tee,               House.
+  Wik,                      No.
+  He-ho,                    Yes.
+  Kak-koelth,               Slave.
+  Mah-hack,                 Whale.
+  Klack-e-miss,             Oil.
+  Quart-lak,                Sea-otter.
+  Coo-coo-ho-sa,            Seal.
+  Moo-watch,                Bear.
+  So-har,                   Salmon.
+  Toosch-qua,               Cod.
+  Pow-ee,                   Halibut.
+  Kloos-a-mit,              Herring.
+  Chap-atz,                 Canoe.
+  Oo-wha-pa,                Paddle.
+  Chee-me-na,               Fish-hook.
+  Chee-men,                 Fish-hooks.
+  Sick-a-minny,             Iron.
+  Toophelth,                Cloth.
+  Cham-mass,                Fruit.
+  Cham-mas-sish,            Sweet or pleasant to the taste.
+  Moot-sus,                 Powder.
+  Chee-pokes,               Copper.
+  Hah-welks,                Hungry.
+  Nee-sim-mer-hise,         Enough.
+  Chat-ta-yek,              Knife or dagger.
+  Klick-er-yek,             Rings.
+  Quish-ar,                 Smoke.
+  Mar-met-ta,               Goose or duck.
+  Pook-shit-tle,            To blow.
+  Een-a-qui-shit-tle,       To kindle a fire.
+  Ar-teese,                 To bathe.
+  Ma-mook-su-mah,           To go to fish.
+  Smootish-check-up,        Warrior.
+  Cha-alt-see klat-tur wah, Go off, or go away.
+  Ma-kook,                  To sell.
+  Kah-ah-pah-chilt,         Give me something.
+  Oo-nah,                   How many.
+  Iy ah-ish,                Much.
+  Ko-mme-tak,               I understand.
+  I-yee ma hak,             I do not understand.
+  Em-ma-chap,               To play.
+  Kle-whar,                 To laugh.
+  Mac-kam-mah-sish,         Do you want to buy.
+  Kah-ah-coh,               Bring it.
+  Sah-wauk,                 One.
+  Att-la,                   Two.
+  Kat-sa,                   Three.
+  Mooh,                     Four.
+  Soo-chah,                 Five.
+  Noo-poo,                  Six.
+  At-tle-poo,               Seven.
+  At-lah-quelth,            Eight.
+  Saw-wauk-quelth,          Nine.
+  Hy-o,                     Ten.
+  Sak-aitz,                 Twenty.
+  Soo-jewk,                 One hundred.
+  Hy-e-oak,                 One thousand.
+
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[146] Most of the words in this vocabulary are given with reasonable
+correctness, though the transliteration is somewhat primitive. A fuller
+and more accurate one may be found in the Appendix to Sproat's _Scenes
+and Studies of Savage Life_ (1868), pp. 295-309, so that it is not
+necessary to annotate the present one. Those in Cook's _Voyage_ and in
+Dawson and Tolmie's _Comparative Vocabularies of the Indian Tribes of
+British Columbia_ (1884), are short and imperfect. I have a much fuller
+one in manuscript.
+
+
+
+
+INDEX
+
+
+    PAGE
+
+Aht Indians, The, 19
+---- The various tribes of, 23
+
+A-y-chart, Journey to, 193
+---- Natives, conflict with, 194
+
+
+Bear, Capture of the, 164
+---- Management of the, 163
+
+Boston, Arrival at, 244
+---- Reception at, by friends, 245
+
+_Boston_, The--
+  Burning of, 83
+  Capture of, 32, 64
+  List of crew of, 247
+  Murder of crew of, 68
+
+
+Canoes, Description of, 124
+
+Cayuquets, The, 136
+
+China, Arrival at, 244
+
+Celebration, A religious, 205
+
+Climate, 221
+
+Cook and Vancouver, 38
+
+Cooptee, Town of, 145, 168
+
+
+Death, Indian customs observed at, 173
+
+
+Feast, An Indian, 80
+
+Fruit, Various kinds of, 162
+
+
+Geese, Mode of capture of, 208
+
+
+Herring, Mode of capture of, 171
+
+Hull, Leave-taking at, 51
+
+
+Klaizzarts, The, 132
+
+Kla-oo-quates, The, 134
+
+Kletsup Root, Description of, 167
+
+
+Ife-waw, Method of securing, 116
+
+
+Jewitt--
+  Birth of, 43
+  Domestic management, 204
+  Early life of, 44
+  Illness of, 212
+  Marriage of, 201
+  Parentage of, 43
+  Proposal to release, 232
+  Proposal to murder, 214
+  Reception of, by savages, 70
+  Received by Captain Hill, 235
+  Sufferings from cold, 211
+  Suspicions of, by Maquina, 228
+  Termination of captivity, 234
+
+Journal, Jewitt's, Commencement of, 89
+
+
+King, Privileges of the, 215
+
+
+Language, Commencement to learn, 93
+
+_Lydia_, The, Arrival of, 224
+----Departure of, 241
+----Letter to captain of, 227
+
+
+_Manchester_, The, 154
+
+Maquina--, 59, 188
+  Capture and Imprisonment of, 229
+  Council concerning, 236
+  Release of, 238
+  Visit of, to the _Lydia_, 243
+
+Mooachats, The, 38
+
+Moon, Eclipse of the, in 1805, 208
+
+
+Newchemass, The, 136
+
+Native, Indecent burial of a, 212
+
+Natives, Intercourse with, 58
+
+Nettinahts, The, 21
+
+Nootka Sound, 28, 95
+---- ---- Return to, 72
+---- ---- Voyage to, 53
+
+Nootkians, The--
+  Complexion and physique, 113
+  Diseases of, 220
+  Dress of, 105
+  Filthiness of, 187
+  Food of, 110
+  General conduct of, 225
+  Houses of, 97
+  Mode of living of, 108
+  Musical instruments of, 129
+  Ornaments and decorations of, 115, 117
+  Personal appearance of, 112
+  Religion of, 216
+  Slaves of, 130
+  Sports of, 120
+  Superstitions of, 217
+  War-song of, 248
+
+Nootkian language, List of words, 249
+
+
+Porpoises, Sea, Capture of, 56
+
+
+Quahootze, The celebration of, 165
+
+
+Salmon, Method of capture of the, 121, 148
+
+Salter, Captain John, 48, 55
+
+Savages, Treatment of, by English Commanders, 156, 161
+
+Savagedom in Western Vancouver, 16
+
+Sea-otter, Description of the, 120
+
+Sundays at Nootka, 142
+
+
+Tashees, 147
+
+Thompson--
+  Escape by stratagem of, 74
+  Escape from death of, 90
+  Reception of, by crew of the _Lydia_, 232
+
+Tootoosch--
+  Description of, 174
+  Death of, 181
+  Funeral of, 182
+  Singular Derangement of, 176
+
+Toowinnakinnish, 235, 240
+
+Trade, Articles of, 137
+
+Tribes, Arrival of neighbouring, 77
+
+Twins, Custom at birth of, 218
+
+
+Ulatilla, 198
+
+Upquesta, Town of, 168
+----Reception at, 169
+
+
+War, Preparations for, with the A-y-charts, 192
+
+Whale, Method of capture of, 122, 178
+
+Whale-oil, Method of procuring, 179
+
+Whaling, Observances preparatory to, 180
+
+Wickinninish Native, Insult of, 191
+
+Wife, Departure of Jewitt's, 213
+
+Wooden-lips, The, 241
+
+
+Yama fruit, Species of, 161
+
+Yealthlower, Cruelty of, 207
+
+
+MORRISON AND GIBB, PRINTERS, EDINBURGH.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    The Investors' Review.
+    EDITED BY A. J. WILSON.
+
+    MONTHLY, 1S. NET.
+
+Vol. I. (1892) and Vol. II. (1893). _Cloth, 21s. each._ Vol. III.
+(January-June 1894), Vol. IV. (July-December 1894), Vol. V.
+(January-June 1895), and Vol. VI. (July-December 1895). _Cloth, 7s. 6d.
+net._
+
+THE INVESTORS' REVIEW is entirely independent. It deals with all
+subjects which may affect the value of investments, social and
+political, as well as financial.
+
+Besides articles on economic questions and the economic side of
+politics, written from original standpoints, the INVESTORS' REVIEW
+contains many notes and hints on subjects of current interest to
+investors, carefully compiled historical analyses of individual
+Joint-Stock Companies, short résumés of the latest published Company
+Balance-Sheets, and occasional Critical Notes on New Investments offered
+to the public of any plausibility or importance. These are invariably
+written from the point of view of an impartial and experienced observer.
+
+This Review is indispensable to all who desire, not mere market tips,
+but the actual truth about public securities. It allows them to see the
+inside of London finance with a thoroughness and outspokenness no other
+publication of the kind attempts.
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    The Investment Index.
+    A Quarterly Supplement to the
+    "Investors' Review."
+
+    PRICE 2S NET.
+
+Contains a List of Securities, arranged in the order of the London Stock
+Exchange Official List, and their yields at current prices indicated, in
+a clear and effective manner, so as to enable investors to see at a
+glance what stocks pay and what their position is. Selections from
+Provincial Stock Exchange Lists are also included.
+
+In addition to this List, the Investment Index contains plain critical
+notes on balance-sheets, on the finances of foreign states and
+municipalities, and other matters of interest to people with money
+invested or to invest.
+
+    _OPINIONS OF THE PRESS._
+
+    "The compilation of securities is particularly valuable."--_Pall
+    Mall Gazette._
+
+    "Its carefully classified list of securities will be found very
+    valuable."--_Globe._
+
+    "At no time has such a list of securities been more valuable
+    than at the present."--_Star._
+
+    "It forms an admirable book of reference, and is a useful
+    supplement to the well-known Review."--_Newcastle Daily
+    Chronicle._
+
+    "Contains a mass of information that will be found most valuable
+    by investors."--_Liverpool Mercury._
+
+    "Should be useful to people with money invested or to
+    invest."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "A most excellent and useful compilation which should be in the
+    hands of every investor."--_Sketch._
+
+    "A useful publication for the searcher after
+    investments."--_Sun._
+
+    "A most valuable compilation."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE HISTORY OF CURRENCY,
+    1252-1894.
+
+Being an Account of the Gold and Silver Moneys and Monetary Standards of
+Europe and America, together with an Examination of the effects of
+Currency and Exchange Phenomena on Commercial and National Progress and
+Well-being.
+
+    BY WILLIAM A. SHAW, M. A.
+
+    _Second Edition. Price 15s._
+
+    "A valuable addition to economic literature...."--_The Times._
+
+    "L'auteur a rendu un signalé service à la science économique par
+    la publication de son volume."--_Journal des Débats._
+
+    "Mr. Shaw's work possesses a permanent historical interest far
+    transcending the present battle of the standards."--_The N. Y.
+    Nation._
+
+    "There have been few more important contributions to the
+    currency controversy."--_Scotsman._
+
+
+    _BY THE SAME AUTHOR._
+
+    Select Tracts and Documents
+    illustrative of
+    English Monetary History,
+    1626-1730.
+
+    _Comprising Works of_
+
+    Sir ROBERT COTTON; HENRY ROBINSON; Sir RICHARD TEMPLE and J. S.;
+    Sir ISAAC NEWTON; JOHN CONDUITT; together with Extracts from the
+    Domestic State Papers at H.M. Record Office. Price 6s.
+
+    "Mr. Shaw has done the students of currency history a service in
+    publishing this volume."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "The volume is welcome, both for its illustrations of economic
+    theory and as a contribution to currency history. It need
+    scarcely be said that Mr. Shaw does his editing
+    well."--_Saturday Review._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    A Glossary of Colloquial, Slang,
+    and Technical Terms
+    IN USE ON THE STOCK EXCHANGE AND IN THE MONEY MARKET.
+
+    EDITED BY A. J. WILSON.
+
+This little Work covers more ground than its title implies, since it
+embraces not only the Language peculiar to the Stock Markets, but often
+goes beyond that, and offers its Readers valuable counsel.
+
+    _Price 3s._
+
+    "A good deal of useful information is here presented in a very
+    handy form."--_Times._
+
+    "The work is a most useful one, and admirable in many
+    respects."--_Pall Mall Gazette._
+
+    "The book fills a gap among works of reference."--_Morning
+    Post._
+
+    "A handbook which will no doubt prove useful to a considerable
+    circle."--_Manchester City News._
+
+    "A mastery of its contents should be worth hundreds of pounds to
+    people who have to deal with the Stock Exchange
+    fraternity."--_Manchester Courier._
+
+    "A book that will be found useful in the offices of a large
+    class of business houses."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "The explanations will be found helpful to all who wish to have
+    a clear understanding of the language of the money and stock
+    markets."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+
+    Labour, Socialism, and Strikes.
+
+    By YVES GUYOT,
+    Political Editor of "Le Siècle," formerly Minister of Public Works
+      in France.
+    _With an introductory Note by A. J. WILSON._
+
+    Paper covers, 1s.; cloth, 1s. 6d.
+
+    "We would suggest to Socialists that they could find no better
+    theme on which to base their controversial lectures than the
+    declaration of war proclaimed against them by Mr.
+    Guyot."--_Reynolds' Newspaper._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    HEROES IN HOMESPUN.
+    Scenes and Stories From the American
+    Emancipation Movement.
+
+    BY ASCOTT R. HOPE,
+    AUTHOR OF "MEN OF THE BACKWOODS," "REDSKIN AND PALEFACE,"
+    "ROYAL YOUTHS," ETC. ETC.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 6s._
+
+    "If these stories were fiction, we should exclaim at nearly
+    every page, 'How impossible this would be in real
+    life!'"--_Daily Chronicle._
+
+    "The book is full of exciting interest which frequently becomes
+    positive romance."--_Literary World._
+
+    "All these stories are admirably told in this record of one of
+    the noblest campaigns in history."--_Westminster Gazette._
+
+    "Mr. Hope carries us on with never-flagging swiftness, and when
+    we read the last page we are sorry to find there is not a second
+    volume."--_British Weekly._
+
+    "This book will serve to keep some noble memories
+    green."--_Speaker._
+
+    "Would make a capital gift-book for boys."--_Publishers'
+    Circular._
+
+    "Boys will glory in the book, and adults will find information
+    mingled with unflagging interest that now and again becomes
+    excitement."--_Christian World._
+
+    "The book is a valuable contribution to the literature of the
+    subject."--_St. James's Gazette._
+
+
+    THE
+    SECRET OF WARDALE COURT.
+    And Other Stories.
+
+    BY ANDRÉE HOPE.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 6s._
+
+A Collection of Tales, all more or less sad in tone, by a comparatively
+new writer of great promise.
+
+    "The author handles her themes with an ability that should
+    obtain a very favourable reception for her stories."--_Morning
+    Post._
+
+    "Four excellent stories."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "'The Secret of Wardale Court' is a well-told mystery, exciting
+    at some points and engrossing all through."--_Birmingham Daily
+    Post._
+
+    "Written with remarkable power."--_Daily Telegraph._
+
+    "Four clever tales, three of which at least are highly
+    exciting."--_Athenæum._
+
+    "Unusually well written."--_Saturday Review._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE LIFE OF
+    THOMAS WANLESS, PEASANT.
+
+    _New Edition. One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 3s. 6d._
+
+    "A very powerful story of social wrongs."--_Baptist._
+
+    "The style is remarkable for its power and simplicity, and everything
+    and everybody depicted in the story are real and vivid."--_Bradford
+    Observer._
+
+    "This is a powerful and realistic book--sad but inspiring."--S.E.
+    KEBBLE in _Methodist Times_.
+
+    "The story contains much strong writing and some thoroughly dramatic
+    situations."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "It is obviously sincere and faithful, and proceeds from a genuine
+    sympathy with the unheroic lives which it portrays."--_Sun._
+
+
+    BY THE SAME AUTHOR.
+
+    NICOL THAIN, MATERIALIST.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 5s._
+
+    "This book will be read, if only for the sake of its merciless
+    realism."--_Spectator._
+
+    "As an artist he has found his feet.... His method is biting and stern,
+    his grip on the attention is masterful.... It is impossible to resist
+    the impression that all the characters have been studied from actual
+    models."--_Birmingham Daily Post._
+
+    "It is a great advance on the author's 'Life of Thomas Wanless,
+    Peasant,' ... one is not inclined to find much fault with a novel
+    which gives such clear evidence of genuine power, and is written with
+    such freshness and vigour."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "The book is somewhat gloomy, but contains strong dramatic
+    episodes."--_Baptist._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    ROBERT BURNS.
+    THE POEMS, EPISTLES, SONGS, EPIGRAMS,
+    AND EPITAPHS.
+
+    Edited by JAS. A. MANSON.
+
+    _With Notes, Index, Glossary, and Biographical Sketch._
+
+    _Price 5s. Two Volumes, small 8vo, cloth, gilt top._
+
+    "The biographical sketch is carefully executed, and not too
+    enthusiastic for the occasion."--_Times._
+
+    "Is deserving of notice on account not only of the excellence of its
+    paper and typography, but of the sane way in which the personal
+    character and literary qualities of the author of 'Tam O' Shanter'
+    are appraised in the biographical sketch which serves by way of
+    introduction."--_Daily News._
+
+    "Its price, its completeness, and the care bestowed in the arrangement
+    of its contents, their annotation, and the preparation of a glossary,
+    should have vogue with the admirers of Burns."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "Mr. James A. Manson, the editor, has written a biographical
+    introduction, in which he takes a temperate and common-sense view of
+    the poet."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "The volumes are such a treat to handle and read that they are certain
+    to be popular."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "To anyone in search of a 'Burns' we thoroughly recommend this
+    scholarly and beautiful edition."--_Freeman's Journal._
+
+    "Contains an admirable biographical sketch, which, unlike most
+    biographies, overlooks with kindly eye the follies of the erratic
+    genius."--_Graphic._
+
+    "There are several features in connection with the work which in our
+    opinion specially commend it to admirers of our national poet at this
+    time. While it is one of the smallest and handiest editions, it is
+    also one of the most complete."--_People's Friend._
+
+    "A most attractive edition."--_Cassel's Saturday Journal._
+
+    "The thoroughness of the notes and the fulness and clearness of the
+    English equivalents in the glossary unite in making this one of the
+    very best editions of Burns ever published."--_North British Daily
+    Mail._
+
+    "A noble edition, which holds its place well with all rivals."--_Irish
+    Times._
+
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE ADVENTURES OF
+    JOHN JEWITT,
+    ONLY SURVIVOR OF THE CREW OF THE SHIP
+    _BOSTON_,
+    DURING A CAPTIVITY OF NEARLY THREE YEARS AMONG THE
+    _INDIANS OF NOOTKA SOUND_,
+    IN VANCOUVER ISLAND.
+
+    _Edited, with an Introduction and Notes_,
+    BY
+    DR. ROBERT BROWN, M.A., F.L.S.,
+    COMMANDER OF THE FIRST VANCOUVER EXPLORING EXPEDITION, ETC.
+
+
+    _SUNDIAL SERIES._
+    NO. I.
+    A CHRISTIAN WITH TWO WIVES.
+
+    BY REV. DENNIS HIRD, M.A.,
+    _Rector of Eastnor_;
+    AUTHOR OF "TODDLE ISLAND," ETC.
+
+    Paper covers, 1s.; cloth, gilt top, 2s.
+
+    _Other Sundials will follow by various Authors._
+
+
+CLEMENT WILSON,
+29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+       
+       
+       
+Transcriber's note:
+
+Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.
+
+The following words appear both with and without hyphens and have not
+been changed: Ai-tiz-zarts, Cay-u-quets, Kla-iz-zarts, Noot-chee.
+
+Hyphen added: ear[-]rings (page 118), otter[-]skin (page 153),
+sail[-]maker (page 35), saw[-]mills (page 61).
+
+Hyphen removed: fresh[-]water (page 221), good[-]will (pages 92, 93).
+
+List of illustrations: page number 151 changed to 149.
+
+Page 129: "as" changed to "at" (at war, whaling and fishing).
+
+Page 250: The word "Moot-sus, Powder" was restored from another book.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 38010-0.txt or 38010-0.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/8/0/1/38010
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/38010-0.zip b/38010-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..759ced3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-0.zip
diff --git a/38010-8.txt b/38010-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c18ea21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7438 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Adventures of John Jewitt, by John
+Rodgers Jewitt, Edited by Robert Brown
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Adventures of John Jewitt
+       Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship Boston During a Captivity of Nearly Three Years Among the Indians of Nootka Sound in Vancouver Island
+
+
+Author: John Rodgers Jewitt
+
+Editor: Robert Brown
+
+Release Date: November 14, 2011  [eBook #38010]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Moti Ben-Ari and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from page images generously made available by
+Internet Archive (http://www.archive.org)
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations.
+      See 38010-h.htm or 38010-h.zip:
+      (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/38010/38010-h/38010-h.htm)
+      or
+      (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/38010/38010-h.zip)
+
+
+      Images of the original pages are available through
+      Internet Archive. See
+      http://www.archive.org/details/adventuresofjohn00jewiuoft
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+      The following notation has been used for letters with macrons
+      above them that cannot be represented in the Latin-1 encoding:
+      [=a], [=e], [=i]. These characters are represented correctly
+      in the UTF-8 and HTML versions of this e-book.
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Portrait of Dr. Robert Brown]
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT
+
+Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship _Boston_
+During a Captivity of Nearly Three Years Among
+the Indians of Nootka Sound in Vancouver Island
+
+Edited with an Introduction and Notes
+
+by
+
+Robert Brown, Ph.D., M.A., F.L.S.
+Commander of the First Vancouver Exploring Expedition
+
+With Thirteen Illustrations
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Clement Wilson
+29 Paternoster Row, London, E.C.
+1896
+
+[_All Rights Reserved_]
+
+Morrison and Gibb, Printers, Edinburgh
+
+
+
+
+IN MEMORY
+
+
+A sad interest attaches to this little book. Although published after
+his death, and therefore deprived of his final revision, it was not the
+last work which Dr. Robert Brown did. His manuscript was actually
+completed many months ago, but at his own request it was returned to him
+to receive a last careful overhaul at his hands. This revision had been
+practically finished, and the MS. lay ready uppermost among the papers
+in his desk, where it was found after his death. Dr. Brown died on the
+morning of the 26th of October, 1895, working almost to his last hour.
+Before the leader he had written for the _Standard_ on the evening of
+the 25th had come under the eyes of its readers, the hand that had
+penned it was cold in death. Between the evening and the morning he went
+home. He was only fifty-three, but "a righteous man, though he die
+before his time, shall be at rest."
+
+And in one sense Dr. Brown needed rest--ay, even this last and sweetest
+rest of all. His life had been one of unremitting work--work well done,
+which the busy, hurrying world mostly heeded not, knowing naught of the
+hand that did it. Some twenty years ago, when I first knew him, he was a
+fair, stalwart Northerner, full of vigour, mirthful also, and apparently
+looking out on the voyage of life with the confident, joyous eye of one
+who felt he had strength within him to conquer. His latter days were
+saddened by incessant toil, performed in weakness of body and jadedness
+of brain, and by the feeling that his best work, the work into which he
+put his rich stores of knowledge, was neither recognised nor requited as
+it should have been.
+
+To a sensitive man the daily wear and tear of a journalist's life in
+London is often murderous, always exhausting--and Dr. Brown was very
+sensitive. Beneath the genial exterior, which seemed to indicate a
+careless, light-hearted spirit, lay great depths of feeling, and a
+tenderness that shrank from expressing itself. The man was too proud and
+self-restrained to betray these depths even to those nearest and dearest
+to him. This was at once a nobility in him and a weakness. Had he opened
+his heart more, he would have chafed and fretted less, little annoyances
+would not have become mountain loads of care. But the truth is, Dr.
+Brown was not cut out for the life of an everyday journalist, either by
+training, habits, or disposition. The ideal post for him would have been
+that of a professor at some great university, where he could have had
+abundant leisure to pursue his favourite studies, where young men would
+have surrounded him and listened with delight to the outpouring of the
+wealth of lore with which his capacious intellect was stored. His lot
+was otherwise cast, and he accepted it manfully, battling with his
+destiny to his last hours, grimly and in silence of soul, intent only on
+one thing, to lift his children clear above the necessity for treading
+the same rough road upon which he had worn himself out.
+
+Other and worthier hands than mine may trace, it is to be hoped, the
+story of his life, his expeditions in America and Greenland, and his
+many literary labours not only in popularising scientific subjects, with
+a thoroughness and attractiveness too little recognised, but in walks
+apart where the multitude could not judge him. My dominant feeling about
+him for many years has been one of regret that he should be wearing his
+life away so fast. He never learned to play; to be completely idle for a
+day even became, latterly, irksome, almost irritating, to him. His
+fingers itched to hold the pen, to handle a book. Although in earlier
+times he could enjoy a brief holiday, he ever mixed work with his
+pleasure; could, indeed, accept no pleasure which did not imply work
+somewhere close to his hand. Thus his various journeys to Morocco,
+ostensibly taken, at any rate the earlier of them, to escape from all
+kinds of work, and from the sight of the day's newspaper, ended in his
+becoming the foremost authority in Great Britain upon the literature,
+present social condition, and probable future of that perishing country.
+The acquisition of this knowledge was all in his day's enjoyment.
+
+The testimony of the introduction and notes to this little book is
+enough to prove how thoroughly and conscientiously everything that Dr.
+Brown undertook was done. The question of payment rarely entered into
+his calculations. Some of his very best work was done for nothing,
+because he loved to do it. Witness his edition of _Leo Africanus_,
+prepared for the Hakluyt Society, and his innumerable memoirs to the
+various learned Societies of which he was a member.
+
+Few of Dr. Brown's London friends were aware that his attainments as a
+scientific botanist were of the highest order. Yet in this department of
+science alone he had written thirty papers and reports, besides an
+advanced text-book of Botany (published by William Blackwood and Sons),
+before the summer of 1872, when he was only thirty years of age. These
+were entirely outside his contributions to general literature on that
+and other subjects, already at that date numerous; and if we add to the
+list the various reports, essays, memoranda contributed by him to the
+Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, of which he was President, to the
+Royal Geographical Society, of whose Council he was a member at his
+death, and to numerous other bodies, as well as to scientific and
+popular journals, on geographical, geological, and zoological subjects,
+from first to last the total mounts to several hundreds. In these
+branches of science his heart lay always, but he laboured for his daily
+bread and to give to him that needed.
+
+The portrait forming the frontispiece to this volume is from a
+photograph of Dr. Brown taken in 1870, just after his return from his
+last expedition to Greenland, and represents him much as he looked when,
+some years later, he first came to London, after failing to obtain the
+chair of Botany in Edinburgh University. That was a disappointment which
+he cannot be said ever to have entirely surmounted. The memory of it to
+some extent kept him aloof from his fellow-labourers in the world of
+journalism. What work he had to do he did loyally, manfully, and with
+the most scrupulous care; but he lived a man apart, more or less, from
+his first coming among us to the end. In his family circle, and where he
+was really known, his loss has brought a great sorrow.
+
+    A. J. W.
+    LONDON, _February 16, 1896_.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                          PAGE
+  INTRODUCTION. BY DR. ROBERT BROWN                         13
+
+  CHAPTER I
+  BIRTH, PARENTAGE, AND EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR            43
+
+  CHAPTER II
+  VOYAGE TO NOOTKA SOUND                                    53
+
+  CHAPTER III
+  INTERCOURSE WITH THE NATIVES--MAQUINA--SEIZURE
+  OF THE VESSEL AND MURDER OF THE CREW                      58
+
+  CHAPTER IV
+  RECEPTION OF JEWITT BY THE SAVAGES--ESCAPE OF
+  THOMPSON--ARRIVAL OF NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--AN INDIAN FEAST 70
+
+  CHAPTER V
+  BURNING OF THE VESSEL--COMMENCEMENT OF JEWITT'S JOURNAL   83
+
+  CHAPTER VI
+  DESCRIPTION OF NOOTKA SOUND--MANNER OF BUILDING
+  HOUSES--FURNITURE--DRESSES                                95
+
+  CHAPTER VII
+  APPEARANCE OF THE NATIVES--ORNAMENTS--OTTER-HUNTING--
+  FISHING--CANOES                                          112
+
+  CHAPTER VIII
+  MUSIC--MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS--SLAVES--NEIGHBOURING
+  TRIBES--TRADE WITH THESE--ARMY                           129
+
+  CHAPTER IX
+  SITUATION OF THE AUTHOR--REMOVAL TO TASHEES--FISHING
+  PARTIES                                                  142
+
+  CHAPTER X
+  CONVERSATION WITH MAQUINA--FRUITS--RELIGIOUS
+  CEREMONIES--VISIT TO UPQUESTA                            156
+
+  CHAPTER XI
+  RETURN TO NOOTKA (FRIENDLY COVE)--DEATH OF MAQUINA'S
+  NEPHEW--INSANITY OF TOOTOOSCH--AN INDIAN MOUNTEBANK      172
+
+  CHAPTER XII
+  WAR WITH THE A-Y-CHARTS--A NIGHT ATTACK--PROPOSALS TO
+  PURCHASE THE AUTHOR                                      185
+
+  CHAPTER XIII
+  MARRIAGE OF THE AUTHOR--HIS ILLNESS--DISMISSES HIS
+  WIFE--RELIGION OF THE NATIVES--CLIMATE                   198
+
+  CHAPTER XIV
+  ARRIVAL OF THE BRIG "LYDIA"--STRATAGEM OF THE
+  AUTHOR--ITS SUCCESS                                      223
+
+  APPENDIX
+  I. THE "BOSTON'S" CREW                                   247
+  II. WAR-SONG OF THE NOOTKA TRIBE                         248
+  III. A LIST OF WORDS                                     249
+
+  INDEX                                                    253
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+                                                          PAGE
+  PORTRAIT OF DR. ROBERT BROWN (1870)           _Frontispiece_
+  DR. BROWN'S "BOY"                                         14
+  PORT SAN JUAN INDIANS                                     16
+  OHYAHT INDIAN                                             24
+  INDIAN ENCAMPMENT NEAR THE LANDING-STAGE, ESQUIMAULT      33
+  HABITATIONS IN NOOTKA SOUND (TEMP. 1803)                  97
+  INTERIOR OF A HABITATION IN NOOTKA SOUND                 103
+  NOOTKA SOUND INDIANS                                     111
+  INDIAN CANOES, VICTORIA, V. I. (TEMP. 1863)              125
+  UK-LULAC-AHT INDIAN                                      135
+  SALMON WEAR NEAR THE INDIAN VILLAGE OF QUAMICHAN, V. I.  149
+  CALLICUM AND MAQUILLA, CHIEFS OF NOOTKA SOUND
+      (TEMP. 1803)                                         159
+  INDIAN CHIEF'S GRAVE (TEMP. 1863)                        209
+
+
+
+
+ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+Many years ago--when America was in the midst of war, when railways
+across the continent were but the dream of sanguine men, and when the
+Pacific was a faraway sea--the writer of these lines passed part of a
+pleasant summer in cruising along the western shores of Vancouver
+Island. Our ship's company was not distinguished, for it consisted of
+two fur-traders and an Indian "boy," and the sloop in which the crew and
+passengers sailed was so small, that, when the wind failed, and the
+brown folk ashore looked less amiable and the shore more rugged than was
+desirable, we put her and ourselves beyond hail by the aid of what
+seamen know as a "white ash breeze." Out of one fjord we went, only to
+enter another so like it that there was often a difficulty in deciding
+by the mere appearance of the shore which was which. Everywhere the
+dense forest of Douglas fir and Menzies spruce covered the country from
+the water's edge to the summit of the rounded hills which here and there
+caught the eye in the still little known, but at that date almost
+entirely unexplored interior. Wherever a tree could obtain a foothold,
+there a tree grew, until in places their roots were at times laved by
+the spray. Beneath this thick clothing of heavy timber flourished an
+almost equally dense undergrowth of shrubs, which until then were only
+known to us from the specimens introduced from North-West America into
+the European gardens. Gay were the thickets of thimbleberry[1] and
+salmonberry[2] wherever the soil was rich, and for miles the ground was
+carpeted with the salal,[3] while the huckleberry,[4] the crab-apple,[5]
+and the flowering currant[6] varied the monotony of the gloomy woods. In
+places the ginseng, or, as the woodmen call it, the "devil's
+walking-stick,"[7] with its long prickly stem and palm-like head of
+great leaves, imparted an almost tropical aspect to scenery which, seen
+from the deck of our little craft, looked so like that of Southern
+Norway, that I have never seen the latter without recalling the outer
+limits of British Columbia. On the few flat spits where the sun reached,
+the gigantic cedars[8] and broad-leaved maples[9] lighted up the scene,
+while the dogwood,[10] with its large white flowers reflected in the
+water of some river which, after a turbulent course, had reached the sea
+through a placid mouth, or a Menzies arbutus,[11] whose glossy leaves
+and brown bark presented a more southern facies to the sombre jungles,
+afforded here and there a relief to the never-ending fir and pine and
+spruce.
+
+[Illustration: DR. BROWN'S "BOY."]
+
+A more solitary shore, so far as white men are concerned, it would be
+hard to imagine. From the day we left until the day we returned, we
+sighted only one sail; and from Port San Juan, where an Indian trader
+lived a lonely life in an often-beleaguered blockhouse, to Koskeemo
+Sound, where another of these voluntary exiles passed his years among
+the savages, there was not a christened man, with the exception of the
+little settlement of lumbermen at the head of the Alberni Canal. For
+months at a time no keel ever ploughed this sea, and then too frequently
+it was a warship sent from Victoria to chastise the tribesmen for some
+outrage committed on wayfaring men such as we. The floating fur-trader
+with whom we exchanged the courtesies of the wilderness had indeed been
+despitefully used. For had he not taken to himself some savage woman,
+who had levanted to her tribe with those miscellaneous effects which he
+termed "iktas"? And the Klayoquahts had stolen his boat, and the
+Kaoquahts his beans and his vermilion and his rice, and threatened to
+scuttle his schooner and stick his head on its masthead. And, moreover,
+to complete this tale of public pillage and private wrong, a certain
+chief, to whom he applied many ornate epithets, had declared that he
+cared not a salal-berry for all of "King George's warships." So that the
+conclusion of this merchant of the wilds was that, until "half the
+Indians were hanged, and the other half badly licked, there would be no
+peace on the coast for honest men such as he." Then, under a cloud of
+playful blasphemy, our friend sailed away.
+
+[Illustration: PORT SAN JUAN INDIANS.]
+
+For if civilisation was scarce in the Western Vancouver of '63,
+savagedom was all-abounding. Not many hours passed without our having
+dealings with the lords of the soil. It was indeed our business--or, at
+least, the business of the two men and the Indian "boy"--to meet with
+and make profit out of the barbarous folk. Hence it was seldom that we
+went to sleep without the din of a board village in our ears, or woke
+without the ancient and most fish-like smell of one being the first
+odour which greeted our nostrils. In almost every cove, creek, or inlet
+there was one of these camps, and every few miles we entered the
+territory of a new tribe, ruled by a rival chief, rarely on terms with
+his neighbour, and as often as not at war with him. More than once we
+had occasion to witness the gruesome evidence of this state of matters.
+A war party returning from a raid on a distant hamlet would be met with,
+all painted in hideous colours, and with the bleeding heads of their
+decapitated enemies fastened to the bows of their cedar canoes, and the
+cowering captives, doomed to slavery, bound among the fighting men. Or,
+casting anchor in front of a village, we would be shown with pride a row
+of festering skulls stuck on poles, as proof of the military prowess of
+our shifty hosts.
+
+These were, however, unusually unpleasant incidents. More frequently we
+saw little except the more lightsome traits of what was then a very
+primitive savage life, and the barbarous folk treated us kindly. A
+marriage feast might be in progress, or a great "potlatch," or
+merrymaking, at which the giving away of property was the principal
+feature (p. 82), might be in full blaze at the very moment we steered
+round the wooded point. Halibut and dog-fish were being caught in vast
+quantities--the one for slicing and drying for winter use; the other for
+the sake of the oil extracted from the liver, then as now an important
+article of barter, being in ready demand by the Puget Sound saw-mills.
+Now and then a fur-seal or, better still, a sea-otter would be killed.
+But this is not the land of choice furs. Even the marten and the mink
+were indifferent. Beaver--which in those days, after having been almost
+hunted to death, were again getting numerous, owing to the low prices
+which the pelts brought having slackened the trappers' zeal--would often
+be brought on board, and a few hides of the wapiti, the "elk" of the
+Western hunter, and the black-tailed deer which swarm in the Vancouver
+woods, generally appeared at every village. The natives are, however,
+essentially fish-eaters, and though in every tribe there is generally a
+hunter or two, the majority of them seldom wander far afield, the
+interior being in their mythology a land of evil things, of which wise
+men would do well to keep clear. Even the black bear, which in autumn
+was often a common feature of the country, where it ranged the
+crab-apple thickets, was not at this season an object of the chase. Like
+the deer and the wolves, it was shunning the heat and the flies by
+summering near the snow which we could notice still capping some of the
+inland hills, rising to heights of from five thousand to seven thousand
+feet, and feasting on the countless salmon which were descending every
+stream, until, with the receding waters, they were left stranded in the
+upland pools. So cheap were salmon, that at times they could be bought
+for a cent's worth of "trade goods," and deer in winter for a few
+charges of powder and shot. A whale-hunt, in which the behemoth was
+attacked by harpoons with attached inflated sealskins, after a fashion
+with which I had become familiar when a resident among the Eskimo of
+Baffin Bay, was a more curious sight. Yet dog-fish oil was the staple of
+the unpicturesque traffic in which my companions engaged; while I, a
+hunter after less considered trifles, landed to roam the woods and
+shores for days at a time, gathering the few flowers which bloomed under
+these umbrageous forests, though in number sufficient to tempt the
+red-beaked humming-bird[12] to migrate from Mexico to these northern
+regions, its tiny nest being frequently noticed on the tops of low
+bushes.
+
+[Sidenote: The Aht Indians.]
+
+But, after all, the most interesting sight on the shore was the people
+who inhabited it. They were the "Indians," whom my friend Gilbert Sproat
+afterwards described as the "Ahts,"[13] for this syllable terminates the
+name of each of the many little tribes into which they are divided. Yet,
+with a disregard of the laws of nomenclature, the Ethnological Bureau at
+Washington has only recently announced its intention of knowing them
+officially by the meaningless title of "Wakashan." They are a people by
+themselves, speaking a language which was confined to Vancouver Island,
+with the exception of Cape Flattery, the western tip of Washington,
+where the Makkahs speak it. In Vancouver Island, a region about the size
+of Ireland, three, if not four distinct aboriginal tongues are in use,
+in addition to Chinook Jargon, a sort of _lingua franca_ employed by the
+Indians in their intercourse with the whites or with tribes whose speech
+they do not understand. The Kawitshen (Cowitchan) with its various
+dialects, the chief of which is the Tsongersth (Songer) of the people
+near Victoria, prevails from Sooke in the Strait of Juan de Fuca,
+northwards to Comox. From that point to the northern end of the island
+various dialects of the Kwakiool (Cogwohl of the traders) are the medium
+in which the tribesmen do not conceal their thoughts. The people of
+Quatseno and Koskeemo Sounds, owing to their frequent intercourse with
+Fort Rupert on the other side of the island, which at this point is at
+its narrowest, understand and frequently speak the Kwakiool. But after
+passing several days entirely alone among these people, I can vouch for
+the fact that this dialect is so peculiar that it almost amounts to a
+separate language. However, from this part, or properly, from Woody
+Point southwards to Port San Juan, the Aht language is entirely
+different.
+
+The latter locality,[14] nearly opposite Cape Flattery, on the other
+side of Juan de Fuca Strait, the most southern part, and the only one on
+the mainland where it is spoken, is the special territory of the
+Pachenahts. When I knew them, they were, like all of their race, a
+dwindling people. A few years earlier, Grant had estimated them to
+number a hundred men. In 1863 there were not more than a fifth of that
+number fit to manage a canoe, and the total number of the tribe did not
+exceed sixty. War with the Sclallans and Makkahs on the opposite shore,
+and smallpox, which is more powerful than gunpowder, had so decimated
+them that, no longer able to hold their own, they had leagued with the
+Nettinahts, old allies of theirs, for mutual defence. Quixto, the chief,
+I find described in my notes as a stout fellow, terrible at a bargain,
+very well disposed towards the whites, as are all his tribe, the husband
+of four wives, an extraordinary number for the Indians of the coast, and
+reputed to be rich in blankets and the other gear which constitutes
+wealth among the aborigines of this part of the British Empire. In their
+palmy days they had made way as far north as Clayoquat Sound and the
+Ky-yoh-quaht-cutz in one direction, and with the Tsongersth to the
+eastward, though that now pusillanimous tribe had generally the best of
+them. Their eastern border is, however, the Jordan River, but they have
+a fishing station at the Sombria (Cockles), and several miles up both
+the Pandora and Jordan Rivers flowing into their bay. Karleit is their
+western limit.
+
+The Nettinahts[15] are a more powerful tribe; indeed, at the period when
+the writer of this book was a prisoner in Nootka Sound, they were among
+the strongest of all the Aht people. Even then, they had four
+hundred[16] fighting men, and were a people with whom it did not do to
+be off your guard. They have--or had--many villages, from Pachena
+Bay[17] to the west and Karleit to the east, besides three villages in
+Nettinaht Inlet,[18] eleven fishing stations on the Nettinaht River,
+three stations on the Cowitchan Lake, and one at Sguitz on the Cowitchan
+River itself, while they sometimes descend as far as Tsanena to plant
+potatoes. They have thus the widest borders of any Indian tribe in
+Vancouver Island, and have a high reputation as hunters, whale-fishers,
+and warriors. Moqulla was then the head chief, but every winter a
+sub-tribe hunted and fished on the Cowitchan Lake, a sheet of water
+which I was among the first to visit, and the very first to "lay down"
+with approximate accuracy. Though nowadays--_Eheu fugaces, Postume,
+Postume, labuntur anni!_--there is a waggon road to the lake, and, I am
+told, "a sort of hotel" on the spot where eight-and-twenty years ago we
+encamped on extremely short rations, though with the soothing knowledge
+that if only the Fates were kindly and the wind favourable, there were
+plenty of trout in the water, and a dinner at large in the woods around.
+In those days most of the Nettinaht villages were fortified with wooden
+pickets to prevent any night attack, and from its situation, Whyack, the
+principal one (built on a cliff, stockaded on the seaward side, and
+reached only by a narrow entrance where the surf breaks continuously),
+is impregnable to hostile canoemen. This people accordingly carried
+themselves with a high hand, and bore a name correspondingly bad.
+
+Barclay--or Berkeley Sound--is the home of various petty
+tribes--Ohyahts, Howchuklisahts, Yu-clul-ahts, Toquahts, Seshahts, and
+Opechesahts. The two with whom I was best acquainted were the last
+named. The Seshahts lived at the top of the Alberni Canal--a long
+narrow fjord or cleft in the island--and on the Seshaht Islands in the
+Sound. During the summer months they came for salmon-fishing to Sa ha,
+or the first rapids on the Kleekort or Saman River,[19] their chief
+being Ia-pou-noul, who had just succeeded to this office owing to the
+abdication of his father, though the entire fighting force of the tribe
+did not number over fifty men. As late as 1859 the Seshahts seized an
+American ship, the _Swiss Boy_. The Opechesahts, of whom I have very
+kindly memories, as I encamped with their chief for many days, and
+explored Sproat Lake in his company, were an offshoot of the Seshahts,
+and had their home on the Kleekort River, but, owing to a massacre by
+the now extinct Quallehum (Qualicom) Indians from the opposite coast,
+who caught them on an island in Sproat Lake, they were reduced to
+seventeen men, most of them, however, tall, handsome fellows, and good
+hunters. Chieftainship in that part of the world goes by inheritance.
+Hence there may be many of these hereditary aristocrats in a very small
+tribe. Accordingly, few though the Opechesaht warriors were, three men,
+Quatgenam, Kalooish or Kanash, and Quassoon, a shaggy, thick-set, and
+tremendously strong individual who crossed the island with me in 1865,
+were entitled to that rank; and it may be added that the women of this,
+the most freshwater of all the Vancouver tribes, were noted for a more
+than usual share of good looks.
+
+The Howchuklisahts, whose chief was Maz-o-wennis, numbered forty-five
+people, including twenty-eight men. They lived in Ouchucklesit[20]
+Harbour, off the Alberni Canal; they had also a fishing camp on
+Henderson Lake, and two or three lodges on the rapid or stream flowing
+out of that sheet of water, which was discovered and named by me. But
+they were "bad to deal with."
+
+[Illustration: OHYAHT INDIAN.]
+
+The You-clul-ahts of Ucluelt Inlet, ruled by Ia-pou-noul, a wealthy man
+in blankets and other Indian wealth, numbered about one hundred. The
+chief of the Toquahts in Pipestem Inlet was Sow-wa-wenes, a middle-aged
+man, who had an easy task, as his lieges numbered only eleven, so that
+they were thirty years ago on the eve of extinction. The Ohyahts of
+Grappler Creek were estimated in 1863 to be about one hundred and
+seventy-five in fighting strength--which, multiplied by four for women
+and children, would make them, for that region, an unusually strong
+community. These figures are probably correct, since the man who made
+the statement was, after living for years amongst them, eventually
+murdered by the savages,[21] whom he had trusted too implicitly.
+Kleesheens, a notorious scoundrel, was their chief. In Clayoquat Sound
+were the Klahoquahts, Kellsmahts, Ahousahts, Heshquahts, and
+Mamosahts--the last a little tribe numbering only five men. Indeed, with
+the exception of the Klahoquahts (who numbered one hundred and sixty
+men) and the Ahousahts (who claimed two hundred and fifty), these little
+septs, all devoured by mutual hatred, and frequently at war with each
+other, were even then dwindling to nothingness. But the Opetsahts,
+though marked on the Admiralty Chart[22] as a separate tribe, are--or
+were--only a village of the Ahousahts.
+
+In Nootka Sound, the Muchlahts and Mooachahts lived. In Esperanza
+Inlet were the villages of two tribes--the Noochahlahts and Ayattisahts,
+numbering forty and twenty-two men respectively, and chiefed at that
+time by two worthies of the names of Mala-koi-Kennis, and
+Quak-ate-Komisa, whom we left in the delectable condition of each
+expecting the other round to cut his and his tribesmen's throats.
+
+North of this inlet were Ky-yoh-quahts, of the Sound of that name
+(Kaioquat), numbering two hundred and fifty men. To us they were
+exceedingly friendly, though a trader whom we met had a different tale
+to tell of their treatment of him. Kanemat, a young man of about
+twenty-two, was their chief, though the tribe was virtually governed by
+his mother, a notable lady named Shipally, and at times by his pretty
+squaw, Wick-anes, and his lively son and heir, Klahe-ek-enes. The
+Chaykisahts, the Klahosahts, and the Neshahts of Woody Point are the
+other Aht tribes, though the latter is not included among them by Mr.
+Sproat. But they speak their language, of which their chief village is
+its most northern limit.
+
+Everywhere their tribes showed such evident signs of decadence that by
+this time some of them must be all but extinct. Still, as the whites had
+not come much in contact with them--though all of them asked us for
+"lum" (rum), but did not get it, it is clear enough what had been the
+traders' staple--the "diseases of civilisation" could not be blamed for
+their decay. Even then the practical extermination of two tribes was so
+recent that the facts were still fresh in their neighbours' memory.
+These were the Ekkalahts, who lived at the top of the Alberni Canal, but
+were all but killed off in the same massacre by which the Opechesahts
+were decimated. The only survivor was a man named Keekeon, who lived
+with the Seshahts, most of whom had forgotten even the name of this
+vanquished little nationality. The other tribe was the Koapinahts (or
+Koapin-ah), who at that time numbered sixty or seventy people, but at
+the period to which I refer they were reduced to two adults--a man and a
+woman--all the rest having been slaughtered a few years earlier by the
+Kwakiools from the other side of the island, in conjunction with the
+Neshahts of Woody Point. In after days I learned to know these tribes
+very familiarly, crossing and recrossing the island with or to them,
+hunting and canoeing with them, in the woods, up the rivers, or on the
+lakes, and gathering from their lips
+
+    "This fair report of them who dwell
+    In that retirement."
+
+At first sight these "tinkler loons and siclike companie" were by no
+means attractive. They were frowsy, and, undeniably, they were not
+clean. But it was only after penetrating their inner ways, after
+learning the wealth of custom and folk-lore of which they, all
+unconscious of their riches, were the jealous custodians, that one began
+to appreciate these primitive folk from a scientific point of view. Even
+yet, as the writer recalls the days when he was prone to find men more
+romantic than is possible in "middle life forlorn," it is difficult not
+to associate the most prosaic of savages with something of the
+picturesqueness which, in novels at least, used to cling to all their
+race. For, as the charm of such existence as theirs unfolded itself to
+the lover of woods and prairies, and lakes and virgin streams, the
+neglect of soap and of sanitation was forgotten. As Mr. Leland has
+remarked about the gipsies: "When their lives and legends are known,
+the ethnologist is apt to think of Tieck's elves, and of the Shang
+Valley, which was so grim and repulsive from without, but which, once
+entered, was the gay forecourt of Goblin-land."
+
+In those days little was known--and little cared--about any of the
+Western tribes, except by the "schooner-men," as the Indians called the
+roving traders. Their very names were strange to the majority of the
+Victoria people, and I am told that very few of the colonists of to-day
+are any better informed. It has therefore been thought fitting that I
+should go somewhat minutely into the condition of the Indians, at a
+period when they were more primitive than now, as a slight contribution
+to the meagre chronicles of a dying race. For if not preserved here, it
+is likely to perish with almost the last survivor of a little band with
+whom, during the last two decades, death has been busy.
+
+[Sidenote: Nootka Sound and its memories.]
+
+Among the many inlets which we entered on the cruise which has enabled
+me to edit this narrative of a less fortunate predecessor, was Nootka
+Sound. No portion of North-West America was more famous than this spot,
+for once upon a time it was the former centre of the fur trade, and a
+locality which more than once figured prominently in diplomatic
+correspondence. Indeed, so associated was it as the type of this part of
+the western continent, that in many works the heterogeneous group of
+savages who inhabit the entire coast between the Columbia River and the
+end of Vancouver Island was described as the "Nootka-Columbians." More
+than one species of plant and animal attest the fact of this Sound
+having been the locality at which the naturalist first broke ground in
+North-West America. There are, for instance, a _Haliotis Nutkaensis_ (an
+ear shell), a _Rubus Nutkanus_ (a raspberry); and a yellow cypress,
+which, however, attained its chief development on the mainland much
+farther north, bears among its synonyms that of _Chamc�cyparis
+Nutkaensis_. For though it is undeniable that Ensign Juan Perez
+discovered it as early as 1779, and named it Port San Lorenzo, after the
+saint on whose day it was first seen, this fact was unknown or
+forgotten, when, four years later, Cook entered, and called it King
+George Sound, though he tells us it was afterwards found that it was
+called Nootka by the natives. Hence arose the title it has ever since
+borne, though this was an entire mistake on the great navigator's part,
+since there is no word in the Aht language at all corresponding to
+Nootka, unless indeed it is "Nootche," a mountain, which not unlikely
+Cook mistook for that of the inlet generally. The proofs of the presence
+of earlier visitors were iron and other tools, familiarity with ships,
+and two silver spoons of Spanish manufacture, which, we may take it, had
+been stolen from Perez's ship. The next vessel to enter the Sound was
+the _Sea Otter_, under the command of Captain James Hanna, who made such
+a haul in the shape of sea-otter skins that for many years Nootka was
+the great rendezvous of the fur-traders who cruised as far north as
+Russian America--now Alaska--and, like Portlock, Dixon, and Meares,
+charted and named many of the most familiar parts of the British
+Columbian coast. Meares built the _North-West America_ by the aid of
+Chinese carpenters in Nootka Sound in the winter of 1788-89, this little
+sloop being the first vessel, except a canoe, ever constructed in the
+country north of California.
+
+The lucrative trade done by the English and American traders, some of
+whom, disposing of their furs in China, sailed under the Portuguese flag
+and fitted out at Macao as the port most readily open to them,
+determined the Spaniards to assert their rights to the original
+discovery. This was done by Don Estevan Martinez "taking possession" of
+the Sound, seizing the vessels there, and erecting a fort to maintain
+the territory against all comers. A hot diplomatic warfare ensued, the
+result of which was the Convention of Nootka, by which the Sound was
+made over to Great Britain; and it was while engaged on this mission of
+receiving the Sound that Vancouver, conjointly with Quadra, the Spanish
+commander, discovered that the region it intersects is an island, which
+for a time bore their joint names, but by general consent has that of
+Vancouver only attached to it nowadays.
+
+This was in the year 1795. Being now indisputably British territory,
+Nootka and the coasts north and south of it became more and more
+frequented by fur-traders, who found, in spite of the increasing
+scarcity of pelts, and the higher prices which keener competition
+brought about, an ample profit in buying tolerably cheap on the American
+coast and selling very dear to the Chinese, whose love for the sea-otter
+continues unabated. Many of these adventurers were Americans--hailing,
+for the most part, from Boston. Hence to this day an American is
+universally known among the North-Western Indians as a "Boston-man,"
+while an Englishman is quite as generally termed a "Kintshautsh man"
+(King George man), it being during the long reign of George III. that
+they first became acquainted with our countrymen. Their barter was
+carried on in knives, copper plates, copper kettles, muskets,
+brass-hilted swords, soldiers' coats and buttons, pistols, tomahawks,
+and blankets, which soon superseded the more costly "Kotsaks" of
+sea-otter until then the principal garment, though the women wore, as
+they do still at times (or did when I knew the shore), blankets woven
+out of pine-tree bark. Rum also seemed to have been freely disposed of,
+and no doubt many of the outrages which early began to mark the
+intercourse of the brown men and their white visitors were not a little
+due to this, and to the customs, ever more free than welcome, in which
+it is the habit of the mariner to indulge when he and the savage
+forgather. At all events, the natives and their foreign visitors seem to
+have come very soon into collision. Indeed, it was seldom that a voyage
+was completed without some outrage on one or both sides, followed by
+reprisals from the party supposed to have been wronged. Thus part of the
+crew of the _Imperial Eagle_, under the command of Captain Barclay,[23]
+who discovered and named in his own honour the Sound so called, were
+murdered at "Queenhythe,"[24] south of Juan de Fuca Strait, which
+Barclay was amongst the first to explore, or rather to rediscover. At a
+later date, namely, in 1805, the _Atahualpa_ of Rhode Island was
+attacked in Millbank Sound, and her captain, mate, and six seamen were
+killed. In 1811 the _Tonquin_, belonging to John Jacob Astor's romantic
+fur-trading adventure, which is so well known from Washington Irving's
+_Astoria_, was seized by the savages on this coast, and then blown up by
+M'Kay, the chief trader, with the entire crew and their assailants. The
+scene of the catastrophe has been stated to be Nootka, but other
+commentators have fixed upon Barclay Sound, and as late as 1863 an
+intelligent trader informed me that some ship's timbers, half buried in
+the sand there, were attributed by the Indians to some disastrous event,
+which he believed to have been the one in question.[25] I am, however,
+now inclined to think that in crediting Nahwitti, at the northern end of
+Vancouver Island, with this notable event in the early history of
+North-West America,[26] Dr. George Dawson has arrived at the truth.
+
+To this day--or until very recently--the Indians of the North-West
+coast are not accounted very trustworthy, and at the period when I knew
+them they were suspected of killing several traders and of looting more
+than one small vessel, acts which earned for them frequent visits from
+the gunboats at Esquimault, and in several instances the undesirable
+distinction of having their villages shelled when they refused to
+give up the offenders--generally a difficult operation, since it meant
+pretty well the entire village.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN ENCAMPMENT NEAR THE LANDING-STAGE, ESQUIMAULT.]
+
+[Sidenote: John Jewitt and the capture of the "Boston" in 1803.]
+
+But the most famous of all the piracies of the Western Indians is that
+of which an account is contained in John Jewitt's Narrative. The
+ostensible author of this work was a Hull blacksmith, the armourer of
+the _Boston_, an American ship which was seized while lying in Nootka
+Sound, and the entire crew massacred, with the exception of Jewitt, who
+was spared owing to his skill as a mechanic being valuable to the
+Indians, and John Thompson, the sail-maker, who, though left for dead,
+recovered, and was saved by the tact of Jewitt in representing him to be
+his father. This happened in March 1803, and from that date until the
+20th of July 1805, these two men were kept in slavery to the chief
+Maquenna or Moqulla, when they were freed by the arrival of the brig
+_Lydia_ of Boston, Samuel Hill master. During this servitude, Jewitt,
+who seems to have been a man of some education, kept a journal and
+acquired the Aht language, though the style in which his book is written
+shows that in preparing it for the press he had obtained the assistance
+of a more practised writer than himself. Still, his work is a valuable
+contribution to ethnology. For, omitting the brief but excellent
+accounts by Cook and Meares, it is the earliest, and, with the exception
+of Mr. Sproat's lecture, the fullest description of these Indians. It is
+indeed the only one treating specially on the Nootka people, with whom
+alone he had any minute acquaintance. Some of the habits he pictures are
+now obsolete, or greatly modified, but others--it may be said the
+greater number--are exactly as he notes them to have been eighty-six
+years ago. Besides the internal evidences of its authenticity, the truth
+of the adventures described was vouched for at the time by Jewitt's
+companion in slavery; and though there is no absolute proof of its
+credibility, it may not be uninteresting to state that, thirty years
+ago, I conversed with an American sea captain, who, as a boy, distinctly
+remembered Jewitt working as a blacksmith in the town of Middleton in
+Connecticut. When the book was first published, in the year 1815,
+several editions appeared in America, and at least two reprints were
+called for in England, so that the Narrative enjoyed considerable
+popularity in the first two decades of the century. Writing in 1840,
+Robert Green Low, Librarian to the Department of State at Washington,
+characterises it as "a simple and unpretending narrative, which will, no
+doubt, in after centuries, be read with interest by the enlightened
+people of North-West America." Again, in 1845, the same industrious,
+though not always impartial, historian remarks that "this little book
+has been frequently reprinted, and, though seldom found in libraries, is
+much read by boys and seamen in the United States." As copies are now
+seldom met with, this is no longer the case, though on our cruise in
+1863 it was one of the well-thumbed little library of the traders, one
+of whom had inherited it from William Edy Banfield, whose name has
+already been mentioned (p. 25). This trader, for many years a well-known
+man on the out-of-the-way parts of the coast, furnished a curious link
+between Jewitt's time and our own. For an old Indian told him that he
+had, as a boy, served in the family of a chief of Nootka, called
+Klan-nin-itth, at the time when Jewitt and Thompson were in slavery; and
+that he often assisted Jewitt in making spears, arrows, and other
+weapons required for hostile expeditions. He said, further, that the
+white slave generally accompanied his owner on visits which he paid to
+the Ayhuttisaht, Ahousaht, and Klahoquaht chiefs. This old man
+especially remembered Jewitt, who was a good-humoured fellow, often
+reciting and singing in his own language for the amusement of the
+tribesmen. He was described as a tall, well-made youth, with a mirthful
+countenance, whose dress latterly consisted of nothing but a mantle of
+cedar bark. Mr. Sproat, who obtained his information from the same
+quarter that I did, adds that there was a long story of Jewitt's
+courting, and finally abducting, the daughter of Waughclagh, the
+Ahousaht chief. This incident in his career is not recorded by our
+author, who, however, was married to a daughter of Upquesta, an
+Ayhuttisaht Indian.
+
+Apart, however, from Jewitt not caring to enlighten the decent-living
+puritans of Connecticut too minutely regarding his youthful escapades,
+it is not unlikely that Mr. Banfield's informant mixed up some
+half-forgotten legends regarding another white man, who, seventeen years
+before Jewitt's captivity, had voluntarily remained among these Nootka
+Indians. This was a scapegrace named John M'Kay,[27] an Irishman, who,
+after being in the East India Company's Service in some minor medical
+capacity, shipped in 1785 on board the _Captain Cook_ as surgeon's mate,
+and was left behind in Nootka Sound, in the hope that he would so
+ingratiate himself with the natives, as to induce them to refuse furs to
+any other traders except those with whom he was connected. This man
+seems to have been an ignorant, untruthful braggart, who contradicted
+himself in many important particulars. But entire credence may be given
+to his statement that in a short time he sank into barbarism, becoming
+as filthy as the dirtiest of his savage companions. For when Captain
+Hanna saw him in August 1786, the natives had stripped him of his
+clothes, and obliged him to adopt their dress and habits. He even
+refused to leave, declaring that he had begun to relish dried fish and
+whale oil--though, owing to a famine in the Sound, he got little of
+either--and was well satisfied to stay for another year. After making
+various excursions in the country about Nootka Sound, during which he
+came to the conclusion that it was not a part of the American continent,
+but a chain of detached islands, he gladly deserted his Indian wife, and
+left with Captain Berkeley in 1787. To "preach, fight, and mend a
+musket" seems to have been too much for this medical pluralist. His
+further history I am unable to trace, though, for the sake of historical
+roundness, it would have been interesting to believe that he was the
+same M'Kay who twenty-four years later ended his career so terribly by
+blowing up the _Tonquin_, with whose son I was well acquainted.
+
+In all of these transactions the head chief of Nootka, or at least of
+the Mooachahts, figures prominently. This was Maquenna or Moqulla
+(Jewitt's Maquina), who, with his relative Wikananish, ruled over most
+of the tribes from here to Nettinaht Inlet. He was a shifty savage,
+endowed with no small mental ability, and, though at times capable of
+acts which were almost generous, untrustworthy like most of his race,
+and when offended ready for any act of vindictiveness. Wikananish was on
+a visit to Maquenna when the _Discovery_ and _Resolution_ entered the
+Sound, and among the relics which Maquenna kept for many years were a
+brass mortar left by Cook, which in Meares's day was borne before the
+chief as a portion of his regalia, and three "pieces of a brassy metal
+formed like cricket bats," on which were the remains of the name and
+arms of Sir Joseph Banks, and the date 1775--Banks, it may be
+remembered, being the scientific companion of Cook. In every subsequent
+voyage Maquenna figures, and not a few of the outrages committed on that
+coast were due either to him or to his instigation. Some, like his
+attempt to seize Hanna's vessel in 1785, are known from extraneous
+sources, and others were boasted of by him to Jewitt. The last of his
+proceedings of which history has left any record, is the murder of the
+crew of the _Boston_ and the enslavement of Thompson and Jewitt, and in
+the narrative of the latter we are afforded a final glimpse of this
+notorious "King."[28]
+
+[Sidenote: Changes since Jewitt's time.]
+
+When I visited Nootka Sound in 1863, fifty-eight years had passed since
+the captivity of the author of this book. In the interval many things
+had happened. But though the Indians had altered in some respects, they
+were perhaps less changed than almost any other savages in America since
+the whites came in contact with them. Eighty-five years had passed since
+Cook had careened his ships in Resolution Cove, and seventy since
+Vancouver entered the Sound on his almost more notable voyage. Yet the
+bricks from the blacksmith's forge, fresh and vitrified as if they had
+been in contact with the fire only yesterday, were at times dug up from
+among the rank herbage. The village in Friendly Cove--a spot which not a
+few mariners found to be very unfriendly--differed in no way from the
+picture in Cook's _Voyage_; and though some curio-hunting captain had no
+doubt long ago carried off the mortar and emblazoned brasses, the
+natives still spoke traditionally of Cook and Vancouver, and were ready
+to point out the spots where in 1788 Meares built the _North-West
+America_ and the white men had cultivated. Memories of Martinez and
+Quadra existed in the shape of many legends, of Indians with Iberian
+features, and of several old people who by tradition (though some of
+them were old enough to have remembered these navigators), could still
+repeat the Spanish numerals. And the head chief of the Mooachahts in
+Friendly Cove--vastly smaller though his tribe was, and much abridged
+his power--was a grandson of Maquenna, called by the same name, and had
+many of his worst characteristics. This fact I am likely to remember.
+For he had been accused of having murdered, in the previous January,
+Captain Stev of the _Trader_, and since that time no whites had ventured
+near him. He, however, assured us that the report was simply a scandal
+raised by the neighbouring tribes, who had long hated him and his
+people, and would like to see them punished by the arrival of a gunboat,
+and that in reality the vessel was wrecked, and the white men were
+drowned. At the same time, among the voices heard that night at the
+council held in Maquenna's great lodge, supported by the huge beams
+described by Jewitt, were some in favour of killing his latest visitors,
+on the principle that dead men tell no tales. But that the Noes had it,
+the present narrative is the best proof.
+
+So far as their habits were concerned, they were in a condition as
+primitive as at almost any period since the whites had visited them.
+Many of the old people were covered only with a mantle of woven pine
+bark, and beyond a shirt, in most cases made out of a flour sack, a
+blanket was the sole garment of the majority of the tribesmen. At times
+when they wanted to receive any goods, they simply pulled off the
+blanket, wrapped up the articles in it, and went ashore stark naked,
+with the exception of a piece of skin round the loins. The women wore
+for the most part no other dress except the blanket and a curious apron
+made of a fringe of bark strings. All of them painted hideously, the
+women adding a streak of vermilion down the middle division of the hair,
+and on high occasions the glittering mica sand, spoken of by Jewitt, was
+called into requisition. Their customs--and I had plenty of
+opportunities to study them in the course of the years which
+followed--were in no way different from what they were in Cook's time.
+No missionary seemed ever to have visited them, and their religious
+observances were accordingly still the most unadulterated of paganism.
+Jewitt's narrative is, however, as might have been expected, very vague
+on such matters; and, curiously enough, he makes no mention of their
+characteristic trait of compressing the foreheads of the children, the
+tribes in Koskeemo Sound squeezing it, while the bones are still
+cartilaginous, in a conical shape--though the brain is not thereby
+permanently injured: it is simply displaced.
+
+Since that day, the tribesmen of the west coast of Vancouver Island have
+grown fewer and fewer. Some of the smaller septs have indeed become
+extinct, and others must be fast on the wane. They have, however, eaten
+of the tree of knowledge, and the gunboats have now little occasion to
+visit them for punitive purposes. Missionaries have even attempted to
+teach them better manners. The Alberni saw-mills have long been
+deserted, though other settlers have taken possession of the ground, and
+several have squatted in Koskeemo Sound, in the hope that the coal-seams
+there might induce the Pacific steamers to make that remote region their
+headquarters. Finally, an effort is being made to induce fishermen from
+the West of Scotland to settle on that coast. There is plenty of work
+for them, and the Indians nowadays are very little to be feared. Indeed,
+so far from the successors of Moqulla and Wikananish menacing Donald and
+Sandy, they will be ready to help them for a consideration; though a
+great deal of tact and forbearance will be necessary before people so
+conservative as the hot-tempered Celts work smoothly with a race quite
+as fiery and quite as wedded to old ways, as the Ahts among whom John
+Jewitt passed the early years of this century.
+
+    R. B.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] _Rubus Nutkanus._
+
+[2] _Rubus spectabilis._
+
+[3] _Gaultheria Shallon._
+
+[4] _Vaccinium ovatum._
+
+[5] _Pyrus rivularis._
+
+[6] _Ribes sanguineum_, now a common shrub in our ornamental grounds.
+
+[7] _Echinopanax horridum._
+
+[8] _Thuja gigantea_, a tree which to the Indian is what the bamboo is
+to the Chinese.
+
+[9] _Acer macrophyllum._
+
+[10] _Cornus Nuttallii._
+
+[11] _Arbutus Menziesii._
+
+[12] _Selasphorus rufus._ It is one of one hundred and fifty-three birds
+which I catalogued from Vancouver Island (_Ibis_, Nov. 1868).
+
+[13] _Scenes and Studies of Savage Life_ (1868), by the Hon. G. M.
+Sproat, late Commissioner of Indian Affairs for British Columbia.
+
+[14] "Pachena" of the Indians.
+
+[15] Or, as they call themselves in their dialect of the Aht,
+"Dittinahts." Nettinaht is a white man's corruption.
+
+[16] A few years earlier they were estimated at a thousand.
+
+[17] "Klootis" of the Indians.
+
+[18] Known to them as "Etlo."
+
+[19] They were not permitted this privilege until the whites came to
+Alberni in August 1860.
+
+[20] Though the orthography of these names is often incorrect, and not
+even phonetically accurate, I have, in order to avoid the mischief of a
+confusion of nomenclature, kept to that of the Admiralty Chart.
+
+[21] This was the Banfield who acted as Indian agent in Barclay Sound.
+He was drowned by Kleetsak, a slave of Kleesheens, capsizing the canoe
+in which he was sailing, in revenge for a slight passed upon the chief.
+I went ashore at the Ohyaht village in the same canoe, and was asked
+whether I was not afraid, "for Banipe was killed in it." There was also
+a story that the capsize was an accident.
+
+[22] It may be proper to state in this place that the interior details
+of that chart are, with very few exceptions, from my explorations. But
+the map on which they were laid down by me has been so often copied by
+societies, governments, and private individuals without permission (and
+without acknowledgment), that the author of it has long ceased to claim
+a property so generally pillaged. The original, however, appeared, with
+a memoir on the interior--"Das Innere der Vancouver Insel"--which has
+not yet been translated, in Petermann's _Geographische Mittheilungen_,
+1869.
+
+[23] Or Berkeley--for the name is spelt both ways.
+
+[24] Destruction Island, in lat. 47� 35'. This was almost the same spot
+as that in which the Spaniards of Bodega's crew were massacred in 1775,
+and for this reason they named it Isla de Dolores--the "Island of
+Sorrows." It is in what is now the State of Washington, U.S.A.
+
+[25] Green Low will even blame Wikananish, who figures in Jewitt's
+narrative, as the instigator of the outrage.
+
+[26] The Nahwitti Indians. Compare the Tl[=a]-tl[=i]-s[=i]--Kwela and
+Nekum-ke-l[=i]sla septs of the Kwakiool people. They now inhabit a
+village named Meloopa, on the south-east side of Hope Island. But their
+original hamlet was situated on a small rocky peninsula on the east side
+of Cape Commerell, which forms the north point of Vancouver Island. Here
+remains of old houses are still to be seen, at a place known to the
+Indians as Nahwitti. It was close to this place that the _Tonquin_ was
+blown up.--_Science_, vol. ix. p. 341.
+
+[27] "Maccay" (Meares); "M'Key" (Dixon).
+
+[28] There is a portrait of him, apparently authentic, in Meares's
+_Voyages_, vol. ii. (1791). That in the original edition of Jewitt's
+Narrative, like the plate of the capture of the _Boston_, appears to
+have been drawn from description, though there is a certain resemblance
+in it to Meares's sketch made fourteen or fifteen years earlier. But the
+scenery, the canoes, the people, and, above all, the palm trees in
+Nootka Sound, are purely imaginary.
+
+
+
+
+JOHN JEWITT'S NARRATIVE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+BIRTH, PARENTAGE AND EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR
+
+
+I was born in Boston, a considerable borough town in Lincolnshire, in
+Great Britain, on the 21st of May, 1783. My father, Edward Jewitt, was
+by trade a blacksmith, and esteemed among the first in his line of
+business in that place. At the age of three years I had the misfortune
+to lose my mother, a most excellent woman, who died in childbed, leaving
+an infant daughter, who, with myself, and an elder brother by a former
+marriage of my father, constituted the whole of our family. My father,
+who considered a good education as the greatest blessing he could bestow
+on his children, was very particular in paying every attention to us in
+that respect, always exhorting us to behave well, and endeavouring to
+impress on our minds the principles of virtue and morality, and no
+expense in his power was spared to have us instructed in whatever might
+render us useful and respectable in society. My brother, who was four
+years older than myself and of a more hardy constitution, he destined
+for his own trade, but to me he had resolved to give an education
+superior to that which is to be obtained in a common school, it being
+his intention that I should adopt one of the learned professions.
+Accordingly, at the age of twelve he took me from the school in which I
+had been taught the first rudiments of learning, and placed me under the
+care of Mr. Moses, a celebrated teacher of an academy at Donnington,
+about eleven miles from Boston, in order to be instructed in the Latin
+language, and in some of the higher branches of the mathematics. I there
+made considerable proficiency in writing, reading, and arithmetic, and
+obtained a pretty good knowledge of navigation and of surveying; but my
+progress in Latin was slow, not only owing to the little inclination I
+felt for learning that language, but to a natural impediment in my
+speech, which rendered it extremely difficult for me to pronounce it, so
+that in a short time, with my father's consent, I wholly relinquished
+the study.
+
+The period of my stay at this place was the most happy of my life. My
+preceptor, Mr. Moses, was not only a learned, but a virtuous,
+benevolent, and amiable man, universally beloved by his pupils, who took
+delight in his instruction, and to whom he allowed every proper
+amusement that consisted with attention to their studies.
+
+One of the principal pleasures I enjoyed was in attending the fair,
+which is regularly held twice a year at Donnington, in the spring and in
+the fall,[29] the second day being wholly devoted to selling horses, a
+prodigious number of which are brought thither for that purpose. As the
+scholars on these occasions were always indulged with a holiday, I
+cannot express with what eagerness of youthful expectation I used to
+anticipate these fairs, nor what delight I felt at the various shows,
+exhibitions of wild beasts, and other entertainments that they
+presented; I was frequently visited by my father, who always discovered
+much joy on seeing me, praised me for my acquirements, and usually left
+me a small sum for my pocket expenses.
+
+Among the scholars at this academy, there was one named Charles Rice,
+with whom I formed a particular intimacy, which continued during the
+whole of my stay. He was my class and room mate, and as the town he came
+from, Ashby, was more than sixty miles off, instead of returning home,
+he used frequently during the vacation to go with me to Boston, where he
+always met with a cordial welcome from my father, who received me on
+these occasions with the greatest affection, apparently taking much
+pride in me. My friend in return used to take me with him to an uncle of
+his in Donnington, a very wealthy man, who, having no children of his
+own, was very fond of his nephew, and on his account I was always a
+welcome visitor at the house. I had a good voice, and an ear for music,
+to which I was always passionately attached, though my father
+endeavoured to discourage this propensity, considering it (as is too
+frequently the case) but an introduction to a life of idleness and
+dissipation; and, having been remarked for my singing at church, which
+was regularly attended on Sundays and festival days by the scholars, Mr.
+Morthrop, my friend Rice's uncle, used frequently to request me to sing;
+he was always pleased with my exhibitions of this kind, and it was no
+doubt one of the means that secured me so gracious a reception at his
+house. A number of other gentlemen in the place would sometimes send for
+me to sing at their houses, and as I was not a little vain of my vocal
+powers, I was much gratified on receiving these invitations, and
+accepted them with the greatest pleasure.
+
+Thus passed away the two happiest years of my life, when my father,
+thinking that I had received a sufficient education for the profession
+he intended me for, took me from school at Donnington in order to
+apprentice me to Doctor Mason, a surgeon of eminence at Reasby, in the
+neighbourhood of the celebrated Sir Joseph Banks.[30] With regret did I
+part from my school acquaintance, particularly my friend Rice, and
+returned home with my father, on a short visit to my family, preparatory
+to my intended apprenticeship. The disinclination I ever had felt for
+the profession my father wished me to pursue, was still further
+increased on my return. When a child I was always fond of being in the
+shop, among the workmen, endeavouring to imitate what I saw them do;
+this disposition so far increased after my leaving the academy, that I
+could not bear to hear the least mention made of my being apprenticed to
+a surgeon, and I used so many entreaties with my father to persuade him
+to give up this plan and learn me his own trade, that he at last
+consented.
+
+More fortunate would it probably have been for me, had I gratified the
+wishes of this affectionate parent, in adopting the profession he had
+chosen for me, than thus to have induced him to sacrifice them to mine.
+However it might have been, I was at length introduced into the shop,
+and my natural turn of mind corresponding with the employment, I became
+in a short time uncommonly expert at the work to which I was set. I now
+felt myself well contented, pleased with my occupation, and treated with
+much affection by my father, and kindness by my step-mother, my father
+having once more entered the state of matrimony, with a widow much
+younger than himself, who had been brought up in a superior manner, and
+was an amiable and sensible woman.
+
+About a year after I had commenced this apprenticeship, my father,
+finding that he could carry on his business to more advantage in Hull,
+removed thither with his family. An event of no little importance to me,
+as it in a great measure influenced my future destiny. Hull being one of
+the best ports in England, and a place of great trade, my father had
+there full employment for his numerous workmen, particularly in vessel
+work. This naturally leading me to an acquaintance with the sailors on
+board some of the ships: the many remarkable stories they told me of
+their voyages and adventures, and of the manners and customs of the
+nations they had seen, excited a strong wish in me to visit foreign
+countries, which was increased by my reading the voyages of Captain
+Cook, and some other celebrated navigators.
+
+Thus passed the four years that I lived at Hull, where my father was
+esteemed by all who knew him, as a worthy, industrious, and thriving
+man. At this period a circumstance occurred which afforded me the
+opportunity I had for some time wished, of gratifying my inclination of
+going abroad.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Among our principal customers at Hull were the Americans who frequented
+that port, and from whose conversation my father as well as myself
+formed the most favourable opinion of that country, as affording an
+excellent field for the exertions of industry, and a flattering prospect
+for the establishment of a young man in life. In the summer of the year
+1802, during the peace between England and France, the ship _Boston_,
+belonging to Boston, in Massachusetts, and commanded by Captain John
+Salter, arrived at Hull, whither she came to take on board a cargo of
+such goods as were wanted for the trade with the Indians, on the
+North-West coast of America, from whence, after having taken in a lading
+of furs and skins, she was to proceed to China, and from thence home to
+America. The ship having occasion for many repairs and alterations,
+necessary for so long a voyage, the captain applied to my father to do
+the smith's work, which was very considerable. That gentleman, who was
+of a social turn, used often to call at my father's house, where he
+passed many of his evenings, with his chief and second mates, Mr. B.
+Delouisa and Mr. William Ingraham,[31] the latter a fine young man of
+about twenty, of a most amiable temper, and of such affable manners, as
+gained him the love and attachment of the whole crew. These gentlemen
+used occasionally to take me with them to the theatre, an amusement
+which I was very fond of, and which my father rather encouraged than
+objected to, as he thought it a good means of preventing young men, who
+are naturally inclined to seek for something to amuse them, from
+frequenting taverns, ale-houses, and places of bad resort, equally
+destructive of the health and morals, while the stage frequently
+furnishes excellent lessons of morality and good conduct.
+
+In the evenings that he passed at my father's, Captain Salter, who had
+for a great number of years been at sea, and seen almost all parts of
+the world, used sometimes to speak of his voyages, and, observing me
+listen with much attention to his relations, he one day, when I had
+brought him some work, said to me in rather a jocose manner, "John, how
+should you like to go with me?" I answered, that it would give me great
+pleasure, that I had for a long time wished to visit foreign countries,
+particularly America, which I had been told so many fine stories of, and
+that if my father would give his consent, and he was willing to take me
+with him, I would go.
+
+"I shall be very glad to do it," said he, "if your father can be
+prevailed on to let you go; and as I want an expert smith for an
+armourer, the one I have shipped for that purpose not being sufficiently
+master of his trade, I have no doubt that you will answer my turn well,
+as I perceive you are both active and ingenious, and on my return to
+America I shall probably be able to do something much better for you in
+Boston. I will take the first opportunity of speaking to your father
+about it, and try to persuade him to consent." He accordingly, the next
+evening that he called at our house, introduced the subject: my father
+at first would not listen to the proposal. That best of parents, though
+anxious for my advantageous establishment in life, could not bear to
+think of parting with me, but on Captain Salter's telling him of what
+benefit it would be to me to go the voyage with him, and that it was a
+pity to keep a promising and ingenious young fellow like myself confined
+to a small shop in England, when if I had tolerable success I might do
+so much better in America, where wages were much higher and living
+cheaper, he at length gave up his objections, and consented that I
+should ship on board the _Boston_ as an armourer, at the rate of thirty
+dollars per month, with an agreement that the amount due to me, together
+with a certain sum of money, which my father gave Captain Salter for
+that purpose, should be laid out by him on the North-West coast in the
+purchase of furs for my account, to be disposed of in China for such
+goods as would yield a profit on the return of the ship; my father being
+solicitous to give me every advantage in his power of well establishing
+myself in my trade in Boston, or some other maritime town of America.
+Such were the flattering expectations which this good man indulged
+respecting me. Alas! the fatal disaster that befell us, not only blasted
+all these hopes, but involved me in extreme distress and wretchedness
+for a long period after.
+
+The ship, having undergone a thorough repair and been well coppered,
+proceeded to take on board her cargo, which consisted of English cloths,
+Dutch blankets, looking-glasses, beads, knives, razors, etc., which
+were received from Holland, some sugar and molasses, about twenty
+hogsheads of rum, including stores for the ship, a great quantity of
+ammunition, cutlasses, pistols, and three thousand muskets and
+fowling-pieces. The ship being loaded and ready for sea, as I was
+preparing for my departure, my father came to me, and, taking me aside,
+said to me with much emotion, "John, I am now going to part with you,
+and Heaven only knows if we shall ever again meet. But in whatever part
+of the world you are, always bear it in mind, that on your own conduct
+will depend your success in life. Be honest, industrious, frugal, and
+temperate, and you will not fail, in whatsoever country it may be your
+lot to be placed, to gain yourself friends. Let the Bible be your guide,
+and your reliance in any fortune that may befall you, that Almighty
+Being, who knows how to bring forth good from evil, and who never
+deserts those who put their trust in Him." He repeated his exhortations
+to me to lead an honest and Christian life, and to recollect that I had
+a father, a mother, a brother, and sister, who could not but feel a
+strong interest in my welfare, enjoining me to write him by the first
+opportunity that should offer to England, from whatever part of the
+world I might be in, more particularly on my arrival in Boston. This I
+promised to do, but long unhappily was it before I was able to fulfil
+this promise. I then took an affectionate leave of my worthy parent,
+whose feelings would hardly permit him to speak, and, bidding an
+affectionate farewell to my brother, sister, and step-mother, who
+expressed the greatest solicitude for my future fortune, went on board
+the ship, which proceeded to the Downs, to be ready for the first
+favourable wind. I found myself well accommodated on board as regarded
+my work, an iron forge having been erected on deck; this my father had
+made for the ship on a new plan, for which he afterwards obtained a
+patent; while a corner of the steerage was appropriated to my
+vice-bench, so that in bad weather I could work below.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[29] These fairs are still held, though the dates are now May 26th,
+September 4th, and October 27th.
+
+[30] The companion of Cook, and for many years President of the Royal
+Society.
+
+[31] This William Ingraham must not be confounded with Joseph Ingraham,
+who also visited Nootka Sound, and played a considerable part in the
+exploration of the North-West American coast.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+VOYAGE TO NOOTKA SOUND
+
+
+On the third day of September, 1802, we sailed from the Downs with a
+fair wind, in company with twenty-four sail of American vessels, most of
+which were bound home.
+
+I was sea-sick for a few of the first days, but it was of short
+continuance, and on my recovery I found myself in uncommonly fine health
+and spirits, and went to work with alacrity at my forge, in putting in
+order some of the muskets, and making daggers, knives, and small
+hatchets for the Indian trade, while in wet and stormy weather I was
+occupied below in filing and polishing them. This was my employment,
+having but little to do with sailing the vessel, though I used
+occasionally to lend a hand in assisting the seamen in taking in and
+making sail.
+
+As I had never before been out of sight of land, I cannot describe my
+sensations, after I had recovered from the distressing effects of
+sea-sickness, on viewing the mighty ocean by which I was surrounded,
+bound only by the sky, while its waves, rising in mountains, seemed
+every moment to threaten our ruin. Manifest as is the hand of Providence
+in preserving its creatures from destruction, in no instance is it more
+so than on the great deep; for whether we consider in its tumultuary
+motions the watery deluge that each moment menaces to overwhelm us, the
+immense violence of its shocks, the little that interposes between us
+and death, a single plank forming our only security, which, should it
+unfortunately be loosened, would plunge us at once into the abyss, our
+gratitude ought strongly to be excited towards that superintending Deity
+who in so wonderful a manner sustains our lives amid the waves.
+
+We had a pleasant and favourable passage of twenty-nine days to the
+Island of St. Catherine,[32] on the coast of Brazils, where the captain
+had determined to stop for a few days to wood and water. This place
+belongs to the Portuguese. On entering the harbour, we were saluted by
+the fort, which we returned. The next day the governor of the island
+came on board of us with his suite; Captain Salter received him with
+much respect, and invited him to dine with him, which he accepted. The
+ship remained at St. Catherine's four days, during which time we were
+busily employed in taking in wood, water, and fresh provisions, Captain
+Salter thinking it best to furnish himself here with a full supply for
+his voyage to the North-West coast, so as not to be obliged to stop at
+the Sandwich Islands. St. Catherine's is a very commodious place for
+vessels to stop at that are bound round Cape Horn, as it abounds with
+springs of fine water, with excellent oranges, plantains, and bananas.
+
+Having completed our stores, we put to sea, and on the twenty-fifth of
+December, at length passed Cape Horn, which we had made no less than
+thirty-six days before, but were repeatedly forced back by contrary
+winds, experiencing very rough and tempestuous weather in doubling it.
+
+Immediately after passing Cape Horn, all our dangers and difficulties
+seemed to be at an end; the weather became fine, and so little labour
+was necessary on board the ship, that the men soon recovered from their
+fatigue and were in excellent spirits. A few days after we fell in with
+an English South Sea whaling ship homeward bound,[33] which was the only
+vessel we spoke with on our voyage. We now took the trade wind or
+monsoon, during which we enjoyed the finest weather possible, so that
+for the space of a fortnight we were not obliged to reeve a topsail or
+to make a tack, and so light was the duty and easy the life of the
+sailors during this time, that they appeared the happiest of any people
+in the world.
+
+Captain Salter, who had been for many years in the East India trade, was
+a most excellent seaman, and preserved the strictest order and
+discipline on board his ship, though he was a man of mild temper and
+conciliating manners, and disposed to allow every indulgence to his men,
+not inconsistent with their duty. We had on board a fine band of music,
+with which on Saturday nights, when the weather was pleasant, we were
+accustomed to be regaled, the captain ordering them to play for several
+hours for the amusement of the crew. This to me was most delightful,
+especially during the serene evenings we experienced in traversing the
+Southern Ocean. As for myself, during the day I was constantly occupied
+at my forge, in refitting or repairing some of the ironwork of the
+vessel, but principally in making tomahawks, daggers, etc., for the
+North-West coast.
+
+During the first part of our voyage we saw scarcely any fish, excepting
+some whales, a few sharks, and flying fish; but after weathering Cape
+Horn we met with numerous shoals of sea porpoises, several of whom we
+caught, and as we had been for some time without fresh provisions, I
+found it not only a palatable, but really a very excellent food. To one
+who has never before seen them, a shoal of these fish[34] presents a
+very striking and singular appearance; beheld at a distance coming
+towards a vessel, they look not unlike a great number of small black
+waves rolling over one another in a confused manner, and approaching
+with great swiftness. As soon as a shoal is seen, all is bustle and
+activity on board the ship, the grains and the harpoons are immediately
+got ready, and those who are best skilled in throwing them take their
+stand at the bow and along the gunwale, anxiously awaiting the welcome
+troop as they come, gambolling and blowing around the vessel, in search
+of food. When pierced with the harpoon and drawn on board, unless the
+fish is instantly killed by the stroke, which rarely happens, it utters
+most pitiful cries, greatly resembling those of an infant. The flesh,
+cut into steaks and broiled, is not unlike very coarse beef, and the
+harslet in appearance and taste is so much like that of a hog, that it
+would be no easy matter to distinguish the one from the other; from this
+circumstance the sailors have given the name of the herring hog[35] to
+this fish. I was told by some of the crew, that if one of them happens
+to free itself from the grains or harpoons, when struck, all the others,
+attracted by the blood, immediately quit the ship and give chase to the
+wounded one, and as soon as they overtake it, immediately tear it in
+pieces. We also caught a large shark, which had followed the ship for
+several days, with a hook which I made for the purpose, and although the
+flesh was by no means equal to that of the herring hog, yet to those
+destitute as we were of anything fresh, I found it eat very well. After
+passing the Cape, when the sea had become calm, we saw great numbers of
+albatrosses, a large brown and white bird of the goose kind, one of
+which Captain Salter shot, whose wings measured from their extremities
+fifteen feet. One thing, however, I must not omit mentioning, as it
+struck me in a most singular and extraordinary manner. This was, that on
+passing Cape Horn in December, which was midsummer in that climate, the
+nights were so light, without any moon, that we found no difficulty
+whatever in reading small print, which we frequently did during our
+watches.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[32] Santa Catharina.
+
+[33] This is now, so far as Great Britain is concerned, a reminiscence
+of a vanished trade: the South Sea whaling is extinct.
+
+[34] The zoological reader does not require to be told that the
+porpoise, a very general term applied by sailors to many small species
+of cetaceans, is not a "fish."
+
+[35] _Porc poisson_ of the French, of which porpoise is simply a
+corruption.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+INTERCOURSE WITH THE NATIVES--MAQUINA--SEIZURE OF THE VESSEL AND MURDER
+OF THE CREW
+
+
+In this manner, with a fair wind and easy weather from the 28th of
+December, the period of our passing Cape Horn, we pursued our voyage to
+the northward until the 12th of March, 1803, when we made Woody Point in
+Nootka Sound, on the North-West coast of America. We immediately stood
+up the Sound for Nootka, where[36] Captain Salter had determined to
+stop, in order to supply the ship with wood and water before proceeding
+up the coast to trade. But in order to avoid the risk of any molestation
+or interruption to his men from the Indians while thus employed, he
+proceeded with the ship about five miles to the northward of the
+village, which is situated on Friendly Cove, and sent out his chief mate
+with several of the crew in the boat to find a good place for anchoring
+her. After sounding for some time, they returned with information that
+they had discovered a secure place for anchorage, on the western side of
+an inlet or small bay, at about half a mile from the coast, near a small
+island which protected it from the sea, and where there was plenty of
+wood and excellent water. The ship accordingly came to anchor in this
+place, at twelve o'clock at night, in twelve fathom water, muddy bottom,
+and so near the shore that to prevent the ship from winding we secured
+her by a hawser to the trees.
+
+On the morning of the next day, the 13th, several of the natives came on
+board in a canoe from the village of Nootka, with their king, called
+Maquina, who appeared much pleased on seeing us, and with great seeming
+cordiality welcomed Captain Salter and his officers to his country. As I
+had never before beheld a savage of any nation, it may readily be
+supposed that the novelty of their appearance, so different from any
+people that I had hitherto seen, excited in me strong feelings of
+surprise and curiosity. I was, however, particularly struck with the
+looks of their king, who was a man of a dignified aspect, about six feet
+in height and extremely straight and well proportioned; his features
+were in general good, and his face was rendered remarkable by a large
+Roman nose, a very uncommon form of feature among these people; his
+complexion was of a dark copper hue, though his face, legs, and arms
+were, on this occasion, so covered with red paint, that their natural
+colour could scarcely be perceived; his eyebrows were painted black in
+two broad stripes like a new moon, and his long black hair, which shone
+with oil, was fastened in a bunch on the top of his head and strewed or
+powdered all over with white down, which gave him a most curious and
+extraordinary appearance. He was dressed in a large mantle or cloak of
+the black sea-otter skin, which reached to his knees, and was fastened
+around his middle by a broad belt of the cloth of the country, wrought
+or painted with figures of several colours; this dress was by no means
+unbecoming, but, on the contrary, had an air of savage magnificence. His
+men were habited in mantles of the same cloth, which is made from the
+bark of a tree,[37] and has some resemblance to straw matting; these are
+nearly square, and have two holes in the upper part large enough to
+admit the arms; they reach as low as the knees, and are fastened round
+their bodies with a belt about four inches broad of the same cloth.
+
+From his having frequently visited the English and American ships that
+traded to the coast, Maquina had learned the signification of a number
+of English words, and in general could make himself pretty well
+understood by us in our own language. He was always the first to go on
+board such ships as came to Nootka, which he was much pleased in
+visiting, even when he had no trade to offer, as he always received some
+small present, and was in general extremely well treated by the
+commanders. He remained on board of us for some time, during which the
+captain took him into the cabin and treated him with a glass of
+rum--these people being very fond of distilled spirits--and some biscuit
+and molasses, which they prefer to any kind of food that we can offer
+them.[38]
+
+As there are seldom many furs to be purchased at this place, and it was
+not fully the season, Captain Salter had put in here not so much with an
+expectation of trading, as to procure an ample stock of wood and water
+for the supply of the ship on the coast, thinking it more prudent to
+take it on board at Nootka, from the generally friendly disposition of
+the people, than to endanger the safety of his men in sending them on
+shore for that purpose among the more ferocious natives of the north.
+
+With this view, we immediately set about getting our water-casks in
+readiness, and the next and two succeeding days, part of the crew were
+sent on shore to cut pine timber, and assist the carpenter in making it
+into yards and spars for the ship, while those on board were employed in
+refitting the rigging, repairing the sails, etc., when we proceeded to
+take in our wood and water as expeditiously as possible, during which
+time I kept myself busily employed in repairing the muskets, making
+knives, tomaxes,[39] etc., and doing such ironwork as was wanted for the
+ship.
+
+Meantime more or less of the natives came on board of us daily, bringing
+with them fresh salmon, with which they supplied us in great plenty,
+receiving in return some trifling articles. Captain Salter was always
+very particular, before admitting these people on board, to see that
+they had no arms about them, by obliging them indiscriminately to throw
+off their garments, so that he felt perfectly secure from any attack.
+
+On the 15th the king came on board with several of his chiefs; he was
+dressed as before in his magnificent otter-skin robe, having his face
+highly painted, and his hair tossed with the white down, which looked
+like snow. His chiefs were dressed in mantles of the country cloth of
+its natural colour, which is a pale yellow; these were ornamented with a
+broad border, painted or wrought in figures of several colours,
+representing men's heads, various animals, etc., and secured around them
+by a belt like that of the king, from which it was distinguished only by
+being narrower: the dress of the common people is of the same fashion,
+and differs from that of the chiefs in being of a coarser texture, and
+painted red, of one uniform colour.
+
+Captain Salter invited Maquina and his chiefs to dine with him, and it
+was curious to see how these people (when they eat) seat themselves (in
+their country fashion, upon our chairs) with their feet under them
+crossed like Turks. They cannot endure the taste of salt, and the only
+thing they would eat with us was the ship bread, which they were very
+fond of, especially when dipped in molasses; they had also a great
+liking for tea and coffee when well sweetened. As iron weapons and tools
+of almost every kind are in much request among them, whenever they came
+on board they were always very attentive to me, crowding around me at
+the forge, as if to see in what manner I did my work, and in this way
+became quite familiar, a circumstance, as will be seen in the end, of
+great importance to me. The salmon which they brought us furnished a
+most delicious treat to men who for a long time had lived wholly on
+salt provisions, excepting such few sea fish as we had the good fortune
+occasionally to take. We indeed feasted most luxuriously, and flattered
+ourselves that we should not want while on the coast for plenty of fresh
+provisions, little imagining the fate that awaited us, and that this
+dainty food was to prove the unfortunate lure to our destruction!
+
+On the 19th the king came again on board, and was invited by the captain
+to dine with him. He had much conversation with Captain Salter, and
+informed him that there were plenty of wild ducks and geese near
+Friendly Cove, on which the captain made him a present of a
+double-barrelled fowling-piece, with which he appeared to be greatly
+pleased, and soon after went on shore.
+
+On the 20th we were nearly ready for our departure, having taken in what
+wood and water we were in want of.
+
+The next day Maquina came on board with nine pair of wild ducks, as a
+present; at the same time he brought with him the gun, one of the locks
+of which he had broken, telling the captain that it was _peshak_,[40]
+that is, bad. Captain Salter was very much offended at this observation,
+and, considering it as a mark of contempt for his present, he called the
+king a liar, adding other opprobrious terms, and, taking the gun from
+him, tossed it indignantly into the cabin, and, calling me to him, said,
+"John, this fellow has broken this beautiful fowling-piece, see if you
+can mend it." On examining it, I told him that it could be done. As I
+have already observed, Maquina knew a number of English words, and
+unfortunately understood but too well the meaning of the reproachful
+terms that the captain addressed to him. He said not a word in reply,
+but his countenance sufficiently expressed the rage he felt, though he
+exerted himself to suppress it, and I observed him, while the captain
+was speaking, repeatedly put his hand to his throat, and rub it upon his
+bosom, which he afterwards told me was to keep down his heart, which was
+rising into his throat and choking him. He soon after went on shore with
+his men, evidently much discomposed.
+
+On the morning of the 22nd the natives came off to us as usual with
+salmon, and remained on board; when about noon Maquina came alongside,
+with a considerable number of his chiefs and men in their canoes, who,
+after going through the customary examination, were admitted into the
+ship. He had a whistle in his hand, and over his face a very ugly mask
+of wood, representing the head of some wild beast, appeared to be
+remarkably good-humoured and gay, and whilst his people sang and capered
+about the deck, entertaining us with a variety of antic trick and
+gestures, he blew his whistle to a kind of tune which seemed to regulate
+their motions. As Captain Salter was walking on the quarter-deck,
+amusing himself with their dancing, the king came up to him and inquired
+when he intended to go to sea? He answered, "To-morrow." Maquina then
+said, "You love salmon--much in Friendly Cove, why not go there and
+catch some?" The captain thought that it would be very desirable to have
+a good supply of these fish for the voyage, and, on consulting with Mr.
+Delouisa, it was agreed to send part of the crew on shore after dinner
+with the seine, in order to procure a quantity. Maquina and his chiefs
+stayed and dined on board, and after dinner the chief mate went off with
+nine men in the jolly-boat and yawl, to fish at Friendly Cove, having
+set the steward on shore at our watering place, to wash the captain's
+clothes.
+
+Shortly after the departure of the boats, I went down to my vice-bench
+in the steerage, where I was employed in cleaning muskets. I had not
+been there more than an hour, when I heard the men hoisting in the
+longboat, which, in a few minutes after, was succeeded by a great bustle
+and confusion on deck. I immediately ran up the steerage stairs, but
+scarcely was my head above deck, when I was caught by the hair by one of
+the savages, and lifted from my feet; fortunately for me, my hair being
+short, and the ribbon with which it was tied slipping, I fell from his
+hold into the steerage. As I was falling he struck at me with an axe,
+which cut a deep gash in my forehead, and penetrated the skull, but in
+consequence of his losing his hold I luckily escaped the full force of
+the blow, which otherwise would have cleft my head in two. I fell,
+stunned and senseless, upon the floor; how long I continued in this
+situation I know not, but on recovering my senses, the first thing that
+I did was to try to get up, but so weak was I, from the loss of blood,
+that I fainted and fell. I was, however, soon recalled to my
+recollection by three loud shouts or yells from the savages, which
+convinced me that they had got possession of the ship. It is impossible
+for me to describe my feelings at this terrific sound. Some faint idea
+may be formed of them by those who have known what it is to half waken
+from a hideous dream and still think it real. Never, no, never shall I
+lose from my mind the impression of that dreadful moment. I expected
+every instant to share the wretched fate of my unfortunate companions,
+and when I heard the song of triumph, by which these infernal yells was
+succeeded, my blood ran cold in my veins.
+
+Having at length sufficiently recovered my senses to look around me,
+after wiping the blood from my eyes, I saw that the hatch of the
+steerage was shut. This was done, as I afterwards discovered, by order
+of Maquina, who, on seeing the savage strike at me with the axe, told
+him not to hurt me, for that I was the armourer, and would be useful to
+them in repairing their arms; while at the same time, to prevent any of
+his men from injuring me, he had the hatch closed. But to me this
+circumstance wore a very different appearance, for I thought that these
+barbarians had only prolonged my life in order to deprive me of it by
+the most cruel tortures.
+
+I remained in this horrid state of suspense for a very long time, when
+at length the hatch was opened, and Maquina, calling me by name, ordered
+me to come up. I groped my way up as well as I was able, being almost
+blinded with the blood that flowed from my wound, and so weak as with
+difficulty to walk. The king, on perceiving my situation, ordered one of
+his men to bring a pot of water to wash the blood from my face, which
+having done, I was able to see distinctly with one of my eyes, but the
+other was so swollen from my wound, that it was closed. But what a
+terrific spectacle met my eyes: six naked savages, standing in a circle
+around me, covered with the blood of my murdered comrades, with their
+daggers uplifted in their hands, prepared to strike. I now thought my
+last moment had come, and recommended my soul to my Maker.
+
+The king, who, as I have already observed, knew enough of English to
+make himself understood, entered the circle, and, placing himself before
+me, addressed me nearly in the following words: "John--I speak--you no
+say no; You say no--daggers come!" He then asked me if I would be his
+slave during my life--if I would fight for him in his battles, if I
+would repair his muskets and make daggers and knives for him--with
+several other questions, to all of which I was careful to answer, yes.
+He then told me that he would spare my life, and ordered me to kiss his
+hands and feet to show my submission to him, which I did. In the
+meantime his people were very clamorous to have me put to death, so that
+there should be none of us left to tell our story to our countrymen, and
+prevent them from coming to trade with them; but the king in the most
+determined manner opposed their wishes, and to his favour am I wholly
+indebted for my being yet among the living.
+
+As I was busy at work at the time of the attack, I was without my coat,
+and what with the coldness of the weather, my feebleness from loss of
+blood, the pain of my wound, and the extreme agitation and terror that I
+still felt, I shook like a leaf, which the king observing, went into the
+cabin, and, bringing up a greatcoat that belonged to the captain, threw
+it over my shoulders, telling me to drink some rum from a bottle which
+he handed me, at the same time giving me to understand that it would be
+good for me, and keep me from trembling bling as I did. I took a
+draught of it, after which, taking me by the hand, he led me to the
+quarter-deck, where the most horrid sight presented itself that ever my
+eyes witnessed. The heads of our unfortunate captain and his crew, to
+the number of twenty-five, were all arranged in a line,[41] and Maquina,
+ordering one of his people to bring a head, asked me whose it was: I
+answered, the captain's. In like manner the others were showed me, and I
+told him the names, excepting a few that were so horribly mangled that I
+was not able to recognise them.
+
+I now discovered that all our unfortunate crew had been massacred, and
+learned that, after getting possession of the ship, the savages had
+broke open the arm-chest and magazine, and, supplying themselves with
+ammunition and arms, sent a party on shore to attack our men, who had
+gone thither to fish, and, being joined by numbers from the village,
+without difficulty overpowered and murdered them, and, cutting off their
+heads, brought them on board, after throwing their bodies into the sea.
+On looking upon the deck, I saw it entirely covered with the blood of my
+poor comrades, whose throats had been cut with their own jack-knives,
+the savages having seized the opportunity, while they were busy in
+hoisting in the boat, to grapple with them, and overpower them by their
+numbers; in the scuffle the captain was thrown overboard, and despatched
+by those in the canoes, who immediately cut off his head. What I felt on
+this occasion, may be more readily conceived than expressed.
+
+After I had answered his questions, Maquina took my silk handkerchief
+from my neck and bound it around my head, placing over the wound a leaf
+of tobacco, of which we had a quantity on board. This was done at my
+desire, as I had often found, from personal experience, the benefit of
+this application to cuts.
+
+Maquina then ordered me to get the ship under weigh for Friendly Cove.
+This I did by cutting the cables, and sending some of the natives aloft
+to loose the sails, which they performed in a very bungling manner. But
+they succeeded so far in loosing the jib and top-sails, that, with the
+advantage of fair wind, I succeeded in getting the ship into the Cove,
+where, by order of the king, I ran her ashore on a sandy beach, at eight
+o'clock at night.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[36] By "Nootka," Friendly Cove, or "Yucuaht," is meant; there is no
+special place of that name; the word, indeed, is unknown to the natives.
+Woody Point, or Cape Cook, is in lat. 50� 6' 31" N.
+
+[37] The white pine (_Pinus monticola_). This is employed for making
+blankets trimmed with sea-otter fur, but the mats used in their canoes
+are made of cedar bark (_Thuja gigantea_).
+
+[38] This is still true. Many years ago, when there was a threat of
+Indian trouble at Victoria, Sir James Douglas, famous as the first
+governor of British Columbia, and still more celebrated as a factor of
+the Hudson Bay Company, immediately allayed the rising storm by ordering
+a keg of treacle and a box of biscuit to be opened. Instantly the knives
+and muskets were tossed aside, and the irate savages fell to these
+homely dainties with the best of goodwill to all concerned. "Dear me!
+dear me! there is nothing like a little molasses," was the sage
+governor's remark. At the Alberni saw-mills, on the West coast, the
+invariable midday meal of the Indians loading lumber was coarse ship's
+biscuit dipped in a tin basin of the cheapest treacle, around which the
+mollified tribesmen squatted.
+
+[39] Tomahawks (little hatchets) in more familiar language.
+
+[40] _Pesh-shuak, Wikoo_, or _Chuuk_ is also used in the same sense, but
+the first word is most frequently employed.
+
+[41] The Indians of the North-West coast and the wooded region protected
+by the great rivers always take heads as trophies. The heads are
+subsequently fixed on poles in front of their cedar-board lodges. The
+prairie Indians and the tribes east of the Rocky Mountains generally
+take, and always took, scalps alone, owing, perhaps, to the difficulty
+of carrying heads. This is no obstacle to fighting men travelling in
+canoes, on the bows of which they are often fastened while the warriors
+are returning from hostile expeditions.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+RECEPTION OF JEWITT BY THE SAVAGES--ESCAPE OF THOMPSON--ARRIVAL OF
+NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--AN INDIAN FEAST
+
+
+We were received by the inhabitants of the village, men, women, and
+children, with loud shouts of joy, and a most horrible drumming with
+sticks upon the roofs and sides of their houses,[42] in which they had
+also stuck a great number of lighted pine torches, to welcome their
+king's return, and congratulate him on the success of his enterprise.
+
+Maquina then took me on shore to his house, which was very large, and
+filled with people--where I was received with much kindness by the
+women, particularly those belonging to the king, who had no less than
+nine wives, all of whom came around me, expressing much sympathy for my
+misfortune, gently stroking and patting my head in an encouraging and
+soothing manner, with words expressive of condolence. How sweet is
+compassion even from savages! Those who have been in a similar
+situation, can alone truly appreciate its value.
+
+In the meantime all the warriors of the tribe, to the number of five
+hundred,[43] had assembled at the king's house, to rejoice for their
+success. They exulted greatly in having taken our ship, and each one
+boasted of his own particular exploits in killing our men, but they were
+in general much dissatisfied with my having been suffered to live, and
+were very urgent with Maquina to deliver me to them, to be put to death,
+which he obstinately refused to do, telling them that he had promised me
+my life, and would not break his word; and that, besides, I knew how to
+repair and to make arms, and should be of great use to them.
+
+The king then seated me by him, and ordered his women to bring him
+something to eat, when they set before him some dried clams and
+train-oil, of which he ate very heartily, and encouraged me to follow
+his example, telling me to eat much, and take a great deal of oil, which
+would make me strong and fat. Notwithstanding his praise of this new
+kind of food, I felt no disposition to indulge in it, both the smell and
+taste being loathsome to me; and had it been otherwise, such was the
+pain I endured, the agitation of my mind, and the gloominess of my
+reflections, that I should have felt very little inclination for eating.
+
+Not satisfied with his first refusal to deliver me up to them, the
+people again became clamorous that Maquina should consent to my being
+killed, saying that not one of us ought to be left alive to give
+information to others of our countrymen, and prevent them from coming to
+trade, or induce them to revenge the destruction of our ship, and they
+at length became so boisterous, that he caught up a large club in a
+passion, and drove them all out of the house. During this scene, a son
+of the king, about eleven years old, attracted no doubt by the
+singularity of my appearance, came up to me: I caressed him; he returned
+my attentions with much apparent pleasure, and considering this as a
+fortunate opportunity to gain the good will of the father, I took the
+child on my knee, and, cutting the metal buttons from off the coat I had
+on, I tied them around his neck. At this he was highly delighted, and
+became so much attached to me, that he would not quit me.
+
+The king appeared much pleased with my attention to his son, and,
+telling me that it was time to go to sleep, directed me to lie with his
+son next to him, as he was afraid lest some of his people would come
+while he was asleep and kill me with their daggers. I lay down as he
+ordered me, but neither the state of my mind nor the pain I felt would
+allow me to sleep.
+
+About midnight I was greatly alarmed by the approach of one of the
+natives, who came to give information to the king that there was one of
+the white men alive, who had knocked him down as he went on board the
+ship at night. This Maquina communicated to me, giving me to understand
+that as soon as the sun rose he should kill him. I endeavoured to
+persuade him to spare his life, but he bade me be silent and go to
+sleep. I said nothing more, but lay revolving in my mind what method I
+could devise to save the life of this man. What a consolation, thought
+I, what a happiness would it prove to me in my forlorn state among
+these heathens, to have a Christian and one of my own countrymen for a
+companion, and how greatly would it alleviate and lighten the burden of
+my slavery.
+
+As I was thinking of some plan for his preservation, it all at once came
+into my mind that this man was probably the sail-maker of the ship,
+named Thompson, as I had not seen his head among those on deck, and knew
+that he was below at work upon sails not long before the attack. The
+more I thought of it, the more probable it appeared to me, and as
+Thompson was a man nearly forty years of age, and had an old look, I
+conceived it would be easy to make him pass for my father, and by this
+means prevail on Maquina to spare his life. Towards morning I fell into
+a dose, but was awakened with the first beams of the sun by the king,
+who told me he was going to kill the man who was on board the ship, and
+ordered me to accompany him. I rose and followed him, leading with me
+the young prince, his son.
+
+On coming to the beach, I found all the men of the tribe assembled. The
+king addressed them, saying that one of the white men had been found
+alive on board the ship, and requested their opinion as to saving his
+life or putting him to death. They were unanimously for the latter. This
+determination he made known to me. Having arranged my plan, I asked him,
+pointing to the boy, whom I still held by the hand, if he loved his son.
+He answered that he did. I then asked the child if he loved his father,
+and on his replying in the affirmative, I said, "And I also love mine."
+I then threw myself on my knees at Maquina's feet, and implored him,
+with tears in my eyes, to spare my father's life, if the man on board
+should prove to be him, telling him that if he killed my father, it was
+my wish that he should kill me too, and that if he did not, I would kill
+myself--and that he would thus lose my services; whereas, by sparing my
+father's life, he would preserve mine, which would be of great advantage
+to him, by my repairing and making arms for him.
+
+Maquina appeared moved by my entreaties, and promised not to put the man
+to death if he should be my father. He then explained to his people what
+I had said, and ordered me to go on board and tell the man to come on
+shore. To my unspeakable joy, on going into the hold, I found that my
+conjecture was true. Thompson was there. He had escaped without any
+injury, excepting a slight wound in the nose, given him by one of the
+savages with a knife, as he attempted to come on deck, during the
+scuffle. Finding the savages in possession of the ship, as he afterwards
+informed me, he secreted himself in the hold, hoping for some chance to
+make his escape; but that, the Indian who came on board in the night
+approaching the place where he was, he supposed himself discovered, and,
+being determined to sell his life as dearly as possible, as soon as he
+came within his reach, he knocked him down, but the Indian, immediately
+springing up, ran off at full speed.
+
+I informed him, in a few words, that all our men had been killed; that
+the king had preserved my life, and had consented to spare his on the
+supposition that he was my father, an opinion which he must be careful
+not to undeceive them in, as it was his only safety. After giving him
+his cue, I went on shore with him, and presented him to Maquina, who
+immediately knew him to be the sail-maker, and was much pleased,
+observing that he could make sails for his canoe. He then took us to his
+house, and ordered something for us to eat.
+
+On the 24th and 25th, the natives were busily employed in taking the
+cargo out of the ship, stripping her of her sails and rigging, cutting
+away the spars and masts, and, in short, rendering her as complete a
+wreck as possible, the muskets, ammunition, cloth, and all the principal
+articles taken from her, being deposited in the king's house.
+
+While they were thus occupied, each one taking what he liked, my
+companion and myself being obliged to aid them, I thought it best to
+secure the accounts and papers of the ship, in hopes that on some future
+day I might have it in my power to restore them to the owners. With this
+view I took possession of the captain's writing-desk, which contained
+the most of them, together with some paper and implements for writing. I
+had also the good fortune to find a blank account-book, in which I
+resolved, should it be permitted me, to write an account of our capture,
+and the most remarkable occurrences that I should meet with during my
+stay among these people, fondly indulging the hope that it would not be
+long before some vessel would arrive to release us. I likewise found in
+the cabin a small volume of sermons, a Bible, and a Common Prayer-book
+of the Church of England, which furnished me and my comrade great
+consolation in the midst of our mournful servitude, and enabled me,
+under the favour of Divine Providence, to support with firmness the
+miseries of a life which I might otherwise have found beyond my
+strength to endure.
+
+As these people set no value upon things of this kind, I found no
+difficulty in appropriating them to myself, by putting them in my chest,
+which, though it had been broken open and rifled by the savages, as I
+still had the key, I without much difficulty secured. In this I also put
+some small tools belonging to the ship, with several other articles,
+particularly a journal kept by the second mate, Mr. Ingraham, and a
+collection of drawings and views of places taken by him, which I had the
+good fortune to preserve, and on my arrival at Boston, I gave them to a
+connection of his, the Honourable Judge Dawes, who sent them to his
+family in New York.
+
+On the 26th, two ships were seen standing in for Friendly Cove. At their
+first appearance the inhabitants were thrown into great confusion, but,
+soon collecting a number of muskets and blunderbusses, ran to the shore,
+from whence they kept up so brisk a fire at them, that they were
+evidently afraid to approach nearer, and, after firing a few rounds of
+grape-shot, which did no harm to any one, they wore ship and stood out
+to sea. These ships, as I afterwards learned, were the _Mary_ and _Juno_
+of Boston.
+
+They were scarcely out of sight when Maquina expressed much regret that
+he had permitted his people to fire at them, being apprehensive that
+they would give information to others in what manner they had been
+received, and prevent them from coming to trade with him.
+
+A few days after hearing of the capture of the ship, there arrived at
+Nootka a great number of canoes filled with savages from no less than
+twenty tribes to the north and south. Among those from the north were
+the Ai-tiz-zarts,[44] Schoo-mad-its,[45] Neu-wit-ties,[46]
+Savin-nars,[47] Ah-owz-arts,[48] Mo-watch-its,[49] Suth-setts,[50]
+Neu-chad-lits,[51] Mich-la-its,[52] and Cay-u-quets,[53] the most of
+whom were considered as tributary to Nootka. From the south, the
+Aytch-arts[54] and Esqui-ates,[55] also tributary, with the
+Kla-oo-quates,[56] and the Wickannish, a large and powerful tribe about
+two hundred miles distant.
+
+These last were better clad than most of the others, and their canoes
+wrought with much greater skill; they are furnished with sails as well
+as paddles, and, with the advantage of a fair breeze, are usually but
+twenty-four hours on their passage.
+
+Maquina, who was very proud of his new acquisition, was desirous of
+welcoming these visitors in the European manner. He accordingly ordered
+his men, as the canoes approached, to assemble on the beach with loaded
+muskets and blunderbusses, placing Thompson at the cannon, which had
+been brought from the ship and laid upon two long sticks of timber in
+front of the village; then, taking a speaking trumpet in his hand, he
+ascended with me the roof of his house, and began drumming or beating
+upon the boards with a stick most violently.
+
+Nothing could be more ludicrous than the appearance of this motley group
+of savages collected on the shore, dressed as they were with their
+ill-gotten finery in the most fantastic manner, some in women's smocks,
+taken from our cargo, others in _Kotsacks_[57] (or cloaks) of blue, red,
+or yellow broadcloth, with stockings drawn over their heads, and their
+necks hung round with numbers of powder-horns, shot-bags, and
+cartouch-boxes, some of them having no less than ten muskets apiece on
+their shoulders, and five or six daggers in their girdles. Diverting
+indeed was it to see them all squatted upon the beach, holding their
+muskets perpendicularly with the butt pressed upon the sand, instead of
+against their shoulders, and in this position awaiting the order to
+fire.
+
+Maquina, at last, called to them with his trumpet to fire, which they
+did in the most awkward and timid manner, with their muskets hard
+pressed upon the ground as above-mentioned. At the same moment the
+cannon was fired by Thompson, immediately on which they threw themselves
+back and began to roll and tumble over the sand as if they had been
+shot, when, suddenly springing up, they began a song of triumph, and,
+running backward and forward upon the shore, with the wildest
+gesticulations, boasted of their exploits, and exhibited as trophies
+what they had taken from us. Notwithstanding the unpleasantness of my
+situation, and the feelings that this display of our spoils excited, I
+could not avoid laughing at the strange appearance of these savages,
+their awkward movements, and the singular contrast of their dress and
+arms.
+
+When the ceremony was concluded, Maquina invited the strangers to a
+feast at his house, consisting of whale-blubber, smoked herring spawn,
+and dried fish and train-oil, of which they ate most plentifully. The
+feast being over, the trays out of which they ate, and other things,
+were immediately removed to make room for the dance, which was to close
+the entertainment. This was performed by Maquina's son, the young prince
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, whom I have already spoken of, in the following
+manner:--
+
+Three of the principal chiefs, drest in their otter-skin mantles, which
+they wear only on extraordinary occasions and at festivals, having their
+heads covered over with white down and their faces highly painted, came
+forward into the middle of the room, each furnished with a bag filled
+with white down, which they scattered around in such a manner as to
+represent a fall of snow. These were followed by the young prince, who
+was dressed in a long piece of yellow cloth, wrapped loosely around him,
+and decorated with small bells, with a cap on his head to which was
+fastened a curious mask in imitation of a wolf's head, while the rear
+was brought up by the king himself in his robe of sea-otter skin, with a
+small whistle in his mouth and a rattle in his hand, with which he kept
+time to a sort of tune on his whistle. After passing very rapidly in
+this order around the house, each of them seated himself, except the
+prince, who immediately began his dance, which principally consisted in
+springing up into the air in a squat posture, and constantly turning
+around on his heels with great swiftness in a very narrow circle.
+
+This dance, with a few intervals of rest, was continued for about two
+hours, during which the chiefs kept up a constant drumming with sticks
+of about a foot in length on a long hollow plank, which was, though a
+very noisy, a most doleful kind of music. This they accompanied with
+songs, the king himself acting as chorister, while the women applauded
+each feat of activity in the dancer, by repeating the words, _Wocash!
+Wocash Tyee!_[58] that is, Good! very good, Prince!
+
+As soon as the dance was finished, Maquina began to give presents to the
+strangers, in the name of his son Sat-sat-sok-sis. These were pieces of
+European cloth, generally of a fathom in length, muskets, powder, shot,
+etc. Whenever he gave them anything, they had a peculiar manner of
+snatching it from him with a very stern and surly look, repeating each
+time the words, _Wocash Tyee_. This I understood to be their custom, and
+was considered as a compliment, which, if omitted, would be supposed as
+a mark of disregard for the present. On this occasion Maquina gave away
+no less than one hundred muskets, the same number of looking-glasses,
+four hundred yards of cloth, and twenty casks of powder, besides other
+things.
+
+After receiving these presents, the strangers retired on board their
+canoes, for so numerous were they that Maquina would not suffer any but
+the chiefs to sleep in the houses; and, in order to prevent the property
+from being pillaged by them, he ordered Thompson and myself to keep
+guard during the night, armed with cutlasses and pistols.
+
+In this manner tribes of savages from various parts of the coast
+continued coming for several days, bringing with them blubber, oil,
+herring spawn, dried fish, and clams, for which they received in return
+presents of cloth, etc., after which they in general immediately
+returned home. I observed that very few, if any, of them, except the
+chiefs, had arms, which, I afterwards learned, is the custom with these
+people, whenever they come upon a friendly visit or to trade, in order
+to show, on their approach, that their intentions are pacific.[59]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[42] A common mode of expressing joy. During dancing and singing this
+goes on continually.
+
+[43] In 1863, when I made a special inquiry, the whole number of adult
+males in the Mooachaht tribe (the so-called Nootkans) was one hundred
+and fifty.
+
+[44] Ayhuttisahts.
+
+[45] This name is unknown to me.
+
+[46] Nahwittis, or Flatlashekwill, an almost vanished tribe, join the
+north end of Vancouver Island (Goletas Channel, Galliano Island, and
+west-ward to Cape Scott).
+
+[47] The name of some village, not a tribe.
+
+[48] Ahousahts.
+
+[49] Mooachahts. The "Nootkans" proper of Friendly Cove.
+
+[50] Seshahts, but they are to the south (Alberni Canal) and Barclay
+Sound.
+
+[51] Noochahlahts (lat. 49� 47' 20" N.).
+
+[52] Muchlahts, or Quaquina arm.
+
+[53] Ky-yoh-quahts.
+
+[54] This is probably another spelling of the E-cha-chahts.
+
+[55] Hishquayahts (lat. 49� 27' 31" N., long. 126� 25' 27" W.).
+
+[56] Klahoquahts. This and the other tribes mentioned in the text
+are no longer tributary to the Mooachahts, and there is no "Wickannish"
+tribe. As we have already seen (p. 38), it is the name of an
+individual--probably the chief of the Klahoquahts. It is a common name.
+The Nettinahts and the Klahoquahts are still renowned in canoe-making.
+They chisel them out of the great cedar (_Thuja gigantea_) trees in this
+district, for sale to other tribes. But Jewitt, who had no personal
+knowledge of the homes of these tribes, makes sad havoc of their names
+and the direction from which they came.
+
+[57] _Kootsik_, the "cotsack" of Meares. _Kootsik-poom_ is the pin by
+which the Indian blanket cloak is fastened. In Meares's time the people
+dressed in kootsiks of sea-otter skin. But even then they were getting
+so fond of blankets, that without "woollens" among the barter, trade was
+difficult. In fifteen years they learned a better use for sea-otters
+worth �20 apiece than to make cloaks of them.
+
+[58] The words were really _Waw-kash_ (a word of salutation) and _Tyee_.
+This is in most common use in Nootka Sound. The order of salutation to a
+man is _Quaache-is_, to a woman _Ch�-is_, and at parting _Klach-she_. A
+married woman is _Klootsnah_; a young girl _Hah-quatl-is_; an unmarried
+woman (whether old or young) _Hah-quatl_--distinctions which Jewitt does
+not make in his brief vocabulary. The Indians have many words to express
+varieties of the same action. Thus _p�tt[=e]s_ means to wash. But
+_p�tt[=e][=e]_ is to wash all over; _tsont-soomik_, to wash the hands;
+_tsocuks_, to wash a pan, etc. _Haouwith_, or _Hawilth_, is the original
+word for chief, though _Tyee_ is commonly used.
+
+[59] This is one of the earliest--if not the first--account of these
+periodical givings away of property so characteristic of the
+North-Western coast Indians, and known to the whites as "Potlatches." An
+Indian accumulates blankets and other portable property simply to give
+away at such feasts. Then if a poor, he becomes a great man, and even a
+kind of minor chief--a Life Peer, as it were. But those who have
+received much are expected to return the compliment by also giving a
+"potlatch," to which guests come from far and near. I have described one
+of these in _The Races of Mankind_ (the first edition of _The Peoples of
+the World_), vol. i. pp. 75-90.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+BURNING OF THE VESSEL--COMMENCEMENT OF JEWITT'S JOURNAL
+
+
+Early on the morning of the 19th the ship was discovered to be on fire.
+This was owing to one of the savages having gone on board with a
+firebrand at night for the purpose of plunder, some sparks from which
+fell into the hold, and, communicating with some combustibles, soon
+enveloped the whole in flames. The natives regretted the loss of the
+ship the more as a great part of her cargo still remained on board. To
+my companion and myself it was a most melancholy sight, for with her
+disappeared from our eyes every trace of a civilised country; but the
+disappointment we experienced was still more severely felt, for we had
+calculated on having the provision to ourselves, which would have
+furnished us with a stock for years, as whatever is cured with salt,
+together with most of our other articles of food, are never eaten by
+these people. I had luckily saved all my tools, excepting the anvil and
+the bellows, which was attached to the forge, and from their weight had
+not been brought on shore. We had also the good fortune, in looking over
+what had been taken from the ship, to discover a box of chocolate and a
+case of port wine, which, as the Indians were not fond of it, proved a
+great comfort to us for some time; and from one of the natives I
+obtained a Nautical Almanack which had belonged to the captain, and
+which was of great use to me in determining the time.
+
+About two days after, on examining their booty, the savages found a
+tierce of rum, with which they were highly delighted, as they have
+become very fond of spirituous liquors since their intercourse with the
+whites.[60] This was towards evening, and Maquina, having assembled all
+the men at his house, gave a feast, at which they drank so freely of the
+rum, that in a short time they became so extremely wild and frantic that
+Thompson and myself, apprehensive for our safety, thought it prudent to
+retire privately into the woods, where we continued till past midnight.
+
+On our return we found the women gone, who are always very temperate,
+drinking nothing but water, having quitted the house and gone to the
+other huts to sleep, so terrified were they at the conduct of the men,
+who lay all stretched out on the floor in a state of complete
+intoxication. How easy in this situation would it have been for us to
+have dispatched or made ourselves masters of our enemies had there been
+any ship near to which we could have escaped, but as we were situated
+the attempt would have been madness. The wish of revenge was, however,
+less strongly impressed on my mind than what appeared to be so evident
+an interposition of Divine Providence in our favour. How little can man
+penetrate its designs, and how frequently is that intended as a blessing
+which he views as a curse. The burning of our ship, which we had
+lamented so much, as depriving us of so many comforts, now appeared to
+us in a very different light, for, had the savages got possession of the
+rum, of which there were nearly twenty puncheons on board,[61] we must
+inevitably have fallen a sacrifice to their fury in some of their
+moments of intoxication. This cask, fortunately, and a case of gin, was
+all the spirits they obtained from the ship. To prevent the recurrence
+of similar danger, I examined the cask, and, finding still a
+considerable quantity remaining, I bored a small hole in the bottom with
+a gimblet, which before morning, to my great joy, completely emptied it.
+
+
+By this time the wound in my head began to be much better, so that I
+could enjoy some sleep, which I had been almost deprived of by the pain,
+and though I was still feeble from the loss of blood and my sufferings,
+I found myself sufficiently well to go to work at my trade, in making
+for the king and his wives bracelets and other small ornaments of copper
+or steel, and in repairing the arms, making use of a large square stone
+for the anvil, and heating my metal in a common wood fire. This was very
+gratifying to Maquina, and his women particularly, and secured me their
+goodwill.
+
+In the meantime, great numbers from the other tribes kept continually
+flocking to Nootka, bringing with them, in exchange for the ship's
+plunder, such quantities of provision, that, notwithstanding the little
+success that Maquina met with in whaling this season, and their
+gluttonous waste, always eating to excess when they have it, regardless
+of the morrow, seldom did the natives experience any want of food during
+the summer. As to myself and companion, we fared as they did, never
+wanting for such provision as they had, though we were obliged to eat it
+cooked in their manner, and with train-oil as a sauce, a circumstance
+not a little unpleasant, both from their uncleanly mode of cooking and
+many of the articles of their food, which to a European are very
+disgusting; but, as the saying is, hunger will break through stone
+walls, and we found, at times, in the blubber of sea animals and the
+flesh of the dog-fish, loathsome as it generally was, a very acceptable
+repast.
+
+But much oftener would poor Thompson, who was no favourite with them,
+have suffered from hunger had it not been for my furnishing him with
+provision. This I was enabled to do from my work, Maquina allowing me
+the privilege, when not employed for him, to work for myself in making
+bracelets and other ornaments of copper, fish-hooks, daggers, etc.,
+either to sell to the tribes who visited us or for our own chiefs, who
+on these occasions, besides supplying me with as much as I wished to
+eat, and a sufficiency for Thompson, almost always made me a present of
+a European garment, taken from the ship, or some fathoms of cloth, which
+were made up by my comrade, and enabled us to go comfortably clad for
+some time; or small bundles of penknives, razors, scissors, etc., for
+one of which we could almost always procure from the natives two or
+three fresh salmon, cod, or halibut; or dried fish, clams, and herring
+spawn from the stranger tribes; and had we only been permitted to cook
+them after our own way, as we had pots and other utensils belonging to
+the ship, we should not have had much cause of complaint in this
+respect; but so tenacious are these people of their customs,
+particularly in the article of food and cooking, that the king always
+obliged me to give whatever provision I bought to the women to cook. And
+one day, finding Thompson and myself on the shore employed in boiling
+down sea-water into salt, on being told what it was he was very much
+displeased, and, taking the little we had procured, threw it into the
+sea. In one instance alone, as a particular favour, he allowed me to
+boil some salmon in my own way, when I invited him and his queen to eat
+with me; they tasted it, but did not like it, and made their meal of
+some of it that I had cooked in their country fashion.
+
+In May the weather became uncommonly mild and pleasant, and so forward
+was vegetation, that I picked plenty of strawberries[62] by the middle
+of the month. Of this fruit there are great quantities on this coast,
+and I found them a most delicious treat.
+
+My health now had become almost re-established, my wound being so far
+healed that it gave me no further trouble. I had never failed to wash it
+regularly once a day in sea water, and to dress it with a fresh leaf of
+tobacco, which I obtained from the natives, who had taken it from the
+ship, but made no use of it. This was all the dressing I gave it, except
+applying to it two or three times a little loaf sugar, which Maquina
+gave me, in order to remove some proud flesh, which prevented it from
+closing.
+
+My cure would doubtless have been much sooner effected had I have been
+in a civilised country, where I could have had it dressed by a surgeon
+and properly attended to. But alas! I had no good Samaritan, with oil
+and wine, to bind up my wounds, and fortunate might I even esteem myself
+that I was permitted to dress it myself, for the utmost that I could
+expect from the natives was compassion for my misfortunes, which I
+indeed experienced from the women, particularly the queen, or favourite
+wife of Maquina, the mother of Sat-sat-sok-sis, who used frequently to
+point to my head, and manifest much kindness and solicitude for me. I
+must do Maquina the justice to acknowledge, that he always appeared
+desirous of sparing me any labour which he believed might be hurtful to
+me, frequently inquiring in an affectionate manner if my head pained me.
+As for the others, some of the chiefs excepted, they cared little what
+became of me, and probably would have been gratified with my death.
+
+My health being at length re-established and my wound healed, Thompson
+became very importunate for me to begin my journal, and as I had no ink,
+proposed to cut his finger to supply me with blood for the purpose
+whenever I should want it. On the 1st of June I accordingly commenced a
+regular diary, but had no occasion to make use of the expedient
+suggested by my comrade, having found a much better substitute in the
+expressed juice of a certain plant, which furnished me with a bright
+green colour, and, after making a number of trials, I at length
+succeeded in obtaining a very tolerable ink, by boiling the juice of the
+blackberry with a mixture of finely powdered charcoal, and filtering it
+through a cloth. This I afterwards preserved in bottles, and found it
+answer very well, so true is it that "necessity is the mother of
+invention." As for quills, I found no difficulty in procuring them
+whenever I wanted, from the crows and ravens with which the beach was
+almost always covered, attracted by the offal of whales, seals, etc.,
+and which were so tame that I could easily kill them with stones, while
+a large clam-shell furnished me with an inkstand.
+
+The extreme solicitude of Thompson that I should begin my journal might
+be considered as singular in a man who neither knew how to read or
+write, a circumstance, by the way, very uncommon in an American, were we
+less acquainted with the force of habit, he having been for many years
+at sea, and accustomed to consider the keeping of a journal as a thing
+indispensable. This man was born in Philadelphia, and at eight years old
+ran away from his friends and entered as a cabin boy on board a ship
+bound to London. On his arrival there, finding himself in distress, he
+engaged as an apprentice to the captain of a collier, from whence he was
+impressed on board an English man-of-war, and continued in the British
+naval service about twenty-seven years, during which he was present at
+the engagement under Lord Howe with the French fleet in June 1794, and
+when peace was made between England and France, was discharged. He was a
+very strong and powerful man, an expert boxer, and perfectly fearless;
+indeed, so little was his dread of danger, that when irritated he was
+wholly regardless of his life. Of this the following will furnish a
+sufficient proof:--
+
+One evening about the middle of April, as I was at the house of one of
+the chiefs, where I had been employed on some work for him, word was
+brought me that Maquina was going to kill Thompson. I immediately
+hurried home, where I found the king in the act of presenting a loaded
+musket at Thompson, who was standing before him with his breast bared
+and calling on him to fire. I instantly stepped up to Maquina, who was
+foaming with rage, and, addressing him in soothing words, begged him for
+my sake not to kill my father, and at length succeeded in taking the
+musket from him and persuading him to sit down.
+
+On inquiring into the cause of his anger, I learned that, while Thompson
+was lighting the lamps in the king's room, Maquina having substituted
+ours for their pine torches, some of the boys began to tease him,
+running around him and pulling him by the trousers, among the most
+forward of whom was the young prince. This caused Thompson to spill the
+oil, which threw him into such a passion, that, without caring what he
+did, he struck the prince so violent a blow in his face with his fist as
+to knock him down. The sensation excited among the savages by an act
+which was considered as the highest indignity, and a profanation of the
+sacred person of majesty, may be easily conceived. The king was
+immediately acquainted with it, who, on coming in and seeing his son's
+face covered with blood, seized a musket and began to load it,
+determined to take instant revenge of the audacious offender, and had I
+arrived a few moments later than I did, my companion would certainly
+have paid with his life for his rash and violent conduct. I found the
+utmost difficulty in pacifying Maquina, who for a long time after could
+not forgive Thompson, but would repeatedly say, "John, _you_
+die--Thompson kill."
+
+But to appease the king was not all that was necessary. In consequence
+of the insult offered to their prince, the whole tribe held a council,
+in which it was unanimously resolved that Thompson should be put to
+death in the most cruel manner. I however interceded so strenuously with
+Maquina for his life, telling him that if my father was killed, I was
+determined not to survive him, that he refused to deliver him up to the
+vengeance of his people, saying, that for John's sake they must consent
+to let him live. The prince, who, after I had succeeded in calming his
+father, gave me an account of what had happened, told me that it was
+wholly out of regard to me, as Thompson was my father, that his life had
+been spared, for that if any one of the tribe should dare to lift a hand
+against him in anger, he would most certainly be put to death.
+
+Yet even this narrow escape produced not much effect on Thompson, or
+induced him to restrain the violence of his temper. For, not many weeks
+after, he was guilty of a similar indiscretion, in striking the eldest
+son of a chief, who was about eighteen years old, and, according to
+their custom, was considered as a Tyee, or chief, himself, in
+consequence of his having provoked him by calling him a white slave.
+This affair caused great commotion in the village, and the tribe was
+very clamorous for his death, but Maquina would not consent.
+
+I used frequently to remonstrate with him on the imprudence of his
+conduct, and beg him to govern his temper better, telling him that it
+was our duty, since our lives were in the power of these savages, to do
+nothing to exasperate them. But all I could say on this point availed
+little, for so bitter was the hate he felt for them, which he was no way
+backward in manifesting both by his looks and actions, that he declared
+he never would submit to their insults, and that he had much rather be
+killed than be obliged to live among them; adding that he only wished he
+had a good vessel and some guns, and he would destroy the whole of the
+cursed race; for to a brave sailor like him, who had fought the French
+and Spaniards with glory, it was a punishment worse than death to be a
+slave to such a poor, ignorant, despicable set of beings.
+
+As for myself, I thought very differently. After returning thanks to
+that merciful Being who had in so wonderful a manner softened the hearts
+of the savages in my favour, I had determined from the first of my
+capture to adopt a conciliating conduct towards them, and conform
+myself, as far as was in my power, to their customs and mode of
+thinking, trusting that the same divine goodness that had rescued me
+from death, would not always suffer me to languish in captivity among
+these heathens.
+
+With this view, I sought to gain their goodwill by always endeavouring
+to assume a cheerful countenance, appearing pleased with their sports
+and buffoon tricks, making little ornaments for the wives and children
+of their chiefs, by which means I became quite a favourite with them,
+and fish-hooks, daggers, etc., for themselves.
+
+As a further recommendation to their favour, and what might eventually
+prove of the utmost importance to us, I resolved to learn their
+language, which in the course of a few months' residence I so far
+succeeded in acquiring, as to be able in general to make myself well
+understood.
+
+I likewise tried to persuade Thompson to learn it, as what might prove
+necessary to him. But he refused, saying that he hated both them and
+their cursed lingo, and would have nothing to do with it.
+
+By pursuing this conciliatory plan, so far did I gain the goodwill of
+these savages, particularly the chiefs, that I scarcely ever failed
+experiencing kind treatment from them, and was received with a smile of
+welcome at their houses, where I was always sure of having something
+given me to eat, whenever they had it, and many a good meal have I had
+from them, when they themselves were short of provisions and suffering
+for the want of them.
+
+And it was a common practice with me, when we had nothing to eat at
+home, which happened not unfrequently during my stay among them, to go
+around the village, and on noticing a smoke from any of the houses,
+which denoted that they were cooking, enter in without ceremony, and ask
+them for something, which I was never refused.
+
+Few nations, indeed, are there so very rude and unfeeling, whom constant
+mild treatment, and an attention to please, will not mollify and obtain
+from some return of kind attention. This the treatment I received from
+these people may exemplify, for not numerous, even among those calling
+themselves civilised, are there instances to be found of persons
+depriving themselves of food to give it to a stranger, whatever may be
+his merits.
+
+It may perhaps be as well in this place to give a description of Nootka;
+some accounts of the tribes who were accustomed to visit us; and the
+manners and customs of the people, as far as I hitherto had an
+opportunity of observing them.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[60] It was about this date that Long, an Indian trader, described rum
+as the _unum necessarium_ for traffic with the savages. It is still
+eagerly asked for, though its sale or gift is illegal.
+
+[61] For sale, of course, to the Indians.
+
+[62] Chiefly _Fragaria chilensis_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+DESCRIPTION OF NOOTKA SOUND--MANNER OF BUILDING
+HOUSES--FURNITURE--DRESSES
+
+
+The village of Nootka is situated in between 49 and 50 deg. N. lat.,[63]
+at the bottom of Friendly Cove, on the west or north-west side. It
+consists of about twenty houses or huts, on a small hill, which rises
+with a gentle ascent from the shore. Friendly Cove, which affords good
+and secure anchorage for ships close in with the shore, is a small
+harbour of not more than a quarter or half a mile in length, and about
+half a mile or three-quarters broad, formed by the line of coast on the
+east and a long point or headland, which extends as much as three
+leagues into the Sound, in nearly a westerly direction.[64] This, as
+well as I can judge from what I have seen of it, is in general from one
+to two miles in breadth, and mostly a rocky and unproductive soil, with
+but few trees. The eastern and western shores of this harbour are steep
+and in many parts rocky, the trees growing quite to the water's edge,
+but the bottom to the north and north-west is a fine sandy beach of half
+a mile or more in extent.
+
+From the village to the north and north-east extends a plain, the soil
+of which is very excellent, and with proper cultivation may be made to
+produce almost any of our European vegetables; this is but little more
+than half a mile in breadth, and is terminated by the seacoast, which in
+this place is lined with rocks and reefs, and cannot be approached by
+ships. The coast in the neighbourhood of Nootka is in general low, and
+but little broken into hills and valleys. The soil is good, well covered
+with fine forests of pine, spruce, beech, and other trees, and abounds
+with streams of the finest water, the general appearance being the same
+for many miles around.
+
+The village is situated on the ground occupied by the Spaniards, when
+they kept a garrison here; the foundations of the church and the
+governor's house are yet visible, and a few European plants are still to
+be found, which continue to be self-propagated, such as onions, peas,
+and turnips, but the two last are quite small, particularly the turnips,
+which afforded us nothing but the tops for eating. Their former village
+stood on the same spot, but the Spaniards, finding it a commodious
+situation, demolished the houses, and forced the inhabitants to retire
+five or six miles into the country.[65] With great sorrow, as Maquina
+told me, did they find themselves compelled to quit their ancient place
+of residence, but with equal joy did they repossess themselves of it
+when the Spanish garrison was expelled by the English.
+
+[Illustration: HABITATIONS IN NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+The houses, as I have observed, are above twenty in number, built nearly
+in a line. These are of different sizes, according to the rank or
+quality of the _Tyee_, or chief, who lives in them, each having one, of
+which he is considered as the lord. They vary not much in width, being
+usually from thirty-six to forty feet wide, but are of very different
+lengths, that of the king, which is much the longest, being about one
+hundred and fifty feet, while the smallest, which contain only two
+families, do not exceed forty feet in length; the house of the king is
+also distinguished from the others by being higher.
+
+Their method of building is as follows: they erect in the ground two
+very large posts, at such a distance apart as is intended for the length
+of the house. On these, which are of equal height, and hollowed out at
+the upper end, they lay a large spar for the ridge-pole of the building,
+or, if the length of the house requires it, two or more, supporting
+their ends by similar upright posts; these spars are sometimes of an
+almost incredible size, having myself measured one in Maquina's house,
+which I found to be one hundred feet long and eight feet four inches in
+circumference. At equal distances from these two posts, two others are
+placed on each side, to form the width of the building; these are rather
+shorter than the first, and on them are laid in like manner spars, but
+of a smaller size, having the upper part hewed flat, with a narrow ridge
+on the outer side to support the ends of the planks.
+
+The roof is formed of pine planks with a broad feather edge, so as to
+lap well over each other, which are laid lengthwise from the ridge-pole
+in the centre, to the beams at the sides, after which the top is covered
+with planks of eight feet broad, which form a kind of coving projecting
+so far over the ends of the planks that form the roof, as completely to
+exclude the rain. On these they lay large stones to prevent their being
+displaced by the wind. The ends of the planks are not secured to the
+beams on which they are laid by any fastening, so that in a high storm I
+have often known all the men obliged to turn out and go upon the roof to
+prevent them from being blown off, carrying large stones and pieces of
+rock with them to secure the boards, always stripping themselves naked
+on these occasions, whatever may be the severity of the weather, to
+prevent their garments from being wet and muddied, as these storms are
+almost always accompanied with heavy rains. The sides of their houses
+are much more open and exposed to the weather; this proceeds from their
+not being so easily made close as the roof, being built with planks of
+about ten feet long and four or five wide, which they place between
+stancheons or small posts of the height of the roof; of these there are
+four to each range of boards, two at each end, and so near each other as
+to leave space enough for admitting a plank. The planks or boards which
+they make use of for building their houses, and for other uses, they
+procure of different lengths as occasion requires, by splitting them out
+with hard wooden wedges from pine logs, and afterwards dubbing them down
+with their chisels, with much patience, to the thickness wanted,
+rendering them quite smooth.
+
+There is but one entrance; this is placed usually at the end, though
+sometimes in the middle, as was that of Maquina's. Through the middle of
+the building, from one end to the other, runs a passage of about eight
+or nine feet broad, on each side of which the several families that
+occupy it live, each having its particular fireplace, but without any
+kind of wall or separation to mark their respective limits; the chief
+having his apartment at the upper end, and the next in rank opposite on
+the other side. They have no other floor than the ground; the fireplace
+or hearth consists of a number of stones loosely put together, but they
+are wholly without a chimney, nor is there any opening left in the roof,
+but whenever a fire is made, the plank immediately over it is thrust
+aside, by means of a pole, to give vent to the smoke.
+
+The height of the houses in general, from the ground to the centre of
+the roof, does not exceed ten feet, that of Maquina's was not far from
+fourteen; the spar forming the ridge-pole of the latter was painted in
+red and black circles alternately, by way of ornament, and the large
+posts that supported it had their tops curiously wrought or carved, so
+as to represent human heads of a monstrous size, which were painted in
+their manner. These were not, however, considered as objects of
+adoration, but merely as ornaments.[66]
+
+The furniture of these people is very simple, and consists only of
+boxes, in which they put their clothes, furs, and such things as they
+hold most valuable; tubs for keeping their provisions of spawn and
+blubber in; trays from which they eat; baskets for their dried fish and
+other purposes, and bags made of bark matting, of which they also make
+their beds, spreading a piece of it upon the ground when they lie down,
+and using no other bed covering than their garments. The boxes are of
+pine, with a top that shuts over, and instead of nails or pegs, are
+fastened with flexible twigs; they are extremely smooth and high
+polished, and sometimes ornamented with rows of very small white shells.
+The tubs are of a square form, secured in the like manner, and of
+various sizes, some being extremely large, having seen them that were
+six feet long by four broad and five deep. The trays are hollowed out
+with their chisels from a solid block of wood, and the baskets and mats
+are made from the bark of trees.
+
+From bark they likewise make the cloth for their garments, in the
+following manner:--A quantity of this bark is taken and put into fresh
+water, where it is kept for a fortnight, to give it time to completely
+soften; it is then taken out and beaten upon a plank, with an instrument
+made of bone, or some very hard wood, having grooves or hollows on one
+side of it, care being taken to keep the mass constantly moistened with
+water, in order to separate, with more ease, the hard and woody from the
+soft and fibrous parts, which, when completed, they parcel out into
+skeins, like thread. These they lay in the air to bleach, and afterwards
+dye them black or red, as suits their fancies, their natural colour
+being a pale yellow. In order to form the cloth, the women, by whom the
+whole of this process is performed, take a certain number of these
+skeins and twist them together, by rolling them with their hands upon
+their knees into hard rolls, which are afterwards connected by means of
+a strong thread, made for the purpose.
+
+[Illustration: INTERIOR OF A HABITATION IN NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+Their dress usually consists of but a single garment, which is a loose
+cloak or mantle (called _kutsack_) in one piece, reaching nearly to the
+feet. This is tied loosely over the right or left shoulder, so as to
+leave the arms at full liberty.
+
+Those of the common people are painted red with ochre the better to keep
+out the rain, but the chiefs wear them of their native colour, which is
+a pale yellow, ornamenting them with borders of the sea-otter skin, a
+kind of grey cloth made of the hair of some animal[67] which they
+procure from the tribes to the south, or their own cloth wrought or
+painted with various figures in red or black, representing men's heads,
+the sun and moon, fish and animals, which are frequently executed with
+much skill. They have also a girdle of the same kind for securing this
+mantle or _kutsack_ around them, which is in general still more highly
+ornamented, and serves them to wear their daggers and knives in. In
+winter, however, they sometimes make use of an additional garment, which
+is a kind of hood, with a hole in it for the purpose of admitting the
+head, and falls over the breast and back, as low as the shoulders; this
+is bordered both at top and bottom with fur, and is never worn except
+when they go out.
+
+The garments of the women vary not essentially from those of the men,
+the mantle having holes in it for the purpose of admitting the arms, and
+being tied close under the chin instead of over the shoulder. The chiefs
+have also mantles of the sea-otter skin, but these are only put on upon
+extraordinary occasions; and one that is made from the skin of a certain
+large animal, which is brought from the south by the Wickanninish[68]
+and Kla-iz-zarts.[69] This they prepare by dressing it in warm water,
+scraping off the hair and what flesh adheres to it carefully with sharp
+mussel-shells, and spreading it out in the sun to dry on a wooden frame,
+so as to preserve the shape. When dressed in this manner it becomes
+perfectly white, and as pliable as the best deer's leather, but almost
+as thick again. They then paint it in different figures with such paints
+as they usually employ in decorating their persons; these figures mostly
+represent human heads, canoes employed in catching whales, etc.
+
+This skin is called metamelth, and is probably got from an animal of
+the moose kind; it is highly prized by these people, is their great war
+dress, and only worn when they wish to make the best possible display of
+themselves. Strips or bands of it, painted as above, are also sometimes
+used by them for girdles or the bordering of their cloaks, and also for
+bracelets and ankle ornaments by some of the inferior class.
+
+On their heads, when they go out upon any excursion, particularly
+whaling or fishing, they wear a kind of cap or bonnet in form not unlike
+a large sugar loaf with the top cut off. This is made of the same
+materials with their cloth,[70] but is in general of a closer texture,
+and by way of tassel has a long strip of the skin of the metamelth[71]
+attached to it, covered with rows of small white shells or beads. Those
+worn by the common people are painted entirely red, the chiefs having
+theirs of different colours. The one worn by the king, and which serves
+to designate him from all the others, is longer and broader at the
+bottom; the top, instead of being flat, having upon it an ornament in
+the figure of a small urn. It is also of a much finer texture than the
+others, and plaited or wrought in black and white stripes, with the
+representation in front of a canoe in pursuit of a whale, with the
+harpooner standing in the prow prepared to strike. This bonnet is called
+_Seeya-poks_.
+
+Their mode of living is very simple--their food consisting almost
+wholly of fish, or fish spawn fresh or dried, the blubber of the whale,
+seal, or sea-cow, mussels, clams, and berries of various kinds; all of
+which are eaten with a profusion of train-oil for sauce, not excepting
+even the most delicate fruit, as strawberries and raspberries.
+
+With so little variety in their food, no great secret can be expected in
+their cookery. Of this, indeed, they may be said to know but two
+methods, viz. by boiling and steaming, and even the latter is not very
+frequently practised by them. Their mode of boiling is as follows:--Into
+one of their tubs they pour water sufficient to cook the quantity of
+provision wanted. A number of heated stones are then put in to make it
+boil, when the salmon or other fish are put in without any other
+preparation than sometimes cutting off the heads, tails, and fins, the
+boiling in the meantime being kept up by the application of the hot
+stones, after which it is left to cook until the whole is nearly reduced
+to one mass. It is then taken out and distributed in the trays. In a
+similar manner they cook their blubber and spawn, smoked or dried fish,
+and, in fine, almost everything they eat, nothing going down with them
+like broth.
+
+When they cook their fish by steam, which are usually the heads, tails,
+and fins of the salmon, cod, and halibut, a large fire is kindled, upon
+which they place a bed of stones, which, when the wood is burnt down,
+becomes perfectly heated. Layers of green leaves or pine boughs are then
+placed upon the stones, and the fish, clams, etc., being laid upon
+them, water is poured over them, and the whole closely covered with mats
+to keep in the steam. This is much the best mode of cooking, and clams
+and mussels done in this manner are really excellent.[72] These, as I
+have said, may be considered as their only kinds of cookery; though I
+have, in a very few instances, known them dress the roe or spawn of the
+salmon and the herring, when first taken, in a different manner; this
+was by roasting them, the former being supported between two split
+pieces of pine, and the other having a sharp stick run through it, with
+one end fixed in the ground; sprats are also roasted by them in this
+way, a number being spitted upon one stick; and this kind of food, with
+a little salt, would be found no contemptible eating even to an
+European.
+
+At their meals they seat themselves upon the ground, with their feet
+curled up under them, around their trays, which are generally about
+three feet long by one broad, and from six to eight inches deep. In
+eating they make use of nothing but their fingers, except for the soup
+or oil, which they lade out with clam-shells.
+
+Around one of these trays from four to six persons will seat themselves,
+constantly dipping in their fingers or clam-shells one after the other.
+The king and chiefs alone have separate trays, from which no one is
+permitted to eat with them except the queen, or principal wife of the
+chief; and whenever the king or one of the chiefs wishes to distinguish
+any of his people with a special mark of favour on these occasions, he
+calls him and gives him some of the choice bits from his tray. The
+slaves eat at the same time, and of the same provisions, faring in this
+respect as well as their masters, being seated with the family, and only
+feeding from separate trays.
+
+Whenever a feast is given by the king or any of the chiefs, there is a
+person who acts as a master of ceremonies, and whose business it is to
+receive the guests as they enter the house, and point out to them their
+respective seats, which is regulated with great punctiliousness as
+regards rank; the king occupying the highest or the seat of honour, his
+son or brother sitting next him, and so on with the chiefs according to
+their quality; the private persons belonging to the same family being
+always placed together, to prevent any confusion. The women are seldom
+invited to their feasts, and only at those times when a general
+invitation is given to the village.[73]
+
+As, whenever they cook, they always calculate to have an abundance for
+all the guests, a profusion in this respect being considered as the
+highest luxury, much more is usually set before them than they can eat.
+That which is left in the king's tray, he sends to his house for his
+family by one of his slaves, as do the chiefs theirs; while those who
+eat from the same tray, and who generally belong to the same family,
+take it home as common stock, or each one receives his portion, which is
+distributed on the spot. This custom appeared very singular to my
+companion and myself, and it was a most awkward thing for us, at first,
+to have to lug home with us, in our hands or arms, the blubber of fish
+that we received at these times, but we soon became reconciled to it,
+and were very glad of an opportunity to do it.
+
+[Illustration: NOOTKA SOUND INDIANS.]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[63] The exact position of the village is lat. 49� 35' 31" N.; long.
+126� 37' 32" W.
+
+[64] According to the Admiralty Sailing Directions, the Cove is about
+two cables in extent, and sheltered from the sea by a small rocky
+high-water island on its east side. It affords anchorage in the middle
+for only one vessel of moderate size, though several small vessels might
+find shelter. When Vancouver visited it in 1792, no less than eight
+ships were in it, most of them small, and secured to the shore by
+hawsers.
+
+[65] This means farther up the Sound; for there are villages in the
+interior of Vancouver Island. The Admiralty Sailing Directions declare
+that not a trace of the Spanish settlement now exists. This is scarcely
+correct, for an indistinct ridge shows the site of houses, and here and
+there a few bricks half hidden in the ground may be detected. I have
+seen a cannon ball and a Mexican dollar found there. Many of the Nootka
+Indians have large moustaches and whiskers, which may possibly be due to
+their Spanish blood, and others were decidedly Chinese-looking, a fact
+which may be traced to the presence of Meares's Chinese carpenters in
+1778-79. Some of them can, or could, thirty years ago, by tradition,
+count ten in Spanish; and there is a legend in the Sound to the effect
+that the white men had begun to cultivate the ground, and to erect a
+stockade and fort; when one day a ship came with papers for the head
+man, who was observed to cry, and all the foreigners became sad. The
+next day they began moving their goods to the ship. But, as Mr. Sproat
+suggests, this might have reference to Meares's settlement.
+
+[66] This is a good description of the house of Maquina's grandson, as I
+saw it fifty-eight years after Jewitt's time.
+
+[67] Dog's hair. A tribe on Fraser River used to keep flocks of these
+curs, which they periodically clipped like sheep.
+
+[68] Probably the Klayoquahts (see p. 77).
+
+[69] Klahosahts.
+
+[70] The outside is made of cedar bark, the inside of white-hair bark.
+
+[71] I have more than once discussed the identity of this animal with
+Indian traders. None of them recognised it, nor, indeed, were acquainted
+with the animal by the name Jewitt applies to it. It is, however, not
+unlikely the North-Western marmot (_Arctomys pruinosus_), specimens of
+which are now and then--though, it must be admitted, rarely--seen in
+Vancouver Island; but it is more common farther south. The Alberni
+Indians (Seshahts and Opechesahts) used to talk of a beast called
+_Sit-si-tehl_, which we took to be the marmot, and Mr. Sproat saw one; I
+was not so fortunate.
+
+[72] In the opinion of the judicious Jewitt, every one who has eaten
+food--especially salmon and shell-fish--cooked after this fashion will
+coincide. _Experto crede._
+
+[73] Or to one or more of the neighbouring tribes, such feasts being
+known as _Wawkoahs_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+APPEARANCE OF THE NATIVES--ORNAMENTS--OTTER-HUNTING--FISHING--CANOES
+
+
+In point of personal appearance the people of Nootka are among the
+best-looking of any of the tribes that I have seen. The men are in
+general from about five feet six to five feet eight inches in height;
+remarkably straight, of a good form, robust and strong, with their limbs
+in general well turned and proportioned, excepting the legs and feet,
+which are clumsy and ill formed, owing, no doubt, to their practice of
+sitting on them, though I have seen instances in which they were very
+well shaped; this defect is more particularly apparent in the women, who
+are for the most part of the time within doors, and constantly sitting
+while employed in their cooking and other occupations.[74] The only
+instance of deformity that I saw amongst them was a man of dwarfish
+stature; he was thirty years old, and but three feet three inches high;
+he had, however, no other defect than his diminutive size, being well
+made, and as strong and able to bear fatigue as what they were in
+general.[75]
+
+Their complexion, when freed from the paint and oil with which their
+skins are generally covered, is a brown, somewhat inclining to a copper
+cast. The shape of the face is oval; the features are tolerably regular,
+the lips being thin and the teeth very white and even; their eyes are
+black but rather small, and the nose pretty well formed, being neither
+flat nor very prominent; their hair is black, long, and coarse, but they
+have no beard, completely extirpating it, as well as the hair from their
+bodies, Maquina being the only exception, who suffered his beard to grow
+on his upper lip in the manner of mustachios, which was considered as a
+mark of dignity.
+
+As to the women, they are much whiter, many of them not being darker
+than those in some of the southern parts of Europe. They are in general
+very well-looking, and some quite handsome. Maquina's favourite wife in
+particular, who was a Wickinninish princess, would be considered as a
+beautiful woman in any country. She was uncommonly well formed, tall,
+and of a majestic appearance; her skin remarkably fair for one of these
+people, with considerable colour, her features handsome, and her eyes
+black, soft, and languishing; her hair was very long, thick, and black,
+as is that of the females in general, which is much softer than that of
+the men; in this they take much pride, frequently oiling and plaiting it
+carefully into two broad plaits, tying the ends with a strip of the
+cloth of the country, and letting it hang down before on each side of
+the face.
+
+The women keep their garments much neater and cleaner than the men, and
+are extremely modest in their deportment and dress; their mantle, or
+_kutsack_, which is longer than that of the men, reaching quite to their
+feet and completely enveloping them, being tied close under the chin,
+and bound with a girdle of the same cloth or of sea-otter skin around
+their waists; it has also loose sleeves, which reach to the elbows.
+Though fond of ornamenting their persons, they are by no means so
+partial to paint as the men, merely colouring their eyebrows black and
+drawing a bright red stripe from each corner of the mouth towards the
+ear. Their ornaments consist chiefly of ear-rings, necklaces, bracelets,
+rings for the fingers and ankles, and small nose-jewels (the latter are,
+however, wholly confined to the wives of the king or chiefs); these are
+principally made out of copper or brass, highly polished and of various
+forms and sizes; the nose-jewel is usually a small white shell[76] or
+bead suspended to a thread.
+
+The wives of the common people frequently wear for bracelets and ankle
+rings strips of the country cloth or skin of the metamelth painted in
+figures, and those of the king or principal chiefs, bracelets and
+necklaces consisting of a number of strings of _Ife-waw_, an article
+much prized by them, and which makes a very handsome appearance. This
+_Ife-waw_, as they term it, is a kind of shell of a dazzling whiteness
+and as smooth as ivory; it is of a cylindrical form, in a slight degree
+curved, about the size of a goose quill, hollow, three inches in length
+and gradually tapering to a point, which is broken off by the natives as
+it is taken from the water; this they afterwards string upon threads of
+bark and sell it by the fathom; it forms a kind of circulating medium
+among these nations, five fathoms being considered as the price of a
+slave, their most valuable species of property. It is principally
+obtained from the Aitizzarts, a people living about thirty or forty
+miles to the northward, who collect it from the reefs and sunken rocks
+with which their coast abounds, though it is also brought in
+considerable quantity from the south.[77]
+
+Their mode of taking it has been thus described to me:--To one end of a
+pole is fastened a piece of plank, in which a considerable number of
+pine pegs are inserted, made sharp at the ends; above the plank, in
+order to sink it, a stone or some weight is tied, and the other end of
+the pole suspended to a long rope; this is let down perpendicularly by
+the _Ife-waw_ fishers in those places where that substance is found,
+which are usually from fifty to sixty fathoms deep. On finding the
+bottom, they raise the pole up a few feet and let it fall; this they
+repeat a number of times, as if sounding, when they draw it up and take
+off the _Ife-waw_ which is found adhering to the points. This method of
+procuring it is very laborious and fatiguing, especially as they seldom
+take more than two or three of these shells at a time, and frequently
+none.
+
+Though the women, as I have said, make but little use of paint, the very
+reverse is the case with the men. In decorating their heads and faces
+they place their principal pride, and none of our most fashionable beaus
+when preparing for a grand ball can be more particular; for I have known
+Maquina, after having been employed more than an hour in painting his
+face, rub the whole off, and recommence the operation anew, when it did
+not entirely please him.
+
+The manner in which they paint themselves frequently varies, according
+to the occasion, but it oftener is the mere dictate of whim. The most
+usual method is to paint the eyebrows black in form of a half-moon and
+the face red in small squares, with the arms and legs and part of the
+body red; sometimes one half of the face is painted red in squares and
+the other black; at others dotted with spots of red and black instead
+of squares, with a variety of other devices, such as painting one half
+of the face and body red and the other black.
+
+But a method of painting which they sometimes employed, and which they
+were much more particular in, was by laying on the face a quantity of
+bear's grease of about one-eighth of an inch thick; this they raised up
+into ridges resembling a small bead in joiner's work with a stick
+prepared for the purpose, and then painted them red, which gave the face
+a very singular appearance.
+
+On extraordinary occasions the king and principal chiefs used to strew
+over their faces, after painting, a fine black shining powder procured
+from some mineral, as Maquina told me it was got from the rocks. This
+they call _pelpelth_,[78] and value it highly, as, in their opinion, it
+serves to set off their looks to great advantage, glittering especially
+in the sun like silver. This article is brought them in bags by the
+_Newchemass_,[79] a very savage nation who live a long way to the north,
+from whom they likewise receive a superior kind of red paint, a species
+of very fine and rich ochre, which they hold in much estimation.
+
+Notwithstanding this custom of painting themselves, they make it an
+invariable practice, both in summer and winter, to bathe once a day, and
+sometimes oftener; but as the paint is put on with oil, it is not much
+discomposed thereby, and whenever they wish to wash it off, they repair
+to some piece of fresh water and scour themselves with sand or rushes.
+
+In dressing their heads on occasion of a festival or a visit, they are
+full as particular and almost as long as in painting. The hair, after
+being well oiled, is carefully gathered upon the top of the head and
+secured by a piece of pine or spruce bough with the green leaves upon
+it. After having it properly fixed in this manner, the king and
+principal chiefs used to strew all over it the white down obtained from
+a species of large brown eagle which abounds on this coast, and which
+they are very particular in arranging so as not to have a single feather
+out of place, occasionally wetting the hair to make it adhere. This,
+together with the bough, which is sometimes of considerable size and
+stuck over with feathers by means of turpentine, gives them a very
+singular and grotesque appearance, which they, however, think very
+becoming, and the first thing they do, on learning the arrival of
+strangers, is to go and decorate themselves in this manner.
+
+The men also wear bracelets of painted leather or copper and large
+ear-rings of the latter, but the ornament on which they appear to set
+the most value is the nose-jewel, if such an appellation may be given to
+the wooden stick which some of them employ for this purpose. The king
+and chiefs, however, wear them of a different form, being either small
+pieces of polished copper or brass, of which I made many for them in
+the shape of hearts and diamonds, or a twisted conical shell about half
+an inch in length, of a bluish colour and very bright, which is brought
+from the south. These are suspended by a small wire or string to the
+hole in the gristle of the nose, which is formed in infancy by boring it
+with a pin, the hole being afterwards enlarged by the repeated insertion
+of wooden pegs of an increased size, until it becomes about the diameter
+of a pipe-stem, though some have them of a size nearly sufficient to
+admit the little finger.
+
+The common class, who cannot readily procure the more expensive jewels
+that I have mentioned, substitute for them, usually, a smooth, round
+stick, some of which are of an almost incredible length, for I have seen
+them projecting not less than eight or nine inches beyond the face on
+each side; this is made fast or secured in its place by little wedges on
+each side of it. These "sprit-sail-yard fellows," as my messmate used to
+call them, when rigged out in this manner, made quite a strange show,
+and it was his delight, whenever he saw one of them coming towards us
+with an air of consequence proportioned to the length of his stick, to
+put up his hand suddenly as he was passing him, so as to strike the
+stick, in order, as he said, to brace him up sharp to the wind; this
+used to make them very angry, but nothing was more remote from
+Thompson's ideas than a wish to cultivate their favour.
+
+The natives of Nootka appear to have but little inclination for the
+chase, though some of them were expert marksmen, and used sometimes to
+shoot ducks and geese; but the seal and the sea-otter form the
+principal objects of their hunting, particularly the latter.
+
+Of this animal, so much noted for its valuable skin, the following
+description may not be uninteresting:--The sea-otter[80] is nearly five
+feet in length, exclusive of the tail, which is about twelve inches, and
+is very thick and broad where it joins the body, but gradually tapers to
+the end, which is tipped with white. The colour of the rest is a
+shining, silky black, with the exception of a broad white stripe on the
+top of the head. Nothing can be more beautiful than one of these animals
+when seen swimming, especially when on the look-out for any object. At
+such times it raises its head quite above the surface, and the contrast
+between the shining black and the white, together with its sharp ears
+and a long tuft of hair rising from the middle of its forehead, which
+looks like three small horns, render it quite a novel and attractive
+object. They are in general very tame, and will permit a canoe or boat
+to approach very near before they dive. I was told, however, that they
+are become much more shy since they have been accustomed to shoot them
+with muskets, than when they used only arrows.[81]
+
+The skin is held in great estimation in China, more especially that of
+the tail, the fur of which is finer and closer set than that on the
+body. This is always cut off and sold separately by the natives. The
+value of a skin is determined by its size, that being considered as a
+prime skin which will reach, in length, from a man's chin to his feet.
+The food of the sea-otter is fish, which he is very dexterous in taking,
+being an excellent swimmer, with feet webbed like those of a goose. They
+appear to be wholly confined to the seacoast, at least to the salt
+water. They have usually three or four young at a time, but I know not
+how often they breed, nor in what place they deposit their young, though
+I have frequently seen them swimming around the mother when no larger
+than rats. The flesh is eaten by the natives, cooked in their usual mode
+by boiling, and is far preferable to that of the seal, of which they
+make much account.
+
+But if not great hunters, there are few people more expert in fishing.
+Their lines are generally, made from the sinew of the whale, and are
+extremely strong. For the hook, they usually make use of a straight
+piece of hard wood, in the lower part of which is inserted, and well
+secured with thread or whale sinew, a bit of bone made very sharp at the
+point and bearded; but I used to make for them hooks from iron, which
+they preferred, not only as being less liable to break, but more certain
+of securing the fish. Cod, halibut, and other sea fish were not only
+caught by them with hooks, but even salmon.
+
+To take this latter fish, they practise the following method:--One
+person seats himself in a small canoe, and, baiting his hook with a
+sprat, which they are always careful to procure as fresh as possible,
+fastens his line to the handle of the paddle; this, as he plies it in
+the water, keeps the fish in constant motion, so as to give it the
+appearance of life, which the salmon seeing, leaps at it and is
+instantly hooked, and, by a sudden and dexterous motion of the paddle,
+drawn on board. I have known some of the natives take no less than eight
+or ten salmon of a morning, in this manner, and have seen from twenty to
+thirty canoes at a time in Friendly Cove thus employed.
+
+They are likewise little less skilful in taking the whale. This they
+kill with a kind of javelin or harpoon thus constructed and fitted: the
+barbs are formed of bone, which are sharpened on the outer side, and
+hollowed within, for the purpose of forming a socket for the staff;
+these are then secured firmly together with a whale sinew, the point
+being fitted so as to receive a piece of mussel-shell, which is ground
+to a very sharp edge, and secured in its place by means of
+turpentine.[82] To this head or prong is fastened a strong line of whale
+sinew about nine feet in length, to the end of which is tied a bark rope
+from fifty to sixty fathoms long, having from twenty to thirty sealskin
+floats or buoys attached to it at certain intervals, in order to check
+the motion of the whale and obstruct his diving. In the socket of the
+harpoon a staff or pole of about ten feet long, gradually tapering from
+the middle to each end, is placed; this the harpooner holds in his hand,
+in order to strike the whale, and immediately detaches it as soon as the
+fish is struck.
+
+The whale is considered as the king's fish, and no other person, when he
+is present, is permitted to touch him until the royal harpoon has first
+drawn his blood, however near he may approach; and it would be
+considered almost a sacrilege for any of the common people to strike a
+whale before he is killed, particularly if any of the chiefs should be
+present.[83] They also kill the porpoise[84] and sea-cow[85] with
+harpoons, but this inferior game is not interdicted the lower class.
+
+With regard to their canoes, some of the handsomest to be found on the
+whole coast are made at Nootka, though very fine ones are brought by the
+Wickinninish and the Kla-iz-zarts, who have them more highly ornamented.
+They are of all sizes, from such as are capable of holding only one
+person to their largest war canoes, which will carry forty men, and are
+extremely light. Of these, the largest of any that I ever saw was one
+belonging to Maquina, which I measured, and found to be forty-two feet
+six inches in length at the bottom, and forty-six feet from stem to
+stern. These are made of pine,[86] hollowed out from a tree with their
+chisels solely, which are about three inches broad and six in length,
+and set into a handle of very hard wood.
+
+This instrument was formerly made of flint, or some hard stone ground
+down to as sharp an edge as possible, but since they have learned the
+use of iron, they have almost all of them of that metal. Instead of a
+mallet for striking this chisel, they make use of a smooth round stone,
+which they hold in the palm of the hand. With this same awkward
+instrument they not only excavate their canoes and trays and smooth
+their planks, but cut down such trees as they want, either for building,
+fuel, or other purposes, a labour which is mostly done by their slaves.
+
+The felling of trees, as practised by them, is a slow and most tedious
+process, three of them being generally from two to three days in cutting
+down a large one; yet so attached were they to their own method, that
+notwithstanding they saw Thompson frequently, with one of our axes, of
+which there was a number saved, fell a tree in less time than they
+could have gone round it with their chisels, still they could not be
+persuaded to make use of them.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN CANOES, VICTORIA, V. I. (TEMP. 1863).]
+
+After hollowing out their canoes, which they do very neatly, they
+fashion the outside, and slightly burn it, for the purpose of removing
+any splinters or small points that might obstruct its passage through
+the water, after which they rub it over thoroughly with rushes or coarse
+mats, in order to smooth it, which not only renders it almost as smooth
+as glass, but forms a better security for it from the weather; this
+operation of burning and rubbing down the bottoms of their canoes is
+practised as often as they acquire any considerable degree of roughness
+from use. The outside by this means becomes quite black, and to complete
+their work they paint the inside of a bright red, with ochre or some
+other similar substance; the prows and sterns are almost always
+ornamented with figures of ducks or some other kind of bird, the former
+being so fashioned as to represent the head, and the latter the tail;
+these are separate pieces from the canoe, and are fastened to it with
+small flexible twigs or bark cord.
+
+Some of these canoes, particularly those employed in whaling, which will
+hold about ten men, are ornamented within about two inches below the
+gunwale with two parallel lines on each side of very small white shells,
+running fore and aft, which has a very pretty effect. Their war canoes
+have no ornament of this kind, but are painted on the outside with
+figures in white chalk, representing eagles, whales, human heads, etc.
+They are very dexterous in the use of their paddles, which are very
+neatly wrought, and are five feet long, with a short handle and a blade
+seven inches broad in the middle, tapering to a sharp point. With these
+they will make a canoe skim very swiftly on the water, with scarcely any
+noise, while they keep time to the stroke of the paddle with their
+songs.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[74] Yet they are by no means weak in the legs, a coast Indian being
+capable of long travel in the bush without tiring. The Hydahs of Queen
+Charlotte Island, and the Tlinkets and Kaloshes of the neighbouring
+mainland, are splendid specimens of men, tall, comparatively fair,
+large-headed, regularly-featured, and endowed with courage and
+intelligence, though their morals leave much to be desired. All the
+canoe Indians are very strong-handed, owing to the constant use of the
+paddle. In a scuffle with one of them, it does not do to let him get a
+grip; better prevent him from coming to close quarters, for in this case
+the white man has little chance. The Klahoquahts are the finest-looking
+of the Vancouver west coast tribes.
+
+[75] I have rarely seen a corpulent Indian, and not one idiot, or a
+cripple so deformed that he was incapable of earning his livelihood. It
+is seldom that they are deformed from birth, and when they are, they
+generally disappear, so as not to be a burden on the tribe. As a
+facetious old savage remarked to me, when discussing that curious
+immunity from helplessness in his tribe, "The climate doesn't agree with
+them." The brother of Quisto, chief of the Pachenahts in 1865 (San Juan
+Harbour), was much deformed in the legs, but he was an excellent
+canoeman.
+
+[76] Commonly the flattish nacreous portion of the Abelone, or Ear-shell
+(_Haliotis Kamschatkiana_), known as _Apats-em_, which is pawned or sold
+in times of scarcity. By constant removal and insertion, the septum of
+the nose, through which it is fastened, becomes in time so large that it
+will admit almost any kind of moderately-sized ornament. Feathers are
+frequently inserted, and more than once I have seen an Indian, clad in a
+blanket alone, denude himself of his single garment to hold biscuits or
+other goods, and dispose of his pipe by sticking it in the hole through
+his nasal septum, which, had times been better, would have been occupied
+with a piece of shell, either square, oblong, or of a horseshoe shape.
+
+[77] This is the well-known _Dentalium pretiosum_, or Tooth-shell,
+generally known as the _Hioqua_. It is procured chiefly from Cape
+Flattery, on the southern side of Juan de Fuca Strait, and from Koskeemo
+Sound on the north. The "Aitizzarts" (Ayhuttisahts) probably obtained it
+by barter with the tribes on that part of the coast. It is not much used
+nowadays.--_The Peoples of the World_, vol. i. p. 60.
+
+[78] This is powdered mica of the black variety. It is obtained in
+various places, from veins exposed, for the most part in the beds of
+streams.
+
+[79] These seem to be the Nimpkish, from the Nimpkish River, south of
+Fort Rupert, on the eastern shore of Vancouver Island, who still
+frequently cross the island by a chain of rivers and lakes to Nootka
+Sound. This is confirmed by Jewitt writing in another place that they
+lived somewhat in the interior. It is doubtful whether he knew that the
+country in which he lived was an island. At all events, he never
+mentions it by that name. This route I have described in "Das Innere der
+Vancouver Insel" (Petermann, _Geographische Mittheilungen_, 1869).
+
+[80] _Enhydra lutris_, or "Quiaotluck," now so rapidly decreasing in
+numbers that it can scarcely escape the fate of Steller's Rhytina.
+
+[81] For an account of the habits and history of these valued animals,
+the reader is referred to _The Countries of the World_, vol. i. p. 304.
+
+[82] The harpoon is at present a little different in construction. Pine
+resin, not "turpentine," is used for the purpose described, and the tips
+of deers' horns are utilised for the barbs. The most remarkable fact
+about the west coast of Vancouver Island whaling is its use of inflated
+sealskins to impede the motion of the animal through the water. This is
+an Eskimo contrivance in use by the Alaskans and other extreme northern
+tribes, from whom the West Vancouverians seem to have borrowed it. In
+Sproat's _Scenes and Studies of Savage Life_, p. 226, there is an
+excellent description of whaling as practised in that part of Vancouver
+Island. The species pursued is usually finbacks, though a "black fish"
+with good whalebone is occasionally captured.
+
+[83] The honour of using the harpoon is a hereditary privilege, enjoyed
+by only a few men in a tribe, and previous to the whaling season the
+crews have to practise all manner of ascetic practices in order to
+ensure good luck in the venture.
+
+[84] This porpoise Dr. Gray considered, after examining a skull which I
+brought to the British Museum in 1866, to differ little, if at all, from
+the _Phoc�na communis_ of the Atlantic; but Dr. (afterwards Sir) W. H.
+Flower (_List of the Specimens of Cetacea_, etc., 1885, p. 16) seems to
+be of a different opinion.
+
+[85] This "sea-cow," of which Meares also speaks as an animal hunted by
+the Nootka people, though rarely seen so far south, must, one might
+think, be another name for the seal or "sea-calf," were not the latter
+expressly referred to by name. The sea-cow, dugong, or manatee is not
+found in these seas, and the _Rhytina Stelleri_, once so abundant on
+Behring Island in Behring Strait, is generally considered to have been
+exterminated in the interval between 1741-1768. This, however, is hardly
+in accordance with fact, for, as evidence collected by Nordenskj�ld
+proves, they were occasionally killed in 1780, while one was seen as
+late as 1854. It is therefore by no means improbable that in 1803 a few
+stragglers were still waiting their end on the shores of Vancouver
+Island. The sea-lion (_Eumetopias Stelleri_) is a seal also verging on
+extinction, the _Otaria ursinus_ being now the fur seal of commerce (and
+politics) in that part of the North Pacific.
+
+[86] A species of cedar (_Thuja_) is the wood used.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+MUSIC--MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS--SLAVES--NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--TRADE WITH
+THESE--ARMY
+
+
+They have a number which they sing on various occasions--at war,[87]
+whaling and fishing, at their marriages and feasts, and at public
+festivals or solemnities. The language of the most of these appears to
+be very different in many respects from that used in their common
+conversation, which leads me to believe either that they have a
+different mode of expressing themselves in poetry, or that they borrow
+their songs from their neighbours; and what the more particularly
+induces me to the latter opinion is, that whenever any of the
+Newchemass, a people from the northward, and who speak a very different
+language, arrived, they used to tell me that they expected a new song,
+and were almost always sure to have one.
+
+Their tunes are generally soft and plaintive, and though not possessing
+great variety, are not deficient in harmony. Their singing is generally
+accompanied with several rude kinds of instrumental music, among the
+most prominent of which is a kind of a drum. This is nothing more than
+a long plank hollowed out on the under side and made quite thin, which
+is beat upon by a stick of about a foot long, and renders a sound not
+unlike beating on the head of an empty cask, but much louder.
+
+But the two most favourite instruments are the rattle and the pipe or
+whistle; these are, however, only used by the king, the chiefs, or some
+particular persons. The former is made of dried sealskin, so as to
+represent a fish, and is filled with a number of small smooth pebbles;
+it has a short handle, and is painted red. The whistle is made of bone,
+generally the leg of a deer; it is short, but emits a very shrill sound.
+They have likewise another kind of music, which they make use of in
+dancing, in the manner of castanets. This is produced by a number of
+mussel or cockle shells tied together and shaken to a kind of tune,
+which is accompanied with the voice.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Their slaves, as I have observed, form their most valuable species of
+property. These are of both sexes, being either captives taken by
+themselves in war, or purchased from the neighbouring tribes, and who
+reside in the same house, forming as it were a part of the family, are
+usually kindly treated, eat of the same food, and live as well as their
+masters. They are compelled, however, at times to labour severely, as
+not only all the menial offices are performed by them, such as bringing
+water, cutting wood, and a variety of others, but they are obliged to
+make the canoes, to assist in building and repairing the houses, to
+supply their masters with fish, and to attend them in war and to fight
+for them.
+
+None but the king and chiefs have slaves, the common people being
+prevented from holding them, either from their inability to purchase
+them, or, as I am rather inclined to think, from its being considered as
+the privilege of the former alone to have them,[88] especially as all
+those made prisoners in war belong either to the king or the chiefs who
+have captured them, each one holding such as have been taken by himself
+or his slaves. There is probably, however, some little distinction in
+favour of the king, who is always the commander of the expedition, as
+Maquina had nearly fifty, male and female, in his house, a number
+constituting about one half of its inhabitants, comprehending those
+obtained by war and purchase; whereas none of the other chiefs had more
+than twelve. The females are employed principally in manufacturing
+cloth, in cooking, collecting berries, etc., and with regard to food and
+living in general have not a much harder lot than their mistresses, the
+principal difference consisting in these poor unfortunate creatures
+being considered as free to any one, their masters prostituting them
+whenever they think proper for the purpose of gain. In this way many of
+them are brought on board the ships and offered to the crews, from
+whence an opinion appears to have been formed by some of our navigators
+injurious to the chastity of their females, than which nothing can be
+more generally untrue, as perhaps in no part of the world is that virtue
+more prized.[89]
+
+The houses at Nootka, as already stated, are about twenty, without
+comprising those inhabited by the Klahars, a small tribe that has been
+conquered and incorporated into that of Nootka, though they must be
+considered as in a state of vassalage, as they are not permitted to have
+any chiefs among them, and live by themselves in a cluster of small
+houses at a little distance from the village. The Nootka tribe, which
+consists of about five hundred warriors,[90] is not only more numerous
+than almost any of the neighbouring tribes, but far exceeds them in the
+strength and martial spirit of its people; and in fact there are but few
+nations within a hundred miles either to the north or south but are
+considered as tributary to them.
+
+In giving some account of the tribes that were accustomed to visit
+Nootka, I shall commence at the southward with the Kla-iz-zarts, and the
+Wickinninish, premising that in point of personal appearance there
+prevails a wonderful diversity between the various tribes on the coast,
+with the exception of the feet and legs, which are badly shaped in
+almost all of them from their practice of sitting on them.
+
+The Kla-iz-zarts are a numerous and powerful tribe, living nearly three
+hundred miles to the south, and are said to consist of more than a
+thousand warriors.[91] They appear to be more civilised than any of the
+others, being better and more neatly dressed, more mild and affable in
+their manners, remarkable for their sprightliness and vivacity, and
+celebrated for their singing and dancing.
+
+They exhibit also greater marks of improvement in whatever is wrought by
+them; their canoes, though not superior to those of Nootka in point of
+form and lightness, are more highly ornamented, and their weapons and
+tools of every kind have a much higher finish and display more skill in
+the workmanship. Their cast of countenance is very different from that
+of the Nootkians, their faces being very broad, with a less prominent
+nose and smaller eyes, and the top of the head flattened as if it had
+been pressed down with a weight. Their complexion is also much fairer,
+and their stature shorter, though they are well formed and strongly set.
+
+They have a custom which appears to be peculiar to them, as I never
+observed it in any of the other tribes, which is to pluck out not only
+their beards and the hair from their bodies, but also their eyebrows, so
+as not to leave a vestige remaining. They were also in general more
+skilful in painting and decorating themselves, and I have seen some of
+them with no less than a dozen holes in each of their ears, to which
+were suspended strings of small beads about two inches in length. Their
+language is the same as spoken at Nootka, but their pronunciation is
+much more hoarse and guttural. These people are not only very expert in
+whaling, but are great hunters of the sea-otter and other animals, with
+which their country is said to abound, and the metamelth, a large animal
+of the deer kind, the skin of which I have already spoken of, another of
+a light grey colour, with very fine hair, from which they manufacture a
+handsome cloth, the beaver, and a species of large wild cat or tiger
+cat.
+
+The Wickinninish,[92] their neighbours on the north, are about two
+hundred miles from Nootka. They are a robust, strong, and warlike
+people, but considered by the Nootkians as their inferiors in courage.
+This tribe is more numerous than that of Nootka, amounting to between
+six and seven hundred warriors. Though not so civilised as the
+Kla-iz-zarts, and less skilful in their manufactures, like them they
+employ themselves in hunting, as well as in whaling and fishing. Their
+faces are broad, but less so than the Kla-iz-zarts, with a darker
+complexion and a much less open and pleasing expression of countenance,
+while their heads present a very different form, being pressed in at the
+sides and lengthened towards the top somewhat in the shape of a sugar
+loaf. These people are very frequent visitors at Nootka, a close
+friendship subsisting between the two nations, Maquina's _Arcomah_ or
+queen, _Y-ya-tintla-no_, being the daughter of the Wickinninish king.
+
+The Kla-oo-quates[93] adjoining them on the north are much less
+numerous, their force not exceeding four hundred fighting men; they are
+also behind them in the arts of life. These are a fierce, bold, and
+enterprising people, and there were none that visited Nootka, whom
+Maquina used to be more on his guard against, or viewed with so much
+suspicion. The Eshquates[94] are about the same number; these are
+considered as tributary to Maquina. Their coast abounds with rivers,
+creeks, and marshes.
+
+[Illustration: UK-LULAC-AHT INDIAN.]
+
+To the north the nearest tribe of any importance is the Aitizzarts;[95]
+these, however, do not exceed three hundred warriors. In appearance
+they greatly resemble the people of Nootka, to whom they are considered
+as tributary, their manners, dress, and style of living also being very
+similar. They reside at about forty miles' distance up the Sound. A
+considerable way farther to the northward are the Cayuquets;[96] these
+are a much more numerous tribe than that of Nootka, but thought by the
+latter to be deficient in courage and martial spirit, Maquina having
+frequently told me that their hearts were a little like those of birds.
+
+There are also both at the north and south many other intervening
+tribes, but in general small in number and insignificant, all of whom,
+as well as the above-mentioned, speak the same language. But the
+Newchemass, who come from a great way to the northward, and from some
+distance inland, as I was told by Maquina, speak quite a different
+language,[97] although it is well understood by those of Nootka. These
+were the most savage-looking and ugly men that I ever saw, their
+complexion being much darker, their stature shorter, and their hair
+coarser, than that of the other nations, and their dress and appearance
+dirty in an extreme. They wear their beards long like Jews, and have a
+very morose and surly countenance. Their usual dress is a _kotsuk_ made
+of wolf-skin, with a number of the tails attached to it, of which I have
+seen no less than ten on one garment, hanging from the top to the
+bottom; though they sometimes wear a similar mantle of bark cloth, of a
+much coarser texture than that of Nootka, the original of which appears
+to be the same, though from their very great filthiness it was almost
+impossible to discover what it had been.
+
+Their mode of dressing the hair also varies essentially from that of the
+other tribes, for they suffer that on the back of the head to hang
+loose, and bind the other over their foreheads in the manner of a
+fillet, with a strip of their country cloth, ornamented with small white
+shells. Their weapons are the _cheetolth_, or war-club, which is made
+from whalebone, daggers, bow and arrows, and a kind of spear pointed
+with bone or copper.[98] They brought with them no furs for sale,
+excepting a few wolf-skins, their merchandise consisting principally of
+the black shining mineral called _pelpelth_, and the fine red paint,
+which they carefully kept in close mat bags, some small dried salmon,
+clams, and roes of fish, with occasionally a little coarse matting
+cloth. They were accustomed to remain a much longer time at Nootka than
+the other tribes, in order to recover from the fatigue of a long
+journey, part of which was overland, and on these occasions taught their
+songs to our savages.
+
+The trade of most of the other tribes with Nootka was principally
+train-oil, seal or whale's blubber, fish fresh or dried, herring or
+salmon spawn, clams and mussels, and the _yama_,[99] a species of fruit
+which is pressed and dried, cloth, sea-otter skins, and slaves. From
+the Aitizzarts and the Cayuquets, particularly the former, the best
+Ife-whaw and in the greatest quantities was obtained. The Eshquates
+furnished us with wild ducks and geese, particularly the latter. The
+Wickinninish and Kla-iz-zarts brought to market many slaves, the best
+sea-otter skins, great quantities of oil, whale sinew, and cakes of the
+_yama_, highly ornamented canoes, some Ife-whaw, red ochre and pelpelth
+of an inferior quality to that obtained from the Newchemass, but
+particularly the so much valued metamelth, and an excellent root called
+by the Kla-iz-zarts _Quawnoose_.[100] This is the size of a small onion,
+but rather longer, being of a tapering form like a pear, and of a
+brownish colour. It is cooked by steam, is always brought in baskets
+ready prepared for eating, and is in truth a very fine vegetable, being
+sweet, mealy, and of a most agreeable flavour. It was highly esteemed by
+the natives, who used to eat it, as they did everything else, with
+train-oil. From the Kla-iz-zarts was also received, though in no great
+quantity, a cloth manufactured by them from the fur already spoken of,
+which feels like wool and is of a grey colour.
+
+Many of the articles thus brought, particularly the provisions, were
+considered as presents, or tributary offerings, but this must be viewed
+as little more than a nominal acknowledgment of superiority, as they
+rarely failed to get the full amount of the value of their presents. I
+have known eighteen of the great tubs, in which they keep their
+provisions, filled with spawn brought in this way. On these occasions a
+great feast is always made, to which not only the strangers, but the
+whole village, men, women, and children, are generally invited, and I
+have seen five of the largest tubs employed at such time, in cooking at
+the king's house. At these feasts they generally indulge in eating to an
+excess, making up in this respect for their want of inebriating liquors,
+which they know no method of preparing in any form, their only drink
+being water.
+
+Whenever they came to visit or trade, it was their general custom to
+stop a few miles distant, under the lee of some bluff or rock, and rig
+themselves out in their best manner, by painting and dressing their
+heads. On their first coming on shore, they were invited to eat by the
+king, when they brought to him such articles as he wanted, after which
+the rest of the inhabitants were permitted to purchase, the strangers
+being careful to keep them in their canoes until sold, under strict
+guard to prevent their being stolen, the disposition of these people for
+thieving being so great, that it is necessary to keep a watchful eye
+upon them.
+
+This was their usual mode of traffic, but whenever they wished to
+purchase any particular object, as, for instance, a certain slave, or
+some other thing of which they were very desirous, the canoe that came
+for this purpose would lie off a little distance from the shore, and a
+kind of ambassador or representative of the king or chief by whom it was
+sent, dressed in their best manner, and with his head covered with the
+white down, would rise, and, after making known the object of his
+mission in a pompous speech, hold up specimens of such articles as he
+was instructed to offer in payment, mentioning the number or quantity of
+each, when, if the bargain was concluded, the exchange was immediately
+made.
+
+On their visits of friendship or traffic, the chiefs alone used to sleep
+on shore; this was generally at the house of the king or the head chief,
+the others passing the night on board of their canoes, which was done
+not only for the preservation of their property, but because they were
+not permitted to remain on shore, lest they might excite some
+disturbance or commit depredations.
+
+All these people generally go armed, the common class wearing only a
+dagger suspended from their neck behind, with a string of metamelth, and
+sometimes thrust in their girdles. The chiefs, in addition to the
+dagger, carry the cheetolth, or war-club, suspended in the same manner
+beneath their mantles; this, in the hands of a strong man, is a powerful
+weapon, in the management of which some of the older chiefs are very
+dexterous. It is made from the bone of a whale, and is very heavy. The
+blade is about eighteen inches long and three broad, till it approaches
+near the point, where it expands to the breadth of four inches. In the
+middle, from whence it slopes off gradually to an edge on each side, it
+is from one to two inches in thickness. This blade is usually covered
+with figures of the sun and moon, a man's head, etc.; and the hilt,
+which is made to represent the head of a man or some animal, is
+curiously set with small white shells, and has a band of metamelth
+fastened to it, in order to sling it over the shoulder. Some of the
+tribes have also a kind of spear headed with copper or the bone of the
+sting ray, which is a dangerous weapon; this is, however, not usual, and
+only carried by the chiefs. The bow and arrow are still used by a few,
+but since the introduction of firearms among them, this weapon has been
+mostly laid aside.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[87] A specimen of one of their war-songs will be found at the end of
+this work.
+
+[88] This was not the case. Any free-born native, provided he had the
+means, could own a slave.
+
+[89] This is largely a tale of the past.
+
+[90] It is questionable if there are now as many people in the whole
+tribe. Cook estimated the population of Friendly Cove at two thousand.
+
+[91] This is wrong. The Kla-iz-zarts (Klahosahts) live _north_ of Nootka
+Sound.
+
+[92] In Meares's time (1788) Wickinninish was regarded as the most
+powerful chief, next to Maquina or Maquilla, as he calls him. His
+residence was usually at "Port Cox" (Clayoquat Sound), but his territory
+extended as far south as Nettinaht, his subjects comprising thirteen
+thousand people. Meares does not fall into Jewitt's blunder of
+confounding the name of the chief with that of his tribe. But Meares
+derived his information first hand, while Jewitt obtained it merely from
+hearsay, never having visited any other part except the immediate
+vicinity of Nootka Sound.
+
+[93] Klayoquahts. They have now barely two hundred warriors.
+
+[94] Hishquahts. If they have twenty men, that is all. Thirty years ago
+they had only thirty adult males.
+
+[95] Ayhuttisahts. Thirty years ago they had thirty-six men fit to
+fight.
+
+[96] Ky-yoh-quahts. In 1860 they numbered two hundred and thirty adult
+men.
+
+[97] Namely, the Kwakiool spoken on the east and north coasts of
+Vancouver Island from Comox northwards.
+
+[98] These implements have fallen out of use.
+
+[99] The salal (_Gaultheria Shallon_), which forms a carpet to the
+ground, especially where the soil is poor.
+
+[100] The bulb of a pretty blue lily (_Gamassia esculenta_), well known
+all over North-West America as the "gamass" or "kamass." The digging and
+storing of it in summer form one of the most picturesque of Indian
+occupations. The gamass camps are always lively, and the skill and
+industry which a girl displays in this important part of her future
+duties are carefully noted by the young men in search of wives.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+SITUATION OF THE AUTHOR--REMOVAL TO TASHEES--FISHING PARTIES
+
+
+But to return to our unhappy situation. Though my comrade and myself
+fared as well, and even better than we could have expected among these
+people, considering their customs and mode of living, yet our fears lest
+no ship would come to our release, and that we should never more behold
+a Christian country, were to us a source of constant pain. Our principal
+consolation, in this gloomy state, was to go on Sundays, whenever the
+weather would permit, to the borders of a freshwater pond about a mile
+from the village, where, after bathing and putting on clean clothes, we
+would seat ourselves under the shade of a beautiful pine, while I read
+some chapters in the Bible, and the prayers appointed by our Church for
+the day, ending our devotions with a fervent prayer to the Almighty,
+that He would deign still to watch over and preserve our lives, rescue
+us from the hands of the savages, and permit us once more to behold a
+Christian land.
+
+In this manner were the greater part of our Sundays passed at Nootka;
+and I felt gratified to Heaven that, amidst our other sufferings, we
+were at least allowed the pleasure of offering up our devotions
+unmolested, for Maquina, on my explaining to him as well as was in my
+power the reason of our thus retiring at this time, far from objecting,
+readily consented to it.
+
+The pond above mentioned was small, not more than a quarter of a mile in
+breadth, and of no great length, the water being very clear, though not
+of great depth, and bordered by a beautiful forest of pine, fir,
+elm,[101] and beech,[101] free from bushes and underwood--a most
+delightful retreat, which was rendered still more attractive by a great
+number of birds that frequented it, particularly the humming-bird.[102]
+Thither we used to go to wash our clothes, and felt secure from any
+intrusion from the natives, as they rarely visited it, except for the
+purpose of cleansing themselves of their paint.
+
+In July we at length thought that the hope of delivery we had so long
+anxiously indulged was on the point of being gratified. A ship appeared
+in the offing; but, alas! our fond hopes vanished almost as soon as
+formed; for, instead of standing in for the shore, she passed to the
+northward, and soon disappeared. I shall not attempt to describe our
+disappointment--my heart sank within me, and I felt as though it was my
+destiny never more to behold a Christian face. Four days after, there
+occurred a tremendous storm of thunder and lightning, during which the
+natives manifested great alarm and terror, the whole tribe hurrying to
+Maquina's house, where, instead of keeping within, they seated
+themselves on the roof, amid the severest of the tempest, drumming upon
+the boards, and looking up to heaven, while the king beat the long
+hollow plank, singing, and, as he afterwards told me, begging
+_Quahootze_, the name they give to God, not to kill them, in which he
+was accompanied by the whole tribe; this singing and drumming was
+continued until the storm abated.
+
+As the summer drew near its close, we began to suffer from the frequent
+want of food, which was principally owing to Maquina and the chiefs
+being out whaling, in which he would not permit Thompson and myself to
+join, lest we should make our escape to some of the neighbouring tribes.
+At these times the women seldom or ever cook any provision, and we were
+often hungry, but were sometimes fortunate enough to procure secretly a
+piece of salmon, some other fish, spawn, or even blubber, which, by
+boiling in salt water, with a few onions and turnips, the remains of the
+Spanish garden, or young nettles or other herbs, furnished us a
+delicious repast in private.
+
+In the meantime, we frequently received accounts from the tribes who
+came to Nootka, both from the north and south, of there being vessels on
+the coast, and were advised by their chiefs to make our escape, who also
+promised us their aid, and to put us on board. These stories, however,
+as I afterwards learned, were almost all of them without any foundation,
+and merely invented by these people with a view to get us into their
+power, in order to make slaves of us themselves, or to sell us to
+others.
+
+But I was still more strongly solicited to leave Nootka by a woman. This
+was a Wickinninish princess, a younger sister of Maquina's wife, who was
+there on a visit. I had the good fortune, if it may be so called, to
+become quite a favourite with her. She appeared much interested for me,
+asked me many questions respecting my country, if I had a mother and
+sister at home, and if they would not grieve for my absence. Her
+complexion was fairer than that of the women in general, and her
+features more regular, and she would have been quite handsome had it not
+been for a defect in one of her eyes, the sight of which had been
+injured by some accident; the reason, as Maquina told me, why she had
+not been married, a defect of this kind being by these savages
+considered as almost an insuperable objection. She urged me repeatedly
+to return with her, telling me that the Wickinninish were much better
+than the Nootkians; that her father would treat me more kindly than
+Maquina, give me better food and clothes, and finally put me on board
+one of my own country vessels. I felt, however, little disposed to
+accompany her, considering my situation with Maquina full as eligible as
+it would be with Wickinninish, if not better, notwithstanding all she
+said to the contrary.
+
+On the 3rd of September the whole tribe quitted Nootka, according to
+their constant practice, in order to pass the autumn and winter at
+Tashees[103] and Cooptee, the latter lying about thirty miles up the
+Sound, in a deep bay, the navigation of which is very dangerous, from
+the great number of reefs and rocks with which it abounds.
+
+On these occasions everything is taken with them, even the planks of
+their houses, in order to cover their new dwellings. To an European such
+a removal exhibits a scene quite novel and strange; canoes piled up with
+boards and boxes, and filled with men, women, and children, of all ranks
+and sizes, making the air resound with their cries and songs.
+
+At these times, as well as when they have occasion to go some distance
+from their houses, the infants are usually suspended across the mother's
+shoulders, in a kind of cradle or hammock, formed of bark, of about six
+inches in depth, and of the length of the child, by means of a leather
+band inserted through loops on its edges; this they also keep them in
+when at home, in order to preserve them in a straight position, and
+prevent any distortion of the limbs, most probably a principal cause of
+these people being so seldom deformed or crooked.
+
+The longboat of our ship having been repaired and furnished with a sail
+by Thompson, Maquina gave us the direction of it, we being better
+acquainted with managing it than his people, and, after loading her as
+deep as she could swim, we proceeded in company with them to the north,
+quitting Nootka with heavy hearts, as we could entertain no hopes of
+release until our return, no ships ever coming to that part of the
+coast. Passing Cooptee, which is situated on the southern bank, just
+within the mouth of a small river flowing from the east in a narrow
+valley at the foot of a mountain, we proceeded about fifteen miles up
+this stream to Tashees, between a range of lofty hills on each side,
+which extend a great distance inland, and are covered with the finest
+forest trees of the country. Immediately on our arrival, we all went to
+work very diligently in covering the houses with the planks we had
+brought, the frames being ready erected, these people never pretending
+to remove the timber. In a very short time the work was completed, and
+we were established in our new residence.
+
+Tashees is pleasantly situated, and in a most secure position from the
+winter storms, in a small vale or hollow on the south shore, at the foot
+of a mountain. The spot on which it stands is level, and the soil very
+fine, the country in its vicinity abounding with the most romantic
+views, charmingly diversified, and fine streams of water falling in
+beautiful cascades from the mountains. The river at this place is about
+twenty rods in width, and, in its deepest part, from nine to twelve
+feet. This village is the extreme point of navigation, as, immediately
+beyond, the river becomes much more shallow, and is broken into falls
+and rapids. The houses here are placed in a line like those at Nootka,
+but closer together, the situation being more confined; they are also
+smaller, in consequence of which we were much crowded, and incommoded
+for room.
+
+The principal object in coming to this place is the facility it affords
+these people of providing their winter stock of provisions, which
+consists principally of salmon, and the spawn of that fish; to which may
+be added herrings and sprats, and herring spawn. The latter, however, is
+always procured by them at Nootka, previous to their quitting it. At the
+seasons of spawning, which are early in spring and the last of August,
+they collect a great quantity of pine branches, which they place in
+different parts of the Cove at the depth of about ten feet, and secure
+them by means of heavy stones. On these the herring deposit their spawn
+in immense quantities; the bushes are then taken up, the spawn stripped
+from the branches, and, after being washed and freed from the pine
+leaves by the women, is dried and put up in baskets for use. It is
+considered as their greatest delicacy, and eaten both cooked and raw; in
+the former case, being boiled and eaten with train-oil, and in the
+latter, mixed up with cold water alone.
+
+The salmon are taken at Tashees, principally in pots or wears. Their
+method of taking them in wears is thus:--A pot of twenty feet in length,
+and from four to five feet diameter at the mouth, is formed of a great
+number of pine splinters, which are strongly secured, an inch and a half
+from each other, by means of hoops made of flexible twigs, and placed
+about eight inches apart. At the end it tapers almost to a point, near
+which is a small wicker door for the purpose of taking out the fish.
+This pot or wear is placed at the foot of a fall or rapid, where the
+water is not very deep, and the fish, driven from above with long poles,
+are intercepted and caught in the wear, from whence they are taken into
+the canoes. In this manner I have seen more than seven hundred salmon
+caught in the space of fifteen minutes.[104] I have also sometimes known
+a few of the striped bass taken in this manner, but rarely.
+
+[Illustration: SALMON WEAR NEAR THE INDIAN VILLAGE OF QUAMICHAN, V. I.]
+
+At such times there is great feasting and merriment among them. The
+women and female slaves being busily employed in cooking, or in curing
+the fish for their winter stock, which is done by cutting off the heads
+and tails, splitting them, taking out the back bone, and hanging them up
+in their houses to dry. They also dry the halibut and cod, but these,
+instead of curing whole, they cut up into small pieces for that purpose,
+and expose to the sun.
+
+The spawn of the salmon, which is a principal article of their
+provision, they take out, and, without any other preparation, throw it
+into their tubs, where they leave it to stand and ferment, for, though
+they frequently eat it fresh, they esteem it much more when it has
+acquired a strong taste, and one of the greatest favours they can confer
+on any person, is to invite him to eat _Quakamiss_, the name they give
+this food, though scarcely anything can be more repugnant to an European
+palate, than it is in this state; and whenever they took it out of these
+large receptacles, which they are always careful to fill, such was the
+stench which it exhaled, on being moved, that it was almost impossible
+for me to abide it, even after habit had in a great degree dulled the
+delicacy of my senses. When boiled it became less offensive, though it
+still retained much of the putrid smell, and something of the taste.
+
+Such is the immense quantity of these fish, and they are taken with such
+facility, that I have known upwards of twenty-five hundred brought into
+Maquina's house at once; and at one of their great feasts, have seen
+one hundred or more cooked in one of their largest tubs.
+
+I used frequently to go out with Maquina upon these fishing parties, and
+was always sure to receive a handsome present of salmon, which I had the
+privilege of calling mine; I also went with him several times in a
+canoe, to strike the salmon, which I have attempted to do myself, but
+could never succeed, it requiring a degree of adroitness that I did not
+possess. I was also permitted to go out with a gun, and was several
+times very successful in shooting wild ducks and teal, which are very
+numerous here, though rather shy. These they cooked in their usual
+manner, by boiling, without any farther dressing than skinning them.
+
+In many respects, however, our situation was less pleasant here than at
+Nootka. We were more incommoded for room, the houses not being so
+spacious, nor so well arranged, and as it was colder, we were compelled
+to be much more within doors. We, however, did not neglect on Sundays,
+when the weather would admit, to retire into the woods, and, by the side
+of some stream, after bathing, return our thanks to God for preserving
+us, and offer up to Him our customary devotions.
+
+I was, however, very apprehensive, soon after our arrival at this place,
+that I should be deprived of the satisfaction of keeping my journal, as
+Maquina one day, observing me writing, inquired of me what I was doing,
+and when I endeavoured to explain it, by telling him that I was keeping
+an account of the weather, he said it was not so, and that I was
+speaking bad about him, and telling how he had taken our ship and killed
+the crew, so as to inform my countrymen, and that if he ever saw me
+writing in it again, he would throw it into the fire. I was much
+rejoiced that he did no more than threaten, and became very cautious
+afterwards not to let him see me write.
+
+Not long after, I finished some daggers for him, which I polished
+highly; these pleased him much, and he gave me directions to make a
+cheetolth, in which I succeeded so far to his satisfaction, that he gave
+me a present of cloth sufficient to make me a complete suit of raiment,
+besides other things.
+
+Thompson also, who had become rather more of a favourite than formerly,
+since he had made a fine sail for his canoe, and some garments for him
+out of European cloth, about this time completed another, which was
+thought by the savages a most superb dress. This was a _kotsuk_ or
+mantle, a fathom square, made entirely of European vest patterns of the
+gayest colours. These were sewed together in a manner to make the best
+show, and bound with a deep trimming of the finest otter-skin, with
+which the arm-holes were also bordered; while the bottom was further
+embellished with five or six rows of gilt buttons, placed as near as
+possible to each other.
+
+Nothing could exceed the pride of Maquina when he first put on this
+royal robe, decorated, like the coat of Joseph, with all the colours of
+the rainbow, and glittering with the buttons, which as he strutted about
+made a tinkling, while he repeatedly exclaimed, in a transport of
+exultation, "_Klew shish Kotsuk--wick kum_ _atack Nootka_."[105]--"A
+fine garment--Nootka can't make them."
+
+Maquina, who knew that the chiefs of the tribes who came to visit us had
+endeavoured to persuade me to escape, frequently cautioned me not to
+listen to them, saying that, should I make the attempt, and he were to
+take me, he should certainly put me to death. While here, he gave me a
+book, in which I found the names of seven persons belonging to the ship
+_Manchester_, of Philadelphia, Captain Brian--viz. Daniel Smith, Lewis
+Gillon, James Tom, Clark, Johnson, Ben, and Jack. These men, as Maquina
+informed me, ran away from the ship and came to him, but that six of
+them soon after went off in the night, with an intention to go to the
+Wickinninish, but were stopped by the Eshquates, and sent back to him,
+and that he ordered them to be put to death; and a most cruel death it
+was, as I was told by one of the natives, four men holding one of them
+on the ground, and forcing open his mouth, while they choked him by
+ramming stones down his throat.
+
+As to Jack, the boy, who made no attempt to go off, Maquina afterwards
+sold him to the Wickinninish. I was informed by the Princess Yuqua that
+he was quite a small boy, who cried a great deal, being put to hard
+labour beyond his strength by the natives, in cutting wood and bringing
+water, and that when he heard of the murder of our crew, it had such an
+effect on him, that he fell sick, and died shortly after. On learning
+the melancholy fate of this unfortunate lad, it again awakened in my
+bosom those feelings that I had experienced at the shocking death of my
+poor comrades.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[101] These trees are not found in Vancouver Island. Possibly, though
+they are not very like, Jewitt mistook them for the Oregon alder and the
+American ash, both trees of that locality.
+
+[102] This is the migratory red-backed species (_Selasphorus rufus_, p.
+19).
+
+[103] "Tashis Canal" of seamen--the Tashis River flows in at its head,
+Coptee is at the mouth, Tashis farther up the stream.
+
+[104] Salmon used to be bought at Alberni at the rate of a cent apiece.
+There have been times when the garden at Fort Rupert was manured with
+fresh salmon.
+
+[105] This is a fair specimen of the kind of _lingua franca_ which even
+then had begun to spring up in the intercourse of the early traders with
+the Indians, and which by now takes the shape of the Chinook Jargon.
+For, apart from the imperfectly pronounced Indian words, there is no
+such term as Nootka in any language. It was a misconception of the first
+visitors there. They probably mistook _Nootchee_, a mountain, for the
+name of the country generally (p. 29).
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+CONVERSATION WITH MAQUINA--FRUITS--RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES--VISIT TO
+UPQUESTA
+
+
+The king, finding that I was desirous of learning their language, was
+much delighted, and took great pleasure in conversing with me. On one of
+these occasions he explained to me his reasons for cutting off our ship,
+saying that he bore no ill will to my countrymen, but that he had been
+several times treated very ill by them. The first injury of which he had
+cause to complain, was done him by a Captain Tawnington, who commanded a
+schooner which passed a winter at Friendly Cove, where he was well
+treated by the inhabitants. This man, taking advantage of Maquina's
+absence, who had gone to the Wickinninish to procure a wife, armed
+himself and crew, and entered the house, where there were none but
+women, whom he threw into the greatest consternation, and, searching the
+chests, took away all the skins, of which Maquina had no less than forty
+of the best; and that about the same time, four of their chiefs were
+barbarously killed by a Captain Martinez, a Spaniard.[106]
+
+That soon after, Captain Hanna, of the _Sea Otter_[107] in consequence
+of one of the natives having stolen a chisel from the carpenter, fired
+upon their canoes which were alongside, and killed upwards of twenty of
+the natives, of whom several were _Tyees_ or chiefs; and that he
+himself, being on board the vessel, in order to escape was obliged to
+leap from the quarter-deck, and swim for a long way under water.
+
+These injuries had excited in the breast of Maquina an ardent desire of
+revenge, the strongest passion of the savage heart, and though many
+years had elapsed since their commission, still they were not forgotten,
+and the want of a favourable opportunity alone prevented him from sooner
+avenging them. Unfortunately for us, the long-wished-for opportunity at
+length presented itself in our ship, which Maquina finding not guarded
+with the usual vigilance of the North-West traders, and feeling his
+desire of revenge rekindled by the insult offered him by Captain Salter,
+formed a plan for attacking, and on his return called a council of his
+chiefs, and communicated it to them, acquainting them with the manner in
+which he had been treated. No less desirous of avenging this affront
+offered their king than their former injuries, they readily agreed to
+his proposal, which was to go on board without arms as usual, but under
+different pretexts, in great numbers, and wait for his signal for the
+moment of attacking their unsuspecting victims. The execution of this
+scheme, as the reader knows, was unhappily too successful.
+
+And here I cannot but indulge a reflection that has frequently occurred
+to me on the manner in which our people behave towards the natives. For,
+though they are a thievish race, yet I have no doubt that many of the
+melancholy disasters have principally arisen from the imprudent conduct
+of some of the captains and crews of the ships employed in this trade,
+in exasperating them by insulting, plundering, and even killing them on
+slight grounds. This, as nothing is more sacred with a savage than the
+principle of revenge, and no people are so impatient under insult,
+induces them to wreak their vengeance upon the first vessel or boat's
+crew that offers, making the innocent too frequently suffer for the
+wrongs of the guilty, as few of them know how to discriminate between
+persons of the same general appearance, more especially when speaking
+the same language. And to this cause do I believe must principally be
+ascribed the sanguinary disposition with which these people are
+reproached, as Maquina repeatedly told me that it was not his wish to
+hurt a white man, and that he never should have done it, though ever so
+much in his power, had they not injured him.
+
+[Illustration: CALLICUM AND MAQUILLA, CHIEFS OF NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+And were the commanders of our ships to treat the savages with rather
+more civility than they sometimes do, I am inclined to think they would
+find their account in it; not that I should recommend to them a
+confidence in the good faith and friendly professions of these people,
+so as in any degree to remit their vigilance, but, on the contrary, to
+be strictly on their guard, and suffer but a very few of them to come on
+board the ship, and admit not many of their canoes alongside at a time;
+a precaution that would have been the means of preventing some of the
+unfortunate events that have occurred, and if attended to, may in future
+preserve many a valuable life. Such a regulation, too, from what I know
+of their disposition and wants, would produce no serious difficulty in
+trading with the savages, and they would soon become perfectly
+reconciled to it.
+
+Among the provisions which the Indians procure at Tashees, I must not
+omit mentioning a fruit that is very important, as forming a great
+article of their food. This is what is called by them the _Yama_,[108] a
+species of berry that grows in bunches like currants, upon a bush from
+two to three feet high, with a large, round, and smooth leaf. This berry
+is black, and about the size of a pistol shot, but of rather an oblong
+shape, and open at the top like the blue whortleberry. The taste is
+sweet, but a little acrid, and when first gathered, if eaten in any
+great quantity, especially without oil, is apt to produce colics. To
+procure it, large companies of women go out on the mountains,
+accompanied by armed men to protect them against wild beasts, where they
+frequently remain for several days, kindling a fire at night, and
+sheltering themselves under sheds constructed of boughs. At these
+parties they collect great quantities. I have known Maquina's queen and
+her women return loaded, bringing with them upwards of twelve bushels.
+In order to preserve it, it is pressed in the bunches between two
+planks, and dried and put away in baskets for use. It is always eaten
+with oil.
+
+Of berries of various kinds, such as strawberries, raspberries,
+blackberries, etc., there are great quantities in the country, of which
+the natives are very fond, gathering them in their seasons, and eating
+them with oil, but the yama is the only one that they preserve.
+
+Fish is, however, their great article of food, as almost all the others,
+excepting the yama, may be considered as accidental. They nevertheless
+are far from disrelishing meat, for instance, venison and bear's flesh.
+With regard to the latter, they have a most singular custom, which is,
+that any one who eats of it is obliged to abstain from eating any kind
+of fresh fish whatever for the term of two months, as they have a
+superstitious belief that, should any of their people, after tasting
+bear's flesh, eat of fresh salmon, cod, etc., the fish, though at ever
+so great a distance off, would come to the knowledge of it, and be so
+much offended thereat as not to allow themselves to be taken by any of
+the inhabitants. This I had an opportunity of observing while at
+Tashees, a bear having been killed early in December, of which not more
+than ten of the natives would eat, being prevented by the prohibition
+annexed to it, which also was the reason of my comrade and myself not
+tasting it, on being told by Maquina the consequences.
+
+As there is something quite curious in their management of this animal,
+when they have killed one, I shall give a description of it. After well
+cleansing the bear from the dirt and blood with which it is generally
+covered when killed, it is brought in and seated opposite the king in an
+upright posture, with a chief's bonnet, wrought in figures, on its head,
+and its fur powdered over with the white down. A tray of provision is
+then set before it, and it is invited by words and gestures to eat. This
+mock ceremony over, the reason of which I could never learn, the animal
+is taken and skinned, and the flesh and entrails boiled up into a soup,
+no part but the paunch being rejected.[109]
+
+This dressing the bear, as they call it, is an occasion of great
+rejoicing throughout the village, all the inhabitants being invited to a
+great feast at the king's house, though but few of them, in consequence
+of the penalty, will venture to eat of the flesh, but generally content
+themselves with their favourite dish of herring spawn and water. The
+feast on this occasion was closed by a dance from Sat-sat-sok-sis, in
+the manner I have already described, in the course of which he
+repeatedly shifted his mask for another of a different form.
+
+A few days after, a second bear was taken, like the former, by means of
+a trap. This I had the curiosity to go and see at the place where it was
+caught, which was in the following manner:--On the edge of a small
+stream of water in the mountains which the salmon ascend, and near the
+spot where the bear is accustomed to watch for them, which is known by
+its track, a trap or box about the height of a man's head is built of
+posts and planks with a flat top, on which are laid a number of large
+stones or rocks. The top and sides are then carefully covered with turf,
+so as to resemble a little mound, and wholly to exclude the light, a
+narrow entrance of the height of the building only being left, just
+sufficient to admit the head and shoulders of the beast. On the inside,
+to a large plank that covers the top is suspended by a strong cord a
+salmon, the plank being left loose, so that a forcible pull will bring
+it down. On coming to its usual haunt, the bear enters the trap, and, in
+endeavouring to pull away the fish, brings down the whole covering with
+its load of stones upon its head, and is almost always crushed to death
+on the spot, or so wounded as to be unable to escape.[110]
+
+They are always careful to examine these traps every day, in order, if a
+bear be caught, to bring it immediately, for it is not a little singular
+that these people will eat no kind of meat that is in the least tainted,
+or not perfectly fresh, while, on the contrary, it is hardly possible
+for fish to be in too putrid a state for them, and I have frequently
+known them, when a whale has been driven ashore, bring pieces of it home
+with them in a state of offensiveness insupportable to anything but a
+crow, and devour it with high relish, considering it as preferable to
+that which is fresh.
+
+On the morning of the 13th of December, commenced what to us appeared a
+most singular farce. Apparently without any previous notice, Maquina
+discharged a pistol close to his son's ear, who immediately fell down as
+if killed, upon which all the women of the house set up a most
+lamentable cry, tearing handfuls of hair from their heads, and
+exclaiming that the prince was dead. At the same time a great number of
+the inhabitants rushed into the house, armed with their daggers,
+muskets, etc., inquiring the cause of their outcry. These were
+immediately followed by two others dressed in wolf-skins, with masks
+over their faces representing the head of that animal; the latter came
+in on their hands and feet in the manner of a beast, and, taking up the
+prince, carried him off upon their backs, retiring in the same manner
+they entered. We saw nothing more of the ceremony, as Maquina came to
+us, and, giving us a quantity of dried provision, ordered us to quit the
+house, and not return to the village before the expiration of seven
+days, for that if we appeared within that period, he should kill us.
+
+At any other season of the year such an order would by us have been
+considered as an indulgence, in enabling us to pass our time in whatever
+way we wished; and even now, furnished as we were with sufficient
+provision for that term, it was not very unpleasant to us, more
+particularly Thompson, who was always desirous to keep as much as
+possible out of the society and sight of the natives, whom he detested.
+Taking with us our provisions, a bundle of clothes, and our axes, we
+obeyed the directions of Maquina, and withdrew into the woods, where we
+built ourselves a cabin to shelter us, with the branches of trees, and,
+keeping up a good fire, secured ourselves pretty well from the cold.
+Here we passed the prescribed period of our exile, with more content
+than much of the time while with them, employing the day in reading and
+praying for our release, or in rambling around and exploring the
+country, the soil of which we found to be very good, and the face of it,
+beautifully diversified with hills and valleys, refreshed with the
+finest streams of water, and at night enjoyed comfortable repose upon a
+bed of soft leaves, with our garments spread over us to protect us from
+the cold.
+
+At the end of seven days we returned, and found several of the people of
+Ai-tiz-zart with their king or chief at Tashees, who had been invited by
+Maquina to attend the close of this performance, which I now learned was
+a celebration, held by them annually, in honour of their god, whom they
+call _Quahootze_,[111] to return him their thanks for his past, and
+implore his future favours. It terminated on the 21st, the day after our
+return, with a most extraordinary exhibition. Three men, each of whom
+had two bayonets run through his sides, between the ribs, apparently
+regardless of the pain, traversed the room, backwards and forwards,
+singing war-songs, and exulting in this display of firmness.
+
+On the arrival of the 25th, we could not but call to mind that this,
+being Christmas, was in our country a day of the greatest festivity,
+when our fellow-countrymen, assembled in their churches, were
+celebrating the goodness of God and the praises of the Saviour. What a
+reverse did our situation offer!--captives in a savage land, and slaves
+to a set of ignorant beings, unacquainted with religion or humanity,
+hardly were we permitted to offer up our devotions by ourselves in the
+woods, while we felt even grateful for this privilege. Thither, with the
+king's permission, we withdrew, and, after reading the service appointed
+for the day, sung the hymn of the Nativity, fervently praying that
+Heaven in its goodness would permit us to celebrate the next festival of
+this kind in some Christian land.
+
+On our return, in order to conform as much as was in our power to the
+custom of our country, we were desirous of having a better supper than
+usual. With this view, we bought from one of the natives some dried
+clams and oil, and a root called _Kletsup_,[112] which we cooked by
+steaming, and found it very palatable. This root consists of many
+fibres, of about six inches long, and of the size of a crow quill. It is
+sweet, of an agreeable taste, not unlike the _Quawnoose_, and it is
+eaten with oil. The plant that produces it I have never seen.
+
+On the 31st all the tribe quitted Tashees for Cooptee, whither they go
+to pass the remainder of the winter, and complete their fishing, taking
+off everything with them in the same manner as at Nootka. We arrived in
+a few hours at Cooptee, which is about fifteen miles, and immediately
+set about covering the houses, which was soon completed.
+
+This place, which is their great herring and sprat fishery, stands just
+within the mouth of the river, on the same side with Tashees, in a very
+narrow valley at the foot of a high mountain. Though nearly as secure
+as Tashees from the winter storms, it is by no means so pleasantly
+situated, though to us it was a much more agreeable residence, as it
+brought us nearer Nootka, where we were impatient to return, in hopes of
+finding some vessel there, or hearing of the arrival of one near.
+
+The first snow that fell this season was the day after our arrival, on
+New Year's Day; a day that, like Christmas, brought with it painful
+recollections, but at the same time led us to indulge the hope of a more
+fortunate year than the last.
+
+Early on the morning of the 7th of January, Maquina took me with him in
+his canoe on a visit to Upquesta, chief of the Ai-tiz-zarts, who had
+invited him to attend an exhibition at his village, similar to the one
+with which he had been entertained at Tashees. This place is between
+twenty and thirty miles distant up the Sound, and stands on the banks of
+a small river about the size of that of Cooptee, just within its
+entrance, in a valley of much greater extent than that of Tashees; it
+consists of fourteen or fifteen houses, built and disposed in the manner
+of those at Nootka. The tribe, which is considered as tributary to
+Maquina, amounts to about three hundred warriors, and the inhabitants,
+both men and women, are among the best-looking of any people on the
+coast.
+
+On our arrival we were received at the shore by the inhabitants, a few
+of whom were armed with muskets, which they fired, with loud shouts and
+exclamations of _Wocash, wocash!_
+
+We were welcomed by the chief's messenger, or master of ceremonies,
+dressed in his best garments, with his hair powdered with white down,
+and holding in his hand the cheetolth, the badge of his office. This man
+preceded us to the chief's house, where he introduced and pointed out to
+us our respective seats. On entering, the visitors took off their hats,
+which they always wear on similar occasions, and Maquina his outer
+robes, of which he has several on whenever he pays a visit, and seated
+himself near the chief.
+
+As I was dressed in European clothes, I became quite an object of
+curiosity to these people, very few of whom had ever seen a white man.
+They crowded around me in numbers, taking hold of my clothes, examining
+my face, hands, and feet, and even opening my mouth to see if I had a
+tongue, for, notwithstanding I had by this time become well acquainted
+with their language, I preserved the strictest silence, Maquina on our
+first landing having enjoined me not to speak until he should direct.
+
+Having undergone this examination for some time, Maquina at length made
+a sign to me to speak to them. On hearing me address them in their own
+language, they were greatly astonished and delighted, and told Maquina
+that they now perceived that I was a man like themselves, except that I
+was white, and looked like a seal, alluding to my blue jacket and
+trousers, which they wanted to persuade me to take off, as they did not
+like their appearance. Maquina in the meantime gave an account to the
+chief of the scheme he had formed for surprising our ship, and the
+manner in which he and his people had carried it into execution, with
+such particular and horrid details of that transaction as chilled the
+blood in my veins. Trays of boiled herring spawn and train-oil were
+soon after brought in and placed before us, neither the chief or any of
+his people eating at the same time, it being contrary to the ideas of
+hospitality entertained by these nations, to eat any part of the food
+that is provided for strangers, always waiting until their visitors have
+finished, before they have their own brought in.
+
+The following day closed their festival with an exhibition of a similar
+kind to that which had been given at Tashees, but still more cruel; the
+different tribes appearing on these occasions to endeavour to surpass
+each other in their proofs of fortitude and endurance of pain. In the
+morning, twenty men entered the chief's house, with each an arrow run
+through the flesh of his sides and either arm, with a cord fastened to
+the end, which, as the performers advanced, singing and boasting, was
+forcibly drawn back by a person having hold of it. After this
+performance was closed, we returned to Cooptee, which we reached at
+midnight, our men keeping time with their songs to the stroke of their
+paddles.
+
+The natives now began to take the herring and sprat in immense
+quantities, with some salmon, and there was nothing but feasting from
+morning till night.
+
+The following is the method they employ to take the herring. A stick of
+about seven feet long, two inches broad, and half an inch thick, is
+formed from some hard wood, one side of which is set with sharp teeth,
+made from whalebone, at about half an inch apart. Provided with this
+instrument, the fisherman seats himself in the prow of a canoe, which is
+paddled by another, and whenever he comes to a shoal of herrings, which
+cover the water in great quantities, he strikes it with both hands upon
+them, and at the same moment, turning it up, brings it over the side of
+the canoe, into which he lets those that are taken drop. It is
+astonishing to see how many are caught by those who are dexterous at
+this kind of fishing, as they seldom fail, when the shoals are numerous,
+of taking as many as ten or twelve at a stroke, and in a very short time
+will fill a canoe with them. Sprats are likewise caught in a similar
+manner.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[106] This was probably Don Estevan Martinez, who, on the 6th of May
+1789, arrived in the corvette _Princesa_, to take possession of the
+country for his sovereign. He it was who landed materials and artillery,
+and began to erect a fort on a small island at the entrance to Friendly
+Cove. He seems to have been a most high-handed kind of Don, for he
+seized the British vessels _Iphigenia_, _North-West America_,
+_Argonaut_, and _Princess Royal_, then trading under the Portuguese
+flag, and acted in so arbitrary a manner to the officers and crew, that
+it was easy to believe he was not over scrupulous in his dealings with
+the Indians. It was during his stay in Nootka Sound that Callicum, a
+relation of Maquina's, and next to him in rank, was barbarously murdered
+by an officer on board one of the Spanish ships, and his father refused
+permission to dive for the body until he had handed over a number of
+skins to the white savage.
+
+[107] Captain James Hanna was the second European to enter Nootka Sound
+after Captain Cook had left it. The _Sea Otter_, a vessel under 70 tons,
+was fitted out in China, and reached Nootka in August 1785; when
+Maquina, presuming upon the inferior size of the craft and the small
+number of the crew, made a desperate attack upon her. This was repulsed
+by the courage of the ship's company, after which business proceeded on
+such friendly terms that he procured five hundred and eighty-five
+sea-otter skins in five weeks, which were sold in Canton for 20,600
+dollars. It was Hanna who discovered Fitzhugh Sound, Lance Island, Sea
+Otter Harbour, and other now well-known spots on the North-West coast of
+America. The incident related by Maquina is not to be found in the
+records of the expedition which have descended to us. He made another
+voyage in 1786, solely for commercial purposes.
+
+[108] _Gaultheria Shallon_ (see p. 137).
+
+[109] These observances are well worth noting in connection with the
+others which attach to the bear among nearly all savage races.
+
+[110] These traps are still in common use.
+
+[111] _Quawteaht_, the supreme being of all the tribes speaking the
+"Aht" language.
+
+[112] This seems the bracken fern root, which is eaten. But the name
+usually applied to it is _Sheetla_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+RETURN TO NOOTKA (FRIENDLY COVE)--DEATH OF MAQUINA'S NEPHEW--INSANITY OF
+TOOTOOSCH--AN INDIAN MOUNTEBANK
+
+
+About the beginning of February, Maquina gave a great feast, at which
+were present not only all the inhabitants, but one hundred persons from
+Ai-tiz-zart, and a number from Wickinninish who had been invited to
+attend it. It is customary with them to give an annual entertainment of
+this kind, and it is astonishing to see what a quantity of provision is
+expended, or rather wasted, on such an occasion, when they always eat to
+the greatest excess. It was at this feast that I saw upwards of an
+hundred salmon cooked in one tub. The whole residence at Cooptee
+presents an almost uninterrupted succession of feasting and
+gormandising, and it would seem as if the principal object of these
+people was to consume their whole stock of provision before leaving it,
+trusting entirely to their success in fishing and whaling, for a supply
+at Nootka.
+
+On the 25th of February we quitted Cooptee, and returned to Nootka. With
+much joy did Thompson and myself again find ourselves in a place where,
+notwithstanding the melancholy recollections which it excited, we hoped
+before long to see some vessel arrive to our relief, and for this we
+became the more solicitous, as of late we had become much more
+apprehensive of our safety, in consequence of information brought
+Maquina a few days before we left Cooptee, by some of the Cayuquets,
+that there were twenty ships at the northward, preparing to come against
+him, with an intent of destroying him and his whole tribe, for cutting
+off the _Boston_.
+
+This story, which was wholly without foundation, and discovered
+afterwards to have been invented by these people, for the purpose of
+disquieting him, threw him into great alarm, and, notwithstanding all I
+could say to convince him that it was an unfounded report, so great was
+his jealousy of us, especially after it had been confirmed to him by
+some others of the same nation, that he treated us with much harshness,
+and kept a very suspicious eye upon us.
+
+Nothing, indeed, could be more unpleasant than our present situation,
+when I reflected that our lives were altogether dependent on the will of
+a savage, on whose caprice and suspicions no rational calculation could
+be made.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Not long after our return, a son of Maquina's sister, a boy of eleven
+years old, who had been for some time declining, died. Immediately on
+his death, which was about midnight, all the men and women in the house
+set up loud cries and shrieks, which, awakening Thompson and myself, so
+disturbed us that we left the house. This lamentation was kept up during
+the remainder of the night. In the morning, a great fire was kindled,
+in which Maquina burned, in honour of the deceased, ten fathoms of
+cloth, and buried with him ten fathoms more, eight of Ife-whaw, four
+prime sea-otter skins, and two small trunks, containing our unfortunate
+captain's clothes and watch.
+
+This boy was considered as a Tyee, or chief, being the only son of
+Tootoosch, one of their principal chiefs, who had married Maquina's
+sister, whence arose this ceremony on his interment: it being an
+established custom with these people, that whenever a chief dies, his
+most valuable property is burned or buried with him; it is, however,
+wholly confined to the chiefs, and appears to be a mark of honour
+appropriate to them.[113] In this instance, Maquina furnished the
+articles, in order that his nephew might have the proper honours
+rendered him.
+
+Tootoosch, his father, was esteemed the first warrior of the tribe, and
+was one who had been particularly active in the destruction of our ship,
+having killed two of our poor comrades, who were ashore, whose names
+were Hall and Wood. About the time of our removal to Tashees, while in
+the enjoyment of the highest health, he was suddenly seized with a fit
+of delirium, in which he fancied that he saw the ghosts of those two men
+constantly standing by him, and threatening him, so that he would take
+no food, except what was forced into his mouth.
+
+A short time before this he had lost a daughter of about fifteen years
+of age, which afflicted him greatly, and whether his insanity, a
+disorder very uncommon amongst these savages, no instance of the kind
+having occurred within the memory of the oldest man amongst them,
+proceeded from this cause, or that it was the special interposition of
+an all-merciful God in our favour, who by this means thought proper to
+induce these barbarians still further to respect our lives, or that, for
+hidden purposes, the Supreme Disposer of events sometimes permits the
+spirits of the dead to revisit the world, and haunt the murderer, I know
+not, but his mind, from this period until his death, which took place
+but a few weeks after that of his son, was incessantly occupied with the
+images of the men whom he had killed.
+
+This circumstance made much impression upon the tribe, particularly the
+chiefs, whose uniform opposition to putting us to death, at the various
+councils that were held on our account, I could not but in part
+attribute to this cause; and Maquina used frequently, in speaking of
+Tootoosch's sickness, to express much satisfaction that his hands had
+not been stained with the blood of any of our men.
+
+When Maquina was first informed by his sister of the strange conduct of
+her husband, he immediately went to his house, taking us with him;
+suspecting that his disease had been caused by us, and that the ghosts
+of our countrymen had been called thither by us, to torment him. We
+found him raving about Hall and Wood, saying that they were _peshak_,
+that is, bad.
+
+Maquina then placed some provision before him, to see if he would eat.
+On perceiving it, he put forth his hand to take some, but instantly
+withdrew it with signs of horror, saying that Hall and Wood were there,
+and would not let him eat. Maquina then, pointing to us, asked if it was
+not John and Thompson who troubled him.
+
+"_Wik_,"[114] he replied,--that is, no; "_John klushish--Thompson
+klushish_"--John and Thompson are both good; then, turning to me, and
+patting me on the shoulder, he made signs to me to eat. I tried to
+persuade him that Hall and Wood were not there, and that none were near
+him but ourselves; he said, "I know very well you do not see them, but I
+do."
+
+At first Maquina endeavoured to convince him that he saw nothing, and to
+laugh him out of his belief, but, finding that all was to no purpose, he
+at length became serious, and asked me if I had ever seen anyone
+affected in this manner, and what was the matter with him. I gave him to
+understand, pointing to his head, that his brain was injured, and that
+he did not see things as formerly.
+
+Being convinced by Tootoosch's conduct that we had no agency in his
+indisposition, on our return home Maquina asked me what was done in my
+country in similar cases.
+
+I told him that such persons were closely confined, and sometimes tied
+up and whipped, in order to make them better.[115]
+
+After pondering for some time, he said that he should be glad to do
+anything to relieve him, and that he should be whipped, and immediately
+gave orders to some of his men to go to Tootoosch's house, bind him, and
+bring him to his, in order to undergo the operation.
+
+Thompson was the person selected to administer this remedy, which he
+undertook very readily, and for that purpose provided himself with a
+good number of spruce branches, with which he whipped him most severely,
+laying it on with the best will imaginable, while Tootoosch displayed
+the greatest rage, kicking, spitting, and attempting to bite all who
+came near him. This was too much for Maquina, who at length, unable to
+endure it longer, ordered Thompson to desist and Tootoosch to be carried
+back, saying that if there was no other way of curing him but by
+whipping, he must remain mad.
+
+The application of the whip produced no beneficial effect on Tootoosch,
+for he afterwards became still more deranged; in his fits of fury
+sometimes seizing a club and beating his slaves in a most dreadful
+manner, and striking and spitting at all who came near him, till at
+length his wife, no longer daring to remain in the house with him, came
+with her son to Maquina's.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The whaling season now commenced, and Maquina was out almost every day
+in his canoe in pursuit of them, but for a considerable time with no
+success, one day breaking the staff of his harpoon, another after having
+been a long time fast to a whale, the weapon drawing, owing to the
+breaking of the shell which formed its point, with several such like
+accidents, arising from the imperfection of the instrument.
+
+At these times he always returned very morose and out of temper,
+upbraiding his men with having violated their obligation to continence
+preparatory to whaling. In this state of ill-humour he would give us
+very little to eat, which, added to the women not cooking when the men
+are away, reduced us to a very low fare.
+
+In consequence of the repeated occurrence of similar accidents, I
+proposed to Maquina to make him a harpoon or foreganger of steel, which
+would be less liable to fail him. The idea pleased him, and in a short
+time I completed one for him, with which he was much delighted, and the
+very next day went out to make a trial of it.
+
+He succeeded with it in taking a whale. Great was the joy throughout the
+village as soon as it was known that the king had secured the whale, by
+notice from a person stationed at the headland in the offing. All the
+canoes were immediately launched, and, furnished with harpoons and
+sealskin floats, hastened to assist in buoying it up and towing it in.
+
+The bringing in of this fish exhibited a scene of universal festivity.
+As soon as the canoes appeared at the mouth of the Cove, those on board
+of them singing a triumph to a slow air, to which they kept time with
+their paddles, all who were on shore, men, women, and children, mounted
+the roofs of their houses to congratulate the king on his success,
+drumming most furiously on the planks, and exclaiming _Wocash--wocash,
+Tyee!_
+
+The whale, on being drawn on shore, was immediately cut up, and a great
+feast of the blubber given at Maquina's house, to which all the village
+were invited, who indemnified themselves for their Lent by eating as
+usual to excess. I was highly praised for the goodness of my harpoon,
+and a quantity of blubber given me, which I was permitted to cook as I
+pleased; this I boiled in salt water with some young nettles and other
+greens for Thompson and myself, and in this way we found it tolerable
+food.
+
+Their method of procuring the oil, is to skim it from the water in which
+the blubber is boiled, and when cool, put it up into whale bladders for
+use; and of these I have seen them so large as, when filled, would
+require no less than five or six men to carry. Several of the chiefs,
+among whom were Maquina's brothers, who, after the king has caught the
+first whale, are privileged to take them also, were very desirous, on
+discovering the superiority of my harpoon, that I should make some for
+them, but this Maquina would not permit, reserving for himself this
+improved weapon. He, however, gave me directions to make a number more
+for himself, which I executed, and also made him several lances, with
+which he was greatly pleased.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+As these people have some very singular observances preparatory to
+whaling, an account of them will, I presume, not prove uninteresting,
+especially as it may serve to give a better idea of their manners. A
+short time before leaving Tashees, the king makes a point of passing a
+day alone on the mountain, whither he goes very privately early in the
+morning, and does not return till late in the evening.[116] This is
+done, as I afterwards learned, for the purpose of singing and praying to
+his God for success in whaling the ensuing season. At Cooptee the same
+ceremony is performed, and at Nootka after the return thither, with
+still greater solemnity, as for the next two days he appears very
+thoughtful and gloomy, scarcely speaking to any one, and observes a most
+rigid fast. On these occasions he has always a broad red fillet made of
+bark bound around his head, in token of humiliation, with a large branch
+of green spruce on the top, and his great rattle in his hand.
+
+In addition to this, for a week before commencing their whaling, both
+himself and the crew of his canoe observe a fast, eating but very
+little, and going into the water several times in the course of each day
+to bathe, singing and rubbing their bodies, limbs, and faces with shells
+and bushes, so that on their return I have seen them look as though they
+had been severely torn with briers. They are likewise obliged to
+abstain from any commerce with their women for the like period, the
+latter restriction being considered as indispensable to their success.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Early in June, Tootoosch,[117] the crazy chief, died. On being
+acquainted with his death, the whole village, men, women, and children,
+set up a loud cry, with every testimony of the greatest grief, which
+they continued for more than three hours. As soon as he was dead, the
+body, according to their custom, was laid out on a plank, having the
+head bound round with a red bark fillet, which is with them an emblem of
+mourning and sorrow. After lying some time in this manner, he was
+wrapped in an otter-skin robe, and, three fathoms of Ife-whaw being put
+about his neck, he was placed in a large coffin or box of about three
+feet deep, which was ornamented on the outside with two rows of the
+small white shells. In this, the most valuable articles of his property
+were placed with him, among which were no less than twenty-four prime
+sea-otter skins.
+
+At night, which is their time for interring the dead, the coffin was
+borne by eight men with two poles thrust through ropes passed around it,
+to the place of burial, accompanied by his wife and family, with their
+hair cut short in token of grief, all the inhabitants joining the
+procession.
+
+The place of burial was a large cavern on the side of a hill at a little
+distance from the village, in which, after depositing the coffin
+carefully, all the attendants repaired to Maquina's house, where a
+number of articles belonging to the deceased, consisting of blankets,
+pieces of cloth, etc., were burned by a person appointed by Maquina for
+that purpose, dressed and painted in the highest style, with his head
+covered with white down, who, as he put in the several pieces one by
+one, poured upon them a quantity of oil to increase the flame, in the
+intervals between making a speech and playing off a variety of buffoon
+tricks, and the whole closed with a feast, and a dance from
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, the king's son.
+
+The man who performed the ceremony of burning on this occasion was a
+very singular character named Kinneclimmets. He was held in high
+estimation by the king, though only of the common class, probably from
+his talent for mimicry and buffoonery, and might be considered as a kind
+of king's jester, or rather, as combining in his person the character of
+a buffoon with that of master of ceremonies and public orator to his
+majesty, as he was the one who at feasts always regulated the places of
+the guests, delivered speeches on receiving or returning visits, besides
+amusing the company at all their entertainments, with a variety of
+monkey pranks and antic gestures, which appeared to these savages the
+height of wit and humour, but would be considered as extremely low by
+the least polished people.
+
+Almost all the kings or head chiefs of the principal tribes were
+accompanied by a similar character, who appeared to be attached to their
+dignity, and are called in their language _Climmer-habbee_.
+
+This man Kinneclimmets was particularly odious to Thompson, who would
+never join in the laugh at his tricks, but when he began, would almost
+always quit the house with a very surly look, and an exclamation of
+"Cursed fool!" which Maquina, who thought nothing could equal the
+cleverness of his _Climmer-habbee_, used to remark with much
+dissatisfaction, asking me why Thompson never laughed, observing that I
+must have had a very good-tempered woman indeed for my mother, as my
+father was so very ill-natured a man.
+
+Among those performances that gained him the greatest applause was his
+talent of eating to excess, for I have known him devour at one meal no
+less than seventy-five large herrings; and at another time, when a great
+feast was given by Maquina, he undertook, after drinking three pints of
+oil by way of a whet, to eat four dried salmon, and five quarts of
+spawn, mixed up with a gallon of train-oil, and actually succeeded in
+swallowing the greater part of this mess, until his stomach became so
+overloaded as to discharge its contents in the dish. One of his
+exhibitions, however, had nearly cost him his life; this was on the
+occasion of Kla-quak-ee-na, one of the chiefs, having bought him a new
+wife, in celebration of which he ran three times through a large fire,
+and burned himself in such a manner that he was not able to stir for
+more than four weeks. These feats of savage skill were much praised by
+Maquina, who never failed to make him presents of cloth, muskets, etc.,
+on such occasions.
+
+The death of Tootoosch increased still more the disquietude which his
+delirium had excited among the savages, and all those chiefs who had
+killed our men became much alarmed lest they should be seized with the
+same disorder and die like him; more particularly, as I had told Maquina
+that I believed his insanity was a punishment inflicted on him by
+Quahootze, for his cruelty in murdering two innocent men who had never
+injured him.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[113] When an Indian dies, all of his property which has not been given
+away, is either buried with him, or, in extreme cases, burned, not for
+the purpose of accompanying him to the Spirit Land, but, so the people
+have told me, to prevent any temptation to indulge in the bad luck of
+mentioning his name. The only things that are exempted from this
+practice are the dead man's best canoes, his house-planks, and fishing
+and hunting implements, which, with any slaves he may possess, go to his
+eldest son. I have known the deceased's house and all its contents to be
+burned; but when this is not the case, then the materials are removed
+elsewhere, and another building is erected. Around his grave--a box
+raised from the ground on pillars, often quaintly carved, or a canoe, or
+a box fixed up a tree--are placed various articles belonging to him (or
+her). At one time they buried his money with him. But for obvious
+reasons this custom has fallen into abeyance.
+
+[114] _Wik_ actually means "Not I." Good is _Klooceahatli_ or
+_Klootakloosch_.
+
+[115] This, it must be remembered, was in the days before Connolly.
+Maquina's remark that if an insane man could not be cured but by
+whipping him, he must remain mad, proves that the savage chief was in
+advance of his time. Insanity is, however, extremely rare among the
+Indians.
+
+[116] He was, as the Indians say, "making his medicine," a term of very
+elastic meaning.
+
+[117] "Tootoosch" is the Thunder Bird of "Aht" mythology.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+WAR WITH THE A-Y-CHARTS--A NIGHT ATTACK--PROPOSALS TO PURCHASE THE
+AUTHOR
+
+
+Our situation had now become unpleasant in the extreme. The summer was
+so far advanced that we nearly despaired of a ship arriving to our
+relief, and with that expectation almost relinquished the hope of ever
+having it in our power to quit this savage land. We were treated, too,
+with less indulgence than before, both Thompson and myself being
+obliged, in addition to our other employments, to perform the laborious
+task of cutting and collecting fuel, which we had to bring on our
+shoulders from nearly three miles' distance, as it consisted wholly of
+dry leaves, all of which near the village had been consumed.
+
+To add to this, we suffered much abuse from the common people, who, when
+Maquina or some of the chiefs were not present, would insult us, calling
+us wretched slaves, asking us where was our Tyee or captain, making
+gestures signifying that his head had been cut off, and that they would
+do the like to us; though they generally took good care at such times to
+keep well out of Thompson's reach, as they had more than once
+experienced, to their cost, the strength of his fist. This conduct was
+not only provoking and grating to our feelings in the highest degree,
+but it convinced us of the ill disposition of these savages towards us,
+and rendered us fearful lest they might at some time or other persuade
+or force Maquina and the chiefs to put us to death.
+
+We were also often brought to great distress for the want of provisions,
+so far as to be reduced to collect a scanty supply of mussels and
+limpets from the rocks, and sometimes even compelled to part with some
+of our most necessary articles of clothing in order to purchase food for
+our subsistence.
+
+This was, however, principally owing to the inhabitants themselves
+experiencing a great scarcity of provisions this season; there having
+been, in the first place, but very few salmon caught at Friendly Cove, a
+most unusual circumstance, as they generally abound there in the spring,
+which was by the natives attributed to their having been driven away by
+the blood of our men who had been thrown into the sea, which with true
+savage inconsistency excited their murmurs against Maquina, who had
+proposed cutting off our ship. Relying on this supply, they had in the
+most inconsiderate manner squandered away their winter stock of
+provisions, so that in a few days after their return it was entirely
+expended.
+
+Nor were the king and chiefs much more fortunate in their whaling, even
+after I had furnished Maquina with the improved weapon for that purpose;
+but four whales having been taken during the season, which closes the
+last of May, including one that had been struck by Maquina and escaped,
+and was afterwards driven on shore about six miles from Nootka in
+almost a state of putridity.
+
+These afforded but a short supply to a population, including all ages
+and sexes, of no less than fifteen hundred persons, and of a character
+so very improvident, that, after feasting most gluttonously whenever a
+whale was caught, they were several times, for a week together, reduced
+to the necessity of eating but once a day, and of collecting cockles and
+mussels from the rocks for their food.
+
+And even after the cod and halibut fishing commenced, in June, in which
+they met with tolerable success, such was the savage caprice of Maquina,
+that he would often give us but little to eat, finally ordering us to
+buy a canoe and fishing implements and go out ourselves and fish, or we
+should have nothing. To do this we were compelled to part with our
+greatcoats, which were not only important to us as garments, but of
+which we made our beds, spreading them under us when we slept. From our
+want of skill, however, in this new employ, we met with no success; on
+discovering which, Maquina ordered us to remain at home.
+
+Another thing, which to me in particular proved an almost constant
+source of vexation and disgust, and which living among them had not in
+the least reconciled me to, was their extreme filthiness, not only in
+eating fish, especially the whale, when in a state of offensive
+putridity, but while at their meals, of making a practice of taking the
+vermin from their heads or clothes and eating them, by turns thrusting
+their fingers into their hair and into the dish, and spreading their
+garments over the tubs in which the provision was cooking, in order to
+set in motion their inhabitants.[118]
+
+Fortunately for Thompson, he regarded this much less than myself, and
+when I used to point out to him any instance of their filthiness in this
+respect, he would laugh and reply, "Never mind, John, the more good
+things the better." I must, however, do Maquina the justice to state,
+that he was much neater both in his person and eating than were the
+others, as was likewise his queen, owing, no doubt, to his intercourse
+with foreigners, which had given him ideas of cleanliness, for I never
+saw either of them eat any of these animals, but, on the contrary, they
+appeared not much to relish this taste in others. Their garments, also,
+were much cleaner, Maquina having been accustomed to give his away when
+they became soiled, till after he discovered that Thompson and myself
+kept ours clean by washing them, when he used to make Thompson do the
+same for him.
+
+Yet amidst this state of endurance and disappointment, in hearing
+repeatedly of the arrival of ships at the north and south, most of which
+proved to be idle reports, while expectation was almost wearied out in
+looking for them, we did not wholly despond, relying on the mercy of the
+Supreme Being, to offer up to whom our devotions on the days appointed
+for His worship was our chief consolation and support, though we were
+sometimes obliged, by our taskmasters, to infringe upon the Sabbath,
+which was to me a source of much regret.
+
+We were, nevertheless, treated at times with much kindness by Maquina,
+who would give us a plenty of the best that he had to eat, and
+occasionally, some small present of cloth for a garment, promising me
+that, if any ship should arrive within a hundred miles of Nootka, he
+would send a canoe with a letter from me to the captain, so that he
+might come to our release. These flattering promises and marks of
+attention were, however, at those times when he thought himself in
+personal danger from a mutinous spirit, which the scarcity of provisions
+had excited among the natives, who, like true savages, imputed all their
+public calamities, of whatever kind, to the misconduct of their chief,
+or when he was apprehensive of an attack from some of the other tribes,
+who were irritated with him for cutting off the _Boston_, as it had
+prevented ships from coming to trade with them, and were constantly
+alarming him with idle stories of vessels that were preparing to come
+against him and exterminate both him and his people.
+
+At such times, he made us keep guard over him both night and day, armed
+with cutlasses and pistols, being apparently afraid to trust any of his
+own men. At one time, it was a general revolt of his people that he
+apprehended; then three of his principal chiefs, among whom was his
+elder brother, had conspired to take away his life; and at length he
+fancied that a small party of Klaooquates, between whom and the
+Nootkians little friendship subsisted, had come to Nootka, under a
+pretence of trade, for the sole purpose of murdering him and his family,
+telling us, probably to sharpen our vigilance, that their intention was
+to kill us likewise; and so strongly were his fears excited on this
+occasion, that he not only ordered us to keep near him armed by day,
+whenever he went out, and to patrol at night before his house while they
+remained, but to continue the same guard for three days after they were
+gone, and to fire, at one and at four in the morning, one of the great
+guns, to let them know, if, as he suspected, they were lurking in the
+neighbourhood, that he was on his guard.
+
+While he was thus favourably disposed towards us, I took an opportunity
+to inform him of the ill-treatment that we frequently received from his
+people, and the insults that were offered us by some of the stranger
+tribes in calling us white slaves, and loading us with other opprobrious
+terms. He was much displeased, and said that his subjects should not be
+allowed to treat us ill, and that if any of the strangers did it, he
+wished us to punish the offenders with death, at the same time directing
+us, for our security, to go constantly armed.
+
+This permission was soon improved by Thompson to the best advantage; for
+a few days after, having gone to the pond to wash some of our clothes,
+and a blanket for Maquina, several Wickinninish who were then at Nootka
+came thither, and, seeing him washing the clothes, and the blanket
+spread upon the grass to dry, they began, according to custom, to insult
+him, and one of them, bolder than the others, walked over the blanket.
+Thompson was highly incensed, and threatened the Indian with death if he
+repeated the offence, but he, in contempt of the threat, trampled upon
+the blanket, when, drawing his cutlass, without further ceremony,
+Thompson cut off his head, on seeing which the others ran off at full
+speed. Thompson then, gathering up the clothes and blanket, on which
+were the marks of the Indian's dirty feet, and taking with him the head,
+returned and informed the king of what had passed, who was much pleased,
+and highly commended his conduct. This had a favourable effect for us,
+not only on the stranger tribes but the inhabitants themselves, who
+treated us afterwards with less disrespect.
+
+In the latter part of July, Maquina informed me that he was going to war
+with the _A-y-charts_,[119] a tribe about fifty miles to the south, on
+account of some controversy that had arisen the preceding summer, and
+that I must make a number of daggers for his men, and cheetolths for his
+chiefs, which having completed, he wished me to make for his own use a
+weapon of quite a different form, in order to dispatch his enemy by one
+blow on the head, it being the calculation of these nations, on going to
+war, to surprise their adversaries while asleep. This was a steel
+dagger, or more properly a spike, of about six inches long, made very
+sharp, set at right angles in an iron handle of fifteen inches long,
+terminating at the lower end in a crook or turn, so as to prevent its
+being wrenched from the hand, and at the upper in a round knob or head,
+from whence the spike protruded. This instrument I polished highly, and,
+the more to please Maquina, formed on the back of the knob the
+resemblance of a man's head, with the mouth open, substituting for eyes
+black beads, which I fastened in with red sealing-wax. This pleased him
+much, and was greatly admired by his chiefs, who wanted me to make
+similar ones for them, but Maquina would not suffer it, reserving for
+himself alone this weapon.
+
+When these people have finally determined on war, they make it an
+invariable practice, for three or four weeks prior to the expedition,
+to go into the water five or six times a day, when they wash and scrub
+themselves from head to foot with bushes intermixed with briers,
+so that their bodies and faces will often be entirely covered
+with blood. During this severe exercise, they are continually
+exclaiming, "_Wocash, Quahootze, Teechamme ah welth, wik-etish
+tau-ilth--Kar sub-matemas--Wik-sish_ _to hauk matemas--I ya-ish
+kah-shittle--As-smootish warich matemas_"; which signifies, "Good or
+great God, let me live--Not be sick--Find the enemy--Not fear him--Find
+him asleep, and kill a great many of them."
+
+During the whole of this period they have no intercourse with their
+women, and for a week before setting out, abstain from feasting or any
+kind of merriment, appearing thoughtful, gloomy, and morose, and for the
+three last days are almost constantly in the water, both by day and
+night, scrubbing and lacerating themselves in a terrible manner.
+Maquina, having informed Thompson and myself that he should take us with
+him, was very solicitous that we should bathe and scrub ourselves in the
+same way with them, telling me that it would harden our skins, so that
+the weapons of the enemy would not pierce them, but as we felt no great
+inclination to amuse ourselves in this manner, we declined it.
+
+The expedition consisted of forty canoes, carrying from ten to twenty
+men each. Thompson and myself armed ourselves with cutlasses and
+pistols, but the natives, although they had a plenty of European arms,
+took with them only their daggers and cheetolths, with a few bows and
+arrows, the latter being about a yard in length, and pointed with
+copper, mussel-shell, or bone; the bows are four feet and a half long,
+with strings made of whale sinew.
+
+To go to A-y-chart, we ascended, from twenty to thirty miles,[120] a
+river about the size of that of Tashees, the banks of which are high and
+covered with wood. At midnight we came in sight of the village, which
+was situated on the west bank near the shore, on a steep hill difficult
+of access, and well calculated for defence. It consisted of fifteen or
+sixteen houses, smaller than those at Nootka, and built in the same
+style, but compactly placed. By Maquina's directions, the attack was
+deferred until the first appearance of dawn, as he said that was the
+time when men slept the soundest.
+
+At length, all being ready for the attack, we landed with the greatest
+silence, and, going around so as to come upon the foe in the rear,
+clambered up the hill, and while the natives, as is their custom,
+entered the several huts creeping on all-fours, my comrade and myself
+stationed ourselves without to intercept those who should attempt to
+escape or come to the aid of their friends. I wished, if possible, not
+to stain my hands in the blood of any fellow-creature; and though
+Thompson would gladly have put to death all the savages in the country,
+he was too brave to think of attacking a sleeping enemy.
+
+Having entered the houses, on the war-whoop being given by Maquina as he
+seized the head of the chief and gave him the fatal blow, all proceeded
+to the work of death. The A-y-charts, being thus surprised, were unable
+to make resistance, and, with the exception of a very few who were so
+fortunate as to make their escape, were all killed, or taken prisoners
+on condition of becoming slaves to their captors. I had the good fortune
+to take four captives, whom Maquina, as a favour, permitted me to
+consider as mine, and occasionally employ them in fishing for me. As for
+Thompson, who thirsted for revenge, he had no wish to take any
+prisoners, but with his cutlass, the only weapon he would employ against
+them, succeeded in killing seven stout fellows who came to attack him,
+an act which obtained him great credit with Maquina and the chiefs, who
+after this held him in much higher estimation, and gave him the
+appellation of "Chehiel-suma-har," it being the name of a very
+celebrated warrior of their nation in ancient times, whose exploits were
+the constant theme of their praise.
+
+After having put to death all the old and infirm of either sex, as is
+the barbarous practice of these people, and destroyed the buildings, we
+re-embarked with our booty in our canoes for Nootka, where we were
+received with great demonstrations of joy by the women and children,
+accompanying our war-song with a most furious drumming on the houses.
+The next day a great feast was given by Maquina in celebration of his
+victory, which was terminated, as usual, with a dance by
+Sat-sat-sok-sis.[121]
+
+Repeated applications had been made to Maquina by a number of kings or
+chiefs to purchase me, especially after he had showed them the harpoon I
+had made for him, which he took much pride in, but he constantly refused
+to part with me on any terms. Among these, the king of the Wickinninish
+was particularly solicitous to obtain me, having twice applied to
+Maquina for that purpose, once in a very formal manner, by sending his
+messenger with four canoes, who, as he approached the shore, decorated
+in their highest style, with the white down on his head, etc., declared
+that he came to buy "Tooteyoohannis," the name by which I was known to
+them, for his master, and that he had brought for that purpose four
+young male slaves, two highly ornamented canoes, such a number of the
+skins of metamelth, and of the _quartlack_,[122] or sea-otter, and so
+many fathoms of cloth and of Ife-whaw, while, as he mentioned the
+different articles, they were pointed out or held up by his attendants;
+but even this tempting offer had no influence on Maquina, who in the
+latter part of the summer was again very strongly urged to sell me by
+Ulatilla, or, as he is generally called, Machee Ulatilla, chief of the
+Klaizzarts,[123] who had come to Nootka on a visit.
+
+This chief, who could speak tolerable English, had much more the
+appearance of a civilised man than any of the savages that I saw. He
+appeared to be about thirty, was rather small in his person, but
+extremely well formed, with a skin almost as fair as that of an
+European, good features, and a countenance expressive of candour and
+amiableness, and which was almost always brightened with a smile. He was
+much neater both in his dress and person than any of the other chiefs,
+seldom wearing paint, except upon his eyebrows, which, after the custom
+of his country, were plucked out, and a few strips of the pelpelth on
+the lower part of his face. He always treated me with much kindness, was
+fond of conversing with me in English and in his own language, asking me
+many questions relative to my country, its manners, customs, etc., and
+appeared to take a strong interest in my fate, telling me that if he
+could persuade Maquina to part with me, he would put me on board the
+first ship that came to his country, a promise which, from his
+subsequent conduct, I have good reason to think he would have performed,
+as my deliverance at length from captivity and suffering was, under the
+favour of Divine Providence, wholly owing to him, the only letter that
+ever reached an European or American vessel out of sixteen that I wrote
+at different times and sent to various parts of the coast, having been
+delivered by him in person. So much pleased was I with this man's
+behaviour to me while at Nootka, that I made for him a cheetolth, which
+I burnished highly, and engraved with figures. With this he was greatly
+delighted. I also would have made for him a harpoon, would Maquina have
+consented.
+
+With hearts full of dejection and almost lost to hope, no ship having
+appeared off Nootka this season, did my companion and myself accompany
+the tribe on their removal in September to Tashees, relinquishing in
+consequence for six months even the remotest expectation of relief.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[118] This habit--unfortunately not peculiar to the Indians--is still
+occasionally indulged in. The reason they give for it is, that when the
+great flood covered the earth--a tradition that is found among other
+North-West American Indians--they escaped in their canoes, and had to
+eat lice for lack of any other food, and now practise it out of
+gratitude. The superstitious observances of these tribes are so numerous
+that the merest account of those known would fill a volume. One or two
+interesting instances may be mentioned:--Thus, in sneezing, there is
+good luck if the right nostril is alone affected. But if the left, then
+evil fortune is at hand. When they pare their nails, which is not often,
+they burn the parings, and if the smoke from them goes straight up,
+their latter end will be good; if not, they will go to the place of
+punishment. They used to regard--and perhaps still regard--the whites
+not as human beings, but as a sort of demons.
+
+[119] The E-cha-chets are not at present recognised as a separate tribe.
+But there is a large village in Clayoquat Sound on the south end of
+Wakenninish Island which bears that name. Like many now all but extinct
+tribes, who have become absorbed into greater ones, the E-cha-chets seem
+in Jewitt's time to have been more numerous. In Meares's narrative,
+"Lee-cha-ett" is mentioned as a village of Wakenninish, but this could
+not have been the same place, for Maquina and Wakenninish were at this
+period on good terms. The river which the expedition ascended to reach
+the summer salmon fishing village of the tribe was probably either the
+Bear or the Onamettis, both of which flow through some swampy ground
+into the head of Bedwall Arm. But as usual Jewitt exaggerated the
+distance up which the canoemen paddled. There is no river in Vancouver
+Island navigable for twenty or thirty miles, and few, even when broken
+by rapids and falls, quite that length.
+
+[120] This is an exaggerated estimate.
+
+[121] This is one of the best descriptions of West Coast warfare with
+which I am acquainted.
+
+[122] "Quiaotluk," Jewitt, with innate cockneyism, inserting an _r_
+after _a_ wherever this is possible. No Indian can pronounce _r_, any
+more than a Chinaman can.
+
+[123] Klahosahts.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+MARRIAGE OF THE AUTHOR--HIS ILLNESS--DISMISSES HIS WIFE--RELIGION OF THE
+NATIVES--CLIMATE
+
+
+Soon after our establishment there, Maquina informed me that he and his
+chiefs had held council both before and after quitting Nootka, in which
+they had determined that I must marry one of their women, urging as a
+reason to induce me to consent, that, as there was now no probability of
+a ship coming to Nootka to release me, that I must consider myself as
+destined to pass the remainder of my life with them, that the sooner I
+conformed to their customs the better, and that a wife and family would
+render me more contented and satisfied with their mode of living. I
+remonstrated against this decision, but to no purpose, for he told me
+that, should I refuse, both Thompson and myself would be put to death;
+telling me, however, that if there were none of the women of his tribe
+that pleased me, he would go with me to some of the other tribes, where
+he would purchase for me such a one as I should select. Reduced to this
+sad extremity, with death on the one side and matrimony on the other, I
+thought proper to choose what appeared to me the least of the two
+evils, and consent to be married, on condition that, as I did not fancy
+any of the Nootka women, I should be permitted to make choice of one
+from some other tribe.
+
+This being settled, the next morning by daylight, Maquina, with about
+fifty men in two canoes, set out with me for Ai-tiz-zart,[124] taking
+with him a quantity of cloth, a number of muskets, sea-otter skins,
+etc., for the purchase of my bride. With the aid of our paddles and
+sails, being favoured with a fair breeze, we arrived some time before
+sunset at the village. Our arrival excited a general alarm, and the men
+hastened to the shore, armed with the weapons of their country, making
+many warlike demonstrations, and displaying much zeal and activity. We,
+in the meantime, remained quietly seated in our canoes, where we
+remained for about half an hour, when the messenger of the chief,
+dressed in their best manner, came to welcome us and invite us on shore
+to eat.[125] We followed him in procession to the chief's house, Maquina
+at our head, taking care to leave a sufficient number in the boats to
+protect the property. When we came to the house, we were ushered in with
+much ceremony, and our respective seats pointed out to us, mine being
+next to Maquina by his request.
+
+After having been regaled with a feast of herring spawn and oil, Maquina
+asked me if I saw any among the women who were present that I liked. I
+immediately pointed out to a young girl of about seventeen, the
+daughter of Upquesta, the chief, who was sitting near him by her mother.
+On this, Maquina, making a sign to his men, arose, and, taking me by the
+hand, walked into the middle of the room, and sent off two of his men to
+bring the boxes containing the presents from the canoes. In the
+meantime, Kinneclimmets, the master of ceremonies, whom I have already
+spoken of, made himself ready for the part he was to act, by powdering
+his hair with white down. When the chests were brought in, specimens of
+the several articles were taken out, and showed by our men, one of whom
+held up a musket, another a skin, a third a piece of cloth, etc.
+
+On this Kinneclimmets stepped forward, and, addressing the chief,
+informed him that all these belonged to me, mentioning the number of
+each kind, and that they were offered to him for the purchase of his
+daughter Eu-stoch-ee-exqua, as a wife for me. As he said this, the men
+who held up the various articles walked up to the chief, and with a very
+stern and morose look, the complimentary one on these occasions, threw
+them at his feet. Immediately on which, all the tribe, both men and
+women, who were assembled on this occasion, set up a cry of
+_Klack-ko-Tyee_,[126] that is, "Thank ye, chief."
+
+His men, after this ceremony, having returned to their places, Maquina
+rose, and, in a speech of more than half an hour, said much in my praise
+to the Ai-tiz-zart chief, telling him that I was as good a man as
+themselves, differing from them only in being white, that I was besides
+acquainted with many things of which they were ignorant; that I knew how
+to make daggers, cheetolths, and harpoons, and was a very valuable
+person, whom he was determined to keep always with him; praising me at
+the same time for the goodness of my temper, and the manner in which I
+had conducted myself since I had been with them, observing that all the
+people of Nootka, and even the children, loved me.
+
+While Maquina was speaking, his master of ceremonies was continually
+skipping about, making the most extravagant gestures, and exclaiming
+"_Wocash!_" When he had ceased, the Ai-tiz-zart chief arose, amidst the
+acclamations of his people, and began with setting forth the many good
+qualities and accomplishments of his daughter; that he loved her
+greatly, and as she was his only one, he could not think of parting with
+her. He spoke in this manner for some time, but finally concluded by
+consenting to the proposed union, requesting that she might be well used
+and kindly treated by her husband. At the close of the speech, when the
+chief began to manifest a disposition to consent to our union,
+Kinneclimmets again began to call out as loud as he could bawl,
+"_Wocash!_" cutting a thousand capers and spinning himself around on his
+heel like a top.
+
+When Upquesta had finished his speech, he directed his people to carry
+back the presents which Maquina had given him, to me, together with two
+young male slaves to assist me in fishing. These, after having been
+placed before me, were by Maquina's men taken on board the canoes. This
+ceremony being over, we were invited by one of the principal chiefs to
+a feast at his house, of _Klussamit_,[127] or dried herring, where,
+after the eating was over, Kinneclimmets amused the company very highly
+with his tricks, and the evening's entertainment was closed by a new
+war-song from our men, and one in return from the Ai-tiz-zarts,
+accompanied with expressive gestures, and wielding of their weapons.
+
+After this our company returned to lodge at Upquesta's, except a few who
+were left on board the canoes to watch the property. In the morning I
+received from the chief his daughter, with an earnest request that I
+would use her well, which I promised him; when, taking leave of her
+parents, she accompanied me with apparent satisfaction on board of the
+canoe.
+
+The wind being ahead, the natives were obliged to have recourse to their
+paddles, accompanying them with their songs, interspersed with the
+witticisms and buffoonery of Kinneclimmets, who, in his capacity of
+king's steersman, one of his functions which I forgot to enumerate, not
+only guided the course of the canoe, but regulated the singing of the
+boatmen. At about five in the morning we reached Tashees, where we found
+all the inhabitants collected on the shore to receive us.
+
+We were welcomed with loud shouts of joy, and exclamations of
+"_Wocash!_" and the women, taking my bride under their charge, conducted
+her to Maquina's house, to be kept with them for ten days; it being an
+universal custom, as Maquina informed me, that no intercourse should
+take place between the new married pair during that period. At night
+Maquina gave a great feast, which was succeeded by a dance, in which all
+the women joined, and thus ended the festivities of my marriage.[128]
+
+The term of my probation being over, Maquina assigned me as an apartment
+the space in the upper part of his house between him and his elder
+brother, whose room was opposite. Here I established myself with my
+family, consisting of myself and wife, Thompson, and the little
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, who had always been strongly attached to me, and now
+solicited his father to let him live with me, to which he consented.
+
+This boy was handsome, extremely well formed, amiable, and of a
+pleasant, sprightly disposition. I used to take a pleasure in decorating
+him with rings, bracelets, ear-jewels, etc., which I made for him of
+copper, and ornamented and polished them in my best manner. I was also
+very careful to keep him free from vermin of every kind, washing him and
+combing his hair every day. These marks of attention were not only very
+pleasing to the child, who delighted in being kept neat and clean, as
+well as in being dressed off in his finery, but was highly gratifying
+both to Maquina and his queen, who used to express much satisfaction at
+my care of him.
+
+In making my domestic establishment, I determined, as far as possible,
+to live in a more comfortable and cleanly manner than the others. For
+this purpose I erected with planks a partition of about three feet high
+between mine and the adjoining rooms, and made three bedsteads of the
+same, which I covered with boards, for my family to sleep on, which I
+found much more comfortable than sleeping on the floor amidst the dirt.
+
+Fortunately, I found my Indian princess both amiable and intelligent,
+for one whose limited sphere of observation must necessarily give rise
+to but a few ideas. She was extremely ready to agree to anything that I
+proposed relative to our mode of living, was very attentive in keeping
+her garments and person neat and clean, and appeared in every respect
+solicitous to please me.
+
+She was, as I have said, about seventeen; her person was small but well
+formed, as were her features; her complexion was, without exception,
+fairer than any of the women, with considerable colour in her cheeks,
+her hair long, black, and much softer than is usual with them, and her
+teeth small, even, and of a dazzling whiteness; while the expression of
+her countenance indicated sweetness of temper and modesty. She would
+indeed have been considered as very pretty in any country, and,
+excepting Maquina's queen, was by far the handsomest of any of their
+women.
+
+With a partner possessing so many attractions, many may be apt to
+conclude that I must have found myself happy,--at least, comparatively
+so; but far otherwise was it with me. A compulsory marriage with the
+most beautiful and accomplished person in the world can never prove a
+source of real happiness; and, in my situation, I could not but view
+this connection as a chain that was to bind me down to this savage land,
+and prevent my ever again seeing a civilised country; especially when,
+in a few days after, Maquina informed me that there had been a meeting
+of his chiefs, in which it had been determined that, as I had married
+one of their women, I must be considered as one of them, and conform to
+their customs, and that in future neither myself nor Thompson should
+wear our European clothes, but dress in kutsaks[129] like themselves.
+This order was to me most painful, but I persuaded Maquina at length so
+far to relax in it as to permit me to wear those I had at present, which
+were almost worn out, and not to compel Thompson to change his dress,
+observing that, as he was an old man, such a change would cause his
+death.
+
+Their religious celebration, which the last year took place in December,
+was in this commenced on the 15th of November, and continued for
+fourteen days. As I was now considered as one of them, instead of being
+ordered to the woods, Maquina directed Thompson and myself to remain and
+pray with them to Quahootze to be good to them, and thank him for what
+he had done.
+
+It was opened in much the same manner as the former. After which, all
+the men and women in the village assembled at Maquina's house, in their
+plainest dresses, and without any kind of ornaments about them, having
+their heads bound around with the red fillet, a token of dejection and
+humiliation, and their countenances expressive of seriousness and
+melancholy. The performances during the continuance of this celebration
+consisted almost wholly in singing a number of songs to mournful airs,
+the king regulating the time by beating on his hollow plank or drum,
+accompanied by one of his chiefs seated near him with the great rattle.
+In the meantime they ate but seldom, and then very little, retiring to
+sleep late, and rising at the first appearance of dawn, and even
+interrupting this short period of repose by getting up at midnight and
+singing.
+
+The ceremony was terminated by an exhibition of a similar character to
+the one of the last year, but still more cruel. A boy of twelve years
+old, with six bayonets run into his flesh, one through each arm and
+thigh, and through each side close to the ribs, was carried around the
+room suspended upon them, without manifesting any symptoms of pain.
+Maquina, on my inquiring the reason of this display, informed me that it
+was an ancient custom of his nation to sacrifice a man at the close of
+this solemnity, in honour of their God, but that his father had
+abolished it, and substituted this in its place.[130] The whole closed
+on the evening of the 29th, with a great feast of salmon spawn and oil,
+at which the natives, as usual, made up for their late abstinence.
+
+A few days after, a circumstance occurred, which, from its singularity,
+I cannot forbear mentioning. I was sent for by my neighbour Yealthlower,
+the king's elder brother, to file his teeth, which operation having been
+performed, he informed me that a new wife, whom he had a little time
+before purchased, having refused to sleep with him, it was his
+intention, provided she persisted in her refusal, to bite off her nose.
+I endeavoured to dissuade him from it, but he was determined, and, in
+fact, performed his savage threat that very night, saying that since she
+would not be his wife, she should not be that of any other, and in the
+morning sent her back to her father.
+
+The inhuman act did not, however, proceed from any innate cruelty of
+disposition or malice, as he was far from being of a barbarous temper;
+but such is the despotism exercised by these savages over their women,
+that he no doubt considered it as a just punishment for her offence, in
+being so obstinate and perverse; as he afterwards told me, that in
+similar cases the husband had a right with them to disfigure his wife in
+this way or some other, to prevent her ever marrying again.
+
+About the middle of December, we left Tashees for Cooptee. As usual at
+this season, we found the herrings in great plenty, and here the same
+scene of riotous feasting that I witnessed last year was renewed by our
+improvident natives, who, in addition to their usual fare, had a
+plentiful supply of wild geese, which were brought us in great
+quantities by the Eshquates. These, as Maquina informed me, were caught
+with nets made from bark in the fresh waters of that country. Those who
+take them make choice for that purpose of a dark and rainy night, and,
+with their canoes stuck with lighted torches, proceed with as little
+noise as possible to the place where the geese are collected, who,
+dazzled by the light, suffer themselves to be approached very near, when
+the net is thrown over them, and in this manner from fifty to sixty, or
+even more, will sometimes be taken at one cast.
+
+On the 15th of January 1805, about midnight, I was thrown into
+considerable alarm, in consequence of an eclipse of the moon, being
+awakened from my sleep by a great outcry of the inhabitants. On going to
+discover the cause of this tumult, I found them all out of their houses,
+bearing lighted torches, singing and beating upon pieces of plank; and
+when I asked them the reason of this proceeding, they pointed to the
+moon, and said that a great cod-fish was endeavouring to swallow her,
+and that they were driving him away. The origin of this superstition I
+could not discover.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN CHIEF'S GRAVE (TEMP. 1863).]
+
+Though, in some respects, my situation was rendered more comfortable
+since my marriage, as I lived in a more cleanly manner, and had my food
+better and more neatly cooked, of which, besides, I had always a plenty,
+my slaves generally furnishing me, and Upquesta never failing to send me
+an ample supply by the canoes that came from Ai-tiz-zart; still, from my
+being obliged at this season of the year to change my accustomed
+clothing, and to dress like the natives, with only a piece of cloth of
+about two yards long thrown loosely around me, my European clothes
+having been for some time entirely worn out, I suffered more than I can
+express from the cold, especially as I was compelled to perform the
+laborious task of cutting and bringing the firewood, which was rendered
+still more oppressive to me, from my comrade, for a considerable part of
+the winter, not having it in his power to lend me his aid, in
+consequence of an attack of the rheumatism in one of his knees, with
+which he suffered for more than four months, two or three weeks of which
+he was so ill as to be under the necessity to leave the house.
+
+This state of suffering, with the little hope I now had of ever escaping
+from the savages, began to render my life irksome to me; still, however,
+I lost not my confidence in the aid of the Supreme Being, to whom,
+whenever the weather and a suspension from the tasks imposed on me would
+permit, I never failed regularly on Sundays to retire to the wood to
+worship, taking Thompson with me when he was able to go.
+
+On the 20th of February, we returned to our summer quarters at Nootka,
+but on my part, with far different sensations than the last spring,
+being now almost in despair of any vessel arriving to release us, or our
+being permitted to depart if there should.
+
+Soon after our return, as preparatory to the whaling season, Maquina
+ordered me to make a good number of harpoons for himself and his chiefs,
+several of which I had completed, with some lances, when, on the 16th of
+March, I was taken very ill with a violent colic, caused, I presume,
+from having suffered so much from the cold, in going without proper
+clothing. For a number of hours I was in great pain, and expected to
+die, and on its leaving me, I was so weak as scarcely to be able to
+stand, while I had nothing comforting to take, nor anything to drink but
+cold water.
+
+On the day following, a slave belonging to Maquina died, and was
+immediately, as is their custom in such cases, tossed unceremoniously
+out of doors, from whence he was taken by some others and thrown into
+the water. The treatment of this poor creature made a melancholy
+impression upon my mind, as I could not but think that such probably
+would be my fate should I die among these heathens, and so far from
+receiving a decent burial, that I should not even be allowed the common
+privilege of having a little earth thrown over my remains.
+
+The feebleness in which the violent attack of my disorder had left me,
+the dejection I felt at the almost hopelessness of my situation and the
+want of warm clothing and proper nursing, though my Indian wife, as far
+as she knew how, was always ready, even solicitous, to do everything for
+me she could, still kept me very much indisposed, which Maquina
+perceiving, he finally told me that if I did not like living with my
+wife, and that was the cause of my being so sad, I might part with her.
+This proposal I readily accepted, and the next day Maquina sent her back
+to her father.
+
+On parting with me she discovered much emotion, begging me that I would
+suffer her to remain till I had recovered, as there was no one who would
+take so good care of me as herself. But when I told her she must go, for
+that I did not think I should ever get well, which in truth I but little
+expected, and that her father would take good care of her and treat her
+much more kindly than Maquina, she took an affectionate leave, telling
+me that she hoped I should soon get better, and left her two slaves to
+take care of me.
+
+Though I rejoiced at her departure, I was greatly affected with the
+simple expressions of her regard for me, and could not but feel strongly
+interested for this poor girl, who in all her conduct towards me had
+discovered so much mildness and attention to my wishes; and had it not
+been that I considered her as an almost insuperable obstacle to my being
+permitted to leave the country, I should no doubt have felt the
+deprivation of her society a real loss. After her departure, I requested
+Maquina that, as I had parted with my wife, he would permit me to resume
+my European dress, as, otherwise, from not having been accustomed to
+dress like them, I should certainly die. To this he consented, and I
+once more became comfortably clad.
+
+Change of clothing, but, more than all, the hopes which I now began to
+indulge that in the course of the summer I should be able to escape, in
+a short time restored me to health, so far that I could again go to work
+in making harpoons for Maquina, who probably, fearing that he should
+have to part with me, determined to provide himself with a good stock.
+
+I shall not, however, long detain the reader with a detail of
+occurrences that intervened between this period and that of my escape,
+which, from that dull uniformity that marks the savage life, would be in
+a measure but a repetition, nor dwell upon that mental torture I endured
+from a constant conflict of hope and fear, when the former, almost
+wearied out with repeated disappointment, offered to our sinking hearts
+no prospect of release but death, to which we were constantly exposed
+from the brutal ignorance and savage disposition of the common people,
+who, in the various councils that were held this season to determine
+what to do with us in case of the arrival of a ship, were almost always
+for putting us to death, expecting by that means to conceal the murder
+of our crew and to throw the blame of it on some other tribe. These
+barbarous sentiments were, however, universally opposed by Maquina and
+his chiefs, who would not consent to our being injured. But, as some of
+their customs and traits of national character which I think deserving
+of notice have not been mentioned, I shall proceed to give an account of
+them.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The office of king or chief is, with those people, hereditary, and
+descends to the eldest son, or, in failure of male issue, to the elder
+brother, who in the regal line is considered as the second person in the
+kingdom. At feasts, as I have observed, the king is always placed in the
+highest or seat of honour, and the chiefs according to their respective
+ranks, which appear in general to be determined by their affinity to the
+royal family; they are also designated by the embellishments of their
+mantles or kutsaks. The king, or head _Tyee_ is their leader in war, in
+the management of which he is perfectly absolute. He is also president
+of their councils, which are almost always regulated by his opinion. But
+he has no kind of power over the property of his subjects, nor can he
+require them to contribute to his wants, being in this respect no more
+privileged than any other person. He has, in common with his chiefs, the
+right of holding slaves, which is not enjoyed by private individuals, a
+regulation probably arising from their having been originally captives
+taken in battle, the spoils of war being understood as appertaining to
+the king, who receives and apportions them among his several chiefs and
+warriors according to their rank and deserts.
+
+In conformity with this idea, the plunder of the _Boston_ was all
+deposited in Maquina's house, who distributed part of it among his
+chiefs, according to their respective ranks or degree of favour with
+him, giving to one three hundred muskets, to another one hundred and
+fifty, with other things in like proportion. The king is, however,
+obliged to support his dignity by making frequent entertainments, and
+whenever he receives a large supply of provision, he must invite all the
+men of his tribe to his house to eat it up, otherwise, as Maquina told
+me, he would not be considered as conducting himself like a _Tyee_, and
+would be no more thought of than a common man.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+With regard to their religion.--They believe in the existence of a
+Supreme Being, whom they call _Quahootze_, and who, to use Maquina's
+expression, was one great _Tyee_ in the sky, who gave them their fish,
+and could take them from them, and was the greatest of all kings. Their
+usual place of worship appeared to be the water, for whenever they
+bathed, they addressed some words in form of prayer to the God above,
+entreating that he would preserve them in health, give them good success
+in fishing, etc. These prayers were repeated with much more energy on
+preparing for whaling or for war, as I have already mentioned.
+
+Some of them would sometimes go several miles to bathe, in order to do
+it in secret; the reason for this I could never learn, though I am
+induced to think it was in consequence of some family or private
+quarrel, and that they did not wish what they said to be heard; while at
+other times they would repair in the same secret manner to the woods to
+pray. This was more particularly the case with the women, who might also
+have been prompted by a sentiment of decency to retire for the purpose
+of bathing, as they are remarkably modest.
+
+I once found one of our women more than two miles from the village on
+her knees in the woods, with her eyes shut and her face turned towards
+heaven, uttering words in a lamentable tone, amongst which I distinctly
+heard, _Wocash Ah-welth_, meaning "good Lord," and which has nearly the
+same signification with Quahootze.
+
+Though I came very near her, she appeared not to notice me, but
+continued her devotions. And I have frequently seen the women go alone
+into the woods, evidently for the purpose of addressing themselves to a
+superior Being, and it was always very perceptible on their return when
+they had been thus employed, from their silence and melancholy looks.
+
+They have no belief, however, in a state of future existence, as I
+discovered in conversation with Maquina at Tootoosch's death, on my
+attempting to convince him that he still existed, and that he would
+again see him after his death; but he could comprehend nothing of it,
+and, pointing to the ground, said that there was the end of him, and
+that he was like that.[131] Nor do they believe in ghosts,
+notwithstanding the case of Tootoosch would appear to contradict this
+assertion, but that was a remarkable instance, and such a one as had
+never been known to occur before; yet from the mummeries performed over
+the sick, it is very apparent that they believe in the agency of
+spirits, as they attribute diseases to some evil one that has entered
+the body of the patient. Neither have they any priests, unless a kind of
+conjurer[132] may be so considered who sings and prays over the sick to
+drive away the evil spirit.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On the birth of twins, they have a most singular custom, which, I
+presume, has its origin in some religious opinion, but what it is, I
+could never satisfactorily learn. The father is prohibited for the space
+of two years from eating any kind of meat, or fresh fish, during which
+time he does no kind of labour whatever, being supplied with what he has
+occasion for from the tribe. In the meantime, he and his wife, who is
+also obliged to conform to the same abstinence, with their children,
+live entirely separate from the others, a small hut being built for
+their accommodation, and he is never invited to any of the feasts,
+except such as consist wholly of dried provision, where he is treated
+with great respect, and seated among the chiefs, though no more himself
+than a private individual.
+
+Such births are very rare among them; an instance of the kind, however,
+occurred while I was at Tashees the last time, but it was the only one
+known since the reign of the former king. The father always appeared
+very thoughtful and gloomy, never associated with the other
+inhabitants, and was at none of the feasts, but such as were entirely of
+dried provision, and of this he ate not to excess, and constantly
+retired before the amusements commenced. His dress was very plain, and
+he wore around his head the red fillet of bark, the symbol of mourning
+and devotion. It was his daily practice to repair to the mountain, with
+a chief's rattle in his hand, to sing and pray, as Maquina informed me,
+for the fish to come into their waters. When not thus employed, he kept
+continually at home, except when sent for to sing and perform his
+ceremonies over the sick, being considered as a sacred character, and
+one much in favour with their gods.[133]
+
+These people are remarkably healthful, and live to a very advanced age,
+having quite a youthful appearance for their years.[134] They have
+scarcely any disease but the colic, their remedy for which is friction,
+a person rubbing the bowels of the sick violently, until the pain has
+subsided, while the conjurer, or holy man, is employed, in the meantime,
+in making his gestures, singing, and repeating certain words, and
+blowing off the evil spirit, when the patient is wrapped up in a
+bearskin, in order to produce perspiration.
+
+Their cure for the rheumatism, or similar pains, which I saw applied by
+Maquina in the case of Thompson, to whom it gave relief, is by cutting
+or scarifying the part affected. In dressing wounds, they simply wash
+them with salt water, and bind them up with a strip of cloth, or the
+bark of a tree. They are, however, very expert and successful in the
+cure of fractured or dislocated limbs, reducing them very dexterously,
+and, after binding them up with bark, supporting them with blocks of
+wood, so as to preserve their position.[135]
+
+During the whole time I was among them, but five natural deaths
+occurred, Tootoosch and his two infant children, an infant son of
+Maquina, and the slave whom I have mentioned, a circumstance not a
+little remarkable in a population of about fifteen hundred; and as
+respects child-birth, so light do they make of it, that I have seen
+their women, the day after, employed as usual, as if little or nothing
+had happened.
+
+The Nootkians in their conduct towards each other are in general pacific
+and inoffensive, and appear by no means an ill-tempered race, for I do
+not recollect any instance of a violent quarrel between any of the men,
+or the men and their wives, while I was with them, that of Yealthlower
+excepted. But when they are in the least offended, they appear to be in
+the most violent rage, acting like so many maniacs, foaming at the
+mouth, kicking and spitting most furiously; but this is rather a fashion
+with them than a demonstration of malignity, as in their public speeches
+they use the same violence, and he is esteemed the greatest orator who
+bawls the loudest, stamps, tosses himself about, foams, and spits the
+most.[136]
+
+In speaking of their regulations, I have omitted mentioning that, on
+attaining the age of seventeen, the eldest son of a chief is considered
+as a chief himself, and that whenever the father makes a present, it is
+always done in the name of his eldest son, or, if he has none, in that
+of his daughter. The chiefs frequently purchase their wives at the age
+of eight or ten, to prevent their being engaged by others, though they
+do not take them from their parents until they are sixteen.
+
+With regard to climate, the greater part of the spring, summer, and
+autumn is very pleasant, the weather being at no time oppressively hot,
+and the winters uncommonly mild for so high a latitude, at least, as far
+as my experience went. At Tashees and Cooptee, where we passed the
+coldest part of the season, the winter did not set in till late in
+December, nor have I ever yet known the ice, even on the freshwater
+ponds, more than two or three inches in thickness, or a snow exceeding
+four inches in depth; but what is wanting in snow, is amply made up in
+rain, as I have frequently known it, during the winter months, rain
+almost incessantly for five or six days in succession.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[124] Ayhuttisaht, also in Nootka Sound.
+
+[125] This is the custom if the visit of the strangers has not been
+announced in advance.
+
+[126] _Ooshyuksomayts_ is another expression meaning much the same
+thing.
+
+[127] _Kloosmit_ is "herring" (_Meletta c�rulea_) generally. _Klooshist_
+is dried salmon, a more common article of food.
+
+[128] Jewitt's marriage was less ceremonious than is usual with Indians
+of any rank, and the ten days' probation was not according to modern
+customs.
+
+[129] _Kutsak_, or _kotsack_, or _kootsick_, or _cotsack_, for all these
+forms occur, was the blanket worn cloakwise, rendered familiar to
+Europeans in so many pictures and sketches.
+
+[130] Human sacrifices are quite common among the Northern tribes. But
+in Vancouver they were very rare in my time, and are now still less
+frequent. In 1863 the burial of a chief was celebrated by the heads of
+several tribesmen being fixed about his grave. These were not taken by
+force, but surrendered by the trembling tribesmen, the victims being
+most likely slaves. In 1788, Meares affirms, on what we believe to be
+insufficient evidence, that Maquina (Moqulla) sacrificed a human being
+every new moon, to gratify "his unnatural appetite" for human flesh. The
+victim was a slave selected by the blindfolded chief catching him in a
+house in which a number were assembled. Meares even declares that
+Maquina acknowledged his weakness, and that though Callicum, another
+chief, avoided cannibalism, he reposed on a pillow filled with human
+skulls. If so, the practice has ceased. Yet cannibalism was undeniably
+practised at times among the Indians of both the East and West coasts.
+There were in 1866 Indians living in Koskeemo Sound, who still talked of
+the delights of human flesh. Many years ago, the Bella-Bellas ate a
+servant of the Hudson Bay Company, and the Nuchaltaws of Cape Mudge are
+affirmed by old traders to have paid the same doubtful compliment to a
+sailor who fell into their clutches.
+
+[131] This, in common with other statements of the kind, is more than
+doubtful. The best account of their religion is by Mr. Sproat, but even
+he acknowledges that, after two years devoted to the subject, and to the
+questioning of others who had passed half a lifetime amongst the "Ahts,"
+he could discover very little about their faith which could be
+pronounced indisputably accurate. Even the Indians themselves are by no
+means at one on the subject, people without a written creed or sacred
+books being apt to entertain very contradictory ideas on their
+theological tenets. I endeavoured to fathom some of their beliefs, and I
+had ample opportunities; but I confess to the difficulty of getting
+behind these reserved folk, and I did not meet with sufficient success
+to make the results worth recording.
+
+[132] What Jewitt calls a "conjurer" is more commonly known in these
+times as a "medicine man," who was, more often than not, a combination
+nine parts rogue and one part fool.
+
+[133] This is entirely different from the views that are entertained by
+other tribes. The tribes speaking the language which prevails from Port
+San Juan to Comox are so ashamed of twins, that one of the hapless two
+is almost invariably killed. I do not remember having ever seen a case.
+Most of the Indian birth notions are very curious.
+
+[134] They are apt to rapidly change from young-looking to old-looking
+men, without any of that pleasant "Indian summer" so characteristic of
+people in more civilised communities. But advanced years are not common.
+In 1864 the oldest man in the little Opechesaht tribe, whose homes are
+on the Kleecoot River (flowing out of Sproat Lake into the Alberni
+Inlet), was only sixty, so far as he could make out.
+
+[135] Bilious complaints, constipation, dysentery, consumption, fevers
+and acute inflammatory diseases, and (amongst some tribes, but not
+amongst the Nootkians), ophthalmia, are common, though rheumatism and
+paralysis are infrequent. The "diseases of civilisation," it may be
+added, have been known for many years.
+
+[136] This is still true. When sober they indulge in high words, and are
+fond of teasing the women until they get out of temper; but a blow is
+rare. Even the children seldom fall out, the necessity of small
+communities living together for mutual protection compelling the members
+to establish a _modus vivendi_. However, when drunk--and in spite of the
+laws against liquor being sold to them, this is by no means
+uncommon--they are prone to seek close quarters and act like angry
+termagants.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+ARRIVAL OF THE BRIG "LYDIA"--STRATAGEM OF THE AUTHOR--ITS SUCCESS
+
+
+It was now past midsummer, and the hopes we had indulged of our release
+became daily more faint, for though we had heard of no less than seven
+vessels on the coast, yet none appeared inclined to venture to Nootka.
+
+The destruction of the _Boston_, the largest, strongest, and best
+equipped ship, with the most valuable cargo of any that had ever been
+fitted for the North-West trade, had inspired the commanders of others
+with a general dread of coming thither, lest they should share the same
+fate; and though in the letters I wrote (imploring those who should
+receive them to come to the relief of two unfortunate Christians who
+were suffering among heathen), I stated the cause of the _Boston's_
+capture, and that there was not the least danger in coming to Nootka,
+provided they would follow the directions I laid down, still I felt very
+little encouragement that any of these letters would come to hand; when,
+on the morning of the 19th of July, a day that will be ever held by me
+in grateful remembrance of the mercies of God, while I was employed with
+Thompson in forging daggers for the king, my ears were saluted with the
+joyful sound of three cannon, and the cries of the inhabitants,
+exclaiming "_Weena, weena--Mamethlee!_"--that is, "Strangers--White
+men!"
+
+Soon after, several of our people came running into the house, to inform
+me that a vessel under full sail was coming into the harbour. Though my
+heart bounded with joy, I repressed my feelings, and, affecting to pay
+no attention to what was said, told Thompson to be on his guard, and not
+betray any joy, as our release, and perhaps our lives, depended on our
+conducting ourselves so as to induce the natives to suppose we were not
+very anxious to leave them. We continued our work as if nothing had
+happened, when, in a few minutes after, Maquina came in, and, seeing us
+at work, appeared much surprised, and asked me if did not know that a
+vessel had come.
+
+I answered in a careless manner, that it was nothing to me. "How, John,"
+said he, "you no glad go board?" I replied that I cared very little
+about it, as I had become reconciled to their manner of living, and had
+no wish to go away. He then told me that he had called a council of his
+people respecting us, and that we must leave off work and be present at
+it.
+
+The men having assembled at Maquina's house, he asked them what was
+their opinion should be done with Thompson and myself, now a vessel had
+arrived, and whether he had not better go on board himself, to make a
+trade, and procure such articles as were wanted. Each one of the tribe
+who wished, gave his opinion. Some were for putting us to death, and
+pretending to the strangers that a different nation had cut off the
+_Boston_; while others, less barbarous, were for sending us fifteen or
+twenty miles back into the country, until the departure of the vessel.
+
+These, however, were the sentiments of the common people, the chiefs
+opposing our being put to death, or injured, and several of them, among
+the most forward of whom were Yealthlower and the young chief
+Toowinnakinnish, were for immediately releasing us; but this, if he
+could avoid it, by no means appeared to accord with Maquina's wishes.
+
+Having mentioned Toowinnakinnish, I shall briefly observe that he was a
+young man of about twenty-three years old, the only son of
+Toopeeshottee, the oldest and most respected chief of the tribe. His son
+had always been remarkably kind and friendly to me, and I had in return
+frequently made for him daggers, cheetolths, and other things, in my
+best manner. He was one of the handsomest men among them, very amiable,
+and much milder in his manners than any of the others, as well as neater
+both in his person and house, at least his apartment, without even
+excepting Maquina.
+
+With regard, however, to Maquina's going on board the vessel, which he
+discovered a strong inclination to do, there was but one opinion, all
+remonstrating against it, telling him that the captain would kill him or
+keep him prisoner, in consequence of his having destroyed our ship. When
+Maquina had heard their opinions, he told them that he was not afraid of
+being hurt from going on board the vessel, but that he would, however,
+as it respected that, be guided by John, whom he had always found true.
+He then turned to me, and asked me if I thought there would be any
+danger in his going on board. I answered, that I was not surprised at
+the advice his people had given him, unacquainted as they were with the
+manners of the white men, and judging them by their own; but if they had
+been with them as much as I had, or even himself, they would think very
+different. That he had almost always experienced good and civil
+treatment from them, nor had he any reason to fear the contrary now, as
+they never attempted to harm those who did not injure them; and if he
+wished to go on board, he might do it, in my opinion, with security.
+
+After reflecting a few moments, he said, with much apparent
+satisfaction, that if I would write a letter to the captain, telling him
+good of him, that he had treated Thompson and myself kindly since we had
+been with him, and to use him well, he would go.
+
+It may easily be supposed that I felt much joy at this determination,
+but, knowing that the least incaution might annihilate all my hopes of
+escape, was careful not to manifest it, and to treat his going or
+staying as a matter perfectly indifferent to me. I told him that, if he
+wished me to write such a letter, I had no objection, as it was the
+truth, otherwise I could not have done it.
+
+I then proceeded to write the recommendatory letter, which the reader
+will naturally imagine was of a somewhat different tenor from the one he
+had required; for if deception is in any case warrantable, it was
+certainly so in a situation like ours, where the only chance of
+regaining that freedom of which we had been so unjustly deprived,
+depended upon it; and I trust that few, even of the most rigid, will
+condemn me with severity for making use of it, on an occasion which
+afforded me the only hope of ever more beholding a Christian country,
+and preserving myself, if not from death, at least from a life of
+continued suffering.
+
+The letter which I wrote was nearly in the following terms:--
+
+    TO CAPTAIN----
+    OF THE BRIG----
+    NOOTKA, _July_ 19, 1805.
+
+    SIR,--The bearer of this letter is the Indian king by the name
+    of Maquina. He was the instigator of the capture of the ship
+    _Boston_, of Boston, in North America, John Salter, captain, and
+    of the murder of twenty-five men of her crew, the two only
+    survivors being now on shore--Wherefore I hope you will take
+    care to confine him according to his merits, putting in your
+    dead-lights, and keeping so good a watch over him, that he
+    cannot escape from you. By so doing, we shall be able to obtain
+    our release in the course of a few hours.
+
+    JOHN R. JEWITT, _Armourer of the "Boston"_
+    _for himself, and_
+    JOHN THOMPSON, _Sail-maker of the said ship_.
+
+
+I have been asked how I dared to write in this manner: my answer is,
+that from my long residence among these people, I knew that I had little
+to apprehend from their anger on hearing of their king being confined,
+while they knew his life depended upon my release, and that they would
+sooner have given up five hundred white men, than have had him injured.
+This will serve to explain the little apprehension I felt at their
+menaces afterwards, for otherwise, sweet as liberty was to me, I should
+hardly have ventured on so hazardous an experiment.
+
+On my giving the letter to Maquina, he asked me to explain it to him.
+This I did line by line, as he pointed them out with his finger, but in
+a sense very different from the real, giving him to understand that I
+had written to the captain that, as he had been kind to me since I had
+been taken by him, that it was my wish that the captain should treat him
+accordingly, and give him what molasses, biscuit, and rum he wanted.
+
+When I had finished, placing his finger in a significant manner on my
+name at the bottom, and eyeing me with a look that seemed to read my
+inmost thoughts, he said to me, "John, you no lie?" Never did I undergo
+such a scrutiny, or ever experience greater apprehensions than I felt at
+that moment, when my destiny was suspended on the slightest thread, and
+the least mark of embarrassment on mine, or suspicion of treachery on
+his part, would probably have rendered my life the sacrifice.
+
+Fortunately I was able to preserve my composure, and my being painted in
+the Indian manner, which Maquina had since my marriage required of me,
+prevented any change in my countenance from being noticed, and I replied
+with considerable promptitude, looking at him in my turn, with all the
+confidence I could muster,--
+
+"Why do you ask me such a question, Tyee? Have you ever known me to
+lie?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Then how can you suppose I should tell you a lie now, since I have
+never done it?" As I was speaking, he still continued looking at me with
+the same piercing eye, but, observing nothing to excite his suspicion,
+he told me that he believed what I said was true, and that he would go
+on board, and gave orders to get ready his canoe. His chiefs again
+attempted to dissuade him, using every argument for that purpose, while
+his wives crowded around him, begging him on their knees not to trust
+himself with the white men. Fortunately for my companion and myself, so
+strong was his wish of going on board the vessel, that he was deaf to
+their solicitations, and, making no other reply to them than "John no
+lie," left the house, taking four prime skins with him as a present to
+the captain.
+
+Scarcely had the canoe put off, when he ordered his men to stop, and,
+calling to me, asked me if I did not want to go on board with him.
+Suspecting this as a question merely intended to ensnare me, I replied
+that I had no wish to do it, not having any desire to leave them.
+
+On going on board the brig, Maquina immediately gave his present of
+skins and my letter to the captain, who, on reading it, asked him into
+the cabin, where he gave him some biscuit and a glass of rum, at the
+same time privately directing his mate to go forward, and return with
+five or six of the men armed. When they appeared, the captain told
+Maquina that he was his prisoner, and should continue so, until the two
+men, whom he knew to be on shore, were released, at the same time
+ordering him to be put in irons, and the windows secured, which was
+instantly done, and a couple of men placed as a guard over him. Maquina
+was greatly surprised and terrified at this reception; he, however, made
+no attempt to resist, but requested the captain to permit one of his men
+to come and see him. One of them was accordingly called, and Maquina
+said something to him which the captain did not understand, but supposed
+to be an order to release us, when, the man returning to the canoe, it
+was paddled off with the utmost expedition to the shore.
+
+As the canoe approached, the inhabitants, who had all collected upon the
+beach, manifested some uneasiness at not seeing their king on board, but
+when, on its arrival, they were told that the captain had made him a
+prisoner, and that John had spoke bad about him in the letter, they all,
+both men and women, set up a loud howl, and ran backwards and forwards
+upon the shore like so many lunatics, scratching their faces, and
+tearing the hair in handfuls from their heads.
+
+After they had beat about in this manner for some time, the men ran to
+their huts for their weapons, as if preparing to attack an invading
+enemy; while Maquina's wives and the rest of the women came around me,
+and, throwing themselves on their knees, begged me with tears to spare
+his life; and Sat-sat-sok-sis, who kept constantly with me, taking me by
+the hand, wept bitterly, and joined his entreaties to theirs, that I
+would not let the white men kill his father. I told them not to afflict
+themselves, that Maquina's life was in no danger, nor would the least
+harm be done to him.
+
+The men were, however, extremely exasperated with me, more particularly
+the common people, who came running in the most furious manner towards
+me, brandishing their weapons, and threatening to cut me in pieces no
+bigger than their thumb-nails, while others declared they would burn me
+alive over a slow fire suspended by my heels. All this fury, however,
+caused me but little alarm, as I felt convinced they would not dare to
+execute their threats while the king was on board the brig.
+
+The chiefs took no part in this violent conduct, but came to me, and
+inquired the reason why Maquina had been thus treated, and if the
+captain intended to kill him. I told them that if they would silence the
+people, so that I could be heard, I would explain all to them. They
+immediately put a stop to the noise, when I informed them that the
+captain, in confining Maquina, had done it only in order to make them
+release Thompson and myself, as he well knew we were with them; and if
+they would do that, their king would receive no injury, but be well
+treated, otherwise he would be kept a prisoner.
+
+As many of them did not appear to be satisfied with this, and began to
+repeat their murderous threats--"Kill me," said I to them, "if it is
+your wish," throwing open the bearskin which I wore. "Here is my breast.
+I am only one among so many, and can make no resistance; but unless you
+wish to see your king hanging by his neck to that pole," pointing to the
+yard-arm of the brig, "and the sailors firing at him with bullets, you
+will not do it."
+
+"Oh no," was the general cry, "that must never be; but what must we do?"
+I told them that their best plan would be to send Thompson on board, to
+desire the captain to use Maquina well till I was released, which would
+be soon. This they were perfectly willing to do, and I directed Thompson
+to go on board. But he objected, saying that he would not leave me alone
+with the savages. I told him not to be under any fear for me, for that
+if I could get him off, I could manage well enough for myself; and that
+I wished him, immediately on getting on board the brig, to see the
+captain, and request him to keep Maquina close till I was released, as I
+was in no danger while he had him safe.
+
+When I saw Thompson off, I asked the natives what they intended to do
+with me. They said I must talk to the captain again, in another letter,
+and tell him to let his boat come on shore with Maquina, and that I
+should be ready to jump into the boat at the same time Maquina should
+jump on shore. I told them that the captain, who knew that they had
+killed my shipmates, would never trust his men so near the shore, for
+fear they could kill them too, as they were so much more numerous, but
+that if they would select any three of their number to go with me in a
+canoe, when we came within hail, I would desire the captain to send his
+boat with Maquina, to receive me in exchange for him.
+
+This appeared to please them, and after some whispering among the
+chiefs, who, from what words I over-heard, concluded that if the captain
+should refuse to send his boat with Maquina, the three men would have no
+difficulty in bringing me back with them, they agreed to my proposal,
+and selected three of their stoutest men to convey me. Fortunately,
+having been for some time accustomed to see me armed, and suspecting no
+design on my part, they paid no attention to the pistols that I had
+about me.
+
+As I was going into the canoe, little Sat-sat-sok-sis, who could not
+bear to part with me, asked me, with an affecting simplicity, since I
+was going away to leave him, if the white men would not let his father
+come on shore, and not kill him. I told him not to be concerned, for
+that no one should injure his father, when, taking an affectionate leave
+of me, and again begging me not to let the white men hurt his father, he
+ran to comfort his mother, who was at a little distance, with the
+assurances I had given him.
+
+On entering the canoe, I seated myself in the prow facing the three men,
+having determined, if it was practicable, from the moment I found
+Maquina was secured, to get on board the vessel before he was released,
+hoping by that means to be enabled to obtain the restoration of what
+property belonging to the _Boston_ still remained in the possession of
+the savages, which I thought, if it could be done, a duty that I owed to
+the owners. With feelings of joy impossible to be described did I quit
+the savage shore, confident now that nothing could thwart my escape, or
+prevent the execution of the plan that I had formed, as the men
+appointed to convey and guard me were armed with nothing but their
+paddles.
+
+As we came within hail of the brig, they at once ceased paddling, when,
+presenting my pistols at them, I ordered them instantly to go on, or I
+would shoot the whole of them. A proceeding so wholly unexpected threw
+them into great consternation, and, resuming their paddles, in a few
+moments, to my inexpressible delight, I once more found myself alongside
+of a Christian ship, a happiness which I had almost despaired of ever
+again enjoying. All the crew crowded to the side to see me as the canoe
+came up, and manifested much joy at my safety. I immediately leaped on
+board, where I was welcomed by the captain, Samuel Hill, of the brig
+_Lydia_ of Boston, who congratulated me on my escape, informing me that
+he had received my letter off Kloiz-zart[137] from the chief Machee
+Ulatilla, who came off himself in his canoe to deliver it to him, on
+which he immediately proceeded hither to aid me. I returned him my
+thanks in the best manner I could for his humanity, though I hardly knew
+what I said, such was the agitated state of my feelings at that moment,
+with joy for my escape, thankfulness to the Supreme Being who had so
+mercifully preserved me, and gratitude to those whom He had rendered
+instrumental in my delivery, that I have no doubt that, what with my
+strange dress, being painted with red and black from head to foot,
+having a bearskin wrapped around me, and my long hair, which I was not
+allowed to cut, fastened on the top of my head in a large bunch, with a
+sprig of green spruce, I must have appeared more like one deranged than
+a rational creature, as Captain Hill afterwards told me that he never
+saw anything in the form of man look so wild as I did when I first came
+on board.
+
+The captain then asked me into the cabin, where I found Maquina in
+irons, with a guard over him. He looked very melancholy, but on seeing
+me his countenance brightened up, and he expressed his pleasure with the
+welcome of "_Wocash_, John," when, taking him by the hand, I asked the
+captain's permission to take off his irons, assuring him that, as I was
+with him, there was no danger of his being in the least troublesome. He
+accordingly consented, and I felt a sincere pleasure in freeing from
+fetters a man who, though he had caused the death of my poor comrades,
+had nevertheless always proved my friend and protector, and whom I had
+requested to be thus treated, only with a view of securing my liberty.
+Maquina smiled, and appeared much pleased at this mark of attention from
+me. When I had freed the king from his irons, Captain Hill wished to
+learn the particulars of our capture, observing that an account of the
+destruction of the ship and her crew had been received at Boston before
+he sailed, but that nothing more was known, except that two of the men
+were living, for whose rescue the owners had offered a liberal reward,
+and that he had been able to get nothing out of the old man, whom the
+sailors had supplied so plentifully with grog as to bring him too much
+by the head to give any information.
+
+I gave him a correct statement of the whole proceeding, together with
+the manner in which my life and that of my comrade had been preserved.
+On hearing my story, he was greatly irritated against Maquina, and said
+he ought to be killed. I observed that, however ill he might have acted
+in taking our ship, yet that it might perhaps be wrong to judge an
+uninformed savage with the same severity as a civilised person, who had
+the light of religion and the laws of society to guide him. That
+Maquina's conduct in taking our ship arose from an insult that he
+thought he had received from Captain Salter, and from the unjustifiable
+conduct of some masters of vessels who had robbed him, and, without
+provocation, killed a number of his people. Besides, that a regard for
+the safety of others ought to prevent his being put to death, as I had
+lived long enough with these people to know that revenge of an injury is
+held sacred by them, and that they would not fail to retaliate, should
+we kill their king, on the first vessel or boat's crew that should give
+them an opportunity; and that, though he might consider executing him as
+but an act of justice, it would probably cost the lives of many
+Americans.
+
+The captain appeared to be convinced from what I said of the impolicy of
+taking Maquina's life, and said that he would leave it wholly with me
+whether to spare or kill him, as he was resolved to incur no censure in
+either case. I replied that I most certainly should never take the life
+of a man who had preserved mine, had I no other reason, but as there was
+some of the _Boston's_ property still remaining on shore, I considered
+it a duty that I owed to those who were interested in that ship, to try
+to save it for them, and with that view I thought it would be well to
+keep him on board till it was given up. He concurred in this proposal,
+saying, if there was any of the property left, it most certainly ought
+to be got.
+
+During this conversation Maquina was in great anxiety, as, from what
+English he knew, he perfectly comprehended the subject of our
+deliberation; constantly interrupting me to inquire what we had
+determined to do with him, what the captain said, if his life would be
+spared, and if I did not think that Thompson would kill him. I pacified
+him as well as I was able, by telling him that he had nothing to fear
+from the captain, that he would not be hurt, and that if Thompson
+wished to kill him, he would not be allowed to do it. He would then
+remind me that I was indebted to him for my life, and that I ought to do
+by him as he had done by me. I assured him that such was my intention,
+and I requested him to remain quiet, and not alarm himself, as no harm
+was intended him. But I found it extremely difficult to convince him of
+this, as it accorded so little with the ideas of revenge entertained by
+them. I told him, however, that he must restore all the property still
+in his possession belonging to the ship. This he was perfectly ready to
+do, happy to escape on such terms.
+
+But as it was now past five, and too late for the articles to be
+collected and brought off, I told him that he must content himself to
+remain on board with me that night, and in the morning he should be set
+on shore as soon as the things were delivered. To this he agreed, on
+condition that I would remain with him in the cabin. I then went upon
+deck, and the canoe that brought me having been sent back, I hailed the
+inhabitants and told them that their king had agreed to stay on board
+till the next day, when he would return, but that no canoes must attempt
+to come near the vessel during the night, as they would be fired upon.
+They answered, "_Woho, woho_"--"Very well, very well."
+
+I then returned to Maquina, but so great were his terrors, that he would
+not allow me to sleep, constantly disturbing me with his questions, and
+repeating, "John, you know, when you was alone, and more than five
+hundred men were your enemies, I was your friend, and prevented them
+from putting you and Thompson to death, and now I am in the power of
+your friends, you ought to do the same by me." I assured him that he
+would be detained on board no longer than whilst the property was
+released, and that as soon as it was done, he would be set at liberty.
+
+At daybreak I hailed the natives, and told them that it was Maquina's
+order that they should bring off the cannon and anchors, and whatever
+remained with them of the cargo of the ship. This they set about doing
+with the utmost expedition, transporting the cannon and anchors by
+lashing together two of their largest canoes, and covering them with
+planks, and in the course of two hours they delivered everything on
+board that I could recollect, with Thompson's and my chest, containing
+the papers of the ship, etc.
+
+When everything belonging to the ship had been restored, Maquina was
+permitted to return in his canoe, which had been sent for him, with a
+present of what skins he had collected, which were about sixty, for the
+captain, in acknowledgment of his having spared his life, and allowed
+him to depart unhurt.
+
+Such was also the transport he felt when Captain Hill came into the
+cabin, and told him that he was at liberty to go, that he threw off his
+mantle, which consisted of four of the very best skins, and gave it to
+him as a mark of his gratitude; in return for which the captain
+presented him with a new greatcoat and hat, with which he appeared much
+delighted. The captain then desired me to inform him that he should
+return to that part of the coast in November, and that he wished him to
+keep what skins he should get, which he would buy of him. This Maquina
+promised, saying to me at the same time, "John, you know I shall be then
+at Tashees, but when you come, make _pow_," which means, fire a gun, "to
+let me know, and I will come down." When he came to the side of the
+brig, he shook me cordially by the hand, and told me that he hoped I
+would come to see him again in a big ship, and bring much plenty of
+blankets, biscuit, molasses, and rum, for him and his son, who loved me
+a great deal; and that he would keep all the furs he got for me,
+observing at the same time, that he should never more take a letter of
+recommendation from any one, or ever trust himself on board a vessel
+unless I was there. Then, grasping both my hands with much emotion,
+while the tears trickled down his cheeks, he bade me farewell, and stept
+into the canoe, which immediately paddled him on shore.
+
+Notwithstanding my joy at my deliverance, and the pleasing anticipation
+I felt of once more beholding a civilised country, and again being
+permitted to offer up my devotions in a Christian church, I could not
+avoid experiencing a painful sensation on parting with the savage chief,
+who had preserved my life, and in general treated me with kindness, and,
+considering their ideas and manners, much better than could have been
+expected.
+
+My pleasure was also greatly damped by an unfortunate accident that
+occurred to Toowinnakinnish. That interesting young chief had come on
+board in the first canoe in the morning, anxious to see and comfort his
+king. He was received with much kindness by Captain Hill, from the
+favourable account I gave of him, and invited to remain on board. As the
+muskets were delivered, he was in the cabin with Maquina, where was
+also the captain, who, on receiving them, snapped a number in order to
+try the locks; unluckily one of them happened to be loaded with swan
+shot, and, going off, discharged its contents into the body of poor
+Toowinnakinnish, who was sitting opposite. On hearing the report, I
+instantly ran into the cabin, where I found him weltering in his blood,
+with the captain, who was greatly shocked at the accident, endeavouring
+to assist him.
+
+We raised him up, and did everything in our power to aid and comfort
+him, telling him that we felt much grieved at his misfortune, and that
+it was wholly unintentional; this he told me he was perfectly satisfied
+of, and while we dressed and bound up his wounds, in the best manner we
+could, he bore the pain with great calmness, and, bidding me farewell,
+was put on board one of the canoes and taken on shore, where, after
+languishing a few days, he expired. To me his misfortune was a source of
+much affliction, as he had no share in the massacre of our crew, was of
+a most amiable character, and had always treated me with the greatest
+kindness and hospitality.
+
+The brig being under weigh, immediately on Maquina's quitting us, we
+proceeded to the northward, constantly keeping the shore in sight, and
+touching at various places for the purpose of trading.
+
+Having already exceeded the bounds I had prescribed myself, I shall not
+attempt any account of our voyage upon the coast, or a description of
+the various nations we met with in the course of it, among whom were a
+people of a very singular appearance, called by the sailors the
+_Wooden-lips_.[138] They have many skins, and the trade is principally
+managed by their women, who are not only expert in making a bargain, but
+as dexterous in the management of their canoes as the men are elsewhere.
+
+After a period of nearly four months from our leaving Nootka, we
+returned from the northward to Columbia River, for the purpose of
+procuring masts, etc., for our brig, which had suffered considerably in
+her spars during a gale of wind. We proceeded about ten miles up the
+river to a small Indian village, where we heard from the inhabitants
+that Captains Clark and Lewis, from the United States of America, had
+been there about a fortnight before, on their journey overland, and had
+left several medals with them, which they showed us.[139] The river at
+this place is of considerable breadth, and both sides of it from its
+entrance covered with forests of the very finest pine timber, fir, and
+spruce, interspersed with Indian settlements.
+
+From this place, after providing ourselves with spars, we sailed for
+Nootka, where we arrived in the latter part of November.[140] The tribe
+being absent, the agreed signal was given, by firing a cannon, and in a
+few hours after a canoe appeared, which landed at the village, and,
+putting the king on shore, came off to the brig. Inquiry was immediately
+made by Kinneclimmets, who was one of the three men in the canoe, if
+John was there, as the king had some skins to sell them if he was. I
+then went forward and invited them on board, with which they readily
+complied, telling me that Maquina had a number of skins with him, but
+that he would not come on board unless I would go on shore for him. This
+I agreed to, provided they would remain in the brig in the meantime. To
+this they consented, and the captain, taking them into the cabin,
+treated them with bread and molasses. I then went on shore in the canoe,
+notwithstanding the remonstrances of Thompson and the captain, who,
+though he wanted the skins, advised me by no means to put myself in
+Maquina's power; but I assured him that I had no fear as long as those
+men were on board.
+
+As I landed, Maquina came up and welcomed me with much joy: on inquiring
+for the men, I told him that they were to remain till my return. "Ah,
+John," said he, "I see you are afraid to trust me, but if they had come
+with you, I should not have hurt you, though I should have taken good
+care not to let you go on board of another vessel." He then took his
+chest of skins, and, stepping into the canoe, I paddled him alongside
+the brig, where he was received and treated by Captain Hill with the
+greatest cordiality, who bought of him his skins. He left us much
+pleased with his reception, inquiring of me how many moons it would be
+before I should come back again to see him and his son; saying that he
+would keep all his furs for me, and that as soon as my son, who was then
+about five months old, was of a suitable age to take from his mother, he
+would send for him, and take care of him as his own.[141]
+
+As soon as Maquina had quitted us, we got under weigh, and stood again
+to the northward. We continued on the coast until the 11th of August,
+1806,[142] when, having completed our trade, we sailed for China, to the
+great joy of all our crew, and particularly so to me. With a degree of
+satisfaction that I can ill express, did I quit a coast to which I was
+resolved nothing should again tempt me to return, and as the tops of the
+mountains sank in the blue waves of the ocean, I seemed to feel my heart
+lightened of an oppressive load.
+
+We had a prosperous passage to China, arriving at Macao in December,
+from whence the brig proceeded to Canton. There I had the good fortune
+to meet a townsman and an old acquaintance in the mate of an English
+East Indiaman, named John Hill, whose father, a wealthy merchant in Hull
+in the Baltic trade, was a next-door neighbour to mine. Shortly after
+our arrival, the captain being on board of an English ship, and
+mentioning his having had the good fortune to liberate two men of the
+_Boston's_ crew from the savages, and that one of them was named Jewitt,
+my former acquaintance immediately came on board the brig to see me.
+
+Words can ill express my feelings on seeing him. Circumstanced as I was,
+among persons who were entire strangers to me, to meet thus in a foreign
+land with one between whom and myself a considerable intimacy had
+subsisted, was a pleasure that those alone who have been in a similar
+situation can properly estimate. He appeared on his part no less happy
+to see me, whom he supposed to be dead, as the account of our capture
+had been received in England some time before his sailing, and all my
+friends supposed me to have been murdered. From this young man I
+received every attention and aid that a feeling heart interested in the
+fate of another could confer. He supplied me with a new suit of clothes
+and a hat, a small sum of money for my necessary expenses, and a number
+of little articles for sea stores on my voyage to America. I also gave
+him a letter for my father, in which I mentioned my wonderful
+preservation and escape through the humanity of Captain Hill, with whom
+I should return to Boston. This letter he enclosed to his father by a
+ship that was just sailing, in consequence of which it was received much
+earlier than it otherwise would have been.
+
+We left China in February 1807, and, after a pleasant voyage of one
+hundred and fourteen days, arrived at Boston. My feelings on once more
+finding myself in a Christian country, among a people speaking the same
+language with myself, may be more readily conceived than expressed. In
+the post office in that place I found a letter for me from my mother,
+acknowledging the receipt of mine from China, expressing the great joy
+of my family on hearing of my being alive and well, whom they had for a
+long time given up for dead, and requesting me to write to them on
+receiving her letter, which I accordingly did. While in Boston I was
+treated with much kindness and hospitality by the owners of the ship
+_Boston_, Messrs. Francis and Thomas Amory of that place, to whom I feel
+myself under great obligations for their goodness to me, and the
+assistance which they so readily afforded a stranger in distress.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[137] This seems another variant of Klaosaht.
+
+[138] These are doubtless the Hydahs and their kindred, the women of
+whom insert a wooden or ivory trough in their lower lip.
+
+[139] Lewis and Clark reached the mouth of Columbia River on the 15th of
+November 1805, and wintered at "Fort Clatsop," as they called their
+dwelling among the then numerous Clatsop Indians, until the 23rd of
+March 1806, when they began the return journey. The Indians have long
+ago vanished from the lower Columbia, the remnant of the Clatsops, and
+the Chinooks on the opposite side, now wearing out the tribal existence
+in inland Reservations. But it is still possible to come across one of
+the medals which the explorers distributed amongst them.
+
+[140] It is clear, therefore, from this statement that Lewis and Clark
+had left Fort Clatsop much more than a fortnight before the vessel in
+which Jewitt was arrived there; for it is impossible to suppose that the
+latter took from April to November to get at spars and make the return
+voyage to Nootka. But the journal of Lewis and Clark was not published
+until 1814, so that, when Jewitt wrote, he had no ready means of
+checking the Indians' statement, though neither he nor his editor seems
+to have troubled books much.
+
+[141] The cavalier manner in which Jewitt abandons his family is quite
+in the fur-trader's fashion. It does not seem that he even asked to see
+his Indian "princess!"
+
+[142] If Jewitt's information about the departure of Lewis and Clark
+from the Columbia River is even approximately accurate, the date must be
+wrong by a year, and the subsequent one quite as far out of the due
+reckoning. 1806 may be a misprint for 1807.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX
+
+
+I. THE "BOSTON'S" CREW
+
+    Names of the Crew of the Ship _Boston_, belonging to Boston in
+    Massachusetts, owned by Messrs. F. and T. Amory, Merchants of
+    that place--All of whom, excepting two, were on the 22nd of
+    March, 1803, barbarously murdered by the savages of Nootka.
+
+  John Salter,             of Boston,                   Captain.
+  B. Delouisa,                Ditto,                    Chief Mate.
+  William Ingraham,        of New York,                 Second Mate.
+  Edward Thompson,         of Blyth (England),          Boatswain.
+  Adam Siddle,             of Hull,   ditto,            Carpenter.
+  Philip Brown,            of Cambridge (Mass.),        Joiner.
+  John Dorthy,             of Situate,   ditto,         Blacksmith.
+  Abraham Waters,          of Philadelphia,             Steward.
+  Francis Duffield,        of Penton (England),         Tailor.
+  John Wilson (blackman),  of Virginia,                 Cook.
+  William Caldwell,        of Boston,                   Seaman.
+  Joseph Miner,            of Newport,                  Ditto.
+  William Robinson,        of Leigh[143] (Scotland),    Ditto.
+  Thomas Wilson,           of Air,[144]    ditto,       Ditto.
+  Andrew Kelly,            Ditto,          ditto,       Ditto.
+  Robert Burton,           of the Isle of Man,          Ditto.
+  James M'Clay,            of Dublin,                   Ditto.
+  Thomas Platten,          of Blackney, Norfolk, Eng.   Ditto.
+  Thomas Newton,           of Hull,               "     Ditto.
+  Charles Bates,           of St. James Deeping,  "     Ditto.
+  John Hall,               of Newcastle,          "     Ditto.
+  Samuel Wood,             of Glasgow (Scotland),       Ditto.
+  Peter Alstrom,           Norwegian,                   Ditto.
+  Francis Marten,          Portuguese,                  Ditto.
+  Jupiter Senegal (blackman)                            Ditto.
+  John Thompson,           Philadelphia,                Sail Maker,
+                                           who escaped--since dead.
+  John R. Jewitt,          of Hull (England),           Armourer,
+
+the writer of the Journal from whence this Narrative is taken, and who
+at present, March 1815, resides in Middletown, in the State of
+Connecticut.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[143] Leith.
+
+[144] Ayr.
+
+
+
+
+II. WAR-SONG OF THE NOOTKA TRIBE
+
+_Commencing with a Chorus repeated at the end of each line._
+
+    Hah-yee hah yar har, he yar hah.
+    Hah-yah hee yar har--he yar hah.
+    Iye ie ee yah har--ee yie hah.
+    Ie yar ee yar hah--ee yar yah.
+    Ie yar ee I yar yar hah--Ie yar ee yee yah!
+
+    Ie-yee ma hi-chill at-sish Kla-ha--Hah-ye-hah.
+    Que nok ar parts arsh waw--Ie yie-yar.
+    Waw-hoo naks sar hasch--Yar-hah. I-yar hee I-yar.
+    Waw hoo naks ar hasch yak-queets sish ni-ese,
+    Waw har. Hie yee ah-hah.
+
+Repeated over and over, with gestures and brandishing of weapons.
+
+
+_Note._
+
+_Ie-yee ma hi-chill_ signifies, "Ye do not know." It appears to be a
+poetical mode of expression, the common one for "You do not know" being
+_Wik-kum-atash_; from this, it would seem that they have two languages,
+one for their songs and another for common use. The general meaning of
+this first stanza appears to be, "Ye little know, ye men of Klahar, what
+valiant warriors we are. Poorly can our foes contend with us, when we
+come on with our daggers," etc.
+
+The Nootkians have no songs of an historical nature, nor do they appear
+to have any tradition respecting their origin.[145]
+
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[145] That is not quite true. They have several of a vague order: one,
+for example, is that all the Indians are sprung from Quawteaht and the
+Thunder Birds. Another is that all the tribes on the West Coast come
+from the west; the different tribes having sprung from the canoes full
+of migrants stranded by a storm here and there, and so forth.
+
+
+
+
+III. A LIST OF WORDS
+
+_In the Nootkian Language, the most in use._[146]
+
+
+  Check-up,                 Man.
+  Kloots-mah,               Woman.
+  Noowexa,                  Father.
+  Hooma-hexa,               Mother.
+  Tanassis,                 Child.
+  Katlahtik,                Brother.
+  Kloot-chem-up,            Sister.
+  Tanassis-check-up,        Son.
+  Tanassis-kloots-mah,      Daughter.
+  Tau-hat-se-tee,           Head.
+  Kassee,                   Eye.
+  Hap-se-up,                Hair.
+  Neetsa,                   Nose.
+  Parpee,                   Ears.
+  Chee-chee,                Teeth.
+  Choop,                    Tongue.
+  Kook-a-nik-sa,            Hands.
+  Klish-klin,               Feet.
+  Oop-helth,                Sun or Moon.
+  Tar-toose,                Stars.
+  Sie-yah,                  Sky.
+  Toop-elth,                Sea.
+  Cha-hak,                  Fresh water.
+  Meet-la,                  Rain.
+  Queece,                   Snow.
+  Noot-chee,                Mountain or hill.
+  Kla-tur-miss,             Earth.
+  Een-nuk-see,              Fire or fuel.
+  Mook-see,                 Rock.
+  Muk-ka-tee,               House.
+  Wik,                      No.
+  He-ho,                    Yes.
+  Kak-koelth,               Slave.
+  Mah-hack,                 Whale.
+  Klack-e-miss,             Oil.
+  Quart-lak,                Sea-otter.
+  Coo-coo-ho-sa,            Seal.
+  Moo-watch,                Bear.
+  So-har,                   Salmon.
+  Toosch-qua,               Cod.
+  Pow-ee,                   Halibut.
+  Kloos-a-mit,              Herring.
+  Chap-atz,                 Canoe.
+  Oo-wha-pa,                Paddle.
+  Chee-me-na,               Fish-hook.
+  Chee-men,                 Fish-hooks.
+  Sick-a-minny,             Iron.
+  Toophelth,                Cloth.
+  Cham-mass,                Fruit.
+  Cham-mas-sish,            Sweet or pleasant to the taste.
+  Moot-sus,                 Powder.
+  Chee-pokes,               Copper.
+  Hah-welks,                Hungry.
+  Nee-sim-mer-hise,         Enough.
+  Chat-ta-yek,              Knife or dagger.
+  Klick-er-yek,             Rings.
+  Quish-ar,                 Smoke.
+  Mar-met-ta,               Goose or duck.
+  Pook-shit-tle,            To blow.
+  Een-a-qui-shit-tle,       To kindle a fire.
+  Ar-teese,                 To bathe.
+  Ma-mook-su-mah,           To go to fish.
+  Smootish-check-up,        Warrior.
+  Cha-alt-see klat-tur wah, Go off, or go away.
+  Ma-kook,                  To sell.
+  Kah-ah-pah-chilt,         Give me something.
+  Oo-nah,                   How many.
+  Iy ah-ish,                Much.
+  Ko-mme-tak,               I understand.
+  I-yee ma hak,             I do not understand.
+  Em-ma-chap,               To play.
+  Kle-whar,                 To laugh.
+  Mac-kam-mah-sish,         Do you want to buy.
+  Kah-ah-coh,               Bring it.
+  Sah-wauk,                 One.
+  Att-la,                   Two.
+  Kat-sa,                   Three.
+  Mooh,                     Four.
+  Soo-chah,                 Five.
+  Noo-poo,                  Six.
+  At-tle-poo,               Seven.
+  At-lah-quelth,            Eight.
+  Saw-wauk-quelth,          Nine.
+  Hy-o,                     Ten.
+  Sak-aitz,                 Twenty.
+  Soo-jewk,                 One hundred.
+  Hy-e-oak,                 One thousand.
+
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[146] Most of the words in this vocabulary are given with reasonable
+correctness, though the transliteration is somewhat primitive. A fuller
+and more accurate one may be found in the Appendix to Sproat's _Scenes
+and Studies of Savage Life_ (1868), pp. 295-309, so that it is not
+necessary to annotate the present one. Those in Cook's _Voyage_ and in
+Dawson and Tolmie's _Comparative Vocabularies of the Indian Tribes of
+British Columbia_ (1884), are short and imperfect. I have a much fuller
+one in manuscript.
+
+
+
+
+INDEX
+
+
+    PAGE
+
+Aht Indians, The, 19
+---- The various tribes of, 23
+
+A-y-chart, Journey to, 193
+---- Natives, conflict with, 194
+
+
+Bear, Capture of the, 164
+---- Management of the, 163
+
+Boston, Arrival at, 244
+---- Reception at, by friends, 245
+
+_Boston_, The--
+  Burning of, 83
+  Capture of, 32, 64
+  List of crew of, 247
+  Murder of crew of, 68
+
+
+Canoes, Description of, 124
+
+Cayuquets, The, 136
+
+China, Arrival at, 244
+
+Celebration, A religious, 205
+
+Climate, 221
+
+Cook and Vancouver, 38
+
+Cooptee, Town of, 145, 168
+
+
+Death, Indian customs observed at, 173
+
+
+Feast, An Indian, 80
+
+Fruit, Various kinds of, 162
+
+
+Geese, Mode of capture of, 208
+
+
+Herring, Mode of capture of, 171
+
+Hull, Leave-taking at, 51
+
+
+Klaizzarts, The, 132
+
+Kla-oo-quates, The, 134
+
+Kletsup Root, Description of, 167
+
+
+Ife-waw, Method of securing, 116
+
+
+Jewitt--
+  Birth of, 43
+  Domestic management, 204
+  Early life of, 44
+  Illness of, 212
+  Marriage of, 201
+  Parentage of, 43
+  Proposal to release, 232
+  Proposal to murder, 214
+  Reception of, by savages, 70
+  Received by Captain Hill, 235
+  Sufferings from cold, 211
+  Suspicions of, by Maquina, 228
+  Termination of captivity, 234
+
+Journal, Jewitt's, Commencement of, 89
+
+
+King, Privileges of the, 215
+
+
+Language, Commencement to learn, 93
+
+_Lydia_, The, Arrival of, 224
+----Departure of, 241
+----Letter to captain of, 227
+
+
+_Manchester_, The, 154
+
+Maquina--, 59, 188
+  Capture and Imprisonment of, 229
+  Council concerning, 236
+  Release of, 238
+  Visit of, to the _Lydia_, 243
+
+Mooachats, The, 38
+
+Moon, Eclipse of the, in 1805, 208
+
+
+Newchemass, The, 136
+
+Native, Indecent burial of a, 212
+
+Natives, Intercourse with, 58
+
+Nettinahts, The, 21
+
+Nootka Sound, 28, 95
+---- ---- Return to, 72
+---- ---- Voyage to, 53
+
+Nootkians, The--
+  Complexion and physique, 113
+  Diseases of, 220
+  Dress of, 105
+  Filthiness of, 187
+  Food of, 110
+  General conduct of, 225
+  Houses of, 97
+  Mode of living of, 108
+  Musical instruments of, 129
+  Ornaments and decorations of, 115, 117
+  Personal appearance of, 112
+  Religion of, 216
+  Slaves of, 130
+  Sports of, 120
+  Superstitions of, 217
+  War-song of, 248
+
+Nootkian language, List of words, 249
+
+
+Porpoises, Sea, Capture of, 56
+
+
+Quahootze, The celebration of, 165
+
+
+Salmon, Method of capture of the, 121, 148
+
+Salter, Captain John, 48, 55
+
+Savages, Treatment of, by English Commanders, 156, 161
+
+Savagedom in Western Vancouver, 16
+
+Sea-otter, Description of the, 120
+
+Sundays at Nootka, 142
+
+
+Tashees, 147
+
+Thompson--
+  Escape by stratagem of, 74
+  Escape from death of, 90
+  Reception of, by crew of the _Lydia_, 232
+
+Tootoosch--
+  Description of, 174
+  Death of, 181
+  Funeral of, 182
+  Singular Derangement of, 176
+
+Toowinnakinnish, 235, 240
+
+Trade, Articles of, 137
+
+Tribes, Arrival of neighbouring, 77
+
+Twins, Custom at birth of, 218
+
+
+Ulatilla, 198
+
+Upquesta, Town of, 168
+----Reception at, 169
+
+
+War, Preparations for, with the A-y-charts, 192
+
+Whale, Method of capture of, 122, 178
+
+Whale-oil, Method of procuring, 179
+
+Whaling, Observances preparatory to, 180
+
+Wickinninish Native, Insult of, 191
+
+Wife, Departure of Jewitt's, 213
+
+Wooden-lips, The, 241
+
+
+Yama fruit, Species of, 161
+
+Yealthlower, Cruelty of, 207
+
+
+MORRISON AND GIBB, PRINTERS, EDINBURGH.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    The Investors' Review.
+    EDITED BY A. J. WILSON.
+
+    MONTHLY, 1S. NET.
+
+Vol. I. (1892) and Vol. II. (1893). _Cloth, 21s. each._ Vol. III.
+(January-June 1894), Vol. IV. (July-December 1894), Vol. V.
+(January-June 1895), and Vol. VI. (July-December 1895). _Cloth, 7s. 6d.
+net._
+
+THE INVESTORS' REVIEW is entirely independent. It deals with all
+subjects which may affect the value of investments, social and
+political, as well as financial.
+
+Besides articles on economic questions and the economic side of
+politics, written from original standpoints, the INVESTORS' REVIEW
+contains many notes and hints on subjects of current interest to
+investors, carefully compiled historical analyses of individual
+Joint-Stock Companies, short r�sum�s of the latest published Company
+Balance-Sheets, and occasional Critical Notes on New Investments offered
+to the public of any plausibility or importance. These are invariably
+written from the point of view of an impartial and experienced observer.
+
+This Review is indispensable to all who desire, not mere market tips,
+but the actual truth about public securities. It allows them to see the
+inside of London finance with a thoroughness and outspokenness no other
+publication of the kind attempts.
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    The Investment Index.
+    A Quarterly Supplement to the
+    "Investors' Review."
+
+    PRICE 2S NET.
+
+Contains a List of Securities, arranged in the order of the London Stock
+Exchange Official List, and their yields at current prices indicated, in
+a clear and effective manner, so as to enable investors to see at a
+glance what stocks pay and what their position is. Selections from
+Provincial Stock Exchange Lists are also included.
+
+In addition to this List, the Investment Index contains plain critical
+notes on balance-sheets, on the finances of foreign states and
+municipalities, and other matters of interest to people with money
+invested or to invest.
+
+    _OPINIONS OF THE PRESS._
+
+    "The compilation of securities is particularly valuable."--_Pall
+    Mall Gazette._
+
+    "Its carefully classified list of securities will be found very
+    valuable."--_Globe._
+
+    "At no time has such a list of securities been more valuable
+    than at the present."--_Star._
+
+    "It forms an admirable book of reference, and is a useful
+    supplement to the well-known Review."--_Newcastle Daily
+    Chronicle._
+
+    "Contains a mass of information that will be found most valuable
+    by investors."--_Liverpool Mercury._
+
+    "Should be useful to people with money invested or to
+    invest."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "A most excellent and useful compilation which should be in the
+    hands of every investor."--_Sketch._
+
+    "A useful publication for the searcher after
+    investments."--_Sun._
+
+    "A most valuable compilation."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE HISTORY OF CURRENCY,
+    1252-1894.
+
+Being an Account of the Gold and Silver Moneys and Monetary Standards of
+Europe and America, together with an Examination of the effects of
+Currency and Exchange Phenomena on Commercial and National Progress and
+Well-being.
+
+    BY WILLIAM A. SHAW, M. A.
+
+    _Second Edition. Price 15s._
+
+    "A valuable addition to economic literature...."--_The Times._
+
+    "L'auteur a rendu un signal� service � la science �conomique par
+    la publication de son volume."--_Journal des D�bats._
+
+    "Mr. Shaw's work possesses a permanent historical interest far
+    transcending the present battle of the standards."--_The N. Y.
+    Nation._
+
+    "There have been few more important contributions to the
+    currency controversy."--_Scotsman._
+
+
+    _BY THE SAME AUTHOR._
+
+    Select Tracts and Documents
+    illustrative of
+    English Monetary History,
+    1626-1730.
+
+    _Comprising Works of_
+
+    Sir ROBERT COTTON; HENRY ROBINSON; Sir RICHARD TEMPLE and J. S.;
+    Sir ISAAC NEWTON; JOHN CONDUITT; together with Extracts from the
+    Domestic State Papers at H.M. Record Office. Price 6s.
+
+    "Mr. Shaw has done the students of currency history a service in
+    publishing this volume."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "The volume is welcome, both for its illustrations of economic
+    theory and as a contribution to currency history. It need
+    scarcely be said that Mr. Shaw does his editing
+    well."--_Saturday Review._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    A Glossary of Colloquial, Slang,
+    and Technical Terms
+    IN USE ON THE STOCK EXCHANGE AND IN THE MONEY MARKET.
+
+    EDITED BY A. J. WILSON.
+
+This little Work covers more ground than its title implies, since it
+embraces not only the Language peculiar to the Stock Markets, but often
+goes beyond that, and offers its Readers valuable counsel.
+
+    _Price 3s._
+
+    "A good deal of useful information is here presented in a very
+    handy form."--_Times._
+
+    "The work is a most useful one, and admirable in many
+    respects."--_Pall Mall Gazette._
+
+    "The book fills a gap among works of reference."--_Morning
+    Post._
+
+    "A handbook which will no doubt prove useful to a considerable
+    circle."--_Manchester City News._
+
+    "A mastery of its contents should be worth hundreds of pounds to
+    people who have to deal with the Stock Exchange
+    fraternity."--_Manchester Courier._
+
+    "A book that will be found useful in the offices of a large
+    class of business houses."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "The explanations will be found helpful to all who wish to have
+    a clear understanding of the language of the money and stock
+    markets."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+
+    Labour, Socialism, and Strikes.
+
+    By YVES GUYOT,
+    Political Editor of "Le Si�cle," formerly Minister of Public Works
+      in France.
+    _With an introductory Note by A. J. WILSON._
+
+    Paper covers, 1s.; cloth, 1s. 6d.
+
+    "We would suggest to Socialists that they could find no better
+    theme on which to base their controversial lectures than the
+    declaration of war proclaimed against them by Mr.
+    Guyot."--_Reynolds' Newspaper._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    HEROES IN HOMESPUN.
+    Scenes and Stories From the American
+    Emancipation Movement.
+
+    BY ASCOTT R. HOPE,
+    AUTHOR OF "MEN OF THE BACKWOODS," "REDSKIN AND PALEFACE,"
+    "ROYAL YOUTHS," ETC. ETC.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 6s._
+
+    "If these stories were fiction, we should exclaim at nearly
+    every page, 'How impossible this would be in real
+    life!'"--_Daily Chronicle._
+
+    "The book is full of exciting interest which frequently becomes
+    positive romance."--_Literary World._
+
+    "All these stories are admirably told in this record of one of
+    the noblest campaigns in history."--_Westminster Gazette._
+
+    "Mr. Hope carries us on with never-flagging swiftness, and when
+    we read the last page we are sorry to find there is not a second
+    volume."--_British Weekly._
+
+    "This book will serve to keep some noble memories
+    green."--_Speaker._
+
+    "Would make a capital gift-book for boys."--_Publishers'
+    Circular._
+
+    "Boys will glory in the book, and adults will find information
+    mingled with unflagging interest that now and again becomes
+    excitement."--_Christian World._
+
+    "The book is a valuable contribution to the literature of the
+    subject."--_St. James's Gazette._
+
+
+    THE
+    SECRET OF WARDALE COURT.
+    And Other Stories.
+
+    BY ANDR�E HOPE.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 6s._
+
+A Collection of Tales, all more or less sad in tone, by a comparatively
+new writer of great promise.
+
+    "The author handles her themes with an ability that should
+    obtain a very favourable reception for her stories."--_Morning
+    Post._
+
+    "Four excellent stories."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "'The Secret of Wardale Court' is a well-told mystery, exciting
+    at some points and engrossing all through."--_Birmingham Daily
+    Post._
+
+    "Written with remarkable power."--_Daily Telegraph._
+
+    "Four clever tales, three of which at least are highly
+    exciting."--_Athen�um._
+
+    "Unusually well written."--_Saturday Review._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE LIFE OF
+    THOMAS WANLESS, PEASANT.
+
+    _New Edition. One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 3s. 6d._
+
+    "A very powerful story of social wrongs."--_Baptist._
+
+    "The style is remarkable for its power and simplicity, and everything
+    and everybody depicted in the story are real and vivid."--_Bradford
+    Observer._
+
+    "This is a powerful and realistic book--sad but inspiring."--S.E.
+    KEBBLE in _Methodist Times_.
+
+    "The story contains much strong writing and some thoroughly dramatic
+    situations."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "It is obviously sincere and faithful, and proceeds from a genuine
+    sympathy with the unheroic lives which it portrays."--_Sun._
+
+
+    BY THE SAME AUTHOR.
+
+    NICOL THAIN, MATERIALIST.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 5s._
+
+    "This book will be read, if only for the sake of its merciless
+    realism."--_Spectator._
+
+    "As an artist he has found his feet.... His method is biting and stern,
+    his grip on the attention is masterful.... It is impossible to resist
+    the impression that all the characters have been studied from actual
+    models."--_Birmingham Daily Post._
+
+    "It is a great advance on the author's 'Life of Thomas Wanless,
+    Peasant,' ... one is not inclined to find much fault with a novel
+    which gives such clear evidence of genuine power, and is written
+    with such freshness and vigour."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "The book is somewhat gloomy, but contains strong dramatic
+    episodes."--_Baptist._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    ROBERT BURNS.
+    THE POEMS, EPISTLES, SONGS, EPIGRAMS,
+    AND EPITAPHS.
+
+    Edited by JAS. A. MANSON.
+
+    _With Notes, Index, Glossary, and Biographical Sketch._
+
+    _Price 5s. Two Volumes, small 8vo, cloth, gilt top._
+
+    "The biographical sketch is carefully executed, and not too
+    enthusiastic for the occasion."--_Times._
+
+    "Is deserving of notice on account not only of the excellence of its
+    paper and typography, but of the sane way in which the personal
+    character and literary qualities of the author of 'Tam O' Shanter'
+    are appraised in the biographical sketch which serves by way of
+    introduction."--_Daily News._
+
+    "Its price, its completeness, and the care bestowed in the arrangement
+    of its contents, their annotation, and the preparation of a glossary,
+    should have vogue with the admirers of Burns."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "Mr. James A. Manson, the editor, has written a biographical
+    introduction, in which he takes a temperate and common-sense view of
+    the poet."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "The volumes are such a treat to handle and read that they are certain
+    to be popular."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "To anyone in search of a 'Burns' we thoroughly recommend this
+    scholarly and beautiful edition."--_Freeman's Journal._
+
+    "Contains an admirable biographical sketch, which, unlike most
+    biographies, overlooks with kindly eye the follies of the erratic
+    genius."--_Graphic._
+
+    "There are several features in connection with the work which in our
+    opinion specially commend it to admirers of our national poet at this
+    time. While it is one of the smallest and handiest editions, it is
+    also one of the most complete."--_People's Friend._
+
+    "A most attractive edition."--_Cassel's Saturday Journal._
+
+    "The thoroughness of the notes and the fulness and clearness of the
+    English equivalents in the glossary unite in making this one of the
+    very best editions of Burns ever published."--_North British Daily
+    Mail._
+
+    "A noble edition, which holds its place well with all rivals."--_Irish
+    Times._
+
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE ADVENTURES OF
+    JOHN JEWITT,
+    ONLY SURVIVOR OF THE CREW OF THE SHIP
+    _BOSTON_,
+    DURING A CAPTIVITY OF NEARLY THREE YEARS AMONG THE
+    _INDIANS OF NOOTKA SOUND_,
+    IN VANCOUVER ISLAND.
+
+    _Edited, with an Introduction and Notes_,
+    BY
+    DR. ROBERT BROWN, M.A., F.L.S.,
+    COMMANDER OF THE FIRST VANCOUVER EXPLORING EXPEDITION, ETC.
+
+
+    _SUNDIAL SERIES._
+    NO. I.
+    A CHRISTIAN WITH TWO WIVES.
+
+    BY REV. DENNIS HIRD, M.A.,
+    _Rector of Eastnor_;
+    AUTHOR OF "TODDLE ISLAND," ETC.
+
+    Paper covers, 1s.; cloth, gilt top, 2s.
+
+    _Other Sundials will follow by various Authors._
+
+
+CLEMENT WILSON,
+29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.
+
+The following words appear both with and without hyphens and have not
+been changed: Ai-tiz-zarts, Cay-u-quets, Kla-iz-zarts, Noot-chee.
+
+Hyphen added: ear[-]rings (page 118), otter[-]skin (page 153),
+sail[-]maker (page 35), saw[-]mills (page 61).
+
+Hyphen removed: fresh[-]water (page 221), good[-]will (pages 92, 93).
+
+List of illustrations: page number 151 changed to 149.
+
+Page 129: "as" changed to "at" (at war, whaling and fishing).
+
+Page 250: The word "Moot-sus, Powder" was restored from another book.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 38010-8.txt or 38010-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/8/0/1/38010
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/38010-8.zip b/38010-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1380bfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-8.zip
diff --git a/38010-h.zip b/38010-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2078c20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h.zip
diff --git a/38010-h/38010-h.htm b/38010-h/38010-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1b2b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/38010-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,9306 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Adventures of John Jewitt, by John Rodgers Jewitt</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+    text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .75em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin-bottom: .75em;
+}
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+table {
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+    /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+    position: absolute;
+    left: 92%;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    text-align: right;
+} /* page numbers */
+
+.blockquot {
+    margin-left: 5%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.sidenote {
+    width: 20%;
+    padding-bottom: .5em;
+    padding-top: .5em;
+    padding-left: .5em;
+    padding-right: .5em;
+    margin-left: 1em;
+    float: right;
+    clear: right;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    color: black;
+    background: #eeeeee;
+    border: dashed 1px;
+}
+
+.center   {text-align: center;}
+
+.right    {text-align: right;}
+
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.u        {text-decoration: underline;}
+
+.caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+/* Images */
+.figcenter   {
+    margin: auto;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.figleft {
+    float: left;
+    clear: left;
+    margin-left: 0;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-right: 1em;
+    padding: 0;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.figright {
+    float: right;
+    clear: right;
+    margin-left: 1em;
+    margin-bottom:
+    1em;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-right: 0;
+    padding: 0;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+/* Footnotes */
+.footnotes        {border: dashed 1px;}
+
+.footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.footnote .label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    vertical-align: super;
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration:
+    none;
+}
+
+/* Poetry */
+.poem {
+    margin-left:10%;
+    margin-right:10%;
+    text-align: left;
+}
+
+.tnote {
+  border: dashed 1px;
+  margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;
+  padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+  padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;
+}
+
+    hr.full { width: 100%;
+              margin-top: 3em;
+              margin-bottom: 0em;
+              margin-left: auto;
+              margin-right: auto;
+              height: 4px;
+              border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */
+              border-style: solid;
+              border-color: #000000;
+              clear: both; }
+    pre      {font-size: 85%;}
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Adventures of John Jewitt, by John
+Rodgers Jewitt, Edited by Robert Brown</h1>
+<pre>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre>
+<p>Title: The Adventures of John Jewitt</p>
+<p>       Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship Boston During a Captivity of Nearly Three Years Among the Indians of Nootka Sound in Vancouver Island</p>
+<p>Author: John Rodgers Jewitt</p>
+<p>Editor: Robert Brown</p>
+<p>Release Date: November 14, 2011  [eBook #38010]</p>
+<p>Language: English</p>
+<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p>
+<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT***</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<h4>E-text prepared by Moti Ben-Ari<br />
+    and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br />
+    (<a href="http://www.pgdp.net">http://www.pgdp.net</a>)<br />
+    from page images generously made available by<br />
+    Internet Archive<br />
+    (<a href="http://www.archive.org">http://www.archive.org</a>)</h4>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<table border="0" style="background-color: #ccccff;margin: 0 auto;" cellpadding="10">
+  <tr>
+    <td valign="top">
+      Note:
+    </td>
+    <td>
+      Images of the original pages are available through
+      Internet Archive. See
+      <a href="http://www.archive.org/details/adventuresofjohn00jewiuoft">
+      http://www.archive.org/details/adventuresofjohn00jewiuoft</a>
+   </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span><br /></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 250px;">
+<a href="images/i002.jpg"><img src="images/i002-t.jpg" width="250" height="300" alt="Portrait of Dr. Robert Brown" title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />Portrait of Dr. Robert Brown</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p>
+
+<h1>THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT</h1>
+
+<div class="center">
+ONLY SURVIVOR OF THE CREW OF THE SHIP<br />
+<i>BOSTON</i><br />
+DURING A CAPTIVITY OF NEARLY THREE YEARS<br />
+AMONG THE<br />
+INDIANS OF NOOTKA SOUND<br />
+IN VANCOUVER ISLAND
+<br /><br />
+EDITED<br />
+<i>WITH AN INTRODUCTION AND NOTES</i><br />
+BY
+</div>
+
+<h2>ROBERT BROWN, Ph.D., M.A., F.L.S.</h2>
+<div class="center">
+COMMANDER OF THE FIRST VANCOUVER EXPLORING EXPEDITION<br />
+<br />
+WITH THIRTEEN ILLUSTRATIONS<br />
+<br /><br /><br />
+CLEMENT WILSON<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 Paternoster Row, London, E.C.</span><br />
+1896<br />
+<br />
+[<i>All Rights Reserved</i>]
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span></p>
+<div class="center">
+MORRISON AND GIBB, PRINTERS, EDINBURGH
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p>
+<h2>IN MEMORY</h2>
+
+
+<p>A sad interest attaches to this little book. Although
+published after his death, and therefore deprived of his
+final revision, it was not the last work which Dr. Robert
+Brown did. His manuscript was actually completed
+many months ago, but at his own request it was returned
+to him to receive a last careful overhaul at his
+hands. This revision had been practically finished,
+and the MS. lay ready uppermost among the papers in
+his desk, where it was found after his death. Dr. Brown
+died on the morning of the 26th of October, 1895, working
+almost to his last hour. Before the leader he had
+written for the <i>Standard</i> on the evening of the 25th had
+come under the eyes of its readers, the hand that had
+penned it was cold in death. Between the evening and
+the morning he went home. He was only fifty-three,
+but "a righteous man, though he die before his time,
+shall be at rest."</p>
+
+<p>And in one sense Dr. Brown needed rest&mdash;ay, even
+this last and sweetest rest of all. His life had been one
+of unremitting work&mdash;work well done, which the busy,
+hurrying world mostly heeded not, knowing naught of
+the hand that did it. Some twenty years ago, when I
+first knew him, he was a fair, stalwart Northerner, full of
+vigour, mirthful also, and apparently looking out on the
+voyage of life with the confident, joyous eye of one who<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span>
+felt he had strength within him to conquer. His latter
+days were saddened by incessant toil, performed in
+weakness of body and jadedness of brain, and by the
+feeling that his best work, the work into which he put
+his rich stores of knowledge, was neither recognised nor
+requited as it should have been.</p>
+
+<p>To a sensitive man the daily wear and tear of a
+journalist's life in London is often murderous, always
+exhausting&mdash;and Dr. Brown was very sensitive. Beneath
+the genial exterior, which seemed to indicate a careless,
+light-hearted spirit, lay great depths of feeling,
+and a tenderness that shrank from expressing itself.
+The man was too proud and self-restrained to betray
+these depths even to those nearest and dearest to
+him. This was at once a nobility in him and a weakness.
+Had he opened his heart more, he would have
+chafed and fretted less, little annoyances would not
+have become mountain loads of care. But the truth
+is, Dr. Brown was not cut out for the life of an everyday
+journalist, either by training, habits, or disposition.
+The ideal post for him would have been that of a
+professor at some great university, where he could have
+had abundant leisure to pursue his favourite studies,
+where young men would have surrounded him and
+listened with delight to the outpouring of the wealth of
+lore with which his capacious intellect was stored. His
+lot was otherwise cast, and he accepted it manfully,
+battling with his destiny to his last hours, grimly and in
+silence of soul, intent only on one thing, to lift his
+children clear above the necessity for treading the same
+rough road upon which he had worn himself out.</p>
+
+<p>Other and worthier hands than mine may trace, it is
+to be hoped, the story of his life, his expeditions in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span>
+America and Greenland, and his many literary labours not
+only in popularising scientific subjects, with a thoroughness
+and attractiveness too little recognised, but in walks
+apart where the multitude could not judge him. My
+dominant feeling about him for many years has been one
+of regret that he should be wearing his life away so fast.
+He never learned to play; to be completely idle for a day
+even became, latterly, irksome, almost irritating, to him.
+His fingers itched to hold the pen, to handle a book.
+Although in earlier times he could enjoy a brief holiday,
+he ever mixed work with his pleasure; could, indeed,
+accept no pleasure which did not imply work somewhere
+close to his hand. Thus his various journeys to Morocco,
+ostensibly taken, at any rate the earlier of them, to
+escape from all kinds of work, and from the sight of the
+day's newspaper, ended in his becoming the foremost
+authority in Great Britain upon the literature, present
+social condition, and probable future of that perishing
+country. The acquisition of this knowledge was all in
+his day's enjoyment.</p>
+
+<p>The testimony of the introduction and notes to this
+little book is enough to prove how thoroughly and
+conscientiously everything that Dr. Brown undertook
+was done. The question of payment rarely entered
+into his calculations. Some of his very best work was
+done for nothing, because he loved to do it. Witness
+his edition of <i>Leo Africanus</i>, prepared for the Hakluyt
+Society, and his innumerable memoirs to the various
+learned Societies of which he was a member.</p>
+
+<p>Few of Dr. Brown's London friends were aware that
+his attainments as a scientific botanist were of the
+highest order. Yet in this department of science alone
+he had written thirty papers and reports, besides an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span>
+advanced text-book of Botany (published by William
+Blackwood and Sons), before the summer of 1872, when
+he was only thirty years of age. These were entirely
+outside his contributions to general literature on that
+and other subjects, already at that date numerous;
+and if we add to the list the various reports, essays,
+memoranda contributed by him to the Royal Physical
+Society of Edinburgh, of which he was President, to the
+Royal Geographical Society, of whose Council he was a
+member at his death, and to numerous other bodies, as
+well as to scientific and popular journals, on geographical,
+geological, and zoological subjects, from first to last the
+total mounts to several hundreds. In these branches
+of science his heart lay always, but he laboured for his
+daily bread and to give to him that needed.</p>
+
+<p>The portrait forming the frontispiece to this volume is
+from a photograph of Dr. Brown taken in 1870, just after
+his return from his last expedition to Greenland, and
+represents him much as he looked when, some years later,
+he first came to London, after failing to obtain the chair of
+Botany in Edinburgh University. That was a disappointment
+which he cannot be said ever to have entirely surmounted.
+The memory of it to some extent kept him
+aloof from his fellow-labourers in the world of journalism.
+What work he had to do he did loyally, manfully, and
+with the most scrupulous care; but he lived a man apart,
+more or less, from his first coming among us to the end.
+In his family circle, and where he was really known,
+his loss has brought a great sorrow.</p>
+
+<div class="right">
+A. J. W.
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">London</span>, <i>February 16, 1896</i>.</p>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"></td><td align="right">PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">INTRODUCTION. <span class="smcap">By Dr. Robert Brown</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER I</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Birth, Parentage, and Early Life of the Author</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER II</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Voyage to Nootka Sound</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_53">53</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER III</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Intercourse with the Natives&mdash;Maquina&mdash;Seizure of the</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Vessel and Murder of the Crew</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_58">58</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER IV</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Reception of Jewitt by the Savages&mdash;Escape of Thompson&mdash;Arrival</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">of Neighbouring Tribes&mdash;An Indian Feast</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_70">70</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER V</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Burning of the Vessel&mdash;Commencement of Jewitt's Journal</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_83">83</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER VI</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Description of Nootka Sound&mdash;Manner of Building</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Houses&mdash;Furniture&mdash;Dresses</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_95">95</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER VII</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Appearance of the Natives&mdash;Ornaments&mdash;Otter-Hunting&mdash;Fishing&mdash;Canoes</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_112">112</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER VIII</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Music&mdash;Musical Instruments&mdash;Slaves&mdash;Neighbouring</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Tribes&mdash;Trade with these&mdash;Army</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER IX</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Situation of the Author&mdash;Removal to Tashees&mdash;Fishing Parties</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_142">142</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER X</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Conversation with Maquina&mdash;Fruits&mdash;Religious Ceremonies&mdash;Visit</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">to Upquesta</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_156">156</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER XI</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Return to Nootka (Friendly Cove)&mdash;Death of Maquina's</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Nephew&mdash;Insanity of Tootoosch&mdash;An Indian Mountebank</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_172">172</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER XII</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">War with the A-y-Charts&mdash;A Night Attack&mdash;Proposals to</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Purchase the Author</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_185">185</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER XIII</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Marriage of the Author&mdash;His Illness&mdash;Dismisses his</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Wife&mdash;Religion of the Natives&mdash;Climate</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_198">198</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">CHAPTER XIV</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Arrival of the Brig "Lydia"&mdash;Stratagem of the Author&mdash;Its Success</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_223">223</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">APPENDIX</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">I. <span class="smcap">The "Boston's" Crew</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_247">247</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">II. <span class="smcap">War-Song of the Nootka Tribe</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_248">248</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">III. <span class="smcap">A List of Words</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_249">249</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">INDEX</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_253">253</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span></p>
+<h2>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"></td><td align="right">PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Portrait of Dr. Robert Brown</span> (1870)</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_1"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Dr. Brown's "Boy"</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_14">14</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Port San Juan Indians</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_16">16</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Ohyaht Indian</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_24">24</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Indian Encampment near the Landing-stage, Esquimault</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Habitations in Nootka Sound (Temp. 1803)</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_97">97</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Interior of a Habitation in Nootka Sound</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_103">103</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Nootka Sound Indians</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_111">111</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Indian Canoes, Victoria, V. I. (Temp. 1863)</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_125">125</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Uk-Lulac-Aht Indian</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_135">135</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Salmon Wear near the Indian Village of Quamichan, V. I.</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_149">149</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Callicum and Maquilla, Chiefs of Nootka Sound (Temp. 1803)</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_159">159</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Indian Chief's Grave (Temp. 1863)</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_209">209</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span><br /></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT.</h2>
+
+<h2>INTRODUCTION</h2>
+
+<p>Many years ago&mdash;when America was in the midst of
+war, when railways across the continent were but the
+dream of sanguine men, and when the Pacific was a faraway
+sea&mdash;the writer of these lines passed part of a
+pleasant summer in cruising along the western shores
+of Vancouver Island. Our ship's company was not
+distinguished, for it consisted of two fur-traders and
+an Indian "boy," and the sloop in which the crew and
+passengers sailed was so small, that, when the wind failed,
+and the brown folk ashore looked less amiable and the
+shore more rugged than was desirable, we put her and
+ourselves beyond hail by the aid of what seamen know
+as a "white ash breeze." Out of one fjord we went, only
+to enter another so like it that there was often a difficulty
+in deciding by the mere appearance of the shore
+which was which. Everywhere the dense forest of Douglas
+fir and Menzies spruce covered the country from the
+water's edge to the summit of the rounded hills which
+here and there caught the eye in the still little known,
+but at that date almost entirely unexplored interior.
+Wherever a tree could obtain a foothold, there a tree<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>
+grew, until in places their roots were at times laved by
+the spray. Beneath this thick clothing of heavy timber
+flourished an almost equally dense undergrowth of
+shrubs, which until
+then were only
+known to us from
+the specimens introduced
+from North-West
+America into
+the European gardens.
+Gay were the
+thickets of thimbleberry<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a>
+and salmonberry<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a>
+wherever the
+soil was rich, and
+for miles the ground
+was carpeted with
+the salal,<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> while the
+huckleberry,<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> the
+crab-apple,<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> and the
+flowering currant<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a>
+varied the monotony
+of the gloomy
+woods. In places
+the ginseng, or, as
+the woodmen call
+it, the "devil's
+walking-stick,"<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> with its long prickly stem and palm-like
+head of great leaves, imparted an almost tropical aspect
+to scenery which, seen from the deck of our little craft,
+looked so like that of Southern Norway, that I have
+never seen the latter without recalling the outer limits
+of British Columbia. On the few flat spits where the
+sun reached, the gigantic cedars<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> and broad-leaved
+maples<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> lighted up the scene, while the dogwood,<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> with
+its large white flowers reflected in the water of some
+river which, after a turbulent course, had reached the sea
+through a placid mouth, or a Menzies arbutus,<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> whose
+glossy leaves and brown bark presented a more
+southern facies to the sombre jungles, afforded here
+and there a relief to the never-ending fir and pine and
+spruce.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 174px;">
+<a href="images/i014.jpg"><img src="images/i014-t.jpg" width="174" height="287" alt="DR. BROWN&#39;S &quot;BOY.&quot;" title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />DR. BROWN&#39;S &quot;BOY.&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p><p>A more solitary shore, so far as white men are
+concerned, it would be hard to imagine. From the day
+we left until the day we returned, we sighted only one
+sail; and from Port San Juan, where an Indian trader
+lived a lonely life in an often-beleaguered blockhouse,
+to Koskeemo Sound, where another of these voluntary
+exiles passed his years among the savages, there was
+not a christened man, with the exception of the little
+settlement of lumbermen at the head of the Alberni
+Canal. For months at a time no keel ever ploughed
+this sea, and then too frequently it was a warship sent
+from Victoria to chastise the tribesmen for some outrage
+committed on wayfaring men such as we. The floating
+fur-trader with whom we exchanged the courtesies of
+the wilderness had indeed been despitefully used. For
+had he not taken to himself some savage woman, who
+had levanted to her tribe with those miscellaneous
+effects which he termed "iktas"? And the Klayoquahts
+had stolen his boat,
+and the Kaoquahts
+his beans and his
+vermilion and his
+rice, and threatened
+to scuttle his
+schooner and stick
+his head on its
+masthead. And,
+moreover, to complete
+this tale of
+public pillage and
+private wrong, a
+certain chief, to
+whom he applied
+many ornate epithets,
+had declared
+that he cared not
+a salal-berry for all
+of "King George's
+warships." So that
+the conclusion of
+this merchant of
+the wilds was that,
+until "half the Indians were hanged, and the other half
+badly licked, there would be no peace on the coast for
+honest men such as he." Then, under a cloud of playful
+blasphemy, our friend sailed away.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span></p><div class="figleft" style="width: 193px;">
+<a href="images/i016.jpg"><img src="images/i016-t.jpg" width="193" height="300" alt="PORT SAN JUAN INDIANS." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />PORT SAN JUAN INDIANS.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>For if civilisation was scarce in the Western Vancouver<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>
+of '63, savagedom was all-abounding. Not many hours
+passed without our having dealings with the lords of
+the soil. It was indeed our business&mdash;or, at least, the
+business of the two men and the Indian "boy"&mdash;to
+meet with and make profit out of the barbarous folk.
+Hence it was seldom that we went to sleep without
+the din of a board village in our ears, or woke
+without the ancient and most fish-like smell of one
+being the first odour which greeted our nostrils. In
+almost every cove, creek, or inlet there was one of
+these camps, and every few miles we entered the
+territory of a new tribe, ruled by a rival chief, rarely
+on terms with his neighbour, and as often as not at
+war with him. More than once we had occasion
+to witness the gruesome evidence of this state of
+matters. A war party returning from a raid on a
+distant hamlet would be met with, all painted in hideous
+colours, and with the bleeding heads of their decapitated
+enemies fastened to the bows of their cedar canoes, and
+the cowering captives, doomed to slavery, bound among
+the fighting men. Or, casting anchor in front of a
+village, we would be shown with pride a row of festering
+skulls stuck on poles, as proof of the military prowess
+of our shifty hosts.</p>
+
+<p>These were, however, unusually unpleasant incidents.
+More frequently we saw little except the more lightsome
+traits of what was then a very primitive savage life, and
+the barbarous folk treated us kindly. A marriage feast
+might be in progress, or a great "potlatch," or merrymaking,
+at which the giving away of property was the
+principal feature (p. 82), might be in full blaze at the very
+moment we steered round the wooded point. Halibut<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>
+and dog-fish were being caught in vast quantities&mdash;the
+one for slicing and drying for winter use; the other for
+the sake of the oil extracted from the liver, then as
+now an important article of barter, being in ready
+demand by the Puget Sound saw-mills. Now and then
+a fur-seal or, better still, a sea-otter would be killed.
+But this is not the land of choice furs. Even the marten
+and the mink were indifferent. Beaver&mdash;which in those
+days, after having been almost hunted to death, were
+again getting numerous, owing to the low prices which
+the pelts brought having slackened the trappers' zeal&mdash;would
+often be brought on board, and a few hides of
+the wapiti, the "elk" of the Western hunter, and the
+black-tailed deer which swarm in the Vancouver woods,
+generally appeared at every village. The natives are,
+however, essentially fish-eaters, and though in every tribe
+there is generally a hunter or two, the majority of them
+seldom wander far afield, the interior being in their
+mythology a land of evil things, of which wise men
+would do well to keep clear. Even the black bear,
+which in autumn was often a common feature of the
+country, where it ranged the crab-apple thickets, was
+not at this season an object of the chase. Like the deer
+and the wolves, it was shunning the heat and the flies
+by summering near the snow which we could notice
+still capping some of the inland hills, rising to heights
+of from five thousand to seven thousand feet, and feasting
+on the countless salmon which were descending every
+stream, until, with the receding waters, they were left
+stranded in the upland pools. So cheap were salmon,
+that at times they could be bought for a cent's
+worth of "trade goods," and deer in winter for a few<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>
+charges of powder and shot. A whale-hunt, in which
+the behemoth was attacked by harpoons with attached
+inflated sealskins, after a fashion with which I had
+become familiar when a resident among the Eskimo
+of Baffin Bay, was a more curious sight. Yet dog-fish
+oil was the staple of the unpicturesque traffic in which
+my companions engaged; while I, a hunter after less
+considered trifles, landed to roam the woods and shores
+for days at a time, gathering the few flowers which
+bloomed under these umbrageous forests, though in
+number sufficient to tempt the red-beaked humming-bird<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a>
+to migrate from Mexico to these northern regions,
+its tiny nest being frequently noticed on the tops of
+low bushes.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The Aht Indians.</div>
+
+<p>But, after all, the most interesting sight on the shore
+was the people who inhabited it. They
+were the "Indians," whom my friend Gilbert
+Sproat afterwards described as the "Ahts,"<a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> for this
+syllable terminates the name of each of the many
+little tribes into which they are divided. Yet, with
+a disregard of the laws of nomenclature, the Ethnological
+Bureau at Washington has only recently
+announced its intention of knowing them officially by
+the meaningless title of "Wakashan." They are a
+people by themselves, speaking a language which
+was confined to Vancouver Island, with the exception
+of Cape Flattery, the western tip of Washington, where
+the Makkahs speak it. In Vancouver Island, a region
+about the size of Ireland, three, if not four distinct
+aboriginal tongues are in use, in addition to Chinook
+Jargon, a sort of <i>lingua franca</i> employed by the Indians
+in their intercourse with the whites or with tribes
+whose speech they do not understand. The Kawitshen
+(Cowitchan) with its various dialects, the chief of which is
+the Tsongersth (Songer) of the people near Victoria,
+prevails from Sooke in the Strait of Juan de Fuca,
+northwards to Comox. From that point to the northern
+end of the island various dialects of the Kwakiool
+(Cogwohl of the traders) are the medium in which the
+tribesmen do not conceal their thoughts. The people of
+Quatseno and Koskeemo Sounds, owing to their frequent
+intercourse with Fort Rupert on the other side of the
+island, which at this point is at its narrowest, understand
+and frequently speak the Kwakiool. But after
+passing several days entirely alone among these people, I
+can vouch for the fact that this dialect is so peculiar that
+it almost amounts to a separate language. However,
+from this part, or properly, from Woody Point southwards
+to Port San Juan, the Aht language is entirely
+different.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p><p>The latter locality,<a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> nearly opposite Cape Flattery,
+on the other side of Juan de Fuca Strait, the most
+southern part, and the only one on the mainland where
+it is spoken, is the special territory of the Pachenahts.
+When I knew them, they were, like all of their race, a
+dwindling people. A few years earlier, Grant had
+estimated them to number a hundred men. In 1863
+there were not more than a fifth of that number fit to
+manage a canoe, and the total number of the tribe did
+not exceed sixty. War with the Sclallans and Makkahs
+on the opposite shore, and smallpox, which is more
+powerful than gunpowder, had so decimated them that,
+no longer able to hold their own, they had leagued with
+the Nettinahts, old allies of theirs, for mutual defence.
+Quixto, the chief, I find described in my notes as a stout
+fellow, terrible at a bargain, very well disposed towards
+the whites, as are all his tribe, the husband of four wives,
+an extraordinary number for the Indians of the coast,
+and reputed to be rich in blankets and the other
+gear which constitutes wealth among the aborigines
+of this part of the British Empire. In their palmy
+days they had made way as far north as Clayoquat
+Sound and the Ky-yoh-quaht-cutz in one direction, and
+with the Tsongersth to the eastward, though that now
+pusillanimous tribe had generally the best of them.
+Their eastern border is, however, the Jordan River, but
+they have a fishing station at the Sombria (Cockles),
+and several miles up both the Pandora and Jordan Rivers
+flowing into their bay. Karleit is their western limit.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p>
+<p>The Nettinahts<a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> are a more powerful tribe; indeed,
+at the period when the writer of this book was a prisoner
+in Nootka Sound, they were among the strongest of all
+the Aht people. Even then, they had four hundred<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a>
+fighting men, and were a people with whom it did not
+do to be off your guard. They have&mdash;or had&mdash;many
+villages, from Pachena Bay<a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a> to the west and Karleit to
+the east, besides three villages in Nettinaht Inlet,<a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> eleven
+fishing stations on the Nettinaht River, three stations
+on the Cowitchan Lake, and one at Sguitz on the
+Cowitchan River itself, while they sometimes descend as
+far as Tsanena to plant potatoes. They have thus the
+widest borders of any Indian tribe in Vancouver Island,
+and have a high reputation as hunters, whale-fishers,
+and warriors. Moqulla was then the head chief, but
+every winter a sub-tribe hunted and fished on the
+Cowitchan Lake, a sheet of water which I was among
+the first to visit, and the very first to "lay down"
+with approximate accuracy. Though nowadays&mdash;<i>Eheu
+fugaces, Postume, Postume, labuntur anni!</i>&mdash;there is a
+waggon road to the lake, and, I am told, "a sort of
+hotel" on the spot where eight-and-twenty years ago
+we encamped on extremely short rations, though with
+the soothing knowledge that if only the Fates were
+kindly and the wind favourable, there were plenty of
+trout in the water, and a dinner at large in the woods
+around. In those days most of the Nettinaht villages
+were fortified with wooden pickets to prevent any
+night attack, and from its situation, Whyack, the
+principal one (built on a cliff, stockaded on the seaward
+side, and reached only by a narrow entrance where
+the surf breaks continuously), is impregnable to hostile
+canoemen. This people accordingly carried themselves
+with a high hand, and bore a name correspondingly
+bad.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p><p>Barclay&mdash;or Berkeley Sound&mdash;is the home of various
+petty tribes&mdash;Ohyahts, Howchuklisahts, Yu-clul-ahts,
+Toquahts, Seshahts, and Opechesahts. The two with
+whom I was best acquainted were the last named.
+The Seshahts lived at the top of the Alberni&mdash;a
+Canal<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>
+long narrow fjord or cleft in the island&mdash;and on the
+Seshaht Islands in the Sound. During the summer
+months they came for salmon-fishing to Sa ha, or the
+first rapids on the Kleekort or Saman River,<a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> their
+chief being Ia-pou-noul, who had just succeeded to this
+office owing to the abdication of his father, though the
+entire fighting force of the tribe did not number over
+fifty men. As late as 1859 the Seshahts seized an
+American ship, the <i>Swiss Boy</i>. The Opechesahts, of
+whom I have very kindly memories, as I encamped
+with their chief for many days, and explored Sproat
+Lake in his company, were an offshoot of the Seshahts,
+and had their home on the Kleekort River, but,
+owing to a massacre by the now extinct Quallehum
+(Qualicom) Indians from the opposite coast, who caught
+them on an island in Sproat Lake, they were reduced
+to seventeen men, most of them, however, tall, handsome
+fellows, and good hunters. Chieftainship in
+that part of the world goes by inheritance. Hence
+there may be many of these hereditary aristocrats
+in a very small tribe. Accordingly, few though the
+Opechesaht warriors were, three men, Quatgenam,
+Kalooish or Kanash, and Quassoon, a shaggy, thick-set,
+and tremendously strong individual who crossed the
+island with me in 1865, were entitled to that rank; and
+it may be added that the women of this, the most freshwater
+of all the Vancouver tribes, were noted for a
+more than usual share of good looks.</p>
+
+<p>The Howchuklisahts, whose chief was Maz-o-wennis,
+numbered forty-five people, including twenty-eight
+men. They lived in Ouchucklesit<a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a> Harbour, off
+the Alberni Canal; they had also a fishing camp on
+Henderson Lake, and two or three lodges on the rapid
+or stream flowing out of that sheet of water, which was
+discovered and named by me. But they were "bad
+to deal with."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 201px;">
+<a href="images/i024.jpg"><img src="images/i024-t.jpg" width="201" height="300" alt="OHYAHT INDIAN." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />OHYAHT INDIAN.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The You-clul-ahts
+of Ucluelt Inlet, ruled
+by Ia-pou-noul, a
+wealthy man in blankets
+and other Indian
+wealth, numbered
+about one hundred.
+The chief of the Toquahts
+in Pipestem
+Inlet was Sow-wa-wenes,
+a middle-aged
+man, who had an easy
+task, as his lieges
+numbered only
+eleven, so that they
+were thirty years ago
+on the eve of extinction.
+The Ohyahts
+of Grappler Creek
+were estimated in 1863
+to be about one hundred and seventy-five in fighting
+strength&mdash;which, multiplied by four for women and
+children, would make them, for that region, an unusually
+strong community. These figures are probably
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
+correct, since the man who made the statement was,
+after living for years amongst them, eventually murdered
+by the savages,<a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> whom he had trusted too implicitly.
+Kleesheens, a notorious scoundrel, was their chief. In
+Clayoquat Sound were the Klahoquahts, Kellsmahts,
+Ahousahts, Heshquahts, and Mamosahts&mdash;the last a
+little tribe numbering only five men. Indeed, with the
+exception of the Klahoquahts (who numbered one
+hundred and sixty men) and the Ahousahts (who
+claimed two hundred and fifty), these little septs, all
+devoured by mutual hatred, and frequently at war with
+each other, were even then dwindling to nothingness.
+But the Opetsahts, though marked on the Admiralty
+Chart<a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> as a separate tribe, are&mdash;or were&mdash;only a village
+of the Ahousahts.</p>
+
+<p>In Nootka Sound, the Muchlahts and Mooachahts
+lived. In Esperanza Inlet were the villages of two
+tribes&mdash;the Noochahlahts and Ayattisahts, numbering
+forty and twenty-two men respectively, and chiefed at
+that time<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span> by two worthies of the names of Mala-koi-Kennis,
+and Quak-ate-Komisa, whom we left in the
+delectable condition of each expecting the other round
+to cut his and his tribesmen's throats.</p>
+
+<p>North of this inlet were Ky-yoh-quahts, of the Sound
+of that name (Kaioquat), numbering two hundred and
+fifty men. To us they were exceedingly friendly, though
+a trader whom we met had a different tale to tell of their
+treatment of him. Kanemat, a young man of about
+twenty-two, was their chief, though the tribe was virtually
+governed by his mother, a notable lady named Shipally,
+and at times by his pretty squaw, Wick-anes, and his
+lively son and heir, Klahe-ek-enes. The Chaykisahts,
+the Klahosahts, and the Neshahts of Woody Point are
+the other Aht tribes, though the latter is not included
+among them by Mr. Sproat. But they speak their
+language, of which their chief village is its most northern
+limit.</p>
+
+<p>Everywhere their tribes showed such evident signs
+of decadence that by this time some of them must be
+all but extinct. Still, as the whites had not come much
+in contact with them&mdash;though all of them asked us for
+"lum" (rum), but did not get it, it is clear enough what
+had been the traders' staple&mdash;the "diseases of civilisation"
+could not be blamed for their decay. Even then
+the practical extermination of two tribes was so recent
+that the facts were still fresh in their neighbours' memory.
+These were the Ekkalahts, who lived at the top of the
+Alberni Canal, but were all but killed off in the same
+massacre by which the Opechesahts were decimated.
+The only survivor was a man named Keekeon, who
+lived with the Seshahts, most of whom had forgotten<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>
+even the name of this vanquished little nationality.
+The other tribe was the Koapinahts (or Koapin-ah),
+who at that time numbered sixty or seventy people,
+but at the period to which I refer they were reduced
+to two adults&mdash;a man and a woman&mdash;all the rest having
+been slaughtered a few years earlier by the Kwakiools
+from the other side of the island, in conjunction with
+the Neshahts of Woody Point. In after days I learned
+to know these tribes very familiarly, crossing and recrossing
+the island with or to them, hunting and canoeing
+with them, in the woods, up the rivers, or on the lakes,
+and gathering from their lips</p>
+
+<div class="poem">
+"This fair report of them who dwell<br />
+In that retirement."<br />
+</div>
+
+<p>At first sight these "tinkler loons and siclike companie"
+were by no means attractive. They were frowsy,
+and, undeniably, they were not clean. But it was only
+after penetrating their inner ways, after learning the
+wealth of custom and folk-lore of which they, all
+unconscious of their riches, were the jealous custodians,
+that one began to appreciate these primitive folk from
+a scientific point of view. Even yet, as the writer
+recalls the days when he was prone to find men more
+romantic than is possible in "middle life forlorn," it is
+difficult not to associate the most prosaic of savages
+with something of the picturesqueness which, in novels
+at least, used to cling to all their race. For, as the
+charm of such existence as theirs unfolded itself to the
+lover of woods and prairies, and lakes and virgin
+streams, the neglect of soap and of sanitation was
+forgotten. As Mr. Leland has remarked about the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>
+gipsies: "When their lives and legends are known, the
+ethnologist is apt to think of Tieck's elves, and of the
+Shang Valley, which was so grim and repulsive from
+without, but which, once entered, was the gay forecourt
+of Goblin-land."</p>
+
+<p>In those days little was known&mdash;and little cared&mdash;about
+any of the Western tribes, except by the
+"schooner-men," as the Indians called the roving
+traders. Their very names were strange to the majority
+of the Victoria people, and I am told that very few of
+the colonists of to-day are any better informed. It
+has therefore been thought fitting that I should go
+somewhat minutely into the condition of the Indians, at
+a period when they were more primitive than now, as a
+slight contribution to the meagre chronicles of a dying
+race. For if not preserved here, it is likely to perish
+with almost the last survivor of a little band with whom,
+during the last two decades, death has been busy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Nootka Sound
+and its
+memories.</div>
+
+<p>Among the many inlets which we entered on the cruise
+which has enabled me to edit this narrative
+of a less fortunate predecessor, was Nootka
+Sound. No portion of North-West America
+was more famous than this spot, for once upon a time
+it was the former centre of the fur trade, and a locality
+which more than once figured prominently in diplomatic
+correspondence. Indeed, so associated was it as the
+type of this part of the western continent, that in many
+works the heterogeneous group of savages who inhabit
+the entire coast between the Columbia River and the
+end of Vancouver Island was described as the "Nootka-Columbians."
+More than one species of plant and animal
+attest the fact of this Sound having been the locality
+at which the naturalist first broke ground in North-West
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
+America. There are, for instance, a <i>Haliotis
+Nutkaensis</i> (an ear shell), a <i>Rubus Nutkanus</i> (a raspberry);
+and a yellow cypress, which, however, attained its
+chief development on the mainland much farther north,
+bears among its synonyms that of <i>Chamc�cyparis
+Nutkaensis</i>. For though it is undeniable that Ensign
+Juan Perez discovered it as early as 1779, and named it
+Port San Lorenzo, after the saint on whose day it was
+first seen, this fact was unknown or forgotten, when, four
+years later, Cook entered, and called it King George
+Sound, though he tells us it was afterwards found that
+it was called Nootka by the natives. Hence arose
+the title it has ever since borne, though this was an
+entire mistake on the great navigator's part, since there
+is no word in the Aht language at all corresponding to
+Nootka, unless indeed it is "Nootche," a mountain, which
+not unlikely Cook mistook for that of the inlet generally.
+The proofs of the presence of earlier visitors were iron and
+other tools, familiarity with ships, and two silver spoons of
+Spanish manufacture, which, we may take it, had been
+stolen from Perez's ship. The next vessel to enter the
+Sound was the <i>Sea Otter</i>, under the command of Captain
+James Hanna, who made such a haul in the shape of
+sea-otter skins that for many years Nootka was the
+great rendezvous of the fur-traders who cruised as far
+north as Russian America&mdash;now Alaska&mdash;and, like Portlock,
+Dixon, and Meares, charted and named many of
+the most familiar parts of the British Columbian coast.
+Meares built the <i>North-West America</i> by the aid of
+Chinese carpenters in Nootka Sound in the winter of
+1788-89, this little sloop being the first vessel, except<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span>
+a canoe, ever constructed in the country north of
+California.</p>
+
+<p>The lucrative trade done by the English and
+American traders, some of whom, disposing of their
+furs in China, sailed under the Portuguese flag and fitted
+out at Macao as the port most readily open to
+them, determined the Spaniards to assert their rights
+to the original discovery. This was done by Don
+Estevan Martinez "taking possession" of the Sound,
+seizing the vessels there, and erecting a fort to maintain
+the territory against all comers. A hot diplomatic
+warfare ensued, the result of which was the Convention
+of Nootka, by which the Sound was made
+over to Great Britain; and it was while engaged on
+this mission of receiving the Sound that Vancouver,
+conjointly with Quadra, the Spanish commander, discovered
+that the region it intersects is an island, which
+for a time bore their joint names, but by general
+consent has that of Vancouver only attached to it
+nowadays.</p>
+
+<p>This was in the year 1795. Being now indisputably
+British territory, Nootka and the coasts north and
+south of it became more and more frequented by fur-traders,
+who found, in spite of the increasing scarcity of
+pelts, and the higher prices which keener competition
+brought about, an ample profit in buying tolerably cheap
+on the American coast and selling very dear to the
+Chinese, whose love for the sea-otter continues unabated.
+Many of these adventurers were Americans&mdash;hailing, for
+the most part, from Boston. Hence to this day an
+American is universally known among the North-Western
+Indians as a "Boston-man," while an Englishman<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>
+is quite as generally termed a "Kintshautsh man"
+(King George man), it being during the long reign of
+George III. that they first became acquainted with our
+countrymen. Their barter was carried on in knives,
+copper plates, copper kettles, muskets, brass-hilted swords,
+soldiers' coats and buttons, pistols, tomahawks, and
+blankets, which soon superseded the more costly
+"Kotsaks" of sea-otter until then the principal garment,
+though the women wore, as they do still at times (or did
+when I knew the shore), blankets woven out of pine-tree
+bark. Rum also seemed to have been freely disposed
+of, and no doubt many of the outrages which early began
+to mark the intercourse of the brown men and their
+white visitors were not a little due to this, and to the
+customs, ever more free than welcome, in which it is the
+habit of the mariner to indulge when he and the savage
+forgather. At all events, the natives and their foreign
+visitors seem to have come very soon into collision.
+Indeed, it was seldom that a voyage was completed
+without some outrage on one or both sides, followed by
+reprisals from the party supposed to have been wronged.
+Thus part of the crew of the <i>Imperial Eagle</i>, under the
+command of Captain Barclay,<a name="FNanchor_23_23" id="FNanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a> who discovered and named
+in his own honour the Sound so called, were murdered
+at "Queenhythe,"<a name="FNanchor_24_24" id="FNanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a> south of Juan de Fuca Strait, which
+Barclay was amongst the first to explore, or rather to
+rediscover. At a later date, namely, in 1805, the
+<i>Atahualpa</i> of Rhode Island was attacked in Millbank
+Sound, and her captain, mate, and six seamen were killed.
+In 1811 the <i>Tonquin</i>, belonging to John Jacob Astor's
+romantic fur-trading adventure, which is so well known
+from Washington Irving's <i>Astoria</i>, was seized by the
+savages on this coast, and then blown up by M'Kay, the
+chief trader, with the entire crew and their assailants.
+The scene of the catastrophe has been stated to be
+Nootka, but other commentators have fixed upon Barclay
+Sound, and as late as 1863 an intelligent trader informed
+me that some ship's timbers, half buried in the sand
+there, were attributed by the Indians to some disastrous
+event, which he believed to have been the one in question.<a name="FNanchor_25_25" id="FNanchor_25_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a>
+I am, however, now inclined to think that in crediting
+Nahwitti, at the northern end of Vancouver Island,
+with this notable event in the early history of North-West
+America,<a name="FNanchor_26_26" id="FNanchor_26_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a> Dr. George Dawson has arrived at the
+truth.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>
+To this day&mdash;or until very recently&mdash;the Indians of
+the North-West coast are not accounted very trustworthy,
+and at the period when I knew them they were
+suspected of killing several traders and of looting more
+than one small vessel, acts which earned for them
+frequent visits from the gunboats at Esquimault, and
+in several instances the undesirable distinction of
+having their villages shelled when they refused to give
+up the offenders&mdash;generally a difficult operation, since
+it meant pretty well the entire village.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a href="images/i033.jpg"><img src="images/i033-t.jpg" width="400" height="276" alt="INDIAN ENCAMPMENT NEAR THE LANDING-STAGE, ESQUIMAULT." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />INDIAN ENCAMPMENT NEAR THE LANDING-STAGE, ESQUIMAULT.</span>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">John Jewitt
+and the capture
+of the "Boston"
+in 1803.</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>But the most famous of all the piracies of the Western
+Indians is that of which an account is contained
+in John Jewitt's Narrative. The
+ostensible author of this work was a Hull
+blacksmith, the armourer of the <i>Boston</i>, an
+American ship which was seized while lying in Nootka
+Sound, and the entire crew massacred, with the exception
+of Jewitt, who was spared owing to his skill as
+a mechanic being valuable to the Indians, and John
+Thompson, the sail-maker, who, though left for dead,
+recovered, and was saved by the tact of Jewitt in representing
+him to be his father. This happened in March
+1803, and from that date until the 20th of July 1805,
+these two men were kept in slavery to the chief
+Maquenna or Moqulla, when they were freed by the
+arrival of the brig <i>Lydia</i> of Boston, Samuel Hill master.
+During this servitude, Jewitt, who seems to have been
+a man of some education, kept a journal and acquired
+the Aht language, though the style in which his book
+is written shows that in preparing it for the press he had
+obtained the assistance of a more practised writer than
+himself. Still, his work is a valuable contribution to
+ethnology. For, omitting the brief but excellent accounts
+by Cook and Meares, it is the earliest, and, with the
+exception of Mr. Sproat's lecture, the fullest description
+of these Indians. It is indeed the only one treating
+specially on the Nootka people, with whom alone he
+had any minute acquaintance. Some of the habits
+he pictures are now obsolete, or greatly modified, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>
+others&mdash;it may be said the greater number&mdash;are exactly
+as he notes them to have been eighty-six years ago.
+Besides the internal evidences of its authenticity, the
+truth of the adventures described was vouched for at
+the time by Jewitt's companion in slavery; and though
+there is no absolute proof of its credibility, it may not be
+uninteresting to state that, thirty years ago, I conversed
+with an American sea captain, who, as a boy, distinctly
+remembered Jewitt working as a blacksmith in the town
+of Middleton in Connecticut. When the book was first
+published, in the year 1815, several editions appeared
+in America, and at least two reprints were called for in
+England, so that the Narrative enjoyed considerable
+popularity in the first two decades of the century.
+Writing in 1840, Robert Green Low, Librarian to the
+Department of State at Washington, characterises it as
+"a simple and unpretending narrative, which will, no
+doubt, in after centuries, be read with interest by the
+enlightened people of North-West America." Again,
+in 1845, the same industrious, though not always
+impartial, historian remarks that "this little book has
+been frequently reprinted, and, though seldom found
+in libraries, is much read by boys and seamen in the
+United States." As copies are now seldom met with,
+this is no longer the case, though on our cruise in 1863
+it was one of the well-thumbed little library of the
+traders, one of whom had inherited it from William
+Edy Banfield, whose name has already been mentioned
+(p. 25). This trader, for many years a well-known man
+on the out-of-the-way parts of the coast, furnished a
+curious link between Jewitt's time and our own. For
+an old Indian told him that he had, as a boy, served in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
+the family of a chief of Nootka, called Klan-nin-itth, at
+the time when Jewitt and Thompson were in slavery;
+and that he often assisted Jewitt in making spears,
+arrows, and other weapons required for hostile expeditions.
+He said, further, that the white slave generally
+accompanied his owner on visits which he paid to the
+Ayhuttisaht, Ahousaht, and Klahoquaht chiefs. This
+old man especially remembered Jewitt, who was a
+good-humoured fellow, often reciting and singing in
+his own language for the amusement of the tribesmen.
+He was described as a tall, well-made youth, with a
+mirthful countenance, whose dress latterly consisted of
+nothing but a mantle of cedar bark. Mr. Sproat, who
+obtained his information from the same quarter that
+I did, adds that there was a long story of Jewitt's
+courting, and finally abducting, the daughter of Waughclagh,
+the Ahousaht chief. This incident in his career
+is not recorded by our author, who, however, was
+married to a daughter of Upquesta, an Ayhuttisaht
+Indian.</p>
+
+<p>Apart, however, from Jewitt not caring to enlighten
+the decent-living puritans of Connecticut too minutely
+regarding his youthful escapades, it is not unlikely that
+Mr. Banfield's informant mixed up some half-forgotten
+legends regarding another white man, who, seventeen
+years before Jewitt's captivity, had voluntarily remained
+among these Nootka Indians. This was a scapegrace
+named John M'Kay,<a name="FNanchor_27_27" id="FNanchor_27_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_27_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a> an Irishman, who, after being in
+the East India Company's Service in some minor
+medical capacity, shipped in 1785 on board the <i>Captain
+Cook</i> as surgeon's mate, and was left behind in Nootka
+Sound, in the hope that he would so ingratiate himself
+with the natives, as to induce them to refuse furs to any
+other traders except those with whom he was connected.
+This man seems to have been an ignorant, untruthful
+braggart, who contradicted himself in many important
+particulars. But entire credence may be given to his
+statement that in a short time he sank into barbarism,
+becoming as filthy as the dirtiest of his savage companions.
+For when Captain Hanna saw him in August
+1786, the natives had stripped him of his clothes, and
+obliged him to adopt their dress and habits. He even
+refused to leave, declaring that he had begun to relish
+dried fish and whale oil&mdash;though, owing to a famine in
+the Sound, he got little of either&mdash;and was well satisfied to
+stay for another year. After making various excursions
+in the country about Nootka Sound, during which he
+came to the conclusion that it was not a part of the
+American continent, but a chain of detached islands, he
+gladly deserted his Indian wife, and left with Captain
+Berkeley in 1787. To "preach, fight, and mend a musket"
+seems to have been too much for this medical pluralist.
+His further history I am unable to trace, though, for
+the sake of historical roundness, it would have been
+interesting to believe that he was the same M'Kay who
+twenty-four years later ended his career so terribly by
+blowing up the <i>Tonquin</i>, with whose son I was well
+acquainted.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span></p>
+<p>In all of these transactions the head chief of Nootka,
+or at least of the Mooachahts, figures prominently. This
+was Maquenna or Moqulla (Jewitt's Maquina), who, with
+his relative Wikananish, ruled over most of the tribes
+from here to Nettinaht Inlet. He was a shifty savage,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
+endowed with no small mental ability, and, though at
+times capable of acts which were almost generous,
+untrustworthy like most of his race, and when offended
+ready for any act of vindictiveness. Wikananish was on
+a visit to Maquenna when the <i>Discovery</i> and <i>Resolution</i>
+entered the Sound, and among the relics which
+Maquenna kept for many years were a brass mortar
+left by Cook, which in Meares's day was borne before the
+chief as a portion of his regalia, and three "pieces of a
+brassy metal formed like cricket bats," on which were the
+remains of the name and arms of Sir Joseph Banks, and
+the date 1775&mdash;Banks, it may be remembered, being
+the scientific companion of Cook. In every subsequent
+voyage Maquenna figures, and not a few of the outrages
+committed on that coast were due either to him or to
+his instigation. Some, like his attempt to seize Hanna's
+vessel in 1785, are known from extraneous sources, and
+others were boasted of by him to Jewitt. The last of
+his proceedings of which history has left any record,
+is the murder of the crew of the <i>Boston</i> and the enslavement
+of Thompson and Jewitt, and in the narrative
+of the latter we are afforded a final glimpse of this
+notorious "King."<a name="FNanchor_28_28" id="FNanchor_28_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Changes since
+Jewitt's time.</div>
+
+<p>When I visited Nootka Sound in 1863, fifty-eight
+years had passed since the captivity of
+the author of this book. In the interval
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
+many things had happened. But though the Indians
+had altered in some respects, they were perhaps less
+changed than almost any other savages in America since
+the whites came in contact with them. Eighty-five
+years had passed since Cook had careened his ships in
+Resolution Cove, and seventy since Vancouver entered
+the Sound on his almost more notable voyage. Yet the
+bricks from the blacksmith's forge, fresh and vitrified as
+if they had been in contact with the fire only yesterday,
+were at times dug up from among the rank herbage.
+The village in Friendly Cove&mdash;a spot which not a few
+mariners found to be very unfriendly&mdash;differed in no
+way from the picture in Cook's <i>Voyage</i>; and though
+some curio-hunting captain had no doubt long ago
+carried off the mortar and emblazoned brasses, the
+natives still spoke traditionally of Cook and Vancouver,
+and were ready to point out the spots where in 1788
+Meares built the <i>North-West America</i> and the white
+men had cultivated. Memories of Martinez and Quadra
+existed in the shape of many legends, of Indians with
+Iberian features, and of several old people who by
+tradition (though some of them were old enough to
+have remembered these navigators), could still repeat
+the Spanish numerals. And the head chief of the
+Mooachahts in Friendly Cove&mdash;vastly smaller though
+his tribe was, and much abridged his power&mdash;was a
+grandson of Maquenna, called by the same name, and
+had many of his worst characteristics. This fact
+I am likely to remember. For he had been accused
+of having murdered, in the previous January, Captain
+Stev of the <i>Trader</i>, and since that time no whites
+had ventured near him. He, however, assured us
+that the report was simply a scandal raised by the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span>
+neighbouring tribes, who had long hated him and his
+people, and would like to see them punished by the
+arrival of a gunboat, and that in reality the vessel was
+wrecked, and the white men were drowned. At the same
+time, among the voices heard that night at the council
+held in Maquenna's great lodge, supported by the huge
+beams described by Jewitt, were some in favour of killing
+his latest visitors, on the principle that dead men tell no
+tales. But that the Noes had it, the present narrative
+is the best proof.</p>
+
+<p>So far as their habits were concerned, they were in a
+condition as primitive as at almost any period since the
+whites had visited them. Many of the old people were
+covered only with a mantle of woven pine bark, and
+beyond a shirt, in most cases made out of a flour sack,
+a blanket was the sole garment of the majority of the
+tribesmen. At times when they wanted to receive any
+goods, they simply pulled off the blanket, wrapped up
+the articles in it, and went ashore stark naked, with
+the exception of a piece of skin round the loins. The
+women wore for the most part no other dress except the
+blanket and a curious apron made of a fringe of bark
+strings. All of them painted hideously, the women
+adding a streak of vermilion down the middle division
+of the hair, and on high occasions the glittering mica
+sand, spoken of by Jewitt, was called into requisition.
+Their customs&mdash;and I had plenty of opportunities to
+study them in the course of the years which followed&mdash;were
+in no way different from what they were
+in Cook's time. No missionary seemed ever to have
+visited them, and their religious observances were accordingly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>
+still the most unadulterated of paganism. Jewitt's
+narrative is, however, as might have been expected, very
+vague on such matters; and, curiously enough, he makes
+no mention of their characteristic trait of compressing
+the foreheads of the children, the tribes in Koskeemo
+Sound squeezing it, while the bones are still cartilaginous,
+in a conical shape&mdash;though the brain is not
+thereby permanently injured: it is simply displaced.</p>
+
+<p>Since that day, the tribesmen of the west coast of
+Vancouver Island have grown fewer and fewer. Some
+of the smaller septs have indeed become extinct, and
+others must be fast on the wane. They have, however,
+eaten of the tree of knowledge, and the gunboats have
+now little occasion to visit them for punitive purposes.
+Missionaries have even attempted to teach them better
+manners. The Alberni saw-mills have long been
+deserted, though other settlers have taken possession of
+the ground, and several have squatted in Koskeemo
+Sound, in the hope that the coal-seams there might
+induce the Pacific steamers to make that remote region
+their headquarters. Finally, an effort is being made to
+induce fishermen from the West of Scotland to settle
+on that coast. There is plenty of work for them,
+and the Indians nowadays are very little to be feared.
+Indeed, so far from the successors of Moqulla and
+Wikananish menacing Donald and Sandy, they will
+be ready to help them for a consideration; though a
+great deal of tact and forbearance will be necessary
+before people so conservative as the hot-tempered Celts
+work smoothly with a race quite as fiery and quite as
+wedded to old ways, as the Ahts among whom John
+Jewitt passed the early years of this century.</p>
+
+<p>
+R. B.<br />
+</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> <i>Rubus Nutkanus.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> <i>Rubus spectabilis.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> <i>Gaultheria Shallon.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> <i>Vaccinium ovatum.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> <i>Pyrus rivularis.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> <i>Ribes sanguineum</i>, now a common shrub in our ornamental grounds.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> <i>Echinopanax horridum.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> <i>Thuja gigantea</i>, a tree which to the Indian is what the bamboo is to
+the Chinese.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> <i>Acer macrophyllum.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> <i>Cornus Nuttallii.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> <i>Arbutus Menziesii.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> <i>Selasphorus rufus.</i> It is one of one hundred and fifty-three birds which
+I catalogued from Vancouver Island (<i>Ibis</i>, Nov. 1868).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> <i>Scenes and Studies of Savage Life</i> (1868), by the Hon. G. M.
+Sproat, late Commissioner of Indian Affairs for British Columbia.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> "Pachena" of the Indians.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> Or, as they call themselves in their dialect of the Aht, "Dittinahts."
+Nettinaht is a white man's corruption.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> A few years earlier they were estimated at a thousand.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> "Klootis" of the Indians.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> Known to them as "Etlo."</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> They were not permitted this privilege until the whites came to
+Alberni in August 1860.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> Though the orthography of these names is often incorrect, and not
+even phonetically accurate, I have, in order to avoid the mischief of a
+confusion of nomenclature, kept to that of the Admiralty Chart.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> This was the Banfield who acted as Indian agent in Barclay Sound.
+He was drowned by Kleetsak, a slave of Kleesheens, capsizing the canoe
+in which he was sailing, in revenge for a slight passed upon the chief. I
+went ashore at the Ohyaht village in the same canoe, and was asked
+whether I was not afraid, "for Banipe was killed in it." There was also
+a story that the capsize was an accident.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> It may be proper to state in this place that the interior details of that
+chart are, with very few exceptions, from my explorations. But the map
+on which they were laid down by me has been so often copied by
+societies, governments, and private individuals without permission (and
+without acknowledgment), that the author of it has long ceased to claim a
+property so generally pillaged. The original, however, appeared, with a
+memoir on the interior&mdash;"Das Innere der Vancouver Insel"&mdash;which has not
+yet been translated, in Petermann's <i>Geographische Mittheilungen</i>, 1869.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23_23" id="Footnote_23_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> Or Berkeley&mdash;for the name is spelt both ways.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24_24" id="Footnote_24_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> Destruction Island, in lat. 47� 35'. This was almost the same spot as
+that in which the Spaniards of Bodega's crew were massacred in 1775, and
+for this reason they named it Isla de Dolores&mdash;the "Island of Sorrows." It
+is in what is now the State of Washington, U.S.A.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_25_25" id="Footnote_25_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> Green Low will even blame Wikananish, who figures in Jewitt's narrative,
+as the instigator of the outrage.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_26_26" id="Footnote_26_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26_26">
+<span class="label">[26]</span></a> The Nahwitti Indians.
+Compare the Tl&#257;-tl&#299;-s&#299;&mdash;Kwela and Nekum-ke-l&#299;sla
+septs of the Kwakiool people. They now inhabit a village
+named Meloopa, on the south-east side of Hope Island. But their original
+hamlet was situated on a small rocky peninsula on the east side of Cape
+Commerell, which forms the north point of Vancouver Island. Here
+remains of old houses are still to be seen, at a place known to the Indians as
+Nahwitti. It was close to this place that the <i>Tonquin</i> was blown up.&mdash;<i>Science</i>,
+vol. ix. p. 341.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_27_27" id="Footnote_27_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> "Maccay" (Meares); "M'Key" (Dixon).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_28_28" id="Footnote_28_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> There is a portrait of him, apparently authentic, in Meares's <i>Voyages</i>,
+vol. ii. (1791). That in the original edition of Jewitt's Narrative, like the
+plate of the capture of the <i>Boston</i>, appears to have been drawn from description,
+though there is a certain resemblance in it to Meares's sketch
+made fourteen or fifteen years earlier. But the scenery, the canoes, the
+people, and, above all, the palm trees in Nootka Sound, are purely
+imaginary.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
+<h2>JOHN JEWITT'S NARRATIVE</h2>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I</h2>
+
+<p>BIRTH, PARENTAGE AND EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR</p>
+
+<p>I was born in Boston, a considerable borough town in
+Lincolnshire, in Great Britain, on the 21st of May, 1783.
+My father, Edward Jewitt, was by trade a blacksmith,
+and esteemed among the first in his line of business in
+that place. At the age of three years I had the misfortune
+to lose my mother, a most excellent woman,
+who died in childbed, leaving an infant daughter, who,
+with myself, and an elder brother by a former marriage
+of my father, constituted the whole of our family. My
+father, who considered a good education as the greatest
+blessing he could bestow on his children, was very particular
+in paying every attention to us in that respect,
+always exhorting us to behave well, and endeavouring
+to impress on our minds the principles of virtue and
+morality, and no expense in his power was spared to
+have us instructed in whatever might render us useful
+and respectable in society. My brother, who was four
+years older than myself and of a more hardy constitution,
+he destined for his own trade, but to me he had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>
+resolved to give an education superior to that which is
+to be obtained in a common school, it being his intention
+that I should adopt one of the learned professions.
+Accordingly, at the age of twelve he took me from the
+school in which I had been taught the first rudiments of
+learning, and placed me under the care of Mr. Moses, a
+celebrated teacher of an academy at Donnington, about
+eleven miles from Boston, in order to be instructed in
+the Latin language, and in some of the higher branches
+of the mathematics. I there made considerable proficiency
+in writing, reading, and arithmetic, and obtained
+a pretty good knowledge of navigation and of surveying;
+but my progress in Latin was slow, not only owing to
+the little inclination I felt for learning that language,
+but to a natural impediment in my speech, which
+rendered it extremely difficult for me to pronounce it,
+so that in a short time, with my father's consent, I
+wholly relinquished the study.</p>
+
+<p>The period of my stay at this place was the most
+happy of my life. My preceptor, Mr. Moses, was not
+only a learned, but a virtuous, benevolent, and amiable
+man, universally beloved by his pupils, who took delight
+in his instruction, and to whom he allowed every
+proper amusement that consisted with attention to
+their studies.</p>
+
+<p>One of the principal pleasures I enjoyed was in
+attending the fair, which is regularly held twice a year
+at Donnington, in the spring and in the fall,<a name="FNanchor_29_29" id="FNanchor_29_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_29_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a> the second
+day being wholly devoted to selling horses, a prodigious
+number of which are brought thither for that purpose.
+As the scholars on these occasions were always indulged
+with a holiday, I cannot express with what
+eagerness of youthful expectation I used to anticipate
+these fairs, nor what delight I felt at the various shows,
+exhibitions of wild beasts, and other entertainments that
+they presented; I was frequently visited by my father,
+who always discovered much joy on seeing me, praised
+me for my acquirements, and usually left me a small
+sum for my pocket expenses.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span></p>
+<p>Among the scholars at this academy, there was one
+named Charles Rice, with whom I formed a particular
+intimacy, which continued during the whole of my stay.
+He was my class and room mate, and as the town he
+came from, Ashby, was more than sixty miles off,
+instead of returning home, he used frequently during
+the vacation to go with me to Boston, where he always
+met with a cordial welcome from my father, who
+received me on these occasions with the greatest
+affection, apparently taking much pride in me. My
+friend in return used to take me with him to an uncle of
+his in Donnington, a very wealthy man, who, having no
+children of his own, was very fond of his nephew, and
+on his account I was always a welcome visitor at the
+house. I had a good voice, and an ear for music, to
+which I was always passionately attached, though
+my father endeavoured to discourage this propensity,
+considering it (as is too frequently the case) but an
+introduction to a life of idleness and dissipation; and,
+having been remarked for my singing at church, which
+was regularly attended on Sundays and festival days by
+the scholars, Mr. Morthrop, my friend Rice's uncle, used
+frequently to request me to sing; he was always pleased<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
+with my exhibitions of this kind, and it was no doubt
+one of the means that secured me so gracious a reception
+at his house. A number of other gentlemen in the
+place would sometimes send for me to sing at their
+houses, and as I was not a little vain of my vocal powers,
+I was much gratified on receiving these invitations, and
+accepted them with the greatest pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>Thus passed away the two happiest years of my life,
+when my father, thinking that I had received a sufficient
+education for the profession he intended me for, took
+me from school at Donnington in order to apprentice
+me to Doctor Mason, a surgeon of eminence at Reasby,
+in the neighbourhood of the celebrated Sir Joseph Banks.<a name="FNanchor_30_30" id="FNanchor_30_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_30_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a>
+With regret did I part from my school acquaintance,
+particularly my friend Rice, and returned home with my
+father, on a short visit to my family, preparatory to my
+intended apprenticeship. The disinclination I ever had
+felt for the profession my father wished me to pursue,
+was still further increased on my return. When a child
+I was always fond of being in the shop, among the
+workmen, endeavouring to imitate what I saw them do;
+this disposition so far increased after my leaving the
+academy, that I could not bear to hear the least mention
+made of my being apprenticed to a surgeon, and I used
+so many entreaties with my father to persuade him to
+give up this plan and learn me his own trade, that he
+at last consented.</p>
+
+<p>More fortunate would it probably have been for me,
+had I gratified the wishes of this affectionate parent,
+in adopting the profession he had chosen for me,
+than thus to have induced him to sacrifice them to
+mine. However it might have been, I was at length
+introduced into the shop, and my natural turn of mind
+corresponding with the employment, I became in a short
+time uncommonly expert at the work to which I was
+set. I now felt myself well contented, pleased with my
+occupation, and treated with much affection by my
+father, and kindness by my step-mother, my father
+having once more entered the state of matrimony, with
+a widow much younger than himself, who had been
+brought up in a superior manner, and was an amiable
+and sensible woman.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p>
+<p>About a year after I had commenced this apprenticeship,
+my father, finding that he could carry on his
+business to more advantage in Hull, removed thither
+with his family. An event of no little importance to
+me, as it in a great measure influenced my future
+destiny. Hull being one of the best ports in England,
+and a place of great trade, my father had there full
+employment for his numerous workmen, particularly in
+vessel work. This naturally leading me to an acquaintance
+with the sailors on board some of the ships: the
+many remarkable stories they told me of their voyages
+and adventures, and of the manners and customs of the
+nations they had seen, excited a strong wish in me to
+visit foreign countries, which was increased by my
+reading the voyages of Captain Cook, and some other
+celebrated navigators.</p>
+
+<p>Thus passed the four years that I lived at Hull, where
+my father was esteemed by all who knew him, as a
+worthy, industrious, and thriving man. At this period
+a circumstance occurred which afforded me the opportunity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
+I had for some time wished, of gratifying my
+inclination of going abroad.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>Among our principal customers at Hull were the
+Americans who frequented that port, and from whose
+conversation my father as well as myself formed the
+most favourable opinion of that country, as affording an
+excellent field for the exertions of industry, and a flattering
+prospect for the establishment of a young man in
+life. In the summer of the year 1802, during the peace
+between England and France, the ship <i>Boston</i>, belonging
+to Boston, in Massachusetts, and commanded by
+Captain John Salter, arrived at Hull, whither she came
+to take on board a cargo of such goods as were wanted
+for the trade with the Indians, on the North-West
+coast of America, from whence, after having taken in a
+lading of furs and skins, she was to proceed to China,
+and from thence home to America. The ship having
+occasion for many repairs and alterations, necessary for
+so long a voyage, the captain applied to my father to
+do the smith's work, which was very considerable.
+That gentleman, who was of a social turn, used often
+to call at my father's house, where he passed many
+of his evenings, with his chief and second mates,
+Mr. B. Delouisa and Mr. William Ingraham,<a name="FNanchor_31_31" id="FNanchor_31_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_31_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a> the
+latter a fine young man of about twenty, of a most
+amiable temper, and of such affable manners, as gained
+him the love and attachment of the whole crew.
+These gentlemen used occasionally to take me with
+them to the theatre, an amusement which I was very
+fond of, and which my father rather encouraged than
+objected to, as he thought it a good means of preventing
+young men, who are naturally inclined to
+seek for something to amuse them, from frequenting
+taverns, ale-houses, and places of bad resort, equally
+destructive of the health and morals, while the stage
+frequently furnishes excellent lessons of morality and
+good conduct.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span></p>
+<p>In the evenings that he passed at my father's, Captain
+Salter, who had for a great number of years been at sea,
+and seen almost all parts of the world, used sometimes
+to speak of his voyages, and, observing me listen with
+much attention to his relations, he one day, when I had
+brought him some work, said to me in rather a jocose
+manner, "John, how should you like to go with me?"
+I answered, that it would give me great pleasure, that
+I had for a long time wished to visit foreign countries,
+particularly America, which I had been told so many
+fine stories of, and that if my father would give his
+consent, and he was willing to take me with him, I
+would go.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall be very glad to do it," said he, "if your father
+can be prevailed on to let you go; and as I want an
+expert smith for an armourer, the one I have shipped
+for that purpose not being sufficiently master of his
+trade, I have no doubt that you will answer my turn
+well, as I perceive you are both active and ingenious,
+and on my return to America I shall probably be able
+to do something much better for you in Boston. I will
+take the first opportunity of speaking to your father
+about it, and try to persuade him to consent." He<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
+accordingly, the next evening that he called at our
+house, introduced the subject: my father at first would
+not listen to the proposal. That best of parents, though
+anxious for my advantageous establishment in life, could
+not bear to think of parting with me, but on Captain
+Salter's telling him of what benefit it would be to me to
+go the voyage with him, and that it was a pity to keep
+a promising and ingenious young fellow like myself
+confined to a small shop in England, when if I had
+tolerable success I might do so much better in America,
+where wages were much higher and living cheaper, he at
+length gave up his objections, and consented that I
+should ship on board the <i>Boston</i> as an armourer, at the
+rate of thirty dollars per month, with an agreement that
+the amount due to me, together with a certain sum of
+money, which my father gave Captain Salter for that
+purpose, should be laid out by him on the North-West
+coast in the purchase of furs for my account, to be disposed
+of in China for such goods as would yield a profit
+on the return of the ship; my father being solicitous to
+give me every advantage in his power of well establishing
+myself in my trade in Boston, or some other maritime
+town of America. Such were the flattering
+expectations which this good man indulged respecting
+me. Alas! the fatal disaster that befell us, not
+only blasted all these hopes, but involved me in
+extreme distress and wretchedness for a long period
+after.</p>
+
+<p>The ship, having undergone a thorough repair and
+been well coppered, proceeded to take on board her
+cargo, which consisted of English cloths, Dutch blankets,
+looking-glasses, beads, knives, razors, etc., which were<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span>
+received from Holland, some sugar and molasses, about
+twenty hogsheads of rum, including stores for the
+ship, a great quantity of ammunition, cutlasses, pistols,
+and three thousand muskets and fowling-pieces. The
+ship being loaded and ready for sea, as I was preparing
+for my departure, my father came to me, and, taking me
+aside, said to me with much emotion, "John, I am now
+going to part with you, and Heaven only knows if we
+shall ever again meet. But in whatever part of the
+world you are, always bear it in mind, that on your own
+conduct will depend your success in life. Be honest,
+industrious, frugal, and temperate, and you will not fail,
+in whatsoever country it may be your lot to be placed,
+to gain yourself friends. Let the Bible be your guide,
+and your reliance in any fortune that may befall you,
+that Almighty Being, who knows how to bring forth
+good from evil, and who never deserts those who put
+their trust in Him." He repeated his exhortations to me
+to lead an honest and Christian life, and to recollect
+that I had a father, a mother, a brother, and sister, who
+could not but feel a strong interest in my welfare, enjoining
+me to write him by the first opportunity that
+should offer to England, from whatever part of the
+world I might be in, more particularly on my arrival in
+Boston. This I promised to do, but long unhappily
+was it before I was able to fulfil this promise. I then
+took an affectionate leave of my worthy parent, whose
+feelings would hardly permit him to speak, and, bidding
+an affectionate farewell to my brother, sister, and step-mother,
+who expressed the greatest solicitude for my
+future fortune, went on board the ship, which proceeded
+to the Downs, to be ready for the first favourable<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span>
+wind. I found myself well accommodated on board as
+regarded my work, an iron forge having been erected
+on deck; this my father had made for the ship on a
+new plan, for which he afterwards obtained a patent;
+while a corner of the steerage was appropriated to
+my vice-bench, so that in bad weather I could work
+below.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_29_29" id="Footnote_29_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> These fairs are still held, though the dates are now May 26th,
+September 4th, and October 27th.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_30_30" id="Footnote_30_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> The companion of Cook, and for many years President of the Royal
+Society.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_31_31" id="Footnote_31_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> This William Ingraham must not be confounded with Joseph Ingraham,
+who also visited Nootka Sound, and played a considerable part in
+the exploration of the North-West American coast.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<p>VOYAGE TO NOOTKA SOUND</p>
+
+
+<p>On the third day of September, 1802, we sailed from
+the Downs with a fair wind, in company with twenty-four
+sail of American vessels, most of which were bound
+home.</p>
+
+<p>I was sea-sick for a few of the first days, but it was
+of short continuance, and on my recovery I found myself
+in uncommonly fine health and spirits, and went to
+work with alacrity at my forge, in putting in order some
+of the muskets, and making daggers, knives, and small
+hatchets for the Indian trade, while in wet and stormy
+weather I was occupied below in filing and polishing
+them. This was my employment, having but little to
+do with sailing the vessel, though I used occasionally to
+lend a hand in assisting the seamen in taking in and
+making sail.</p>
+
+<p>As I had never before been out of sight of land, I
+cannot describe my sensations, after I had recovered
+from the distressing effects of sea-sickness, on viewing
+the mighty ocean by which I was surrounded, bound
+only by the sky, while its waves, rising in mountains,
+seemed every moment to threaten our ruin.
+Manifest as is the hand of Providence in preserving its
+creatures from destruction, in no instance is it more so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
+than on the great deep; for whether we consider in its
+tumultuary motions the watery deluge that each moment
+menaces to overwhelm us, the immense violence of
+its shocks, the little that interposes between us and
+death, a single plank forming our only security, which,
+should it unfortunately be loosened, would plunge us
+at once into the abyss, our gratitude ought strongly to
+be excited towards that superintending Deity who in
+so wonderful a manner sustains our lives amid the
+waves.</p>
+
+<p>We had a pleasant and favourable passage of twenty-nine
+days to the Island of St. Catherine,<a name="FNanchor_32_32" id="FNanchor_32_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a> on the coast of
+Brazils, where the captain had determined to stop for a
+few days to wood and water. This place belongs to the
+Portuguese. On entering the harbour, we were saluted
+by the fort, which we returned. The next day the
+governor of the island came on board of us with his
+suite; Captain Salter received him with much respect,
+and invited him to dine with him, which he accepted.
+The ship remained at St. Catherine's four days, during
+which time we were busily employed in taking in wood,
+water, and fresh provisions, Captain Salter thinking it
+best to furnish himself here with a full supply for his
+voyage to the North-West coast, so as not to be obliged
+to stop at the Sandwich Islands. St. Catherine's is a
+very commodious place for vessels to stop at that are
+bound round Cape Horn, as it abounds with springs
+of fine water, with excellent oranges, plantains, and
+bananas.</p>
+
+<p>Having completed our stores, we put to sea, and on
+the twenty-fifth of December, at length passed Cape
+Horn, which we had made no less than thirty-six days
+before, but were repeatedly forced back by contrary
+winds, experiencing very rough and tempestuous
+weather in doubling it.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span></p>
+<p>Immediately after passing Cape Horn, all our dangers
+and difficulties seemed to be at an end; the weather
+became fine, and so little labour was necessary on board
+the ship, that the men soon recovered from their fatigue
+and were in excellent spirits. A few days after we fell
+in with an English South Sea whaling ship homeward
+bound,<a name="FNanchor_33_33" id="FNanchor_33_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a> which was the only vessel we spoke with on our
+voyage. We now took the trade wind or monsoon,
+during which we enjoyed the finest weather possible, so
+that for the space of a fortnight we were not obliged to
+reeve a topsail or to make a tack, and so light was the
+duty and easy the life of the sailors during this time,
+that they appeared the happiest of any people in the
+world.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Salter, who had been for many years in the
+East India trade, was a most excellent seaman, and preserved
+the strictest order and discipline on board his
+ship, though he was a man of mild temper and conciliating
+manners, and disposed to allow every indulgence
+to his men, not inconsistent with their duty. We had
+on board a fine band of music, with which on Saturday
+nights, when the weather was pleasant, we were accustomed
+to be regaled, the captain ordering them to
+play for several hours for the amusement of the crew.
+This to me was most delightful, especially during the
+serene evenings we experienced in traversing the
+Southern Ocean. As for myself, during the day I was
+constantly occupied at my forge, in refitting or repairing
+some of the ironwork of the vessel, but principally in
+making tomahawks, daggers, etc., for the North-West
+coast.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span></p>
+<p>During the first part of our voyage we saw scarcely
+any fish, excepting some whales, a few sharks, and flying
+fish; but after weathering Cape Horn we met with
+numerous shoals of sea porpoises, several of whom we
+caught, and as we had been for some time without fresh
+provisions, I found it not only a palatable, but really a
+very excellent food. To one who has never before seen
+them, a shoal of these fish<a name="FNanchor_34_34" id="FNanchor_34_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a> presents a very striking and
+singular appearance; beheld at a distance coming towards
+a vessel, they look not unlike a great number of
+small black waves rolling over one another in a confused
+manner, and approaching with great swiftness. As soon
+as a shoal is seen, all is bustle and activity on board the
+ship, the grains and the harpoons are immediately got
+ready, and those who are best skilled in throwing them take
+their stand at the bow and along the gunwale, anxiously
+awaiting the welcome troop as they come, gambolling
+and blowing around the vessel, in search of food. When
+pierced with the harpoon and drawn on board, unless
+the fish is instantly killed by the stroke, which rarely
+happens, it utters most pitiful cries, greatly resembling
+those of an infant. The flesh, cut into steaks and
+broiled, is not unlike very coarse beef, and the harslet
+in appearance and taste is so much like that of a hog,
+that it would be no easy matter to distinguish the one
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span>
+from the other; from this circumstance the sailors have
+given the name of the herring hog<a name="FNanchor_35_35" id="FNanchor_35_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a> to this fish. I was
+told by some of the crew, that if one of them happens to
+free itself from the grains or harpoons, when struck,
+all the others, attracted by the blood, immediately quit
+the ship and give chase to the wounded one, and as soon
+as they overtake it, immediately tear it in pieces. We
+also caught a large shark, which had followed the ship
+for several days, with a hook which I made for the purpose,
+and although the flesh was by no means equal to
+that of the herring hog, yet to those destitute as we were
+of anything fresh, I found it eat very well. After passing
+the Cape, when the sea had become calm, we saw
+great numbers of albatrosses, a large brown and white
+bird of the goose kind, one of which Captain Salter shot,
+whose wings measured from their extremities fifteen
+feet. One thing, however, I must not omit mentioning,
+as it struck me in a most singular and extraordinary
+manner. This was, that on passing Cape Horn in
+December, which was midsummer in that climate, the
+nights were so light, without any moon, that we found
+no difficulty whatever in reading small print, which we
+frequently did during our watches.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_32_32" id="Footnote_32_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> Santa Catharina.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_33_33" id="Footnote_33_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a> This is now, so far as Great Britain is concerned, a reminiscence of a
+vanished trade: the South Sea whaling is extinct.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_34_34" id="Footnote_34_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> The zoological reader does not require to be told that the porpoise, a
+very general term applied by sailors to many small species of cetaceans, is
+not a "fish."</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_35_35" id="Footnote_35_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> <i>Porc poisson</i> of the French, of which porpoise is simply a corruption.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<p>INTERCOURSE WITH THE NATIVES&mdash;MAQUINA&mdash;SEIZURE
+OF THE VESSEL AND MURDER OF THE
+CREW</p>
+
+
+<p>In this manner, with a fair wind and easy weather from
+the 28th of December, the period of our passing Cape
+Horn, we pursued our voyage to the northward until
+the 12th of March, 1803, when we made Woody Point
+in Nootka Sound, on the North-West coast of America.
+We immediately stood up the Sound for Nootka, where<a name="FNanchor_36_36" id="FNanchor_36_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a>
+Captain Salter had determined to stop, in order to supply
+the ship with wood and water before proceeding up the
+coast to trade. But in order to avoid the risk of any
+molestation or interruption to his men from the Indians
+while thus employed, he proceeded with the ship about
+five miles to the northward of the village, which is
+situated on Friendly Cove, and sent out his chief mate
+with several of the crew in the boat to find a good
+place for anchoring her. After sounding for some time,
+they returned with information that they had discovered
+a secure place for anchorage, on the western side of an
+inlet or small bay, at about half a mile from the coast,
+near a small island which protected it from the sea, and
+where there was plenty of wood and excellent water.
+The ship accordingly came to anchor in this place, at
+twelve o'clock at night, in twelve fathom water, muddy
+bottom, and so near the shore that to prevent the ship
+from winding we secured her by a hawser to the trees.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span></p>
+<p>On the morning of the next day, the 13th, several of
+the natives came on board in a canoe from the village of
+Nootka, with their king, called Maquina, who appeared
+much pleased on seeing us, and with great seeming
+cordiality welcomed Captain Salter and his officers to his
+country. As I had never before beheld a savage of any
+nation, it may readily be supposed that the novelty of
+their appearance, so different from any people that I had
+hitherto seen, excited in me strong feelings of surprise
+and curiosity. I was, however, particularly struck with
+the looks of their king, who was a man of a dignified
+aspect, about six feet in height and extremely straight
+and well proportioned; his features were in general good,
+and his face was rendered remarkable by a large Roman
+nose, a very uncommon form of feature among these
+people; his complexion was of a dark copper hue,
+though his face, legs, and arms were, on this occasion,
+so covered with red paint, that their natural colour
+could scarcely be perceived; his eyebrows were painted
+black in two broad stripes like a new moon, and his
+long black hair, which shone with oil, was fastened in a
+bunch on the top of his head and strewed or powdered
+all over with white down, which gave him a most curious
+and extraordinary appearance. He was dressed in a
+large mantle or cloak of the black sea-otter skin, which
+reached to his knees, and was fastened around his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span>
+middle by a broad belt of the cloth of the country,
+wrought or painted with figures of several colours; this
+dress was by no means unbecoming, but, on the contrary,
+had an air of savage magnificence. His men were
+habited in mantles of the same cloth, which is made from
+the bark of a tree,<a name="FNanchor_37_37" id="FNanchor_37_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a> and has some resemblance to straw
+matting; these are nearly square, and have two holes in
+the upper part large enough to admit the arms; they
+reach as low as the knees, and are fastened round their
+bodies with a belt about four inches broad of the same
+cloth.</p>
+
+<p>From his having frequently visited the English and
+American ships that traded to the coast, Maquina had
+learned the signification of a number of English words, and
+in general could make himself pretty well understood
+by us in our own language. He was always the first to
+go on board such ships as came to Nootka, which he was
+much pleased in visiting, even when he had no trade to
+offer, as he always received some small present, and was
+in general extremely well treated by the commanders.
+He remained on board of us for some time, during which
+the captain took him into the cabin and treated him with
+a glass of rum&mdash;these people being very fond of distilled
+spirits&mdash;and some biscuit and molasses, which they prefer
+to any kind of food that we can offer them.<a name="FNanchor_38_38" id="FNanchor_38_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p><p>As there are seldom many furs to be purchased at
+this place, and it was not fully the season, Captain Salter
+had put in here not so much with an expectation of
+trading, as to procure an ample stock of wood and water
+for the supply of the ship on the coast, thinking it more
+prudent to take it on board at Nootka, from the
+generally friendly disposition of the people, than to
+endanger the safety of his men in sending them on
+shore for that purpose among the more ferocious natives
+of the north.</p>
+
+<p>With this view, we immediately set about getting
+our water-casks in readiness, and the next and two
+succeeding days, part of the crew were sent on shore to
+cut pine timber, and assist the carpenter in making it
+into yards and spars for the ship, while those on board
+were employed in refitting the rigging, repairing the
+sails, etc., when we proceeded to take in our wood and
+water as expeditiously as possible, during which time I
+kept myself busily employed in repairing the muskets,
+making knives, tomaxes,<a name="FNanchor_39_39" id="FNanchor_39_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a> etc., and doing such ironwork
+as was wanted for the ship.</p>
+
+<p>Meantime more or less of the natives came on board
+of us daily, bringing with them fresh salmon, with which
+they supplied us in great plenty, receiving in return some
+trifling articles. Captain Salter was always very particular,
+before admitting these people on board, to see
+that they had no arms about them, by obliging them
+indiscriminately to throw off their garments, so that he
+felt perfectly secure from any attack.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p>
+<p>On the 15th the king came on board with several of
+his chiefs; he was dressed as before in his magnificent
+otter-skin robe, having his face highly painted, and his
+hair tossed with the white down, which looked like
+snow. His chiefs were dressed in mantles of the country
+cloth of its natural colour, which is a pale yellow; these
+were ornamented with a broad border, painted or
+wrought in figures of several colours, representing men's
+heads, various animals, etc., and secured around them by
+a belt like that of the king, from which it was distinguished
+only by being narrower: the dress of the
+common people is of the same fashion, and differs from
+that of the chiefs in being of a coarser texture, and
+painted red, of one uniform colour.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Salter invited Maquina and his chiefs to dine
+with him, and it was curious to see how these people
+(when they eat) seat themselves (in their country fashion,
+upon our chairs) with their feet under them crossed like
+Turks. They cannot endure the taste of salt, and the
+only thing they would eat with us was the ship bread,
+which they were very fond of, especially when dipped in
+molasses; they had also a great liking for tea and coffee
+when well sweetened. As iron weapons and tools of
+almost every kind are in much request among them,
+whenever they came on board they were always very
+attentive to me, crowding around me at the forge, as if
+to see in what manner I did my work, and in this way
+became quite familiar, a circumstance, as will be seen in
+the end, of great importance to me. The salmon which
+they brought us furnished a most delicious treat to men<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
+who for a long time had lived wholly on salt provisions,
+excepting such few sea fish as we had the good fortune
+occasionally to take. We indeed feasted most luxuriously,
+and flattered ourselves that we should not
+want while on the coast for plenty of fresh provisions,
+little imagining the fate that awaited us, and that this
+dainty food was to prove the unfortunate lure to our
+destruction!</p>
+
+<p>On the 19th the king came again on board, and was
+invited by the captain to dine with him. He had much
+conversation with Captain Salter, and informed him
+that there were plenty of wild ducks and geese near
+Friendly Cove, on which the captain made him a present
+of a double-barrelled fowling-piece, with which he
+appeared to be greatly pleased, and soon after went on
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>On the 20th we were nearly ready for our departure,
+having taken in what wood and water we were in
+want of.</p>
+
+<p>The next day Maquina came on board with nine pair
+of wild ducks, as a present; at the same time he brought
+with him the gun, one of the locks of which he had
+broken, telling the captain that it was <i>peshak</i>,<a name="FNanchor_40_40" id="FNanchor_40_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_40_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a> that is,
+bad. Captain Salter was very much offended at this
+observation, and, considering it as a mark of contempt
+for his present, he called the king a liar, adding other
+opprobrious terms, and, taking the gun from him, tossed
+it indignantly into the cabin, and, calling me to him, said,
+"John, this fellow has broken this beautiful fowling-piece,
+see if you can mend it." On examining it, I told
+him that it could be done. As I have already observed,
+Maquina knew a number of English words, and unfortunately
+understood but too well the meaning of the
+reproachful terms that the captain addressed to him.
+He said not a word in reply, but his countenance
+sufficiently expressed the rage he felt, though he
+exerted himself to suppress it, and I observed him,
+while the captain was speaking, repeatedly put his hand
+to his throat, and rub it upon his bosom, which he
+afterwards told me was to keep down his heart, which
+was rising into his throat and choking him. He soon
+after went on shore with his men, evidently much
+discomposed.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p>
+<p>On the morning of the 22nd the natives came off to
+us as usual with salmon, and remained on board; when
+about noon Maquina came alongside, with a considerable
+number of his chiefs and men in their canoes, who,
+after going through the customary examination, were
+admitted into the ship. He had a whistle in his hand,
+and over his face a very ugly mask of wood, representing
+the head of some wild beast, appeared to be remarkably
+good-humoured and gay, and whilst his people sang and
+capered about the deck, entertaining us with a variety
+of antic trick and gestures, he blew his whistle to a kind
+of tune which seemed to regulate their motions. As
+Captain Salter was walking on the quarter-deck, amusing
+himself with their dancing, the king came up to him
+and inquired when he intended to go to sea? He
+answered, "To-morrow." Maquina then said, "You love
+salmon&mdash;much in Friendly Cove, why not go there and
+catch some?" The captain thought that it would be
+very desirable to have a good supply of these fish for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
+the voyage, and, on consulting with Mr. Delouisa, it was
+agreed to send part of the crew on shore after dinner
+with the seine, in order to procure a quantity. Maquina
+and his chiefs stayed and dined on board, and after
+dinner the chief mate went off with nine men in the
+jolly-boat and yawl, to fish at Friendly Cove, having set
+the steward on shore at our watering place, to wash the
+captain's clothes.</p>
+
+<p>Shortly after the departure of the boats, I went down
+to my vice-bench in the steerage, where I was employed
+in cleaning muskets. I had not been there
+more than an hour, when I heard the men hoisting
+in the longboat, which, in a few minutes after, was
+succeeded by a great bustle and confusion on deck. I
+immediately ran up the steerage stairs, but scarcely was
+my head above deck, when I was caught by the hair by
+one of the savages, and lifted from my feet; fortunately
+for me, my hair being short, and the ribbon with which
+it was tied slipping, I fell from his hold into the steerage.
+As I was falling he struck at me with an axe, which cut
+a deep gash in my forehead, and penetrated the skull,
+but in consequence of his losing his hold I luckily
+escaped the full force of the blow, which otherwise
+would have cleft my head in two. I fell, stunned and
+senseless, upon the floor; how long I continued in this
+situation I know not, but on recovering my senses, the
+first thing that I did was to try to get up, but so weak
+was I, from the loss of blood, that I fainted and fell. I
+was, however, soon recalled to my recollection by three
+loud shouts or yells from the savages, which convinced
+me that they had got possession of the ship. It is impossible
+for me to describe my feelings at this terrific<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>
+sound. Some faint idea may be formed of them by
+those who have known what it is to half waken from a
+hideous dream and still think it real. Never, no, never
+shall I lose from my mind the impression of that dreadful
+moment. I expected every instant to share the
+wretched fate of my unfortunate companions, and when
+I heard the song of triumph, by which these infernal
+yells was succeeded, my blood ran cold in my veins.</p>
+
+<p>Having at length sufficiently recovered my senses to
+look around me, after wiping the blood from my eyes, I
+saw that the hatch of the steerage was shut. This was
+done, as I afterwards discovered, by order of Maquina,
+who, on seeing the savage strike at me with the axe, told
+him not to hurt me, for that I was the armourer, and
+would be useful to them in repairing their arms; while
+at the same time, to prevent any of his men from injuring
+me, he had the hatch closed. But to me this circumstance
+wore a very different appearance, for I thought
+that these barbarians had only prolonged my life in
+order to deprive me of it by the most cruel tortures.</p>
+
+<p>I remained in this horrid state of suspense for a very
+long time, when at length the hatch was opened, and
+Maquina, calling me by name, ordered me to come up.
+I groped my way up as well as I was able, being almost
+blinded with the blood that flowed from my wound, and
+so weak as with difficulty to walk. The king, on perceiving
+my situation, ordered one of his men to bring a pot
+of water to wash the blood from my face, which having
+done, I was able to see distinctly with one of my eyes,
+but the other was so swollen from my wound, that it
+was closed. But what a terrific spectacle met my eyes:
+six naked savages, standing in a circle around me,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>
+covered with the blood of my murdered comrades, with
+their daggers uplifted in their hands, prepared to strike.
+I now thought my last moment had come, and recommended
+my soul to my Maker.</p>
+
+<p>The king, who, as I have already observed, knew
+enough of English to make himself understood, entered
+the circle, and, placing himself before me, addressed me
+nearly in the following words: "John&mdash;I speak&mdash;you no
+say no; You say no&mdash;daggers come!" He then asked
+me if I would be his slave during my life&mdash;if I would
+fight for him in his battles, if I would repair his
+muskets and make daggers and knives for him&mdash;with
+several other questions, to all of which I was
+careful to answer, yes. He then told me that he would
+spare my life, and ordered me to kiss his hands and feet
+to show my submission to him, which I did. In the
+meantime his people were very clamorous to have me put
+to death, so that there should be none of us left to tell our
+story to our countrymen, and prevent them from coming
+to trade with them; but the king in the most determined
+manner opposed their wishes, and to his favour am
+I wholly indebted for my being yet among the living.</p>
+
+<p>As I was busy at work at the time of the attack, I
+was without my coat, and what with the coldness of the
+weather, my feebleness from loss of blood, the pain of
+my wound, and the extreme agitation and terror that I
+still felt, I shook like a leaf, which the king observing,
+went into the cabin, and, bringing up a greatcoat that
+belonged to the captain, threw it over my shoulders,
+telling me to drink some rum from a bottle which he
+handed me, at the same time giving me to understand
+that it would be good for me, and keep me from trembling
+as I did. I took a draught of it, after which, taking
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>
+me by the hand, he led me to the quarter-deck, where
+the most horrid sight presented itself that ever my eyes
+witnessed. The heads of our unfortunate captain and his
+crew, to the number of twenty-five, were all arranged
+in a line,<a name="FNanchor_41_41" id="FNanchor_41_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a> and Maquina, ordering one of his people to
+bring a head, asked me whose it was: I answered, the
+captain's. In like manner the others were showed me,
+and I told him the names, excepting a few that were so
+horribly mangled that I was not able to recognise them.</p>
+
+<p>I now discovered that all our unfortunate crew had
+been massacred, and learned that, after getting possession
+of the ship, the savages had broke open the arm-chest
+and magazine, and, supplying themselves with ammunition
+and arms, sent a party on shore to attack our men,
+who had gone thither to fish, and, being joined by
+numbers from the village, without difficulty overpowered
+and murdered them, and, cutting off their heads, brought
+them on board, after throwing their bodies into the sea.
+On looking upon the deck, I saw it entirely covered
+with the blood of my poor comrades, whose throats had
+been cut with their own jack-knives, the savages having
+seized the opportunity, while they were busy in hoisting
+in the boat, to grapple with them, and overpower them
+by their numbers; in the scuffle the captain was thrown
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>
+overboard, and despatched by those in the canoes, who
+immediately cut off his head. What I felt on this occasion,
+may be more readily conceived than expressed.</p>
+
+<p>After I had answered his questions, Maquina took my
+silk handkerchief from my neck and bound it around
+my head, placing over the wound a leaf of tobacco, of
+which we had a quantity on board. This was done at
+my desire, as I had often found, from personal experience,
+the benefit of this application to cuts.</p>
+
+<p>Maquina then ordered me to get the ship under weigh
+for Friendly Cove. This I did by cutting the cables,
+and sending some of the natives aloft to loose the sails,
+which they performed in a very bungling manner. But
+they succeeded so far in loosing the jib and top-sails,
+that, with the advantage of fair wind, I succeeded in
+getting the ship into the Cove, where, by order of the
+king, I ran her ashore on a sandy beach, at eight o'clock
+at night.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_36_36" id="Footnote_36_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> By "Nootka," Friendly Cove, or "Yucuaht," is meant; there is no
+special place of that name; the word, indeed, is unknown to the natives.
+Woody Point, or Cape Cook, is in lat. 50� 6' 31" N.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_37_37" id="Footnote_37_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> The white pine (<i>Pinus monticola</i>). This is employed for making
+blankets trimmed with sea-otter fur, but the mats used in their canoes are
+made of cedar bark (<i>Thuja gigantea</i>).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_38_38" id="Footnote_38_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> This is still true. Many years ago, when there was a threat of Indian
+trouble at Victoria, Sir James Douglas, famous as the first governor of
+British Columbia, and still more celebrated as a factor of the Hudson Bay
+Company, immediately allayed the rising storm by ordering a keg of treacle
+and a box of biscuit to be opened. Instantly the knives and muskets
+were tossed aside, and the irate savages fell to these homely dainties with
+the best of goodwill to all concerned. "Dear me! dear me! there is
+nothing like a little molasses," was the sage governor's remark. At the
+Alberni saw-mills, on the West coast, the invariable midday meal of the
+Indians loading lumber was coarse ship's biscuit dipped in a tin basin of
+the cheapest treacle, around which the mollified tribesmen squatted.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_39_39" id="Footnote_39_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> Tomahawks (little hatchets) in more familiar language.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_40_40" id="Footnote_40_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> <i>Pesh-shuak, Wikoo</i>, or <i>Chuuk</i> is also used in the same sense, but the
+first word is most frequently employed.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_41_41" id="Footnote_41_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> The Indians of the North-West coast and the wooded region protected
+by the great rivers always take heads as trophies. The heads are subsequently
+fixed on poles in front of their cedar-board lodges. The prairie
+Indians and the tribes east of the Rocky Mountains generally take, and
+always took, scalps alone, owing, perhaps, to the difficulty of carrying
+heads. This is no obstacle to fighting men travelling in canoes, on the
+bows of which they are often fastened while the warriors are returning from
+hostile expeditions.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<p>RECEPTION OF JEWITT BY THE SAVAGES&mdash;ESCAPE OF
+THOMPSON&mdash;ARRIVAL OF NEIGHBOURING TRIBES&mdash;AN
+INDIAN FEAST</p>
+
+
+<p>We were received by the inhabitants of the village,
+men, women, and children, with loud shouts of joy, and
+a most horrible drumming with sticks upon the roofs
+and sides of their houses,<a name="FNanchor_42_42" id="FNanchor_42_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a> in which they had also stuck
+a great number of lighted pine torches, to welcome their
+king's return, and congratulate him on the success of his
+enterprise.</p>
+
+<p>Maquina then took me on shore to his house, which
+was very large, and filled with people&mdash;where I was
+received with much kindness by the women, particularly
+those belonging to the king, who had no less than nine
+wives, all of whom came around me, expressing much
+sympathy for my misfortune, gently stroking and patting
+my head in an encouraging and soothing manner,
+with words expressive of condolence. How sweet is
+compassion even from savages! Those who have been
+in a similar situation, can alone truly appreciate its
+value.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p>
+<p>In the meantime all the warriors of the tribe, to the
+number of five hundred,<a name="FNanchor_43_43" id="FNanchor_43_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a> had assembled at the king's
+house, to rejoice for their success. They exulted greatly
+in having taken our ship, and each one boasted of his
+own particular exploits in killing our men, but they
+were in general much dissatisfied with my having been
+suffered to live, and were very urgent with Maquina to
+deliver me to them, to be put to death, which he
+obstinately refused to do, telling them that he had
+promised me my life, and would not break his word;
+and that, besides, I knew how to repair and to make
+arms, and should be of great use to them.</p>
+
+<p>The king then seated me by him, and ordered his
+women to bring him something to eat, when they set
+before him some dried clams and train-oil, of which he
+ate very heartily, and encouraged me to follow his
+example, telling me to eat much, and take a great deal
+of oil, which would make me strong and fat. Notwithstanding
+his praise of this new kind of food, I felt no
+disposition to indulge in it, both the smell and taste
+being loathsome to me; and had it been otherwise, such
+was the pain I endured, the agitation of my mind, and
+the gloominess of my reflections, that I should have felt
+very little inclination for eating.</p>
+
+<p>Not satisfied with his first refusal to deliver me up to
+them, the people again became clamorous that Maquina
+should consent to my being killed, saying that not one
+of us ought to be left alive to give information to others
+of our countrymen, and prevent them from coming to
+trade, or induce them to revenge the destruction of our
+ship, and they at length became so boisterous, that he
+caught up a large club in a passion, and drove them all
+out of the house. During this scene, a son of the king,
+about eleven years old, attracted no doubt by the
+singularity of my appearance, came up to me: I
+caressed him; he returned my attentions with much
+apparent pleasure, and considering this as a fortunate
+opportunity to gain the good will of the father, I took
+the child on my knee, and, cutting the metal buttons
+from off the coat I had on, I tied them around his neck.
+At this he was highly delighted, and became so much
+attached to me, that he would not quit me.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span></p>
+<p>The king appeared much pleased with my attention
+to his son, and, telling me that it was time to go to sleep,
+directed me to lie with his son next to him, as he was
+afraid lest some of his people would come while he was
+asleep and kill me with their daggers. I lay down as
+he ordered me, but neither the state of my mind nor the
+pain I felt would allow me to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>About midnight I was greatly alarmed by the
+approach of one of the natives, who came to give
+information to the king that there was one of the white
+men alive, who had knocked him down as he went on
+board the ship at night. This Maquina communicated
+to me, giving me to understand that as soon as the sun
+rose he should kill him. I endeavoured to persuade
+him to spare his life, but he bade me be silent and go to
+sleep. I said nothing more, but lay revolving in my
+mind what method I could devise to save the life of this
+man. What a consolation, thought I, what a happiness
+would it prove to me in my forlorn state among these<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
+heathens, to have a Christian and one of my own
+countrymen for a companion, and how greatly would it
+alleviate and lighten the burden of my slavery.</p>
+
+<p>As I was thinking of some plan for his preservation,
+it all at once came into my mind that this man was
+probably the sail-maker of the ship, named Thompson,
+as I had not seen his head among those on deck, and
+knew that he was below at work upon sails not long
+before the attack. The more I thought of it, the more
+probable it appeared to me, and as Thompson was a
+man nearly forty years of age, and had an old look, I
+conceived it would be easy to make him pass for my
+father, and by this means prevail on Maquina to spare
+his life. Towards morning I fell into a dose, but was
+awakened with the first beams of the sun by the king,
+who told me he was going to kill the man who was on
+board the ship, and ordered me to accompany him. I
+rose and followed him, leading with me the young
+prince, his son.</p>
+
+<p>On coming to the beach, I found all the men of the
+tribe assembled. The king addressed them, saying
+that one of the white men had been found alive on board
+the ship, and requested their opinion as to saving his life
+or putting him to death. They were unanimously for
+the latter. This determination he made known to me.
+Having arranged my plan, I asked him, pointing to the
+boy, whom I still held by the hand, if he loved his son.
+He answered that he did. I then asked the child if he
+loved his father, and on his replying in the affirmative, I
+said, "And I also love mine." I then threw myself on
+my knees at Maquina's feet, and implored him, with
+tears in my eyes, to spare my father's life, if the man on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>
+board should prove to be him, telling him that if he
+killed my father, it was my wish that he should kill me
+too, and that if he did not, I would kill myself&mdash;and
+that he would thus lose my services; whereas, by sparing
+my father's life, he would preserve mine, which
+would be of great advantage to him, by my repairing
+and making arms for him.</p>
+
+<p>Maquina appeared moved by my entreaties, and
+promised not to put the man to death if he should be
+my father. He then explained to his people what I
+had said, and ordered me to go on board and tell the
+man to come on shore. To my unspeakable joy, on
+going into the hold, I found that my conjecture was
+true. Thompson was there. He had escaped without
+any injury, excepting a slight wound in the nose, given
+him by one of the savages with a knife, as he attempted
+to come on deck, during the scuffle. Finding the
+savages in possession of the ship, as he afterwards
+informed me, he secreted himself in the hold, hoping for
+some chance to make his escape; but that, the Indian
+who came on board in the night approaching the place
+where he was, he supposed himself discovered, and,
+being determined to sell his life as dearly as possible, as
+soon as he came within his reach, he knocked him down,
+but the Indian, immediately springing up, ran off at full
+speed.</p>
+
+<p>I informed him, in a few words, that all our men
+had been killed; that the king had preserved my life,
+and had consented to spare his on the supposition
+that he was my father, an opinion which he must be
+careful not to undeceive them in, as it was his only
+safety. After giving him his cue, I went on shore with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>
+him, and presented him to Maquina, who immediately
+knew him to be the sail-maker, and was much pleased,
+observing that he could make sails for his canoe. He
+then took us to his house, and ordered something for us
+to eat.</p>
+
+<p>On the 24th and 25th, the natives were busily
+employed in taking the cargo out of the ship, stripping
+her of her sails and rigging, cutting away the spars and
+masts, and, in short, rendering her as complete a wreck
+as possible, the muskets, ammunition, cloth, and all the
+principal articles taken from her, being deposited in the
+king's house.</p>
+
+<p>While they were thus occupied, each one taking what
+he liked, my companion and myself being obliged to
+aid them, I thought it best to secure the accounts and
+papers of the ship, in hopes that on some future day I
+might have it in my power to restore them to the
+owners. With this view I took possession of the
+captain's writing-desk, which contained the most of
+them, together with some paper and implements for
+writing. I had also the good fortune to find a blank
+account-book, in which I resolved, should it be permitted
+me, to write an account of our capture, and the most
+remarkable occurrences that I should meet with during
+my stay among these people, fondly indulging the hope
+that it would not be long before some vessel would
+arrive to release us. I likewise found in the cabin a
+small volume of sermons, a Bible, and a Common Prayer-book
+of the Church of England, which furnished me and
+my comrade great consolation in the midst of our
+mournful servitude, and enabled me, under the favour of
+Divine Providence, to support with firmness the miseries<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>
+of a life which I might otherwise have found beyond
+my strength to endure.</p>
+
+<p>As these people set no value upon things of this kind,
+I found no difficulty in appropriating them to myself,
+by putting them in my chest, which, though it had been
+broken open and rifled by the savages, as I still had the
+key, I without much difficulty secured. In this I also
+put some small tools belonging to the ship, with several
+other articles, particularly a journal kept by the second
+mate, Mr. Ingraham, and a collection of drawings and
+views of places taken by him, which I had the good
+fortune to preserve, and on my arrival at Boston,
+I gave them to a connection of his, the Honourable
+Judge Dawes, who sent them to his family in New
+York.</p>
+
+<p>On the 26th, two ships were seen standing in for
+Friendly Cove. At their first appearance the inhabitants
+were thrown into great confusion, but, soon collecting a
+number of muskets and blunderbusses, ran to the shore,
+from whence they kept up so brisk a fire at them, that
+they were evidently afraid to approach nearer, and, after
+firing a few rounds of grape-shot, which did no harm to
+any one, they wore ship and stood out to sea. These
+ships, as I afterwards learned, were the <i>Mary</i> and
+<i>Juno</i> of Boston.</p>
+
+<p>They were scarcely out of sight when Maquina
+expressed much regret that he had permitted his people
+to fire at them, being apprehensive that they would give
+information to others in what manner they had been
+received, and prevent them from coming to trade with
+him.</p>
+
+<p>A few days after hearing of the capture of the ship,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span>
+there arrived at Nootka a great number of canoes filled
+with savages from no less than twenty tribes to the
+north and south. Among those from the north were
+the Ai-tiz-zarts,<a name="FNanchor_44_44" id="FNanchor_44_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_44_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a> Schoo-mad-its,<a name="FNanchor_45_45" id="FNanchor_45_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_45_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a> Neu-wit-ties,<a name="FNanchor_46_46" id="FNanchor_46_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_46_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a> Savin-nars,<a name="FNanchor_47_47" id="FNanchor_47_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_47_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a>
+Ah-owz-arts,<a name="FNanchor_48_48" id="FNanchor_48_48"></a><a href="#Footnote_48_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a> Mo-watch-its,<a name="FNanchor_49_49" id="FNanchor_49_49"></a><a href="#Footnote_49_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a> Suth-setts,<a name="FNanchor_50_50" id="FNanchor_50_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_50_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a> Neu-chad-lits,<a name="FNanchor_51_51" id="FNanchor_51_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_51_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a>
+Mich-la-its,<a name="FNanchor_52_52" id="FNanchor_52_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_52_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a> and Cay-u-quets,<a name="FNanchor_53_53" id="FNanchor_53_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_53_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a> the most of
+whom were considered as tributary to Nootka. From
+the south, the Aytch-arts<a name="FNanchor_54_54" id="FNanchor_54_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_54_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a> and Esqui-ates,<a name="FNanchor_55_55" id="FNanchor_55_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_55_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a> also tributary,
+with the Kla-oo-quates,<a name="FNanchor_56_56" id="FNanchor_56_56"></a><a href="#Footnote_56_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> and the Wickannish, a
+large and powerful tribe about two hundred miles
+distant.</p>
+
+<p>These last were better clad than most of the others,
+and their canoes wrought with much greater skill;
+they are furnished with sails as well as paddles, and,
+with the advantage of a fair breeze, are usually but
+twenty-four hours on their passage.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p><p>Maquina, who was very proud of his new acquisition,
+was desirous of welcoming these visitors in the European
+manner. He accordingly ordered his men, as the canoes
+approached, to assemble on the beach with loaded
+muskets and blunderbusses, placing Thompson at the
+cannon, which had been brought from the ship and laid
+upon two long sticks of timber in front of the village;
+then, taking a speaking trumpet in his hand, he
+ascended with me the roof of his house, and began
+drumming or beating upon the boards with a stick
+most violently.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing could be more ludicrous than the appearance
+of this motley group of savages collected on the shore,
+dressed as they were with their ill-gotten finery in the
+most fantastic manner, some in women's smocks, taken
+from our cargo, others in <i>Kotsacks</i><a name="FNanchor_57_57" id="FNanchor_57_57"></a><a href="#Footnote_57_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a> (or cloaks) of blue,
+red, or yellow broadcloth, with stockings drawn over
+their heads, and their necks hung round with numbers
+of powder-horns, shot-bags, and cartouch-boxes, some
+of them having no less than ten muskets apiece on their
+shoulders, and five or six daggers in their girdles.
+Diverting indeed was it to see them all squatted upon
+the beach, holding their muskets perpendicularly with
+the butt pressed upon the sand, instead of against
+their shoulders, and in this position awaiting the order
+to fire.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p>
+<p>Maquina, at last, called to them with his trumpet to fire,
+which they did in the most awkward and timid manner,
+with their muskets hard pressed upon the ground as
+above-mentioned. At the same moment the cannon
+was fired by Thompson, immediately on which they
+threw themselves back and began to roll and tumble
+over the sand as if they had been shot, when, suddenly
+springing up, they began a song of triumph, and, running
+backward and forward upon the shore, with the wildest
+gesticulations, boasted of their exploits, and exhibited as
+trophies what they had taken from us. Notwithstanding
+the unpleasantness of my situation, and the feelings
+that this display of our spoils excited, I could not avoid
+laughing at the strange appearance of these savages,
+their awkward movements, and the singular contrast of
+their dress and arms.</p>
+
+<p>When the ceremony was concluded, Maquina invited
+the strangers to a feast at his house, consisting of whale-blubber,
+smoked herring spawn, and dried fish and train-oil,
+of which they ate most plentifully. The feast being
+over, the trays out of which they ate, and other things,
+were immediately removed to make room for the dance,
+which was to close the entertainment. This was performed
+by Maquina's son, the young prince Sat-sat-sok-sis,
+whom I have already spoken of, in the following
+manner:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Three of the principal chiefs, drest in their otter-skin
+mantles, which they wear only on extraordinary occasions
+and at festivals, having their heads covered over with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>
+white down and their faces highly painted, came forward
+into the middle of the room, each furnished with a bag
+filled with white down, which they scattered around in
+such a manner as to represent a fall of snow. These
+were followed by the young prince, who was dressed in a
+long piece of yellow cloth, wrapped loosely around him,
+and decorated with small bells, with a cap on his head to
+which was fastened a curious mask in imitation of a wolf's
+head, while the rear was brought up by the king himself
+in his robe of sea-otter skin, with a small whistle in his
+mouth and a rattle in his hand, with which he kept time
+to a sort of tune on his whistle. After passing very rapidly
+in this order around the house, each of them seated
+himself, except the prince, who immediately began his
+dance, which principally consisted in springing up into
+the air in a squat posture, and constantly turning
+around on his heels with great swiftness in a very
+narrow circle.</p>
+
+<p>This dance, with a few intervals of rest, was continued
+for about two hours, during which the chiefs kept up a
+constant drumming with sticks of about a foot in length
+on a long hollow plank, which was, though a very noisy,
+a most doleful kind of music. This they accompanied
+with songs, the king himself acting as chorister, while
+the women applauded each feat of activity in the dancer,
+by repeating the words, <i>Wocash! Wocash Tyee!</i><a name="FNanchor_58_58" id="FNanchor_58_58"></a><a href="#Footnote_58_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a> that
+is, Good! very good, Prince!</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
+<p>As soon as the dance was finished, Maquina began
+to give presents to the strangers, in the name of his son
+Sat-sat-sok-sis. These were pieces of European cloth,
+generally of a fathom in length, muskets, powder, shot, etc.
+Whenever he gave them anything, they had a peculiar
+manner of snatching it from him with a very stern
+and surly look, repeating each time the words, <i>Wocash
+Tyee</i>. This I understood to be their custom, and was
+considered as a compliment, which, if omitted, would
+be supposed as a mark of disregard for the present.
+On this occasion Maquina gave away no less than one
+hundred muskets, the same number of looking-glasses,
+four hundred yards of cloth, and twenty casks of
+powder, besides other things.</p>
+
+<p>After receiving these presents, the strangers retired
+on board their canoes, for so numerous were they that
+Maquina would not suffer any but the chiefs to sleep
+in the houses; and, in order to prevent the property
+from being pillaged by them, he ordered Thompson and
+myself to keep guard during the night, armed with
+cutlasses and pistols.</p>
+
+<p>In this manner tribes of savages from various parts
+of the coast continued coming for several days, bringing
+with them blubber, oil, herring spawn, dried fish, and
+clams, for which they received in return presents of
+cloth, etc., after which they in general immediately
+returned home. I observed that very few, if any, of
+them, except the chiefs, had arms, which, I afterwards<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
+learned, is the custom with these people, whenever they
+come upon a friendly visit or to trade, in order to show,
+on their approach, that their intentions are pacific.<a name="FNanchor_59_59" id="FNanchor_59_59"></a><a href="#Footnote_59_59" class="fnanchor">[59]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_42_42" id="Footnote_42_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> A common mode of expressing joy. During dancing and singing
+this goes on continually.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_43_43" id="Footnote_43_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a> In 1863, when I made a special inquiry, the whole number of adult
+males in the Mooachaht tribe (the so-called Nootkans) was one hundred
+and fifty.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_44_44" id="Footnote_44_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a> Ayhuttisahts.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_45_45" id="Footnote_45_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a> This name is unknown to me.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_46_46" id="Footnote_46_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46_46"><span class="label">[46]</span></a> Nahwittis, or Flatlashekwill, an almost vanished tribe, join the north
+end of Vancouver Island (Goletas Channel, Galliano Island, and west-ward
+to Cape Scott).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_47_47" id="Footnote_47_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_47_47"><span class="label">[47]</span></a> The name of some village, not a tribe.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_48_48" id="Footnote_48_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_48_48"><span class="label">[48]</span></a> Ahousahts.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_49_49" id="Footnote_49_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_49_49"><span class="label">[49]</span></a> Mooachahts. The "Nootkans" proper of Friendly Cove.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_50_50" id="Footnote_50_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_50_50"><span class="label">[50]</span></a> Seshahts, but they are to the south (Alberni Canal) and Barclay
+Sound.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_51_51" id="Footnote_51_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_51_51"><span class="label">[51]</span></a> Noochahlahts (lat. 49� 47' 20" N.).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_52_52" id="Footnote_52_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_52_52"><span class="label">[52]</span></a> Muchlahts, or Quaquina arm.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_53_53" id="Footnote_53_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_53_53"><span class="label">[53]</span></a> Ky-yoh-quahts.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_54_54" id="Footnote_54_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54_54"><span class="label">[54]</span></a> This is probably another spelling of the E-cha-chahts.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_55_55" id="Footnote_55_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_55_55"><span class="label">[55]</span></a> Hishquayahts (lat. 49� 27' 31" N., long. 126� 25' 27" W.).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_56_56" id="Footnote_56_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_56_56"><span class="label">[56]</span></a> Klahoquahts. This and the other tribes mentioned in the text are no
+longer tributary to the Mooachahts, and there is no "Wickannish" tribe.
+As we have already seen (p. 38), it is the name of an individual&mdash;probably
+the chief of the Klahoquahts. It is a common name. The Nettinahts
+and the Klahoquahts are still renowned in canoe-making. They chisel
+them out of the great cedar (<i>Thuja gigantea</i>) trees in this district, for
+sale to other tribes. But Jewitt, who had no personal knowledge of the
+homes of these tribes, makes sad havoc of their names and the direction
+from which they came.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_57_57" id="Footnote_57_57"></a><a href="#FNanchor_57_57"><span class="label">[57]</span></a> <i>Kootsik</i>, the "cotsack" of Meares. <i>Kootsik-poom</i> is the pin by which
+the Indian blanket cloak is fastened. In Meares's time the people dressed
+in kootsiks of sea-otter skin. But even then they were getting so fond of
+blankets, that without "woollens" among the barter, trade was difficult.
+In fifteen years they learned a better use for sea-otters worth �20 apiece
+than to make cloaks of them.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_58_58" id="Footnote_58_58"></a><a href="#FNanchor_58_58"><span class="label">[58]</span></a> The words were really <i>Waw-kash</i> (a word of salutation) and <i>Tyee</i>.
+This is in most common use in Nootka Sound. The order of salutation
+to a man is <i>Quaache-is</i>, to a woman <i>Ch�-is</i>, and at parting <i>Klach-she</i>. A
+married woman is <i>Klootsnah</i>; a young girl <i>Hah-quatl-is</i>; an unmarried
+woman (whether old or young) <i>Hah-quatl</i>&mdash;distinctions which Jewitt does
+not make in his brief vocabulary. The Indians have many words to
+express varieties of the same action. Thus <i>p�tt&#275;s</i> means to wash. But
+<i>p�tt&#275;&#275;</i> is to wash all over; <i>tsont-soomik</i>, to wash the hands; <i>tsocuks</i>, to
+wash a pan, etc. <i>Haouwith</i>, or <i>Hawilth</i>, is the original word for chief,
+though <i>Tyee</i> is commonly used.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_59_59" id="Footnote_59_59"></a><a href="#FNanchor_59_59"><span class="label">[59]</span></a> This is one of the earliest&mdash;if not the first&mdash;account of these periodical
+givings away of property so characteristic of the North-Western coast
+Indians, and known to the whites as "Potlatches." An Indian accumulates
+blankets and other portable property simply to give away at such feasts.
+Then if a poor, he becomes a great man, and even a kind of minor chief&mdash;a
+Life Peer, as it were. But those who have received much are expected
+to return the compliment by also giving a "potlatch," to which guests
+come from far and near. I have described one of these in <i>The Races of
+Mankind</i> (the first edition of <i>The Peoples of the World</i>), vol. i. pp. 75-90.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER V</h2>
+
+<p>BURNING OF THE VESSEL&mdash;COMMENCEMENT OF
+JEWITT'S JOURNAL</p>
+
+
+<p>Early on the morning of the 19th the ship was discovered
+to be on fire. This was owing to one of the
+savages having gone on board with a firebrand at night
+for the purpose of plunder, some sparks from which fell
+into the hold, and, communicating with some combustibles,
+soon enveloped the whole in flames. The
+natives regretted the loss of the ship the more as a
+great part of her cargo still remained on board. To my
+companion and myself it was a most melancholy sight,
+for with her disappeared from our eyes every trace of a
+civilised country; but the disappointment we experienced
+was still more severely felt, for we had calculated
+on having the provision to ourselves, which would have
+furnished us with a stock for years, as whatever is cured
+with salt, together with most of our other articles of
+food, are never eaten by these people. I had luckily
+saved all my tools, excepting the anvil and the bellows,
+which was attached to the forge, and from their weight
+had not been brought on shore. We had also the good
+fortune, in looking over what had been taken from the
+ship, to discover a box of chocolate and a case of port
+wine, which, as the Indians were not fond of it, proved<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span>
+a great comfort to us for some time; and from one of
+the natives I obtained a Nautical Almanack which had
+belonged to the captain, and which was of great use to
+me in determining the time.</p>
+
+<p>About two days after, on examining their booty, the
+savages found a tierce of rum, with which they were
+highly delighted, as they have become very fond
+of spirituous liquors since their intercourse with the
+whites.<a name="FNanchor_60_60" id="FNanchor_60_60"></a><a href="#Footnote_60_60" class="fnanchor">[60]</a> This was towards evening, and Maquina, having
+assembled all the men at his house, gave a feast, at
+which they drank so freely of the rum, that in a short
+time they became so extremely wild and frantic that
+Thompson and myself, apprehensive for our safety,
+thought it prudent to retire privately into the woods,
+where we continued till past midnight.</p>
+
+<p>On our return we found the women gone, who are
+always very temperate, drinking nothing but water,
+having quitted the house and gone to the other huts to
+sleep, so terrified were they at the conduct of the men,
+who lay all stretched out on the floor in a state of complete
+intoxication. How easy in this situation would
+it have been for us to have dispatched or made ourselves
+masters of our enemies had there been any ship near to
+which we could have escaped, but as we were situated
+the attempt would have been madness. The wish of
+revenge was, however, less strongly impressed on my
+mind than what appeared to be so evident an interposition
+of Divine Providence in our favour. How little can
+man penetrate its designs, and how frequently is that
+intended as a blessing which he views as a curse. The
+burning of our ship, which we had lamented so much,
+as depriving us of so many comforts, now appeared to
+us in a very different light, for, had the savages got
+possession of the rum, of which there were nearly twenty
+puncheons on board,<a name="FNanchor_61_61" id="FNanchor_61_61"></a><a href="#Footnote_61_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a> we must inevitably have fallen a
+sacrifice to their fury in some of their moments of intoxication.
+This cask, fortunately, and a case of gin,
+was all the spirits they obtained from the ship. To
+prevent the recurrence of similar danger, I examined the
+cask, and, finding still a considerable quantity remaining,
+I bored a small hole in the bottom with a gimblet,
+which before morning, to my great joy, completely
+emptied it.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span></p>
+<p>By this time the wound in my head began to be
+much better, so that I could enjoy some sleep, which I
+had been almost deprived of by the pain, and though I
+was still feeble from the loss of blood and my sufferings,
+I found myself sufficiently well to go to work at
+my trade, in making for the king and his wives bracelets
+and other small ornaments of copper or steel, and in
+repairing the arms, making use of a large square stone
+for the anvil, and heating my metal in a common wood
+fire. This was very gratifying to Maquina, and his
+women particularly, and secured me their goodwill.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, great numbers from the other tribes
+kept continually flocking to Nootka, bringing with them,
+in exchange for the ship's plunder, such quantities of
+provision, that, notwithstanding the little success that
+Maquina met with in whaling this season, and their
+gluttonous waste, always eating to excess when they
+have it, regardless of the morrow, seldom did the natives
+experience any want of food during the summer. As
+to myself and companion, we fared as they did, never
+wanting for such provision as they had, though we were
+obliged to eat it cooked in their manner, and with train-oil
+as a sauce, a circumstance not a little unpleasant,
+both from their uncleanly mode of cooking and many
+of the articles of their food, which to a European are
+very disgusting; but, as the saying is, hunger will break
+through stone walls, and we found, at times, in the
+blubber of sea animals and the flesh of the dog-fish,
+loathsome as it generally was, a very acceptable repast.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p><p>But much oftener would poor Thompson, who was no
+favourite with them, have suffered from hunger had it
+not been for my furnishing him with provision. This I
+was enabled to do from my work, Maquina allowing me
+the privilege, when not employed for him, to work for
+myself in making bracelets and other ornaments of
+copper, fish-hooks, daggers, etc., either to sell to the
+tribes who visited us or for our own chiefs, who on these
+occasions, besides supplying me with as much as I
+wished to eat, and a sufficiency for Thompson, almost
+always made me a present of a European garment,
+taken from the ship, or some fathoms of cloth, which
+were made up by my comrade, and enabled us to go
+comfortably clad for some time; or small bundles of
+penknives, razors, scissors, etc., for one of which we
+could almost always procure from the natives two or
+three fresh salmon, cod, or halibut; or dried fish, clams,
+and herring spawn from the stranger tribes; and had
+we only been permitted to cook them after our own
+way, as we had pots and other utensils belonging to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span>
+the ship, we should not have had much cause of complaint
+in this respect; but so tenacious are these people
+of their customs, particularly in the article of food and
+cooking, that the king always obliged me to give whatever
+provision I bought to the women to cook. And
+one day, finding Thompson and myself on the shore
+employed in boiling down sea-water into salt, on being
+told what it was he was very much displeased, and, taking
+the little we had procured, threw it into the sea. In
+one instance alone, as a particular favour, he allowed
+me to boil some salmon in my own way, when I invited
+him and his queen to eat with me; they tasted it, but
+did not like it, and made their meal of some of it that
+I had cooked in their country fashion.</p>
+
+<p>In May the weather became uncommonly mild and
+pleasant, and so forward was vegetation, that I picked
+plenty of strawberries<a name="FNanchor_62_62" id="FNanchor_62_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_62_62" class="fnanchor">[62]</a> by the middle of the month. Of
+this fruit there are great quantities on this coast, and I
+found them a most delicious treat.</p>
+
+<p>My health now had become almost re-established,
+my wound being so far healed that it gave me no
+further trouble. I had never failed to wash it regularly
+once a day in sea water, and to dress it with a fresh leaf
+of tobacco, which I obtained from the natives, who had
+taken it from the ship, but made no use of it. This was
+all the dressing I gave it, except applying to it two or
+three times a little loaf sugar, which Maquina gave me,
+in order to remove some proud flesh, which prevented
+it from closing.</p>
+
+<p>My cure would doubtless have been much sooner
+effected had I have been in a civilised country, where I
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span>could have had it dressed by a surgeon and properly
+attended to. But alas! I had no good Samaritan, with
+oil and wine, to bind up my wounds, and fortunate
+might I even esteem myself that I was permitted to dress
+it myself, for the utmost that I could expect from the
+natives was compassion for my misfortunes, which I
+indeed experienced from the women, particularly the
+queen, or favourite wife of Maquina, the mother of Sat-sat-sok-sis,
+who used frequently to point to my head,
+and manifest much kindness and solicitude for me. I
+must do Maquina the justice to acknowledge, that he
+always appeared desirous of sparing me any labour
+which he believed might be hurtful to me, frequently
+inquiring in an affectionate manner if my head pained
+me. As for the others, some of the chiefs excepted,
+they cared little what became of me, and probably would
+have been gratified with my death.</p>
+
+<p>My health being at length re-established and my
+wound healed, Thompson became very importunate for
+me to begin my journal, and as I had no ink, proposed
+to cut his finger to supply me with blood for the purpose
+whenever I should want it. On the 1st of June I
+accordingly commenced a regular diary, but had no
+occasion to make use of the expedient suggested by my
+comrade, having found a much better substitute in the
+expressed juice of a certain plant, which furnished me
+with a bright green colour, and, after making a number
+of trials, I at length succeeded in obtaining a very
+tolerable ink, by boiling the juice of the blackberry with
+a mixture of finely powdered charcoal, and filtering it
+through a cloth. This I afterwards preserved in bottles,
+and found it answer very well, so true is it that "necessity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>
+is the mother of invention." As for quills, I found no
+difficulty in procuring them whenever I wanted, from
+the crows and ravens with which the beach was almost
+always covered, attracted by the offal of whales, seals,
+etc., and which were so tame that I could easily kill them
+with stones, while a large clam-shell furnished me with
+an inkstand.</p>
+
+<p>The extreme solicitude of Thompson that I should
+begin my journal might be considered as singular in a
+man who neither knew how to read or write, a circumstance,
+by the way, very uncommon in an American,
+were we less acquainted with the force of habit, he
+having been for many years at sea, and accustomed to
+consider the keeping of a journal as a thing indispensable.
+This man was born in Philadelphia, and at eight
+years old ran away from his friends and entered as a
+cabin boy on board a ship bound to London. On his
+arrival there, finding himself in distress, he engaged as
+an apprentice to the captain of a collier, from whence
+he was impressed on board an English man-of-war, and
+continued in the British naval service about twenty-seven
+years, during which he was present at the engagement
+under Lord Howe with the French fleet in June
+1794, and when peace was made between England
+and France, was discharged. He was a very strong
+and powerful man, an expert boxer, and perfectly
+fearless; indeed, so little was his dread of danger,
+that when irritated he was wholly regardless of his
+life. Of this the following will furnish a sufficient
+proof:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>One evening about the middle of April, as I was at
+the house of one of the chiefs, where I had been<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span>
+employed on some work for him, word was brought
+me that Maquina was going to kill Thompson. I
+immediately hurried home, where I found the king in
+the act of presenting a loaded musket at Thompson,
+who was standing before him with his breast bared
+and calling on him to fire. I instantly stepped up to
+Maquina, who was foaming with rage, and, addressing
+him in soothing words, begged him for my sake
+not to kill my father, and at length succeeded in
+taking the musket from him and persuading him to sit
+down.</p>
+
+<p>On inquiring into the cause of his anger, I learned
+that, while Thompson was lighting the lamps in the
+king's room, Maquina having substituted ours for their
+pine torches, some of the boys began to tease him,
+running around him and pulling him by the trousers,
+among the most forward of whom was the young prince.
+This caused Thompson to spill the oil, which threw him
+into such a passion, that, without caring what he did,
+he struck the prince so violent a blow in his face with
+his fist as to knock him down. The sensation excited
+among the savages by an act which was considered as
+the highest indignity, and a profanation of the sacred
+person of majesty, may be easily conceived. The king
+was immediately acquainted with it, who, on coming in
+and seeing his son's face covered with blood, seized a
+musket and began to load it, determined to take instant
+revenge of the audacious offender, and had I arrived a
+few moments later than I did, my companion would
+certainly have paid with his life for his rash and violent
+conduct. I found the utmost difficulty in pacifying
+Maquina, who for a long time after could not forgive<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>
+Thompson, but would repeatedly say, "John, <i>you</i> die&mdash;Thompson
+kill."</p>
+
+<p>But to appease the king was not all that was necessary.
+In consequence of the insult offered to their prince, the
+whole tribe held a council, in which it was unanimously
+resolved that Thompson should be put to death in the
+most cruel manner. I however interceded so strenuously
+with Maquina for his life, telling him that if my father
+was killed, I was determined not to survive him, that he
+refused to deliver him up to the vengeance of his people,
+saying, that for John's sake they must consent to let
+him live. The prince, who, after I had succeeded in
+calming his father, gave me an account of what had
+happened, told me that it was wholly out of regard to
+me, as Thompson was my father, that his life had been
+spared, for that if any one of the tribe should dare to
+lift a hand against him in anger, he would most certainly
+be put to death.</p>
+
+<p>Yet even this narrow escape produced not much effect
+on Thompson, or induced him to restrain the violence of
+his temper. For, not many weeks after, he was guilty of
+a similar indiscretion, in striking the eldest son of a chief,
+who was about eighteen years old, and, according to
+their custom, was considered as a Tyee, or chief, himself,
+in consequence of his having provoked him by calling
+him a white slave. This affair caused great commotion
+in the village, and the tribe was very clamorous for his
+death, but Maquina would not consent.</p>
+
+<p>I used frequently to remonstrate with him on the
+imprudence of his conduct, and beg him to govern his
+temper better, telling him that it was our duty, since our
+lives were in the power of these savages, to do nothing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>
+to exasperate them. But all I could say on this point
+availed little, for so bitter was the hate he felt for them,
+which he was no way backward in manifesting both by
+his looks and actions, that he declared he never would
+submit to their insults, and that he had much rather be
+killed than be obliged to live among them; adding that
+he only wished he had a good vessel and some guns,
+and he would destroy the whole of the cursed race; for
+to a brave sailor like him, who had fought the French
+and Spaniards with glory, it was a punishment worse
+than death to be a slave to such a poor, ignorant,
+despicable set of beings.</p>
+
+<p>As for myself, I thought very differently. After returning
+thanks to that merciful Being who had in so
+wonderful a manner softened the hearts of the savages
+in my favour, I had determined from the first of my
+capture to adopt a conciliating conduct towards them,
+and conform myself, as far as was in my power, to their
+customs and mode of thinking, trusting that the same
+divine goodness that had rescued me from death, would
+not always suffer me to languish in captivity among
+these heathens.</p>
+
+<p>With this view, I sought to gain their goodwill by
+always endeavouring to assume a cheerful countenance,
+appearing pleased with their sports and buffoon tricks,
+making little ornaments for the wives and children
+of their chiefs, by which means I became quite a
+favourite with them, and fish-hooks, daggers, etc., for
+themselves.</p>
+
+<p>As a further recommendation to their favour, and
+what might eventually prove of the utmost importance
+to us, I resolved to learn their language, which in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>
+course of a few months' residence I so far succeeded in
+acquiring, as to be able in general to make myself well
+understood.</p>
+
+<p>I likewise tried to persuade Thompson to learn it, as
+what might prove necessary to him. But he refused,
+saying that he hated both them and their cursed lingo,
+and would have nothing to do with it.</p>
+
+<p>By pursuing this conciliatory plan, so far did I gain
+the goodwill of these savages, particularly the chiefs,
+that I scarcely ever failed experiencing kind treatment
+from them, and was received with a smile of welcome at
+their houses, where I was always sure of having something
+given me to eat, whenever they had it, and many
+a good meal have I had from them, when they themselves
+were short of provisions and suffering for the
+want of them.</p>
+
+<p>And it was a common practice with me, when we
+had nothing to eat at home, which happened not
+unfrequently during my stay among them, to go
+around the village, and on noticing a smoke from any
+of the houses, which denoted that they were cooking,
+enter in without ceremony, and ask them for something,
+which I was never refused.</p>
+
+<p>Few nations, indeed, are there so very rude and
+unfeeling, whom constant mild treatment, and an
+attention to please, will not mollify and obtain from
+some return of kind attention. This the treatment I
+received from these people may exemplify, for not
+numerous, even among those calling themselves civilised,
+are there instances to be found of persons depriving
+themselves of food to give it to a stranger, whatever
+may be his merits.
+</p>
+
+<p>It<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span> may perhaps be as well in this place to give a
+description of Nootka; some accounts of the tribes
+who were accustomed to visit us; and the manners
+and customs of the people, as far as I hitherto had
+an opportunity of observing them.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_60_60" id="Footnote_60_60"></a><a href="#FNanchor_60_60"><span class="label">[60]</span></a> It was about this date that Long, an Indian trader, described rum as
+the <i>unum necessarium</i> for traffic with the savages. It is still eagerly
+asked for, though its sale or gift is illegal.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_61_61" id="Footnote_61_61"></a><a href="#FNanchor_61_61"><span class="label">[61]</span></a> For sale, of course, to the Indians.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_62_62" id="Footnote_62_62"></a><a href="#FNanchor_62_62"><span class="label">[62]</span></a> Chiefly <i>Fragaria chilensis</i>.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<p>DESCRIPTION OF NOOTKA SOUND&mdash;MANNER OF BUILDING
+HOUSES&mdash;FURNITURE&mdash;DRESSES</p>
+
+
+<p>The village of Nootka is situated in between 49 and
+50 deg. N. lat.,<a name="FNanchor_63_63" id="FNanchor_63_63"></a><a href="#Footnote_63_63" class="fnanchor">[63]</a> at the bottom of Friendly Cove, on the
+west or north-west side. It consists of about twenty
+houses or huts, on a small hill, which rises with a gentle
+ascent from the shore. Friendly Cove, which affords
+good and secure anchorage for ships close in with the
+shore, is a small harbour of not more than a quarter or
+half a mile in length, and about half a mile or three-quarters
+broad, formed by the line of coast on the east
+and a long point or headland, which extends as much
+as three leagues into the Sound, in nearly a westerly
+direction.<a name="FNanchor_64_64" id="FNanchor_64_64"></a><a href="#Footnote_64_64" class="fnanchor">[64]</a> This, as well as I can judge from what I
+have seen of it, is in general from one to two miles in
+breadth, and mostly a rocky and unproductive soil, with
+but few trees. The eastern and western shores of this
+harbour are steep and in many parts rocky, the trees
+growing quite to the water's edge, but the bottom to the
+north and north-west is a fine sandy beach of half a
+mile or more in extent.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span></p><p>From the village to the north and north-east extends
+a plain, the soil of which is very excellent, and with
+proper cultivation may be made to produce almost any
+of our European vegetables; this is but little more than
+half a mile in breadth, and is terminated by the seacoast,
+which in this place is lined with rocks and reefs,
+and cannot be approached by ships. The coast in the
+neighbourhood of Nootka is in general low, and but
+little broken into hills and valleys. The soil is good,
+well covered with fine forests of pine, spruce, beech,
+and other trees, and abounds with streams of the finest
+water, the general appearance being the same for many
+miles around.</p>
+
+<p>The village is situated on the ground occupied by the
+Spaniards, when they kept a garrison here; the foundations
+of the church and the governor's house are yet
+visible, and a few European plants are still to be found,
+which continue to be self-propagated, such as onions,
+peas, and turnips, but the two last are quite small, particularly
+the turnips, which afforded us nothing but
+the tops for eating. Their former village stood on the
+same spot, but the Spaniards, finding it a commodious
+situation, demolished the houses, and forced the inhabitants
+to retire five or six miles into the country.<a name="FNanchor_65_65" id="FNanchor_65_65"></a><a href="#Footnote_65_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a> With
+great sorrow, as Maquina told me, did they find themselves
+compelled to quit their ancient place of residence,
+but with equal joy did they repossess themselves of
+it when the Spanish garrison was expelled by the
+English.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
+<a href="images/i097.jpg"><img src="images/i097-t.jpg" width="350" height="240" alt="HABITATIONS IN NOOTKA SOUND." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />HABITATIONS IN NOOTKA SOUND.</span>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span> houses, as I have observed, are above twenty in
+number, built nearly in a line. These are of different
+sizes, according to the rank or quality of the <i>Tyee</i>, or
+chief, who lives in them, each having one, of which he is
+considered as the lord. They vary not much in width,
+being usually from thirty-six to forty feet wide, but are
+of very different lengths, that of the king, which is much
+the longest, being about one hundred and fifty feet,
+while the smallest, which contain only two families, do
+not exceed forty feet in length; the house of the king is
+also distinguished from the others by being higher.</p>
+
+<p>Their method of building is as follows: they erect in
+the ground two very large posts, at such a distance apart
+as is intended for the length of the house. On these,
+which are of equal height, and hollowed out at the upper
+end, they lay a large spar for the ridge-pole of the building,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span>or, if the length of the house requires it, two or more,
+supporting their ends by similar upright posts; these
+spars are sometimes of an almost incredible size,
+having myself measured one in Maquina's house, which
+I found to be one hundred feet long and eight feet four
+inches in circumference. At equal distances from these
+two posts, two others are placed on each side, to form
+the width of the building; these are rather shorter than
+the first, and on them are laid in like manner spars, but
+of a smaller size, having the upper part hewed flat, with
+a narrow ridge on the outer side to support the ends of
+the planks.</p>
+
+<p>The roof is formed of pine planks with a broad feather
+edge, so as to lap well over each other, which are laid
+lengthwise from the ridge-pole in the centre, to the
+beams at the sides, after which the top is covered with
+planks of eight feet broad, which form a kind of coving
+projecting so far over the ends of the planks that form
+the roof, as completely to exclude the rain. On these
+they lay large stones to prevent their being displaced
+by the wind. The ends of the planks are not secured
+to the beams on which they are laid by any fastening,
+so that in a high storm I have often known all the men
+obliged to turn out and go upon the roof to prevent
+them from being blown off, carrying large stones and
+pieces of rock with them to secure the boards, always
+stripping themselves naked on these occasions, whatever
+may be the severity of the weather, to prevent their
+garments from being wet and muddied, as these storms
+are almost always accompanied with heavy rains. The
+sides of their houses are much more open and exposed
+to the weather; this proceeds from their not being so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>
+easily made close as the roof, being built with planks of
+about ten feet long and four or five wide, which they
+place between stancheons or small posts of the height
+of the roof; of these there are four to each range of
+boards, two at each end, and so near each other as to
+leave space enough for admitting a plank. The planks
+or boards which they make use of for building their
+houses, and for other uses, they procure of different
+lengths as occasion requires, by splitting them out
+with hard wooden wedges from pine logs, and afterwards
+dubbing them down with their chisels, with much
+patience, to the thickness wanted, rendering them quite
+smooth.</p>
+
+<p>There is but one entrance; this is placed usually at
+the end, though sometimes in the middle, as was that of
+Maquina's. Through the middle of the building, from
+one end to the other, runs a passage of about eight or
+nine feet broad, on each side of which the several
+families that occupy it live, each having its particular
+fireplace, but without any kind of wall or separation to
+mark their respective limits; the chief having his apartment
+at the upper end, and the next in rank opposite
+on the other side. They have no other floor than the
+ground; the fireplace or hearth consists of a number of
+stones loosely put together, but they are wholly without
+a chimney, nor is there any opening left in the roof, but
+whenever a fire is made, the plank immediately over it
+is thrust aside, by means of a pole, to give vent to the
+smoke.</p>
+
+<p>The height of the houses in general, from the ground
+to the centre of the roof, does not exceed ten feet, that of
+Maquina's was not far from fourteen; the spar forming<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>
+the ridge-pole of the latter was painted in red and black
+circles alternately, by way of ornament, and the large
+posts that supported it had their tops curiously wrought
+or carved, so as to represent human heads of a monstrous
+size, which were painted in their manner. These were
+not, however, considered as objects of adoration, but
+merely as ornaments.<a name="FNanchor_66_66" id="FNanchor_66_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_66_66" class="fnanchor">[66]</a></p>
+
+<p>The furniture of these people is very simple, and consists
+only of boxes, in which they put their clothes, furs,
+and such things as they hold most valuable; tubs for
+keeping their provisions of spawn and blubber in; trays
+from which they eat; baskets for their dried fish and
+other purposes, and bags made of bark matting, of which
+they also make their beds, spreading a piece of it upon
+the ground when they lie down, and using no other bed
+covering than their garments. The boxes are of pine,
+with a top that shuts over, and instead of nails or pegs,
+are fastened with flexible twigs; they are extremely
+smooth and high polished, and sometimes ornamented
+with rows of very small white shells. The tubs are of a
+square form, secured in the like manner, and of various
+sizes, some being extremely large, having seen them
+that were six feet long by four broad and five deep.
+The trays are hollowed out with their chisels from a
+solid block of wood, and the baskets and mats are made
+from the bark of trees.</p>
+
+<p>From bark they likewise make the cloth for their
+garments, in the following manner:&mdash;A quantity of this
+bark is taken and put into fresh water, where it is
+kept for a fortnight, to give it time to completely soften;
+it is then taken out and beaten upon a plank, with an
+instrument made of bone, or some very hard wood,
+having grooves or hollows on one side of it, care being
+taken to keep the mass constantly moistened with
+water, in order to separate, with more ease, the hard
+and woody from the soft and fibrous parts, which,
+when completed, they parcel out into skeins, like thread.
+These they lay in the air to bleach, and afterwards dye
+them black or red, as suits their fancies, their natural
+colour being a pale yellow. In order to form the
+cloth, the women, by whom the whole of this process
+is performed, take a certain number of these skeins
+and twist them together, by rolling them with their
+hands upon their knees into hard rolls, which are afterwards
+connected by means of a strong thread, made for
+the purpose.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
+<a href="images/i103.jpg"><img src="images/i103-t.jpg" width="350" height="239" alt="INTERIOR OF A HABITATION IN NOOTKA SOUND." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />INTERIOR OF A HABITATION IN NOOTKA SOUND.</span>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Their<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span> dress usually consists of but a single garment,
+which is a loose cloak or mantle (called <i>kutsack</i>) in one
+piece, reaching nearly to the feet. This is tied loosely
+over the right or left shoulder, so as to leave the arms
+at full liberty.</p>
+
+<p>Those of the common people are painted red with
+ochre the better to keep out the rain, but the chiefs
+wear them of their native colour, which is a pale yellow,
+ornamenting them with borders of the sea-otter skin,
+a kind of grey cloth made of the hair of some animal<a name="FNanchor_67_67" id="FNanchor_67_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_67_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a>
+which they procure from the tribes to the south, or
+their own cloth wrought or painted with various figures
+in red or black, representing men's heads, the sun and
+moon, fish and animals, which are frequently executed
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>with much skill. They have also a girdle of the same
+kind for securing this mantle or <i>kutsack</i> around them,
+which is in general still more highly ornamented, and
+serves them to wear their daggers and knives in. In
+winter, however, they sometimes make use of an
+additional garment, which is a kind of hood, with a hole
+in it for the purpose of admitting the head, and falls
+over the breast and back, as low as the shoulders; this
+is bordered both at top and bottom with fur, and is
+never worn except when they go out.</p>
+
+<p>The garments of the women vary not essentially from
+those of the men, the mantle having holes in it for the
+purpose of admitting the arms, and being tied close
+under the chin instead of over the shoulder. The chiefs
+have also mantles of the sea-otter skin, but these are
+only put on upon extraordinary occasions; and one
+that is made from the skin of a certain large animal,
+which is brought from the south by the Wickanninish<a name="FNanchor_68_68" id="FNanchor_68_68"></a><a href="#Footnote_68_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a>
+and Kla-iz-zarts.<a name="FNanchor_69_69" id="FNanchor_69_69"></a><a href="#Footnote_69_69" class="fnanchor">[69]</a> This they prepare by dressing it in
+warm water, scraping off the hair and what flesh adheres
+to it carefully with sharp mussel-shells, and spreading
+it out in the sun to dry on a wooden frame, so as to
+preserve the shape. When dressed in this manner it
+becomes perfectly white, and as pliable as the best
+deer's leather, but almost as thick again. They then
+paint it in different figures with such paints as they
+usually employ in decorating their persons; these
+figures mostly represent human heads, canoes employed
+in catching whales, etc.</p>
+
+<p>This skin is called metamelth, and is probably got
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span>from an animal of the moose kind; it is highly prized by
+these people, is their great war dress, and only worn
+when they wish to make the best possible display of
+themselves. Strips or bands of it, painted as above, are
+also sometimes used by them for girdles or the bordering
+of their cloaks, and also for bracelets and ankle
+ornaments by some of the inferior class.</p>
+
+<p>On their heads, when they go out upon any excursion,
+particularly whaling or fishing, they wear a kind of cap
+or bonnet in form not unlike a large sugar loaf with the
+top cut off. This is made of the same materials with
+their cloth,<a name="FNanchor_70_70" id="FNanchor_70_70"></a><a href="#Footnote_70_70" class="fnanchor">[70]</a> but is in general of a closer texture, and
+by way of tassel has a long strip of the skin of the
+metamelth<a name="FNanchor_71_71" id="FNanchor_71_71"></a><a href="#Footnote_71_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a> attached to it, covered with rows of small
+white shells or beads. Those worn by the common
+people are painted entirely red, the chiefs having theirs
+of different colours. The one worn by the king, and
+which serves to designate him from all the others, is
+longer and broader at the bottom; the top, instead of
+being flat, having upon it an ornament in the figure
+of a small urn. It is also of a much finer texture
+than the others, and plaited or wrought in black and
+white stripes, with the representation in front of a canoe
+in pursuit of a whale, with the harpooner standing in
+the prow prepared to strike. This bonnet is called
+<i>Seeya-poks</i>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p><p>Their mode of living is very simple&mdash;their food
+consisting almost wholly of fish, or fish spawn fresh or
+dried, the blubber of the whale, seal, or sea-cow, mussels,
+clams, and berries of various kinds; all of which are
+eaten with a profusion of train-oil for sauce, not excepting
+even the most delicate fruit, as strawberries and
+raspberries.</p>
+
+<p>With so little variety in their food, no great secret
+can be expected in their cookery. Of this, indeed, they
+may be said to know but two methods, viz. by boiling
+and steaming, and even the latter is not very frequently
+practised by them. Their mode of boiling is as
+follows:&mdash;Into one of their tubs they pour water
+sufficient to cook the quantity of provision wanted. A
+number of heated stones are then put in to make it boil,
+when the salmon or other fish are put in without any
+other preparation than sometimes cutting off the heads,
+tails, and fins, the boiling in the meantime being kept
+up by the application of the hot stones, after which it
+is left to cook until the whole is nearly reduced to one
+mass. It is then taken out and distributed in the trays.
+In a similar manner they cook their blubber and spawn,
+smoked or dried fish, and, in fine, almost everything
+they eat, nothing going down with them like broth.</p>
+
+<p>When they cook their fish by steam, which are
+usually the heads, tails, and fins of the salmon, cod, and
+halibut, a large fire is kindled, upon which they place a
+bed of stones, which, when the wood is burnt down,
+becomes perfectly heated. Layers of green leaves or
+pine boughs are then placed upon the stones, and the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span>
+fish, clams, etc., being laid upon them, water is poured
+over them, and the whole closely covered with mats to
+keep in the steam. This is much the best mode of
+cooking, and clams and mussels done in this manner
+are really excellent.<a name="FNanchor_72_72" id="FNanchor_72_72"></a><a href="#Footnote_72_72" class="fnanchor">[72]</a> These, as I have said, may be
+considered as their only kinds of cookery; though I
+have, in a very few instances, known them dress the roe
+or spawn of the salmon and the herring, when first
+taken, in a different manner; this was by roasting them,
+the former being supported between two split pieces of
+pine, and the other having a sharp stick run through it,
+with one end fixed in the ground; sprats are also
+roasted by them in this way, a number being spitted
+upon one stick; and this kind of food, with a little salt,
+would be found no contemptible eating even to an
+European.</p>
+
+<p>At their meals they seat themselves upon the
+ground, with their feet curled up under them, around
+their trays, which are generally about three feet long
+by one broad, and from six to eight inches deep. In
+eating they make use of nothing but their fingers,
+except for the soup or oil, which they lade out with
+clam-shells.</p>
+
+<p>Around one of these trays from four to six persons
+will seat themselves, constantly dipping in their fingers
+or clam-shells one after the other. The king and chiefs
+alone have separate trays, from which no one is permitted
+to eat with them except the queen, or principal
+wife of the chief; and whenever the king or one of the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>chiefs wishes to distinguish any of his people with a
+special mark of favour on these occasions, he calls him
+and gives him some of the choice bits from his tray.
+The slaves eat at the same time, and of the same provisions,
+faring in this respect as well as their masters,
+being seated with the family, and only feeding from
+separate trays.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever a feast is given by the king or any of
+the chiefs, there is a person who acts as a master of
+ceremonies, and whose business it is to receive the
+guests as they enter the house, and point out to them
+their respective seats, which is regulated with great
+punctiliousness as regards rank; the king occupying
+the highest or the seat of honour, his son or brother
+sitting next him, and so on with the chiefs according to
+their quality; the private persons belonging to the same
+family being always placed together, to prevent any
+confusion. The women are seldom invited to their
+feasts, and only at those times when a general invitation
+is given to the village.<a name="FNanchor_73_73" id="FNanchor_73_73"></a><a href="#Footnote_73_73" class="fnanchor">[73]</a></p>
+
+<p>As, whenever they cook, they always calculate to
+have an abundance for all the guests, a profusion in
+this respect being considered as the highest luxury,
+much more is usually set before them than they can eat.
+That which is left in the king's tray, he sends to his
+house for his family by one of his slaves, as do the
+chiefs theirs; while those who eat from the same tray,
+and who generally belong to the same family, take it
+home as common stock, or each one receives his portion,
+which is distributed on the spot. This custom appeared
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>very singular to my companion and myself, and it was
+a most awkward thing for us, at first, to have to lug
+home with us, in our hands or arms, the blubber of fish
+that we received at these times, but we soon became
+reconciled to it, and were very glad of an opportunity
+to do it.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;">
+<a href="images/i111.jpg"><img src="images/i111-t.jpg" width="300" height="181" alt="NOOTKA SOUND INDIANS." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />NOOTKA SOUND INDIANS.</span><br /><br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_63_63" id="Footnote_63_63"></a><a href="#FNanchor_63_63"><span class="label">[63]</span></a> The exact position of the village is lat. 49� 35' 31" N.; long. 126�
+37' 32" W.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_64_64" id="Footnote_64_64"></a><a href="#FNanchor_64_64"><span class="label">[64]</span></a> According to the Admiralty Sailing Directions, the Cove is about two
+cables in extent, and sheltered from the sea by a small rocky high-water
+island on its east side. It affords anchorage in the middle for only one
+vessel of moderate size, though several small vessels might find shelter.
+When Vancouver visited it in 1792, no less than eight ships were in it,
+most of them small, and secured to the shore by hawsers.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_65_65" id="Footnote_65_65"></a><a href="#FNanchor_65_65"><span class="label">[65]</span></a> This means farther up the Sound; for there are villages in the interior
+of Vancouver Island. The Admiralty Sailing Directions declare that not
+a trace of the Spanish settlement now exists. This is scarcely correct,
+for an indistinct ridge shows the site of houses, and here and there a few
+bricks half hidden in the ground may be detected. I have seen a cannon
+ball and a Mexican dollar found there. Many of the Nootka Indians have
+large moustaches and whiskers, which may possibly be due to their
+Spanish blood, and others were decidedly Chinese-looking, a fact which
+may be traced to the presence of Meares's Chinese carpenters in 1778-79.
+Some of them can, or could, thirty years ago, by tradition, count ten
+in Spanish; and there is a legend in the Sound to the effect that the
+white men had begun to cultivate the ground, and to erect a stockade and
+fort; when one day a ship came with papers for the head man, who was
+observed to cry, and all the foreigners became sad. The next day they
+began moving their goods to the ship. But, as Mr. Sproat suggests, this
+might have reference to Meares's settlement.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_66_66" id="Footnote_66_66"></a><a href="#FNanchor_66_66"><span class="label">[66]</span></a> This is a good description of the house of Maquina's grandson, as I
+saw it fifty-eight years after Jewitt's time.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_67_67" id="Footnote_67_67"></a><a href="#FNanchor_67_67"><span class="label">[67]</span></a> Dog's hair. A tribe on Fraser River used to keep flocks of these curs,
+which they periodically clipped like sheep.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_68_68" id="Footnote_68_68"></a><a href="#FNanchor_68_68"><span class="label">[68]</span></a> Probably the Klayoquahts (see p. 77).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_69_69" id="Footnote_69_69"></a><a href="#FNanchor_69_69"><span class="label">[69]</span></a> Klahosahts.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_70_70" id="Footnote_70_70"></a><a href="#FNanchor_70_70"><span class="label">[70]</span></a> The outside is made of cedar bark, the inside of white-hair bark.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_71_71" id="Footnote_71_71"></a><a href="#FNanchor_71_71"><span class="label">[71]</span></a> I have more than once discussed the identity of this animal with
+Indian traders. None of them recognised it, nor, indeed, were acquainted
+with the animal by the name Jewitt applies to it. It is, however, not
+unlikely the North-Western marmot (<i>Arctomys pruinosus</i>), specimens
+of which are now and then&mdash;though, it must be admitted, rarely&mdash;seen in
+Vancouver Island; but it is more common farther south. The Alberni
+Indians (Seshahts and Opechesahts) used to talk of a beast called <i>Sit-si-tehl</i>,
+which we took to be the marmot, and Mr. Sproat saw one; I was
+not so fortunate.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_72_72" id="Footnote_72_72"></a><a href="#FNanchor_72_72"><span class="label">[72]</span></a> In the opinion of the judicious Jewitt, every one who has eaten food&mdash;especially
+salmon and shell-fish&mdash;cooked after this fashion will coincide.
+<i>Experto crede.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_73_73" id="Footnote_73_73"></a><a href="#FNanchor_73_73"><span class="label">[73]</span></a> Or to one or more of the neighbouring tribes, such feasts being known
+as <i>Wawkoahs</i>.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<p>APPEARANCE OF THE NATIVES&mdash;ORNAMENTS&mdash;OTTER-HUNTING&mdash;FISHING&mdash;CANOES</p>
+
+
+<p>In point of personal appearance the people of Nootka
+are among the best-looking of any of the tribes that I
+have seen. The men are in general from about five feet
+six to five feet eight inches in height; remarkably straight,
+of a good form, robust and strong, with their limbs in
+general well turned and proportioned, excepting the
+legs and feet, which are clumsy and ill formed, owing,
+no doubt, to their practice of sitting on them, though
+I have seen instances in which they were very well
+shaped; this defect is more particularly apparent in the
+women, who are for the most part of the time within
+doors, and constantly sitting while employed in their
+cooking and other occupations.<a name="FNanchor_74_74" id="FNanchor_74_74"></a><a href="#Footnote_74_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a> The only instance of
+deformity that I saw amongst them was a man of
+dwarfish stature; he was thirty years old, and but three
+feet three inches high; he had, however, no other
+defect than his diminutive size, being well made, and
+as strong and able to bear fatigue as what they were in
+general.<a name="FNanchor_75_75" id="FNanchor_75_75"></a><a href="#Footnote_75_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span></p>
+<p>Their complexion, when freed from the paint and oil
+with which their skins are generally covered, is a brown,
+somewhat inclining to a copper cast. The shape of the
+face is oval; the features are tolerably regular, the lips
+being thin and the teeth very white and even; their
+eyes are black but rather small, and the nose pretty well
+formed, being neither flat nor very prominent; their
+hair is black, long, and coarse, but they have no
+beard, completely extirpating it, as well as the hair
+from their bodies, Maquina being the only exception,
+who suffered his beard to grow on his upper lip in the
+manner of mustachios, which was considered as a
+mark of dignity.</p>
+
+<p>As to the women, they are much whiter, many of
+them not being darker than those in some of the
+southern parts of Europe. They are in general very
+well-looking, and some quite handsome. Maquina's
+favourite wife in particular, who was a Wickinninish
+princess, would be considered as a beautiful woman in
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>any country. She was uncommonly well formed, tall,
+and of a majestic appearance; her skin remarkably fair
+for one of these people, with considerable colour, her
+features handsome, and her eyes black, soft, and languishing;
+her hair was very long, thick, and black,
+as is that of the females in general, which is much
+softer than that of the men; in this they take much
+pride, frequently oiling and plaiting it carefully into
+two broad plaits, tying the ends with a strip of the
+cloth of the country, and letting it hang down before
+on each side of the face.</p>
+
+<p>The women keep their garments much neater and
+cleaner than the men, and are extremely modest in their
+deportment and dress; their mantle, or <i>kutsack</i>, which
+is longer than that of the men, reaching quite to their
+feet and completely enveloping them, being tied close
+under the chin, and bound with a girdle of the same
+cloth or of sea-otter skin around their waists; it has also
+loose sleeves, which reach to the elbows. Though fond
+of ornamenting their persons, they are by no means so
+partial to paint as the men, merely colouring their eyebrows
+black and drawing a bright red stripe from each
+corner of the mouth towards the ear. Their ornaments
+consist chiefly of ear-rings, necklaces, bracelets, rings
+for the fingers and ankles, and small nose-jewels (the
+latter are, however, wholly confined to the wives of
+the king or chiefs); these are principally made out of
+copper or brass, highly polished and of various forms
+and sizes; the nose-jewel is usually a small white shell<a name="FNanchor_76_76" id="FNanchor_76_76"></a><a href="#Footnote_76_76" class="fnanchor">[76]</a>
+or bead suspended to a thread.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span></p>
+<p>The wives of the common people frequently wear for
+bracelets and ankle rings strips of the country cloth or
+skin of the metamelth painted in figures, and those of
+the king or principal chiefs, bracelets and necklaces
+consisting of a number of strings of <i>Ife-waw</i>, an article
+much prized by them, and which makes a very handsome
+appearance. This <i>Ife-waw</i>, as they term it, is a kind of
+shell of a dazzling whiteness and as smooth as ivory; it
+is of a cylindrical form, in a slight degree curved, about
+the size of a goose quill, hollow, three inches in length
+and gradually tapering to a point, which is broken off
+by the natives as it is taken from the water; this they
+afterwards string upon threads of bark and sell it by the
+fathom; it forms a kind of circulating medium among
+these nations, five fathoms being considered as the price
+of a slave, their most valuable species of property. It is
+principally obtained from the Aitizzarts, a people living
+about thirty or forty miles to the northward, who collect
+it from the reefs and sunken rocks with which their
+coast abounds, though it is also brought in considerable
+quantity from the south.<a name="FNanchor_77_77" id="FNanchor_77_77"></a><a href="#Footnote_77_77" class="fnanchor">[77]</a></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span></p>
+<p>Their mode of taking it has been thus described to
+me:&mdash;To one end of a pole is fastened a piece of plank,
+in which a considerable number of pine pegs are inserted,
+made sharp at the ends; above the plank, in order to
+sink it, a stone or some weight is tied, and the other end
+of the pole suspended to a long rope; this is let down
+perpendicularly by the <i>Ife-waw</i> fishers in those places
+where that substance is found, which are usually from
+fifty to sixty fathoms deep. On finding the bottom,
+they raise the pole up a few feet and let it fall; this they
+repeat a number of times, as if sounding, when they draw
+it up and take off the <i>Ife-waw</i> which is found adhering
+to the points. This method of procuring it is very
+laborious and fatiguing, especially as they seldom take
+more than two or three of these shells at a time, and
+frequently none.</p>
+
+<p>Though the women, as I have said, make but little use
+of paint, the very reverse is the case with the men. In
+decorating their heads and faces they place their
+principal pride, and none of our most fashionable beaus
+when preparing for a grand ball can be more particular;
+for I have known Maquina, after having been employed
+more than an hour in painting his face, rub the whole off,
+and recommence the operation anew, when it did not
+entirely please him.</p>
+
+<p>The manner in which they paint themselves frequently
+varies, according to the occasion, but it oftener
+is the mere dictate of whim. The most usual method
+is to paint the eyebrows black in form of a half-moon
+and the face red in small squares, with the arms and
+legs and part of the body red; sometimes one half of
+the face is painted red in squares and the other black;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>
+at others dotted with spots of red and black instead
+of squares, with a variety of other devices, such as
+painting one half of the face and body red and the
+other black.</p>
+
+<p>But a method of painting which they sometimes
+employed, and which they were much more particular
+in, was by laying on the face a quantity of bear's grease
+of about one-eighth of an inch thick; this they raised
+up into ridges resembling a small bead in joiner's work
+with a stick prepared for the purpose, and then painted
+them red, which gave the face a very singular appearance.</p>
+
+<p>On extraordinary occasions the king and principal
+chiefs used to strew over their faces, after painting, a fine
+black shining powder procured from some mineral, as
+Maquina told me it was got from the rocks. This they
+call <i>pelpelth</i>,<a name="FNanchor_78_78" id="FNanchor_78_78"></a><a href="#Footnote_78_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a> and value it highly, as, in their opinion, it
+serves to set off their looks to great advantage, glittering
+especially in the sun like silver. This article is brought
+them in bags by the <i>Newchemass</i>,<a name="FNanchor_79_79" id="FNanchor_79_79"></a><a href="#Footnote_79_79" class="fnanchor">[79]</a> a very savage nation
+who live a long way to the north, from whom they likewise
+receive a superior kind of red paint, a species of
+very fine and rich ochre, which they hold in much
+estimation.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span></p><p>Notwithstanding this custom of painting themselves,
+they make it an invariable practice, both in summer and
+winter, to bathe once a day, and sometimes oftener; but
+as the paint is put on with oil, it is not much discomposed
+thereby, and whenever they wish to wash it off, they
+repair to some piece of fresh water and scour themselves
+with sand or rushes.</p>
+
+<p>In dressing their heads on occasion of a festival or a
+visit, they are full as particular and almost as long as in
+painting. The hair, after being well oiled, is carefully
+gathered upon the top of the head and secured by a
+piece of pine or spruce bough with the green leaves
+upon it. After having it properly fixed in this manner,
+the king and principal chiefs used to strew all over it
+the white down obtained from a species of large brown
+eagle which abounds on this coast, and which they are
+very particular in arranging so as not to have a single
+feather out of place, occasionally wetting the hair to
+make it adhere. This, together with the bough, which
+is sometimes of considerable size and stuck over with
+feathers by means of turpentine, gives them a very
+singular and grotesque appearance, which they, however,
+think very becoming, and the first thing they do, on
+learning the arrival of strangers, is to go and decorate
+themselves in this manner.</p>
+
+<p>The men also wear bracelets of painted leather or
+copper and large ear-rings of the latter, but the ornament
+on which they appear to set the most value is the nose-jewel,
+if such an appellation may be given to the wooden
+stick which some of them employ for this purpose. The
+king and chiefs, however, wear them of a different form,
+being either small pieces of polished copper or brass, of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
+which I made many for them in the shape of hearts and
+diamonds, or a twisted conical shell about half an inch
+in length, of a bluish colour and very bright, which is
+brought from the south. These are suspended by a
+small wire or string to the hole in the gristle of the
+nose, which is formed in infancy by boring it with a
+pin, the hole being afterwards enlarged by the repeated
+insertion of wooden pegs of an increased size, until
+it becomes about the diameter of a pipe-stem, though
+some have them of a size nearly sufficient to admit the
+little finger.</p>
+
+<p>The common class, who cannot readily procure the
+more expensive jewels that I have mentioned, substitute
+for them, usually, a smooth, round stick, some of which
+are of an almost incredible length, for I have seen them
+projecting not less than eight or nine inches beyond
+the face on each side; this is made fast or secured in
+its place by little wedges on each side of it. These
+"sprit-sail-yard fellows," as my messmate used to call
+them, when rigged out in this manner, made quite a
+strange show, and it was his delight, whenever he saw
+one of them coming towards us with an air of consequence
+proportioned to the length of his stick, to put
+up his hand suddenly as he was passing him, so as to
+strike the stick, in order, as he said, to brace him up
+sharp to the wind; this used to make them very angry,
+but nothing was more remote from Thompson's ideas
+than a wish to cultivate their favour.</p>
+
+<p>The natives of Nootka appear to have but little
+inclination for the chase, though some of them were
+expert marksmen, and used sometimes to shoot ducks
+and geese; but the seal and the sea-otter form the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span>
+principal objects of their hunting, particularly the
+latter.</p>
+
+<p>Of this animal, so much noted for its valuable skin,
+the following description may not be uninteresting:&mdash;The
+sea-otter<a name="FNanchor_80_80" id="FNanchor_80_80"></a><a href="#Footnote_80_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a> is nearly five feet in length, exclusive of
+the tail, which is about twelve inches, and is very thick
+and broad where it joins the body, but gradually tapers
+to the end, which is tipped with white. The colour of
+the rest is a shining, silky black, with the exception of a
+broad white stripe on the top of the head. Nothing
+can be more beautiful than one of these animals when
+seen swimming, especially when on the look-out for
+any object. At such times it raises its head quite
+above the surface, and the contrast between the shining
+black and the white, together with its sharp ears and
+a long tuft of hair rising from the middle of its forehead,
+which looks like three small horns, render it quite a
+novel and attractive object. They are in general very
+tame, and will permit a canoe or boat to approach very
+near before they dive. I was told, however, that they
+are become much more shy since they have been accustomed
+to shoot them with muskets, than when they
+used only arrows.<a name="FNanchor_81_81" id="FNanchor_81_81"></a><a href="#Footnote_81_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a></p>
+
+<p>The skin is held in great estimation in China, more
+especially that of the tail, the fur of which is finer and
+closer set than that on the body. This is always cut
+off and sold separately by the natives. The value of
+a skin is determined by its size, that being considered
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span>as a prime skin which will reach, in length, from a
+man's chin to his feet. The food of the sea-otter is
+fish, which he is very dexterous in taking, being an
+excellent swimmer, with feet webbed like those of a
+goose. They appear to be wholly confined to the seacoast,
+at least to the salt water. They have usually
+three or four young at a time, but I know not how often
+they breed, nor in what place they deposit their young,
+though I have frequently seen them swimming around
+the mother when no larger than rats. The flesh is
+eaten by the natives, cooked in their usual mode by
+boiling, and is far preferable to that of the seal, of which
+they make much account.</p>
+
+<p>But if not great hunters, there are few people more
+expert in fishing. Their lines are generally, made from
+the sinew of the whale, and are extremely strong. For
+the hook, they usually make use of a straight piece of
+hard wood, in the lower part of which is inserted, and
+well secured with thread or whale sinew, a bit of bone
+made very sharp at the point and bearded; but I used
+to make for them hooks from iron, which they preferred,
+not only as being less liable to break, but more certain
+of securing the fish. Cod, halibut, and other sea fish
+were not only caught by them with hooks, but even
+salmon.</p>
+
+<p>To take this latter fish, they practise the following
+method:&mdash;One person seats himself in a small canoe,
+and, baiting his hook with a sprat, which they are always
+careful to procure as fresh as possible, fastens his line
+to the handle of the paddle; this, as he plies it in the
+water, keeps the fish in constant motion, so as to give
+it the appearance of life, which the salmon seeing, leaps<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span>
+at it and is instantly hooked, and, by a sudden and
+dexterous motion of the paddle, drawn on board. I
+have known some of the natives take no less than eight
+or ten salmon of a morning, in this manner, and have
+seen from twenty to thirty canoes at a time in Friendly
+Cove thus employed.</p>
+
+<p>They are likewise little less skilful in taking the
+whale. This they kill with a kind of javelin or harpoon
+thus constructed and fitted: the barbs are formed of
+bone, which are sharpened on the outer side, and
+hollowed within, for the purpose of forming a socket
+for the staff; these are then secured firmly together
+with a whale sinew, the point being fitted so as to
+receive a piece of mussel-shell, which is ground to a
+very sharp edge, and secured in its place by means of
+turpentine.<a name="FNanchor_82_82" id="FNanchor_82_82"></a><a href="#Footnote_82_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> To this head or prong is fastened a
+strong line of whale sinew about nine feet in length,
+to the end of which is tied a bark rope from fifty to
+sixty fathoms long, having from twenty to thirty sealskin
+floats or buoys attached to it at certain intervals,
+in order to check the motion of the whale and obstruct
+his diving. In the socket of the harpoon a staff or
+pole of about ten feet long, gradually tapering from
+the middle to each end, is placed; this the harpooner
+holds in his hand, in order to strike the whale,
+and immediately detaches it as soon as the fish is
+struck.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p>
+<p>The whale is considered as the king's fish, and no
+other person, when he is present, is permitted to touch
+him until the royal harpoon has first drawn his blood,
+however near he may approach; and it would be considered
+almost a sacrilege for any of the common people
+to strike a whale before he is killed, particularly if any
+of the chiefs should be present.<a name="FNanchor_83_83" id="FNanchor_83_83"></a><a href="#Footnote_83_83" class="fnanchor">[83]</a> They also kill the
+porpoise<a name="FNanchor_84_84" id="FNanchor_84_84"></a><a href="#Footnote_84_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a> and sea-cow<a name="FNanchor_85_85" id="FNanchor_85_85"></a><a href="#Footnote_85_85" class="fnanchor">[85]</a> with harpoons, but this inferior
+game is not interdicted the lower class.</p>
+
+<p>With regard to their canoes, some of the handsomest
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>to be found on the whole coast are made at Nootka,
+though very fine ones are brought by the Wickinninish
+and the Kla-iz-zarts, who have them more highly ornamented.
+They are of all sizes, from such as are capable
+of holding only one person to their largest war canoes,
+which will carry forty men, and are extremely light.
+Of these, the largest of any that I ever saw was one
+belonging to Maquina, which I measured, and found
+to be forty-two feet six inches in length at the bottom,
+and forty-six feet from stem to stern. These are
+made of pine,<a name="FNanchor_86_86" id="FNanchor_86_86"></a><a href="#Footnote_86_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a> hollowed out from a tree with their
+chisels solely, which are about three inches broad
+and six in length, and set into a handle of very hard
+wood.</p>
+
+<p>This instrument was formerly made of flint, or some
+hard stone ground down to as sharp an edge as possible,
+but since they have learned the use of iron, they have
+almost all of them of that metal. Instead of a mallet
+for striking this chisel, they make use of a smooth
+round stone, which they hold in the palm of the hand.
+With this same awkward instrument they not only
+excavate their canoes and trays and smooth their
+planks, but cut down such trees as they want, either for
+building, fuel, or other purposes, a labour which is
+mostly done by their slaves.</p>
+
+<p>The felling of trees, as practised by them, is a slow
+and most tedious process, three of them being generally
+from two to three days in cutting down a large one; yet
+so attached were they to their own method, that notwithstanding
+they saw Thompson frequently, with one
+of our axes, of which there was a number saved, fell a
+tree in less time than they could have gone round it
+with their chisels, still they could not be persuaded to
+make use of them.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
+<a href="images/i125.jpg"><img src="images/i125-t.jpg" width="350" height="237" alt="INDIAN CANOES, VICTORIA, V. I. (TEMP. 1863)." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />INDIAN CANOES, VICTORIA, V. I. (TEMP. 1863).</span>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>After<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> hollowing out their canoes, which they do very
+neatly, they fashion the outside, and slightly burn it, for
+the purpose of removing any splinters or small points
+that might obstruct its passage through the water, after
+which they rub it over thoroughly with rushes or coarse
+mats, in order to smooth it, which not only renders it
+almost as smooth as glass, but forms a better security
+for it from the weather; this operation of burning and
+rubbing down the bottoms of their canoes is practised
+as often as they acquire any considerable degree of
+roughness from use. The outside by this means
+becomes quite black, and to complete their work they
+paint the inside of a bright red, with ochre or some
+other similar substance; the prows and sterns are almost
+always ornamented with figures of ducks or some other
+kind of bird, the former being so fashioned as to represent
+the head, and the latter the tail; these are separate pieces
+from the canoe, and are fastened to it with small flexible
+twigs or bark cord.</p>
+
+<p>Some of these canoes, particularly those employed in
+whaling, which will hold about ten men, are ornamented
+within about two inches below the gunwale with two
+parallel lines on each side of very small white shells,
+running fore and aft, which has a very pretty effect.
+Their war canoes have no ornament of this kind, but
+are painted on the outside with figures in white chalk,
+representing eagles, whales, human heads, etc. They
+are very dexterous in the use of their paddles, which are
+very neatly wrought, and are five feet long, with a short<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>
+handle and a blade seven inches broad in the middle,
+tapering to a sharp point. With these they will make
+a canoe skim very swiftly on the water, with scarcely
+any noise, while they keep time to the stroke of the
+paddle with their songs.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_74_74" id="Footnote_74_74"></a><a href="#FNanchor_74_74"><span class="label">[74]</span></a> Yet they are by no means weak in the legs, a coast Indian being
+capable of long travel in the bush without tiring. The Hydahs of Queen
+Charlotte Island, and the Tlinkets and Kaloshes of the neighbouring
+mainland, are splendid specimens of men, tall, comparatively fair, large-headed,
+regularly-featured, and endowed with courage and intelligence,
+though their morals leave much to be desired. All the canoe Indians
+are very strong-handed, owing to the constant use of the paddle. In a
+scuffle with one of them, it does not do to let him get a grip; better
+prevent him from coming to close quarters, for in this case the white man
+has little chance. The Klahoquahts are the finest-looking of the Vancouver
+west coast tribes.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_75_75" id="Footnote_75_75"></a><a href="#FNanchor_75_75"><span class="label">[75]</span></a> I have rarely seen a corpulent Indian, and not one idiot, or a cripple
+so deformed that he was incapable of earning his livelihood. It is seldom
+that they are deformed from birth, and when they are, they generally
+disappear, so as not to be a burden on the tribe. As a facetious old
+savage remarked to me, when discussing that curious immunity from
+helplessness in his tribe, "The climate doesn't agree with them." The
+brother of Quisto, chief of the Pachenahts in 1865 (San Juan Harbour),
+was much deformed in the legs, but he was an excellent canoeman.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_76_76" id="Footnote_76_76"></a><a href="#FNanchor_76_76"><span class="label">[76]</span></a> Commonly the flattish nacreous portion of the Abelone, or Ear-shell
+(<i>Haliotis Kamschatkiana</i>), known as <i>Apats-em</i>, which is pawned or sold
+in times of scarcity. By constant removal and insertion, the septum of the
+nose, through which it is fastened, becomes in time so large that it will
+admit almost any kind of moderately-sized ornament. Feathers are
+frequently inserted, and more than once I have seen an Indian, clad in a
+blanket alone, denude himself of his single garment to hold biscuits or other
+goods, and dispose of his pipe by sticking it in the hole through his nasal
+septum, which, had times been better, would have been occupied with a
+piece of shell, either square, oblong, or of a horseshoe shape.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_77_77" id="Footnote_77_77"></a><a href="#FNanchor_77_77"><span class="label">[77]</span></a> This is the well-known <i>Dentalium pretiosum</i>, or Tooth-shell, generally
+known as the <i>Hioqua</i>. It is procured chiefly from Cape Flattery, on the
+southern side of Juan de Fuca Strait, and from Koskeemo Sound on the
+north. The "Aitizzarts" (Ayhuttisahts) probably obtained it by barter
+with the tribes on that part of the coast. It is not much used nowadays.&mdash;<i>The
+Peoples of the World</i>, vol. i. p. 60.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_78_78" id="Footnote_78_78"></a><a href="#FNanchor_78_78"><span class="label">[78]</span></a> This is powdered mica of the black variety. It is obtained in various
+places, from veins exposed, for the most part in the beds of streams.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_79_79" id="Footnote_79_79"></a><a href="#FNanchor_79_79"><span class="label">[79]</span></a> These seem to be the Nimpkish, from the Nimpkish River, south of Fort
+Rupert, on the eastern shore of Vancouver Island, who still frequently cross
+the island by a chain of rivers and lakes to Nootka Sound. This is confirmed
+by Jewitt writing in another place that they lived somewhat in the
+interior. It is doubtful whether he knew that the country in which he
+lived was an island. At all events, he never mentions it by that name.
+This route I have described in "Das Innere der Vancouver Insel" (Petermann,
+<i>Geographische Mittheilungen</i>, 1869).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_80_80" id="Footnote_80_80"></a><a href="#FNanchor_80_80"><span class="label">[80]</span></a> <i>Enhydra lutris</i>, or "Quiaotluck," now so rapidly decreasing in numbers
+that it can scarcely escape the fate of Steller's Rhytina.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_81_81" id="Footnote_81_81"></a><a href="#FNanchor_81_81"><span class="label">[81]</span></a> For an account of the habits and history of these valued animals, the
+reader is referred to <i>The Countries of the World</i>, vol. i. p. 304.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_82_82" id="Footnote_82_82"></a><a href="#FNanchor_82_82"><span class="label">[82]</span></a> The harpoon is at present a little different in construction. Pine resin,
+not "turpentine," is used for the purpose described, and the tips of
+deers' horns are utilised for the barbs. The most remarkable fact about
+the west coast of Vancouver Island whaling is its use of inflated sealskins
+to impede the motion of the animal through the water. This is an
+Eskimo contrivance in use by the Alaskans and other extreme northern
+tribes, from whom the West Vancouverians seem to have borrowed it.
+In Sproat's <i>Scenes and Studies of Savage Life</i>, p. 226, there is an
+excellent description of whaling as practised in that part of Vancouver
+Island. The species pursued is usually finbacks, though a "black fish"
+with good whalebone is occasionally captured.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_83_83" id="Footnote_83_83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_83_83"><span class="label">[83]</span></a> The honour of using the harpoon is a hereditary privilege, enjoyed by
+only a few men in a tribe, and previous to the whaling season the crews
+have to practise all manner of ascetic practices in order to ensure good
+luck in the venture.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_84_84" id="Footnote_84_84"></a><a href="#FNanchor_84_84"><span class="label">[84]</span></a> This porpoise Dr. Gray considered, after examining a skull which I
+brought to the British Museum in 1866, to differ little, if at all, from the
+<i>Phoc�na communis</i> of the Atlantic; but Dr. (afterwards Sir) W. H.
+Flower (<i>List of the Specimens of Cetacea</i>, etc., 1885, p. 16) seems to be of
+a different opinion.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_85_85" id="Footnote_85_85"></a><a href="#FNanchor_85_85"><span class="label">[85]</span></a> This "sea-cow," of which Meares also speaks as an animal hunted by
+the Nootka people, though rarely seen so far south, must, one might
+think, be another name for the seal or "sea-calf," were not the latter
+expressly referred to by name. The sea-cow, dugong, or manatee is not
+found in these seas, and the <i>Rhytina Stelleri</i>, once so abundant on Behring
+Island in Behring Strait, is generally considered to have been exterminated
+in the interval between 1741-1768. This, however, is hardly in accordance
+with fact, for, as evidence collected by Nordenskj�ld proves, they
+were occasionally killed in 1780, while one was seen as late as 1854. It
+is therefore by no means improbable that in 1803 a few stragglers were
+still waiting their end on the shores of Vancouver Island. The sea-lion
+(<i>Eumetopias Stelleri</i>) is a seal also verging on extinction, the <i>Otaria
+ursinus</i> being now the fur seal of commerce (and politics) in that part of
+the North Pacific.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_86_86" id="Footnote_86_86"></a><a href="#FNanchor_86_86"><span class="label">[86]</span></a> A species of cedar (<i>Thuja</i>) is the wood used.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<p>MUSIC&mdash;MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS&mdash;SLAVES&mdash;NEIGHBOURING
+TRIBES&mdash;TRADE WITH THESE&mdash;ARMY</p>
+
+
+<p>They have a number which they sing on various occasions&mdash;at
+war,<a name="FNanchor_87_87" id="FNanchor_87_87"></a><a href="#Footnote_87_87" class="fnanchor">[87]</a> whaling and fishing, at their marriages
+and feasts, and at public festivals or solemnities. The
+language of the most of these appears to be very
+different in many respects from that used in their
+common conversation, which leads me to believe either
+that they have a different mode of expressing themselves
+in poetry, or that they borrow their songs from
+their neighbours; and what the more particularly induces
+me to the latter opinion is, that whenever any of the
+Newchemass, a people from the northward, and who
+speak a very different language, arrived, they used to
+tell me that they expected a new song, and were almost
+always sure to have one.</p>
+
+<p>Their tunes are generally soft and plaintive, and
+though not possessing great variety, are not deficient in
+harmony. Their singing is generally accompanied with
+several rude kinds of instrumental music, among the
+most prominent of which is a kind of a drum. This is
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>nothing more than a long plank hollowed out on the
+under side and made quite thin, which is beat upon by
+a stick of about a foot long, and renders a sound not
+unlike beating on the head of an empty cask, but much
+louder.</p>
+
+<p>But the two most favourite instruments are the rattle
+and the pipe or whistle; these are, however, only used
+by the king, the chiefs, or some particular persons. The
+former is made of dried sealskin, so as to represent a
+fish, and is filled with a number of small smooth pebbles;
+it has a short handle, and is painted red. The whistle is
+made of bone, generally the leg of a deer; it is short,
+but emits a very shrill sound. They have likewise
+another kind of music, which they make use of in
+dancing, in the manner of castanets. This is produced
+by a number of mussel or cockle shells tied together
+and shaken to a kind of tune, which is accompanied
+with the voice.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>Their slaves, as I have observed, form their most
+valuable species of property. These are of both sexes,
+being either captives taken by themselves in war, or
+purchased from the neighbouring tribes, and who reside
+in the same house, forming as it were a part of the
+family, are usually kindly treated, eat of the same food,
+and live as well as their masters. They are compelled,
+however, at times to labour severely, as not only all the
+menial offices are performed by them, such as bringing
+water, cutting wood, and a variety of others, but they are
+obliged to make the canoes, to assist in building and
+repairing the houses, to supply their masters with fish,
+and to attend them in war and to fight for them.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>None but the king and chiefs have slaves, the common
+people being prevented from holding them, either from
+their inability to purchase them, or, as I am rather inclined
+to think, from its being considered as the privilege
+of the former alone to have them,<a name="FNanchor_88_88" id="FNanchor_88_88"></a><a href="#Footnote_88_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a> especially as all those
+made prisoners in war belong either to the king or the
+chiefs who have captured them, each one holding such
+as have been taken by himself or his slaves. There is
+probably, however, some little distinction in favour of
+the king, who is always the commander of the expedition,
+as Maquina had nearly fifty, male and female, in
+his house, a number constituting about one half of its
+inhabitants, comprehending those obtained by war and
+purchase; whereas none of the other chiefs had more
+than twelve. The females are employed principally in
+manufacturing cloth, in cooking, collecting berries, etc.,
+and with regard to food and living in general have not a
+much harder lot than their mistresses, the principal difference
+consisting in these poor unfortunate creatures being
+considered as free to any one, their masters prostituting
+them whenever they think proper for the purpose of
+gain. In this way many of them are brought on board
+the ships and offered to the crews, from whence an
+opinion appears to have been formed by some of our
+navigators injurious to the chastity of their females,
+than which nothing can be more generally untrue, as
+perhaps in no part of the world is that virtue more
+prized.<a name="FNanchor_89_89" id="FNanchor_89_89"></a><a href="#Footnote_89_89" class="fnanchor">[89]</a></p>
+
+<p>The houses at Nootka, as already stated, are about
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span>twenty, without comprising those inhabited by the
+Klahars, a small tribe that has been conquered and
+incorporated into that of Nootka, though they must be
+considered as in a state of vassalage, as they are not
+permitted to have any chiefs among them, and live by
+themselves in a cluster of small houses at a little distance
+from the village. The Nootka tribe, which
+consists of about five hundred warriors,<a name="FNanchor_90_90" id="FNanchor_90_90"></a><a href="#Footnote_90_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a> is not only
+more numerous than almost any of the neighbouring
+tribes, but far exceeds them in the strength and martial
+spirit of its people; and in fact there are but few nations
+within a hundred miles either to the north or south but
+are considered as tributary to them.</p>
+
+<p>In giving some account of the tribes that were accustomed
+to visit Nootka, I shall commence at the southward
+with the Kla-iz-zarts, and the Wickinninish,
+premising that in point of personal appearance there
+prevails a wonderful diversity between the various tribes
+on the coast, with the exception of the feet and legs,
+which are badly shaped in almost all of them from their
+practice of sitting on them.</p>
+
+<p>The Kla-iz-zarts are a numerous and powerful tribe,
+living nearly three hundred miles to the south, and are
+said to consist of more than a thousand warriors.<a name="FNanchor_91_91" id="FNanchor_91_91"></a><a href="#Footnote_91_91" class="fnanchor">[91]</a> They
+appear to be more civilised than any of the others, being
+better and more neatly dressed, more mild and affable
+in their manners, remarkable for their sprightliness and
+vivacity, and celebrated for their singing and dancing.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span></p>
+<p>They exhibit also greater marks of improvement in
+whatever is wrought by them; their canoes, though not
+superior to those of Nootka in point of form and lightness,
+are more highly ornamented, and their weapons
+and tools of every kind have a much higher finish and
+display more skill in the workmanship. Their cast of
+countenance is very different from that of the Nootkians,
+their faces being very broad, with a less prominent
+nose and smaller eyes, and the top of the head
+flattened as if it had been pressed down with a weight.
+Their complexion is also much fairer, and their
+stature shorter, though they are well formed and
+strongly set.</p>
+
+<p>They have a custom which appears to be peculiar to
+them, as I never observed it in any of the other tribes,
+which is to pluck out not only their beards and the hair
+from their bodies, but also their eyebrows, so as not to
+leave a vestige remaining. They were also in general
+more skilful in painting and decorating themselves, and
+I have seen some of them with no less than a dozen
+holes in each of their ears, to which were suspended
+strings of small beads about two inches in length.
+Their language is the same as spoken at Nootka, but
+their pronunciation is much more hoarse and guttural.
+These people are not only very expert in whaling, but
+are great hunters of the sea-otter and other animals,
+with which their country is said to abound, and the
+metamelth, a large animal of the deer kind, the skin of
+which I have already spoken of, another of a light grey
+colour, with very fine hair, from which they manufacture
+a handsome cloth, the beaver, and a species of large wild
+cat or tiger cat.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The Wickinninish,<a name="FNanchor_92_92" id="FNanchor_92_92"></a><a href="#Footnote_92_92" class="fnanchor">[92]</a> their neighbours on the north, are
+about two hundred miles from Nootka. They are a
+robust, strong, and warlike people, but considered by the
+Nootkians as their inferiors in courage. This tribe is
+more numerous than that of Nootka, amounting to
+between six and seven hundred warriors. Though not
+so civilised as the Kla-iz-zarts, and less skilful in their
+manufactures, like them they employ themselves in
+hunting, as well as in whaling and fishing. Their faces
+are broad, but less so than the Kla-iz-zarts, with a
+darker complexion and a much less open and pleasing
+expression of countenance, while their heads present a
+very different form, being pressed in at the sides and
+lengthened towards the top somewhat in the shape of a
+sugar loaf. These people are very frequent visitors at
+Nootka, a close friendship subsisting between the two
+nations, Maquina's <i>Arcomah</i> or queen, <i>Y-ya-tintla-no</i>,
+being the daughter of the Wickinninish king.</p>
+
+<p>The Kla-oo-quates<a name="FNanchor_93_93" id="FNanchor_93_93"></a><a href="#Footnote_93_93" class="fnanchor">[93]</a> adjoining them on the north are
+much less numerous, their force not exceeding four
+hundred fighting men; they are also behind them in the
+arts of life. These are a fierce, bold, and enterprising
+people, and there were none that visited Nootka, whom
+Maquina used to be more on his guard against, or viewed
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span>with so much suspicion. The Eshquates<a name="FNanchor_94_94" id="FNanchor_94_94"></a><a href="#Footnote_94_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a> are about
+the same number; these are considered as tributary
+to Maquina. Their coast abounds with rivers, creeks,
+and marshes.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 192px;">
+<a href="images/i135.jpg"><img src="images/i135-t.jpg" width="192" height="300" alt="UK-LULAC-AHT INDIAN." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />UK-LULAC-AHT INDIAN.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>To the north the nearest tribe of any importance is
+the Aitizzarts;<a name="FNanchor_95_95" id="FNanchor_95_95"></a><a href="#Footnote_95_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a> these, however, do not exceed three
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>hundred warriors. In appearance they greatly resemble
+the people of Nootka, to whom they are considered
+as tributary, their manners, dress, and style of living
+also being very similar. They reside at about forty
+miles' distance up the Sound. A considerable way
+farther to the northward are the Cayuquets;<a name="FNanchor_96_96" id="FNanchor_96_96"></a><a href="#Footnote_96_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a> these
+are a much more numerous tribe than that of
+Nootka, but thought by the latter to be deficient in
+courage and martial spirit, Maquina having frequently
+told me that their hearts were a little like those of
+birds.</p>
+
+<p>There are also both at the north and south many
+other intervening tribes, but in general small in number
+and insignificant, all of whom, as well as the above-mentioned,
+speak the same language. But the Newchemass,
+who come from a great way to the northward, and
+from some distance inland, as I was told by Maquina,
+speak quite a different language,<a name="FNanchor_97_97" id="FNanchor_97_97"></a><a href="#Footnote_97_97" class="fnanchor">[97]</a> although it is well
+understood by those of Nootka. These were the most
+savage-looking and ugly men that I ever saw, their
+complexion being much darker, their stature shorter,
+and their hair coarser, than that of the other nations,
+and their dress and appearance dirty in an extreme.
+They wear their beards long like Jews, and have a very
+morose and surly countenance. Their usual dress is a
+<i>kotsuk</i> made of wolf-skin, with a number of the tails
+attached to it, of which I have seen no less than ten on
+one garment, hanging from the top to the bottom;
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span>though they sometimes wear a similar mantle of bark
+cloth, of a much coarser texture than that of Nootka,
+the original of which appears to be the same, though
+from their very great filthiness it was almost impossible
+to discover what it had been.</p>
+
+<p>Their mode of dressing the hair also varies essentially
+from that of the other tribes, for they suffer that on
+the back of the head to hang loose, and bind the other
+over their foreheads in the manner of a fillet, with a
+strip of their country cloth, ornamented with small
+white shells. Their weapons are the <i>cheetolth</i>, or
+war-club, which is made from whalebone, daggers, bow
+and arrows, and a kind of spear pointed with bone
+or copper.<a name="FNanchor_98_98" id="FNanchor_98_98"></a><a href="#Footnote_98_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a> They brought with them no furs for sale,
+excepting a few wolf-skins, their merchandise consisting
+principally of the black shining mineral called <i>pelpelth</i>,
+and the fine red paint, which they carefully kept in close
+mat bags, some small dried salmon, clams, and roes of
+fish, with occasionally a little coarse matting cloth.
+They were accustomed to remain a much longer time
+at Nootka than the other tribes, in order to recover from
+the fatigue of a long journey, part of which was overland,
+and on these occasions taught their songs to our
+savages.</p>
+
+<p>The trade of most of the other tribes with Nootka
+was principally train-oil, seal or whale's blubber, fish
+fresh or dried, herring or salmon spawn, clams and
+mussels, and the <i>yama</i>,<a name="FNanchor_99_99" id="FNanchor_99_99"></a><a href="#Footnote_99_99" class="fnanchor">[99]</a> a species of fruit which is
+pressed and dried, cloth, sea-otter skins, and slaves.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>From the Aitizzarts and the Cayuquets, particularly the
+former, the best Ife-whaw and in the greatest quantities
+was obtained. The Eshquates furnished us with wild
+ducks and geese, particularly the latter. The Wickinninish
+and Kla-iz-zarts brought to market many slaves, the
+best sea-otter skins, great quantities of oil, whale sinew,
+and cakes of the <i>yama</i>, highly ornamented canoes, some
+Ife-whaw, red ochre and pelpelth of an inferior quality to
+that obtained from the Newchemass, but particularly
+the so much valued metamelth, and an excellent root
+called by the Kla-iz-zarts <i>Quawnoose</i>.<a name="FNanchor_100_100" id="FNanchor_100_100"></a><a href="#Footnote_100_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a> This is the size
+of a small onion, but rather longer, being of a tapering
+form like a pear, and of a brownish colour. It is cooked
+by steam, is always brought in baskets ready prepared
+for eating, and is in truth a very fine vegetable, being
+sweet, mealy, and of a most agreeable flavour. It was
+highly esteemed by the natives, who used to eat it, as
+they did everything else, with train-oil. From the
+Kla-iz-zarts was also received, though in no great
+quantity, a cloth manufactured by them from the fur
+already spoken of, which feels like wool and is of a grey
+colour.</p>
+
+<p>Many of the articles thus brought, particularly the
+provisions, were considered as presents, or tributary
+offerings, but this must be viewed as little more than a
+nominal acknowledgment of superiority, as they rarely
+failed to get the full amount of the value of their presents.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span>I have known eighteen of the great tubs, in which they
+keep their provisions, filled with spawn brought in this
+way. On these occasions a great feast is always made,
+to which not only the strangers, but the whole village,
+men, women, and children, are generally invited, and I
+have seen five of the largest tubs employed at such
+time, in cooking at the king's house. At these feasts
+they generally indulge in eating to an excess, making
+up in this respect for their want of inebriating liquors,
+which they know no method of preparing in any form,
+their only drink being water.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever they came to visit or trade, it was their
+general custom to stop a few miles distant, under the
+lee of some bluff or rock, and rig themselves out in their
+best manner, by painting and dressing their heads. On
+their first coming on shore, they were invited to eat by
+the king, when they brought to him such articles as he
+wanted, after which the rest of the inhabitants were
+permitted to purchase, the strangers being careful to
+keep them in their canoes until sold, under strict guard
+to prevent their being stolen, the disposition of these
+people for thieving being so great, that it is necessary to
+keep a watchful eye upon them.</p>
+
+<p>This was their usual mode of traffic, but whenever
+they wished to purchase any particular object, as, for
+instance, a certain slave, or some other thing of which
+they were very desirous, the canoe that came for this
+purpose would lie off a little distance from the shore,
+and a kind of ambassador or representative of the king
+or chief by whom it was sent, dressed in their best
+manner, and with his head covered with the white down,
+would rise, and, after making known the object of his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span>
+mission in a pompous speech, hold up specimens of such
+articles as he was instructed to offer in payment, mentioning
+the number or quantity of each, when, if the
+bargain was concluded, the exchange was immediately
+made.</p>
+
+<p>On their visits of friendship or traffic, the chiefs alone
+used to sleep on shore; this was generally at the house
+of the king or the head chief, the others passing the
+night on board of their canoes, which was done not
+only for the preservation of their property, but because
+they were not permitted to remain on shore, lest they
+might excite some disturbance or commit depredations.</p>
+
+<p>All these people generally go armed, the common
+class wearing only a dagger suspended from their neck
+behind, with a string of metamelth, and sometimes
+thrust in their girdles. The chiefs, in addition to the
+dagger, carry the cheetolth, or war-club, suspended in
+the same manner beneath their mantles; this, in the
+hands of a strong man, is a powerful weapon, in the
+management of which some of the older chiefs are very
+dexterous. It is made from the bone of a whale, and is
+very heavy. The blade is about eighteen inches long
+and three broad, till it approaches near the point, where
+it expands to the breadth of four inches. In the middle,
+from whence it slopes off gradually to an edge on each
+side, it is from one to two inches in thickness. This
+blade is usually covered with figures of the sun and
+moon, a man's head, etc.; and the hilt, which is made
+to represent the head of a man or some animal, is
+curiously set with small white shells, and has a band of
+metamelth fastened to it, in order to sling it over the
+shoulder. Some of the tribes have also a kind of spear<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span>
+headed with copper or the bone of the sting ray, which
+is a dangerous weapon; this is, however, not usual, and
+only carried by the chiefs. The bow and arrow are still
+used by a few, but since the introduction of firearms
+among them, this weapon has been mostly laid aside.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_87_87" id="Footnote_87_87"></a><a href="#FNanchor_87_87"><span class="label">[87]</span></a> A specimen of one of their war-songs will be found at the end of this
+work.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_88_88" id="Footnote_88_88"></a><a href="#FNanchor_88_88"><span class="label">[88]</span></a> This was not the case. Any free-born native, provided he had the
+means, could own a slave.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_89_89" id="Footnote_89_89"></a><a href="#FNanchor_89_89"><span class="label">[89]</span></a> This is largely a tale of the past.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_90_90" id="Footnote_90_90"></a><a href="#FNanchor_90_90"><span class="label">[90]</span></a> It is questionable if there are now as many people in the whole tribe.
+Cook estimated the population of Friendly Cove at two thousand.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_91_91" id="Footnote_91_91"></a><a href="#FNanchor_91_91"><span class="label">[91]</span></a> This is wrong. The Kla-iz-zarts (Klahosahts) live <i>north</i> of Nootka
+Sound.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_92_92" id="Footnote_92_92"></a><a href="#FNanchor_92_92"><span class="label">[92]</span></a> In Meares's time (1788) Wickinninish was regarded as the most powerful
+chief, next to Maquina or Maquilla, as he calls him. His residence
+was usually at "Port Cox" (Clayoquat Sound), but his territory extended
+as far south as Nettinaht, his subjects comprising thirteen thousand
+people. Meares does not fall into Jewitt's blunder of confounding the
+name of the chief with that of his tribe. But Meares derived his information
+first hand, while Jewitt obtained it merely from hearsay, never
+having visited any other part except the immediate vicinity of Nootka
+Sound.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_93_93" id="Footnote_93_93"></a><a href="#FNanchor_93_93"><span class="label">[93]</span></a> Klayoquahts. They have now barely two hundred warriors.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_94_94" id="Footnote_94_94"></a><a href="#FNanchor_94_94"><span class="label">[94]</span></a> Hishquahts. If they have twenty men, that is all. Thirty years ago
+they had only thirty adult males.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_95_95" id="Footnote_95_95"></a><a href="#FNanchor_95_95"><span class="label">[95]</span></a> Ayhuttisahts. Thirty years ago they had thirty-six men fit to fight.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_96_96" id="Footnote_96_96"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96_96"><span class="label">[96]</span></a> Ky-yoh-quahts. In 1860 they numbered two hundred and thirty adult
+men.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_97_97" id="Footnote_97_97"></a><a href="#FNanchor_97_97"><span class="label">[97]</span></a> Namely, the Kwakiool spoken on the east and north coasts of Vancouver
+Island from Comox northwards.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_98_98" id="Footnote_98_98"></a><a href="#FNanchor_98_98"><span class="label">[98]</span></a> These implements have fallen out of use.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_99_99" id="Footnote_99_99"></a><a href="#FNanchor_99_99"><span class="label">[99]</span></a> The salal (<i>Gaultheria Shallon</i>), which forms a carpet to the ground,
+especially where the soil is poor.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_100_100" id="Footnote_100_100"></a><a href="#FNanchor_100_100"><span class="label">[100]</span></a> The bulb of a pretty blue lily (<i>Gamassia esculenta</i>), well known all over
+North-West America as the "gamass" or "kamass." The digging and
+storing of it in summer form one of the most picturesque of Indian
+occupations. The gamass camps are always lively, and the skill and
+industry which a girl displays in this important part of her future duties
+are carefully noted by the young men in search of wives.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<p>SITUATION OF THE AUTHOR&mdash;REMOVAL TO TASHEES&mdash;FISHING
+PARTIES</p>
+
+
+<p>But to return to our unhappy situation. Though my
+comrade and myself fared as well, and even better than
+we could have expected among these people, considering
+their customs and mode of living, yet our fears lest no
+ship would come to our release, and that we should never
+more behold a Christian country, were to us a source of
+constant pain. Our principal consolation, in this gloomy
+state, was to go on Sundays, whenever the weather
+would permit, to the borders of a freshwater pond about
+a mile from the village, where, after bathing and putting
+on clean clothes, we would seat ourselves under the
+shade of a beautiful pine, while I read some chapters in
+the Bible, and the prayers appointed by our Church for
+the day, ending our devotions with a fervent prayer to
+the Almighty, that He would deign still to watch over
+and preserve our lives, rescue us from the hands of the
+savages, and permit us once more to behold a Christian
+land.</p>
+
+<p>In this manner were the greater part of our Sundays
+passed at Nootka; and I felt gratified to Heaven that,
+amidst our other sufferings, we were at least allowed the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span>
+pleasure of offering up our devotions unmolested, for
+Maquina, on my explaining to him as well as was in my
+power the reason of our thus retiring at this time, far
+from objecting, readily consented to it.</p>
+
+<p>The pond above mentioned was small, not more
+than a quarter of a mile in breadth, and of no great
+length, the water being very clear, though not of great
+depth, and bordered by a beautiful forest of pine, fir,
+elm,[101] and beech,<a name="FNanchor_101_101" id="FNanchor_101_101"></a><a href="#Footnote_101_101" class="fnanchor">[101]</a> free from bushes and underwood&mdash;a
+most delightful retreat, which was rendered still more
+attractive by a great number of birds that frequented
+it, particularly the humming-bird.<a name="FNanchor_102_102" id="FNanchor_102_102"></a><a href="#Footnote_102_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a> Thither we used
+to go to wash our clothes, and felt secure from any
+intrusion from the natives, as they rarely visited it,
+except for the purpose of cleansing themselves of their
+paint.</p>
+
+<p>In July we at length thought that the hope of delivery
+we had so long anxiously indulged was on the point of
+being gratified. A ship appeared in the offing; but,
+alas! our fond hopes vanished almost as soon as formed;
+for, instead of standing in for the shore, she passed to
+the northward, and soon disappeared. I shall not
+attempt to describe our disappointment&mdash;my heart sank
+within me, and I felt as though it was my destiny never
+more to behold a Christian face. Four days after, there
+occurred a tremendous storm of thunder and lightning,
+during which the natives manifested great alarm and
+terror, the whole tribe hurrying to Maquina's house,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span>where, instead of keeping within, they seated themselves
+on the roof, amid the severest of the tempest,
+drumming upon the boards, and looking up to heaven,
+while the king beat the long hollow plank, singing,
+and, as he afterwards told me, begging <i>Quahootze</i>,
+the name they give to God, not to kill them, in
+which he was accompanied by the whole tribe; this
+singing and drumming was continued until the storm
+abated.</p>
+
+<p>As the summer drew near its close, we began to suffer
+from the frequent want of food, which was principally
+owing to Maquina and the chiefs being out whaling, in
+which he would not permit Thompson and myself to join,
+lest we should make our escape to some of the neighbouring
+tribes. At these times the women seldom or
+ever cook any provision, and we were often hungry, but
+were sometimes fortunate enough to procure secretly a
+piece of salmon, some other fish, spawn, or even blubber,
+which, by boiling in salt water, with a few onions and
+turnips, the remains of the Spanish garden, or young
+nettles or other herbs, furnished us a delicious repast in
+private.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, we frequently received accounts
+from the tribes who came to Nootka, both from the
+north and south, of there being vessels on the coast,
+and were advised by their chiefs to make our escape,
+who also promised us their aid, and to put us on board.
+These stories, however, as I afterwards learned, were
+almost all of them without any foundation, and merely
+invented by these people with a view to get us into their
+power, in order to make slaves of us themselves, or to sell
+us to others.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But I was still more strongly solicited to leave
+Nootka by a woman. This was a Wickinninish princess,
+a younger sister of Maquina's wife, who was there on
+a visit. I had the good fortune, if it may be so called,
+to become quite a favourite with her. She appeared
+much interested for me, asked me many questions
+respecting my country, if I had a mother and sister at
+home, and if they would not grieve for my absence.
+Her complexion was fairer than that of the women in
+general, and her features more regular, and she would
+have been quite handsome had it not been for a defect
+in one of her eyes, the sight of which had been injured
+by some accident; the reason, as Maquina told me,
+why she had not been married, a defect of this kind
+being by these savages considered as almost an insuperable
+objection. She urged me repeatedly to return
+with her, telling me that the Wickinninish were much
+better than the Nootkians; that her father would
+treat me more kindly than Maquina, give me better
+food and clothes, and finally put me on board one of
+my own country vessels. I felt, however, little disposed
+to accompany her, considering my situation with
+Maquina full as eligible as it would be with Wickinninish,
+if not better, notwithstanding all she said to the
+contrary.</p>
+
+<p>On the 3rd of September the whole tribe quitted
+Nootka, according to their constant practice, in order to
+pass the autumn and winter at Tashees<a name="FNanchor_103_103" id="FNanchor_103_103"></a><a href="#Footnote_103_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a> and Cooptee,
+the latter lying about thirty miles up the Sound, in a
+deep bay, the navigation of which is very dangerous,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>from the great number of reefs and rocks with which it
+abounds.</p>
+
+<p>On these occasions everything is taken with them,
+even the planks of their houses, in order to cover
+their new dwellings. To an European such a removal
+exhibits a scene quite novel and strange; canoes piled
+up with boards and boxes, and filled with men, women,
+and children, of all ranks and sizes, making the air
+resound with their cries and songs.</p>
+
+<p>At these times, as well as when they have occasion
+to go some distance from their houses, the infants
+are usually suspended across the mother's shoulders,
+in a kind of cradle or hammock, formed of bark, of
+about six inches in depth, and of the length of the child,
+by means of a leather band inserted through loops on
+its edges; this they also keep them in when at home,
+in order to preserve them in a straight position, and
+prevent any distortion of the limbs, most probably a
+principal cause of these people being so seldom
+deformed or crooked.</p>
+
+<p>The longboat of our ship having been repaired and
+furnished with a sail by Thompson, Maquina gave us
+the direction of it, we being better acquainted with
+managing it than his people, and, after loading her as
+deep as she could swim, we proceeded in company with
+them to the north, quitting Nootka with heavy hearts,
+as we could entertain no hopes of release until our
+return, no ships ever coming to that part of the coast.
+Passing Cooptee, which is situated on the southern bank,
+just within the mouth of a small river flowing from the
+east in a narrow valley at the foot of a mountain, we
+proceeded about fifteen miles up this stream to Tashees,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span>
+between a range of lofty hills on each side, which extend
+a great distance inland, and are covered with the finest
+forest trees of the country. Immediately on our arrival,
+we all went to work very diligently in covering the
+houses with the planks we had brought, the frames
+being ready erected, these people never pretending to
+remove the timber. In a very short time the work
+was completed, and we were established in our new
+residence.</p>
+
+<p>Tashees is pleasantly situated, and in a most secure
+position from the winter storms, in a small vale or
+hollow on the south shore, at the foot of a mountain.
+The spot on which it stands is level, and the soil very
+fine, the country in its vicinity abounding with the most
+romantic views, charmingly diversified, and fine streams
+of water falling in beautiful cascades from the mountains.
+The river at this place is about twenty rods in width,
+and, in its deepest part, from nine to twelve feet.
+This village is the extreme point of navigation, as,
+immediately beyond, the river becomes much more
+shallow, and is broken into falls and rapids. The
+houses here are placed in a line like those at Nootka,
+but closer together, the situation being more confined;
+they are also smaller, in consequence of which we were
+much crowded, and incommoded for room.</p>
+
+<p>The principal object in coming to this place is the
+facility it affords these people of providing their winter
+stock of provisions, which consists principally of salmon,
+and the spawn of that fish; to which may be added
+herrings and sprats, and herring spawn. The latter,
+however, is always procured by them at Nootka, previous
+to their quitting it. At the seasons of spawning, which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span>
+are early in spring and the last of August, they collect a
+great quantity of pine branches, which they place in
+different parts of the Cove at the depth of about ten
+feet, and secure them by means of heavy stones. On
+these the herring deposit their spawn in immense
+quantities; the bushes are then taken up, the spawn
+stripped from the branches, and, after being washed
+and freed from the pine leaves by the women, is
+dried and put up in baskets for use. It is considered
+as their greatest delicacy, and eaten both cooked and
+raw; in the former case, being boiled and eaten with
+train-oil, and in the latter, mixed up with cold water
+alone.</p>
+
+<p>The salmon are taken at Tashees, principally in pots
+or wears. Their method of taking them in wears is
+thus:&mdash;A pot of twenty feet in length, and from four to
+five feet diameter at the mouth, is formed of a great
+number of pine splinters, which are strongly secured, an
+inch and a half from each other, by means of hoops
+made of flexible twigs, and placed about eight inches
+apart. At the end it tapers almost to a point, near
+which is a small wicker door for the purpose of taking
+out the fish. This pot or wear is placed at the foot
+of a fall or rapid, where the water is not very deep,
+and the fish, driven from above with long poles, are
+intercepted and caught in the wear, from whence
+they are taken into the canoes. In this manner I
+have seen more than seven hundred salmon caught
+in the space of fifteen minutes.<a name="FNanchor_104_104" id="FNanchor_104_104"></a><a href="#Footnote_104_104" class="fnanchor">[104]</a> I have also sometimes
+known a few of the striped bass taken in this manner,
+but rarely.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
+<a href="images/i149.jpg"><img src="images/i149-t.jpg" width="350" height="238" alt="SALMON WEAR NEAR THE INDIAN VILLAGE OF QUAMICHAN, V. I." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />SALMON WEAR NEAR THE INDIAN VILLAGE OF QUAMICHAN, V. I.</span>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span> such times there is great feasting and merriment
+among them. The women and female slaves being
+busily employed in cooking, or in curing the fish for
+their winter stock, which is done by cutting off the heads
+and tails, splitting them, taking out the back bone, and
+hanging them up in their houses to dry. They also dry
+the halibut and cod, but these, instead of curing whole,
+they cut up into small pieces for that purpose, and expose
+to the sun.</p>
+
+<p>The spawn of the salmon, which is a principal article
+of their provision, they take out, and, without any
+other preparation, throw it into their tubs, where
+they leave it to stand and ferment, for, though they
+frequently eat it fresh, they esteem it much more
+when it has acquired a strong taste, and one of the
+greatest favours they can confer on any person, is to
+invite him to eat <i>Quakamiss</i>, the name they give this
+food, though scarcely anything can be more repugnant
+to an European palate, than it is in this state; and
+whenever they took it out of these large receptacles,
+which they are always careful to fill, such was the stench
+which it exhaled, on being moved, that it was almost
+impossible for me to abide it, even after habit had
+in a great degree dulled the delicacy of my senses.
+When boiled it became less offensive, though it still
+retained much of the putrid smell, and something of
+the taste.</p>
+
+<p>Such is the immense quantity of these fish, and
+they are taken with such facility, that I have known
+upwards of twenty-five hundred brought into Maquina's<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span>
+house at once; and at one of their great feasts, have
+seen one hundred or more cooked in one of their
+largest tubs.</p>
+
+<p>I used frequently to go out with Maquina upon these
+fishing parties, and was always sure to receive a handsome
+present of salmon, which I had the privilege of
+calling mine; I also went with him several times in a
+canoe, to strike the salmon, which I have attempted
+to do myself, but could never succeed, it requiring
+a degree of adroitness that I did not possess. I was
+also permitted to go out with a gun, and was several
+times very successful in shooting wild ducks and
+teal, which are very numerous here, though rather
+shy. These they cooked in their usual manner, by
+boiling, without any farther dressing than skinning
+them.</p>
+
+<p>In many respects, however, our situation was less
+pleasant here than at Nootka. We were more incommoded
+for room, the houses not being so spacious, nor
+so well arranged, and as it was colder, we were compelled
+to be much more within doors. We, however,
+did not neglect on Sundays, when the weather would
+admit, to retire into the woods, and, by the side of some
+stream, after bathing, return our thanks to God for
+preserving us, and offer up to Him our customary
+devotions.</p>
+
+<p>I was, however, very apprehensive, soon after our
+arrival at this place, that I should be deprived of the
+satisfaction of keeping my journal, as Maquina one day,
+observing me writing, inquired of me what I was doing,
+and when I endeavoured to explain it, by telling him
+that I was keeping an account of the weather, he said it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>
+was not so, and that I was speaking bad about him, and
+telling how he had taken our ship and killed the crew,
+so as to inform my countrymen, and that if he ever saw
+me writing in it again, he would throw it into the fire.
+I was much rejoiced that he did no more than threaten,
+and became very cautious afterwards not to let him see
+me write.</p>
+
+<p>Not long after, I finished some daggers for him, which
+I polished highly; these pleased him much, and he gave
+me directions to make a cheetolth, in which I succeeded
+so far to his satisfaction, that he gave me a present of
+cloth sufficient to make me a complete suit of raiment,
+besides other things.</p>
+
+<p>Thompson also, who had become rather more of a
+favourite than formerly, since he had made a fine sail
+for his canoe, and some garments for him out of
+European cloth, about this time completed another,
+which was thought by the savages a most superb
+dress. This was a <i>kotsuk</i> or mantle, a fathom square,
+made entirely of European vest patterns of the gayest
+colours. These were sewed together in a manner to
+make the best show, and bound with a deep trimming
+of the finest otter-skin, with which the arm-holes were
+also bordered; while the bottom was further embellished
+with five or six rows of gilt buttons, placed as near as
+possible to each other.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing could exceed the pride of Maquina when
+he first put on this royal robe, decorated, like the coat
+of Joseph, with all the colours of the rainbow, and
+glittering with the buttons, which as he strutted about
+made a tinkling, while he repeatedly exclaimed, in a
+transport of exultation, "<i>Klew shish Kotsuk&mdash;wick kum
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span>
+atack Nootka</i>."<a name="FNanchor_105_105" id="FNanchor_105_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_105_105" class="fnanchor">[105]</a>&mdash;"A fine garment&mdash;Nootka can't make
+them."</p>
+
+<p>Maquina, who knew that the chiefs of the tribes who
+came to visit us had endeavoured to persuade me to
+escape, frequently cautioned me not to listen to them,
+saying that, should I make the attempt, and he were to
+take me, he should certainly put me to death. While
+here, he gave me a book, in which I found the names of
+seven persons belonging to the ship <i>Manchester</i>, of
+Philadelphia, Captain Brian&mdash;viz. Daniel Smith, Lewis
+Gillon, James Tom, Clark, Johnson, Ben, and Jack.
+These men, as Maquina informed me, ran away from
+the ship and came to him, but that six of them soon
+after went off in the night, with an intention to go to
+the Wickinninish, but were stopped by the Eshquates,
+and sent back to him, and that he ordered them to
+be put to death; and a most cruel death it was, as I
+was told by one of the natives, four men holding
+one of them on the ground, and forcing open his
+mouth, while they choked him by ramming stones down
+his throat.</p>
+
+<p>As to Jack, the boy, who made no attempt to go off,
+Maquina afterwards sold him to the Wickinninish. I
+was informed by the Princess Yuqua that he was quite
+a small boy, who cried a great deal, being put to hard
+labour beyond his strength by the natives, in cutting
+wood and bringing water, and that when he heard of
+the murder of our crew,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span> it had such an effect on him,
+that he fell sick, and died shortly after. On learning
+the melancholy fate of this unfortunate lad, it again
+awakened in my bosom those feelings that I had
+experienced at the shocking death of my poor comrades.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_101_101" id="Footnote_101_101"></a><a href="#FNanchor_101_101"><span class="label">[101]</span></a> These trees are not found in Vancouver Island. Possibly, though
+they are not very like, Jewitt mistook them for the Oregon alder and the
+American ash, both trees of that locality.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_102_102" id="Footnote_102_102"></a><a href="#FNanchor_102_102"><span class="label">[102]</span></a> This is the migratory red-backed species (<i>Selasphorus rufus</i>, p. 19).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_103_103" id="Footnote_103_103"></a><a href="#FNanchor_103_103"><span class="label">[103]</span></a> "Tashis Canal" of seamen&mdash;the Tashis River flows in at its head,
+Coptee is at the mouth, Tashis farther up the stream.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_104_104" id="Footnote_104_104"></a><a href="#FNanchor_104_104"><span class="label">[104]</span></a> Salmon used to be bought at Alberni at the rate of a cent apiece.
+There have been times when the garden at Fort Rupert was manured with
+fresh salmon.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_105_105" id="Footnote_105_105"></a><a href="#FNanchor_105_105"><span class="label">[105]</span></a> This is a fair specimen of the kind of <i>lingua franca</i> which even then
+had begun to spring up in the intercourse of the early traders with the
+Indians, and which by now takes the shape of the Chinook Jargon. For,
+apart from the imperfectly pronounced Indian words, there is no such
+term as Nootka in any language. It was a misconception of the first
+visitors there. They probably mistook <i>Nootchee</i>, a mountain, for the name
+of the country generally (p. 29).</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<p>CONVERSATION WITH MAQUINA&mdash;FRUITS&mdash;RELIGIOUS
+CEREMONIES&mdash;VISIT TO UPQUESTA</p>
+
+
+<p>The king, finding that I was desirous of learning their
+language, was much delighted, and took great pleasure
+in conversing with me. On one of these occasions he
+explained to me his reasons for cutting off our ship,
+saying that he bore no ill will to my countrymen, but
+that he had been several times treated very ill by them.
+The first injury of which he had cause to complain, was
+done him by a Captain Tawnington, who commanded a
+schooner which passed a winter at Friendly Cove, where
+he was well treated by the inhabitants. This man,
+taking advantage of Maquina's absence, who had gone
+to the Wickinninish to procure a wife, armed himself
+and crew, and entered the house, where there were none
+but women, whom he threw into the greatest consternation,
+and, searching the chests, took away all the skins,
+of which Maquina had no less than forty of the best;
+and that about the same time, four of their chiefs were
+barbarously killed by a Captain Martinez, a Spaniard.<a name="FNanchor_106_106" id="FNanchor_106_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_106_106" class="fnanchor">[106]</a></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p>
+<p>That soon after, Captain Hanna, of the <i>Sea Otter</i><a name="FNanchor_107_107" id="FNanchor_107_107"></a><a href="#Footnote_107_107" class="fnanchor">[107]</a> in
+consequence of one of the natives having stolen a chisel
+from the carpenter, fired upon their canoes which were
+alongside, and killed upwards of twenty of the natives,
+of whom several were <i>Tyees</i> or chiefs; and that he himself,
+being on board the vessel, in order to escape was
+obliged to leap from the quarter-deck, and swim for a
+long way under water.</p>
+
+<p>These injuries had excited in the breast of Maquina
+an ardent desire of revenge, the strongest passion of the
+savage heart, and though many years had elapsed since
+their commission, still they were not forgotten, and the
+want of a favourable opportunity alone prevented him
+from sooner avenging them. Unfortunately for us, the
+long-wished-for opportunity at length presented itself in
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span>our ship, which Maquina finding not guarded with the
+usual vigilance of the North-West traders, and feeling
+his desire of revenge rekindled by the insult offered him
+by Captain Salter, formed a plan for attacking, and on
+his return called a council of his chiefs, and communicated
+it to them, acquainting them with the manner in
+which he had been treated. No less desirous of avenging
+this affront offered their king than their former
+injuries, they readily agreed to his proposal, which was
+to go on board without arms as usual, but under
+different pretexts, in great numbers, and wait for his
+signal for the moment of attacking their unsuspecting
+victims. The execution of this scheme, as the reader
+knows, was unhappily too successful.</p>
+
+<p>And here I cannot but indulge a reflection that has
+frequently occurred to me on the manner in which our
+people behave towards the natives. For, though they
+are a thievish race, yet I have no doubt that many of
+the melancholy disasters have principally arisen from
+the imprudent conduct of some of the captains and
+crews of the ships employed in this trade, in exasperating
+them by insulting, plundering, and even killing
+them on slight grounds. This, as nothing is more
+sacred with a savage than the principle of revenge, and
+no people are so impatient under insult, induces them
+to wreak their vengeance upon the first vessel or boat's
+crew that offers, making the innocent too frequently
+suffer for the wrongs of the guilty, as few of them know
+how to discriminate between persons of the same general
+appearance, more especially when speaking the same
+language. And to this cause do I believe must principally
+be ascribed the sanguinary disposition with
+which these people are reproached, as Maquina repeatedly
+told me that it was not his wish to hurt a
+white man, and that he never should have done it,
+though ever so much in his power, had they not
+injured him.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 271px;">
+<a href="images/i159.jpg"><img src="images/i159-t.jpg" width="271" height="350" alt="CALLICUM AND MAQUILLA, CHIEFS OF NOOTKA SOUND." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />CALLICUM AND MAQUILLA, CHIEFS OF NOOTKA SOUND.</span>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>And<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span> were the commanders of our ships to treat the
+savages with rather more civility than they sometimes
+do, I am inclined to think they would find their account
+in it; not that I should recommend to them a confidence
+in the good faith and friendly professions of these
+people, so as in any degree to remit their vigilance, but,
+on the contrary, to be strictly on their guard, and suffer
+but a very few of them to come on board the ship, and
+admit not many of their canoes alongside at a time; a
+precaution that would have been the means of preventing
+some of the unfortunate events that have occurred,
+and if attended to, may in future preserve many a
+valuable life. Such a regulation, too, from what I know
+of their disposition and wants, would produce no serious
+difficulty in trading with the savages, and they would
+soon become perfectly reconciled to it.</p>
+
+<p>Among the provisions which the Indians procure at
+Tashees, I must not omit mentioning a fruit that is very
+important, as forming a great article of their food. This
+is what is called by them the <i>Yama</i>,<a name="FNanchor_108_108" id="FNanchor_108_108"></a><a href="#Footnote_108_108" class="fnanchor">[108]</a> a species of berry
+that grows in bunches like currants, upon a bush from
+two to three feet high, with a large, round, and smooth
+leaf. This berry is black, and about the size of a pistol
+shot, but of rather an oblong shape, and open at the top
+like the blue whortleberry. The taste is sweet, but a
+little acrid, and when first gathered, if eaten in any great
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span>quantity, especially without oil, is apt to produce colics.
+To procure it, large companies of women go out on the
+mountains, accompanied by armed men to protect them
+against wild beasts, where they frequently remain for
+several days, kindling a fire at night, and sheltering
+themselves under sheds constructed of boughs. At
+these parties they collect great quantities. I have
+known Maquina's queen and her women return loaded,
+bringing with them upwards of twelve bushels. In
+order to preserve it, it is pressed in the bunches between
+two planks, and dried and put away in baskets for use.
+It is always eaten with oil.</p>
+
+<p>Of berries of various kinds, such as strawberries,
+raspberries, blackberries, etc., there are great quantities
+in the country, of which the natives are very fond,
+gathering them in their seasons, and eating them
+with oil, but the yama is the only one that they
+preserve.</p>
+
+<p>Fish is, however, their great article of food, as almost
+all the others, excepting the yama, may be considered
+as accidental. They nevertheless are far from disrelishing
+meat, for instance, venison and bear's flesh.
+With regard to the latter, they have a most singular
+custom, which is, that any one who eats of it is obliged
+to abstain from eating any kind of fresh fish whatever
+for the term of two months, as they have a superstitious
+belief that, should any of their people, after tasting bear's
+flesh, eat of fresh salmon, cod, etc., the fish, though at
+ever so great a distance off, would come to the knowledge
+of it, and be so much offended thereat as not
+to allow themselves to be taken by any of the inhabitants.
+This I had an opportunity of observing while<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span>
+at Tashees, a bear having been killed early in
+December, of which not more than ten of the natives
+would eat, being prevented by the prohibition annexed
+to it, which also was the reason of my comrade and
+myself not tasting it, on being told by Maquina the
+consequences.</p>
+
+<p>As there is something quite curious in their management
+of this animal, when they have killed one, I shall
+give a description of it. After well cleansing the bear
+from the dirt and blood with which it is generally
+covered when killed, it is brought in and seated opposite
+the king in an upright posture, with a chief's bonnet,
+wrought in figures, on its head, and its fur powdered
+over with the white down. A tray of provision is then
+set before it, and it is invited by words and gestures to
+eat. This mock ceremony over, the reason of which I
+could never learn, the animal is taken and skinned, and
+the flesh and entrails boiled up into a soup, no part but
+the paunch being rejected.<a name="FNanchor_109_109" id="FNanchor_109_109"></a><a href="#Footnote_109_109" class="fnanchor">[109]</a></p>
+
+<p>This dressing the bear, as they call it, is an occasion
+of great rejoicing throughout the village, all the inhabitants
+being invited to a great feast at the king's
+house, though but few of them, in consequence of the
+penalty, will venture to eat of the flesh, but generally
+content themselves with their favourite dish of herring
+spawn and water. The feast on this occasion was
+closed by a dance from Sat-sat-sok-sis, in the manner I
+have already described, in the course of which he
+repeatedly shifted his mask for another of a different
+form.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span></p>
+<p>A few days after, a second bear was taken, like the
+former, by means of a trap. This I had the curiosity to
+go and see at the place where it was caught, which was
+in the following manner:&mdash;On the edge of a small
+stream of water in the mountains which the salmon
+ascend, and near the spot where the bear is accustomed
+to watch for them, which is known by its track, a trap
+or box about the height of a man's head is built of posts
+and planks with a flat top, on which are laid a number
+of large stones or rocks. The top and sides are then
+carefully covered with turf, so as to resemble a little
+mound, and wholly to exclude the light, a narrow
+entrance of the height of the building only being left,
+just sufficient to admit the head and shoulders of the
+beast. On the inside, to a large plank that covers the
+top is suspended by a strong cord a salmon, the plank
+being left loose, so that a forcible pull will bring it down.
+On coming to its usual haunt, the bear enters the trap,
+and, in endeavouring to pull away the fish, brings down
+the whole covering with its load of stones upon its head,
+and is almost always crushed to death on the spot, or
+so wounded as to be unable to escape.<a name="FNanchor_110_110" id="FNanchor_110_110"></a><a href="#Footnote_110_110" class="fnanchor">[110]</a></p>
+
+<p>They are always careful to examine these traps every
+day, in order, if a bear be caught, to bring it immediately,
+for it is not a little singular that these people will eat
+no kind of meat that is in the least tainted, or not
+perfectly fresh, while, on the contrary, it is hardly
+possible for fish to be in too putrid a state for them, and
+I have frequently known them, when a whale has been
+driven ashore, bring pieces of it home with them in a
+state of offensiveness insupportable to anything but a
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span>crow, and devour it with high relish, considering it as
+preferable to that which is fresh.</p>
+
+<p>On the morning of the 13th of December, commenced
+what to us appeared a most singular farce. Apparently
+without any previous notice, Maquina discharged a
+pistol close to his son's ear, who immediately fell down
+as if killed, upon which all the women of the house set
+up a most lamentable cry, tearing handfuls of hair from
+their heads, and exclaiming that the prince was dead. At
+the same time a great number of the inhabitants rushed
+into the house, armed with their daggers, muskets, etc.,
+inquiring the cause of their outcry. These were immediately
+followed by two others dressed in wolf-skins, with masks
+over their faces representing the head of that animal;
+the latter came in on their hands and feet in the manner
+of a beast, and, taking up the prince, carried him off upon
+their backs, retiring in the same manner they entered.
+We saw nothing more of the ceremony, as Maquina
+came to us, and, giving us a quantity of dried provision,
+ordered us to quit the house, and not return to the village
+before the expiration of seven days, for that if we
+appeared within that period, he should kill us.</p>
+
+<p>At any other season of the year such an order would
+by us have been considered as an indulgence, in enabling
+us to pass our time in whatever way we wished; and even
+now, furnished as we were with sufficient provision for
+that term, it was not very unpleasant to us, more particularly
+Thompson, who was always desirous to keep
+as much as possible out of the society and sight of the
+natives, whom he detested. Taking with us our provisions,
+a bundle of clothes, and our axes, we obeyed the
+directions of Maquina, and withdrew into the woods,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span>
+where we built ourselves a cabin to shelter us, with the
+branches of trees, and, keeping up a good fire, secured
+ourselves pretty well from the cold. Here we passed
+the prescribed period of our exile, with more content
+than much of the time while with them, employing the
+day in reading and praying for our release, or in rambling
+around and exploring the country, the soil of which we
+found to be very good, and the face of it, beautifully
+diversified with hills and valleys, refreshed with the finest
+streams of water, and at night enjoyed comfortable
+repose upon a bed of soft leaves, with our garments
+spread over us to protect us from the cold.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of seven days we returned, and found
+several of the people of Ai-tiz-zart with their king or
+chief at Tashees, who had been invited by Maquina to
+attend the close of this performance, which I now learned
+was a celebration, held by them annually, in honour of
+their god, whom they call <i>Quahootze</i>,<a name="FNanchor_111_111" id="FNanchor_111_111"></a><a href="#Footnote_111_111" class="fnanchor">[111]</a> to return him their
+thanks for his past, and implore his future favours. It
+terminated on the 21st, the day after our return, with
+a most extraordinary exhibition. Three men, each of
+whom had two bayonets run through his sides, between
+the ribs, apparently regardless of the pain, traversed the
+room, backwards and forwards, singing war-songs, and
+exulting in this display of firmness.</p>
+
+<p>On the arrival of the 25th, we could not but call to
+mind that this, being Christmas, was in our country a
+day of the greatest festivity, when our fellow-countrymen,
+assembled in their churches, were celebrating the goodness
+of God and the praises of the Saviour. What a
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span>reverse did our situation offer!&mdash;captives in a savage land,
+and slaves to a set of ignorant beings, unacquainted with
+religion or humanity, hardly were we permitted to offer
+up our devotions by ourselves in the woods, while we
+felt even grateful for this privilege. Thither, with the
+king's permission, we withdrew, and, after reading the
+service appointed for the day, sung the hymn of the
+Nativity, fervently praying that Heaven in its goodness
+would permit us to celebrate the next festival of this kind
+in some Christian land.</p>
+
+<p>On our return, in order to conform as much as was in
+our power to the custom of our country, we were desirous
+of having a better supper than usual. With this view,
+we bought from one of the natives some dried clams
+and oil, and a root called <i>Kletsup</i>,<a name="FNanchor_112_112" id="FNanchor_112_112"></a><a href="#Footnote_112_112" class="fnanchor">[112]</a> which we cooked by
+steaming, and found it very palatable. This root consists
+of many fibres, of about six inches long, and of the size
+of a crow quill. It is sweet, of an agreeable taste, not
+unlike the <i>Quawnoose</i>, and it is eaten with oil. The plant
+that produces it I have never seen.</p>
+
+<p>On the 31st all the tribe quitted Tashees for Cooptee,
+whither they go to pass the remainder of the winter, and
+complete their fishing, taking off everything with them
+in the same manner as at Nootka. We arrived in a few
+hours at Cooptee, which is about fifteen miles, and
+immediately set about covering the houses, which was
+soon completed.</p>
+
+<p>This place, which is their great herring and sprat
+fishery, stands just within the mouth of the river, on the
+same side with Tashees, in a very narrow valley at the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span>foot of a high mountain. Though nearly as secure as
+Tashees from the winter storms, it is by no means so
+pleasantly situated, though to us it was a much more
+agreeable residence, as it brought us nearer Nootka,
+where we were impatient to return, in hopes of finding
+some vessel there, or hearing of the arrival of one
+near.</p>
+
+<p>The first snow that fell this season was the day after
+our arrival, on New Year's Day; a day that, like Christmas,
+brought with it painful recollections, but at the same
+time led us to indulge the hope of a more fortunate year
+than the last.</p>
+
+<p>Early on the morning of the 7th of January, Maquina
+took me with him in his canoe on a visit to Upquesta,
+chief of the Ai-tiz-zarts, who had invited him to attend
+an exhibition at his village, similar to the one with which
+he had been entertained at Tashees. This place is
+between twenty and thirty miles distant up the Sound,
+and stands on the banks of a small river about the size
+of that of Cooptee, just within its entrance, in a valley
+of much greater extent than that of Tashees; it consists
+of fourteen or fifteen houses, built and disposed in the
+manner of those at Nootka. The tribe, which is considered
+as tributary to Maquina, amounts to about three
+hundred warriors, and the inhabitants, both men and
+women, are among the best-looking of any people on
+the coast.</p>
+
+<p>On our arrival we were received at the shore by the
+inhabitants, a few of whom were armed with muskets,
+which they fired, with loud shouts and exclamations of
+<i>Wocash, wocash!</i></p>
+
+<p>We were welcomed by the chief's messenger, or master<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span>
+of ceremonies, dressed in his best garments, with his hair
+powdered with white down, and holding in his hand the
+cheetolth, the badge of his office. This man preceded
+us to the chief's house, where he introduced and pointed
+out to us our respective seats. On entering, the visitors
+took off their hats, which they always wear on similar
+occasions, and Maquina his outer robes, of which he has
+several on whenever he pays a visit, and seated himself
+near the chief.</p>
+
+<p>As I was dressed in European clothes, I became quite
+an object of curiosity to these people, very few of whom
+had ever seen a white man. They crowded around me
+in numbers, taking hold of my clothes, examining my
+face, hands, and feet, and even opening my mouth to see if
+I had a tongue, for, notwithstanding I had by this time
+become well acquainted with their language, I preserved
+the strictest silence, Maquina on our first landing having
+enjoined me not to speak until he should direct.</p>
+
+<p>Having undergone this examination for some time,
+Maquina at length made a sign to me to speak to them.
+On hearing me address them in their own language,
+they were greatly astonished and delighted, and told
+Maquina that they now perceived that I was a
+man like themselves, except that I was white, and
+looked like a seal, alluding to my blue jacket and
+trousers, which they wanted to persuade me to take off,
+as they did not like their appearance. Maquina in the
+meantime gave an account to the chief of the scheme
+he had formed for surprising our ship, and the manner
+in which he and his people had carried it into execution,
+with such particular and horrid details of that transaction
+as chilled the blood in my veins. Trays of boiled<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span>
+herring spawn and train-oil were soon after brought in
+and placed before us, neither the chief or any of his
+people eating at the same time, it being contrary to the
+ideas of hospitality entertained by these nations, to eat
+any part of the food that is provided for strangers, always
+waiting until their visitors have finished, before they
+have their own brought in.</p>
+
+<p>The following day closed their festival with an
+exhibition of a similar kind to that which had been
+given at Tashees, but still more cruel; the different
+tribes appearing on these occasions to endeavour to
+surpass each other in their proofs of fortitude and
+endurance of pain. In the morning, twenty men entered
+the chief's house, with each an arrow run through the
+flesh of his sides and either arm, with a cord fastened to
+the end, which, as the performers advanced, singing and
+boasting, was forcibly drawn back by a person having
+hold of it. After this performance was closed, we
+returned to Cooptee, which we reached at midnight, our
+men keeping time with their songs to the stroke of their
+paddles.</p>
+
+<p>The natives now began to take the herring and sprat
+in immense quantities, with some salmon, and there was
+nothing but feasting from morning till night.</p>
+
+<p>The following is the method they employ to take the
+herring. A stick of about seven feet long, two inches
+broad, and half an inch thick, is formed from some hard
+wood, one side of which is set with sharp teeth, made
+from whalebone, at about half an inch apart. Provided
+with this instrument, the fisherman seats himself in
+the prow of a canoe, which is paddled by another, and
+whenever he comes to a shoal of herrings, which cover<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span>
+the water in great quantities, he strikes it with both
+hands upon them, and at the same moment, turning it
+up, brings it over the side of the canoe, into which he
+lets those that are taken drop. It is astonishing to see
+how many are caught by those who are dexterous at
+this kind of fishing, as they seldom fail, when the shoals
+are numerous, of taking as many as ten or twelve at a
+stroke, and in a very short time will fill a canoe with
+them. Sprats are likewise caught in a similar manner.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_106_106" id="Footnote_106_106"></a><a href="#FNanchor_106_106"><span class="label">[106]</span></a> This was probably Don Estevan Martinez, who, on the 6th of May
+1789, arrived in the corvette <i>Princesa</i>, to take possession of the country for
+his sovereign. He it was who landed materials and artillery, and began to
+erect a fort on a small island at the entrance to Friendly Cove. He seems
+to have been a most high-handed kind of Don, for he seized the British
+vessels <i>Iphigenia</i>, <i>North-West America</i>, <i>Argonaut</i>, and <i>Princess Royal</i>,
+then trading under the Portuguese flag, and acted in so arbitrary a manner
+to the officers and crew, that it was easy to believe he was not over scrupulous
+in his dealings with the Indians. It was during his stay in Nootka
+Sound that Callicum, a relation of Maquina's, and next to him in rank, was
+barbarously murdered by an officer on board one of the Spanish ships, and
+his father refused permission to dive for the body until he had handed
+over a number of skins to the white savage.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_107_107" id="Footnote_107_107"></a><a href="#FNanchor_107_107"><span class="label">[107]</span></a> Captain James Hanna was the second European to enter Nootka
+Sound after Captain Cook had left it. The <i>Sea Otter</i>, a vessel under 70
+tons, was fitted out in China, and reached Nootka in August 1785; when
+Maquina, presuming upon the inferior size of the craft and the small
+number of the crew, made a desperate attack upon her. This was repulsed
+by the courage of the ship's company, after which business proceeded
+on such friendly terms that he procured five hundred and eighty-five sea-otter
+skins in five weeks, which were sold in Canton for 20,600 dollars. It
+was Hanna who discovered Fitzhugh Sound, Lance Island, Sea Otter
+Harbour, and other now well-known spots on the North-West coast of
+America. The incident related by Maquina is not to be found in the
+records of the expedition which have descended to us. He made another
+voyage in 1786, solely for commercial purposes.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_108_108" id="Footnote_108_108"></a><a href="#FNanchor_108_108"><span class="label">[108]</span></a> <i>Gaultheria Shallon</i> (see p. 137).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_109_109" id="Footnote_109_109"></a><a href="#FNanchor_109_109"><span class="label">[109]</span></a> These observances are well worth noting in connection with the others
+which attach to the bear among nearly all savage races.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_110_110" id="Footnote_110_110"></a><a href="#FNanchor_110_110"><span class="label">[110]</span></a> These traps are still in common use.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_111_111" id="Footnote_111_111"></a><a href="#FNanchor_111_111"><span class="label">[111]</span></a> <i>Quawteaht</i>, the supreme being of all the tribes speaking the "Aht"
+language.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_112_112" id="Footnote_112_112"></a><a href="#FNanchor_112_112"><span class="label">[112]</span></a> This seems the bracken fern root, which is eaten. But the name usually
+applied to it is <i>Sheetla</i>.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<p>RETURN TO NOOTKA (FRIENDLY COVE)&mdash;DEATH OF
+MAQUINA'S NEPHEW&mdash;INSANITY OF TOOTOOSCH&mdash;AN
+INDIAN MOUNTEBANK</p>
+
+
+<p>About the beginning of February, Maquina gave a
+great feast, at which were present not only all the
+inhabitants, but one hundred persons from Ai-tiz-zart,
+and a number from Wickinninish who had been invited
+to attend it. It is customary with them to give an
+annual entertainment of this kind, and it is astonishing
+to see what a quantity of provision is expended, or
+rather wasted, on such an occasion, when they always eat
+to the greatest excess. It was at this feast that I saw
+upwards of an hundred salmon cooked in one tub.
+The whole residence at Cooptee presents an almost
+uninterrupted succession of feasting and gormandising,
+and it would seem as if the principal object
+of these people was to consume their whole stock
+of provision before leaving it, trusting entirely to
+their success in fishing and whaling, for a supply at
+Nootka.</p>
+
+<p>On the 25th of February we quitted Cooptee, and
+returned to Nootka. With much joy did Thompson
+and myself again find ourselves in a place where, notwithstanding<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span>
+the melancholy recollections which it
+excited, we hoped before long to see some vessel arrive
+to our relief, and for this we became the more solicitous,
+as of late we had become much more apprehensive of
+our safety, in consequence of information brought
+Maquina a few days before we left Cooptee, by some of
+the Cayuquets, that there were twenty ships at the
+northward, preparing to come against him, with an
+intent of destroying him and his whole tribe, for cutting
+off the <i>Boston</i>.</p>
+
+<p>This story, which was wholly without foundation, and
+discovered afterwards to have been invented by these
+people, for the purpose of disquieting him, threw him
+into great alarm, and, notwithstanding all I could say to
+convince him that it was an unfounded report, so great
+was his jealousy of us, especially after it had been confirmed
+to him by some others of the same nation, that
+he treated us with much harshness, and kept a very
+suspicious eye upon us.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing, indeed, could be more unpleasant than our
+present situation, when I reflected that our lives were
+altogether dependent on the will of a savage, on whose
+caprice and suspicions no rational calculation could
+be made.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>Not long after our return, a son of Maquina's sister,
+a boy of eleven years old, who had been for some time
+declining, died. Immediately on his death, which was
+about midnight, all the men and women in the house
+set up loud cries and shrieks, which, awakening
+Thompson and myself, so disturbed us that we left the
+house. This lamentation was kept up during the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>
+remainder of the night. In the morning, a great fire
+was kindled, in which Maquina burned, in honour of the
+deceased, ten fathoms of cloth, and buried with him ten
+fathoms more, eight of Ife-whaw, four prime sea-otter
+skins, and two small trunks, containing our unfortunate
+captain's clothes and watch.</p>
+
+<p>This boy was considered as a Tyee, or chief, being
+the only son of Tootoosch, one of their principal chiefs,
+who had married Maquina's sister, whence arose this
+ceremony on his interment: it being an established
+custom with these people, that whenever a chief dies,
+his most valuable property is burned or buried with him;
+it is, however, wholly confined to the chiefs, and appears
+to be a mark of honour appropriate to them.<a name="FNanchor_113_113" id="FNanchor_113_113"></a><a href="#Footnote_113_113" class="fnanchor">[113]</a> In this
+instance, Maquina furnished the articles, in order that
+his nephew might have the proper honours rendered
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Tootoosch, his father, was esteemed the first warrior
+of the tribe, and was one who had been particularly
+active in the destruction of our ship, having killed two of
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span>our poor comrades, who were ashore, whose names were
+Hall and Wood. About the time of our removal to
+Tashees, while in the enjoyment of the highest health,
+he was suddenly seized with a fit of delirium, in which
+he fancied that he saw the ghosts of those two men
+constantly standing by him, and threatening him, so that
+he would take no food, except what was forced into his
+mouth.</p>
+
+<p>A short time before this he had lost a daughter of
+about fifteen years of age, which afflicted him greatly,
+and whether his insanity, a disorder very uncommon
+amongst these savages, no instance of the kind having
+occurred within the memory of the oldest man amongst
+them, proceeded from this cause, or that it was the
+special interposition of an all-merciful God in our favour,
+who by this means thought proper to induce these
+barbarians still further to respect our lives, or that,
+for hidden purposes, the Supreme Disposer of events
+sometimes permits the spirits of the dead to revisit
+the world, and haunt the murderer, I know not, but his
+mind, from this period until his death, which took place
+but a few weeks after that of his son, was incessantly
+occupied with the images of the men whom he had
+killed.</p>
+
+<p>This circumstance made much impression upon the
+tribe, particularly the chiefs, whose uniform opposition
+to putting us to death, at the various councils that were
+held on our account, I could not but in part attribute to
+this cause; and Maquina used frequently, in speaking of
+Tootoosch's sickness, to express much satisfaction that
+his hands had not been stained with the blood of any of
+our men.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>When Maquina was first informed by his sister of
+the strange conduct of her husband, he immediately
+went to his house, taking us with him; suspecting
+that his disease had been caused by us, and that the
+ghosts of our countrymen had been called thither by
+us, to torment him. We found him raving about
+Hall and Wood, saying that they were <i>peshak</i>, that
+is, bad.</p>
+
+<p>Maquina then placed some provision before him, to see
+if he would eat. On perceiving it, he put forth his hand
+to take some, but instantly withdrew it with signs of
+horror, saying that Hall and Wood were there, and
+would not let him eat. Maquina then, pointing to us,
+asked if it was not John and Thompson who troubled
+him.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Wik</i>,"<a name="FNanchor_114_114" id="FNanchor_114_114"></a><a href="#Footnote_114_114" class="fnanchor">[114]</a> he replied,&mdash;that is, no; "<i>John klushish&mdash;Thompson
+klushish</i>"&mdash;John and Thompson are both good;
+then, turning to me, and patting me on the shoulder, he
+made signs to me to eat. I tried to persuade him that
+Hall and Wood were not there, and that none were near
+him but ourselves; he said, "I know very well you do not
+see them, but I do."</p>
+
+<p>At first Maquina endeavoured to convince him that
+he saw nothing, and to laugh him out of his belief, but,
+finding that all was to no purpose, he at length became
+serious, and asked me if I had ever seen anyone affected
+in this manner, and what was the matter with him. I
+gave him to understand, pointing to his head, that his
+brain was injured, and that he did not see things as
+formerly.</p>
+
+<p>Being convinced by Tootoosch's conduct that we had
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span>no agency in his indisposition, on our return home
+Maquina asked me what was done in my country in
+similar cases.</p>
+
+<p>I told him that such persons were closely confined,
+and sometimes tied up and whipped, in order to make
+them better.<a name="FNanchor_115_115" id="FNanchor_115_115"></a><a href="#Footnote_115_115" class="fnanchor">[115]</a></p>
+
+<p>After pondering for some time, he said that he
+should be glad to do anything to relieve him, and that
+he should be whipped, and immediately gave orders
+to some of his men to go to Tootoosch's house, bind
+him, and bring him to his, in order to undergo the
+operation.</p>
+
+<p>Thompson was the person selected to administer
+this remedy, which he undertook very readily, and
+for that purpose provided himself with a good number
+of spruce branches, with which he whipped him most
+severely, laying it on with the best will imaginable,
+while Tootoosch displayed the greatest rage, kicking,
+spitting, and attempting to bite all who came near
+him. This was too much for Maquina, who at length,
+unable to endure it longer, ordered Thompson to desist
+and Tootoosch to be carried back, saying that if there
+was no other way of curing him but by whipping, he
+must remain mad.</p>
+
+<p>The application of the whip produced no beneficial
+effect on Tootoosch, for he afterwards became still more
+deranged; in his fits of fury sometimes seizing a club
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span>and beating his slaves in a most dreadful manner, and
+striking and spitting at all who came near him, till at
+length his wife, no longer daring to remain in the house
+with him, came with her son to Maquina's.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>The whaling season now commenced, and Maquina
+was out almost every day in his canoe in pursuit of
+them, but for a considerable time with no success, one
+day breaking the staff of his harpoon, another after
+having been a long time fast to a whale, the weapon
+drawing, owing to the breaking of the shell which formed
+its point, with several such like accidents, arising from
+the imperfection of the instrument.</p>
+
+<p>At these times he always returned very morose
+and out of temper, upbraiding his men with having
+violated their obligation to continence preparatory to
+whaling. In this state of ill-humour he would give
+us very little to eat, which, added to the women not
+cooking when the men are away, reduced us to a very
+low fare.</p>
+
+<p>In consequence of the repeated occurrence of similar
+accidents, I proposed to Maquina to make him a
+harpoon or foreganger of steel, which would be less
+liable to fail him. The idea pleased him, and in a
+short time I completed one for him, with which he was
+much delighted, and the very next day went out to
+make a trial of it.</p>
+
+<p>He succeeded with it in taking a whale. Great was the
+joy throughout the village as soon as it was known that
+the king had secured the whale, by notice from a person
+stationed at the headland in the offing. All the canoes
+were immediately launched, and, furnished with harpoons<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span>
+and sealskin floats, hastened to assist in buoying it up
+and towing it in.</p>
+
+<p>The bringing in of this fish exhibited a scene of
+universal festivity. As soon as the canoes appeared at
+the mouth of the Cove, those on board of them singing
+a triumph to a slow air, to which they kept time with
+their paddles, all who were on shore, men, women, and
+children, mounted the roofs of their houses to congratulate
+the king on his success, drumming most
+furiously on the planks, and exclaiming <i>Wocash&mdash;wocash,
+Tyee!</i></p>
+
+<p>The whale, on being drawn on shore, was immediately
+cut up, and a great feast of the blubber given at
+Maquina's house, to which all the village were invited,
+who indemnified themselves for their Lent by eating as
+usual to excess. I was highly praised for the goodness
+of my harpoon, and a quantity of blubber given me,
+which I was permitted to cook as I pleased; this I boiled
+in salt water with some young nettles and other greens
+for Thompson and myself, and in this way we found it
+tolerable food.</p>
+
+<p>Their method of procuring the oil, is to skim it from
+the water in which the blubber is boiled, and when cool,
+put it up into whale bladders for use; and of these
+I have seen them so large as, when filled, would require
+no less than five or six men to carry. Several of the
+chiefs, among whom were Maquina's brothers, who,
+after the king has caught the first whale, are privileged
+to take them also, were very desirous, on discovering
+the superiority of my harpoon, that I should make
+some for them, but this Maquina would not permit,
+reserving for himself this improved weapon. He, however,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span>
+gave me directions to make a number more for
+himself, which I executed, and also made him several
+lances, with which he was greatly pleased.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>As these people have some very singular observances
+preparatory to whaling, an account of them will, I
+presume, not prove uninteresting, especially as it may
+serve to give a better idea of their manners. A short
+time before leaving Tashees, the king makes a point of
+passing a day alone on the mountain, whither he goes
+very privately early in the morning, and does not
+return till late in the evening.<a name="FNanchor_116_116" id="FNanchor_116_116"></a><a href="#Footnote_116_116" class="fnanchor">[116]</a> This is done, as I afterwards
+learned, for the purpose of singing and praying
+to his God for success in whaling the ensuing season.
+At Cooptee the same ceremony is performed, and at
+Nootka after the return thither, with still greater
+solemnity, as for the next two days he appears very
+thoughtful and gloomy, scarcely speaking to any one,
+and observes a most rigid fast. On these occasions he
+has always a broad red fillet made of bark bound
+around his head, in token of humiliation, with a large
+branch of green spruce on the top, and his great rattle
+in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to this, for a week before commencing
+their whaling, both himself and the crew of his canoe
+observe a fast, eating but very little, and going into
+the water several times in the course of each day to
+bathe, singing and rubbing their bodies, limbs, and
+faces with shells and bushes, so that on their return I
+have seen them look as though they had been severely
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span>torn with briers. They are likewise obliged to abstain
+from any commerce with their women for the like
+period, the latter restriction being considered as indispensable
+to their success.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>Early in June, Tootoosch,<a name="FNanchor_117_117" id="FNanchor_117_117"></a><a href="#Footnote_117_117" class="fnanchor">[117]</a> the crazy chief, died. On
+being acquainted with his death, the whole village, men,
+women, and children, set up a loud cry, with every
+testimony of the greatest grief, which they continued for
+more than three hours. As soon as he was dead, the
+body, according to their custom, was laid out on a
+plank, having the head bound round with a red bark
+fillet, which is with them an emblem of mourning and
+sorrow. After lying some time in this manner, he
+was wrapped in an otter-skin robe, and, three fathoms
+of Ife-whaw being put about his neck, he was placed in
+a large coffin or box of about three feet deep, which was
+ornamented on the outside with two rows of the small
+white shells. In this, the most valuable articles of his
+property were placed with him, among which were no
+less than twenty-four prime sea-otter skins.</p>
+
+<p>At night, which is their time for interring the dead,
+the coffin was borne by eight men with two poles thrust
+through ropes passed around it, to the place of burial,
+accompanied by his wife and family, with their hair cut
+short in token of grief, all the inhabitants joining the
+procession.</p>
+
+<p>The place of burial was a large cavern on the side
+of a hill at a little distance from the village, in which,
+after depositing the coffin carefully, all the attendants
+repaired to Maquina's house, where a number of articles
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span>belonging to the deceased, consisting of blankets, pieces
+of cloth, etc., were burned by a person appointed
+by Maquina for that purpose, dressed and painted
+in the highest style, with his head covered with white
+down, who, as he put in the several pieces one by one,
+poured upon them a quantity of oil to increase the
+flame, in the intervals between making a speech and
+playing off a variety of buffoon tricks, and the whole
+closed with a feast, and a dance from Sat-sat-sok-sis,
+the king's son.</p>
+
+<p>The man who performed the ceremony of burning
+on this occasion was a very singular character named
+Kinneclimmets. He was held in high estimation by
+the king, though only of the common class, probably
+from his talent for mimicry and buffoonery, and might be
+considered as a kind of king's jester, or rather, as combining
+in his person the character of a buffoon with
+that of master of ceremonies and public orator to his
+majesty, as he was the one who at feasts always
+regulated the places of the guests, delivered speeches
+on receiving or returning visits, besides amusing the
+company at all their entertainments, with a variety of
+monkey pranks and antic gestures, which appeared to
+these savages the height of wit and humour, but would
+be considered as extremely low by the least polished
+people.</p>
+
+<p>Almost all the kings or head chiefs of the principal
+tribes were accompanied by a similar character, who
+appeared to be attached to their dignity, and are called
+in their language <i>Climmer-habbee</i>.</p>
+
+<p>This man Kinneclimmets was particularly odious to
+Thompson, who would never join in the laugh at his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span>
+tricks, but when he began, would almost always quit
+the house with a very surly look, and an exclamation
+of "Cursed fool!" which Maquina, who thought
+nothing could equal the cleverness of his <i>Climmer-habbee</i>,
+used to remark with much dissatisfaction, asking
+me why Thompson never laughed, observing that I
+must have had a very good-tempered woman indeed
+for my mother, as my father was so very ill-natured a
+man.</p>
+
+<p>Among those performances that gained him the
+greatest applause was his talent of eating to excess,
+for I have known him devour at one meal no less than
+seventy-five large herrings; and at another time, when
+a great feast was given by Maquina, he undertook, after
+drinking three pints of oil by way of a whet, to eat four
+dried salmon, and five quarts of spawn, mixed up with
+a gallon of train-oil, and actually succeeded in swallowing
+the greater part of this mess, until his stomach
+became so overloaded as to discharge its contents in
+the dish. One of his exhibitions, however, had nearly
+cost him his life; this was on the occasion of Kla-quak-ee-na,
+one of the chiefs, having bought him a new wife,
+in celebration of which he ran three times through a
+large fire, and burned himself in such a manner that he
+was not able to stir for more than four weeks. These
+feats of savage skill were much praised by Maquina,
+who never failed to make him presents of cloth, muskets,
+etc., on such occasions.</p>
+
+<p>The death of Tootoosch increased still more the
+disquietude which his delirium had excited among the
+savages, and all those chiefs who had killed our men
+became much alarmed lest they should be seized with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span>
+the same disorder and die like him; more particularly,
+as I had told Maquina that I believed his insanity was
+a punishment inflicted on him by Quahootze, for his
+cruelty in murdering two innocent men who had never
+injured him.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_113_113" id="Footnote_113_113"></a><a href="#FNanchor_113_113"><span class="label">[113]</span></a> When an Indian dies, all of his property which has not been given
+away, is either buried with him, or, in extreme cases, burned, not for the
+purpose of accompanying him to the Spirit Land, but, so the people have
+told me, to prevent any temptation to indulge in the bad luck of mentioning
+his name. The only things that are exempted from this practice are
+the dead man's best canoes, his house-planks, and fishing and hunting
+implements, which, with any slaves he may possess, go to his eldest son.
+I have known the deceased's house and all its contents to be burned; but
+when this is not the case, then the materials are removed elsewhere, and
+another building is erected. Around his grave&mdash;a box raised from the
+ground on pillars, often quaintly carved, or a canoe, or a box fixed up a
+tree&mdash;are placed various articles belonging to him (or her). At one time
+they buried his money with him. But for obvious reasons this custom
+has fallen into abeyance.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_114_114" id="Footnote_114_114"></a><a href="#FNanchor_114_114"><span class="label">[114]</span></a> <i>Wik</i> actually means "Not I." Good is <i>Klooceahatli</i> or <i>Klootakloosch</i>.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_115_115" id="Footnote_115_115"></a><a href="#FNanchor_115_115"><span class="label">[115]</span></a> This, it must be remembered, was in the days before Connolly.
+Maquina's remark that if an insane man could not be cured but by
+whipping him, he must remain mad, proves that the savage chief was
+in advance of his time. Insanity is, however, extremely rare among the
+Indians.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_116_116" id="Footnote_116_116"></a><a href="#FNanchor_116_116"><span class="label">[116]</span></a> He was, as the Indians say, "making his medicine," a term of very
+elastic meaning.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_117_117" id="Footnote_117_117"></a><a href="#FNanchor_117_117"><span class="label">[117]</span></a> "Tootoosch" is the Thunder Bird of "Aht" mythology.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<p>WAR WITH THE A-Y-CHARTS&mdash;A NIGHT ATTACK&mdash;PROPOSALS
+TO PURCHASE THE AUTHOR</p>
+
+
+<p>Our situation had now become unpleasant in the extreme.
+The summer was so far advanced that we
+nearly despaired of a ship arriving to our relief, and
+with that expectation almost relinquished the hope of
+ever having it in our power to quit this savage land.
+We were treated, too, with less indulgence than before,
+both Thompson and myself being obliged, in addition
+to our other employments, to perform the laborious
+task of cutting and collecting fuel, which we had to
+bring on our shoulders from nearly three miles' distance,
+as it consisted wholly of dry leaves, all of which near the
+village had been consumed.</p>
+
+<p>To add to this, we suffered much abuse from the
+common people, who, when Maquina or some of the
+chiefs were not present, would insult us, calling us
+wretched slaves, asking us where was our Tyee or
+captain, making gestures signifying that his head had
+been cut off, and that they would do the like to us;
+though they generally took good care at such times to
+keep well out of Thompson's reach, as they had more
+than once experienced, to their cost, the strength of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span>
+his fist. This conduct was not only provoking and
+grating to our feelings in the highest degree, but it convinced
+us of the ill disposition of these savages towards
+us, and rendered us fearful lest they might at some time
+or other persuade or force Maquina and the chiefs to
+put us to death.</p>
+
+<p>We were also often brought to great distress for the
+want of provisions, so far as to be reduced to collect a
+scanty supply of mussels and limpets from the rocks,
+and sometimes even compelled to part with some of
+our most necessary articles of clothing in order to
+purchase food for our subsistence.</p>
+
+<p>This was, however, principally owing to the inhabitants
+themselves experiencing a great scarcity of
+provisions this season; there having been, in the first
+place, but very few salmon caught at Friendly Cove, a
+most unusual circumstance, as they generally abound
+there in the spring, which was by the natives attributed
+to their having been driven away by the blood of our
+men who had been thrown into the sea, which with
+true savage inconsistency excited their murmurs against
+Maquina, who had proposed cutting off our ship. Relying
+on this supply, they had in the most inconsiderate
+manner squandered away their winter stock of provisions,
+so that in a few days after their return it was
+entirely expended.</p>
+
+<p>Nor were the king and chiefs much more fortunate
+in their whaling, even after I had furnished Maquina
+with the improved weapon for that purpose; but four
+whales having been taken during the season, which
+closes the last of May, including one that had been
+struck by Maquina and escaped, and was afterwards<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span>
+driven on shore about six miles from Nootka in almost
+a state of putridity.</p>
+
+<p>These afforded but a short supply to a population,
+including all ages and sexes, of no less than fifteen
+hundred persons, and of a character so very improvident,
+that, after feasting most gluttonously whenever a
+whale was caught, they were several times, for a week
+together, reduced to the necessity of eating but once
+a day, and of collecting cockles and mussels from the
+rocks for their food.</p>
+
+<p>And even after the cod and halibut fishing commenced,
+in June, in which they met with tolerable
+success, such was the savage caprice of Maquina, that
+he would often give us but little to eat, finally ordering
+us to buy a canoe and fishing implements and
+go out ourselves and fish, or we should have nothing.
+To do this we were compelled to part with our greatcoats,
+which were not only important to us as garments,
+but of which we made our beds, spreading them
+under us when we slept. From our want of skill,
+however, in this new employ, we met with no success;
+on discovering which, Maquina ordered us to remain at
+home.</p>
+
+<p>Another thing, which to me in particular proved
+an almost constant source of vexation and disgust,
+and which living among them had not in the least
+reconciled me to, was their extreme filthiness, not
+only in eating fish, especially the whale, when in a
+state of offensive putridity, but while at their meals,
+of making a practice of taking the vermin from their
+heads or clothes and eating them, by turns thrusting
+their fingers into their hair and into the dish, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span>
+spreading their garments over the tubs in which the
+provision was cooking, in order to set in motion their
+inhabitants.<a name="FNanchor_118_118" id="FNanchor_118_118"></a><a href="#Footnote_118_118" class="fnanchor">[118]</a></p>
+
+<p>Fortunately for Thompson, he regarded this much less
+than myself, and when I used to point out to him any
+instance of their filthiness in this respect, he would
+laugh and reply, "Never mind, John, the more good
+things the better." I must, however, do Maquina the
+justice to state, that he was much neater both in his
+person and eating than were the others, as was likewise
+his queen, owing, no doubt, to his intercourse with
+foreigners, which had given him ideas of cleanliness,
+for I never saw either of them eat any of these animals,
+but, on the contrary, they appeared not much to relish
+this taste in others. Their garments, also, were much
+cleaner, Maquina having been accustomed to give his
+away when they became soiled, till after he discovered
+that Thompson and myself kept ours clean by washing
+them, when he used to make Thompson do the same for
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Yet amidst this state of endurance and disappointment,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span>in hearing repeatedly of the arrival of ships at
+the north and south, most of which proved to be idle
+reports, while expectation was almost wearied out in
+looking for them, we did not wholly despond, relying
+on the mercy of the Supreme Being, to offer up to
+whom our devotions on the days appointed for His
+worship was our chief consolation and support, though
+we were sometimes obliged, by our taskmasters, to
+infringe upon the Sabbath, which was to me a source
+of much regret.</p>
+
+<p>We were, nevertheless, treated at times with much
+kindness by Maquina, who would give us a plenty of
+the best that he had to eat, and occasionally, some
+small present of cloth for a garment, promising me that,
+if any ship should arrive within a hundred miles of
+Nootka, he would send a canoe with a letter from me
+to the captain, so that he might come to our release.
+These flattering promises and marks of attention
+were, however, at those times when he thought himself
+in personal danger from a mutinous spirit, which the
+scarcity of provisions had excited among the natives,
+who, like true savages, imputed all their public calamities,
+of whatever kind, to the misconduct of their chief,
+or when he was apprehensive of an attack from some
+of the other tribes, who were irritated with him for
+cutting off the <i>Boston</i>, as it had prevented ships from
+coming to trade with them, and were constantly alarming
+him with idle stories of vessels that were preparing
+to come against him and exterminate both him and
+his people.</p>
+
+<p>At such times, he made us keep guard over him both
+night and day, armed with cutlasses and pistols, being<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span>
+apparently afraid to trust any of his own men. At one
+time, it was a general revolt of his people that he
+apprehended; then three of his principal chiefs,
+among whom was his elder brother, had conspired to
+take away his life; and at length he fancied that a
+small party of Klaooquates, between whom and the
+Nootkians little friendship subsisted, had come to
+Nootka, under a pretence of trade, for the sole purpose
+of murdering him and his family, telling us, probably to
+sharpen our vigilance, that their intention was to kill us
+likewise; and so strongly were his fears excited on this
+occasion, that he not only ordered us to keep near him
+armed by day, whenever he went out, and to patrol
+at night before his house while they remained, but to
+continue the same guard for three days after they were
+gone, and to fire, at one and at four in the morning, one
+of the great guns, to let them know, if, as he suspected,
+they were lurking in the neighbourhood, that he was on
+his guard.</p>
+
+<p>While he was thus favourably disposed towards us, I
+took an opportunity to inform him of the ill-treatment
+that we frequently received from his people, and the
+insults that were offered us by some of the stranger
+tribes in calling us white slaves, and loading us with
+other opprobrious terms. He was much displeased,
+and said that his subjects should not be allowed to
+treat us ill, and that if any of the strangers did it, he
+wished us to punish the offenders with death, at the
+same time directing us, for our security, to go constantly
+armed.</p>
+
+<p>This permission was soon improved by Thompson to
+the best advantage; for a few days after, having gone to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span>
+the pond to wash some of our clothes, and a blanket for
+Maquina, several Wickinninish who were then at Nootka
+came thither, and, seeing him washing the clothes, and
+the blanket spread upon the grass to dry, they began,
+according to custom, to insult him, and one of them,
+bolder than the others, walked over the blanket. Thompson
+was highly incensed, and threatened the Indian with
+death if he repeated the offence, but he, in contempt of
+the threat, trampled upon the blanket, when, drawing
+his cutlass, without further ceremony, Thompson cut off
+his head, on seeing which the others ran off at full speed.
+Thompson then, gathering up the clothes and blanket,
+on which were the marks of the Indian's dirty feet, and
+taking with him the head, returned and informed the
+king of what had passed, who was much pleased, and
+highly commended his conduct. This had a favourable
+effect for us, not only on the stranger tribes but the
+inhabitants themselves, who treated us afterwards with
+less disrespect.</p>
+
+<p>In the latter part of July, Maquina informed me that
+he was going to war with the <i>A-y-charts</i>,<a name="FNanchor_119_119" id="FNanchor_119_119"></a><a href="#Footnote_119_119" class="fnanchor">[119]</a> a tribe about
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span>fifty miles to the south, on account of some controversy
+that had arisen the preceding summer, and that I must
+make a number of daggers for his men, and cheetolths
+for his chiefs, which having completed, he wished me
+to make for his own use a weapon of quite a different
+form, in order to dispatch his enemy by one blow on
+the head, it being the calculation of these nations, on
+going to war, to surprise their adversaries while asleep.
+This was a steel dagger, or more properly a spike,
+of about six inches long, made very sharp, set at right
+angles in an iron handle of fifteen inches long, terminating
+at the lower end in a crook or turn, so as to
+prevent its being wrenched from the hand, and at the
+upper in a round knob or head, from whence the
+spike protruded. This instrument I polished highly,
+and, the more to please Maquina, formed on the back
+of the knob the resemblance of a man's head, with
+the mouth open, substituting for eyes black beads,
+which I fastened in with red sealing-wax. This pleased
+him much, and was greatly admired by his chiefs, who
+wanted me to make similar ones for them, but Maquina
+would not suffer it, reserving for himself alone this
+weapon.</p>
+
+<p>When these people have finally determined on war,
+they make it an invariable practice, for three or four
+weeks prior to the expedition, to go into the water five
+or six times a day, when they wash and scrub themselves
+from head to foot with bushes intermixed with
+briers, so that their bodies and faces will often be entirely
+covered with blood. During this severe exercise,
+they are continually exclaiming, "<i>Wocash, Quahootze,
+Teechamme ah welth, wik-etish tau-ilth&mdash;Kar sub-matemas&mdash;Wik-sish</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span>
+<i>to hauk matemas&mdash;I ya-ish kah-shittle&mdash;As-smootish
+warich matemas</i>"; which signifies,
+"Good or great God, let me live&mdash;Not be sick&mdash;Find the
+enemy&mdash;Not fear him&mdash;Find him asleep, and kill a great
+many of them."</p>
+
+<p>During the whole of this period they have no intercourse
+with their women, and for a week before setting
+out, abstain from feasting or any kind of merriment,
+appearing thoughtful, gloomy, and morose, and for the
+three last days are almost constantly in the water, both
+by day and night, scrubbing and lacerating themselves
+in a terrible manner. Maquina, having informed
+Thompson and myself that he should take us with him,
+was very solicitous that we should bathe and scrub ourselves
+in the same way with them, telling me that it
+would harden our skins, so that the weapons of the
+enemy would not pierce them, but as we felt no great
+inclination to amuse ourselves in this manner, we
+declined it.</p>
+
+<p>The expedition consisted of forty canoes, carrying
+from ten to twenty men each. Thompson and myself
+armed ourselves with cutlasses and pistols, but the
+natives, although they had a plenty of European arms,
+took with them only their daggers and cheetolths, with
+a few bows and arrows, the latter being about a yard in
+length, and pointed with copper, mussel-shell, or bone;
+the bows are four feet and a half long, with strings
+made of whale sinew.</p>
+
+<p>To go to A-y-chart, we ascended, from twenty to
+thirty miles,<a name="FNanchor_120_120" id="FNanchor_120_120"></a><a href="#Footnote_120_120" class="fnanchor">[120]</a> a river about the size of that of Tashees,
+the banks of which are high and covered with wood.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span>At midnight we came in sight of the village, which was
+situated on the west bank near the shore, on a steep hill
+difficult of access, and well calculated for defence. It
+consisted of fifteen or sixteen houses, smaller than those
+at Nootka, and built in the same style, but compactly
+placed. By Maquina's directions, the attack was
+deferred until the first appearance of dawn, as he said
+that was the time when men slept the soundest.</p>
+
+<p>At length, all being ready for the attack, we landed
+with the greatest silence, and, going around so as to
+come upon the foe in the rear, clambered up the hill,
+and while the natives, as is their custom, entered the
+several huts creeping on all-fours, my comrade and
+myself stationed ourselves without to intercept those
+who should attempt to escape or come to the aid of
+their friends. I wished, if possible, not to stain my
+hands in the blood of any fellow-creature; and though
+Thompson would gladly have put to death all the
+savages in the country, he was too brave to think of
+attacking a sleeping enemy.</p>
+
+<p>Having entered the houses, on the war-whoop being
+given by Maquina as he seized the head of the chief and
+gave him the fatal blow, all proceeded to the work of
+death. The A-y-charts, being thus surprised, were
+unable to make resistance, and, with the exception of a
+very few who were so fortunate as to make their escape,
+were all killed, or taken prisoners on condition of
+becoming slaves to their captors. I had the good
+fortune to take four captives, whom Maquina, as a
+favour, permitted me to consider as mine, and occasionally
+employ them in fishing for me. As for Thompson,
+who thirsted for revenge, he had no wish to take any<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span>
+prisoners, but with his cutlass, the only weapon he
+would employ against them, succeeded in killing seven
+stout fellows who came to attack him, an act which
+obtained him great credit with Maquina and the chiefs,
+who after this held him in much higher estimation, and
+gave him the appellation of "Chehiel-suma-har," it being
+the name of a very celebrated warrior of their nation in
+ancient times, whose exploits were the constant theme
+of their praise.</p>
+
+<p>After having put to death all the old and infirm of
+either sex, as is the barbarous practice of these people,
+and destroyed the buildings, we re-embarked with our
+booty in our canoes for Nootka, where we were received
+with great demonstrations of joy by the women and
+children, accompanying our war-song with a most
+furious drumming on the houses. The next day a great
+feast was given by Maquina in celebration of his victory,
+which was terminated, as usual, with a dance by Sat-sat-sok-sis.<a name="FNanchor_121_121" id="FNanchor_121_121"></a><a href="#Footnote_121_121" class="fnanchor">[121]</a></p>
+
+<p>Repeated applications had been made to Maquina by
+a number of kings or chiefs to purchase me, especially
+after he had showed them the harpoon I had made for
+him, which he took much pride in, but he constantly
+refused to part with me on any terms. Among these,
+the king of the Wickinninish was particularly solicitous
+to obtain me, having twice applied to Maquina for that
+purpose, once in a very formal manner, by sending his
+messenger with four canoes, who, as he approached the
+shore, decorated in their highest style, with the white
+down on his head, etc., declared that he came to buy
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span>"Tooteyoohannis," the name by which I was known to
+them, for his master, and that he had brought for that
+purpose four young male slaves, two highly ornamented
+canoes, such a number of the skins of metamelth, and of
+the <i>quartlack</i>,<a name="FNanchor_122_122" id="FNanchor_122_122"></a><a href="#Footnote_122_122" class="fnanchor">[122]</a> or sea-otter, and so many fathoms of
+cloth and of Ife-whaw, while, as he mentioned the different
+articles, they were pointed out or held up by his
+attendants; but even this tempting offer had no influence
+on Maquina, who in the latter part of the summer was
+again very strongly urged to sell me by Ulatilla, or, as
+he is generally called, Machee Ulatilla, chief of the
+Klaizzarts,<a name="FNanchor_123_123" id="FNanchor_123_123"></a><a href="#Footnote_123_123" class="fnanchor">[123]</a> who had come to Nootka on a visit.</p>
+
+<p>This chief, who could speak tolerable English, had
+much more the appearance of a civilised man than any
+of the savages that I saw. He appeared to be about
+thirty, was rather small in his person, but extremely well
+formed, with a skin almost as fair as that of an European,
+good features, and a countenance expressive of candour
+and amiableness, and which was almost always
+brightened with a smile. He was much neater both in
+his dress and person than any of the other chiefs, seldom
+wearing paint, except upon his eyebrows, which, after
+the custom of his country, were plucked out, and a few
+strips of the pelpelth on the lower part of his face. He
+always treated me with much kindness, was fond of
+conversing with me in English and in his own language,
+asking me many questions relative to my country, its
+manners, customs, etc., and appeared to take a strong
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span>interest in my fate, telling me that if he could persuade
+Maquina to part with me, he would put me on board
+the first ship that came to his country, a promise which,
+from his subsequent conduct, I have good reason to
+think he would have performed, as my deliverance at
+length from captivity and suffering was, under the
+favour of Divine Providence, wholly owing to him, the
+only letter that ever reached an European or American
+vessel out of sixteen that I wrote at different times and
+sent to various parts of the coast, having been delivered
+by him in person. So much pleased was I with this
+man's behaviour to me while at Nootka, that I made for
+him a cheetolth, which I burnished highly, and engraved
+with figures. With this he was greatly delighted.
+I also would have made for him a harpoon, would
+Maquina have consented.</p>
+
+<p>With hearts full of dejection and almost lost to hope,
+no ship having appeared off Nootka this season, did my
+companion and myself accompany the tribe on their
+removal in September to Tashees, relinquishing in consequence
+for six months even the remotest expectation
+of relief.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_118_118" id="Footnote_118_118"></a><a href="#FNanchor_118_118"><span class="label">[118]</span></a> This habit&mdash;unfortunately not peculiar to the Indians&mdash;is still occasionally
+indulged in. The reason they give for it is, that when the great
+flood covered the earth&mdash;a tradition that is found among other North-West
+American Indians&mdash;they escaped in their canoes, and had to eat lice
+for lack of any other food, and now practise it out of gratitude. The
+superstitious observances of these tribes are so numerous that the merest
+account of those known would fill a volume. One or two interesting
+instances may be mentioned:&mdash;Thus, in sneezing, there is good luck if
+the right nostril is alone affected. But if the left, then evil fortune is
+at hand. When they pare their nails, which is not often, they burn the
+parings, and if the smoke from them goes straight up, their latter end
+will be good; if not, they will go to the place of punishment. They
+used to regard&mdash;and perhaps still regard&mdash;the whites not as human beings,
+but as a sort of demons.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_119_119" id="Footnote_119_119"></a><a href="#FNanchor_119_119"><span class="label">[119]</span></a> The E-cha-chets are not at present recognised as a separate tribe. But
+there is a large village in Clayoquat Sound on the south end of Wakenninish
+Island which bears that name. Like many now all but extinct tribes,
+who have become absorbed into greater ones, the E-cha-chets seem in
+Jewitt's time to have been more numerous. In Meares's narrative, "Lee-cha-ett"
+is mentioned as a village of Wakenninish, but this could not
+have been the same place, for Maquina and Wakenninish were at
+this period on good terms. The river which the expedition ascended to
+reach the summer salmon fishing village of the tribe was probably either
+the Bear or the Onamettis, both of which flow through some swampy
+ground into the head of Bedwall Arm. But as usual Jewitt exaggerated
+the distance up which the canoemen paddled. There is no river in Vancouver
+Island navigable for twenty or thirty miles, and few, even when
+broken by rapids and falls, quite that length.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_120_120" id="Footnote_120_120"></a><a href="#FNanchor_120_120"><span class="label">[120]</span></a> This is an exaggerated estimate.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_121_121" id="Footnote_121_121"></a><a href="#FNanchor_121_121"><span class="label">[121]</span></a> This is one of the best descriptions of West Coast warfare with which
+I am acquainted.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_122_122" id="Footnote_122_122"></a><a href="#FNanchor_122_122"><span class="label">[122]</span></a> "Quiaotluk," Jewitt, with innate cockneyism, inserting an <i>r</i> after <i>a</i>
+wherever this is possible. No Indian can pronounce <i>r</i>, any more than a
+Chinaman can.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_123_123" id="Footnote_123_123"></a><a href="#FNanchor_123_123"><span class="label">[123]</span></a> Klahosahts.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII</h2>
+
+<p>MARRIAGE OF THE AUTHOR&mdash;HIS ILLNESS&mdash;DISMISSES
+HIS WIFE&mdash;RELIGION OF THE NATIVES&mdash;CLIMATE</p>
+
+
+<p>Soon after our establishment there, Maquina informed
+me that he and his chiefs had held council both before
+and after quitting Nootka, in which they had determined
+that I must marry one of their women, urging as
+a reason to induce me to consent, that, as there was
+now no probability of a ship coming to Nootka to
+release me, that I must consider myself as destined
+to pass the remainder of my life with them, that the
+sooner I conformed to their customs the better,
+and that a wife and family would render me more
+contented and satisfied with their mode of living. I
+remonstrated against this decision, but to no purpose,
+for he told me that, should I refuse, both
+Thompson and myself would be put to death; telling
+me, however, that if there were none of the women
+of his tribe that pleased me, he would go with me to
+some of the other tribes, where he would purchase
+for me such a one as I should select. Reduced to
+this sad extremity, with death on the one side and
+matrimony on the other, I thought proper to choose<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span>
+what appeared to me the least of the two evils,
+and consent to be married, on condition that, as I
+did not fancy any of the Nootka women, I should
+be permitted to make choice of one from some other
+tribe.</p>
+
+<p>This being settled, the next morning by daylight,
+Maquina, with about fifty men in two canoes, set out
+with me for Ai-tiz-zart,<a name="FNanchor_124_124" id="FNanchor_124_124"></a><a href="#Footnote_124_124" class="fnanchor">[124]</a> taking with him a quantity of
+cloth, a number of muskets, sea-otter skins, etc., for the
+purchase of my bride. With the aid of our paddles
+and sails, being favoured with a fair breeze, we arrived
+some time before sunset at the village. Our arrival
+excited a general alarm, and the men hastened to the
+shore, armed with the weapons of their country, making
+many warlike demonstrations, and displaying much zeal
+and activity. We, in the meantime, remained quietly
+seated in our canoes, where we remained for about half
+an hour, when the messenger of the chief, dressed in
+their best manner, came to welcome us and invite us on
+shore to eat.<a name="FNanchor_125_125" id="FNanchor_125_125"></a><a href="#Footnote_125_125" class="fnanchor">[125]</a> We followed him in procession to the
+chief's house, Maquina at our head, taking care to leave
+a sufficient number in the boats to protect the property.
+When we came to the house, we were ushered in with
+much ceremony, and our respective seats pointed
+out to us, mine being next to Maquina by his
+request.</p>
+
+<p>After having been regaled with a feast of herring
+spawn and oil, Maquina asked me if I saw any among
+the women who were present that I liked. I immediately
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span>pointed out to a young girl of about seventeen, the
+daughter of Upquesta, the chief, who was sitting near
+him by her mother. On this, Maquina, making a sign
+to his men, arose, and, taking me by the hand, walked
+into the middle of the room, and sent off two of his
+men to bring the boxes containing the presents from
+the canoes. In the meantime, Kinneclimmets, the
+master of ceremonies, whom I have already spoken of,
+made himself ready for the part he was to act, by
+powdering his hair with white down. When the chests
+were brought in, specimens of the several articles were
+taken out, and showed by our men, one of whom held
+up a musket, another a skin, a third a piece of cloth,
+etc.</p>
+
+<p>On this Kinneclimmets stepped forward, and, addressing
+the chief, informed him that all these belonged
+to me, mentioning the number of each kind, and
+that they were offered to him for the purchase of
+his daughter Eu-stoch-ee-exqua, as a wife for me.
+As he said this, the men who held up the various
+articles walked up to the chief, and with a very stern
+and morose look, the complimentary one on these
+occasions, threw them at his feet. Immediately on
+which, all the tribe, both men and women, who were
+assembled on this occasion, set up a cry of <i>Klack-ko-Tyee</i>,<a name="FNanchor_126_126" id="FNanchor_126_126"></a><a href="#Footnote_126_126" class="fnanchor">[126]</a>
+that is, "Thank ye, chief."</p>
+
+<p>His men, after this ceremony, having returned to
+their places, Maquina rose, and, in a speech of more
+than half an hour, said much in my praise to the Ai-tiz-zart
+chief, telling him that I was as good a man
+as themselves, differing from them only in being white,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span>that I was besides acquainted with many things of
+which they were ignorant; that I knew how to make
+daggers, cheetolths, and harpoons, and was a very
+valuable person, whom he was determined to keep
+always with him; praising me at the same time for
+the goodness of my temper, and the manner in which
+I had conducted myself since I had been with them,
+observing that all the people of Nootka, and even the
+children, loved me.</p>
+
+<p>While Maquina was speaking, his master of ceremonies
+was continually skipping about, making the
+most extravagant gestures, and exclaiming "<i>Wocash!</i>"
+When he had ceased, the Ai-tiz-zart chief arose, amidst
+the acclamations of his people, and began with setting
+forth the many good qualities and accomplishments of
+his daughter; that he loved her greatly, and as she
+was his only one, he could not think of parting with
+her. He spoke in this manner for some time, but
+finally concluded by consenting to the proposed union,
+requesting that she might be well used and kindly
+treated by her husband. At the close of the speech,
+when the chief began to manifest a disposition to consent
+to our union, Kinneclimmets again began to call
+out as loud as he could bawl, "<i>Wocash!</i>" cutting a
+thousand capers and spinning himself around on his
+heel like a top.</p>
+
+<p>When Upquesta had finished his speech, he directed
+his people to carry back the presents which Maquina
+had given him, to me, together with two young male
+slaves to assist me in fishing. These, after having been
+placed before me, were by Maquina's men taken on
+board the canoes. This ceremony being over, we were<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span>
+invited by one of the principal chiefs to a feast at
+his house, of <i>Klussamit</i>,<a name="FNanchor_127_127" id="FNanchor_127_127"></a><a href="#Footnote_127_127" class="fnanchor">[127]</a> or dried herring, where, after
+the eating was over, Kinneclimmets amused the company
+very highly with his tricks, and the evening's
+entertainment was closed by a new war-song from our
+men, and one in return from the Ai-tiz-zarts, accompanied
+with expressive gestures, and wielding of their
+weapons.</p>
+
+<p>After this our company returned to lodge at Upquesta's,
+except a few who were left on board the
+canoes to watch the property. In the morning I received
+from the chief his daughter, with an earnest
+request that I would use her well, which I promised
+him; when, taking leave of her parents, she accompanied
+me with apparent satisfaction on board of the
+canoe.</p>
+
+<p>The wind being ahead, the natives were obliged to
+have recourse to their paddles, accompanying them
+with their songs, interspersed with the witticisms and
+buffoonery of Kinneclimmets, who, in his capacity of
+king's steersman, one of his functions which I forgot to
+enumerate, not only guided the course of the canoe,
+but regulated the singing of the boatmen. At about
+five in the morning we reached Tashees, where we
+found all the inhabitants collected on the shore to
+receive us.</p>
+
+<p>We were welcomed with loud shouts of joy, and
+exclamations of "<i>Wocash!</i>" and the women, taking my
+bride under their charge, conducted her to Maquina's
+house, to be kept with them for ten days; it being
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span>an universal custom, as Maquina informed me, that no
+intercourse should take place between the new married
+pair during that period. At night Maquina gave a
+great feast, which was succeeded by a dance, in which
+all the women joined, and thus ended the festivities of
+my marriage.<a name="FNanchor_128_128" id="FNanchor_128_128"></a><a href="#Footnote_128_128" class="fnanchor">[128]</a></p>
+
+<p>The term of my probation being over, Maquina
+assigned me as an apartment the space in the upper
+part of his house between him and his elder brother,
+whose room was opposite. Here I established myself
+with my family, consisting of myself and wife,
+Thompson, and the little Sat-sat-sok-sis, who had
+always been strongly attached to me, and now solicited
+his father to let him live with me, to which he consented.</p>
+
+<p>This boy was handsome, extremely well formed,
+amiable, and of a pleasant, sprightly disposition. I
+used to take a pleasure in decorating him with rings,
+bracelets, ear-jewels, etc., which I made for him of
+copper, and ornamented and polished them in my
+best manner. I was also very careful to keep him free
+from vermin of every kind, washing him and combing
+his hair every day. These marks of attention were not
+only very pleasing to the child, who delighted in being
+kept neat and clean, as well as in being dressed off in
+his finery, but was highly gratifying both to Maquina
+and his queen, who used to express much satisfaction
+at my care of him.</p>
+
+<p>In making my domestic establishment, I determined,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span>as far as possible, to live in a more comfortable and
+cleanly manner than the others. For this purpose I
+erected with planks a partition of about three feet
+high between mine and the adjoining rooms, and
+made three bedsteads of the same, which I covered
+with boards, for my family to sleep on, which I found
+much more comfortable than sleeping on the floor
+amidst the dirt.</p>
+
+<p>Fortunately, I found my Indian princess both amiable
+and intelligent, for one whose limited sphere of observation
+must necessarily give rise to but a few ideas.
+She was extremely ready to agree to anything that I
+proposed relative to our mode of living, was very
+attentive in keeping her garments and person neat
+and clean, and appeared in every respect solicitous to
+please me.</p>
+
+<p>She was, as I have said, about seventeen; her person
+was small but well formed, as were her features;
+her complexion was, without exception, fairer than
+any of the women, with considerable colour in her
+cheeks, her hair long, black, and much softer than
+is usual with them, and her teeth small, even, and
+of a dazzling whiteness; while the expression of
+her countenance indicated sweetness of temper and
+modesty. She would indeed have been considered as
+very pretty in any country, and, excepting Maquina's
+queen, was by far the handsomest of any of their
+women.</p>
+
+<p>With a partner possessing so many attractions, many
+may be apt to conclude that I must have found
+myself happy,&mdash;at least, comparatively so; but far
+otherwise was it with me. A compulsory marriage with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span>
+the most beautiful and accomplished person in the
+world can never prove a source of real happiness; and,
+in my situation, I could not but view this connection
+as a chain that was to bind me down to this savage
+land, and prevent my ever again seeing a civilised
+country; especially when, in a few days after, Maquina
+informed me that there had been a meeting of his
+chiefs, in which it had been determined that, as I
+had married one of their women, I must be considered
+as one of them, and conform to their customs,
+and that in future neither myself nor Thompson should
+wear our European clothes, but dress in kutsaks<a name="FNanchor_129_129" id="FNanchor_129_129"></a><a href="#Footnote_129_129" class="fnanchor">[129]</a>
+like themselves. This order was to me most painful,
+but I persuaded Maquina at length so far to relax in
+it as to permit me to wear those I had at present,
+which were almost worn out, and not to compel
+Thompson to change his dress, observing that, as
+he was an old man, such a change would cause his
+death.</p>
+
+<p>Their religious celebration, which the last year took
+place in December, was in this commenced on the 15th
+of November, and continued for fourteen days. As I
+was now considered as one of them, instead of being
+ordered to the woods, Maquina directed Thompson and
+myself to remain and pray with them to Quahootze
+to be good to them, and thank him for what he had
+done.</p>
+
+<p>It was opened in much the same manner as the
+former. After which, all the men and women in the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span>village assembled at Maquina's house, in their plainest
+dresses, and without any kind of ornaments about
+them, having their heads bound around with the red
+fillet, a token of dejection and humiliation, and their
+countenances expressive of seriousness and melancholy.
+The performances during the continuance of this celebration
+consisted almost wholly in singing a number
+of songs to mournful airs, the king regulating the
+time by beating on his hollow plank or drum, accompanied
+by one of his chiefs seated near him with the
+great rattle. In the meantime they ate but seldom,
+and then very little, retiring to sleep late, and rising
+at the first appearance of dawn, and even interrupting
+this short period of repose by getting up at midnight
+and singing.</p>
+
+<p>The ceremony was terminated by an exhibition of a
+similar character to the one of the last year, but still
+more cruel. A boy of twelve years old, with six
+bayonets run into his flesh, one through each arm and
+thigh, and through each side close to the ribs, was
+carried around the room suspended upon them, without
+manifesting any symptoms of pain. Maquina, on my
+inquiring the reason of this display, informed me that
+it was an ancient custom of his nation to sacrifice a
+man at the close of this solemnity, in honour of their
+God, but that his father had abolished it, and substituted
+this in its place.<a name="FNanchor_130_130" id="FNanchor_130_130"></a><a href="#Footnote_130_130" class="fnanchor">[130]</a> The whole closed on the evening of
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span>the 29th, with a great feast of salmon spawn and oil, at
+which the natives, as usual, made up for their late
+abstinence.</p>
+
+<p>A few days after, a circumstance occurred, which,
+from its singularity, I cannot forbear mentioning. I was
+sent for by my neighbour Yealthlower, the king's elder
+brother, to file his teeth, which operation having been
+performed, he informed me that a new wife, whom he
+had a little time before purchased, having refused to
+sleep with him, it was his intention, provided she persisted
+in her refusal, to bite off her nose. I endeavoured
+to dissuade him from it, but he was determined, and, in
+fact, performed his savage threat that very night, saying
+that since she would not be his wife, she should not be
+that of any other, and in the morning sent her back to
+her father.</p>
+
+<p>The inhuman act did not, however, proceed from any
+innate cruelty of disposition or malice, as he was far
+from being of a barbarous temper; but such is the
+despotism exercised by these savages over their women,
+that he no doubt considered it as a just punishment for
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span>her offence, in being so obstinate and perverse; as he
+afterwards told me, that in similar cases the husband
+had a right with them to disfigure his wife in this
+way or some other, to prevent her ever marrying
+again.</p>
+
+<p>About the middle of December, we left Tashees
+for Cooptee. As usual at this season, we found the
+herrings in great plenty, and here the same scene
+of riotous feasting that I witnessed last year was
+renewed by our improvident natives, who, in addition
+to their usual fare, had a plentiful supply of wild
+geese, which were brought us in great quantities by
+the Eshquates. These, as Maquina informed me, were
+caught with nets made from bark in the fresh waters
+of that country. Those who take them make choice
+for that purpose of a dark and rainy night, and, with
+their canoes stuck with lighted torches, proceed with
+as little noise as possible to the place where the
+geese are collected, who, dazzled by the light, suffer
+themselves to be approached very near, when the net
+is thrown over them, and in this manner from fifty to
+sixty, or even more, will sometimes be taken at one
+cast.</p>
+
+<p>On the 15th of January 1805, about midnight, I was
+thrown into considerable alarm, in consequence of an
+eclipse of the moon, being awakened from my sleep
+by a great outcry of the inhabitants. On going to
+discover the cause of this tumult, I found them all
+out of their houses, bearing lighted torches, singing
+and beating upon pieces of plank; and when I asked
+them the reason of this proceeding, they pointed to
+the moon, and said that a great cod-fish was endeavouring
+to swallow her, and that they were driving
+him away. The origin of this superstition I could not
+discover.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;">
+<a href="images/i209.jpg"><img src="images/i209-t.jpg" width="350" height="261" alt="INDIAN CHIEF&#39;S GRAVE (TEMP. 1863)." title="" />
+</a><span class="caption"><br />INDIAN CHIEF&#39;S GRAVE (TEMP. 1863).</span>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Though, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span>
+in some respects, my situation was rendered
+more comfortable since my marriage, as I lived in a
+more cleanly manner, and had my food better and
+more neatly cooked, of which, besides, I had always
+a plenty, my slaves generally furnishing me, and
+Upquesta never failing to send me an ample supply
+by the canoes that came from Ai-tiz-zart; still, from
+my being obliged at this season of the year to change
+my accustomed clothing, and to dress like the natives,
+with only a piece of cloth of about two yards long
+thrown loosely around me, my European clothes
+having been for some time entirely worn out, I suffered
+more than I can express from the cold, especially
+as I was compelled to perform the laborious task of
+cutting and bringing the firewood, which was rendered
+still more oppressive to me, from my comrade, for a
+considerable part of the winter, not having it in his
+power to lend me his aid, in consequence of an attack
+of the rheumatism in one of his knees, with which he
+suffered for more than four months, two or three weeks
+of which he was so ill as to be under the necessity to
+leave the house.</p>
+
+<p>This state of suffering, with the little hope I now had
+of ever escaping from the savages, began to render my
+life irksome to me; still, however, I lost not my
+confidence in the aid of the Supreme Being, to
+whom, whenever the weather and a suspension from
+the tasks imposed on me would permit, I never
+failed regularly on Sundays to retire to the wood to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span>
+worship, taking Thompson with me when he was able
+to go.</p>
+
+<p>On the 20th of February, we returned to our summer
+quarters at Nootka, but on my part, with far different
+sensations than the last spring, being now almost in
+despair of any vessel arriving to release us, or our being
+permitted to depart if there should.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after our return, as preparatory to the whaling
+season, Maquina ordered me to make a good number
+of harpoons for himself and his chiefs, several of
+which I had completed, with some lances, when, on
+the 16th of March, I was taken very ill with a
+violent colic, caused, I presume, from having suffered
+so much from the cold, in going without proper
+clothing. For a number of hours I was in great pain,
+and expected to die, and on its leaving me, I was so
+weak as scarcely to be able to stand, while I had
+nothing comforting to take, nor anything to drink but
+cold water.</p>
+
+<p>On the day following, a slave belonging to Maquina
+died, and was immediately, as is their custom in such
+cases, tossed unceremoniously out of doors, from
+whence he was taken by some others and thrown into
+the water. The treatment of this poor creature made
+a melancholy impression upon my mind, as I could
+not but think that such probably would be my fate
+should I die among these heathens, and so far from
+receiving a decent burial, that I should not even be
+allowed the common privilege of having a little earth
+thrown over my remains.</p>
+
+<p>The feebleness in which the violent attack of my
+disorder had left me, the dejection I felt at the almost<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span>
+hopelessness of my situation and the want of warm
+clothing and proper nursing, though my Indian wife,
+as far as she knew how, was always ready, even
+solicitous, to do everything for me she could, still kept
+me very much indisposed, which Maquina perceiving,
+he finally told me that if I did not like living with
+my wife, and that was the cause of my being so sad, I
+might part with her. This proposal I readily accepted,
+and the next day Maquina sent her back to her
+father.</p>
+
+<p>On parting with me she discovered much emotion,
+begging me that I would suffer her to remain till I
+had recovered, as there was no one who would take
+so good care of me as herself. But when I told her
+she must go, for that I did not think I should ever
+get well, which in truth I but little expected, and that
+her father would take good care of her and treat her
+much more kindly than Maquina, she took an affectionate
+leave, telling me that she hoped I should
+soon get better, and left her two slaves to take care
+of me.</p>
+
+<p>Though I rejoiced at her departure, I was greatly
+affected with the simple expressions of her regard for
+me, and could not but feel strongly interested for this
+poor girl, who in all her conduct towards me had
+discovered so much mildness and attention to my
+wishes; and had it not been that I considered her as an
+almost insuperable obstacle to my being permitted to
+leave the country, I should no doubt have felt the
+deprivation of her society a real loss. After her
+departure, I requested Maquina that, as I had parted
+with my wife, he would permit me to resume my<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span>
+European dress, as, otherwise, from not having been
+accustomed to dress like them, I should certainly die.
+To this he consented, and I once more became comfortably
+clad.</p>
+
+<p>Change of clothing, but, more than all, the hopes
+which I now began to indulge that in the course of
+the summer I should be able to escape, in a short
+time restored me to health, so far that I could again
+go to work in making harpoons for Maquina, who
+probably, fearing that he should have to part with
+me, determined to provide himself with a good
+stock.</p>
+
+<p>I shall not, however, long detain the reader with a
+detail of occurrences that intervened between this
+period and that of my escape, which, from that dull
+uniformity that marks the savage life, would be in
+a measure but a repetition, nor dwell upon that
+mental torture I endured from a constant conflict of
+hope and fear, when the former, almost wearied out
+with repeated disappointment, offered to our sinking
+hearts no prospect of release but death, to which we
+were constantly exposed from the brutal ignorance
+and savage disposition of the common people, who,
+in the various councils that were held this season to
+determine what to do with us in case of the arrival of
+a ship, were almost always for putting us to death,
+expecting by that means to conceal the murder of
+our crew and to throw the blame of it on some other
+tribe. These barbarous sentiments were, however,
+universally opposed by Maquina and his chiefs, who
+would not consent to our being injured. But, as
+some of their customs and traits of national character<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span>
+which I think deserving of notice have not been
+mentioned, I shall proceed to give an account of
+them.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>The office of king or chief is, with those people,
+hereditary, and descends to the eldest son, or, in failure
+of male issue, to the elder brother, who in the regal line
+is considered as the second person in the kingdom. At
+feasts, as I have observed, the king is always placed in
+the highest or seat of honour, and the chiefs according
+to their respective ranks, which appear in general to be
+determined by their affinity to the royal family; they
+are also designated by the embellishments of their
+mantles or kutsaks. The king, or head <i>Tyee</i> is their
+leader in war, in the management of which he is
+perfectly absolute. He is also president of their councils,
+which are almost always regulated by his opinion. But
+he has no kind of power over the property of his
+subjects, nor can he require them to contribute to his
+wants, being in this respect no more privileged than any
+other person. He has, in common with his chiefs, the
+right of holding slaves, which is not enjoyed by private
+individuals, a regulation probably arising from their
+having been originally captives taken in battle, the spoils
+of war being understood as appertaining to the king,
+who receives and apportions them among his several
+chiefs and warriors according to their rank and deserts.</p>
+
+<p>In conformity with this idea, the plunder of the <i>Boston</i>
+was all deposited in Maquina's house, who distributed
+part of it among his chiefs, according to their respective
+ranks or degree of favour with him, giving to one three
+hundred muskets, to another one hundred and fifty, with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span>
+other things in like proportion. The king is, however,
+obliged to support his dignity by making frequent
+entertainments, and whenever he receives a large supply
+of provision, he must invite all the men of his tribe
+to his house to eat it up, otherwise, as Maquina told
+me, he would not be considered as conducting himself
+like a <i>Tyee</i>, and would be no more thought of than a
+common man.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>With regard to their religion.&mdash;They believe in the
+existence of a Supreme Being, whom they call <i>Quahootze</i>,
+and who, to use Maquina's expression, was one great
+<i>Tyee</i> in the sky, who gave them their fish, and could
+take them from them, and was the greatest of all kings.
+Their usual place of worship appeared to be the water,
+for whenever they bathed, they addressed some words in
+form of prayer to the God above, entreating that he
+would preserve them in health, give them good success
+in fishing, etc. These prayers were repeated with much
+more energy on preparing for whaling or for war, as I
+have already mentioned.</p>
+
+<p>Some of them would sometimes go several miles to
+bathe, in order to do it in secret; the reason for this I
+could never learn, though I am induced to think it was
+in consequence of some family or private quarrel, and
+that they did not wish what they said to be heard;
+while at other times they would repair in the same
+secret manner to the woods to pray. This was
+more particularly the case with the women, who
+might also have been prompted by a sentiment of
+decency to retire for the purpose of bathing, as they
+are remarkably modest.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>I once found one of our women more than two
+miles from the village on her knees in the woods, with
+her eyes shut and her face turned towards heaven,
+uttering words in a lamentable tone, amongst which I
+distinctly heard, <i>Wocash Ah-welth</i>, meaning "good
+Lord," and which has nearly the same signification
+with Quahootze.</p>
+
+<p>Though I came very near her, she appeared not to
+notice me, but continued her devotions. And I have
+frequently seen the women go alone into the woods,
+evidently for the purpose of addressing themselves to a
+superior Being, and it was always very perceptible on
+their return when they had been thus employed, from
+their silence and melancholy looks.</p>
+
+<p>They have no belief, however, in a state of future
+existence, as I discovered in conversation with Maquina
+at Tootoosch's death, on my attempting to convince
+him that he still existed, and that he would again see
+him after his death; but he could comprehend nothing
+of it, and, pointing to the ground, said that there was
+the end of him, and that he was like that.<a name="FNanchor_131_131" id="FNanchor_131_131"></a><a href="#Footnote_131_131" class="fnanchor">[131]</a> Nor do
+they believe in ghosts, notwithstanding the case of
+Tootoosch would appear to contradict this assertion,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span>but that was a remarkable instance, and such a one
+as had never been known to occur before; yet from
+the mummeries performed over the sick, it is very
+apparent that they believe in the agency of spirits,
+as they attribute diseases to some evil one that has
+entered the body of the patient. Neither have they
+any priests, unless a kind of conjurer<a name="FNanchor_132_132" id="FNanchor_132_132"></a><a href="#Footnote_132_132" class="fnanchor">[132]</a> may be so considered
+who sings and prays over the sick to drive
+away the evil spirit.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>On the birth of twins, they have a most singular
+custom, which, I presume, has its origin in some religious
+opinion, but what it is, I could never satisfactorily learn.
+The father is prohibited for the space of two years from
+eating any kind of meat, or fresh fish, during which
+time he does no kind of labour whatever, being supplied
+with what he has occasion for from the tribe. In the
+meantime, he and his wife, who is also obliged to conform
+to the same abstinence, with their children, live entirely
+separate from the others, a small hut being built for
+their accommodation, and he is never invited to any of
+the feasts, except such as consist wholly of dried
+provision, where he is treated with great respect, and
+seated among the chiefs, though no more himself than
+a private individual.</p>
+
+<p>Such births are very rare among them; an instance
+of the kind, however, occurred while I was at Tashees
+the last time, but it was the only one known since the
+reign of the former king. The father always appeared
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span>very thoughtful and gloomy, never associated with the
+other inhabitants, and was at none of the feasts, but such
+as were entirely of dried provision, and of this he ate
+not to excess, and constantly retired before the amusements
+commenced. His dress was very plain, and he
+wore around his head the red fillet of bark, the symbol
+of mourning and devotion. It was his daily practice to
+repair to the mountain, with a chief's rattle in his hand,
+to sing and pray, as Maquina informed me, for the fish
+to come into their waters. When not thus employed,
+he kept continually at home, except when sent for to
+sing and perform his ceremonies over the sick, being
+considered as a sacred character, and one much in favour
+with their gods.<a name="FNanchor_133_133" id="FNanchor_133_133"></a><a href="#Footnote_133_133" class="fnanchor">[133]</a></p>
+
+<p>These people are remarkably healthful, and live to
+a very advanced age, having quite a youthful appearance
+for their years.<a name="FNanchor_134_134" id="FNanchor_134_134"></a><a href="#Footnote_134_134" class="fnanchor">[134]</a> They have scarcely any
+disease but the colic, their remedy for which is
+friction, a person rubbing the bowels of the sick
+violently, until the pain has subsided, while the conjurer,
+or holy man, is employed, in the meantime, in
+making his gestures, singing, and repeating certain
+words, and blowing off the evil spirit, when the patient
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span>is wrapped up in a bearskin, in order to produce
+perspiration.</p>
+
+<p>Their cure for the rheumatism, or similar pains, which
+I saw applied by Maquina in the case of Thompson, to
+whom it gave relief, is by cutting or scarifying the part
+affected. In dressing wounds, they simply wash them
+with salt water, and bind them up with a strip of
+cloth, or the bark of a tree. They are, however, very
+expert and successful in the cure of fractured or
+dislocated limbs, reducing them very dexterously, and,
+after binding them up with bark, supporting them
+with blocks of wood, so as to preserve their
+position.<a name="FNanchor_135_135" id="FNanchor_135_135"></a><a href="#Footnote_135_135" class="fnanchor">[135]</a></p>
+
+<p>During the whole time I was among them, but five
+natural deaths occurred, Tootoosch and his two infant
+children, an infant son of Maquina, and the slave whom
+I have mentioned, a circumstance not a little remarkable
+in a population of about fifteen hundred; and as respects
+child-birth, so light do they make of it, that I have seen
+their women, the day after, employed as usual, as if little
+or nothing had happened.</p>
+
+<p>The Nootkians in their conduct towards each other
+are in general pacific and inoffensive, and appear by no
+means an ill-tempered race, for I do not recollect any
+instance of a violent quarrel between any of the men, or
+the men and their wives, while I was with them, that of
+Yealthlower excepted. But when they are in the least
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span>offended, they appear to be in the most violent rage,
+acting like so many maniacs, foaming at the mouth,
+kicking and spitting most furiously; but this is rather a
+fashion with them than a demonstration of malignity,
+as in their public speeches they use the same violence,
+and he is esteemed the greatest orator who bawls the
+loudest, stamps, tosses himself about, foams, and spits
+the most.<a name="FNanchor_136_136" id="FNanchor_136_136"></a><a href="#Footnote_136_136" class="fnanchor">[136]</a></p>
+
+<p>In speaking of their regulations, I have omitted
+mentioning that, on attaining the age of seventeen, the
+eldest son of a chief is considered as a chief himself,
+and that whenever the father makes a present, it is
+always done in the name of his eldest son, or, if
+he has none, in that of his daughter. The chiefs
+frequently purchase their wives at the age of eight or
+ten, to prevent their being engaged by others, though
+they do not take them from their parents until they
+are sixteen.</p>
+
+<p>With regard to climate, the greater part of the spring,
+summer, and autumn is very pleasant, the weather being
+at no time oppressively hot, and the winters uncommonly
+mild for so high a latitude, at least, as far as my experience
+went. At Tashees and Cooptee, where we passed
+the coldest part of the season, the winter did not set in
+till late in December, nor have I ever yet known the ice,
+even on the freshwater ponds, more than two or three
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span>inches in thickness, or a snow exceeding four inches in
+depth; but what is wanting in snow, is amply made up
+in rain, as I have frequently known it, during the winter
+months, rain almost incessantly for five or six days in
+succession.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_124_124" id="Footnote_124_124"></a><a href="#FNanchor_124_124"><span class="label">[124]</span></a> Ayhuttisaht, also in Nootka Sound.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_125_125" id="Footnote_125_125"></a><a href="#FNanchor_125_125"><span class="label">[125]</span></a> This is the custom if the visit of the strangers has not been announced
+in advance.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_126_126" id="Footnote_126_126"></a><a href="#FNanchor_126_126"><span class="label">[126]</span></a> <i>Ooshyuksomayts</i> is another expression meaning much the same thing.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_127_127" id="Footnote_127_127"></a><a href="#FNanchor_127_127"><span class="label">[127]</span></a> <i>Kloosmit</i> is "herring" (<i>Meletta c�rulea</i>) generally. <i>Klooshist</i> is
+dried salmon, a more common article of food.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_128_128" id="Footnote_128_128"></a><a href="#FNanchor_128_128"><span class="label">[128]</span></a> Jewitt's marriage was less ceremonious than is usual with Indians of
+any rank, and the ten days' probation was not according to modern
+customs.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_129_129" id="Footnote_129_129"></a><a href="#FNanchor_129_129"><span class="label">[129]</span></a> <i>Kutsak</i>, or <i>kotsack</i>, or <i>kootsick</i>, or <i>cotsack</i>, for all these forms occur,
+was the blanket worn cloakwise, rendered familiar to Europeans in so
+many pictures and sketches.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_130_130" id="Footnote_130_130"></a><a href="#FNanchor_130_130"><span class="label">[130]</span></a> Human sacrifices are quite common among the Northern tribes. But
+in Vancouver they were very rare in my time, and are now still less
+frequent. In 1863 the burial of a chief was celebrated by the heads of
+several tribesmen being fixed about his grave. These were not taken by
+force, but surrendered by the trembling tribesmen, the victims being most
+likely slaves. In 1788, Meares affirms, on what we believe to be insufficient
+evidence, that Maquina (Moqulla) sacrificed a human being every
+new moon, to gratify "his unnatural appetite" for human flesh. The
+victim was a slave selected by the blindfolded chief catching him in a
+house in which a number were assembled. Meares even declares that
+Maquina acknowledged his weakness, and that though Callicum, another
+chief, avoided cannibalism, he reposed on a pillow filled with human skulls.
+If so, the practice has ceased. Yet cannibalism was undeniably practised
+at times among the Indians of both the East and West coasts. There were
+in 1866 Indians living in Koskeemo Sound, who still talked of the delights
+of human flesh. Many years ago, the Bella-Bellas ate a servant of the
+Hudson Bay Company, and the Nuchaltaws of Cape Mudge are affirmed
+by old traders to have paid the same doubtful compliment to a sailor who
+fell into their clutches.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_131_131" id="Footnote_131_131"></a><a href="#FNanchor_131_131"><span class="label">[131]</span></a> This, in common with other statements of the kind, is more than
+doubtful. The best account of their religion is by Mr. Sproat, but even
+he acknowledges that, after two years devoted to the subject, and to the
+questioning of others who had passed half a lifetime amongst the "Ahts,"
+he could discover very little about their faith which could be pronounced
+indisputably accurate. Even the Indians themselves are by no means at
+one on the subject, people without a written creed or sacred books being
+apt to entertain very contradictory ideas on their theological tenets. I
+endeavoured to fathom some of their beliefs, and I had ample opportunities;
+but I confess to the difficulty of getting behind these reserved folk, and I
+did not meet with sufficient success to make the results worth recording.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_132_132" id="Footnote_132_132"></a><a href="#FNanchor_132_132"><span class="label">[132]</span></a> What Jewitt calls a "conjurer" is more commonly known in these
+times as a "medicine man," who was, more often than not, a combination
+nine parts rogue and one part fool.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_133_133" id="Footnote_133_133"></a><a href="#FNanchor_133_133"><span class="label">[133]</span></a> This is entirely different from the views that are entertained by
+other tribes. The tribes speaking the language which prevails from
+Port San Juan to Comox are so ashamed of twins, that one of the hapless
+two is almost invariably killed. I do not remember having ever
+seen a case. Most of the Indian birth notions are very curious.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_134_134" id="Footnote_134_134"></a><a href="#FNanchor_134_134"><span class="label">[134]</span></a> They are apt to rapidly change from young-looking to old-looking men,
+without any of that pleasant "Indian summer" so characteristic of people
+in more civilised communities. But advanced years are not common. In
+1864 the oldest man in the little Opechesaht tribe, whose homes are on the
+Kleecoot River (flowing out of Sproat Lake into the Alberni Inlet), was
+only sixty, so far as he could make out.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_135_135" id="Footnote_135_135"></a><a href="#FNanchor_135_135"><span class="label">[135]</span></a> Bilious complaints, constipation, dysentery, consumption, fevers and
+acute inflammatory diseases, and (amongst some tribes, but not amongst
+the Nootkians), ophthalmia, are common, though rheumatism and paralysis
+are infrequent. The "diseases of civilisation," it may be added, have been
+known for many years.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_136_136" id="Footnote_136_136"></a><a href="#FNanchor_136_136"><span class="label">[136]</span></a> This is still true. When sober they indulge in high words, and are
+fond of teasing the women until they get out of temper; but a blow is rare.
+Even the children seldom fall out, the necessity of small communities
+living together for mutual protection compelling the members to establish
+a <i>modus vivendi</i>. However, when drunk&mdash;and in spite of the laws
+against liquor being sold to them, this is by no means uncommon&mdash;they
+are prone to seek close quarters and act like angry termagants.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV</h2>
+
+<p>ARRIVAL OF THE BRIG "LYDIA"&mdash;STRATAGEM OF THE
+AUTHOR&mdash;ITS SUCCESS</p>
+
+
+<p>It was now past midsummer, and the hopes we had
+indulged of our release became daily more faint, for
+though we had heard of no less than seven vessels on
+the coast, yet none appeared inclined to venture to
+Nootka.</p>
+
+<p>The destruction of the <i>Boston</i>, the largest, strongest,
+and best equipped ship, with the most valuable cargo
+of any that had ever been fitted for the North-West
+trade, had inspired the commanders of others with
+a general dread of coming thither, lest they should
+share the same fate; and though in the letters I wrote
+(imploring those who should receive them to come
+to the relief of two unfortunate Christians who were
+suffering among heathen), I stated the cause of the
+<i>Boston's</i> capture, and that there was not the least danger
+in coming to Nootka, provided they would follow the
+directions I laid down, still I felt very little encouragement
+that any of these letters would come to hand;
+when, on the morning of the 19th of July, a day that will
+be ever held by me in grateful remembrance of the
+mercies of God, while I was employed with Thompson
+in forging daggers for the king, my ears were saluted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span>
+with the joyful sound of three cannon, and the cries of
+the inhabitants, exclaiming "<i>Weena, weena&mdash;Mamethlee!</i>"&mdash;that
+is, "Strangers&mdash;White men!"</p>
+
+<p>Soon after, several of our people came running into
+the house, to inform me that a vessel under full sail was
+coming into the harbour. Though my heart bounded
+with joy, I repressed my feelings, and, affecting to pay
+no attention to what was said, told Thompson to be on
+his guard, and not betray any joy, as our release, and
+perhaps our lives, depended on our conducting ourselves
+so as to induce the natives to suppose we were not very
+anxious to leave them. We continued our work as if
+nothing had happened, when, in a few minutes after,
+Maquina came in, and, seeing us at work, appeared
+much surprised, and asked me if did not know that a
+vessel had come.</p>
+
+<p>I answered in a careless manner, that it was nothing
+to me. "How, John," said he, "you no glad go board?"
+I replied that I cared very little about it, as I had
+become reconciled to their manner of living, and had
+no wish to go away. He then told me that he had
+called a council of his people respecting us, and that
+we must leave off work and be present at it.</p>
+
+<p>The men having assembled at Maquina's house, he
+asked them what was their opinion should be done with
+Thompson and myself, now a vessel had arrived, and
+whether he had not better go on board himself, to make
+a trade, and procure such articles as were wanted. Each
+one of the tribe who wished, gave his opinion. Some
+were for putting us to death, and pretending to the
+strangers that a different nation had cut off the <i>Boston</i>;
+while others, less barbarous, were for sending us fifteen<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span>
+or twenty miles back into the country, until the departure
+of the vessel.</p>
+
+<p>These, however, were the sentiments of the common
+people, the chiefs opposing our being put to death, or
+injured, and several of them, among the most forward
+of whom were Yealthlower and the young chief Toowinnakinnish,
+were for immediately releasing us; but
+this, if he could avoid it, by no means appeared to
+accord with Maquina's wishes.</p>
+
+<p>Having mentioned Toowinnakinnish, I shall briefly
+observe that he was a young man of about twenty-three
+years old, the only son of Toopeeshottee, the
+oldest and most respected chief of the tribe. His son
+had always been remarkably kind and friendly to me,
+and I had in return frequently made for him daggers,
+cheetolths, and other things, in my best manner. He
+was one of the handsomest men among them, very
+amiable, and much milder in his manners than any of
+the others, as well as neater both in his person and
+house, at least his apartment, without even excepting
+Maquina.</p>
+
+<p>With regard, however, to Maquina's going on board
+the vessel, which he discovered a strong inclination to
+do, there was but one opinion, all remonstrating against
+it, telling him that the captain would kill him or keep
+him prisoner, in consequence of his having destroyed
+our ship. When Maquina had heard their opinions, he
+told them that he was not afraid of being hurt from
+going on board the vessel, but that he would, however,
+as it respected that, be guided by John, whom he had
+always found true. He then turned to me, and asked
+me if I thought there would be any danger in his going<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span>
+on board. I answered, that I was not surprised at the
+advice his people had given him, unacquainted as they
+were with the manners of the white men, and judging
+them by their own; but if they had been with them as
+much as I had, or even himself, they would think very
+different. That he had almost always experienced good
+and civil treatment from them, nor had he any reason
+to fear the contrary now, as they never attempted to
+harm those who did not injure them; and if he wished
+to go on board, he might do it, in my opinion, with
+security.</p>
+
+<p>After reflecting a few moments, he said, with much
+apparent satisfaction, that if I would write a letter to
+the captain, telling him good of him, that he had treated
+Thompson and myself kindly since we had been with
+him, and to use him well, he would go.</p>
+
+<p>It may easily be supposed that I felt much joy at
+this determination, but, knowing that the least incaution
+might annihilate all my hopes of escape, was careful
+not to manifest it, and to treat his going or staying as
+a matter perfectly indifferent to me. I told him
+that, if he wished me to write such a letter, I had no
+objection, as it was the truth, otherwise I could not
+have done it.</p>
+
+<p>I then proceeded to write the recommendatory letter,
+which the reader will naturally imagine was of a somewhat
+different tenor from the one he had required;
+for if deception is in any case warrantable, it was
+certainly so in a situation like ours, where the only
+chance of regaining that freedom of which we had
+been so unjustly deprived, depended upon it; and I
+trust that few, even of the most rigid, will condemn<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span>
+me with severity for making use of it, on an occasion
+which afforded me the only hope of ever more
+beholding a Christian country, and preserving myself,
+if not from death, at least from a life of continued
+suffering.</p>
+
+<p>The letter which I wrote was nearly in the following
+terms:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>
+<span class="smcap">TO CAPTAIN</span>&mdash;&mdash;<br />
+<span class="smcap">OF THE BRIG</span>&mdash;&mdash;<br />
+</p>
+
+<div class="right">
+<span class="smcap">Nootka</span>, <i>July</i> 19, 1805.
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Sir</span>,&mdash;The bearer of this letter is the Indian king by
+the name of Maquina. He was the instigator of the
+capture of the ship <i>Boston</i>, of Boston, in North America,
+John Salter, captain, and of the murder of twenty-five
+men of her crew, the two only survivors being now on
+shore&mdash;Wherefore I hope you will take care to confine
+him according to his merits, putting in your dead-lights,
+and keeping so good a watch over him, that he cannot
+escape from you. By so doing, we shall be able to
+obtain our release in the course of a few hours.</p>
+
+<div class="right">
+<span class="smcap">John R. Jewitt</span>, <i>Armourer of the "Boston"</i><br />
+<i>for himself, and</i><br />
+<span class="smcap">John Thompson</span>, <i>Sail-maker of the said ship</i>.<br />
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>I have been asked how I dared to write in this
+manner: my answer is, that from my long residence
+among these people, I knew that I had little to apprehend
+from their anger on hearing of their king being
+confined, while they knew his life depended upon my
+release, and that they would sooner have given up five
+hundred white men, than have had him injured. This<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span>
+will serve to explain the little apprehension I felt at
+their menaces afterwards, for otherwise, sweet as liberty
+was to me, I should hardly have ventured on so hazardous
+an experiment.</p>
+
+<p>On my giving the letter to Maquina, he asked me to
+explain it to him. This I did line by line, as he pointed
+them out with his finger, but in a sense very different
+from the real, giving him to understand that I had
+written to the captain that, as he had been kind to me
+since I had been taken by him, that it was my wish
+that the captain should treat him accordingly, and give
+him what molasses, biscuit, and rum he wanted.</p>
+
+<p>When I had finished, placing his finger in a significant
+manner on my name at the bottom, and eyeing me
+with a look that seemed to read my inmost thoughts,
+he said to me, "John, you no lie?" Never did I
+undergo such a scrutiny, or ever experience greater
+apprehensions than I felt at that moment, when my
+destiny was suspended on the slightest thread, and the
+least mark of embarrassment on mine, or suspicion of
+treachery on his part, would probably have rendered
+my life the sacrifice.</p>
+
+<p>Fortunately I was able to preserve my composure,
+and my being painted in the Indian manner, which
+Maquina had since my marriage required of me, prevented
+any change in my countenance from being
+noticed, and I replied with considerable promptitude,
+looking at him in my turn, with all the confidence I
+could muster,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Why do you ask me such a question, Tyee? Have
+you ever known me to lie?"</p>
+
+<p>"No."<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Then how can you suppose I should tell you a
+lie now, since I have never done it?" As I was
+speaking, he still continued looking at me with the
+same piercing eye, but, observing nothing to excite his
+suspicion, he told me that he believed what I said was
+true, and that he would go on board, and gave orders
+to get ready his canoe. His chiefs again attempted to
+dissuade him, using every argument for that purpose,
+while his wives crowded around him, begging him on
+their knees not to trust himself with the white men.
+Fortunately for my companion and myself, so strong
+was his wish of going on board the vessel, that he was
+deaf to their solicitations, and, making no other reply to
+them than "John no lie," left the house, taking four prime
+skins with him as a present to the captain.</p>
+
+<p>Scarcely had the canoe put off, when he ordered his
+men to stop, and, calling to me, asked me if I did not
+want to go on board with him. Suspecting this as a
+question merely intended to ensnare me, I replied that
+I had no wish to do it, not having any desire to leave
+them.</p>
+
+<p>On going on board the brig, Maquina immediately
+gave his present of skins and my letter to the captain,
+who, on reading it, asked him into the cabin, where he
+gave him some biscuit and a glass of rum, at the same
+time privately directing his mate to go forward, and
+return with five or six of the men armed. When they
+appeared, the captain told Maquina that he was his
+prisoner, and should continue so, until the two men,
+whom he knew to be on shore, were released, at the same
+time ordering him to be put in irons, and the windows
+secured, which was instantly done, and a couple of men<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span>
+placed as a guard over him. Maquina was greatly surprised
+and terrified at this reception; he, however, made
+no attempt to resist, but requested the captain to permit
+one of his men to come and see him. One of them was
+accordingly called, and Maquina said something to him
+which the captain did not understand, but supposed to
+be an order to release us, when, the man returning to
+the canoe, it was paddled off with the utmost expedition
+to the shore.</p>
+
+<p>As the canoe approached, the inhabitants, who had
+all collected upon the beach, manifested some uneasiness
+at not seeing their king on board, but when, on
+its arrival, they were told that the captain had made
+him a prisoner, and that John had spoke bad about him
+in the letter, they all, both men and women, set up a
+loud howl, and ran backwards and forwards upon the
+shore like so many lunatics, scratching their faces, and
+tearing the hair in handfuls from their heads.</p>
+
+<p>After they had beat about in this manner for some
+time, the men ran to their huts for their weapons, as if
+preparing to attack an invading enemy; while Maquina's
+wives and the rest of the women came around me, and,
+throwing themselves on their knees, begged me with
+tears to spare his life; and Sat-sat-sok-sis, who kept
+constantly with me, taking me by the hand, wept bitterly,
+and joined his entreaties to theirs, that I would not let
+the white men kill his father. I told them not to afflict
+themselves, that Maquina's life was in no danger, nor
+would the least harm be done to him.</p>
+
+<p>The men were, however, extremely exasperated with
+me, more particularly the common people, who came
+running in the most furious manner towards me,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span>
+brandishing their weapons, and threatening to cut me in
+pieces no bigger than their thumb-nails, while others
+declared they would burn me alive over a slow fire suspended
+by my heels. All this fury, however, caused
+me but little alarm, as I felt convinced they would not
+dare to execute their threats while the king was on
+board the brig.</p>
+
+<p>The chiefs took no part in this violent conduct, but
+came to me, and inquired the reason why Maquina had
+been thus treated, and if the captain intended to kill him.
+I told them that if they would silence the people, so
+that I could be heard, I would explain all to them.
+They immediately put a stop to the noise, when I informed
+them that the captain, in confining Maquina, had
+done it only in order to make them release Thompson
+and myself, as he well knew we were with them; and if
+they would do that, their king would receive no injury,
+but be well treated, otherwise he would be kept a
+prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>As many of them did not appear to be satisfied with
+this, and began to repeat their murderous threats&mdash;"Kill
+me," said I to them, "if it is your wish," throwing
+open the bearskin which I wore. "Here is my breast. I
+am only one among so many, and can make no resistance;
+but unless you wish to see your king hanging by his
+neck to that pole," pointing to the yard-arm of the brig,
+"and the sailors firing at him with bullets, you will not
+do it."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh no," was the general cry, "that must never
+be; but what must we do?" I told them that their
+best plan would be to send Thompson on board, to
+desire the captain to use Maquina well till I was released,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span>
+which would be soon. This they were perfectly willing
+to do, and I directed Thompson to go on board. But
+he objected, saying that he would not leave me alone with
+the savages. I told him not to be under any fear for
+me, for that if I could get him off, I could manage well
+enough for myself; and that I wished him, immediately
+on getting on board the brig, to see the captain, and
+request him to keep Maquina close till I was released, as
+I was in no danger while he had him safe.</p>
+
+<p>When I saw Thompson off, I asked the natives what
+they intended to do with me. They said I must talk to
+the captain again, in another letter, and tell him to let
+his boat come on shore with Maquina, and that I should
+be ready to jump into the boat at the same time Maquina
+should jump on shore. I told them that the captain,
+who knew that they had killed my shipmates, would
+never trust his men so near the shore, for fear they could
+kill them too, as they were so much more numerous,
+but that if they would select any three of their number
+to go with me in a canoe, when we came within hail, I
+would desire the captain to send his boat with Maquina,
+to receive me in exchange for him.</p>
+
+<p>This appeared to please them, and after some whispering
+among the chiefs, who, from what words I over-heard,
+concluded that if the captain should refuse to
+send his boat with Maquina, the three men would have
+no difficulty in bringing me back with them, they agreed
+to my proposal, and selected three of their stoutest men
+to convey me. Fortunately, having been for some time
+accustomed to see me armed, and suspecting no design
+on my part, they paid no attention to the pistols that I
+had about me.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>As I was going into the canoe, little Sat-sat-sok-sis,
+who could not bear to part with me, asked me, with an
+affecting simplicity, since I was going away to leave him,
+if the white men would not let his father come on shore,
+and not kill him. I told him not to be concerned, for
+that no one should injure his father, when, taking an
+affectionate leave of me, and again begging me not to
+let the white men hurt his father, he ran to comfort his
+mother, who was at a little distance, with the assurances
+I had given him.</p>
+
+<p>On entering the canoe, I seated myself in the prow
+facing the three men, having determined, if it was
+practicable, from the moment I found Maquina was
+secured, to get on board the vessel before he was
+released, hoping by that means to be enabled to obtain
+the restoration of what property belonging to the <i>Boston</i>
+still remained in the possession of the savages, which I
+thought, if it could be done, a duty that I owed to the
+owners. With feelings of joy impossible to be described
+did I quit the savage shore, confident now that nothing
+could thwart my escape, or prevent the execution of the
+plan that I had formed, as the men appointed to convey
+and guard me were armed with nothing but their
+paddles.</p>
+
+<p>As we came within hail of the brig, they at once
+ceased paddling, when, presenting my pistols at them, I
+ordered them instantly to go on, or I would shoot the
+whole of them. A proceeding so wholly unexpected
+threw them into great consternation, and, resuming their
+paddles, in a few moments, to my inexpressible delight,
+I once more found myself alongside of a Christian ship,
+a happiness which I had almost despaired of ever again<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span>
+enjoying. All the crew crowded to the side to see me as
+the canoe came up, and manifested much joy at my safety.
+I immediately leaped on board, where I was welcomed
+by the captain, Samuel Hill, of the brig <i>Lydia</i> of Boston,
+who congratulated me on my escape, informing me that
+he had received my letter off Kloiz-zart<a name="FNanchor_137_137" id="FNanchor_137_137"></a><a href="#Footnote_137_137" class="fnanchor">[137]</a> from the chief
+Machee Ulatilla, who came off himself in his canoe
+to deliver it to him, on which he immediately proceeded
+hither to aid me. I returned him my thanks
+in the best manner I could for his humanity, though I
+hardly knew what I said, such was the agitated state of
+my feelings at that moment, with joy for my escape,
+thankfulness to the Supreme Being who had so mercifully
+preserved me, and gratitude to those whom He had
+rendered instrumental in my delivery, that I have no
+doubt that, what with my strange dress, being painted
+with red and black from head to foot, having a bearskin
+wrapped around me, and my long hair, which
+I was not allowed to cut, fastened on the top
+of my head in a large bunch, with a sprig of green
+spruce, I must have appeared more like one deranged
+than a rational creature, as Captain Hill afterwards
+told me that he never saw anything in the form of man
+look so wild as I did when I first came on board.</p>
+
+<p>The captain then asked me into the cabin, where I
+found Maquina in irons, with a guard over him. He
+looked very melancholy, but on seeing me his countenance
+brightened up, and he expressed his pleasure with
+the welcome of "<i>Wocash</i>, John," when, taking him by
+the hand, I asked the captain's permission to take off
+his irons, assuring him that, as I was with him, there was
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span>no danger of his being in the least troublesome. He
+accordingly consented, and I felt a sincere pleasure in
+freeing from fetters a man who, though he had caused
+the death of my poor comrades, had nevertheless always
+proved my friend and protector, and whom I had
+requested to be thus treated, only with a view of
+securing my liberty. Maquina smiled, and appeared
+much pleased at this mark of attention from me. When
+I had freed the king from his irons, Captain Hill wished
+to learn the particulars of our capture, observing that
+an account of the destruction of the ship and her crew
+had been received at Boston before he sailed, but that
+nothing more was known, except that two of the men
+were living, for whose rescue the owners had offered a
+liberal reward, and that he had been able to get nothing
+out of the old man, whom the sailors had supplied so
+plentifully with grog as to bring him too much by the
+head to give any information.</p>
+
+<p>I gave him a correct statement of the whole proceeding,
+together with the manner in which my life and that
+of my comrade had been preserved. On hearing my
+story, he was greatly irritated against Maquina, and
+said he ought to be killed. I observed that, however ill
+he might have acted in taking our ship, yet that it might
+perhaps be wrong to judge an uninformed savage with
+the same severity as a civilised person, who had the
+light of religion and the laws of society to guide him.
+That Maquina's conduct in taking our ship arose from
+an insult that he thought he had received from Captain
+Salter, and from the unjustifiable conduct of some
+masters of vessels who had robbed him, and, without
+provocation, killed a number of his people. Besides,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span>
+that a regard for the safety of others ought to prevent
+his being put to death, as I had lived long enough with
+these people to know that revenge of an injury is held
+sacred by them, and that they would not fail to retaliate,
+should we kill their king, on the first vessel or boat's
+crew that should give them an opportunity; and that,
+though he might consider executing him as but an act
+of justice, it would probably cost the lives of many
+Americans.</p>
+
+<p>The captain appeared to be convinced from what I
+said of the impolicy of taking Maquina's life, and said
+that he would leave it wholly with me whether to spare
+or kill him, as he was resolved to incur no censure in
+either case. I replied that I most certainly should never
+take the life of a man who had preserved mine, had I
+no other reason, but as there was some of the <i>Boston's</i>
+property still remaining on shore, I considered it a duty
+that I owed to those who were interested in that ship,
+to try to save it for them, and with that view I thought
+it would be well to keep him on board till it was given
+up. He concurred in this proposal, saying, if there was
+any of the property left, it most certainly ought to be
+got.</p>
+
+<p>During this conversation Maquina was in great
+anxiety, as, from what English he knew, he perfectly
+comprehended the subject of our deliberation; constantly
+interrupting me to inquire what we had determined
+to do with him, what the captain said, if his life
+would be spared, and if I did not think that Thompson
+would kill him. I pacified him as well as I was able,
+by telling him that he had nothing to fear from the
+captain, that he would not be hurt, and that if Thompson<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span>
+wished to kill him, he would not be allowed to do it.
+He would then remind me that I was indebted to him
+for my life, and that I ought to do by him as he had
+done by me. I assured him that such was my intention,
+and I requested him to remain quiet, and not alarm
+himself, as no harm was intended him. But I found it
+extremely difficult to convince him of this, as it accorded
+so little with the ideas of revenge entertained by them.
+I told him, however, that he must restore all the property
+still in his possession belonging to the ship. This he
+was perfectly ready to do, happy to escape on such
+terms.</p>
+
+<p>But as it was now past five, and too late for the
+articles to be collected and brought off, I told him that
+he must content himself to remain on board with me
+that night, and in the morning he should be set on shore
+as soon as the things were delivered. To this he agreed,
+on condition that I would remain with him in the cabin.
+I then went upon deck, and the canoe that brought me
+having been sent back, I hailed the inhabitants and told
+them that their king had agreed to stay on board till
+the next day, when he would return, but that no canoes
+must attempt to come near the vessel during the night,
+as they would be fired upon. They answered, "<i>Woho,
+woho</i>"&mdash;"Very well, very well."</p>
+
+<p>I then returned to Maquina, but so great were his
+terrors, that he would not allow me to sleep, constantly
+disturbing me with his questions, and repeating, "John,
+you know, when you was alone, and more than five
+hundred men were your enemies, I was your friend, and
+prevented them from putting you and Thompson to
+death, and now I am in the power of your friends, you<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span>
+ought to do the same by me." I assured him that he
+would be detained on board no longer than whilst the
+property was released, and that as soon as it was done,
+he would be set at liberty.</p>
+
+<p>At daybreak I hailed the natives, and told them
+that it was Maquina's order that they should bring
+off the cannon and anchors, and whatever remained
+with them of the cargo of the ship. This they set
+about doing with the utmost expedition, transporting
+the cannon and anchors by lashing together
+two of their largest canoes, and covering them with
+planks, and in the course of two hours they delivered
+everything on board that I could recollect, with
+Thompson's and my chest, containing the papers of
+the ship, etc.</p>
+
+<p>When everything belonging to the ship had been
+restored, Maquina was permitted to return in his
+canoe, which had been sent for him, with a present
+of what skins he had collected, which were about
+sixty, for the captain, in acknowledgment of his
+having spared his life, and allowed him to depart
+unhurt.</p>
+
+<p>Such was also the transport he felt when Captain Hill
+came into the cabin, and told him that he was at liberty
+to go, that he threw off his mantle, which consisted of
+four of the very best skins, and gave it to him as a mark
+of his gratitude; in return for which the captain presented
+him with a new greatcoat and hat, with which
+he appeared much delighted. The captain then desired
+me to inform him that he should return to that part of
+the coast in November, and that he wished him to keep
+what skins he should get, which he would buy of him.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span>
+This Maquina promised, saying to me at the same time,
+"John, you know I shall be then at Tashees, but when
+you come, make <i>pow</i>," which means, fire a gun, "to let
+me know, and I will come down." When he came to
+the side of the brig, he shook me cordially by the hand,
+and told me that he hoped I would come to see him
+again in a big ship, and bring much plenty of blankets,
+biscuit, molasses, and rum, for him and his son, who
+loved me a great deal; and that he would keep all the
+furs he got for me, observing at the same time, that he
+should never more take a letter of recommendation from
+any one, or ever trust himself on board a vessel unless I
+was there. Then, grasping both my hands with much
+emotion, while the tears trickled down his cheeks, he
+bade me farewell, and stept into the canoe, which
+immediately paddled him on shore.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding my joy at my deliverance, and the
+pleasing anticipation I felt of once more beholding a
+civilised country, and again being permitted to offer up
+my devotions in a Christian church, I could not avoid
+experiencing a painful sensation on parting with the
+savage chief, who had preserved my life, and in general
+treated me with kindness, and, considering their ideas
+and manners, much better than could have been
+expected.</p>
+
+<p>My pleasure was also greatly damped by an unfortunate
+accident that occurred to Toowinnakinnish. That
+interesting young chief had come on board in the first
+canoe in the morning, anxious to see and comfort his
+king. He was received with much kindness by Captain
+Hill, from the favourable account I gave of him, and
+invited to remain on board. As the muskets were<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span>
+delivered, he was in the cabin with Maquina, where was
+also the captain, who, on receiving them, snapped a
+number in order to try the locks; unluckily one of them
+happened to be loaded with swan shot, and, going off,
+discharged its contents into the body of poor Toowinnakinnish,
+who was sitting opposite. On hearing the
+report, I instantly ran into the cabin, where I found
+him weltering in his blood, with the captain, who was
+greatly shocked at the accident, endeavouring to assist
+him.</p>
+
+<p>We raised him up, and did everything in our power to
+aid and comfort him, telling him that we felt much
+grieved at his misfortune, and that it was wholly
+unintentional; this he told me he was perfectly satisfied
+of, and while we dressed and bound up his wounds, in
+the best manner we could, he bore the pain with great
+calmness, and, bidding me farewell, was put on board
+one of the canoes and taken on shore, where, after
+languishing a few days, he expired. To me his misfortune
+was a source of much affliction, as he had no share in
+the massacre of our crew, was of a most amiable character,
+and had always treated me with the greatest kindness
+and hospitality.</p>
+
+<p>The brig being under weigh, immediately on
+Maquina's quitting us, we proceeded to the northward,
+constantly keeping the shore in sight, and touching at
+various places for the purpose of trading.</p>
+
+<p>Having already exceeded the bounds I had prescribed
+myself, I shall not attempt any account of our voyage
+upon the coast, or a description of the various nations
+we met with in the course of it, among whom were a
+people of a very singular appearance, called by the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span>
+sailors the <i>Wooden-lips</i>.<a name="FNanchor_138_138" id="FNanchor_138_138"></a><a href="#Footnote_138_138" class="fnanchor">[138]</a> They have many skins, and
+the trade is principally managed by their women, who
+are not only expert in making a bargain, but as dexterous
+in the management of their canoes as the men are elsewhere.</p>
+
+<p>After a period of nearly four months from our leaving
+Nootka, we returned from the northward to Columbia
+River, for the purpose of procuring masts, etc., for our
+brig, which had suffered considerably in her spars during
+a gale of wind. We proceeded about ten miles up the
+river to a small Indian village, where we heard from
+the inhabitants that Captains Clark and Lewis, from
+the United States of America, had been there about a
+fortnight before, on their journey overland, and had left
+several medals with them, which they showed us.<a name="FNanchor_139_139" id="FNanchor_139_139"></a><a href="#Footnote_139_139" class="fnanchor">[139]</a> The
+river at this place is of considerable breadth, and both
+sides of it from its entrance covered with forests of the
+very finest pine timber, fir, and spruce, interspersed with
+Indian settlements.</p>
+
+<p>From this place, after providing ourselves with spars, we
+sailed for Nootka, where we arrived in the latter part of
+November.<a name="FNanchor_140_140" id="FNanchor_140_140"></a><a href="#Footnote_140_140" class="fnanchor">[140]</a> The tribe being absent, the agreed signal
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span>was given, by firing a cannon, and in a few hours after a
+canoe appeared, which landed at the village, and, putting
+the king on shore, came off to the brig. Inquiry was
+immediately made by Kinneclimmets, who was one of
+the three men in the canoe, if John was there, as the
+king had some skins to sell them if he was. I then
+went forward and invited them on board, with which
+they readily complied, telling me that Maquina had a
+number of skins with him, but that he would not come
+on board unless I would go on shore for him. This I
+agreed to, provided they would remain in the brig in the
+meantime. To this they consented, and the captain,
+taking them into the cabin, treated them with bread and
+molasses. I then went on shore in the canoe, notwithstanding
+the remonstrances of Thompson and the captain,
+who, though he wanted the skins, advised me by no
+means to put myself in Maquina's power; but I assured
+him that I had no fear as long as those men were on
+board.</p>
+
+<p>As I landed, Maquina came up and welcomed me with
+much joy: on inquiring for the men, I told him that
+they were to remain till my return. "Ah, John," said
+he, "I see you are afraid to trust me, but if they had
+come with you, I should not have hurt you, though I
+should have taken good care not to let you go on board
+of another vessel." He then took his chest of skins, and,
+stepping into the canoe, I paddled him alongside the
+brig, where he was received and treated by Captain Hill<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[243]</a></span>
+with the greatest cordiality, who bought of him his skins.
+He left us much pleased with his reception, inquiring of
+me how many moons it would be before I should come
+back again to see him and his son; saying that he would
+keep all his furs for me, and that as soon as my son, who
+was then about five months old, was of a suitable age to
+take from his mother, he would send for him, and take
+care of him as his own.<a name="FNanchor_141_141" id="FNanchor_141_141"></a><a href="#Footnote_141_141" class="fnanchor">[141]</a></p>
+
+<p>As soon as Maquina had quitted us, we got under
+weigh, and stood again to the northward. We continued
+on the coast until the 11th of August, 1806,<a name="FNanchor_142_142" id="FNanchor_142_142"></a><a href="#Footnote_142_142" class="fnanchor">[142]</a> when,
+having completed our trade, we sailed for China, to the
+great joy of all our crew, and particularly so to me.
+With a degree of satisfaction that I can ill express,
+did I quit a coast to which I was resolved nothing
+should again tempt me to return, and as the tops
+of the mountains sank in the blue waves of the
+ocean, I seemed to feel my heart lightened of an
+oppressive load.</p>
+
+<p>We had a prosperous passage to China, arriving at
+Macao in December, from whence the brig proceeded
+to Canton. There I had the good fortune to meet a
+townsman and an old acquaintance in the mate of an
+English East Indiaman, named John Hill, whose father,
+a wealthy merchant in Hull in the Baltic trade, was a
+next-door neighbour to mine. Shortly after our arrival,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[244]</a></span>the captain being on board of an English ship, and mentioning
+his having had the good fortune to liberate two
+men of the <i>Boston's</i> crew from the savages, and that one
+of them was named Jewitt, my former acquaintance
+immediately came on board the brig to see me.</p>
+
+<p>Words can ill express my feelings on seeing him.
+Circumstanced as I was, among persons who were entire
+strangers to me, to meet thus in a foreign land with one
+between whom and myself a considerable intimacy had
+subsisted, was a pleasure that those alone who have
+been in a similar situation can properly estimate. He
+appeared on his part no less happy to see me, whom he
+supposed to be dead, as the account of our capture had
+been received in England some time before his sailing,
+and all my friends supposed me to have been murdered.
+From this young man I received every attention and aid
+that a feeling heart interested in the fate of another could
+confer. He supplied me with a new suit of clothes and a
+hat, a small sum of money for my necessary expenses,
+and a number of little articles for sea stores on my
+voyage to America. I also gave him a letter for my
+father, in which I mentioned my wonderful preservation
+and escape through the humanity of Captain Hill, with
+whom I should return to Boston. This letter he enclosed
+to his father by a ship that was just sailing, in
+consequence of which it was received much earlier than
+it otherwise would have been.</p>
+
+<p>We left China in February 1807, and, after a pleasant
+voyage of one hundred and fourteen days, arrived at
+Boston. My feelings on once more finding myself in a
+Christian country, among a people speaking the same
+language with myself, may be more readily conceived<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[245]</a></span>
+than expressed. In the post office in that place I found
+a letter for me from my mother, acknowledging the
+receipt of mine from China, expressing the great joy of
+my family on hearing of my being alive and well, whom
+they had for a long time given up for dead, and requesting
+me to write to them on receiving her letter, which I
+accordingly did. While in Boston I was treated with
+much kindness and hospitality by the owners of the
+ship <i>Boston</i>, Messrs. Francis and Thomas Amory of that
+place, to whom I feel myself under great obligations for
+their goodness to me, and the assistance which they so
+readily afforded a stranger in distress.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_137_137" id="Footnote_137_137"></a><a href="#FNanchor_137_137"><span class="label">[137]</span></a> This seems another variant of Klaosaht.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_138_138" id="Footnote_138_138"></a><a href="#FNanchor_138_138"><span class="label">[138]</span></a> These are doubtless the Hydahs and their kindred, the women of whom
+insert a wooden or ivory trough in their lower lip.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_139_139" id="Footnote_139_139"></a><a href="#FNanchor_139_139"><span class="label">[139]</span></a> Lewis and Clark reached the mouth of Columbia River on the 15th
+of November 1805, and wintered at "Fort Clatsop," as they called their
+dwelling among the then numerous Clatsop Indians, until the 23rd of March
+1806, when they began the return journey. The Indians have long ago
+vanished from the lower Columbia, the remnant of the Clatsops, and the
+Chinooks on the opposite side, now wearing out the tribal existence in
+inland Reservations. But it is still possible to come across one of the
+medals which the explorers distributed amongst them.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_140_140" id="Footnote_140_140"></a><a href="#FNanchor_140_140"><span class="label">[140]</span></a> It is clear, therefore, from this statement that Lewis and Clark had
+left Fort Clatsop much more than a fortnight before the vessel in which Jewitt
+was arrived there; for it is impossible to suppose that the latter took from
+April to November to get at spars and make the return voyage to Nootka.
+But the journal of Lewis and Clark was not published until 1814, so that,
+when Jewitt wrote, he had no ready means of checking the Indians' statement,
+though neither he nor his editor seems to have troubled books
+much.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_141_141" id="Footnote_141_141"></a><a href="#FNanchor_141_141"><span class="label">[141]</span></a> The cavalier manner in which Jewitt abandons his family is quite in
+the fur-trader's fashion. It does not seem that he even asked to see his
+Indian "princess!"</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_142_142" id="Footnote_142_142"></a><a href="#FNanchor_142_142"><span class="label">[142]</span></a> If Jewitt's information about the departure of Lewis and Clark from the
+Columbia River is even approximately accurate, the date must be wrong by
+a year, and the subsequent one quite as far out of the due reckoning. 1806
+may be a misprint for 1807.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[246]</a></span></p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span></p>
+<h2>APPENDIX</h2>
+
+
+<p>I. <span class="smcap">The "Boston's" Crew</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Names of the Crew of the Ship <i>Boston</i>, belonging to
+Boston in Massachusetts, owned by Messrs. F. and
+T. Amory, Merchants of that place&mdash;All of whom,
+excepting two, were on the 22nd of March, 1803,
+barbarously murdered by the savages of Nootka.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left">John Salter,</td><td align="left">of Boston,</td><td align="left">Captain.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">B. Delouisa,</td><td align="left">Ditto,</td><td align="left">Chief Mate.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">William Ingraham,</td><td align="left">of New York,</td><td align="left">Second Mate.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Edward Thompson,</td><td align="left">of Blyth (England),</td><td align="left">Boatswain.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Adam Siddle,</td><td align="left">of Hull, ditto,</td><td align="left">Carpenter.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Philip Brown,</td><td align="left">of Cambridge (Mass.),</td><td align="left">Joiner.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">John Dorthy,</td><td align="left">of Situate, ditto,</td><td align="left">Blacksmith.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Abraham Waters,</td><td align="left">of Philadelphia,</td><td align="left">Steward.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Francis Duffield,</td><td align="left">of Penton (England),</td><td align="left">Tailor.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-right: 3em;">John Wilson (blackman),</span></td><td align="left">of Virginia,</td><td align="left">Cook.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">William Caldwell,</td><td align="left">of Boston,</td><td align="left">Seaman.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Joseph Miner,</td><td align="left">of Newport,</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">William Robinson,</td><td align="left">of Leigh<a name="FNanchor_143_143" id="FNanchor_143_143"></a><a href="#Footnote_143_143" class="fnanchor">[143]</a> (Scotland),</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Thomas Wilson,</td><td align="left">of Air,<a name="FNanchor_144_144" id="FNanchor_144_144"></a><a href="#Footnote_144_144" class="fnanchor">[144]</a> ditto,</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Andrew Kelly,</td><td align="left">Ditto, ditto,</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Robert Burton,</td><td align="left">of the Isle of Man,</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">James M'Clay,</td><td align="left">of Dublin,</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Thomas Platten,</td><td align="left"><span style="margin-right: 3em;">of Blackney, Norfolk, Eng.</span></td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Thomas Newton,</td><td align="left">of Hull, "</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Charles Bates,</td><td align="left">of St. James Deeping, "</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">John Hall,</td><td align="left">of Newcastle, "</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Samuel Wood,</td><td align="left">of Glasgow (Scotland),</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Peter Alstrom,</td><td align="left">Norwegian,</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Francis Marten,</td><td align="left">Portuguese,</td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Jupiter Senegal (blackman)</td><td></td><td align="left">Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">John Thompson,</td><td align="left">Philadelphia,</td><td align="left">Sail Maker,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"></td><td align="left"></td><td align="left">who escaped&mdash;since dead.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">John R. Jewitt,</td><td align="left">of Hull (England),</td><td align="left">Armourer,</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>the writer of the Journal from whence this Narrative is taken, and who at
+present, March 1815, resides in Middletown, in the State of Connecticut.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_143_143" id="Footnote_143_143"></a><a href="#FNanchor_143_143"><span class="label">[143]</span></a> Leith.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_144_144" id="Footnote_144_144"></a><a href="#FNanchor_144_144"><span class="label">[144]</span></a> Ayr.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span></p>
+<h2>II. <span class="smcap">War-Song of The Nootka Tribe</span></h2>
+
+<div class="center"><i>Commencing with a Chorus repeated at the end of each line.</i></div>
+
+<div class="poem">
+Hah-yee hah yar har, he yar hah.<br />
+Hah-yah hee yar har&mdash;he yar hah.<br />
+Iye ie ee yah har&mdash;ee yie hah.<br />
+Ie yar ee yar hah&mdash;ee yar yah.<br />
+Ie yar ee I yar yar hah&mdash;Ie yar ee yee yah!<br />
+<br />
+Ie-yee ma hi-chill at-sish Kla-ha&mdash;Hah-ye-hah.<br />
+Que nok ar parts arsh waw&mdash;Ie yie-yar.<br />
+Waw-hoo naks sar hasch&mdash;Yar-hah. I-yar hee I-yar.<br />
+Waw hoo naks ar hasch yak-queets sish ni-ese,<br />
+Waw har. Hie yee ah-hah.<br />
+</div>
+
+<p>Repeated over and over, with gestures and brandishing of weapons.</p>
+
+<div class="center"><br /><br /><i>Note.</i></div>
+
+<p><i>Ie-yee ma hi-chill</i> signifies, "Ye do not know." It appears to be a poetical
+mode of expression, the common one for "You do not know" being
+<i>Wik-kum-atash</i>; from this, it would seem that they have two languages,
+one for their songs and another for common use. The general meaning of
+this first stanza appears to be, "Ye little know, ye men of Klahar, what
+valiant warriors we are. Poorly can our foes contend with us, when we
+come on with our daggers," etc.</p>
+
+<p>The Nootkians have no songs of an historical nature, nor do they appear
+to have any tradition respecting their origin.<a name="FNanchor_145_145" id="FNanchor_145_145"></a><a href="#Footnote_145_145" class="fnanchor">[145]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_145_145" id="Footnote_145_145"></a><a href="#FNanchor_145_145"><span class="label">[145]</span></a> That is not quite true. They have several of a vague order: one, for example, is that
+all the Indians are sprung from Quawteaht and the Thunder Birds. Another is that all
+the tribes on the West Coast come from the west; the different tribes having sprung
+from the canoes full of migrants stranded by a storm here and there, and so forth.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span></p>
+<h2>III. <span class="smcap">A List of Words</span></h2>
+
+<div class="center"><i>In the Nootkian Language, the most in use.</i><a name="FNanchor_146_146" id="FNanchor_146_146"></a><a href="#Footnote_146_146" class="fnanchor">[146]</a></div>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left">Check-up,</td><td align="left">Man.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kloots-mah,</td><td align="left">Woman.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Noowexa,</td><td align="left">Father.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Hooma-hexa,</td><td align="left">Mother.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tanassis,</td><td align="left">Child.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Katlahtik,</td><td align="left">Brother.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kloot-chem-up,</td><td align="left">Sister.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tanassis-check-up,</td><td align="left">Son.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tanassis-kloots-mah,</td><td align="left">Daughter.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tau-hat-se-tee,</td><td align="left">Head.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kassee,</td><td align="left">Eye.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Hap-se-up,</td><td align="left">Hair.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Neetsa,</td><td align="left">Nose.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Parpee,</td><td align="left">Ears.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Chee-chee,</td><td align="left">Teeth.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Choop,</td><td align="left">Tongue.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kook-a-nik-sa,</td><td align="left">Hands.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Klish-klin,</td><td align="left">Feet.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Oop-helth,</td><td align="left">Sun or Moon.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tar-toose,</td><td align="left">Stars.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sie-yah,</td><td align="left">Sky.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Toop-elth,</td><td align="left">Sea.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cha-hak,</td><td align="left">Fresh water.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Meet-la,</td><td align="left">Rain.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Queece,</td><td align="left">Snow.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Noot-chee,</td><td align="left">Mountain or hill.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kla-tur-miss,</td><td align="left">Earth.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Een-nuk-see,</td><td align="left">Fire or fuel.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mook-see,</td><td align="left">Rock.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Muk-ka-tee,</td><td align="left">House.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Wik,</td><td align="left">No.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">He-ho,</td><td align="left">Yes.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kak-koelth,</td><td align="left">Slave.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mah-hack,</td><td align="left">Whale.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Klack-e-miss,</td><td align="left">Oil.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Quart-lak,</td><td align="left">Sea-otter.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Coo-coo-ho-sa,</td><td align="left">Seal.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Moo-watch,</td><td align="left">Bear.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">So-har,</td><td align="left">Salmon.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Toosch-qua,</td><td align="left">Cod.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Pow-ee,</td><td align="left">Halibut.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kloos-a-mit,</td><td align="left">Herring.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Chap-atz,</td><td align="left">Canoe.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Oo-wha-pa,</td><td align="left">Paddle.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Chee-me-na,</td><td align="left">Fish-hook.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Chee-men,</td><td align="left">Fish-hooks.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sick-a-minny,</td><td align="left">Iron.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Toophelth,</td><td align="left">Cloth.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cham-mass,</td><td align="left">Fruit.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cham-mas-sish,</td><td align="left">Sweet or pleasant to the taste.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Moot-sus,</td><td align="left">Powder.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Chee-pokes,</td><td align="left">Copper.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Hah-welks,</td><td align="left">Hungry.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Nee-sim-mer-hise,</td><td align="left">Enough.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Chat-ta-yek,</td><td align="left">Knife or dagger.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Klick-er-yek,</td><td align="left">Rings.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Quish-ar,</td><td align="left">Smoke.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mar-met-ta,</td><td align="left">Goose or duck.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Pook-shit-tle,</td><td align="left">To blow.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Een-a-qui-shit-tle,</td><td align="left">To kindle a fire.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Ar-teese,</td><td align="left">To bathe.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Ma-mook-su-mah,</td><td align="left">To go to fish.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Smootish-check-up,</td><td align="left">Warrior.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-right: 3em">Cha-alt-see klat-tur wah,</span></td><td align="left">Go off, or go away.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Ma-kook,</td><td align="left">To sell.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kah-ah-pah-chilt,</td><td align="left">Give me something.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Oo-nah,</td><td align="left">How many.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Iy ah-ish,</td><td align="left">Much.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Ko-mme-tak,</td><td align="left">I understand.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[251]</a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">I-yee ma hak,</td><td align="left">I do not understand.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Em-ma-chap,</td><td align="left">To play.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kle-whar,</td><td align="left">To laugh.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mac-kam-mah-sish,</td><td align="left">Do you want to buy.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kah-ah-coh,</td><td align="left">Bring it.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sah-wauk,</td><td align="left">One.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Att-la,</td><td align="left">Two.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kat-sa,</td><td align="left">Three.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mooh,</td><td align="left">Four.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Soo-chah,</td><td align="left">Five.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Noo-poo,</td><td align="left">Six.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">At-tle-poo,</td><td align="left">Seven.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">At-lah-quelth,</td><td align="left">Eight.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Saw-wauk-quelth,</td><td align="left">Nine.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Hy-o,</td><td align="left">Ten.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sak-aitz,</td><td align="left">Twenty.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Soo-jewk,</td><td align="left">One hundred.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Hy-e-oak,</td><td align="left">One thousand.</td></tr>
+</table>
+<br /><br />
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_146_146" id="Footnote_146_146"></a><a href="#FNanchor_146_146"><span class="label">[146]</span></a> Most of the words in this vocabulary are given with reasonable correctness, though
+the transliteration is somewhat primitive. A fuller and more accurate one may be found
+in the Appendix to Sproat's <i>Scenes and Studies of Savage Life</i> (1868), pp. 295-309, so
+that it is not necessary to annotate the present one. Those in Cook's <i>Voyage</i> and
+in Dawson and Tolmie's <i>Comparative Vocabularies of the Indian Tribes of British
+Columbia</i> (1884), are short and imperfect. I have a much fuller one in manuscript.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[252]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[253]</a></span></p>
+<h2>INDEX</h2>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 20em;">PAGE</span><br />
+<br />
+Aht Indians, The, <a href="#Page_19">19</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash; The various tribes of, <a href="#Page_23">23</a><br />
+<br />
+A-y-chart, Journey to, <a href="#Page_193">193</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash; Natives, conflict with, <a href="#Page_194">194</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Bear, Capture of the, <a href="#Page_164">164</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash; Management of the, <a href="#Page_163">163</a><br />
+<br />
+Boston, Arrival at, <a href="#Page_244">244</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash; Reception at, by friends, <a href="#Page_245">245</a><br />
+<br />
+<i>Boston</i>, The&mdash;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Burning of, <a href="#Page_83">83</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Capture of, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>, <a href="#Page_64">64</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">List of crew of, <a href="#Page_247">247</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Murder of crew of, <a href="#Page_68">68</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Canoes, Description of, <a href="#Page_124">124</a><br />
+<br />
+Cayuquets, The, <a href="#Page_136">136</a><br />
+<br />
+China, Arrival at, <a href="#Page_244">244</a><br />
+<br />
+Celebration, A religious, <a href="#Page_205">205</a><br />
+<br />
+Climate, <a href="#Page_221">221</a><br />
+<br />
+Cook and Vancouver, <a href="#Page_38">38</a><br />
+<br />
+Cooptee, Town of, <a href="#Page_145">145</a>, <a href="#Page_168">168</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Death, Indian customs observed at, <a href="#Page_173">173</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Feast, An Indian, <a href="#Page_80">80</a><br />
+<br />
+Fruit, Various kinds of, <a href="#Page_162">162</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Geese, Mode of capture of, <a href="#Page_208">208</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Herring, Mode of capture of, <a href="#Page_171">171</a><br />
+<br />
+Hull, Leave-taking at, <a href="#Page_51">51</a><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[254]</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Klaizzarts, The, <a href="#Page_132">132</a><br />
+<br />
+Kla-oo-quates, The, <a href="#Page_134">134</a><br />
+<br />
+Kletsup Root, Description of, <a href="#Page_167">167</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Ife-waw, Method of securing, <a href="#Page_116">116</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Jewitt&mdash;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Birth of, <a href="#Page_43">43</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Domestic management, <a href="#Page_204">204</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Early life of, <a href="#Page_44">44</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Illness of, <a href="#Page_212">212</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Marriage of, <a href="#Page_201">201</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Parentage of, <a href="#Page_43">43</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Proposal to release, <a href="#Page_232">232</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Proposal to murder, <a href="#Page_214">214</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Reception of, by savages, <a href="#Page_70">70</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Received by Captain Hill, <a href="#Page_235">235</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Sufferings from cold, <a href="#Page_211">211</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Suspicions of, by Maquina, <a href="#Page_228">228</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Termination of captivity, <a href="#Page_234">234</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Journal, Jewitt's, Commencement of, <a href="#Page_89">89</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+King, Privileges of the, <a href="#Page_215">215</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Language, Commencement to learn, <a href="#Page_93">93</a><br />
+<br />
+<i>Lydia</i>, The, Arrival of, <a href="#Page_224">224</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash;Departure of, <a href="#Page_241">241</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash;Letter to captain of, <a href="#Page_227">227</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<i>Manchester</i>, The, <a href="#Page_154">154</a><br />
+<br />
+Maquina&mdash;, <a href="#Page_59">59</a>, 188<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Capture and Imprisonment of, <a href="#Page_229">229</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Council concerning, <a href="#Page_236">236</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Release of, <a href="#Page_238">238</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Visit of, to the <i>Lydia</i>, <a href="#Page_243">243</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Mooachats, The, <a href="#Page_38">38</a><br />
+<br />
+Moon, Eclipse of the, in 1805, <a href="#Page_208">208</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Newchemass, The, <a href="#Page_136">136</a><br />
+<br />
+Native, Indecent burial of a, <a href="#Page_212">212</a><br />
+<br />
+Natives, Intercourse with, <a href="#Page_58">58</a><br />
+<br />
+Nettinahts, The, <a href="#Page_21">21</a><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[255]</a></span><br />
+Nootka Sound, <a href="#Page_28">28</a>, <a href="#Page_95">95</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash; &mdash;&mdash; Return to, <a href="#Page_72">72</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash; &mdash;&mdash; Voyage to, <a href="#Page_53">53</a><br />
+<br />
+Nootkians, The&mdash;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Complexion and physique, <a href="#Page_113">113</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Diseases of, <a href="#Page_220">220</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Dress of, <a href="#Page_105">105</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Filthiness of, <a href="#Page_187">187</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Food of, <a href="#Page_110">110</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">General conduct of, <a href="#Page_225">225</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Houses of, <a href="#Page_97">97</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Mode of living of, <a href="#Page_108">108</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Musical instruments of, <a href="#Page_129">129</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Ornaments and decorations of, <a href="#Page_115">115</a>, <a href="#Page_117">117</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Personal appearance of, <a href="#Page_112">112</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Religion of, <a href="#Page_216">216</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Slaves of, <a href="#Page_130">130</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Sports of, <a href="#Page_120">120</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Superstitions of, <a href="#Page_217">217</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">War-song of, <a href="#Page_248">248</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Nootkian language, List of words, <a href="#Page_249">249</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Porpoises, Sea, Capture of, <a href="#Page_56">56</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Quahootze, The celebration of, <a href="#Page_165">165</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Salmon, Method of capture of the, <a href="#Page_121">121</a>, <a href="#Page_148">148</a><br />
+<br />
+Salter, Captain John, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_55">55</a><br />
+<br />
+Savages, Treatment of, by English Commanders, <a href="#Page_156">156</a>, <a href="#Page_161">161</a><br />
+<br />
+Savagedom in Western Vancouver, <a href="#Page_16">16</a><br />
+<br />
+Sea-otter, Description of the, <a href="#Page_120">120</a><br />
+<br />
+Sundays at Nootka, <a href="#Page_142">142</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Tashees, <a href="#Page_147">147</a><br />
+<br />
+Thompson&mdash;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Escape by stratagem of, <a href="#Page_74">74</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Escape from death of, <a href="#Page_90">90</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Reception of, by crew of the <i>Lydia</i>, <a href="#Page_232">232</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Tootoosch&mdash;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Description of, <a href="#Page_174">174</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Death of, <a href="#Page_181">181</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Funeral of, <a href="#Page_182">182</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Singular Derangement of, <a href="#Page_176">176</a></span><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[256]</a></span><br />
+Toowinnakinnish, <a href="#Page_235">235</a>, <a href="#Page_240">240</a><br />
+<br />
+Trade, Articles of, <a href="#Page_137">137</a><br />
+<br />
+Tribes, Arrival of neighbouring, <a href="#Page_77">77</a><br />
+<br />
+Twins, Custom at birth of, <a href="#Page_218">218</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Ulatilla, <a href="#Page_198">198</a><br />
+<br />
+Upquesta, Town of, <a href="#Page_168">168</a><br />
+&mdash;&mdash; Reception at, <a href="#Page_169">169</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+War, Preparations for, with the A-y-charts, <a href="#Page_192">192</a><br />
+<br />
+Whale, Method of capture of, <a href="#Page_122">122</a>, 178<br />
+<br />
+Whale-oil, Method of procuring, <a href="#Page_179">179</a><br />
+<br />
+Whaling, Observances preparatory to, <a href="#Page_180">180</a><br />
+<br />
+Wickinninish Native, Insult of, <a href="#Page_191">191</a><br />
+<br />
+Wife, Departure of Jewitt's, <a href="#Page_213">213</a><br />
+<br />
+Wooden-lips, The, <a href="#Page_241">241</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+Yama fruit, Species of, <a href="#Page_161">161</a><br />
+<br />
+Yealthlower, Cruelty of, <a href="#Page_207">207</a><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<div class="center"><br /><br /><br />
+MORRISON AND GIBB, PRINTERS, EDINBURGH.
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[257]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS.</div></div>
+
+<h2>The Investors' Review.</h2>
+
+<div class="center"><span class="smcap">Edited by A. J. WILSON.</span></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="center"><span class="smcap">Monthly, 1s. net.</span></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<p>Vol. I. (1892) and Vol. II. (1893). <i>Cloth, 21s. each.</i> Vol. III.
+(January-June 1894), Vol. IV. (July-December 1894), Vol. V.
+(January-June 1895), and Vol. VI. (July-December 1895).
+<i>Cloth, 7s. 6d. net.</i></p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>THE INVESTORS' REVIEW is entirely independent. It
+deals with all subjects which may affect the value of
+investments, social and political, as well as financial.</p>
+
+<p>Besides articles on economic questions and the economic side
+of politics, written from original standpoints, the <span class="smcap">Investors'
+Review</span> contains many notes and hints on subjects of current
+interest to investors, carefully compiled historical analyses of
+individual Joint-Stock Companies, short r�sum�s of the latest
+published Company Balance-Sheets, and occasional Critical Notes
+on New Investments offered to the public of any plausibility
+or importance. These are invariably written from the point of
+view of an impartial and experienced observer.</p>
+
+<p>This Review is indispensable to all who desire, not mere market
+tips, but the actual truth about public securities. It allows them to
+see the inside of London finance with a thoroughness and outspokenness
+no other publication of the kind attempts.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+CLEMENT WILSON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[258]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS.</div></div>
+
+<h2>The Investment Index.</h2>
+
+<div class="center">
+A Quarterly Supplement to the<br />
+"Investors' Review."
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="center"><span class="smcap">Price 2s net.</span></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<p>Contains a List of Securities, arranged in the order of the
+London Stock Exchange Official List, and their yields at
+current prices indicated, in a clear and effective manner, so as to
+enable investors to see at a glance what stocks pay and what their
+position is. Selections from Provincial Stock Exchange Lists are
+also included.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to this List, the Investment Index contains plain
+critical notes on balance-sheets, on the finances of foreign states and
+municipalities, and other matters of interest to people with money
+invested or to invest.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center"><i>OPINIONS OF THE PRESS.</i></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"The compilation of securities is particularly valuable."&mdash;<i>Pall Mall Gazette.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Its carefully classified list of securities will be found very valuable."&mdash;<i>Globe.</i></p>
+
+<p>"At no time has such a list of securities been more valuable than at the
+present."&mdash;<i>Star.</i></p>
+
+<p>"It forms an admirable book of reference, and is a useful supplement to the
+well-known Review."&mdash;<i>Newcastle Daily Chronicle.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Contains a mass of information that will be found most valuable by
+investors."&mdash;<i>Liverpool Mercury.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Should be useful to people with money invested or to invest."&mdash;<i>Dundee
+Advertiser.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A most excellent and useful compilation which should be in the hands of
+every investor."&mdash;<i>Sketch.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A useful publication for the searcher after investments."&mdash;<i>Sun.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A most valuable compilation."&mdash;<i>Glasgow Herald.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+CLEMENT WILSON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[259]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS.</div></div>
+
+<h2>THE HISTORY OF CURRENCY,<br />
+1252-1894.</h2>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>Being an Account of the Gold and Silver Moneys
+and Monetary Standards of Europe and America,
+together with an Examination of the effects of
+Currency and Exchange Phenomena on Commercial
+and National Progress and Well-being.</p>
+
+<div class="center"><span class="smcap">By WILLIAM A. SHAW, M. A.</span></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="center"><i>Second Edition. Price 15s.</i></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"A valuable addition to economic literature...."&mdash;<i>The Times.</i></p>
+
+<p>"L'auteur a rendu un signal� service � la science �conomique par la publication
+de son volume."&mdash;<i>Journal des D�bats.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Shaw's work possesses a permanent historical interest far transcending
+the present battle of the standards."&mdash;<i>The N. Y. Nation.</i></p>
+
+<p>"There have been few more important contributions to the currency controversy."&mdash;<i>Scotsman.</i></p></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">BY THE SAME AUTHOR.</div></div>
+
+<div class="center">Select Tracts and Documents</div>
+
+<div class="center">illustrative of</div>
+
+<h2>English Monetary History,<br />
+1626-1730.</h2>
+
+<div class="center"><i>Comprising Works of</i></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Sir <span class="smcap">Robert Cotton</span>; <span class="smcap">Henry Robinson</span>; Sir <span class="smcap">Richard
+Temple</span> and <span class="smcap">J. S.</span>; Sir <span class="smcap">Isaac Newton</span>; <span class="smcap">John
+Conduitt</span>; together with Extracts from the Domestic
+State Papers at H.M. Record Office. Price 6s.</p></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Mr. Shaw has done the students of currency history a service in publishing
+this volume."&mdash;<i>Dundee Advertiser.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The volume is welcome, both for its illustrations of economic theory and as
+a contribution to currency history. It need scarcely be said that Mr. Shaw
+does his editing well."&mdash;<i>Saturday Review.</i></p></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+CLEMENT WILSON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[260]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS.</div></div>
+
+<h2>A Glossary of Colloquial, Slang,<br />
+and Technical Terms</h2>
+
+<h3>IN USE ON THE STOCK EXCHANGE AND IN THE MONEY MARKET.</h3>
+
+<div class="center"><span class="smcap">Edited by A. J. WILSON.</span></div>
+
+<p>This little Work covers more ground than its title implies, since
+it embraces not only the Language peculiar to the Stock Markets,
+but often goes beyond that, and offers its Readers valuable counsel.</p>
+
+<div class="center"><i>Price 3s.</i></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"A good deal of useful information is here presented in a very handy form."&mdash;<i>Times.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The work is a most useful one, and admirable in many respects."&mdash;<i>Pall
+Mall Gazette.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The book fills a gap among works of reference."&mdash;<i>Morning Post.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A handbook which will no doubt prove useful to a considerable circle."&mdash;<i>Manchester
+City News.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A mastery of its contents should be worth hundreds of pounds to people who
+have to deal with the Stock Exchange fraternity."&mdash;<i>Manchester Courier.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A book that will be found useful in the offices of a large class of business
+houses."&mdash;<i>Scotsman.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The explanations will be found helpful to all who wish to have a clear understanding
+of the language of the money and stock markets."&mdash;<i>Dundee Advertiser.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<h2>Labour, Socialism, and Strikes.</h2>
+
+<div class="center">By YVES GUYOT,<br />
+Political Editor of "Le Si�cle," formerly Minister of Public Works in France.<br />
+<br />
+<i>With an introductory Note by A. J. WILSON.</i><br />
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+Paper covers, 1s.; cloth, 1s. 6d.<br />
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"We would suggest to Socialists that they could find no better theme on
+which to base their controversial lectures than the declaration of war proclaimed
+against them by Mr. Guyot."&mdash;<i>Reynolds' Newspaper.</i>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+
+<div class="center">
+CLEMENT WILSON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[261]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS.</div></div>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Heroes in Homespun.</span></h2>
+
+<h3>Scenes and Stories From the American
+Emancipation Movement.</h3>
+
+<div class="center">
+<span class="smcap">By</span> ASCOTT R. HOPE,<br />
+AUTHOR OF "MEN OF THE BACKWOODS," "REDSKIN AND PALEFACE,"<br />
+"ROYAL YOUTHS," ETC. ETC.<br />
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+<i>One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 6s.</i>
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"If these stories were fiction, we should exclaim at nearly every page, 'How
+impossible this would be in real life!'"&mdash;<i>Daily Chronicle.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The book is full of exciting interest which frequently becomes positive
+romance."&mdash;<i>Literary World.</i></p>
+
+<p>"All these stories are admirably told in this record of one of the noblest
+campaigns in history."&mdash;<i>Westminster Gazette.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Hope carries us on with never-flagging swiftness, and when we read the
+last page we are sorry to find there is not a second volume."&mdash;<i>British Weekly.</i></p>
+
+<p>"This book will serve to keep some noble memories green."&mdash;<i>Speaker.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Would make a capital gift-book for boys."&mdash;<i>Publishers' Circular.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Boys will glory in the book, and adults will find information mingled with
+unflagging interest that now and again becomes excitement."&mdash;<i>Christian World.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The book is a valuable contribution to the literature of the subject."&mdash;<i>St.
+James's Gazette.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<h2>
+THE<br />
+SECRET OF WARDALE COURT.<br />
+And Other Stories.
+</h2>
+
+<div class="center">
+<span class="smcap">By</span> ANDR�E HOPE.
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<i>One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 6s.</i>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+A Collection of Tales, all more or less sad in tone, by a<br />
+comparatively new writer of great promise.
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"The author handles her themes with an ability that should obtain a very
+favourable reception for her stories."&mdash;<i>Morning Post.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Four excellent stories."&mdash;<i>Scotsman.</i></p>
+
+<p>"'The Secret of Wardale Court' is a well-told mystery, exciting at some
+points and engrossing all through."&mdash;<i>Birmingham Daily Post.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Written with remarkable power."&mdash;<i>Daily Telegraph.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Four clever tales, three of which at least are highly exciting."&mdash;<i>Athen�um.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Unusually well written."&mdash;<i>Saturday Review.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+CLEMENT WILSON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[262]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS.</div></div>
+
+<h2>THE LIFE OF<br />
+THOMAS WANLESS, PEASANT.
+</h2>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="center"><i>New Edition. One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 3s. 6d.</i></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"A very powerful story of social wrongs."&mdash;<i>Baptist.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The style is remarkable for its power and simplicity, and
+everything and everybody depicted in the story are real and
+vivid."&mdash;<i>Bradford Observer.</i></p>
+
+<p>"This is a powerful and realistic book&mdash;sad but inspiring."&mdash;<span class="smcap">S.E. Kebble</span>
+in <i>Methodist Times</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"The story contains much strong writing and some thoroughly
+dramatic situations."&mdash;<i>Glasgow Herald.</i></p>
+
+<p>"It is obviously sincere and faithful, and proceeds from a
+genuine sympathy with the unheroic lives which it portrays."&mdash;<i>Sun.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+<div class="u">BY THE SAME AUTHOR.</div>
+</div>
+
+<h2>NICOL THAIN, MATERIALIST.</h2>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="center"><i>One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 5s.</i></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"This book will be read, if only for the sake of its merciless
+realism."&mdash;<i>Spectator.</i></p>
+
+<p>"As an artist he has found his feet.... His method is biting
+and stern, his grip on the attention is masterful.... It is impossible
+to resist the impression that all the characters have been
+studied from actual models."&mdash;<i>Birmingham Daily Post.</i></p>
+
+<p>"It is a great advance on the author's 'Life of Thomas Wanless,
+Peasant,' ... one is not inclined to find much fault with a novel
+which gives such clear evidence of genuine power, and is written
+with such freshness and vigour."&mdash;<i>Glasgow Herald.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The book is somewhat gloomy, but contains strong dramatic
+episodes."&mdash;<i>Baptist.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+CLEMENT WILSON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[263]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS.</div></div>
+
+<h2>ROBERT BURNS.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE POEMS, EPISTLES, SONGS, EPIGRAMS,<br />
+AND EPITAPHS.
+</h3>
+
+<div class="center">
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+Edited by JAS. A. MANSON.
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<i>With Notes, Index, Glossary, and Biographical
+Sketch.</i>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<i>Price 5s. Two Volumes, small 8vo, cloth, gilt top.</i>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"The biographical sketch is carefully executed, and not too enthusiastic
+for the occasion."&mdash;<i>Times.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Is deserving of notice on account not only of the excellence of its
+paper and typography, but of the sane way in which the personal
+character and literary qualities of the author of 'Tam O' Shanter' are
+appraised in the biographical sketch which serves by way of introduction."&mdash;<i>Daily
+News.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Its price, its completeness, and the care bestowed in the arrangement
+of its contents, their annotation, and the preparation of a glossary,
+should have vogue with the admirers of Burns."&mdash;<i>Scotsman.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Mr. James A. Manson, the editor, has written a biographical
+introduction, in which he takes a temperate and common-sense view of
+the poet."&mdash;<i>Dundee Advertiser.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The volumes are such a treat to handle and read that they are
+certain to be popular."&mdash;<i>Glasgow Herald.</i></p>
+
+<p>"To anyone in search of a 'Burns' we thoroughly recommend this
+scholarly and beautiful edition."&mdash;<i>Freeman's Journal.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Contains an admirable biographical sketch, which, unlike most
+biographies, overlooks with kindly eye the follies of the erratic genius."&mdash;<i>Graphic.</i></p>
+
+<p>"There are several features in connection with the work which in our
+opinion specially commend it to admirers of our national poet at this
+time. While it is one of the smallest and handiest editions, it is also
+one of the most complete."&mdash;<i>People's Friend.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A most attractive edition."&mdash;<i>Cassel's Saturday Journal.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The thoroughness of the notes and the fulness and clearness of the
+English equivalents in the glossary unite in making this one of the
+very best editions of Burns ever published."&mdash;<i>North British Daily
+Mail.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A noble edition, which holds its place well with all rivals."&mdash;<i>Irish
+Times.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+CLEMENT WILSON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[264]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="center"><div class="u">CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS.</div></div>
+
+<h2>
+THE ADVENTURES OF<br />
+JOHN JEWITT,
+</h2>
+
+<div class="center">
+<span class="smcap">Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship</span><br />
+<i>BOSTON</i>,<br />
+<span class="smcap">During a Captivity of nearly Three Years among the</span><br />
+<i>INDIANS OF NOOTKA SOUND</i>,<br />
+<span class="smcap">In Vancouver Island</span>.<br />
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+<i>Edited, with an Introduction and Notes</i>,<br />
+BY<br />
+<span class="smcap">Dr.</span> ROBERT BROWN, M.A., F.L.S.,<br />
+<span class="smcap">Commander of the First Vancouver Exploring Expedition, etc.</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+<div class="u"><i>SUNDIAL SERIES.</i></div><br />
+NO. I.
+</div>
+
+<h2>A CHRISTIAN WITH TWO WIVES.</h2>
+
+<div class="center">
+BY <span class="smcap">Rev.</span> DENNIS HIRD, M.A.,<br />
+<i>Rector of 	Eastnor</i>;<br />
+AUTHOR OF "TODDLE ISLAND," ETC.<br />
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+Paper covers, 1s.; cloth, gilt top, 2s.<br />
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+<i>Other Sundials will follow by various Authors.</i><br />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<div class="center">
+CLEMENT WILSON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="tnote">
+<div class="center">Transcriber's Note</div>
+
+<p>Click on an image to see a high-resolution version.</p>
+
+<p>Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.</p>
+
+<p>The following words appear both with and without
+hyphens and have not been changed:
+Ai-tiz-zarts, Cay-u-quets, Kla-iz-zarts, Noot-chee.</p>
+
+<p>Hyphen added: ear[-]rings (page 118), otter[-]skin (page 153), sail[-]maker (page 35),
+saw[-]mills (page 61).</p>
+
+<p>Hyphen removed: fresh[-]water (page 221), good[-]will (pages 92, 93).</p>
+
+<p>List of illustrations: page number 151 changed to 149.</p>
+
+<p>Page 129: "as" changed to "at" (at war, whaling and fishing).</p>
+
+<p>Page 250: The word "Moot-sus, Powder" was restored from another book.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT***</p>
+<p>******* This file should be named 38010-h.txt or 38010-h.zip *******</p>
+<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br />
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/8/0/1/38010">http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/0/1/38010</a></p>
+<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.</p>
+
+<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.</p>
+
+
+
+<pre>
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number.  The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date.  If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a>
+
+    (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+     98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way.  The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path.  The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename).  The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename.  For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a>
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i002-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i002-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97a9b76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i002-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i002.jpg b/38010-h/images/i002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7367b21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i002.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i014-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i014-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05712ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i014-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i014.jpg b/38010-h/images/i014.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08785e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i014.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i016-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i016-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..479f407
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i016-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i016.jpg b/38010-h/images/i016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc011a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i016.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i024-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i024-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..223f011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i024-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i024.jpg b/38010-h/images/i024.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cbd89e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i024.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i033-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i033-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61067d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i033-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i033.jpg b/38010-h/images/i033.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a554e9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i033.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i097-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i097-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d42433
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i097-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i097.jpg b/38010-h/images/i097.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..336ebd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i097.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i103-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i103-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bbd40d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i103-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i103.jpg b/38010-h/images/i103.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f246036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i103.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i111-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i111-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50596bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i111-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i111.jpg b/38010-h/images/i111.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b565b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i111.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i125-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i125-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f2087e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i125-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i125.jpg b/38010-h/images/i125.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b38ae63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i125.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i135-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i135-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..862386a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i135-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i135.jpg b/38010-h/images/i135.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e66cbca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i135.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i149-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i149-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04803a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i149-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i149.jpg b/38010-h/images/i149.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d35c89c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i149.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i159-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i159-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..951f834
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i159-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i159.jpg b/38010-h/images/i159.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25930ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i159.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i209-t.jpg b/38010-h/images/i209-t.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69d1933
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i209-t.jpg
diff --git a/38010-h/images/i209.jpg b/38010-h/images/i209.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58c3204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010-h/images/i209.jpg
diff --git a/38010.txt b/38010.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04f9aeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7438 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Adventures of John Jewitt, by John
+Rodgers Jewitt, Edited by Robert Brown
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Adventures of John Jewitt
+       Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship Boston During a Captivity of Nearly Three Years Among the Indians of Nootka Sound in Vancouver Island
+
+
+Author: John Rodgers Jewitt
+
+Editor: Robert Brown
+
+Release Date: November 14, 2011  [eBook #38010]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Moti Ben-Ari and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from page images generously made available by
+Internet Archive (http://www.archive.org)
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations.
+      See 38010-h.htm or 38010-h.zip:
+      (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/38010/38010-h/38010-h.htm)
+      or
+      (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/38010/38010-h.zip)
+
+
+      Images of the original pages are available through
+      Internet Archive. See
+      http://www.archive.org/details/adventuresofjohn00jewiuoft
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+      The following notation has been used for letters with macrons
+      above them that cannot be represented in the Latin-1 encoding:
+      [=a], [=e], [=i]. These characters are represented correctly
+      in the UTF-8 and HTML versions of this e-book.
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Portrait of Dr. Robert Brown]
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT
+
+Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship _Boston_
+During a Captivity of Nearly Three Years Among
+the Indians of Nootka Sound in Vancouver Island
+
+Edited with an Introduction and Notes
+
+by
+
+Robert Brown, Ph.D., M.A., F.L.S.
+Commander of the First Vancouver Exploring Expedition
+
+With Thirteen Illustrations
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Clement Wilson
+29 Paternoster Row, London, E.C.
+1896
+
+[_All Rights Reserved_]
+
+Morrison and Gibb, Printers, Edinburgh
+
+
+
+
+IN MEMORY
+
+
+A sad interest attaches to this little book. Although published after
+his death, and therefore deprived of his final revision, it was not the
+last work which Dr. Robert Brown did. His manuscript was actually
+completed many months ago, but at his own request it was returned to him
+to receive a last careful overhaul at his hands. This revision had been
+practically finished, and the MS. lay ready uppermost among the papers
+in his desk, where it was found after his death. Dr. Brown died on the
+morning of the 26th of October, 1895, working almost to his last hour.
+Before the leader he had written for the _Standard_ on the evening of
+the 25th had come under the eyes of its readers, the hand that had
+penned it was cold in death. Between the evening and the morning he went
+home. He was only fifty-three, but "a righteous man, though he die
+before his time, shall be at rest."
+
+And in one sense Dr. Brown needed rest--ay, even this last and sweetest
+rest of all. His life had been one of unremitting work--work well done,
+which the busy, hurrying world mostly heeded not, knowing naught of the
+hand that did it. Some twenty years ago, when I first knew him, he was a
+fair, stalwart Northerner, full of vigour, mirthful also, and apparently
+looking out on the voyage of life with the confident, joyous eye of one
+who felt he had strength within him to conquer. His latter days were
+saddened by incessant toil, performed in weakness of body and jadedness
+of brain, and by the feeling that his best work, the work into which he
+put his rich stores of knowledge, was neither recognised nor requited as
+it should have been.
+
+To a sensitive man the daily wear and tear of a journalist's life in
+London is often murderous, always exhausting--and Dr. Brown was very
+sensitive. Beneath the genial exterior, which seemed to indicate a
+careless, light-hearted spirit, lay great depths of feeling, and a
+tenderness that shrank from expressing itself. The man was too proud and
+self-restrained to betray these depths even to those nearest and dearest
+to him. This was at once a nobility in him and a weakness. Had he opened
+his heart more, he would have chafed and fretted less, little annoyances
+would not have become mountain loads of care. But the truth is, Dr.
+Brown was not cut out for the life of an everyday journalist, either by
+training, habits, or disposition. The ideal post for him would have been
+that of a professor at some great university, where he could have had
+abundant leisure to pursue his favourite studies, where young men would
+have surrounded him and listened with delight to the outpouring of the
+wealth of lore with which his capacious intellect was stored. His lot
+was otherwise cast, and he accepted it manfully, battling with his
+destiny to his last hours, grimly and in silence of soul, intent only on
+one thing, to lift his children clear above the necessity for treading
+the same rough road upon which he had worn himself out.
+
+Other and worthier hands than mine may trace, it is to be hoped, the
+story of his life, his expeditions in America and Greenland, and his
+many literary labours not only in popularising scientific subjects, with
+a thoroughness and attractiveness too little recognised, but in walks
+apart where the multitude could not judge him. My dominant feeling about
+him for many years has been one of regret that he should be wearing his
+life away so fast. He never learned to play; to be completely idle for a
+day even became, latterly, irksome, almost irritating, to him. His
+fingers itched to hold the pen, to handle a book. Although in earlier
+times he could enjoy a brief holiday, he ever mixed work with his
+pleasure; could, indeed, accept no pleasure which did not imply work
+somewhere close to his hand. Thus his various journeys to Morocco,
+ostensibly taken, at any rate the earlier of them, to escape from all
+kinds of work, and from the sight of the day's newspaper, ended in his
+becoming the foremost authority in Great Britain upon the literature,
+present social condition, and probable future of that perishing country.
+The acquisition of this knowledge was all in his day's enjoyment.
+
+The testimony of the introduction and notes to this little book is
+enough to prove how thoroughly and conscientiously everything that Dr.
+Brown undertook was done. The question of payment rarely entered into
+his calculations. Some of his very best work was done for nothing,
+because he loved to do it. Witness his edition of _Leo Africanus_,
+prepared for the Hakluyt Society, and his innumerable memoirs to the
+various learned Societies of which he was a member.
+
+Few of Dr. Brown's London friends were aware that his attainments as a
+scientific botanist were of the highest order. Yet in this department of
+science alone he had written thirty papers and reports, besides an
+advanced text-book of Botany (published by William Blackwood and Sons),
+before the summer of 1872, when he was only thirty years of age. These
+were entirely outside his contributions to general literature on that
+and other subjects, already at that date numerous; and if we add to the
+list the various reports, essays, memoranda contributed by him to the
+Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, of which he was President, to the
+Royal Geographical Society, of whose Council he was a member at his
+death, and to numerous other bodies, as well as to scientific and
+popular journals, on geographical, geological, and zoological subjects,
+from first to last the total mounts to several hundreds. In these
+branches of science his heart lay always, but he laboured for his daily
+bread and to give to him that needed.
+
+The portrait forming the frontispiece to this volume is from a
+photograph of Dr. Brown taken in 1870, just after his return from his
+last expedition to Greenland, and represents him much as he looked when,
+some years later, he first came to London, after failing to obtain the
+chair of Botany in Edinburgh University. That was a disappointment which
+he cannot be said ever to have entirely surmounted. The memory of it to
+some extent kept him aloof from his fellow-labourers in the world of
+journalism. What work he had to do he did loyally, manfully, and with
+the most scrupulous care; but he lived a man apart, more or less, from
+his first coming among us to the end. In his family circle, and where he
+was really known, his loss has brought a great sorrow.
+
+    A. J. W.
+    LONDON, _February 16, 1896_.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                          PAGE
+  INTRODUCTION. BY DR. ROBERT BROWN                         13
+
+  CHAPTER I
+  BIRTH, PARENTAGE, AND EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR            43
+
+  CHAPTER II
+  VOYAGE TO NOOTKA SOUND                                    53
+
+  CHAPTER III
+  INTERCOURSE WITH THE NATIVES--MAQUINA--SEIZURE
+  OF THE VESSEL AND MURDER OF THE CREW                      58
+
+  CHAPTER IV
+  RECEPTION OF JEWITT BY THE SAVAGES--ESCAPE OF
+  THOMPSON--ARRIVAL OF NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--AN INDIAN FEAST 70
+
+  CHAPTER V
+  BURNING OF THE VESSEL--COMMENCEMENT OF JEWITT'S JOURNAL   83
+
+  CHAPTER VI
+  DESCRIPTION OF NOOTKA SOUND--MANNER OF BUILDING
+  HOUSES--FURNITURE--DRESSES                                95
+
+  CHAPTER VII
+  APPEARANCE OF THE NATIVES--ORNAMENTS--OTTER-HUNTING--
+  FISHING--CANOES                                          112
+
+  CHAPTER VIII
+  MUSIC--MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS--SLAVES--NEIGHBOURING
+  TRIBES--TRADE WITH THESE--ARMY                           129
+
+  CHAPTER IX
+  SITUATION OF THE AUTHOR--REMOVAL TO TASHEES--FISHING
+  PARTIES                                                  142
+
+  CHAPTER X
+  CONVERSATION WITH MAQUINA--FRUITS--RELIGIOUS
+  CEREMONIES--VISIT TO UPQUESTA                            156
+
+  CHAPTER XI
+  RETURN TO NOOTKA (FRIENDLY COVE)--DEATH OF MAQUINA'S
+  NEPHEW--INSANITY OF TOOTOOSCH--AN INDIAN MOUNTEBANK      172
+
+  CHAPTER XII
+  WAR WITH THE A-Y-CHARTS--A NIGHT ATTACK--PROPOSALS TO
+  PURCHASE THE AUTHOR                                      185
+
+  CHAPTER XIII
+  MARRIAGE OF THE AUTHOR--HIS ILLNESS--DISMISSES HIS
+  WIFE--RELIGION OF THE NATIVES--CLIMATE                   198
+
+  CHAPTER XIV
+  ARRIVAL OF THE BRIG "LYDIA"--STRATAGEM OF THE
+  AUTHOR--ITS SUCCESS                                      223
+
+  APPENDIX
+  I. THE "BOSTON'S" CREW                                   247
+  II. WAR-SONG OF THE NOOTKA TRIBE                         248
+  III. A LIST OF WORDS                                     249
+
+  INDEX                                                    253
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+                                                          PAGE
+  PORTRAIT OF DR. ROBERT BROWN (1870)           _Frontispiece_
+  DR. BROWN'S "BOY"                                         14
+  PORT SAN JUAN INDIANS                                     16
+  OHYAHT INDIAN                                             24
+  INDIAN ENCAMPMENT NEAR THE LANDING-STAGE, ESQUIMAULT      33
+  HABITATIONS IN NOOTKA SOUND (TEMP. 1803)                  97
+  INTERIOR OF A HABITATION IN NOOTKA SOUND                 103
+  NOOTKA SOUND INDIANS                                     111
+  INDIAN CANOES, VICTORIA, V. I. (TEMP. 1863)              125
+  UK-LULAC-AHT INDIAN                                      135
+  SALMON WEAR NEAR THE INDIAN VILLAGE OF QUAMICHAN, V. I.  149
+  CALLICUM AND MAQUILLA, CHIEFS OF NOOTKA SOUND
+      (TEMP. 1803)                                         159
+  INDIAN CHIEF'S GRAVE (TEMP. 1863)                        209
+
+
+
+
+ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+Many years ago--when America was in the midst of war, when railways
+across the continent were but the dream of sanguine men, and when the
+Pacific was a faraway sea--the writer of these lines passed part of a
+pleasant summer in cruising along the western shores of Vancouver
+Island. Our ship's company was not distinguished, for it consisted of
+two fur-traders and an Indian "boy," and the sloop in which the crew and
+passengers sailed was so small, that, when the wind failed, and the
+brown folk ashore looked less amiable and the shore more rugged than was
+desirable, we put her and ourselves beyond hail by the aid of what
+seamen know as a "white ash breeze." Out of one fjord we went, only to
+enter another so like it that there was often a difficulty in deciding
+by the mere appearance of the shore which was which. Everywhere the
+dense forest of Douglas fir and Menzies spruce covered the country from
+the water's edge to the summit of the rounded hills which here and there
+caught the eye in the still little known, but at that date almost
+entirely unexplored interior. Wherever a tree could obtain a foothold,
+there a tree grew, until in places their roots were at times laved by
+the spray. Beneath this thick clothing of heavy timber flourished an
+almost equally dense undergrowth of shrubs, which until then were only
+known to us from the specimens introduced from North-West America into
+the European gardens. Gay were the thickets of thimbleberry[1] and
+salmonberry[2] wherever the soil was rich, and for miles the ground was
+carpeted with the salal,[3] while the huckleberry,[4] the crab-apple,[5]
+and the flowering currant[6] varied the monotony of the gloomy woods. In
+places the ginseng, or, as the woodmen call it, the "devil's
+walking-stick,"[7] with its long prickly stem and palm-like head of
+great leaves, imparted an almost tropical aspect to scenery which, seen
+from the deck of our little craft, looked so like that of Southern
+Norway, that I have never seen the latter without recalling the outer
+limits of British Columbia. On the few flat spits where the sun reached,
+the gigantic cedars[8] and broad-leaved maples[9] lighted up the scene,
+while the dogwood,[10] with its large white flowers reflected in the
+water of some river which, after a turbulent course, had reached the sea
+through a placid mouth, or a Menzies arbutus,[11] whose glossy leaves
+and brown bark presented a more southern facies to the sombre jungles,
+afforded here and there a relief to the never-ending fir and pine and
+spruce.
+
+[Illustration: DR. BROWN'S "BOY."]
+
+A more solitary shore, so far as white men are concerned, it would be
+hard to imagine. From the day we left until the day we returned, we
+sighted only one sail; and from Port San Juan, where an Indian trader
+lived a lonely life in an often-beleaguered blockhouse, to Koskeemo
+Sound, where another of these voluntary exiles passed his years among
+the savages, there was not a christened man, with the exception of the
+little settlement of lumbermen at the head of the Alberni Canal. For
+months at a time no keel ever ploughed this sea, and then too frequently
+it was a warship sent from Victoria to chastise the tribesmen for some
+outrage committed on wayfaring men such as we. The floating fur-trader
+with whom we exchanged the courtesies of the wilderness had indeed been
+despitefully used. For had he not taken to himself some savage woman,
+who had levanted to her tribe with those miscellaneous effects which he
+termed "iktas"? And the Klayoquahts had stolen his boat, and the
+Kaoquahts his beans and his vermilion and his rice, and threatened to
+scuttle his schooner and stick his head on its masthead. And, moreover,
+to complete this tale of public pillage and private wrong, a certain
+chief, to whom he applied many ornate epithets, had declared that he
+cared not a salal-berry for all of "King George's warships." So that the
+conclusion of this merchant of the wilds was that, until "half the
+Indians were hanged, and the other half badly licked, there would be no
+peace on the coast for honest men such as he." Then, under a cloud of
+playful blasphemy, our friend sailed away.
+
+[Illustration: PORT SAN JUAN INDIANS.]
+
+For if civilisation was scarce in the Western Vancouver of '63,
+savagedom was all-abounding. Not many hours passed without our having
+dealings with the lords of the soil. It was indeed our business--or, at
+least, the business of the two men and the Indian "boy"--to meet with
+and make profit out of the barbarous folk. Hence it was seldom that we
+went to sleep without the din of a board village in our ears, or woke
+without the ancient and most fish-like smell of one being the first
+odour which greeted our nostrils. In almost every cove, creek, or inlet
+there was one of these camps, and every few miles we entered the
+territory of a new tribe, ruled by a rival chief, rarely on terms with
+his neighbour, and as often as not at war with him. More than once we
+had occasion to witness the gruesome evidence of this state of matters.
+A war party returning from a raid on a distant hamlet would be met with,
+all painted in hideous colours, and with the bleeding heads of their
+decapitated enemies fastened to the bows of their cedar canoes, and the
+cowering captives, doomed to slavery, bound among the fighting men. Or,
+casting anchor in front of a village, we would be shown with pride a row
+of festering skulls stuck on poles, as proof of the military prowess of
+our shifty hosts.
+
+These were, however, unusually unpleasant incidents. More frequently we
+saw little except the more lightsome traits of what was then a very
+primitive savage life, and the barbarous folk treated us kindly. A
+marriage feast might be in progress, or a great "potlatch," or
+merrymaking, at which the giving away of property was the principal
+feature (p. 82), might be in full blaze at the very moment we steered
+round the wooded point. Halibut and dog-fish were being caught in vast
+quantities--the one for slicing and drying for winter use; the other for
+the sake of the oil extracted from the liver, then as now an important
+article of barter, being in ready demand by the Puget Sound saw-mills.
+Now and then a fur-seal or, better still, a sea-otter would be killed.
+But this is not the land of choice furs. Even the marten and the mink
+were indifferent. Beaver--which in those days, after having been almost
+hunted to death, were again getting numerous, owing to the low prices
+which the pelts brought having slackened the trappers' zeal--would often
+be brought on board, and a few hides of the wapiti, the "elk" of the
+Western hunter, and the black-tailed deer which swarm in the Vancouver
+woods, generally appeared at every village. The natives are, however,
+essentially fish-eaters, and though in every tribe there is generally a
+hunter or two, the majority of them seldom wander far afield, the
+interior being in their mythology a land of evil things, of which wise
+men would do well to keep clear. Even the black bear, which in autumn
+was often a common feature of the country, where it ranged the
+crab-apple thickets, was not at this season an object of the chase. Like
+the deer and the wolves, it was shunning the heat and the flies by
+summering near the snow which we could notice still capping some of the
+inland hills, rising to heights of from five thousand to seven thousand
+feet, and feasting on the countless salmon which were descending every
+stream, until, with the receding waters, they were left stranded in the
+upland pools. So cheap were salmon, that at times they could be bought
+for a cent's worth of "trade goods," and deer in winter for a few
+charges of powder and shot. A whale-hunt, in which the behemoth was
+attacked by harpoons with attached inflated sealskins, after a fashion
+with which I had become familiar when a resident among the Eskimo of
+Baffin Bay, was a more curious sight. Yet dog-fish oil was the staple of
+the unpicturesque traffic in which my companions engaged; while I, a
+hunter after less considered trifles, landed to roam the woods and
+shores for days at a time, gathering the few flowers which bloomed under
+these umbrageous forests, though in number sufficient to tempt the
+red-beaked humming-bird[12] to migrate from Mexico to these northern
+regions, its tiny nest being frequently noticed on the tops of low
+bushes.
+
+[Sidenote: The Aht Indians.]
+
+But, after all, the most interesting sight on the shore was the people
+who inhabited it. They were the "Indians," whom my friend Gilbert Sproat
+afterwards described as the "Ahts,"[13] for this syllable terminates the
+name of each of the many little tribes into which they are divided. Yet,
+with a disregard of the laws of nomenclature, the Ethnological Bureau at
+Washington has only recently announced its intention of knowing them
+officially by the meaningless title of "Wakashan." They are a people by
+themselves, speaking a language which was confined to Vancouver Island,
+with the exception of Cape Flattery, the western tip of Washington,
+where the Makkahs speak it. In Vancouver Island, a region about the size
+of Ireland, three, if not four distinct aboriginal tongues are in use,
+in addition to Chinook Jargon, a sort of _lingua franca_ employed by the
+Indians in their intercourse with the whites or with tribes whose speech
+they do not understand. The Kawitshen (Cowitchan) with its various
+dialects, the chief of which is the Tsongersth (Songer) of the people
+near Victoria, prevails from Sooke in the Strait of Juan de Fuca,
+northwards to Comox. From that point to the northern end of the island
+various dialects of the Kwakiool (Cogwohl of the traders) are the medium
+in which the tribesmen do not conceal their thoughts. The people of
+Quatseno and Koskeemo Sounds, owing to their frequent intercourse with
+Fort Rupert on the other side of the island, which at this point is at
+its narrowest, understand and frequently speak the Kwakiool. But after
+passing several days entirely alone among these people, I can vouch for
+the fact that this dialect is so peculiar that it almost amounts to a
+separate language. However, from this part, or properly, from Woody
+Point southwards to Port San Juan, the Aht language is entirely
+different.
+
+The latter locality,[14] nearly opposite Cape Flattery, on the other
+side of Juan de Fuca Strait, the most southern part, and the only one on
+the mainland where it is spoken, is the special territory of the
+Pachenahts. When I knew them, they were, like all of their race, a
+dwindling people. A few years earlier, Grant had estimated them to
+number a hundred men. In 1863 there were not more than a fifth of that
+number fit to manage a canoe, and the total number of the tribe did not
+exceed sixty. War with the Sclallans and Makkahs on the opposite shore,
+and smallpox, which is more powerful than gunpowder, had so decimated
+them that, no longer able to hold their own, they had leagued with the
+Nettinahts, old allies of theirs, for mutual defence. Quixto, the chief,
+I find described in my notes as a stout fellow, terrible at a bargain,
+very well disposed towards the whites, as are all his tribe, the husband
+of four wives, an extraordinary number for the Indians of the coast, and
+reputed to be rich in blankets and the other gear which constitutes
+wealth among the aborigines of this part of the British Empire. In their
+palmy days they had made way as far north as Clayoquat Sound and the
+Ky-yoh-quaht-cutz in one direction, and with the Tsongersth to the
+eastward, though that now pusillanimous tribe had generally the best of
+them. Their eastern border is, however, the Jordan River, but they have
+a fishing station at the Sombria (Cockles), and several miles up both
+the Pandora and Jordan Rivers flowing into their bay. Karleit is their
+western limit.
+
+The Nettinahts[15] are a more powerful tribe; indeed, at the period when
+the writer of this book was a prisoner in Nootka Sound, they were among
+the strongest of all the Aht people. Even then, they had four
+hundred[16] fighting men, and were a people with whom it did not do to
+be off your guard. They have--or had--many villages, from Pachena
+Bay[17] to the west and Karleit to the east, besides three villages in
+Nettinaht Inlet,[18] eleven fishing stations on the Nettinaht River,
+three stations on the Cowitchan Lake, and one at Sguitz on the Cowitchan
+River itself, while they sometimes descend as far as Tsanena to plant
+potatoes. They have thus the widest borders of any Indian tribe in
+Vancouver Island, and have a high reputation as hunters, whale-fishers,
+and warriors. Moqulla was then the head chief, but every winter a
+sub-tribe hunted and fished on the Cowitchan Lake, a sheet of water
+which I was among the first to visit, and the very first to "lay down"
+with approximate accuracy. Though nowadays--_Eheu fugaces, Postume,
+Postume, labuntur anni!_--there is a waggon road to the lake, and, I am
+told, "a sort of hotel" on the spot where eight-and-twenty years ago we
+encamped on extremely short rations, though with the soothing knowledge
+that if only the Fates were kindly and the wind favourable, there were
+plenty of trout in the water, and a dinner at large in the woods around.
+In those days most of the Nettinaht villages were fortified with wooden
+pickets to prevent any night attack, and from its situation, Whyack, the
+principal one (built on a cliff, stockaded on the seaward side, and
+reached only by a narrow entrance where the surf breaks continuously),
+is impregnable to hostile canoemen. This people accordingly carried
+themselves with a high hand, and bore a name correspondingly bad.
+
+Barclay--or Berkeley Sound--is the home of various petty
+tribes--Ohyahts, Howchuklisahts, Yu-clul-ahts, Toquahts, Seshahts, and
+Opechesahts. The two with whom I was best acquainted were the last
+named. The Seshahts lived at the top of the Alberni Canal--a long
+narrow fjord or cleft in the island--and on the Seshaht Islands in the
+Sound. During the summer months they came for salmon-fishing to Sa ha,
+or the first rapids on the Kleekort or Saman River,[19] their chief
+being Ia-pou-noul, who had just succeeded to this office owing to the
+abdication of his father, though the entire fighting force of the tribe
+did not number over fifty men. As late as 1859 the Seshahts seized an
+American ship, the _Swiss Boy_. The Opechesahts, of whom I have very
+kindly memories, as I encamped with their chief for many days, and
+explored Sproat Lake in his company, were an offshoot of the Seshahts,
+and had their home on the Kleekort River, but, owing to a massacre by
+the now extinct Quallehum (Qualicom) Indians from the opposite coast,
+who caught them on an island in Sproat Lake, they were reduced to
+seventeen men, most of them, however, tall, handsome fellows, and good
+hunters. Chieftainship in that part of the world goes by inheritance.
+Hence there may be many of these hereditary aristocrats in a very small
+tribe. Accordingly, few though the Opechesaht warriors were, three men,
+Quatgenam, Kalooish or Kanash, and Quassoon, a shaggy, thick-set, and
+tremendously strong individual who crossed the island with me in 1865,
+were entitled to that rank; and it may be added that the women of this,
+the most freshwater of all the Vancouver tribes, were noted for a more
+than usual share of good looks.
+
+The Howchuklisahts, whose chief was Maz-o-wennis, numbered forty-five
+people, including twenty-eight men. They lived in Ouchucklesit[20]
+Harbour, off the Alberni Canal; they had also a fishing camp on
+Henderson Lake, and two or three lodges on the rapid or stream flowing
+out of that sheet of water, which was discovered and named by me. But
+they were "bad to deal with."
+
+[Illustration: OHYAHT INDIAN.]
+
+The You-clul-ahts of Ucluelt Inlet, ruled by Ia-pou-noul, a wealthy man
+in blankets and other Indian wealth, numbered about one hundred. The
+chief of the Toquahts in Pipestem Inlet was Sow-wa-wenes, a middle-aged
+man, who had an easy task, as his lieges numbered only eleven, so that
+they were thirty years ago on the eve of extinction. The Ohyahts of
+Grappler Creek were estimated in 1863 to be about one hundred and
+seventy-five in fighting strength--which, multiplied by four for women
+and children, would make them, for that region, an unusually strong
+community. These figures are probably correct, since the man who made
+the statement was, after living for years amongst them, eventually
+murdered by the savages,[21] whom he had trusted too implicitly.
+Kleesheens, a notorious scoundrel, was their chief. In Clayoquat Sound
+were the Klahoquahts, Kellsmahts, Ahousahts, Heshquahts, and
+Mamosahts--the last a little tribe numbering only five men. Indeed, with
+the exception of the Klahoquahts (who numbered one hundred and sixty
+men) and the Ahousahts (who claimed two hundred and fifty), these little
+septs, all devoured by mutual hatred, and frequently at war with each
+other, were even then dwindling to nothingness. But the Opetsahts,
+though marked on the Admiralty Chart[22] as a separate tribe, are--or
+were--only a village of the Ahousahts.
+
+In Nootka Sound, the Muchlahts and Mooachahts lived. In Esperanza
+Inlet were the villages of two tribes--the Noochahlahts and Ayattisahts,
+numbering forty and twenty-two men respectively, and chiefed at that
+time by two worthies of the names of Mala-koi-Kennis, and
+Quak-ate-Komisa, whom we left in the delectable condition of each
+expecting the other round to cut his and his tribesmen's throats.
+
+North of this inlet were Ky-yoh-quahts, of the Sound of that name
+(Kaioquat), numbering two hundred and fifty men. To us they were
+exceedingly friendly, though a trader whom we met had a different tale
+to tell of their treatment of him. Kanemat, a young man of about
+twenty-two, was their chief, though the tribe was virtually governed by
+his mother, a notable lady named Shipally, and at times by his pretty
+squaw, Wick-anes, and his lively son and heir, Klahe-ek-enes. The
+Chaykisahts, the Klahosahts, and the Neshahts of Woody Point are the
+other Aht tribes, though the latter is not included among them by Mr.
+Sproat. But they speak their language, of which their chief village is
+its most northern limit.
+
+Everywhere their tribes showed such evident signs of decadence that by
+this time some of them must be all but extinct. Still, as the whites had
+not come much in contact with them--though all of them asked us for
+"lum" (rum), but did not get it, it is clear enough what had been the
+traders' staple--the "diseases of civilisation" could not be blamed for
+their decay. Even then the practical extermination of two tribes was so
+recent that the facts were still fresh in their neighbours' memory.
+These were the Ekkalahts, who lived at the top of the Alberni Canal, but
+were all but killed off in the same massacre by which the Opechesahts
+were decimated. The only survivor was a man named Keekeon, who lived
+with the Seshahts, most of whom had forgotten even the name of this
+vanquished little nationality. The other tribe was the Koapinahts (or
+Koapin-ah), who at that time numbered sixty or seventy people, but at
+the period to which I refer they were reduced to two adults--a man and a
+woman--all the rest having been slaughtered a few years earlier by the
+Kwakiools from the other side of the island, in conjunction with the
+Neshahts of Woody Point. In after days I learned to know these tribes
+very familiarly, crossing and recrossing the island with or to them,
+hunting and canoeing with them, in the woods, up the rivers, or on the
+lakes, and gathering from their lips
+
+    "This fair report of them who dwell
+    In that retirement."
+
+At first sight these "tinkler loons and siclike companie" were by no
+means attractive. They were frowsy, and, undeniably, they were not
+clean. But it was only after penetrating their inner ways, after
+learning the wealth of custom and folk-lore of which they, all
+unconscious of their riches, were the jealous custodians, that one began
+to appreciate these primitive folk from a scientific point of view. Even
+yet, as the writer recalls the days when he was prone to find men more
+romantic than is possible in "middle life forlorn," it is difficult not
+to associate the most prosaic of savages with something of the
+picturesqueness which, in novels at least, used to cling to all their
+race. For, as the charm of such existence as theirs unfolded itself to
+the lover of woods and prairies, and lakes and virgin streams, the
+neglect of soap and of sanitation was forgotten. As Mr. Leland has
+remarked about the gipsies: "When their lives and legends are known,
+the ethnologist is apt to think of Tieck's elves, and of the Shang
+Valley, which was so grim and repulsive from without, but which, once
+entered, was the gay forecourt of Goblin-land."
+
+In those days little was known--and little cared--about any of the
+Western tribes, except by the "schooner-men," as the Indians called the
+roving traders. Their very names were strange to the majority of the
+Victoria people, and I am told that very few of the colonists of to-day
+are any better informed. It has therefore been thought fitting that I
+should go somewhat minutely into the condition of the Indians, at a
+period when they were more primitive than now, as a slight contribution
+to the meagre chronicles of a dying race. For if not preserved here, it
+is likely to perish with almost the last survivor of a little band with
+whom, during the last two decades, death has been busy.
+
+[Sidenote: Nootka Sound and its memories.]
+
+Among the many inlets which we entered on the cruise which has enabled
+me to edit this narrative of a less fortunate predecessor, was Nootka
+Sound. No portion of North-West America was more famous than this spot,
+for once upon a time it was the former centre of the fur trade, and a
+locality which more than once figured prominently in diplomatic
+correspondence. Indeed, so associated was it as the type of this part of
+the western continent, that in many works the heterogeneous group of
+savages who inhabit the entire coast between the Columbia River and the
+end of Vancouver Island was described as the "Nootka-Columbians." More
+than one species of plant and animal attest the fact of this Sound
+having been the locality at which the naturalist first broke ground in
+North-West America. There are, for instance, a _Haliotis Nutkaensis_ (an
+ear shell), a _Rubus Nutkanus_ (a raspberry); and a yellow cypress,
+which, however, attained its chief development on the mainland much
+farther north, bears among its synonyms that of _Chamcaecyparis
+Nutkaensis_. For though it is undeniable that Ensign Juan Perez
+discovered it as early as 1779, and named it Port San Lorenzo, after the
+saint on whose day it was first seen, this fact was unknown or
+forgotten, when, four years later, Cook entered, and called it King
+George Sound, though he tells us it was afterwards found that it was
+called Nootka by the natives. Hence arose the title it has ever since
+borne, though this was an entire mistake on the great navigator's part,
+since there is no word in the Aht language at all corresponding to
+Nootka, unless indeed it is "Nootche," a mountain, which not unlikely
+Cook mistook for that of the inlet generally. The proofs of the presence
+of earlier visitors were iron and other tools, familiarity with ships,
+and two silver spoons of Spanish manufacture, which, we may take it, had
+been stolen from Perez's ship. The next vessel to enter the Sound was
+the _Sea Otter_, under the command of Captain James Hanna, who made such
+a haul in the shape of sea-otter skins that for many years Nootka was
+the great rendezvous of the fur-traders who cruised as far north as
+Russian America--now Alaska--and, like Portlock, Dixon, and Meares,
+charted and named many of the most familiar parts of the British
+Columbian coast. Meares built the _North-West America_ by the aid of
+Chinese carpenters in Nootka Sound in the winter of 1788-89, this little
+sloop being the first vessel, except a canoe, ever constructed in the
+country north of California.
+
+The lucrative trade done by the English and American traders, some of
+whom, disposing of their furs in China, sailed under the Portuguese flag
+and fitted out at Macao as the port most readily open to them,
+determined the Spaniards to assert their rights to the original
+discovery. This was done by Don Estevan Martinez "taking possession" of
+the Sound, seizing the vessels there, and erecting a fort to maintain
+the territory against all comers. A hot diplomatic warfare ensued, the
+result of which was the Convention of Nootka, by which the Sound was
+made over to Great Britain; and it was while engaged on this mission of
+receiving the Sound that Vancouver, conjointly with Quadra, the Spanish
+commander, discovered that the region it intersects is an island, which
+for a time bore their joint names, but by general consent has that of
+Vancouver only attached to it nowadays.
+
+This was in the year 1795. Being now indisputably British territory,
+Nootka and the coasts north and south of it became more and more
+frequented by fur-traders, who found, in spite of the increasing
+scarcity of pelts, and the higher prices which keener competition
+brought about, an ample profit in buying tolerably cheap on the American
+coast and selling very dear to the Chinese, whose love for the sea-otter
+continues unabated. Many of these adventurers were Americans--hailing,
+for the most part, from Boston. Hence to this day an American is
+universally known among the North-Western Indians as a "Boston-man,"
+while an Englishman is quite as generally termed a "Kintshautsh man"
+(King George man), it being during the long reign of George III. that
+they first became acquainted with our countrymen. Their barter was
+carried on in knives, copper plates, copper kettles, muskets,
+brass-hilted swords, soldiers' coats and buttons, pistols, tomahawks,
+and blankets, which soon superseded the more costly "Kotsaks" of
+sea-otter until then the principal garment, though the women wore, as
+they do still at times (or did when I knew the shore), blankets woven
+out of pine-tree bark. Rum also seemed to have been freely disposed of,
+and no doubt many of the outrages which early began to mark the
+intercourse of the brown men and their white visitors were not a little
+due to this, and to the customs, ever more free than welcome, in which
+it is the habit of the mariner to indulge when he and the savage
+forgather. At all events, the natives and their foreign visitors seem to
+have come very soon into collision. Indeed, it was seldom that a voyage
+was completed without some outrage on one or both sides, followed by
+reprisals from the party supposed to have been wronged. Thus part of the
+crew of the _Imperial Eagle_, under the command of Captain Barclay,[23]
+who discovered and named in his own honour the Sound so called, were
+murdered at "Queenhythe,"[24] south of Juan de Fuca Strait, which
+Barclay was amongst the first to explore, or rather to rediscover. At a
+later date, namely, in 1805, the _Atahualpa_ of Rhode Island was
+attacked in Millbank Sound, and her captain, mate, and six seamen were
+killed. In 1811 the _Tonquin_, belonging to John Jacob Astor's romantic
+fur-trading adventure, which is so well known from Washington Irving's
+_Astoria_, was seized by the savages on this coast, and then blown up by
+M'Kay, the chief trader, with the entire crew and their assailants. The
+scene of the catastrophe has been stated to be Nootka, but other
+commentators have fixed upon Barclay Sound, and as late as 1863 an
+intelligent trader informed me that some ship's timbers, half buried in
+the sand there, were attributed by the Indians to some disastrous event,
+which he believed to have been the one in question.[25] I am, however,
+now inclined to think that in crediting Nahwitti, at the northern end of
+Vancouver Island, with this notable event in the early history of
+North-West America,[26] Dr. George Dawson has arrived at the truth.
+
+To this day--or until very recently--the Indians of the North-West
+coast are not accounted very trustworthy, and at the period when I knew
+them they were suspected of killing several traders and of looting more
+than one small vessel, acts which earned for them frequent visits from
+the gunboats at Esquimault, and in several instances the undesirable
+distinction of having their villages shelled when they refused to
+give up the offenders--generally a difficult operation, since it meant
+pretty well the entire village.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN ENCAMPMENT NEAR THE LANDING-STAGE, ESQUIMAULT.]
+
+[Sidenote: John Jewitt and the capture of the "Boston" in 1803.]
+
+But the most famous of all the piracies of the Western Indians is that
+of which an account is contained in John Jewitt's Narrative. The
+ostensible author of this work was a Hull blacksmith, the armourer of
+the _Boston_, an American ship which was seized while lying in Nootka
+Sound, and the entire crew massacred, with the exception of Jewitt, who
+was spared owing to his skill as a mechanic being valuable to the
+Indians, and John Thompson, the sail-maker, who, though left for dead,
+recovered, and was saved by the tact of Jewitt in representing him to be
+his father. This happened in March 1803, and from that date until the
+20th of July 1805, these two men were kept in slavery to the chief
+Maquenna or Moqulla, when they were freed by the arrival of the brig
+_Lydia_ of Boston, Samuel Hill master. During this servitude, Jewitt,
+who seems to have been a man of some education, kept a journal and
+acquired the Aht language, though the style in which his book is written
+shows that in preparing it for the press he had obtained the assistance
+of a more practised writer than himself. Still, his work is a valuable
+contribution to ethnology. For, omitting the brief but excellent
+accounts by Cook and Meares, it is the earliest, and, with the exception
+of Mr. Sproat's lecture, the fullest description of these Indians. It is
+indeed the only one treating specially on the Nootka people, with whom
+alone he had any minute acquaintance. Some of the habits he pictures are
+now obsolete, or greatly modified, but others--it may be said the
+greater number--are exactly as he notes them to have been eighty-six
+years ago. Besides the internal evidences of its authenticity, the truth
+of the adventures described was vouched for at the time by Jewitt's
+companion in slavery; and though there is no absolute proof of its
+credibility, it may not be uninteresting to state that, thirty years
+ago, I conversed with an American sea captain, who, as a boy, distinctly
+remembered Jewitt working as a blacksmith in the town of Middleton in
+Connecticut. When the book was first published, in the year 1815,
+several editions appeared in America, and at least two reprints were
+called for in England, so that the Narrative enjoyed considerable
+popularity in the first two decades of the century. Writing in 1840,
+Robert Green Low, Librarian to the Department of State at Washington,
+characterises it as "a simple and unpretending narrative, which will, no
+doubt, in after centuries, be read with interest by the enlightened
+people of North-West America." Again, in 1845, the same industrious,
+though not always impartial, historian remarks that "this little book
+has been frequently reprinted, and, though seldom found in libraries, is
+much read by boys and seamen in the United States." As copies are now
+seldom met with, this is no longer the case, though on our cruise in
+1863 it was one of the well-thumbed little library of the traders, one
+of whom had inherited it from William Edy Banfield, whose name has
+already been mentioned (p. 25). This trader, for many years a well-known
+man on the out-of-the-way parts of the coast, furnished a curious link
+between Jewitt's time and our own. For an old Indian told him that he
+had, as a boy, served in the family of a chief of Nootka, called
+Klan-nin-itth, at the time when Jewitt and Thompson were in slavery; and
+that he often assisted Jewitt in making spears, arrows, and other
+weapons required for hostile expeditions. He said, further, that the
+white slave generally accompanied his owner on visits which he paid to
+the Ayhuttisaht, Ahousaht, and Klahoquaht chiefs. This old man
+especially remembered Jewitt, who was a good-humoured fellow, often
+reciting and singing in his own language for the amusement of the
+tribesmen. He was described as a tall, well-made youth, with a mirthful
+countenance, whose dress latterly consisted of nothing but a mantle of
+cedar bark. Mr. Sproat, who obtained his information from the same
+quarter that I did, adds that there was a long story of Jewitt's
+courting, and finally abducting, the daughter of Waughclagh, the
+Ahousaht chief. This incident in his career is not recorded by our
+author, who, however, was married to a daughter of Upquesta, an
+Ayhuttisaht Indian.
+
+Apart, however, from Jewitt not caring to enlighten the decent-living
+puritans of Connecticut too minutely regarding his youthful escapades,
+it is not unlikely that Mr. Banfield's informant mixed up some
+half-forgotten legends regarding another white man, who, seventeen years
+before Jewitt's captivity, had voluntarily remained among these Nootka
+Indians. This was a scapegrace named John M'Kay,[27] an Irishman, who,
+after being in the East India Company's Service in some minor medical
+capacity, shipped in 1785 on board the _Captain Cook_ as surgeon's mate,
+and was left behind in Nootka Sound, in the hope that he would so
+ingratiate himself with the natives, as to induce them to refuse furs to
+any other traders except those with whom he was connected. This man
+seems to have been an ignorant, untruthful braggart, who contradicted
+himself in many important particulars. But entire credence may be given
+to his statement that in a short time he sank into barbarism, becoming
+as filthy as the dirtiest of his savage companions. For when Captain
+Hanna saw him in August 1786, the natives had stripped him of his
+clothes, and obliged him to adopt their dress and habits. He even
+refused to leave, declaring that he had begun to relish dried fish and
+whale oil--though, owing to a famine in the Sound, he got little of
+either--and was well satisfied to stay for another year. After making
+various excursions in the country about Nootka Sound, during which he
+came to the conclusion that it was not a part of the American continent,
+but a chain of detached islands, he gladly deserted his Indian wife, and
+left with Captain Berkeley in 1787. To "preach, fight, and mend a
+musket" seems to have been too much for this medical pluralist. His
+further history I am unable to trace, though, for the sake of historical
+roundness, it would have been interesting to believe that he was the
+same M'Kay who twenty-four years later ended his career so terribly by
+blowing up the _Tonquin_, with whose son I was well acquainted.
+
+In all of these transactions the head chief of Nootka, or at least of
+the Mooachahts, figures prominently. This was Maquenna or Moqulla
+(Jewitt's Maquina), who, with his relative Wikananish, ruled over most
+of the tribes from here to Nettinaht Inlet. He was a shifty savage,
+endowed with no small mental ability, and, though at times capable of
+acts which were almost generous, untrustworthy like most of his race,
+and when offended ready for any act of vindictiveness. Wikananish was on
+a visit to Maquenna when the _Discovery_ and _Resolution_ entered the
+Sound, and among the relics which Maquenna kept for many years were a
+brass mortar left by Cook, which in Meares's day was borne before the
+chief as a portion of his regalia, and three "pieces of a brassy metal
+formed like cricket bats," on which were the remains of the name and
+arms of Sir Joseph Banks, and the date 1775--Banks, it may be
+remembered, being the scientific companion of Cook. In every subsequent
+voyage Maquenna figures, and not a few of the outrages committed on that
+coast were due either to him or to his instigation. Some, like his
+attempt to seize Hanna's vessel in 1785, are known from extraneous
+sources, and others were boasted of by him to Jewitt. The last of his
+proceedings of which history has left any record, is the murder of the
+crew of the _Boston_ and the enslavement of Thompson and Jewitt, and in
+the narrative of the latter we are afforded a final glimpse of this
+notorious "King."[28]
+
+[Sidenote: Changes since Jewitt's time.]
+
+When I visited Nootka Sound in 1863, fifty-eight years had passed since
+the captivity of the author of this book. In the interval many things
+had happened. But though the Indians had altered in some respects, they
+were perhaps less changed than almost any other savages in America since
+the whites came in contact with them. Eighty-five years had passed since
+Cook had careened his ships in Resolution Cove, and seventy since
+Vancouver entered the Sound on his almost more notable voyage. Yet the
+bricks from the blacksmith's forge, fresh and vitrified as if they had
+been in contact with the fire only yesterday, were at times dug up from
+among the rank herbage. The village in Friendly Cove--a spot which not a
+few mariners found to be very unfriendly--differed in no way from the
+picture in Cook's _Voyage_; and though some curio-hunting captain had no
+doubt long ago carried off the mortar and emblazoned brasses, the
+natives still spoke traditionally of Cook and Vancouver, and were ready
+to point out the spots where in 1788 Meares built the _North-West
+America_ and the white men had cultivated. Memories of Martinez and
+Quadra existed in the shape of many legends, of Indians with Iberian
+features, and of several old people who by tradition (though some of
+them were old enough to have remembered these navigators), could still
+repeat the Spanish numerals. And the head chief of the Mooachahts in
+Friendly Cove--vastly smaller though his tribe was, and much abridged
+his power--was a grandson of Maquenna, called by the same name, and had
+many of his worst characteristics. This fact I am likely to remember.
+For he had been accused of having murdered, in the previous January,
+Captain Stev of the _Trader_, and since that time no whites had ventured
+near him. He, however, assured us that the report was simply a scandal
+raised by the neighbouring tribes, who had long hated him and his
+people, and would like to see them punished by the arrival of a gunboat,
+and that in reality the vessel was wrecked, and the white men were
+drowned. At the same time, among the voices heard that night at the
+council held in Maquenna's great lodge, supported by the huge beams
+described by Jewitt, were some in favour of killing his latest visitors,
+on the principle that dead men tell no tales. But that the Noes had it,
+the present narrative is the best proof.
+
+So far as their habits were concerned, they were in a condition as
+primitive as at almost any period since the whites had visited them.
+Many of the old people were covered only with a mantle of woven pine
+bark, and beyond a shirt, in most cases made out of a flour sack, a
+blanket was the sole garment of the majority of the tribesmen. At times
+when they wanted to receive any goods, they simply pulled off the
+blanket, wrapped up the articles in it, and went ashore stark naked,
+with the exception of a piece of skin round the loins. The women wore
+for the most part no other dress except the blanket and a curious apron
+made of a fringe of bark strings. All of them painted hideously, the
+women adding a streak of vermilion down the middle division of the hair,
+and on high occasions the glittering mica sand, spoken of by Jewitt, was
+called into requisition. Their customs--and I had plenty of
+opportunities to study them in the course of the years which
+followed--were in no way different from what they were in Cook's time.
+No missionary seemed ever to have visited them, and their religious
+observances were accordingly still the most unadulterated of paganism.
+Jewitt's narrative is, however, as might have been expected, very vague
+on such matters; and, curiously enough, he makes no mention of their
+characteristic trait of compressing the foreheads of the children, the
+tribes in Koskeemo Sound squeezing it, while the bones are still
+cartilaginous, in a conical shape--though the brain is not thereby
+permanently injured: it is simply displaced.
+
+Since that day, the tribesmen of the west coast of Vancouver Island have
+grown fewer and fewer. Some of the smaller septs have indeed become
+extinct, and others must be fast on the wane. They have, however, eaten
+of the tree of knowledge, and the gunboats have now little occasion to
+visit them for punitive purposes. Missionaries have even attempted to
+teach them better manners. The Alberni saw-mills have long been
+deserted, though other settlers have taken possession of the ground, and
+several have squatted in Koskeemo Sound, in the hope that the coal-seams
+there might induce the Pacific steamers to make that remote region their
+headquarters. Finally, an effort is being made to induce fishermen from
+the West of Scotland to settle on that coast. There is plenty of work
+for them, and the Indians nowadays are very little to be feared. Indeed,
+so far from the successors of Moqulla and Wikananish menacing Donald and
+Sandy, they will be ready to help them for a consideration; though a
+great deal of tact and forbearance will be necessary before people so
+conservative as the hot-tempered Celts work smoothly with a race quite
+as fiery and quite as wedded to old ways, as the Ahts among whom John
+Jewitt passed the early years of this century.
+
+    R. B.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] _Rubus Nutkanus._
+
+[2] _Rubus spectabilis._
+
+[3] _Gaultheria Shallon._
+
+[4] _Vaccinium ovatum._
+
+[5] _Pyrus rivularis._
+
+[6] _Ribes sanguineum_, now a common shrub in our ornamental grounds.
+
+[7] _Echinopanax horridum._
+
+[8] _Thuja gigantea_, a tree which to the Indian is what the bamboo is
+to the Chinese.
+
+[9] _Acer macrophyllum._
+
+[10] _Cornus Nuttallii._
+
+[11] _Arbutus Menziesii._
+
+[12] _Selasphorus rufus._ It is one of one hundred and fifty-three birds
+which I catalogued from Vancouver Island (_Ibis_, Nov. 1868).
+
+[13] _Scenes and Studies of Savage Life_ (1868), by the Hon. G. M.
+Sproat, late Commissioner of Indian Affairs for British Columbia.
+
+[14] "Pachena" of the Indians.
+
+[15] Or, as they call themselves in their dialect of the Aht,
+"Dittinahts." Nettinaht is a white man's corruption.
+
+[16] A few years earlier they were estimated at a thousand.
+
+[17] "Klootis" of the Indians.
+
+[18] Known to them as "Etlo."
+
+[19] They were not permitted this privilege until the whites came to
+Alberni in August 1860.
+
+[20] Though the orthography of these names is often incorrect, and not
+even phonetically accurate, I have, in order to avoid the mischief of a
+confusion of nomenclature, kept to that of the Admiralty Chart.
+
+[21] This was the Banfield who acted as Indian agent in Barclay Sound.
+He was drowned by Kleetsak, a slave of Kleesheens, capsizing the canoe
+in which he was sailing, in revenge for a slight passed upon the chief.
+I went ashore at the Ohyaht village in the same canoe, and was asked
+whether I was not afraid, "for Banipe was killed in it." There was also
+a story that the capsize was an accident.
+
+[22] It may be proper to state in this place that the interior details
+of that chart are, with very few exceptions, from my explorations. But
+the map on which they were laid down by me has been so often copied by
+societies, governments, and private individuals without permission (and
+without acknowledgment), that the author of it has long ceased to claim
+a property so generally pillaged. The original, however, appeared, with
+a memoir on the interior--"Das Innere der Vancouver Insel"--which has
+not yet been translated, in Petermann's _Geographische Mittheilungen_,
+1869.
+
+[23] Or Berkeley--for the name is spelt both ways.
+
+[24] Destruction Island, in lat. 47 deg. 35'. This was almost the same
+spot as that in which the Spaniards of Bodega's crew were massacred in
+1775, and for this reason they named it Isla de Dolores--the "Island of
+Sorrows." It is in what is now the State of Washington, U.S.A.
+
+[25] Green Low will even blame Wikananish, who figures in Jewitt's
+narrative, as the instigator of the outrage.
+
+[26] The Nahwitti Indians. Compare the Tl[=a]-tl[=i]-s[=i]--Kwela and
+Nekum-ke-l[=i]sla septs of the Kwakiool people. They now inhabit a
+village named Meloopa, on the south-east side of Hope Island. But their
+original hamlet was situated on a small rocky peninsula on the east side
+of Cape Commerell, which forms the north point of Vancouver Island. Here
+remains of old houses are still to be seen, at a place known to the
+Indians as Nahwitti. It was close to this place that the _Tonquin_ was
+blown up.--_Science_, vol. ix. p. 341.
+
+[27] "Maccay" (Meares); "M'Key" (Dixon).
+
+[28] There is a portrait of him, apparently authentic, in Meares's
+_Voyages_, vol. ii. (1791). That in the original edition of Jewitt's
+Narrative, like the plate of the capture of the _Boston_, appears to
+have been drawn from description, though there is a certain resemblance
+in it to Meares's sketch made fourteen or fifteen years earlier. But the
+scenery, the canoes, the people, and, above all, the palm trees in
+Nootka Sound, are purely imaginary.
+
+
+
+
+JOHN JEWITT'S NARRATIVE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+BIRTH, PARENTAGE AND EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR
+
+
+I was born in Boston, a considerable borough town in Lincolnshire, in
+Great Britain, on the 21st of May, 1783. My father, Edward Jewitt, was
+by trade a blacksmith, and esteemed among the first in his line of
+business in that place. At the age of three years I had the misfortune
+to lose my mother, a most excellent woman, who died in childbed, leaving
+an infant daughter, who, with myself, and an elder brother by a former
+marriage of my father, constituted the whole of our family. My father,
+who considered a good education as the greatest blessing he could bestow
+on his children, was very particular in paying every attention to us in
+that respect, always exhorting us to behave well, and endeavouring to
+impress on our minds the principles of virtue and morality, and no
+expense in his power was spared to have us instructed in whatever might
+render us useful and respectable in society. My brother, who was four
+years older than myself and of a more hardy constitution, he destined
+for his own trade, but to me he had resolved to give an education
+superior to that which is to be obtained in a common school, it being
+his intention that I should adopt one of the learned professions.
+Accordingly, at the age of twelve he took me from the school in which I
+had been taught the first rudiments of learning, and placed me under the
+care of Mr. Moses, a celebrated teacher of an academy at Donnington,
+about eleven miles from Boston, in order to be instructed in the Latin
+language, and in some of the higher branches of the mathematics. I there
+made considerable proficiency in writing, reading, and arithmetic, and
+obtained a pretty good knowledge of navigation and of surveying; but my
+progress in Latin was slow, not only owing to the little inclination I
+felt for learning that language, but to a natural impediment in my
+speech, which rendered it extremely difficult for me to pronounce it, so
+that in a short time, with my father's consent, I wholly relinquished
+the study.
+
+The period of my stay at this place was the most happy of my life. My
+preceptor, Mr. Moses, was not only a learned, but a virtuous,
+benevolent, and amiable man, universally beloved by his pupils, who took
+delight in his instruction, and to whom he allowed every proper
+amusement that consisted with attention to their studies.
+
+One of the principal pleasures I enjoyed was in attending the fair,
+which is regularly held twice a year at Donnington, in the spring and in
+the fall,[29] the second day being wholly devoted to selling horses, a
+prodigious number of which are brought thither for that purpose. As the
+scholars on these occasions were always indulged with a holiday, I
+cannot express with what eagerness of youthful expectation I used to
+anticipate these fairs, nor what delight I felt at the various shows,
+exhibitions of wild beasts, and other entertainments that they
+presented; I was frequently visited by my father, who always discovered
+much joy on seeing me, praised me for my acquirements, and usually left
+me a small sum for my pocket expenses.
+
+Among the scholars at this academy, there was one named Charles Rice,
+with whom I formed a particular intimacy, which continued during the
+whole of my stay. He was my class and room mate, and as the town he came
+from, Ashby, was more than sixty miles off, instead of returning home,
+he used frequently during the vacation to go with me to Boston, where he
+always met with a cordial welcome from my father, who received me on
+these occasions with the greatest affection, apparently taking much
+pride in me. My friend in return used to take me with him to an uncle of
+his in Donnington, a very wealthy man, who, having no children of his
+own, was very fond of his nephew, and on his account I was always a
+welcome visitor at the house. I had a good voice, and an ear for music,
+to which I was always passionately attached, though my father
+endeavoured to discourage this propensity, considering it (as is too
+frequently the case) but an introduction to a life of idleness and
+dissipation; and, having been remarked for my singing at church, which
+was regularly attended on Sundays and festival days by the scholars, Mr.
+Morthrop, my friend Rice's uncle, used frequently to request me to sing;
+he was always pleased with my exhibitions of this kind, and it was no
+doubt one of the means that secured me so gracious a reception at his
+house. A number of other gentlemen in the place would sometimes send for
+me to sing at their houses, and as I was not a little vain of my vocal
+powers, I was much gratified on receiving these invitations, and
+accepted them with the greatest pleasure.
+
+Thus passed away the two happiest years of my life, when my father,
+thinking that I had received a sufficient education for the profession
+he intended me for, took me from school at Donnington in order to
+apprentice me to Doctor Mason, a surgeon of eminence at Reasby, in the
+neighbourhood of the celebrated Sir Joseph Banks.[30] With regret did I
+part from my school acquaintance, particularly my friend Rice, and
+returned home with my father, on a short visit to my family, preparatory
+to my intended apprenticeship. The disinclination I ever had felt for
+the profession my father wished me to pursue, was still further
+increased on my return. When a child I was always fond of being in the
+shop, among the workmen, endeavouring to imitate what I saw them do;
+this disposition so far increased after my leaving the academy, that I
+could not bear to hear the least mention made of my being apprenticed to
+a surgeon, and I used so many entreaties with my father to persuade him
+to give up this plan and learn me his own trade, that he at last
+consented.
+
+More fortunate would it probably have been for me, had I gratified the
+wishes of this affectionate parent, in adopting the profession he had
+chosen for me, than thus to have induced him to sacrifice them to mine.
+However it might have been, I was at length introduced into the shop,
+and my natural turn of mind corresponding with the employment, I became
+in a short time uncommonly expert at the work to which I was set. I now
+felt myself well contented, pleased with my occupation, and treated with
+much affection by my father, and kindness by my step-mother, my father
+having once more entered the state of matrimony, with a widow much
+younger than himself, who had been brought up in a superior manner, and
+was an amiable and sensible woman.
+
+About a year after I had commenced this apprenticeship, my father,
+finding that he could carry on his business to more advantage in Hull,
+removed thither with his family. An event of no little importance to me,
+as it in a great measure influenced my future destiny. Hull being one of
+the best ports in England, and a place of great trade, my father had
+there full employment for his numerous workmen, particularly in vessel
+work. This naturally leading me to an acquaintance with the sailors on
+board some of the ships: the many remarkable stories they told me of
+their voyages and adventures, and of the manners and customs of the
+nations they had seen, excited a strong wish in me to visit foreign
+countries, which was increased by my reading the voyages of Captain
+Cook, and some other celebrated navigators.
+
+Thus passed the four years that I lived at Hull, where my father was
+esteemed by all who knew him, as a worthy, industrious, and thriving
+man. At this period a circumstance occurred which afforded me the
+opportunity I had for some time wished, of gratifying my inclination of
+going abroad.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Among our principal customers at Hull were the Americans who frequented
+that port, and from whose conversation my father as well as myself
+formed the most favourable opinion of that country, as affording an
+excellent field for the exertions of industry, and a flattering prospect
+for the establishment of a young man in life. In the summer of the year
+1802, during the peace between England and France, the ship _Boston_,
+belonging to Boston, in Massachusetts, and commanded by Captain John
+Salter, arrived at Hull, whither she came to take on board a cargo of
+such goods as were wanted for the trade with the Indians, on the
+North-West coast of America, from whence, after having taken in a lading
+of furs and skins, she was to proceed to China, and from thence home to
+America. The ship having occasion for many repairs and alterations,
+necessary for so long a voyage, the captain applied to my father to do
+the smith's work, which was very considerable. That gentleman, who was
+of a social turn, used often to call at my father's house, where he
+passed many of his evenings, with his chief and second mates, Mr. B.
+Delouisa and Mr. William Ingraham,[31] the latter a fine young man of
+about twenty, of a most amiable temper, and of such affable manners, as
+gained him the love and attachment of the whole crew. These gentlemen
+used occasionally to take me with them to the theatre, an amusement
+which I was very fond of, and which my father rather encouraged than
+objected to, as he thought it a good means of preventing young men, who
+are naturally inclined to seek for something to amuse them, from
+frequenting taverns, ale-houses, and places of bad resort, equally
+destructive of the health and morals, while the stage frequently
+furnishes excellent lessons of morality and good conduct.
+
+In the evenings that he passed at my father's, Captain Salter, who had
+for a great number of years been at sea, and seen almost all parts of
+the world, used sometimes to speak of his voyages, and, observing me
+listen with much attention to his relations, he one day, when I had
+brought him some work, said to me in rather a jocose manner, "John, how
+should you like to go with me?" I answered, that it would give me great
+pleasure, that I had for a long time wished to visit foreign countries,
+particularly America, which I had been told so many fine stories of, and
+that if my father would give his consent, and he was willing to take me
+with him, I would go.
+
+"I shall be very glad to do it," said he, "if your father can be
+prevailed on to let you go; and as I want an expert smith for an
+armourer, the one I have shipped for that purpose not being sufficiently
+master of his trade, I have no doubt that you will answer my turn well,
+as I perceive you are both active and ingenious, and on my return to
+America I shall probably be able to do something much better for you in
+Boston. I will take the first opportunity of speaking to your father
+about it, and try to persuade him to consent." He accordingly, the next
+evening that he called at our house, introduced the subject: my father
+at first would not listen to the proposal. That best of parents, though
+anxious for my advantageous establishment in life, could not bear to
+think of parting with me, but on Captain Salter's telling him of what
+benefit it would be to me to go the voyage with him, and that it was a
+pity to keep a promising and ingenious young fellow like myself confined
+to a small shop in England, when if I had tolerable success I might do
+so much better in America, where wages were much higher and living
+cheaper, he at length gave up his objections, and consented that I
+should ship on board the _Boston_ as an armourer, at the rate of thirty
+dollars per month, with an agreement that the amount due to me, together
+with a certain sum of money, which my father gave Captain Salter for
+that purpose, should be laid out by him on the North-West coast in the
+purchase of furs for my account, to be disposed of in China for such
+goods as would yield a profit on the return of the ship; my father being
+solicitous to give me every advantage in his power of well establishing
+myself in my trade in Boston, or some other maritime town of America.
+Such were the flattering expectations which this good man indulged
+respecting me. Alas! the fatal disaster that befell us, not only blasted
+all these hopes, but involved me in extreme distress and wretchedness
+for a long period after.
+
+The ship, having undergone a thorough repair and been well coppered,
+proceeded to take on board her cargo, which consisted of English cloths,
+Dutch blankets, looking-glasses, beads, knives, razors, etc., which
+were received from Holland, some sugar and molasses, about twenty
+hogsheads of rum, including stores for the ship, a great quantity of
+ammunition, cutlasses, pistols, and three thousand muskets and
+fowling-pieces. The ship being loaded and ready for sea, as I was
+preparing for my departure, my father came to me, and, taking me aside,
+said to me with much emotion, "John, I am now going to part with you,
+and Heaven only knows if we shall ever again meet. But in whatever part
+of the world you are, always bear it in mind, that on your own conduct
+will depend your success in life. Be honest, industrious, frugal, and
+temperate, and you will not fail, in whatsoever country it may be your
+lot to be placed, to gain yourself friends. Let the Bible be your guide,
+and your reliance in any fortune that may befall you, that Almighty
+Being, who knows how to bring forth good from evil, and who never
+deserts those who put their trust in Him." He repeated his exhortations
+to me to lead an honest and Christian life, and to recollect that I had
+a father, a mother, a brother, and sister, who could not but feel a
+strong interest in my welfare, enjoining me to write him by the first
+opportunity that should offer to England, from whatever part of the
+world I might be in, more particularly on my arrival in Boston. This I
+promised to do, but long unhappily was it before I was able to fulfil
+this promise. I then took an affectionate leave of my worthy parent,
+whose feelings would hardly permit him to speak, and, bidding an
+affectionate farewell to my brother, sister, and step-mother, who
+expressed the greatest solicitude for my future fortune, went on board
+the ship, which proceeded to the Downs, to be ready for the first
+favourable wind. I found myself well accommodated on board as regarded
+my work, an iron forge having been erected on deck; this my father had
+made for the ship on a new plan, for which he afterwards obtained a
+patent; while a corner of the steerage was appropriated to my
+vice-bench, so that in bad weather I could work below.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[29] These fairs are still held, though the dates are now May 26th,
+September 4th, and October 27th.
+
+[30] The companion of Cook, and for many years President of the Royal
+Society.
+
+[31] This William Ingraham must not be confounded with Joseph Ingraham,
+who also visited Nootka Sound, and played a considerable part in the
+exploration of the North-West American coast.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+VOYAGE TO NOOTKA SOUND
+
+
+On the third day of September, 1802, we sailed from the Downs with a
+fair wind, in company with twenty-four sail of American vessels, most of
+which were bound home.
+
+I was sea-sick for a few of the first days, but it was of short
+continuance, and on my recovery I found myself in uncommonly fine health
+and spirits, and went to work with alacrity at my forge, in putting in
+order some of the muskets, and making daggers, knives, and small
+hatchets for the Indian trade, while in wet and stormy weather I was
+occupied below in filing and polishing them. This was my employment,
+having but little to do with sailing the vessel, though I used
+occasionally to lend a hand in assisting the seamen in taking in and
+making sail.
+
+As I had never before been out of sight of land, I cannot describe my
+sensations, after I had recovered from the distressing effects of
+sea-sickness, on viewing the mighty ocean by which I was surrounded,
+bound only by the sky, while its waves, rising in mountains, seemed
+every moment to threaten our ruin. Manifest as is the hand of Providence
+in preserving its creatures from destruction, in no instance is it more
+so than on the great deep; for whether we consider in its tumultuary
+motions the watery deluge that each moment menaces to overwhelm us, the
+immense violence of its shocks, the little that interposes between us
+and death, a single plank forming our only security, which, should it
+unfortunately be loosened, would plunge us at once into the abyss, our
+gratitude ought strongly to be excited towards that superintending Deity
+who in so wonderful a manner sustains our lives amid the waves.
+
+We had a pleasant and favourable passage of twenty-nine days to the
+Island of St. Catherine,[32] on the coast of Brazils, where the captain
+had determined to stop for a few days to wood and water. This place
+belongs to the Portuguese. On entering the harbour, we were saluted by
+the fort, which we returned. The next day the governor of the island
+came on board of us with his suite; Captain Salter received him with
+much respect, and invited him to dine with him, which he accepted. The
+ship remained at St. Catherine's four days, during which time we were
+busily employed in taking in wood, water, and fresh provisions, Captain
+Salter thinking it best to furnish himself here with a full supply for
+his voyage to the North-West coast, so as not to be obliged to stop at
+the Sandwich Islands. St. Catherine's is a very commodious place for
+vessels to stop at that are bound round Cape Horn, as it abounds with
+springs of fine water, with excellent oranges, plantains, and bananas.
+
+Having completed our stores, we put to sea, and on the twenty-fifth of
+December, at length passed Cape Horn, which we had made no less than
+thirty-six days before, but were repeatedly forced back by contrary
+winds, experiencing very rough and tempestuous weather in doubling it.
+
+Immediately after passing Cape Horn, all our dangers and difficulties
+seemed to be at an end; the weather became fine, and so little labour
+was necessary on board the ship, that the men soon recovered from their
+fatigue and were in excellent spirits. A few days after we fell in with
+an English South Sea whaling ship homeward bound,[33] which was the only
+vessel we spoke with on our voyage. We now took the trade wind or
+monsoon, during which we enjoyed the finest weather possible, so that
+for the space of a fortnight we were not obliged to reeve a topsail or
+to make a tack, and so light was the duty and easy the life of the
+sailors during this time, that they appeared the happiest of any people
+in the world.
+
+Captain Salter, who had been for many years in the East India trade, was
+a most excellent seaman, and preserved the strictest order and
+discipline on board his ship, though he was a man of mild temper and
+conciliating manners, and disposed to allow every indulgence to his men,
+not inconsistent with their duty. We had on board a fine band of music,
+with which on Saturday nights, when the weather was pleasant, we were
+accustomed to be regaled, the captain ordering them to play for several
+hours for the amusement of the crew. This to me was most delightful,
+especially during the serene evenings we experienced in traversing the
+Southern Ocean. As for myself, during the day I was constantly occupied
+at my forge, in refitting or repairing some of the ironwork of the
+vessel, but principally in making tomahawks, daggers, etc., for the
+North-West coast.
+
+During the first part of our voyage we saw scarcely any fish, excepting
+some whales, a few sharks, and flying fish; but after weathering Cape
+Horn we met with numerous shoals of sea porpoises, several of whom we
+caught, and as we had been for some time without fresh provisions, I
+found it not only a palatable, but really a very excellent food. To one
+who has never before seen them, a shoal of these fish[34] presents a
+very striking and singular appearance; beheld at a distance coming
+towards a vessel, they look not unlike a great number of small black
+waves rolling over one another in a confused manner, and approaching
+with great swiftness. As soon as a shoal is seen, all is bustle and
+activity on board the ship, the grains and the harpoons are immediately
+got ready, and those who are best skilled in throwing them take their
+stand at the bow and along the gunwale, anxiously awaiting the welcome
+troop as they come, gambolling and blowing around the vessel, in search
+of food. When pierced with the harpoon and drawn on board, unless the
+fish is instantly killed by the stroke, which rarely happens, it utters
+most pitiful cries, greatly resembling those of an infant. The flesh,
+cut into steaks and broiled, is not unlike very coarse beef, and the
+harslet in appearance and taste is so much like that of a hog, that it
+would be no easy matter to distinguish the one from the other; from this
+circumstance the sailors have given the name of the herring hog[35] to
+this fish. I was told by some of the crew, that if one of them happens
+to free itself from the grains or harpoons, when struck, all the others,
+attracted by the blood, immediately quit the ship and give chase to the
+wounded one, and as soon as they overtake it, immediately tear it in
+pieces. We also caught a large shark, which had followed the ship for
+several days, with a hook which I made for the purpose, and although the
+flesh was by no means equal to that of the herring hog, yet to those
+destitute as we were of anything fresh, I found it eat very well. After
+passing the Cape, when the sea had become calm, we saw great numbers of
+albatrosses, a large brown and white bird of the goose kind, one of
+which Captain Salter shot, whose wings measured from their extremities
+fifteen feet. One thing, however, I must not omit mentioning, as it
+struck me in a most singular and extraordinary manner. This was, that on
+passing Cape Horn in December, which was midsummer in that climate, the
+nights were so light, without any moon, that we found no difficulty
+whatever in reading small print, which we frequently did during our
+watches.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[32] Santa Catharina.
+
+[33] This is now, so far as Great Britain is concerned, a reminiscence
+of a vanished trade: the South Sea whaling is extinct.
+
+[34] The zoological reader does not require to be told that the
+porpoise, a very general term applied by sailors to many small species
+of cetaceans, is not a "fish."
+
+[35] _Porc poisson_ of the French, of which porpoise is simply a
+corruption.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+INTERCOURSE WITH THE NATIVES--MAQUINA--SEIZURE OF THE VESSEL AND MURDER
+OF THE CREW
+
+
+In this manner, with a fair wind and easy weather from the 28th of
+December, the period of our passing Cape Horn, we pursued our voyage to
+the northward until the 12th of March, 1803, when we made Woody Point in
+Nootka Sound, on the North-West coast of America. We immediately stood
+up the Sound for Nootka, where[36] Captain Salter had determined to
+stop, in order to supply the ship with wood and water before proceeding
+up the coast to trade. But in order to avoid the risk of any molestation
+or interruption to his men from the Indians while thus employed, he
+proceeded with the ship about five miles to the northward of the
+village, which is situated on Friendly Cove, and sent out his chief mate
+with several of the crew in the boat to find a good place for anchoring
+her. After sounding for some time, they returned with information that
+they had discovered a secure place for anchorage, on the western side of
+an inlet or small bay, at about half a mile from the coast, near a small
+island which protected it from the sea, and where there was plenty of
+wood and excellent water. The ship accordingly came to anchor in this
+place, at twelve o'clock at night, in twelve fathom water, muddy bottom,
+and so near the shore that to prevent the ship from winding we secured
+her by a hawser to the trees.
+
+On the morning of the next day, the 13th, several of the natives came on
+board in a canoe from the village of Nootka, with their king, called
+Maquina, who appeared much pleased on seeing us, and with great seeming
+cordiality welcomed Captain Salter and his officers to his country. As I
+had never before beheld a savage of any nation, it may readily be
+supposed that the novelty of their appearance, so different from any
+people that I had hitherto seen, excited in me strong feelings of
+surprise and curiosity. I was, however, particularly struck with the
+looks of their king, who was a man of a dignified aspect, about six feet
+in height and extremely straight and well proportioned; his features
+were in general good, and his face was rendered remarkable by a large
+Roman nose, a very uncommon form of feature among these people; his
+complexion was of a dark copper hue, though his face, legs, and arms
+were, on this occasion, so covered with red paint, that their natural
+colour could scarcely be perceived; his eyebrows were painted black in
+two broad stripes like a new moon, and his long black hair, which shone
+with oil, was fastened in a bunch on the top of his head and strewed or
+powdered all over with white down, which gave him a most curious and
+extraordinary appearance. He was dressed in a large mantle or cloak of
+the black sea-otter skin, which reached to his knees, and was fastened
+around his middle by a broad belt of the cloth of the country, wrought
+or painted with figures of several colours; this dress was by no means
+unbecoming, but, on the contrary, had an air of savage magnificence. His
+men were habited in mantles of the same cloth, which is made from the
+bark of a tree,[37] and has some resemblance to straw matting; these are
+nearly square, and have two holes in the upper part large enough to
+admit the arms; they reach as low as the knees, and are fastened round
+their bodies with a belt about four inches broad of the same cloth.
+
+From his having frequently visited the English and American ships that
+traded to the coast, Maquina had learned the signification of a number
+of English words, and in general could make himself pretty well
+understood by us in our own language. He was always the first to go on
+board such ships as came to Nootka, which he was much pleased in
+visiting, even when he had no trade to offer, as he always received some
+small present, and was in general extremely well treated by the
+commanders. He remained on board of us for some time, during which the
+captain took him into the cabin and treated him with a glass of
+rum--these people being very fond of distilled spirits--and some biscuit
+and molasses, which they prefer to any kind of food that we can offer
+them.[38]
+
+As there are seldom many furs to be purchased at this place, and it was
+not fully the season, Captain Salter had put in here not so much with an
+expectation of trading, as to procure an ample stock of wood and water
+for the supply of the ship on the coast, thinking it more prudent to
+take it on board at Nootka, from the generally friendly disposition of
+the people, than to endanger the safety of his men in sending them on
+shore for that purpose among the more ferocious natives of the north.
+
+With this view, we immediately set about getting our water-casks in
+readiness, and the next and two succeeding days, part of the crew were
+sent on shore to cut pine timber, and assist the carpenter in making it
+into yards and spars for the ship, while those on board were employed in
+refitting the rigging, repairing the sails, etc., when we proceeded to
+take in our wood and water as expeditiously as possible, during which
+time I kept myself busily employed in repairing the muskets, making
+knives, tomaxes,[39] etc., and doing such ironwork as was wanted for the
+ship.
+
+Meantime more or less of the natives came on board of us daily, bringing
+with them fresh salmon, with which they supplied us in great plenty,
+receiving in return some trifling articles. Captain Salter was always
+very particular, before admitting these people on board, to see that
+they had no arms about them, by obliging them indiscriminately to throw
+off their garments, so that he felt perfectly secure from any attack.
+
+On the 15th the king came on board with several of his chiefs; he was
+dressed as before in his magnificent otter-skin robe, having his face
+highly painted, and his hair tossed with the white down, which looked
+like snow. His chiefs were dressed in mantles of the country cloth of
+its natural colour, which is a pale yellow; these were ornamented with a
+broad border, painted or wrought in figures of several colours,
+representing men's heads, various animals, etc., and secured around them
+by a belt like that of the king, from which it was distinguished only by
+being narrower: the dress of the common people is of the same fashion,
+and differs from that of the chiefs in being of a coarser texture, and
+painted red, of one uniform colour.
+
+Captain Salter invited Maquina and his chiefs to dine with him, and it
+was curious to see how these people (when they eat) seat themselves (in
+their country fashion, upon our chairs) with their feet under them
+crossed like Turks. They cannot endure the taste of salt, and the only
+thing they would eat with us was the ship bread, which they were very
+fond of, especially when dipped in molasses; they had also a great
+liking for tea and coffee when well sweetened. As iron weapons and tools
+of almost every kind are in much request among them, whenever they came
+on board they were always very attentive to me, crowding around me at
+the forge, as if to see in what manner I did my work, and in this way
+became quite familiar, a circumstance, as will be seen in the end, of
+great importance to me. The salmon which they brought us furnished a
+most delicious treat to men who for a long time had lived wholly on
+salt provisions, excepting such few sea fish as we had the good fortune
+occasionally to take. We indeed feasted most luxuriously, and flattered
+ourselves that we should not want while on the coast for plenty of fresh
+provisions, little imagining the fate that awaited us, and that this
+dainty food was to prove the unfortunate lure to our destruction!
+
+On the 19th the king came again on board, and was invited by the captain
+to dine with him. He had much conversation with Captain Salter, and
+informed him that there were plenty of wild ducks and geese near
+Friendly Cove, on which the captain made him a present of a
+double-barrelled fowling-piece, with which he appeared to be greatly
+pleased, and soon after went on shore.
+
+On the 20th we were nearly ready for our departure, having taken in what
+wood and water we were in want of.
+
+The next day Maquina came on board with nine pair of wild ducks, as a
+present; at the same time he brought with him the gun, one of the locks
+of which he had broken, telling the captain that it was _peshak_,[40]
+that is, bad. Captain Salter was very much offended at this observation,
+and, considering it as a mark of contempt for his present, he called the
+king a liar, adding other opprobrious terms, and, taking the gun from
+him, tossed it indignantly into the cabin, and, calling me to him, said,
+"John, this fellow has broken this beautiful fowling-piece, see if you
+can mend it." On examining it, I told him that it could be done. As I
+have already observed, Maquina knew a number of English words, and
+unfortunately understood but too well the meaning of the reproachful
+terms that the captain addressed to him. He said not a word in reply,
+but his countenance sufficiently expressed the rage he felt, though he
+exerted himself to suppress it, and I observed him, while the captain
+was speaking, repeatedly put his hand to his throat, and rub it upon his
+bosom, which he afterwards told me was to keep down his heart, which was
+rising into his throat and choking him. He soon after went on shore with
+his men, evidently much discomposed.
+
+On the morning of the 22nd the natives came off to us as usual with
+salmon, and remained on board; when about noon Maquina came alongside,
+with a considerable number of his chiefs and men in their canoes, who,
+after going through the customary examination, were admitted into the
+ship. He had a whistle in his hand, and over his face a very ugly mask
+of wood, representing the head of some wild beast, appeared to be
+remarkably good-humoured and gay, and whilst his people sang and capered
+about the deck, entertaining us with a variety of antic trick and
+gestures, he blew his whistle to a kind of tune which seemed to regulate
+their motions. As Captain Salter was walking on the quarter-deck,
+amusing himself with their dancing, the king came up to him and inquired
+when he intended to go to sea? He answered, "To-morrow." Maquina then
+said, "You love salmon--much in Friendly Cove, why not go there and
+catch some?" The captain thought that it would be very desirable to have
+a good supply of these fish for the voyage, and, on consulting with Mr.
+Delouisa, it was agreed to send part of the crew on shore after dinner
+with the seine, in order to procure a quantity. Maquina and his chiefs
+stayed and dined on board, and after dinner the chief mate went off with
+nine men in the jolly-boat and yawl, to fish at Friendly Cove, having
+set the steward on shore at our watering place, to wash the captain's
+clothes.
+
+Shortly after the departure of the boats, I went down to my vice-bench
+in the steerage, where I was employed in cleaning muskets. I had not
+been there more than an hour, when I heard the men hoisting in the
+longboat, which, in a few minutes after, was succeeded by a great bustle
+and confusion on deck. I immediately ran up the steerage stairs, but
+scarcely was my head above deck, when I was caught by the hair by one of
+the savages, and lifted from my feet; fortunately for me, my hair being
+short, and the ribbon with which it was tied slipping, I fell from his
+hold into the steerage. As I was falling he struck at me with an axe,
+which cut a deep gash in my forehead, and penetrated the skull, but in
+consequence of his losing his hold I luckily escaped the full force of
+the blow, which otherwise would have cleft my head in two. I fell,
+stunned and senseless, upon the floor; how long I continued in this
+situation I know not, but on recovering my senses, the first thing that
+I did was to try to get up, but so weak was I, from the loss of blood,
+that I fainted and fell. I was, however, soon recalled to my
+recollection by three loud shouts or yells from the savages, which
+convinced me that they had got possession of the ship. It is impossible
+for me to describe my feelings at this terrific sound. Some faint idea
+may be formed of them by those who have known what it is to half waken
+from a hideous dream and still think it real. Never, no, never shall I
+lose from my mind the impression of that dreadful moment. I expected
+every instant to share the wretched fate of my unfortunate companions,
+and when I heard the song of triumph, by which these infernal yells was
+succeeded, my blood ran cold in my veins.
+
+Having at length sufficiently recovered my senses to look around me,
+after wiping the blood from my eyes, I saw that the hatch of the
+steerage was shut. This was done, as I afterwards discovered, by order
+of Maquina, who, on seeing the savage strike at me with the axe, told
+him not to hurt me, for that I was the armourer, and would be useful to
+them in repairing their arms; while at the same time, to prevent any of
+his men from injuring me, he had the hatch closed. But to me this
+circumstance wore a very different appearance, for I thought that these
+barbarians had only prolonged my life in order to deprive me of it by
+the most cruel tortures.
+
+I remained in this horrid state of suspense for a very long time, when
+at length the hatch was opened, and Maquina, calling me by name, ordered
+me to come up. I groped my way up as well as I was able, being almost
+blinded with the blood that flowed from my wound, and so weak as with
+difficulty to walk. The king, on perceiving my situation, ordered one of
+his men to bring a pot of water to wash the blood from my face, which
+having done, I was able to see distinctly with one of my eyes, but the
+other was so swollen from my wound, that it was closed. But what a
+terrific spectacle met my eyes: six naked savages, standing in a circle
+around me, covered with the blood of my murdered comrades, with their
+daggers uplifted in their hands, prepared to strike. I now thought my
+last moment had come, and recommended my soul to my Maker.
+
+The king, who, as I have already observed, knew enough of English to
+make himself understood, entered the circle, and, placing himself before
+me, addressed me nearly in the following words: "John--I speak--you no
+say no; You say no--daggers come!" He then asked me if I would be his
+slave during my life--if I would fight for him in his battles, if I
+would repair his muskets and make daggers and knives for him--with
+several other questions, to all of which I was careful to answer, yes.
+He then told me that he would spare my life, and ordered me to kiss his
+hands and feet to show my submission to him, which I did. In the
+meantime his people were very clamorous to have me put to death, so that
+there should be none of us left to tell our story to our countrymen, and
+prevent them from coming to trade with them; but the king in the most
+determined manner opposed their wishes, and to his favour am I wholly
+indebted for my being yet among the living.
+
+As I was busy at work at the time of the attack, I was without my coat,
+and what with the coldness of the weather, my feebleness from loss of
+blood, the pain of my wound, and the extreme agitation and terror that I
+still felt, I shook like a leaf, which the king observing, went into the
+cabin, and, bringing up a greatcoat that belonged to the captain, threw
+it over my shoulders, telling me to drink some rum from a bottle which
+he handed me, at the same time giving me to understand that it would be
+good for me, and keep me from trembling bling as I did. I took a
+draught of it, after which, taking me by the hand, he led me to the
+quarter-deck, where the most horrid sight presented itself that ever my
+eyes witnessed. The heads of our unfortunate captain and his crew, to
+the number of twenty-five, were all arranged in a line,[41] and Maquina,
+ordering one of his people to bring a head, asked me whose it was: I
+answered, the captain's. In like manner the others were showed me, and I
+told him the names, excepting a few that were so horribly mangled that I
+was not able to recognise them.
+
+I now discovered that all our unfortunate crew had been massacred, and
+learned that, after getting possession of the ship, the savages had
+broke open the arm-chest and magazine, and, supplying themselves with
+ammunition and arms, sent a party on shore to attack our men, who had
+gone thither to fish, and, being joined by numbers from the village,
+without difficulty overpowered and murdered them, and, cutting off their
+heads, brought them on board, after throwing their bodies into the sea.
+On looking upon the deck, I saw it entirely covered with the blood of my
+poor comrades, whose throats had been cut with their own jack-knives,
+the savages having seized the opportunity, while they were busy in
+hoisting in the boat, to grapple with them, and overpower them by their
+numbers; in the scuffle the captain was thrown overboard, and despatched
+by those in the canoes, who immediately cut off his head. What I felt on
+this occasion, may be more readily conceived than expressed.
+
+After I had answered his questions, Maquina took my silk handkerchief
+from my neck and bound it around my head, placing over the wound a leaf
+of tobacco, of which we had a quantity on board. This was done at my
+desire, as I had often found, from personal experience, the benefit of
+this application to cuts.
+
+Maquina then ordered me to get the ship under weigh for Friendly Cove.
+This I did by cutting the cables, and sending some of the natives aloft
+to loose the sails, which they performed in a very bungling manner. But
+they succeeded so far in loosing the jib and top-sails, that, with the
+advantage of fair wind, I succeeded in getting the ship into the Cove,
+where, by order of the king, I ran her ashore on a sandy beach, at eight
+o'clock at night.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[36] By "Nootka," Friendly Cove, or "Yucuaht," is meant; there is no
+special place of that name; the word, indeed, is unknown to the natives.
+Woody Point, or Cape Cook, is in lat. 50 deg. 6' 31" N.
+
+[37] The white pine (_Pinus monticola_). This is employed for making
+blankets trimmed with sea-otter fur, but the mats used in their canoes
+are made of cedar bark (_Thuja gigantea_).
+
+[38] This is still true. Many years ago, when there was a threat of
+Indian trouble at Victoria, Sir James Douglas, famous as the first
+governor of British Columbia, and still more celebrated as a factor of
+the Hudson Bay Company, immediately allayed the rising storm by ordering
+a keg of treacle and a box of biscuit to be opened. Instantly the knives
+and muskets were tossed aside, and the irate savages fell to these
+homely dainties with the best of goodwill to all concerned. "Dear me!
+dear me! there is nothing like a little molasses," was the sage
+governor's remark. At the Alberni saw-mills, on the West coast, the
+invariable midday meal of the Indians loading lumber was coarse ship's
+biscuit dipped in a tin basin of the cheapest treacle, around which the
+mollified tribesmen squatted.
+
+[39] Tomahawks (little hatchets) in more familiar language.
+
+[40] _Pesh-shuak, Wikoo_, or _Chuuk_ is also used in the same sense, but
+the first word is most frequently employed.
+
+[41] The Indians of the North-West coast and the wooded region protected
+by the great rivers always take heads as trophies. The heads are
+subsequently fixed on poles in front of their cedar-board lodges. The
+prairie Indians and the tribes east of the Rocky Mountains generally
+take, and always took, scalps alone, owing, perhaps, to the difficulty
+of carrying heads. This is no obstacle to fighting men travelling in
+canoes, on the bows of which they are often fastened while the warriors
+are returning from hostile expeditions.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+RECEPTION OF JEWITT BY THE SAVAGES--ESCAPE OF THOMPSON--ARRIVAL OF
+NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--AN INDIAN FEAST
+
+
+We were received by the inhabitants of the village, men, women, and
+children, with loud shouts of joy, and a most horrible drumming with
+sticks upon the roofs and sides of their houses,[42] in which they had
+also stuck a great number of lighted pine torches, to welcome their
+king's return, and congratulate him on the success of his enterprise.
+
+Maquina then took me on shore to his house, which was very large, and
+filled with people--where I was received with much kindness by the
+women, particularly those belonging to the king, who had no less than
+nine wives, all of whom came around me, expressing much sympathy for my
+misfortune, gently stroking and patting my head in an encouraging and
+soothing manner, with words expressive of condolence. How sweet is
+compassion even from savages! Those who have been in a similar
+situation, can alone truly appreciate its value.
+
+In the meantime all the warriors of the tribe, to the number of five
+hundred,[43] had assembled at the king's house, to rejoice for their
+success. They exulted greatly in having taken our ship, and each one
+boasted of his own particular exploits in killing our men, but they were
+in general much dissatisfied with my having been suffered to live, and
+were very urgent with Maquina to deliver me to them, to be put to death,
+which he obstinately refused to do, telling them that he had promised me
+my life, and would not break his word; and that, besides, I knew how to
+repair and to make arms, and should be of great use to them.
+
+The king then seated me by him, and ordered his women to bring him
+something to eat, when they set before him some dried clams and
+train-oil, of which he ate very heartily, and encouraged me to follow
+his example, telling me to eat much, and take a great deal of oil, which
+would make me strong and fat. Notwithstanding his praise of this new
+kind of food, I felt no disposition to indulge in it, both the smell and
+taste being loathsome to me; and had it been otherwise, such was the
+pain I endured, the agitation of my mind, and the gloominess of my
+reflections, that I should have felt very little inclination for eating.
+
+Not satisfied with his first refusal to deliver me up to them, the
+people again became clamorous that Maquina should consent to my being
+killed, saying that not one of us ought to be left alive to give
+information to others of our countrymen, and prevent them from coming to
+trade, or induce them to revenge the destruction of our ship, and they
+at length became so boisterous, that he caught up a large club in a
+passion, and drove them all out of the house. During this scene, a son
+of the king, about eleven years old, attracted no doubt by the
+singularity of my appearance, came up to me: I caressed him; he returned
+my attentions with much apparent pleasure, and considering this as a
+fortunate opportunity to gain the good will of the father, I took the
+child on my knee, and, cutting the metal buttons from off the coat I had
+on, I tied them around his neck. At this he was highly delighted, and
+became so much attached to me, that he would not quit me.
+
+The king appeared much pleased with my attention to his son, and,
+telling me that it was time to go to sleep, directed me to lie with his
+son next to him, as he was afraid lest some of his people would come
+while he was asleep and kill me with their daggers. I lay down as he
+ordered me, but neither the state of my mind nor the pain I felt would
+allow me to sleep.
+
+About midnight I was greatly alarmed by the approach of one of the
+natives, who came to give information to the king that there was one of
+the white men alive, who had knocked him down as he went on board the
+ship at night. This Maquina communicated to me, giving me to understand
+that as soon as the sun rose he should kill him. I endeavoured to
+persuade him to spare his life, but he bade me be silent and go to
+sleep. I said nothing more, but lay revolving in my mind what method I
+could devise to save the life of this man. What a consolation, thought
+I, what a happiness would it prove to me in my forlorn state among
+these heathens, to have a Christian and one of my own countrymen for a
+companion, and how greatly would it alleviate and lighten the burden of
+my slavery.
+
+As I was thinking of some plan for his preservation, it all at once came
+into my mind that this man was probably the sail-maker of the ship,
+named Thompson, as I had not seen his head among those on deck, and knew
+that he was below at work upon sails not long before the attack. The
+more I thought of it, the more probable it appeared to me, and as
+Thompson was a man nearly forty years of age, and had an old look, I
+conceived it would be easy to make him pass for my father, and by this
+means prevail on Maquina to spare his life. Towards morning I fell into
+a dose, but was awakened with the first beams of the sun by the king,
+who told me he was going to kill the man who was on board the ship, and
+ordered me to accompany him. I rose and followed him, leading with me
+the young prince, his son.
+
+On coming to the beach, I found all the men of the tribe assembled. The
+king addressed them, saying that one of the white men had been found
+alive on board the ship, and requested their opinion as to saving his
+life or putting him to death. They were unanimously for the latter. This
+determination he made known to me. Having arranged my plan, I asked him,
+pointing to the boy, whom I still held by the hand, if he loved his son.
+He answered that he did. I then asked the child if he loved his father,
+and on his replying in the affirmative, I said, "And I also love mine."
+I then threw myself on my knees at Maquina's feet, and implored him,
+with tears in my eyes, to spare my father's life, if the man on board
+should prove to be him, telling him that if he killed my father, it was
+my wish that he should kill me too, and that if he did not, I would kill
+myself--and that he would thus lose my services; whereas, by sparing my
+father's life, he would preserve mine, which would be of great advantage
+to him, by my repairing and making arms for him.
+
+Maquina appeared moved by my entreaties, and promised not to put the man
+to death if he should be my father. He then explained to his people what
+I had said, and ordered me to go on board and tell the man to come on
+shore. To my unspeakable joy, on going into the hold, I found that my
+conjecture was true. Thompson was there. He had escaped without any
+injury, excepting a slight wound in the nose, given him by one of the
+savages with a knife, as he attempted to come on deck, during the
+scuffle. Finding the savages in possession of the ship, as he afterwards
+informed me, he secreted himself in the hold, hoping for some chance to
+make his escape; but that, the Indian who came on board in the night
+approaching the place where he was, he supposed himself discovered, and,
+being determined to sell his life as dearly as possible, as soon as he
+came within his reach, he knocked him down, but the Indian, immediately
+springing up, ran off at full speed.
+
+I informed him, in a few words, that all our men had been killed; that
+the king had preserved my life, and had consented to spare his on the
+supposition that he was my father, an opinion which he must be careful
+not to undeceive them in, as it was his only safety. After giving him
+his cue, I went on shore with him, and presented him to Maquina, who
+immediately knew him to be the sail-maker, and was much pleased,
+observing that he could make sails for his canoe. He then took us to his
+house, and ordered something for us to eat.
+
+On the 24th and 25th, the natives were busily employed in taking the
+cargo out of the ship, stripping her of her sails and rigging, cutting
+away the spars and masts, and, in short, rendering her as complete a
+wreck as possible, the muskets, ammunition, cloth, and all the principal
+articles taken from her, being deposited in the king's house.
+
+While they were thus occupied, each one taking what he liked, my
+companion and myself being obliged to aid them, I thought it best to
+secure the accounts and papers of the ship, in hopes that on some future
+day I might have it in my power to restore them to the owners. With this
+view I took possession of the captain's writing-desk, which contained
+the most of them, together with some paper and implements for writing. I
+had also the good fortune to find a blank account-book, in which I
+resolved, should it be permitted me, to write an account of our capture,
+and the most remarkable occurrences that I should meet with during my
+stay among these people, fondly indulging the hope that it would not be
+long before some vessel would arrive to release us. I likewise found in
+the cabin a small volume of sermons, a Bible, and a Common Prayer-book
+of the Church of England, which furnished me and my comrade great
+consolation in the midst of our mournful servitude, and enabled me,
+under the favour of Divine Providence, to support with firmness the
+miseries of a life which I might otherwise have found beyond my
+strength to endure.
+
+As these people set no value upon things of this kind, I found no
+difficulty in appropriating them to myself, by putting them in my chest,
+which, though it had been broken open and rifled by the savages, as I
+still had the key, I without much difficulty secured. In this I also put
+some small tools belonging to the ship, with several other articles,
+particularly a journal kept by the second mate, Mr. Ingraham, and a
+collection of drawings and views of places taken by him, which I had the
+good fortune to preserve, and on my arrival at Boston, I gave them to a
+connection of his, the Honourable Judge Dawes, who sent them to his
+family in New York.
+
+On the 26th, two ships were seen standing in for Friendly Cove. At their
+first appearance the inhabitants were thrown into great confusion, but,
+soon collecting a number of muskets and blunderbusses, ran to the shore,
+from whence they kept up so brisk a fire at them, that they were
+evidently afraid to approach nearer, and, after firing a few rounds of
+grape-shot, which did no harm to any one, they wore ship and stood out
+to sea. These ships, as I afterwards learned, were the _Mary_ and _Juno_
+of Boston.
+
+They were scarcely out of sight when Maquina expressed much regret that
+he had permitted his people to fire at them, being apprehensive that
+they would give information to others in what manner they had been
+received, and prevent them from coming to trade with him.
+
+A few days after hearing of the capture of the ship, there arrived at
+Nootka a great number of canoes filled with savages from no less than
+twenty tribes to the north and south. Among those from the north were
+the Ai-tiz-zarts,[44] Schoo-mad-its,[45] Neu-wit-ties,[46]
+Savin-nars,[47] Ah-owz-arts,[48] Mo-watch-its,[49] Suth-setts,[50]
+Neu-chad-lits,[51] Mich-la-its,[52] and Cay-u-quets,[53] the most of
+whom were considered as tributary to Nootka. From the south, the
+Aytch-arts[54] and Esqui-ates,[55] also tributary, with the
+Kla-oo-quates,[56] and the Wickannish, a large and powerful tribe about
+two hundred miles distant.
+
+These last were better clad than most of the others, and their canoes
+wrought with much greater skill; they are furnished with sails as well
+as paddles, and, with the advantage of a fair breeze, are usually but
+twenty-four hours on their passage.
+
+Maquina, who was very proud of his new acquisition, was desirous of
+welcoming these visitors in the European manner. He accordingly ordered
+his men, as the canoes approached, to assemble on the beach with loaded
+muskets and blunderbusses, placing Thompson at the cannon, which had
+been brought from the ship and laid upon two long sticks of timber in
+front of the village; then, taking a speaking trumpet in his hand, he
+ascended with me the roof of his house, and began drumming or beating
+upon the boards with a stick most violently.
+
+Nothing could be more ludicrous than the appearance of this motley group
+of savages collected on the shore, dressed as they were with their
+ill-gotten finery in the most fantastic manner, some in women's smocks,
+taken from our cargo, others in _Kotsacks_[57] (or cloaks) of blue, red,
+or yellow broadcloth, with stockings drawn over their heads, and their
+necks hung round with numbers of powder-horns, shot-bags, and
+cartouch-boxes, some of them having no less than ten muskets apiece on
+their shoulders, and five or six daggers in their girdles. Diverting
+indeed was it to see them all squatted upon the beach, holding their
+muskets perpendicularly with the butt pressed upon the sand, instead of
+against their shoulders, and in this position awaiting the order to
+fire.
+
+Maquina, at last, called to them with his trumpet to fire, which they
+did in the most awkward and timid manner, with their muskets hard
+pressed upon the ground as above-mentioned. At the same moment the
+cannon was fired by Thompson, immediately on which they threw themselves
+back and began to roll and tumble over the sand as if they had been
+shot, when, suddenly springing up, they began a song of triumph, and,
+running backward and forward upon the shore, with the wildest
+gesticulations, boasted of their exploits, and exhibited as trophies
+what they had taken from us. Notwithstanding the unpleasantness of my
+situation, and the feelings that this display of our spoils excited, I
+could not avoid laughing at the strange appearance of these savages,
+their awkward movements, and the singular contrast of their dress and
+arms.
+
+When the ceremony was concluded, Maquina invited the strangers to a
+feast at his house, consisting of whale-blubber, smoked herring spawn,
+and dried fish and train-oil, of which they ate most plentifully. The
+feast being over, the trays out of which they ate, and other things,
+were immediately removed to make room for the dance, which was to close
+the entertainment. This was performed by Maquina's son, the young prince
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, whom I have already spoken of, in the following
+manner:--
+
+Three of the principal chiefs, drest in their otter-skin mantles, which
+they wear only on extraordinary occasions and at festivals, having their
+heads covered over with white down and their faces highly painted, came
+forward into the middle of the room, each furnished with a bag filled
+with white down, which they scattered around in such a manner as to
+represent a fall of snow. These were followed by the young prince, who
+was dressed in a long piece of yellow cloth, wrapped loosely around him,
+and decorated with small bells, with a cap on his head to which was
+fastened a curious mask in imitation of a wolf's head, while the rear
+was brought up by the king himself in his robe of sea-otter skin, with a
+small whistle in his mouth and a rattle in his hand, with which he kept
+time to a sort of tune on his whistle. After passing very rapidly in
+this order around the house, each of them seated himself, except the
+prince, who immediately began his dance, which principally consisted in
+springing up into the air in a squat posture, and constantly turning
+around on his heels with great swiftness in a very narrow circle.
+
+This dance, with a few intervals of rest, was continued for about two
+hours, during which the chiefs kept up a constant drumming with sticks
+of about a foot in length on a long hollow plank, which was, though a
+very noisy, a most doleful kind of music. This they accompanied with
+songs, the king himself acting as chorister, while the women applauded
+each feat of activity in the dancer, by repeating the words, _Wocash!
+Wocash Tyee!_[58] that is, Good! very good, Prince!
+
+As soon as the dance was finished, Maquina began to give presents to the
+strangers, in the name of his son Sat-sat-sok-sis. These were pieces of
+European cloth, generally of a fathom in length, muskets, powder, shot,
+etc. Whenever he gave them anything, they had a peculiar manner of
+snatching it from him with a very stern and surly look, repeating each
+time the words, _Wocash Tyee_. This I understood to be their custom, and
+was considered as a compliment, which, if omitted, would be supposed as
+a mark of disregard for the present. On this occasion Maquina gave away
+no less than one hundred muskets, the same number of looking-glasses,
+four hundred yards of cloth, and twenty casks of powder, besides other
+things.
+
+After receiving these presents, the strangers retired on board their
+canoes, for so numerous were they that Maquina would not suffer any but
+the chiefs to sleep in the houses; and, in order to prevent the property
+from being pillaged by them, he ordered Thompson and myself to keep
+guard during the night, armed with cutlasses and pistols.
+
+In this manner tribes of savages from various parts of the coast
+continued coming for several days, bringing with them blubber, oil,
+herring spawn, dried fish, and clams, for which they received in return
+presents of cloth, etc., after which they in general immediately
+returned home. I observed that very few, if any, of them, except the
+chiefs, had arms, which, I afterwards learned, is the custom with these
+people, whenever they come upon a friendly visit or to trade, in order
+to show, on their approach, that their intentions are pacific.[59]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[42] A common mode of expressing joy. During dancing and singing this
+goes on continually.
+
+[43] In 1863, when I made a special inquiry, the whole number of adult
+males in the Mooachaht tribe (the so-called Nootkans) was one hundred
+and fifty.
+
+[44] Ayhuttisahts.
+
+[45] This name is unknown to me.
+
+[46] Nahwittis, or Flatlashekwill, an almost vanished tribe, join the
+north end of Vancouver Island (Goletas Channel, Galliano Island, and
+west-ward to Cape Scott).
+
+[47] The name of some village, not a tribe.
+
+[48] Ahousahts.
+
+[49] Mooachahts. The "Nootkans" proper of Friendly Cove.
+
+[50] Seshahts, but they are to the south (Alberni Canal) and Barclay
+Sound.
+
+[51] Noochahlahts (lat. 49 deg. 47' 20" N.).
+
+[52] Muchlahts, or Quaquina arm.
+
+[53] Ky-yoh-quahts.
+
+[54] This is probably another spelling of the E-cha-chahts.
+
+[55] Hishquayahts (lat. 49 deg. 27' 31" N., long. 126 deg. 25' 27" W.).
+
+[56] Klahoquahts. This and the other tribes mentioned in the text
+are no longer tributary to the Mooachahts, and there is no "Wickannish"
+tribe. As we have already seen (p. 38), it is the name of an
+individual--probably the chief of the Klahoquahts. It is a common name.
+The Nettinahts and the Klahoquahts are still renowned in canoe-making.
+They chisel them out of the great cedar (_Thuja gigantea_) trees in this
+district, for sale to other tribes. But Jewitt, who had no personal
+knowledge of the homes of these tribes, makes sad havoc of their names
+and the direction from which they came.
+
+[57] _Kootsik_, the "cotsack" of Meares. _Kootsik-poom_ is the pin by
+which the Indian blanket cloak is fastened. In Meares's time the people
+dressed in kootsiks of sea-otter skin. But even then they were getting
+so fond of blankets, that without "woollens" among the barter, trade was
+difficult. In fifteen years they learned a better use for sea-otters
+worth L20 apiece than to make cloaks of them.
+
+[58] The words were really _Waw-kash_ (a word of salutation) and _Tyee_.
+This is in most common use in Nootka Sound. The order of salutation to a
+man is _Quaache-is_, to a woman _Che-is_, and at parting _Klach-she_. A
+married woman is _Klootsnah_; a young girl _Hah-quatl-is_; an unmarried
+woman (whether old or young) _Hah-quatl_--distinctions which Jewitt does
+not make in his brief vocabulary. The Indians have many words to express
+varieties of the same action. Thus _patt[=e]s_ means to wash. But
+_patt[=e][=e]_ is to wash all over; _tsont-soomik_, to wash the hands;
+_tsocuks_, to wash a pan, etc. _Haouwith_, or _Hawilth_, is the original
+word for chief, though _Tyee_ is commonly used.
+
+[59] This is one of the earliest--if not the first--account of these
+periodical givings away of property so characteristic of the
+North-Western coast Indians, and known to the whites as "Potlatches." An
+Indian accumulates blankets and other portable property simply to give
+away at such feasts. Then if a poor, he becomes a great man, and even a
+kind of minor chief--a Life Peer, as it were. But those who have
+received much are expected to return the compliment by also giving a
+"potlatch," to which guests come from far and near. I have described one
+of these in _The Races of Mankind_ (the first edition of _The Peoples of
+the World_), vol. i. pp. 75-90.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+BURNING OF THE VESSEL--COMMENCEMENT OF JEWITT'S JOURNAL
+
+
+Early on the morning of the 19th the ship was discovered to be on fire.
+This was owing to one of the savages having gone on board with a
+firebrand at night for the purpose of plunder, some sparks from which
+fell into the hold, and, communicating with some combustibles, soon
+enveloped the whole in flames. The natives regretted the loss of the
+ship the more as a great part of her cargo still remained on board. To
+my companion and myself it was a most melancholy sight, for with her
+disappeared from our eyes every trace of a civilised country; but the
+disappointment we experienced was still more severely felt, for we had
+calculated on having the provision to ourselves, which would have
+furnished us with a stock for years, as whatever is cured with salt,
+together with most of our other articles of food, are never eaten by
+these people. I had luckily saved all my tools, excepting the anvil and
+the bellows, which was attached to the forge, and from their weight had
+not been brought on shore. We had also the good fortune, in looking over
+what had been taken from the ship, to discover a box of chocolate and a
+case of port wine, which, as the Indians were not fond of it, proved a
+great comfort to us for some time; and from one of the natives I
+obtained a Nautical Almanack which had belonged to the captain, and
+which was of great use to me in determining the time.
+
+About two days after, on examining their booty, the savages found a
+tierce of rum, with which they were highly delighted, as they have
+become very fond of spirituous liquors since their intercourse with the
+whites.[60] This was towards evening, and Maquina, having assembled all
+the men at his house, gave a feast, at which they drank so freely of the
+rum, that in a short time they became so extremely wild and frantic that
+Thompson and myself, apprehensive for our safety, thought it prudent to
+retire privately into the woods, where we continued till past midnight.
+
+On our return we found the women gone, who are always very temperate,
+drinking nothing but water, having quitted the house and gone to the
+other huts to sleep, so terrified were they at the conduct of the men,
+who lay all stretched out on the floor in a state of complete
+intoxication. How easy in this situation would it have been for us to
+have dispatched or made ourselves masters of our enemies had there been
+any ship near to which we could have escaped, but as we were situated
+the attempt would have been madness. The wish of revenge was, however,
+less strongly impressed on my mind than what appeared to be so evident
+an interposition of Divine Providence in our favour. How little can man
+penetrate its designs, and how frequently is that intended as a blessing
+which he views as a curse. The burning of our ship, which we had
+lamented so much, as depriving us of so many comforts, now appeared to
+us in a very different light, for, had the savages got possession of the
+rum, of which there were nearly twenty puncheons on board,[61] we must
+inevitably have fallen a sacrifice to their fury in some of their
+moments of intoxication. This cask, fortunately, and a case of gin, was
+all the spirits they obtained from the ship. To prevent the recurrence
+of similar danger, I examined the cask, and, finding still a
+considerable quantity remaining, I bored a small hole in the bottom with
+a gimblet, which before morning, to my great joy, completely emptied it.
+
+
+By this time the wound in my head began to be much better, so that I
+could enjoy some sleep, which I had been almost deprived of by the pain,
+and though I was still feeble from the loss of blood and my sufferings,
+I found myself sufficiently well to go to work at my trade, in making
+for the king and his wives bracelets and other small ornaments of copper
+or steel, and in repairing the arms, making use of a large square stone
+for the anvil, and heating my metal in a common wood fire. This was very
+gratifying to Maquina, and his women particularly, and secured me their
+goodwill.
+
+In the meantime, great numbers from the other tribes kept continually
+flocking to Nootka, bringing with them, in exchange for the ship's
+plunder, such quantities of provision, that, notwithstanding the little
+success that Maquina met with in whaling this season, and their
+gluttonous waste, always eating to excess when they have it, regardless
+of the morrow, seldom did the natives experience any want of food during
+the summer. As to myself and companion, we fared as they did, never
+wanting for such provision as they had, though we were obliged to eat it
+cooked in their manner, and with train-oil as a sauce, a circumstance
+not a little unpleasant, both from their uncleanly mode of cooking and
+many of the articles of their food, which to a European are very
+disgusting; but, as the saying is, hunger will break through stone
+walls, and we found, at times, in the blubber of sea animals and the
+flesh of the dog-fish, loathsome as it generally was, a very acceptable
+repast.
+
+But much oftener would poor Thompson, who was no favourite with them,
+have suffered from hunger had it not been for my furnishing him with
+provision. This I was enabled to do from my work, Maquina allowing me
+the privilege, when not employed for him, to work for myself in making
+bracelets and other ornaments of copper, fish-hooks, daggers, etc.,
+either to sell to the tribes who visited us or for our own chiefs, who
+on these occasions, besides supplying me with as much as I wished to
+eat, and a sufficiency for Thompson, almost always made me a present of
+a European garment, taken from the ship, or some fathoms of cloth, which
+were made up by my comrade, and enabled us to go comfortably clad for
+some time; or small bundles of penknives, razors, scissors, etc., for
+one of which we could almost always procure from the natives two or
+three fresh salmon, cod, or halibut; or dried fish, clams, and herring
+spawn from the stranger tribes; and had we only been permitted to cook
+them after our own way, as we had pots and other utensils belonging to
+the ship, we should not have had much cause of complaint in this
+respect; but so tenacious are these people of their customs,
+particularly in the article of food and cooking, that the king always
+obliged me to give whatever provision I bought to the women to cook. And
+one day, finding Thompson and myself on the shore employed in boiling
+down sea-water into salt, on being told what it was he was very much
+displeased, and, taking the little we had procured, threw it into the
+sea. In one instance alone, as a particular favour, he allowed me to
+boil some salmon in my own way, when I invited him and his queen to eat
+with me; they tasted it, but did not like it, and made their meal of
+some of it that I had cooked in their country fashion.
+
+In May the weather became uncommonly mild and pleasant, and so forward
+was vegetation, that I picked plenty of strawberries[62] by the middle
+of the month. Of this fruit there are great quantities on this coast,
+and I found them a most delicious treat.
+
+My health now had become almost re-established, my wound being so far
+healed that it gave me no further trouble. I had never failed to wash it
+regularly once a day in sea water, and to dress it with a fresh leaf of
+tobacco, which I obtained from the natives, who had taken it from the
+ship, but made no use of it. This was all the dressing I gave it, except
+applying to it two or three times a little loaf sugar, which Maquina
+gave me, in order to remove some proud flesh, which prevented it from
+closing.
+
+My cure would doubtless have been much sooner effected had I have been
+in a civilised country, where I could have had it dressed by a surgeon
+and properly attended to. But alas! I had no good Samaritan, with oil
+and wine, to bind up my wounds, and fortunate might I even esteem myself
+that I was permitted to dress it myself, for the utmost that I could
+expect from the natives was compassion for my misfortunes, which I
+indeed experienced from the women, particularly the queen, or favourite
+wife of Maquina, the mother of Sat-sat-sok-sis, who used frequently to
+point to my head, and manifest much kindness and solicitude for me. I
+must do Maquina the justice to acknowledge, that he always appeared
+desirous of sparing me any labour which he believed might be hurtful to
+me, frequently inquiring in an affectionate manner if my head pained me.
+As for the others, some of the chiefs excepted, they cared little what
+became of me, and probably would have been gratified with my death.
+
+My health being at length re-established and my wound healed, Thompson
+became very importunate for me to begin my journal, and as I had no ink,
+proposed to cut his finger to supply me with blood for the purpose
+whenever I should want it. On the 1st of June I accordingly commenced a
+regular diary, but had no occasion to make use of the expedient
+suggested by my comrade, having found a much better substitute in the
+expressed juice of a certain plant, which furnished me with a bright
+green colour, and, after making a number of trials, I at length
+succeeded in obtaining a very tolerable ink, by boiling the juice of the
+blackberry with a mixture of finely powdered charcoal, and filtering it
+through a cloth. This I afterwards preserved in bottles, and found it
+answer very well, so true is it that "necessity is the mother of
+invention." As for quills, I found no difficulty in procuring them
+whenever I wanted, from the crows and ravens with which the beach was
+almost always covered, attracted by the offal of whales, seals, etc.,
+and which were so tame that I could easily kill them with stones, while
+a large clam-shell furnished me with an inkstand.
+
+The extreme solicitude of Thompson that I should begin my journal might
+be considered as singular in a man who neither knew how to read or
+write, a circumstance, by the way, very uncommon in an American, were we
+less acquainted with the force of habit, he having been for many years
+at sea, and accustomed to consider the keeping of a journal as a thing
+indispensable. This man was born in Philadelphia, and at eight years old
+ran away from his friends and entered as a cabin boy on board a ship
+bound to London. On his arrival there, finding himself in distress, he
+engaged as an apprentice to the captain of a collier, from whence he was
+impressed on board an English man-of-war, and continued in the British
+naval service about twenty-seven years, during which he was present at
+the engagement under Lord Howe with the French fleet in June 1794, and
+when peace was made between England and France, was discharged. He was a
+very strong and powerful man, an expert boxer, and perfectly fearless;
+indeed, so little was his dread of danger, that when irritated he was
+wholly regardless of his life. Of this the following will furnish a
+sufficient proof:--
+
+One evening about the middle of April, as I was at the house of one of
+the chiefs, where I had been employed on some work for him, word was
+brought me that Maquina was going to kill Thompson. I immediately
+hurried home, where I found the king in the act of presenting a loaded
+musket at Thompson, who was standing before him with his breast bared
+and calling on him to fire. I instantly stepped up to Maquina, who was
+foaming with rage, and, addressing him in soothing words, begged him for
+my sake not to kill my father, and at length succeeded in taking the
+musket from him and persuading him to sit down.
+
+On inquiring into the cause of his anger, I learned that, while Thompson
+was lighting the lamps in the king's room, Maquina having substituted
+ours for their pine torches, some of the boys began to tease him,
+running around him and pulling him by the trousers, among the most
+forward of whom was the young prince. This caused Thompson to spill the
+oil, which threw him into such a passion, that, without caring what he
+did, he struck the prince so violent a blow in his face with his fist as
+to knock him down. The sensation excited among the savages by an act
+which was considered as the highest indignity, and a profanation of the
+sacred person of majesty, may be easily conceived. The king was
+immediately acquainted with it, who, on coming in and seeing his son's
+face covered with blood, seized a musket and began to load it,
+determined to take instant revenge of the audacious offender, and had I
+arrived a few moments later than I did, my companion would certainly
+have paid with his life for his rash and violent conduct. I found the
+utmost difficulty in pacifying Maquina, who for a long time after could
+not forgive Thompson, but would repeatedly say, "John, _you_
+die--Thompson kill."
+
+But to appease the king was not all that was necessary. In consequence
+of the insult offered to their prince, the whole tribe held a council,
+in which it was unanimously resolved that Thompson should be put to
+death in the most cruel manner. I however interceded so strenuously with
+Maquina for his life, telling him that if my father was killed, I was
+determined not to survive him, that he refused to deliver him up to the
+vengeance of his people, saying, that for John's sake they must consent
+to let him live. The prince, who, after I had succeeded in calming his
+father, gave me an account of what had happened, told me that it was
+wholly out of regard to me, as Thompson was my father, that his life had
+been spared, for that if any one of the tribe should dare to lift a hand
+against him in anger, he would most certainly be put to death.
+
+Yet even this narrow escape produced not much effect on Thompson, or
+induced him to restrain the violence of his temper. For, not many weeks
+after, he was guilty of a similar indiscretion, in striking the eldest
+son of a chief, who was about eighteen years old, and, according to
+their custom, was considered as a Tyee, or chief, himself, in
+consequence of his having provoked him by calling him a white slave.
+This affair caused great commotion in the village, and the tribe was
+very clamorous for his death, but Maquina would not consent.
+
+I used frequently to remonstrate with him on the imprudence of his
+conduct, and beg him to govern his temper better, telling him that it
+was our duty, since our lives were in the power of these savages, to do
+nothing to exasperate them. But all I could say on this point availed
+little, for so bitter was the hate he felt for them, which he was no way
+backward in manifesting both by his looks and actions, that he declared
+he never would submit to their insults, and that he had much rather be
+killed than be obliged to live among them; adding that he only wished he
+had a good vessel and some guns, and he would destroy the whole of the
+cursed race; for to a brave sailor like him, who had fought the French
+and Spaniards with glory, it was a punishment worse than death to be a
+slave to such a poor, ignorant, despicable set of beings.
+
+As for myself, I thought very differently. After returning thanks to
+that merciful Being who had in so wonderful a manner softened the hearts
+of the savages in my favour, I had determined from the first of my
+capture to adopt a conciliating conduct towards them, and conform
+myself, as far as was in my power, to their customs and mode of
+thinking, trusting that the same divine goodness that had rescued me
+from death, would not always suffer me to languish in captivity among
+these heathens.
+
+With this view, I sought to gain their goodwill by always endeavouring
+to assume a cheerful countenance, appearing pleased with their sports
+and buffoon tricks, making little ornaments for the wives and children
+of their chiefs, by which means I became quite a favourite with them,
+and fish-hooks, daggers, etc., for themselves.
+
+As a further recommendation to their favour, and what might eventually
+prove of the utmost importance to us, I resolved to learn their
+language, which in the course of a few months' residence I so far
+succeeded in acquiring, as to be able in general to make myself well
+understood.
+
+I likewise tried to persuade Thompson to learn it, as what might prove
+necessary to him. But he refused, saying that he hated both them and
+their cursed lingo, and would have nothing to do with it.
+
+By pursuing this conciliatory plan, so far did I gain the goodwill of
+these savages, particularly the chiefs, that I scarcely ever failed
+experiencing kind treatment from them, and was received with a smile of
+welcome at their houses, where I was always sure of having something
+given me to eat, whenever they had it, and many a good meal have I had
+from them, when they themselves were short of provisions and suffering
+for the want of them.
+
+And it was a common practice with me, when we had nothing to eat at
+home, which happened not unfrequently during my stay among them, to go
+around the village, and on noticing a smoke from any of the houses,
+which denoted that they were cooking, enter in without ceremony, and ask
+them for something, which I was never refused.
+
+Few nations, indeed, are there so very rude and unfeeling, whom constant
+mild treatment, and an attention to please, will not mollify and obtain
+from some return of kind attention. This the treatment I received from
+these people may exemplify, for not numerous, even among those calling
+themselves civilised, are there instances to be found of persons
+depriving themselves of food to give it to a stranger, whatever may be
+his merits.
+
+It may perhaps be as well in this place to give a description of Nootka;
+some accounts of the tribes who were accustomed to visit us; and the
+manners and customs of the people, as far as I hitherto had an
+opportunity of observing them.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[60] It was about this date that Long, an Indian trader, described rum
+as the _unum necessarium_ for traffic with the savages. It is still
+eagerly asked for, though its sale or gift is illegal.
+
+[61] For sale, of course, to the Indians.
+
+[62] Chiefly _Fragaria chilensis_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+DESCRIPTION OF NOOTKA SOUND--MANNER OF BUILDING
+HOUSES--FURNITURE--DRESSES
+
+
+The village of Nootka is situated in between 49 and 50 deg. N. lat.,[63]
+at the bottom of Friendly Cove, on the west or north-west side. It
+consists of about twenty houses or huts, on a small hill, which rises
+with a gentle ascent from the shore. Friendly Cove, which affords good
+and secure anchorage for ships close in with the shore, is a small
+harbour of not more than a quarter or half a mile in length, and about
+half a mile or three-quarters broad, formed by the line of coast on the
+east and a long point or headland, which extends as much as three
+leagues into the Sound, in nearly a westerly direction.[64] This, as
+well as I can judge from what I have seen of it, is in general from one
+to two miles in breadth, and mostly a rocky and unproductive soil, with
+but few trees. The eastern and western shores of this harbour are steep
+and in many parts rocky, the trees growing quite to the water's edge,
+but the bottom to the north and north-west is a fine sandy beach of half
+a mile or more in extent.
+
+From the village to the north and north-east extends a plain, the soil
+of which is very excellent, and with proper cultivation may be made to
+produce almost any of our European vegetables; this is but little more
+than half a mile in breadth, and is terminated by the seacoast, which in
+this place is lined with rocks and reefs, and cannot be approached by
+ships. The coast in the neighbourhood of Nootka is in general low, and
+but little broken into hills and valleys. The soil is good, well covered
+with fine forests of pine, spruce, beech, and other trees, and abounds
+with streams of the finest water, the general appearance being the same
+for many miles around.
+
+The village is situated on the ground occupied by the Spaniards, when
+they kept a garrison here; the foundations of the church and the
+governor's house are yet visible, and a few European plants are still to
+be found, which continue to be self-propagated, such as onions, peas,
+and turnips, but the two last are quite small, particularly the turnips,
+which afforded us nothing but the tops for eating. Their former village
+stood on the same spot, but the Spaniards, finding it a commodious
+situation, demolished the houses, and forced the inhabitants to retire
+five or six miles into the country.[65] With great sorrow, as Maquina
+told me, did they find themselves compelled to quit their ancient place
+of residence, but with equal joy did they repossess themselves of it
+when the Spanish garrison was expelled by the English.
+
+[Illustration: HABITATIONS IN NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+The houses, as I have observed, are above twenty in number, built nearly
+in a line. These are of different sizes, according to the rank or
+quality of the _Tyee_, or chief, who lives in them, each having one, of
+which he is considered as the lord. They vary not much in width, being
+usually from thirty-six to forty feet wide, but are of very different
+lengths, that of the king, which is much the longest, being about one
+hundred and fifty feet, while the smallest, which contain only two
+families, do not exceed forty feet in length; the house of the king is
+also distinguished from the others by being higher.
+
+Their method of building is as follows: they erect in the ground two
+very large posts, at such a distance apart as is intended for the length
+of the house. On these, which are of equal height, and hollowed out at
+the upper end, they lay a large spar for the ridge-pole of the building,
+or, if the length of the house requires it, two or more, supporting
+their ends by similar upright posts; these spars are sometimes of an
+almost incredible size, having myself measured one in Maquina's house,
+which I found to be one hundred feet long and eight feet four inches in
+circumference. At equal distances from these two posts, two others are
+placed on each side, to form the width of the building; these are rather
+shorter than the first, and on them are laid in like manner spars, but
+of a smaller size, having the upper part hewed flat, with a narrow ridge
+on the outer side to support the ends of the planks.
+
+The roof is formed of pine planks with a broad feather edge, so as to
+lap well over each other, which are laid lengthwise from the ridge-pole
+in the centre, to the beams at the sides, after which the top is covered
+with planks of eight feet broad, which form a kind of coving projecting
+so far over the ends of the planks that form the roof, as completely to
+exclude the rain. On these they lay large stones to prevent their being
+displaced by the wind. The ends of the planks are not secured to the
+beams on which they are laid by any fastening, so that in a high storm I
+have often known all the men obliged to turn out and go upon the roof to
+prevent them from being blown off, carrying large stones and pieces of
+rock with them to secure the boards, always stripping themselves naked
+on these occasions, whatever may be the severity of the weather, to
+prevent their garments from being wet and muddied, as these storms are
+almost always accompanied with heavy rains. The sides of their houses
+are much more open and exposed to the weather; this proceeds from their
+not being so easily made close as the roof, being built with planks of
+about ten feet long and four or five wide, which they place between
+stancheons or small posts of the height of the roof; of these there are
+four to each range of boards, two at each end, and so near each other as
+to leave space enough for admitting a plank. The planks or boards which
+they make use of for building their houses, and for other uses, they
+procure of different lengths as occasion requires, by splitting them out
+with hard wooden wedges from pine logs, and afterwards dubbing them down
+with their chisels, with much patience, to the thickness wanted,
+rendering them quite smooth.
+
+There is but one entrance; this is placed usually at the end, though
+sometimes in the middle, as was that of Maquina's. Through the middle of
+the building, from one end to the other, runs a passage of about eight
+or nine feet broad, on each side of which the several families that
+occupy it live, each having its particular fireplace, but without any
+kind of wall or separation to mark their respective limits; the chief
+having his apartment at the upper end, and the next in rank opposite on
+the other side. They have no other floor than the ground; the fireplace
+or hearth consists of a number of stones loosely put together, but they
+are wholly without a chimney, nor is there any opening left in the roof,
+but whenever a fire is made, the plank immediately over it is thrust
+aside, by means of a pole, to give vent to the smoke.
+
+The height of the houses in general, from the ground to the centre of
+the roof, does not exceed ten feet, that of Maquina's was not far from
+fourteen; the spar forming the ridge-pole of the latter was painted in
+red and black circles alternately, by way of ornament, and the large
+posts that supported it had their tops curiously wrought or carved, so
+as to represent human heads of a monstrous size, which were painted in
+their manner. These were not, however, considered as objects of
+adoration, but merely as ornaments.[66]
+
+The furniture of these people is very simple, and consists only of
+boxes, in which they put their clothes, furs, and such things as they
+hold most valuable; tubs for keeping their provisions of spawn and
+blubber in; trays from which they eat; baskets for their dried fish and
+other purposes, and bags made of bark matting, of which they also make
+their beds, spreading a piece of it upon the ground when they lie down,
+and using no other bed covering than their garments. The boxes are of
+pine, with a top that shuts over, and instead of nails or pegs, are
+fastened with flexible twigs; they are extremely smooth and high
+polished, and sometimes ornamented with rows of very small white shells.
+The tubs are of a square form, secured in the like manner, and of
+various sizes, some being extremely large, having seen them that were
+six feet long by four broad and five deep. The trays are hollowed out
+with their chisels from a solid block of wood, and the baskets and mats
+are made from the bark of trees.
+
+From bark they likewise make the cloth for their garments, in the
+following manner:--A quantity of this bark is taken and put into fresh
+water, where it is kept for a fortnight, to give it time to completely
+soften; it is then taken out and beaten upon a plank, with an instrument
+made of bone, or some very hard wood, having grooves or hollows on one
+side of it, care being taken to keep the mass constantly moistened with
+water, in order to separate, with more ease, the hard and woody from the
+soft and fibrous parts, which, when completed, they parcel out into
+skeins, like thread. These they lay in the air to bleach, and afterwards
+dye them black or red, as suits their fancies, their natural colour
+being a pale yellow. In order to form the cloth, the women, by whom the
+whole of this process is performed, take a certain number of these
+skeins and twist them together, by rolling them with their hands upon
+their knees into hard rolls, which are afterwards connected by means of
+a strong thread, made for the purpose.
+
+[Illustration: INTERIOR OF A HABITATION IN NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+Their dress usually consists of but a single garment, which is a loose
+cloak or mantle (called _kutsack_) in one piece, reaching nearly to the
+feet. This is tied loosely over the right or left shoulder, so as to
+leave the arms at full liberty.
+
+Those of the common people are painted red with ochre the better to keep
+out the rain, but the chiefs wear them of their native colour, which is
+a pale yellow, ornamenting them with borders of the sea-otter skin, a
+kind of grey cloth made of the hair of some animal[67] which they
+procure from the tribes to the south, or their own cloth wrought or
+painted with various figures in red or black, representing men's heads,
+the sun and moon, fish and animals, which are frequently executed with
+much skill. They have also a girdle of the same kind for securing this
+mantle or _kutsack_ around them, which is in general still more highly
+ornamented, and serves them to wear their daggers and knives in. In
+winter, however, they sometimes make use of an additional garment, which
+is a kind of hood, with a hole in it for the purpose of admitting the
+head, and falls over the breast and back, as low as the shoulders; this
+is bordered both at top and bottom with fur, and is never worn except
+when they go out.
+
+The garments of the women vary not essentially from those of the men,
+the mantle having holes in it for the purpose of admitting the arms, and
+being tied close under the chin instead of over the shoulder. The chiefs
+have also mantles of the sea-otter skin, but these are only put on upon
+extraordinary occasions; and one that is made from the skin of a certain
+large animal, which is brought from the south by the Wickanninish[68]
+and Kla-iz-zarts.[69] This they prepare by dressing it in warm water,
+scraping off the hair and what flesh adheres to it carefully with sharp
+mussel-shells, and spreading it out in the sun to dry on a wooden frame,
+so as to preserve the shape. When dressed in this manner it becomes
+perfectly white, and as pliable as the best deer's leather, but almost
+as thick again. They then paint it in different figures with such paints
+as they usually employ in decorating their persons; these figures mostly
+represent human heads, canoes employed in catching whales, etc.
+
+This skin is called metamelth, and is probably got from an animal of
+the moose kind; it is highly prized by these people, is their great war
+dress, and only worn when they wish to make the best possible display of
+themselves. Strips or bands of it, painted as above, are also sometimes
+used by them for girdles or the bordering of their cloaks, and also for
+bracelets and ankle ornaments by some of the inferior class.
+
+On their heads, when they go out upon any excursion, particularly
+whaling or fishing, they wear a kind of cap or bonnet in form not unlike
+a large sugar loaf with the top cut off. This is made of the same
+materials with their cloth,[70] but is in general of a closer texture,
+and by way of tassel has a long strip of the skin of the metamelth[71]
+attached to it, covered with rows of small white shells or beads. Those
+worn by the common people are painted entirely red, the chiefs having
+theirs of different colours. The one worn by the king, and which serves
+to designate him from all the others, is longer and broader at the
+bottom; the top, instead of being flat, having upon it an ornament in
+the figure of a small urn. It is also of a much finer texture than the
+others, and plaited or wrought in black and white stripes, with the
+representation in front of a canoe in pursuit of a whale, with the
+harpooner standing in the prow prepared to strike. This bonnet is called
+_Seeya-poks_.
+
+Their mode of living is very simple--their food consisting almost
+wholly of fish, or fish spawn fresh or dried, the blubber of the whale,
+seal, or sea-cow, mussels, clams, and berries of various kinds; all of
+which are eaten with a profusion of train-oil for sauce, not excepting
+even the most delicate fruit, as strawberries and raspberries.
+
+With so little variety in their food, no great secret can be expected in
+their cookery. Of this, indeed, they may be said to know but two
+methods, viz. by boiling and steaming, and even the latter is not very
+frequently practised by them. Their mode of boiling is as follows:--Into
+one of their tubs they pour water sufficient to cook the quantity of
+provision wanted. A number of heated stones are then put in to make it
+boil, when the salmon or other fish are put in without any other
+preparation than sometimes cutting off the heads, tails, and fins, the
+boiling in the meantime being kept up by the application of the hot
+stones, after which it is left to cook until the whole is nearly reduced
+to one mass. It is then taken out and distributed in the trays. In a
+similar manner they cook their blubber and spawn, smoked or dried fish,
+and, in fine, almost everything they eat, nothing going down with them
+like broth.
+
+When they cook their fish by steam, which are usually the heads, tails,
+and fins of the salmon, cod, and halibut, a large fire is kindled, upon
+which they place a bed of stones, which, when the wood is burnt down,
+becomes perfectly heated. Layers of green leaves or pine boughs are then
+placed upon the stones, and the fish, clams, etc., being laid upon
+them, water is poured over them, and the whole closely covered with mats
+to keep in the steam. This is much the best mode of cooking, and clams
+and mussels done in this manner are really excellent.[72] These, as I
+have said, may be considered as their only kinds of cookery; though I
+have, in a very few instances, known them dress the roe or spawn of the
+salmon and the herring, when first taken, in a different manner; this
+was by roasting them, the former being supported between two split
+pieces of pine, and the other having a sharp stick run through it, with
+one end fixed in the ground; sprats are also roasted by them in this
+way, a number being spitted upon one stick; and this kind of food, with
+a little salt, would be found no contemptible eating even to an
+European.
+
+At their meals they seat themselves upon the ground, with their feet
+curled up under them, around their trays, which are generally about
+three feet long by one broad, and from six to eight inches deep. In
+eating they make use of nothing but their fingers, except for the soup
+or oil, which they lade out with clam-shells.
+
+Around one of these trays from four to six persons will seat themselves,
+constantly dipping in their fingers or clam-shells one after the other.
+The king and chiefs alone have separate trays, from which no one is
+permitted to eat with them except the queen, or principal wife of the
+chief; and whenever the king or one of the chiefs wishes to distinguish
+any of his people with a special mark of favour on these occasions, he
+calls him and gives him some of the choice bits from his tray. The
+slaves eat at the same time, and of the same provisions, faring in this
+respect as well as their masters, being seated with the family, and only
+feeding from separate trays.
+
+Whenever a feast is given by the king or any of the chiefs, there is a
+person who acts as a master of ceremonies, and whose business it is to
+receive the guests as they enter the house, and point out to them their
+respective seats, which is regulated with great punctiliousness as
+regards rank; the king occupying the highest or the seat of honour, his
+son or brother sitting next him, and so on with the chiefs according to
+their quality; the private persons belonging to the same family being
+always placed together, to prevent any confusion. The women are seldom
+invited to their feasts, and only at those times when a general
+invitation is given to the village.[73]
+
+As, whenever they cook, they always calculate to have an abundance for
+all the guests, a profusion in this respect being considered as the
+highest luxury, much more is usually set before them than they can eat.
+That which is left in the king's tray, he sends to his house for his
+family by one of his slaves, as do the chiefs theirs; while those who
+eat from the same tray, and who generally belong to the same family,
+take it home as common stock, or each one receives his portion, which is
+distributed on the spot. This custom appeared very singular to my
+companion and myself, and it was a most awkward thing for us, at first,
+to have to lug home with us, in our hands or arms, the blubber of fish
+that we received at these times, but we soon became reconciled to it,
+and were very glad of an opportunity to do it.
+
+[Illustration: NOOTKA SOUND INDIANS.]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[63] The exact position of the village is lat. 49 deg. 35' 31" N.; long.
+126 deg. 37' 32" W.
+
+[64] According to the Admiralty Sailing Directions, the Cove is about
+two cables in extent, and sheltered from the sea by a small rocky
+high-water island on its east side. It affords anchorage in the middle
+for only one vessel of moderate size, though several small vessels might
+find shelter. When Vancouver visited it in 1792, no less than eight
+ships were in it, most of them small, and secured to the shore by
+hawsers.
+
+[65] This means farther up the Sound; for there are villages in the
+interior of Vancouver Island. The Admiralty Sailing Directions declare
+that not a trace of the Spanish settlement now exists. This is scarcely
+correct, for an indistinct ridge shows the site of houses, and here and
+there a few bricks half hidden in the ground may be detected. I have
+seen a cannon ball and a Mexican dollar found there. Many of the Nootka
+Indians have large moustaches and whiskers, which may possibly be due to
+their Spanish blood, and others were decidedly Chinese-looking, a fact
+which may be traced to the presence of Meares's Chinese carpenters in
+1778-79. Some of them can, or could, thirty years ago, by tradition,
+count ten in Spanish; and there is a legend in the Sound to the effect
+that the white men had begun to cultivate the ground, and to erect a
+stockade and fort; when one day a ship came with papers for the head
+man, who was observed to cry, and all the foreigners became sad. The
+next day they began moving their goods to the ship. But, as Mr. Sproat
+suggests, this might have reference to Meares's settlement.
+
+[66] This is a good description of the house of Maquina's grandson, as I
+saw it fifty-eight years after Jewitt's time.
+
+[67] Dog's hair. A tribe on Fraser River used to keep flocks of these
+curs, which they periodically clipped like sheep.
+
+[68] Probably the Klayoquahts (see p. 77).
+
+[69] Klahosahts.
+
+[70] The outside is made of cedar bark, the inside of white-hair bark.
+
+[71] I have more than once discussed the identity of this animal with
+Indian traders. None of them recognised it, nor, indeed, were acquainted
+with the animal by the name Jewitt applies to it. It is, however, not
+unlikely the North-Western marmot (_Arctomys pruinosus_), specimens of
+which are now and then--though, it must be admitted, rarely--seen in
+Vancouver Island; but it is more common farther south. The Alberni
+Indians (Seshahts and Opechesahts) used to talk of a beast called
+_Sit-si-tehl_, which we took to be the marmot, and Mr. Sproat saw one; I
+was not so fortunate.
+
+[72] In the opinion of the judicious Jewitt, every one who has eaten
+food--especially salmon and shell-fish--cooked after this fashion will
+coincide. _Experto crede._
+
+[73] Or to one or more of the neighbouring tribes, such feasts being
+known as _Wawkoahs_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+APPEARANCE OF THE NATIVES--ORNAMENTS--OTTER-HUNTING--FISHING--CANOES
+
+
+In point of personal appearance the people of Nootka are among the
+best-looking of any of the tribes that I have seen. The men are in
+general from about five feet six to five feet eight inches in height;
+remarkably straight, of a good form, robust and strong, with their limbs
+in general well turned and proportioned, excepting the legs and feet,
+which are clumsy and ill formed, owing, no doubt, to their practice of
+sitting on them, though I have seen instances in which they were very
+well shaped; this defect is more particularly apparent in the women, who
+are for the most part of the time within doors, and constantly sitting
+while employed in their cooking and other occupations.[74] The only
+instance of deformity that I saw amongst them was a man of dwarfish
+stature; he was thirty years old, and but three feet three inches high;
+he had, however, no other defect than his diminutive size, being well
+made, and as strong and able to bear fatigue as what they were in
+general.[75]
+
+Their complexion, when freed from the paint and oil with which their
+skins are generally covered, is a brown, somewhat inclining to a copper
+cast. The shape of the face is oval; the features are tolerably regular,
+the lips being thin and the teeth very white and even; their eyes are
+black but rather small, and the nose pretty well formed, being neither
+flat nor very prominent; their hair is black, long, and coarse, but they
+have no beard, completely extirpating it, as well as the hair from their
+bodies, Maquina being the only exception, who suffered his beard to grow
+on his upper lip in the manner of mustachios, which was considered as a
+mark of dignity.
+
+As to the women, they are much whiter, many of them not being darker
+than those in some of the southern parts of Europe. They are in general
+very well-looking, and some quite handsome. Maquina's favourite wife in
+particular, who was a Wickinninish princess, would be considered as a
+beautiful woman in any country. She was uncommonly well formed, tall,
+and of a majestic appearance; her skin remarkably fair for one of these
+people, with considerable colour, her features handsome, and her eyes
+black, soft, and languishing; her hair was very long, thick, and black,
+as is that of the females in general, which is much softer than that of
+the men; in this they take much pride, frequently oiling and plaiting it
+carefully into two broad plaits, tying the ends with a strip of the
+cloth of the country, and letting it hang down before on each side of
+the face.
+
+The women keep their garments much neater and cleaner than the men, and
+are extremely modest in their deportment and dress; their mantle, or
+_kutsack_, which is longer than that of the men, reaching quite to their
+feet and completely enveloping them, being tied close under the chin,
+and bound with a girdle of the same cloth or of sea-otter skin around
+their waists; it has also loose sleeves, which reach to the elbows.
+Though fond of ornamenting their persons, they are by no means so
+partial to paint as the men, merely colouring their eyebrows black and
+drawing a bright red stripe from each corner of the mouth towards the
+ear. Their ornaments consist chiefly of ear-rings, necklaces, bracelets,
+rings for the fingers and ankles, and small nose-jewels (the latter are,
+however, wholly confined to the wives of the king or chiefs); these are
+principally made out of copper or brass, highly polished and of various
+forms and sizes; the nose-jewel is usually a small white shell[76] or
+bead suspended to a thread.
+
+The wives of the common people frequently wear for bracelets and ankle
+rings strips of the country cloth or skin of the metamelth painted in
+figures, and those of the king or principal chiefs, bracelets and
+necklaces consisting of a number of strings of _Ife-waw_, an article
+much prized by them, and which makes a very handsome appearance. This
+_Ife-waw_, as they term it, is a kind of shell of a dazzling whiteness
+and as smooth as ivory; it is of a cylindrical form, in a slight degree
+curved, about the size of a goose quill, hollow, three inches in length
+and gradually tapering to a point, which is broken off by the natives as
+it is taken from the water; this they afterwards string upon threads of
+bark and sell it by the fathom; it forms a kind of circulating medium
+among these nations, five fathoms being considered as the price of a
+slave, their most valuable species of property. It is principally
+obtained from the Aitizzarts, a people living about thirty or forty
+miles to the northward, who collect it from the reefs and sunken rocks
+with which their coast abounds, though it is also brought in
+considerable quantity from the south.[77]
+
+Their mode of taking it has been thus described to me:--To one end of a
+pole is fastened a piece of plank, in which a considerable number of
+pine pegs are inserted, made sharp at the ends; above the plank, in
+order to sink it, a stone or some weight is tied, and the other end of
+the pole suspended to a long rope; this is let down perpendicularly by
+the _Ife-waw_ fishers in those places where that substance is found,
+which are usually from fifty to sixty fathoms deep. On finding the
+bottom, they raise the pole up a few feet and let it fall; this they
+repeat a number of times, as if sounding, when they draw it up and take
+off the _Ife-waw_ which is found adhering to the points. This method of
+procuring it is very laborious and fatiguing, especially as they seldom
+take more than two or three of these shells at a time, and frequently
+none.
+
+Though the women, as I have said, make but little use of paint, the very
+reverse is the case with the men. In decorating their heads and faces
+they place their principal pride, and none of our most fashionable beaus
+when preparing for a grand ball can be more particular; for I have known
+Maquina, after having been employed more than an hour in painting his
+face, rub the whole off, and recommence the operation anew, when it did
+not entirely please him.
+
+The manner in which they paint themselves frequently varies, according
+to the occasion, but it oftener is the mere dictate of whim. The most
+usual method is to paint the eyebrows black in form of a half-moon and
+the face red in small squares, with the arms and legs and part of the
+body red; sometimes one half of the face is painted red in squares and
+the other black; at others dotted with spots of red and black instead
+of squares, with a variety of other devices, such as painting one half
+of the face and body red and the other black.
+
+But a method of painting which they sometimes employed, and which they
+were much more particular in, was by laying on the face a quantity of
+bear's grease of about one-eighth of an inch thick; this they raised up
+into ridges resembling a small bead in joiner's work with a stick
+prepared for the purpose, and then painted them red, which gave the face
+a very singular appearance.
+
+On extraordinary occasions the king and principal chiefs used to strew
+over their faces, after painting, a fine black shining powder procured
+from some mineral, as Maquina told me it was got from the rocks. This
+they call _pelpelth_,[78] and value it highly, as, in their opinion, it
+serves to set off their looks to great advantage, glittering especially
+in the sun like silver. This article is brought them in bags by the
+_Newchemass_,[79] a very savage nation who live a long way to the north,
+from whom they likewise receive a superior kind of red paint, a species
+of very fine and rich ochre, which they hold in much estimation.
+
+Notwithstanding this custom of painting themselves, they make it an
+invariable practice, both in summer and winter, to bathe once a day, and
+sometimes oftener; but as the paint is put on with oil, it is not much
+discomposed thereby, and whenever they wish to wash it off, they repair
+to some piece of fresh water and scour themselves with sand or rushes.
+
+In dressing their heads on occasion of a festival or a visit, they are
+full as particular and almost as long as in painting. The hair, after
+being well oiled, is carefully gathered upon the top of the head and
+secured by a piece of pine or spruce bough with the green leaves upon
+it. After having it properly fixed in this manner, the king and
+principal chiefs used to strew all over it the white down obtained from
+a species of large brown eagle which abounds on this coast, and which
+they are very particular in arranging so as not to have a single feather
+out of place, occasionally wetting the hair to make it adhere. This,
+together with the bough, which is sometimes of considerable size and
+stuck over with feathers by means of turpentine, gives them a very
+singular and grotesque appearance, which they, however, think very
+becoming, and the first thing they do, on learning the arrival of
+strangers, is to go and decorate themselves in this manner.
+
+The men also wear bracelets of painted leather or copper and large
+ear-rings of the latter, but the ornament on which they appear to set
+the most value is the nose-jewel, if such an appellation may be given to
+the wooden stick which some of them employ for this purpose. The king
+and chiefs, however, wear them of a different form, being either small
+pieces of polished copper or brass, of which I made many for them in
+the shape of hearts and diamonds, or a twisted conical shell about half
+an inch in length, of a bluish colour and very bright, which is brought
+from the south. These are suspended by a small wire or string to the
+hole in the gristle of the nose, which is formed in infancy by boring it
+with a pin, the hole being afterwards enlarged by the repeated insertion
+of wooden pegs of an increased size, until it becomes about the diameter
+of a pipe-stem, though some have them of a size nearly sufficient to
+admit the little finger.
+
+The common class, who cannot readily procure the more expensive jewels
+that I have mentioned, substitute for them, usually, a smooth, round
+stick, some of which are of an almost incredible length, for I have seen
+them projecting not less than eight or nine inches beyond the face on
+each side; this is made fast or secured in its place by little wedges on
+each side of it. These "sprit-sail-yard fellows," as my messmate used to
+call them, when rigged out in this manner, made quite a strange show,
+and it was his delight, whenever he saw one of them coming towards us
+with an air of consequence proportioned to the length of his stick, to
+put up his hand suddenly as he was passing him, so as to strike the
+stick, in order, as he said, to brace him up sharp to the wind; this
+used to make them very angry, but nothing was more remote from
+Thompson's ideas than a wish to cultivate their favour.
+
+The natives of Nootka appear to have but little inclination for the
+chase, though some of them were expert marksmen, and used sometimes to
+shoot ducks and geese; but the seal and the sea-otter form the
+principal objects of their hunting, particularly the latter.
+
+Of this animal, so much noted for its valuable skin, the following
+description may not be uninteresting:--The sea-otter[80] is nearly five
+feet in length, exclusive of the tail, which is about twelve inches, and
+is very thick and broad where it joins the body, but gradually tapers to
+the end, which is tipped with white. The colour of the rest is a
+shining, silky black, with the exception of a broad white stripe on the
+top of the head. Nothing can be more beautiful than one of these animals
+when seen swimming, especially when on the look-out for any object. At
+such times it raises its head quite above the surface, and the contrast
+between the shining black and the white, together with its sharp ears
+and a long tuft of hair rising from the middle of its forehead, which
+looks like three small horns, render it quite a novel and attractive
+object. They are in general very tame, and will permit a canoe or boat
+to approach very near before they dive. I was told, however, that they
+are become much more shy since they have been accustomed to shoot them
+with muskets, than when they used only arrows.[81]
+
+The skin is held in great estimation in China, more especially that of
+the tail, the fur of which is finer and closer set than that on the
+body. This is always cut off and sold separately by the natives. The
+value of a skin is determined by its size, that being considered as a
+prime skin which will reach, in length, from a man's chin to his feet.
+The food of the sea-otter is fish, which he is very dexterous in taking,
+being an excellent swimmer, with feet webbed like those of a goose. They
+appear to be wholly confined to the seacoast, at least to the salt
+water. They have usually three or four young at a time, but I know not
+how often they breed, nor in what place they deposit their young, though
+I have frequently seen them swimming around the mother when no larger
+than rats. The flesh is eaten by the natives, cooked in their usual mode
+by boiling, and is far preferable to that of the seal, of which they
+make much account.
+
+But if not great hunters, there are few people more expert in fishing.
+Their lines are generally, made from the sinew of the whale, and are
+extremely strong. For the hook, they usually make use of a straight
+piece of hard wood, in the lower part of which is inserted, and well
+secured with thread or whale sinew, a bit of bone made very sharp at the
+point and bearded; but I used to make for them hooks from iron, which
+they preferred, not only as being less liable to break, but more certain
+of securing the fish. Cod, halibut, and other sea fish were not only
+caught by them with hooks, but even salmon.
+
+To take this latter fish, they practise the following method:--One
+person seats himself in a small canoe, and, baiting his hook with a
+sprat, which they are always careful to procure as fresh as possible,
+fastens his line to the handle of the paddle; this, as he plies it in
+the water, keeps the fish in constant motion, so as to give it the
+appearance of life, which the salmon seeing, leaps at it and is
+instantly hooked, and, by a sudden and dexterous motion of the paddle,
+drawn on board. I have known some of the natives take no less than eight
+or ten salmon of a morning, in this manner, and have seen from twenty to
+thirty canoes at a time in Friendly Cove thus employed.
+
+They are likewise little less skilful in taking the whale. This they
+kill with a kind of javelin or harpoon thus constructed and fitted: the
+barbs are formed of bone, which are sharpened on the outer side, and
+hollowed within, for the purpose of forming a socket for the staff;
+these are then secured firmly together with a whale sinew, the point
+being fitted so as to receive a piece of mussel-shell, which is ground
+to a very sharp edge, and secured in its place by means of
+turpentine.[82] To this head or prong is fastened a strong line of whale
+sinew about nine feet in length, to the end of which is tied a bark rope
+from fifty to sixty fathoms long, having from twenty to thirty sealskin
+floats or buoys attached to it at certain intervals, in order to check
+the motion of the whale and obstruct his diving. In the socket of the
+harpoon a staff or pole of about ten feet long, gradually tapering from
+the middle to each end, is placed; this the harpooner holds in his hand,
+in order to strike the whale, and immediately detaches it as soon as the
+fish is struck.
+
+The whale is considered as the king's fish, and no other person, when he
+is present, is permitted to touch him until the royal harpoon has first
+drawn his blood, however near he may approach; and it would be
+considered almost a sacrilege for any of the common people to strike a
+whale before he is killed, particularly if any of the chiefs should be
+present.[83] They also kill the porpoise[84] and sea-cow[85] with
+harpoons, but this inferior game is not interdicted the lower class.
+
+With regard to their canoes, some of the handsomest to be found on the
+whole coast are made at Nootka, though very fine ones are brought by the
+Wickinninish and the Kla-iz-zarts, who have them more highly ornamented.
+They are of all sizes, from such as are capable of holding only one
+person to their largest war canoes, which will carry forty men, and are
+extremely light. Of these, the largest of any that I ever saw was one
+belonging to Maquina, which I measured, and found to be forty-two feet
+six inches in length at the bottom, and forty-six feet from stem to
+stern. These are made of pine,[86] hollowed out from a tree with their
+chisels solely, which are about three inches broad and six in length,
+and set into a handle of very hard wood.
+
+This instrument was formerly made of flint, or some hard stone ground
+down to as sharp an edge as possible, but since they have learned the
+use of iron, they have almost all of them of that metal. Instead of a
+mallet for striking this chisel, they make use of a smooth round stone,
+which they hold in the palm of the hand. With this same awkward
+instrument they not only excavate their canoes and trays and smooth
+their planks, but cut down such trees as they want, either for building,
+fuel, or other purposes, a labour which is mostly done by their slaves.
+
+The felling of trees, as practised by them, is a slow and most tedious
+process, three of them being generally from two to three days in cutting
+down a large one; yet so attached were they to their own method, that
+notwithstanding they saw Thompson frequently, with one of our axes, of
+which there was a number saved, fell a tree in less time than they
+could have gone round it with their chisels, still they could not be
+persuaded to make use of them.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN CANOES, VICTORIA, V. I. (TEMP. 1863).]
+
+After hollowing out their canoes, which they do very neatly, they
+fashion the outside, and slightly burn it, for the purpose of removing
+any splinters or small points that might obstruct its passage through
+the water, after which they rub it over thoroughly with rushes or coarse
+mats, in order to smooth it, which not only renders it almost as smooth
+as glass, but forms a better security for it from the weather; this
+operation of burning and rubbing down the bottoms of their canoes is
+practised as often as they acquire any considerable degree of roughness
+from use. The outside by this means becomes quite black, and to complete
+their work they paint the inside of a bright red, with ochre or some
+other similar substance; the prows and sterns are almost always
+ornamented with figures of ducks or some other kind of bird, the former
+being so fashioned as to represent the head, and the latter the tail;
+these are separate pieces from the canoe, and are fastened to it with
+small flexible twigs or bark cord.
+
+Some of these canoes, particularly those employed in whaling, which will
+hold about ten men, are ornamented within about two inches below the
+gunwale with two parallel lines on each side of very small white shells,
+running fore and aft, which has a very pretty effect. Their war canoes
+have no ornament of this kind, but are painted on the outside with
+figures in white chalk, representing eagles, whales, human heads, etc.
+They are very dexterous in the use of their paddles, which are very
+neatly wrought, and are five feet long, with a short handle and a blade
+seven inches broad in the middle, tapering to a sharp point. With these
+they will make a canoe skim very swiftly on the water, with scarcely any
+noise, while they keep time to the stroke of the paddle with their
+songs.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[74] Yet they are by no means weak in the legs, a coast Indian being
+capable of long travel in the bush without tiring. The Hydahs of Queen
+Charlotte Island, and the Tlinkets and Kaloshes of the neighbouring
+mainland, are splendid specimens of men, tall, comparatively fair,
+large-headed, regularly-featured, and endowed with courage and
+intelligence, though their morals leave much to be desired. All the
+canoe Indians are very strong-handed, owing to the constant use of the
+paddle. In a scuffle with one of them, it does not do to let him get a
+grip; better prevent him from coming to close quarters, for in this case
+the white man has little chance. The Klahoquahts are the finest-looking
+of the Vancouver west coast tribes.
+
+[75] I have rarely seen a corpulent Indian, and not one idiot, or a
+cripple so deformed that he was incapable of earning his livelihood. It
+is seldom that they are deformed from birth, and when they are, they
+generally disappear, so as not to be a burden on the tribe. As a
+facetious old savage remarked to me, when discussing that curious
+immunity from helplessness in his tribe, "The climate doesn't agree with
+them." The brother of Quisto, chief of the Pachenahts in 1865 (San Juan
+Harbour), was much deformed in the legs, but he was an excellent
+canoeman.
+
+[76] Commonly the flattish nacreous portion of the Abelone, or Ear-shell
+(_Haliotis Kamschatkiana_), known as _Apats-em_, which is pawned or sold
+in times of scarcity. By constant removal and insertion, the septum of
+the nose, through which it is fastened, becomes in time so large that it
+will admit almost any kind of moderately-sized ornament. Feathers are
+frequently inserted, and more than once I have seen an Indian, clad in a
+blanket alone, denude himself of his single garment to hold biscuits or
+other goods, and dispose of his pipe by sticking it in the hole through
+his nasal septum, which, had times been better, would have been occupied
+with a piece of shell, either square, oblong, or of a horseshoe shape.
+
+[77] This is the well-known _Dentalium pretiosum_, or Tooth-shell,
+generally known as the _Hioqua_. It is procured chiefly from Cape
+Flattery, on the southern side of Juan de Fuca Strait, and from Koskeemo
+Sound on the north. The "Aitizzarts" (Ayhuttisahts) probably obtained it
+by barter with the tribes on that part of the coast. It is not much used
+nowadays.--_The Peoples of the World_, vol. i. p. 60.
+
+[78] This is powdered mica of the black variety. It is obtained in
+various places, from veins exposed, for the most part in the beds of
+streams.
+
+[79] These seem to be the Nimpkish, from the Nimpkish River, south of
+Fort Rupert, on the eastern shore of Vancouver Island, who still
+frequently cross the island by a chain of rivers and lakes to Nootka
+Sound. This is confirmed by Jewitt writing in another place that they
+lived somewhat in the interior. It is doubtful whether he knew that the
+country in which he lived was an island. At all events, he never
+mentions it by that name. This route I have described in "Das Innere der
+Vancouver Insel" (Petermann, _Geographische Mittheilungen_, 1869).
+
+[80] _Enhydra lutris_, or "Quiaotluck," now so rapidly decreasing in
+numbers that it can scarcely escape the fate of Steller's Rhytina.
+
+[81] For an account of the habits and history of these valued animals,
+the reader is referred to _The Countries of the World_, vol. i. p. 304.
+
+[82] The harpoon is at present a little different in construction. Pine
+resin, not "turpentine," is used for the purpose described, and the tips
+of deers' horns are utilised for the barbs. The most remarkable fact
+about the west coast of Vancouver Island whaling is its use of inflated
+sealskins to impede the motion of the animal through the water. This is
+an Eskimo contrivance in use by the Alaskans and other extreme northern
+tribes, from whom the West Vancouverians seem to have borrowed it. In
+Sproat's _Scenes and Studies of Savage Life_, p. 226, there is an
+excellent description of whaling as practised in that part of Vancouver
+Island. The species pursued is usually finbacks, though a "black fish"
+with good whalebone is occasionally captured.
+
+[83] The honour of using the harpoon is a hereditary privilege, enjoyed
+by only a few men in a tribe, and previous to the whaling season the
+crews have to practise all manner of ascetic practices in order to
+ensure good luck in the venture.
+
+[84] This porpoise Dr. Gray considered, after examining a skull which I
+brought to the British Museum in 1866, to differ little, if at all, from
+the _Phocaena communis_ of the Atlantic; but Dr. (afterwards Sir) W. H.
+Flower (_List of the Specimens of Cetacea_, etc., 1885, p. 16) seems to
+be of a different opinion.
+
+[85] This "sea-cow," of which Meares also speaks as an animal hunted by
+the Nootka people, though rarely seen so far south, must, one might
+think, be another name for the seal or "sea-calf," were not the latter
+expressly referred to by name. The sea-cow, dugong, or manatee is not
+found in these seas, and the _Rhytina Stelleri_, once so abundant on
+Behring Island in Behring Strait, is generally considered to have been
+exterminated in the interval between 1741-1768. This, however, is hardly
+in accordance with fact, for, as evidence collected by Nordenskjold
+proves, they were occasionally killed in 1780, while one was seen as
+late as 1854. It is therefore by no means improbable that in 1803 a few
+stragglers were still waiting their end on the shores of Vancouver
+Island. The sea-lion (_Eumetopias Stelleri_) is a seal also verging on
+extinction, the _Otaria ursinus_ being now the fur seal of commerce (and
+politics) in that part of the North Pacific.
+
+[86] A species of cedar (_Thuja_) is the wood used.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+MUSIC--MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS--SLAVES--NEIGHBOURING TRIBES--TRADE WITH
+THESE--ARMY
+
+
+They have a number which they sing on various occasions--at war,[87]
+whaling and fishing, at their marriages and feasts, and at public
+festivals or solemnities. The language of the most of these appears to
+be very different in many respects from that used in their common
+conversation, which leads me to believe either that they have a
+different mode of expressing themselves in poetry, or that they borrow
+their songs from their neighbours; and what the more particularly
+induces me to the latter opinion is, that whenever any of the
+Newchemass, a people from the northward, and who speak a very different
+language, arrived, they used to tell me that they expected a new song,
+and were almost always sure to have one.
+
+Their tunes are generally soft and plaintive, and though not possessing
+great variety, are not deficient in harmony. Their singing is generally
+accompanied with several rude kinds of instrumental music, among the
+most prominent of which is a kind of a drum. This is nothing more than
+a long plank hollowed out on the under side and made quite thin, which
+is beat upon by a stick of about a foot long, and renders a sound not
+unlike beating on the head of an empty cask, but much louder.
+
+But the two most favourite instruments are the rattle and the pipe or
+whistle; these are, however, only used by the king, the chiefs, or some
+particular persons. The former is made of dried sealskin, so as to
+represent a fish, and is filled with a number of small smooth pebbles;
+it has a short handle, and is painted red. The whistle is made of bone,
+generally the leg of a deer; it is short, but emits a very shrill sound.
+They have likewise another kind of music, which they make use of in
+dancing, in the manner of castanets. This is produced by a number of
+mussel or cockle shells tied together and shaken to a kind of tune,
+which is accompanied with the voice.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Their slaves, as I have observed, form their most valuable species of
+property. These are of both sexes, being either captives taken by
+themselves in war, or purchased from the neighbouring tribes, and who
+reside in the same house, forming as it were a part of the family, are
+usually kindly treated, eat of the same food, and live as well as their
+masters. They are compelled, however, at times to labour severely, as
+not only all the menial offices are performed by them, such as bringing
+water, cutting wood, and a variety of others, but they are obliged to
+make the canoes, to assist in building and repairing the houses, to
+supply their masters with fish, and to attend them in war and to fight
+for them.
+
+None but the king and chiefs have slaves, the common people being
+prevented from holding them, either from their inability to purchase
+them, or, as I am rather inclined to think, from its being considered as
+the privilege of the former alone to have them,[88] especially as all
+those made prisoners in war belong either to the king or the chiefs who
+have captured them, each one holding such as have been taken by himself
+or his slaves. There is probably, however, some little distinction in
+favour of the king, who is always the commander of the expedition, as
+Maquina had nearly fifty, male and female, in his house, a number
+constituting about one half of its inhabitants, comprehending those
+obtained by war and purchase; whereas none of the other chiefs had more
+than twelve. The females are employed principally in manufacturing
+cloth, in cooking, collecting berries, etc., and with regard to food and
+living in general have not a much harder lot than their mistresses, the
+principal difference consisting in these poor unfortunate creatures
+being considered as free to any one, their masters prostituting them
+whenever they think proper for the purpose of gain. In this way many of
+them are brought on board the ships and offered to the crews, from
+whence an opinion appears to have been formed by some of our navigators
+injurious to the chastity of their females, than which nothing can be
+more generally untrue, as perhaps in no part of the world is that virtue
+more prized.[89]
+
+The houses at Nootka, as already stated, are about twenty, without
+comprising those inhabited by the Klahars, a small tribe that has been
+conquered and incorporated into that of Nootka, though they must be
+considered as in a state of vassalage, as they are not permitted to have
+any chiefs among them, and live by themselves in a cluster of small
+houses at a little distance from the village. The Nootka tribe, which
+consists of about five hundred warriors,[90] is not only more numerous
+than almost any of the neighbouring tribes, but far exceeds them in the
+strength and martial spirit of its people; and in fact there are but few
+nations within a hundred miles either to the north or south but are
+considered as tributary to them.
+
+In giving some account of the tribes that were accustomed to visit
+Nootka, I shall commence at the southward with the Kla-iz-zarts, and the
+Wickinninish, premising that in point of personal appearance there
+prevails a wonderful diversity between the various tribes on the coast,
+with the exception of the feet and legs, which are badly shaped in
+almost all of them from their practice of sitting on them.
+
+The Kla-iz-zarts are a numerous and powerful tribe, living nearly three
+hundred miles to the south, and are said to consist of more than a
+thousand warriors.[91] They appear to be more civilised than any of the
+others, being better and more neatly dressed, more mild and affable in
+their manners, remarkable for their sprightliness and vivacity, and
+celebrated for their singing and dancing.
+
+They exhibit also greater marks of improvement in whatever is wrought by
+them; their canoes, though not superior to those of Nootka in point of
+form and lightness, are more highly ornamented, and their weapons and
+tools of every kind have a much higher finish and display more skill in
+the workmanship. Their cast of countenance is very different from that
+of the Nootkians, their faces being very broad, with a less prominent
+nose and smaller eyes, and the top of the head flattened as if it had
+been pressed down with a weight. Their complexion is also much fairer,
+and their stature shorter, though they are well formed and strongly set.
+
+They have a custom which appears to be peculiar to them, as I never
+observed it in any of the other tribes, which is to pluck out not only
+their beards and the hair from their bodies, but also their eyebrows, so
+as not to leave a vestige remaining. They were also in general more
+skilful in painting and decorating themselves, and I have seen some of
+them with no less than a dozen holes in each of their ears, to which
+were suspended strings of small beads about two inches in length. Their
+language is the same as spoken at Nootka, but their pronunciation is
+much more hoarse and guttural. These people are not only very expert in
+whaling, but are great hunters of the sea-otter and other animals, with
+which their country is said to abound, and the metamelth, a large animal
+of the deer kind, the skin of which I have already spoken of, another of
+a light grey colour, with very fine hair, from which they manufacture a
+handsome cloth, the beaver, and a species of large wild cat or tiger
+cat.
+
+The Wickinninish,[92] their neighbours on the north, are about two
+hundred miles from Nootka. They are a robust, strong, and warlike
+people, but considered by the Nootkians as their inferiors in courage.
+This tribe is more numerous than that of Nootka, amounting to between
+six and seven hundred warriors. Though not so civilised as the
+Kla-iz-zarts, and less skilful in their manufactures, like them they
+employ themselves in hunting, as well as in whaling and fishing. Their
+faces are broad, but less so than the Kla-iz-zarts, with a darker
+complexion and a much less open and pleasing expression of countenance,
+while their heads present a very different form, being pressed in at the
+sides and lengthened towards the top somewhat in the shape of a sugar
+loaf. These people are very frequent visitors at Nootka, a close
+friendship subsisting between the two nations, Maquina's _Arcomah_ or
+queen, _Y-ya-tintla-no_, being the daughter of the Wickinninish king.
+
+The Kla-oo-quates[93] adjoining them on the north are much less
+numerous, their force not exceeding four hundred fighting men; they are
+also behind them in the arts of life. These are a fierce, bold, and
+enterprising people, and there were none that visited Nootka, whom
+Maquina used to be more on his guard against, or viewed with so much
+suspicion. The Eshquates[94] are about the same number; these are
+considered as tributary to Maquina. Their coast abounds with rivers,
+creeks, and marshes.
+
+[Illustration: UK-LULAC-AHT INDIAN.]
+
+To the north the nearest tribe of any importance is the Aitizzarts;[95]
+these, however, do not exceed three hundred warriors. In appearance
+they greatly resemble the people of Nootka, to whom they are considered
+as tributary, their manners, dress, and style of living also being very
+similar. They reside at about forty miles' distance up the Sound. A
+considerable way farther to the northward are the Cayuquets;[96] these
+are a much more numerous tribe than that of Nootka, but thought by the
+latter to be deficient in courage and martial spirit, Maquina having
+frequently told me that their hearts were a little like those of birds.
+
+There are also both at the north and south many other intervening
+tribes, but in general small in number and insignificant, all of whom,
+as well as the above-mentioned, speak the same language. But the
+Newchemass, who come from a great way to the northward, and from some
+distance inland, as I was told by Maquina, speak quite a different
+language,[97] although it is well understood by those of Nootka. These
+were the most savage-looking and ugly men that I ever saw, their
+complexion being much darker, their stature shorter, and their hair
+coarser, than that of the other nations, and their dress and appearance
+dirty in an extreme. They wear their beards long like Jews, and have a
+very morose and surly countenance. Their usual dress is a _kotsuk_ made
+of wolf-skin, with a number of the tails attached to it, of which I have
+seen no less than ten on one garment, hanging from the top to the
+bottom; though they sometimes wear a similar mantle of bark cloth, of a
+much coarser texture than that of Nootka, the original of which appears
+to be the same, though from their very great filthiness it was almost
+impossible to discover what it had been.
+
+Their mode of dressing the hair also varies essentially from that of the
+other tribes, for they suffer that on the back of the head to hang
+loose, and bind the other over their foreheads in the manner of a
+fillet, with a strip of their country cloth, ornamented with small white
+shells. Their weapons are the _cheetolth_, or war-club, which is made
+from whalebone, daggers, bow and arrows, and a kind of spear pointed
+with bone or copper.[98] They brought with them no furs for sale,
+excepting a few wolf-skins, their merchandise consisting principally of
+the black shining mineral called _pelpelth_, and the fine red paint,
+which they carefully kept in close mat bags, some small dried salmon,
+clams, and roes of fish, with occasionally a little coarse matting
+cloth. They were accustomed to remain a much longer time at Nootka than
+the other tribes, in order to recover from the fatigue of a long
+journey, part of which was overland, and on these occasions taught their
+songs to our savages.
+
+The trade of most of the other tribes with Nootka was principally
+train-oil, seal or whale's blubber, fish fresh or dried, herring or
+salmon spawn, clams and mussels, and the _yama_,[99] a species of fruit
+which is pressed and dried, cloth, sea-otter skins, and slaves. From
+the Aitizzarts and the Cayuquets, particularly the former, the best
+Ife-whaw and in the greatest quantities was obtained. The Eshquates
+furnished us with wild ducks and geese, particularly the latter. The
+Wickinninish and Kla-iz-zarts brought to market many slaves, the best
+sea-otter skins, great quantities of oil, whale sinew, and cakes of the
+_yama_, highly ornamented canoes, some Ife-whaw, red ochre and pelpelth
+of an inferior quality to that obtained from the Newchemass, but
+particularly the so much valued metamelth, and an excellent root called
+by the Kla-iz-zarts _Quawnoose_.[100] This is the size of a small onion,
+but rather longer, being of a tapering form like a pear, and of a
+brownish colour. It is cooked by steam, is always brought in baskets
+ready prepared for eating, and is in truth a very fine vegetable, being
+sweet, mealy, and of a most agreeable flavour. It was highly esteemed by
+the natives, who used to eat it, as they did everything else, with
+train-oil. From the Kla-iz-zarts was also received, though in no great
+quantity, a cloth manufactured by them from the fur already spoken of,
+which feels like wool and is of a grey colour.
+
+Many of the articles thus brought, particularly the provisions, were
+considered as presents, or tributary offerings, but this must be viewed
+as little more than a nominal acknowledgment of superiority, as they
+rarely failed to get the full amount of the value of their presents. I
+have known eighteen of the great tubs, in which they keep their
+provisions, filled with spawn brought in this way. On these occasions a
+great feast is always made, to which not only the strangers, but the
+whole village, men, women, and children, are generally invited, and I
+have seen five of the largest tubs employed at such time, in cooking at
+the king's house. At these feasts they generally indulge in eating to an
+excess, making up in this respect for their want of inebriating liquors,
+which they know no method of preparing in any form, their only drink
+being water.
+
+Whenever they came to visit or trade, it was their general custom to
+stop a few miles distant, under the lee of some bluff or rock, and rig
+themselves out in their best manner, by painting and dressing their
+heads. On their first coming on shore, they were invited to eat by the
+king, when they brought to him such articles as he wanted, after which
+the rest of the inhabitants were permitted to purchase, the strangers
+being careful to keep them in their canoes until sold, under strict
+guard to prevent their being stolen, the disposition of these people for
+thieving being so great, that it is necessary to keep a watchful eye
+upon them.
+
+This was their usual mode of traffic, but whenever they wished to
+purchase any particular object, as, for instance, a certain slave, or
+some other thing of which they were very desirous, the canoe that came
+for this purpose would lie off a little distance from the shore, and a
+kind of ambassador or representative of the king or chief by whom it was
+sent, dressed in their best manner, and with his head covered with the
+white down, would rise, and, after making known the object of his
+mission in a pompous speech, hold up specimens of such articles as he
+was instructed to offer in payment, mentioning the number or quantity of
+each, when, if the bargain was concluded, the exchange was immediately
+made.
+
+On their visits of friendship or traffic, the chiefs alone used to sleep
+on shore; this was generally at the house of the king or the head chief,
+the others passing the night on board of their canoes, which was done
+not only for the preservation of their property, but because they were
+not permitted to remain on shore, lest they might excite some
+disturbance or commit depredations.
+
+All these people generally go armed, the common class wearing only a
+dagger suspended from their neck behind, with a string of metamelth, and
+sometimes thrust in their girdles. The chiefs, in addition to the
+dagger, carry the cheetolth, or war-club, suspended in the same manner
+beneath their mantles; this, in the hands of a strong man, is a powerful
+weapon, in the management of which some of the older chiefs are very
+dexterous. It is made from the bone of a whale, and is very heavy. The
+blade is about eighteen inches long and three broad, till it approaches
+near the point, where it expands to the breadth of four inches. In the
+middle, from whence it slopes off gradually to an edge on each side, it
+is from one to two inches in thickness. This blade is usually covered
+with figures of the sun and moon, a man's head, etc.; and the hilt,
+which is made to represent the head of a man or some animal, is
+curiously set with small white shells, and has a band of metamelth
+fastened to it, in order to sling it over the shoulder. Some of the
+tribes have also a kind of spear headed with copper or the bone of the
+sting ray, which is a dangerous weapon; this is, however, not usual, and
+only carried by the chiefs. The bow and arrow are still used by a few,
+but since the introduction of firearms among them, this weapon has been
+mostly laid aside.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[87] A specimen of one of their war-songs will be found at the end of
+this work.
+
+[88] This was not the case. Any free-born native, provided he had the
+means, could own a slave.
+
+[89] This is largely a tale of the past.
+
+[90] It is questionable if there are now as many people in the whole
+tribe. Cook estimated the population of Friendly Cove at two thousand.
+
+[91] This is wrong. The Kla-iz-zarts (Klahosahts) live _north_ of Nootka
+Sound.
+
+[92] In Meares's time (1788) Wickinninish was regarded as the most
+powerful chief, next to Maquina or Maquilla, as he calls him. His
+residence was usually at "Port Cox" (Clayoquat Sound), but his territory
+extended as far south as Nettinaht, his subjects comprising thirteen
+thousand people. Meares does not fall into Jewitt's blunder of
+confounding the name of the chief with that of his tribe. But Meares
+derived his information first hand, while Jewitt obtained it merely from
+hearsay, never having visited any other part except the immediate
+vicinity of Nootka Sound.
+
+[93] Klayoquahts. They have now barely two hundred warriors.
+
+[94] Hishquahts. If they have twenty men, that is all. Thirty years ago
+they had only thirty adult males.
+
+[95] Ayhuttisahts. Thirty years ago they had thirty-six men fit to
+fight.
+
+[96] Ky-yoh-quahts. In 1860 they numbered two hundred and thirty adult
+men.
+
+[97] Namely, the Kwakiool spoken on the east and north coasts of
+Vancouver Island from Comox northwards.
+
+[98] These implements have fallen out of use.
+
+[99] The salal (_Gaultheria Shallon_), which forms a carpet to the
+ground, especially where the soil is poor.
+
+[100] The bulb of a pretty blue lily (_Gamassia esculenta_), well known
+all over North-West America as the "gamass" or "kamass." The digging and
+storing of it in summer form one of the most picturesque of Indian
+occupations. The gamass camps are always lively, and the skill and
+industry which a girl displays in this important part of her future
+duties are carefully noted by the young men in search of wives.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+SITUATION OF THE AUTHOR--REMOVAL TO TASHEES--FISHING PARTIES
+
+
+But to return to our unhappy situation. Though my comrade and myself
+fared as well, and even better than we could have expected among these
+people, considering their customs and mode of living, yet our fears lest
+no ship would come to our release, and that we should never more behold
+a Christian country, were to us a source of constant pain. Our principal
+consolation, in this gloomy state, was to go on Sundays, whenever the
+weather would permit, to the borders of a freshwater pond about a mile
+from the village, where, after bathing and putting on clean clothes, we
+would seat ourselves under the shade of a beautiful pine, while I read
+some chapters in the Bible, and the prayers appointed by our Church for
+the day, ending our devotions with a fervent prayer to the Almighty,
+that He would deign still to watch over and preserve our lives, rescue
+us from the hands of the savages, and permit us once more to behold a
+Christian land.
+
+In this manner were the greater part of our Sundays passed at Nootka;
+and I felt gratified to Heaven that, amidst our other sufferings, we
+were at least allowed the pleasure of offering up our devotions
+unmolested, for Maquina, on my explaining to him as well as was in my
+power the reason of our thus retiring at this time, far from objecting,
+readily consented to it.
+
+The pond above mentioned was small, not more than a quarter of a mile in
+breadth, and of no great length, the water being very clear, though not
+of great depth, and bordered by a beautiful forest of pine, fir,
+elm,[101] and beech,[101] free from bushes and underwood--a most
+delightful retreat, which was rendered still more attractive by a great
+number of birds that frequented it, particularly the humming-bird.[102]
+Thither we used to go to wash our clothes, and felt secure from any
+intrusion from the natives, as they rarely visited it, except for the
+purpose of cleansing themselves of their paint.
+
+In July we at length thought that the hope of delivery we had so long
+anxiously indulged was on the point of being gratified. A ship appeared
+in the offing; but, alas! our fond hopes vanished almost as soon as
+formed; for, instead of standing in for the shore, she passed to the
+northward, and soon disappeared. I shall not attempt to describe our
+disappointment--my heart sank within me, and I felt as though it was my
+destiny never more to behold a Christian face. Four days after, there
+occurred a tremendous storm of thunder and lightning, during which the
+natives manifested great alarm and terror, the whole tribe hurrying to
+Maquina's house, where, instead of keeping within, they seated
+themselves on the roof, amid the severest of the tempest, drumming upon
+the boards, and looking up to heaven, while the king beat the long
+hollow plank, singing, and, as he afterwards told me, begging
+_Quahootze_, the name they give to God, not to kill them, in which he
+was accompanied by the whole tribe; this singing and drumming was
+continued until the storm abated.
+
+As the summer drew near its close, we began to suffer from the frequent
+want of food, which was principally owing to Maquina and the chiefs
+being out whaling, in which he would not permit Thompson and myself to
+join, lest we should make our escape to some of the neighbouring tribes.
+At these times the women seldom or ever cook any provision, and we were
+often hungry, but were sometimes fortunate enough to procure secretly a
+piece of salmon, some other fish, spawn, or even blubber, which, by
+boiling in salt water, with a few onions and turnips, the remains of the
+Spanish garden, or young nettles or other herbs, furnished us a
+delicious repast in private.
+
+In the meantime, we frequently received accounts from the tribes who
+came to Nootka, both from the north and south, of there being vessels on
+the coast, and were advised by their chiefs to make our escape, who also
+promised us their aid, and to put us on board. These stories, however,
+as I afterwards learned, were almost all of them without any foundation,
+and merely invented by these people with a view to get us into their
+power, in order to make slaves of us themselves, or to sell us to
+others.
+
+But I was still more strongly solicited to leave Nootka by a woman. This
+was a Wickinninish princess, a younger sister of Maquina's wife, who was
+there on a visit. I had the good fortune, if it may be so called, to
+become quite a favourite with her. She appeared much interested for me,
+asked me many questions respecting my country, if I had a mother and
+sister at home, and if they would not grieve for my absence. Her
+complexion was fairer than that of the women in general, and her
+features more regular, and she would have been quite handsome had it not
+been for a defect in one of her eyes, the sight of which had been
+injured by some accident; the reason, as Maquina told me, why she had
+not been married, a defect of this kind being by these savages
+considered as almost an insuperable objection. She urged me repeatedly
+to return with her, telling me that the Wickinninish were much better
+than the Nootkians; that her father would treat me more kindly than
+Maquina, give me better food and clothes, and finally put me on board
+one of my own country vessels. I felt, however, little disposed to
+accompany her, considering my situation with Maquina full as eligible as
+it would be with Wickinninish, if not better, notwithstanding all she
+said to the contrary.
+
+On the 3rd of September the whole tribe quitted Nootka, according to
+their constant practice, in order to pass the autumn and winter at
+Tashees[103] and Cooptee, the latter lying about thirty miles up the
+Sound, in a deep bay, the navigation of which is very dangerous, from
+the great number of reefs and rocks with which it abounds.
+
+On these occasions everything is taken with them, even the planks of
+their houses, in order to cover their new dwellings. To an European such
+a removal exhibits a scene quite novel and strange; canoes piled up with
+boards and boxes, and filled with men, women, and children, of all ranks
+and sizes, making the air resound with their cries and songs.
+
+At these times, as well as when they have occasion to go some distance
+from their houses, the infants are usually suspended across the mother's
+shoulders, in a kind of cradle or hammock, formed of bark, of about six
+inches in depth, and of the length of the child, by means of a leather
+band inserted through loops on its edges; this they also keep them in
+when at home, in order to preserve them in a straight position, and
+prevent any distortion of the limbs, most probably a principal cause of
+these people being so seldom deformed or crooked.
+
+The longboat of our ship having been repaired and furnished with a sail
+by Thompson, Maquina gave us the direction of it, we being better
+acquainted with managing it than his people, and, after loading her as
+deep as she could swim, we proceeded in company with them to the north,
+quitting Nootka with heavy hearts, as we could entertain no hopes of
+release until our return, no ships ever coming to that part of the
+coast. Passing Cooptee, which is situated on the southern bank, just
+within the mouth of a small river flowing from the east in a narrow
+valley at the foot of a mountain, we proceeded about fifteen miles up
+this stream to Tashees, between a range of lofty hills on each side,
+which extend a great distance inland, and are covered with the finest
+forest trees of the country. Immediately on our arrival, we all went to
+work very diligently in covering the houses with the planks we had
+brought, the frames being ready erected, these people never pretending
+to remove the timber. In a very short time the work was completed, and
+we were established in our new residence.
+
+Tashees is pleasantly situated, and in a most secure position from the
+winter storms, in a small vale or hollow on the south shore, at the foot
+of a mountain. The spot on which it stands is level, and the soil very
+fine, the country in its vicinity abounding with the most romantic
+views, charmingly diversified, and fine streams of water falling in
+beautiful cascades from the mountains. The river at this place is about
+twenty rods in width, and, in its deepest part, from nine to twelve
+feet. This village is the extreme point of navigation, as, immediately
+beyond, the river becomes much more shallow, and is broken into falls
+and rapids. The houses here are placed in a line like those at Nootka,
+but closer together, the situation being more confined; they are also
+smaller, in consequence of which we were much crowded, and incommoded
+for room.
+
+The principal object in coming to this place is the facility it affords
+these people of providing their winter stock of provisions, which
+consists principally of salmon, and the spawn of that fish; to which may
+be added herrings and sprats, and herring spawn. The latter, however, is
+always procured by them at Nootka, previous to their quitting it. At the
+seasons of spawning, which are early in spring and the last of August,
+they collect a great quantity of pine branches, which they place in
+different parts of the Cove at the depth of about ten feet, and secure
+them by means of heavy stones. On these the herring deposit their spawn
+in immense quantities; the bushes are then taken up, the spawn stripped
+from the branches, and, after being washed and freed from the pine
+leaves by the women, is dried and put up in baskets for use. It is
+considered as their greatest delicacy, and eaten both cooked and raw; in
+the former case, being boiled and eaten with train-oil, and in the
+latter, mixed up with cold water alone.
+
+The salmon are taken at Tashees, principally in pots or wears. Their
+method of taking them in wears is thus:--A pot of twenty feet in length,
+and from four to five feet diameter at the mouth, is formed of a great
+number of pine splinters, which are strongly secured, an inch and a half
+from each other, by means of hoops made of flexible twigs, and placed
+about eight inches apart. At the end it tapers almost to a point, near
+which is a small wicker door for the purpose of taking out the fish.
+This pot or wear is placed at the foot of a fall or rapid, where the
+water is not very deep, and the fish, driven from above with long poles,
+are intercepted and caught in the wear, from whence they are taken into
+the canoes. In this manner I have seen more than seven hundred salmon
+caught in the space of fifteen minutes.[104] I have also sometimes known
+a few of the striped bass taken in this manner, but rarely.
+
+[Illustration: SALMON WEAR NEAR THE INDIAN VILLAGE OF QUAMICHAN, V. I.]
+
+At such times there is great feasting and merriment among them. The
+women and female slaves being busily employed in cooking, or in curing
+the fish for their winter stock, which is done by cutting off the heads
+and tails, splitting them, taking out the back bone, and hanging them up
+in their houses to dry. They also dry the halibut and cod, but these,
+instead of curing whole, they cut up into small pieces for that purpose,
+and expose to the sun.
+
+The spawn of the salmon, which is a principal article of their
+provision, they take out, and, without any other preparation, throw it
+into their tubs, where they leave it to stand and ferment, for, though
+they frequently eat it fresh, they esteem it much more when it has
+acquired a strong taste, and one of the greatest favours they can confer
+on any person, is to invite him to eat _Quakamiss_, the name they give
+this food, though scarcely anything can be more repugnant to an European
+palate, than it is in this state; and whenever they took it out of these
+large receptacles, which they are always careful to fill, such was the
+stench which it exhaled, on being moved, that it was almost impossible
+for me to abide it, even after habit had in a great degree dulled the
+delicacy of my senses. When boiled it became less offensive, though it
+still retained much of the putrid smell, and something of the taste.
+
+Such is the immense quantity of these fish, and they are taken with such
+facility, that I have known upwards of twenty-five hundred brought into
+Maquina's house at once; and at one of their great feasts, have seen
+one hundred or more cooked in one of their largest tubs.
+
+I used frequently to go out with Maquina upon these fishing parties, and
+was always sure to receive a handsome present of salmon, which I had the
+privilege of calling mine; I also went with him several times in a
+canoe, to strike the salmon, which I have attempted to do myself, but
+could never succeed, it requiring a degree of adroitness that I did not
+possess. I was also permitted to go out with a gun, and was several
+times very successful in shooting wild ducks and teal, which are very
+numerous here, though rather shy. These they cooked in their usual
+manner, by boiling, without any farther dressing than skinning them.
+
+In many respects, however, our situation was less pleasant here than at
+Nootka. We were more incommoded for room, the houses not being so
+spacious, nor so well arranged, and as it was colder, we were compelled
+to be much more within doors. We, however, did not neglect on Sundays,
+when the weather would admit, to retire into the woods, and, by the side
+of some stream, after bathing, return our thanks to God for preserving
+us, and offer up to Him our customary devotions.
+
+I was, however, very apprehensive, soon after our arrival at this place,
+that I should be deprived of the satisfaction of keeping my journal, as
+Maquina one day, observing me writing, inquired of me what I was doing,
+and when I endeavoured to explain it, by telling him that I was keeping
+an account of the weather, he said it was not so, and that I was
+speaking bad about him, and telling how he had taken our ship and killed
+the crew, so as to inform my countrymen, and that if he ever saw me
+writing in it again, he would throw it into the fire. I was much
+rejoiced that he did no more than threaten, and became very cautious
+afterwards not to let him see me write.
+
+Not long after, I finished some daggers for him, which I polished
+highly; these pleased him much, and he gave me directions to make a
+cheetolth, in which I succeeded so far to his satisfaction, that he gave
+me a present of cloth sufficient to make me a complete suit of raiment,
+besides other things.
+
+Thompson also, who had become rather more of a favourite than formerly,
+since he had made a fine sail for his canoe, and some garments for him
+out of European cloth, about this time completed another, which was
+thought by the savages a most superb dress. This was a _kotsuk_ or
+mantle, a fathom square, made entirely of European vest patterns of the
+gayest colours. These were sewed together in a manner to make the best
+show, and bound with a deep trimming of the finest otter-skin, with
+which the arm-holes were also bordered; while the bottom was further
+embellished with five or six rows of gilt buttons, placed as near as
+possible to each other.
+
+Nothing could exceed the pride of Maquina when he first put on this
+royal robe, decorated, like the coat of Joseph, with all the colours of
+the rainbow, and glittering with the buttons, which as he strutted about
+made a tinkling, while he repeatedly exclaimed, in a transport of
+exultation, "_Klew shish Kotsuk--wick kum_ _atack Nootka_."[105]--"A
+fine garment--Nootka can't make them."
+
+Maquina, who knew that the chiefs of the tribes who came to visit us had
+endeavoured to persuade me to escape, frequently cautioned me not to
+listen to them, saying that, should I make the attempt, and he were to
+take me, he should certainly put me to death. While here, he gave me a
+book, in which I found the names of seven persons belonging to the ship
+_Manchester_, of Philadelphia, Captain Brian--viz. Daniel Smith, Lewis
+Gillon, James Tom, Clark, Johnson, Ben, and Jack. These men, as Maquina
+informed me, ran away from the ship and came to him, but that six of
+them soon after went off in the night, with an intention to go to the
+Wickinninish, but were stopped by the Eshquates, and sent back to him,
+and that he ordered them to be put to death; and a most cruel death it
+was, as I was told by one of the natives, four men holding one of them
+on the ground, and forcing open his mouth, while they choked him by
+ramming stones down his throat.
+
+As to Jack, the boy, who made no attempt to go off, Maquina afterwards
+sold him to the Wickinninish. I was informed by the Princess Yuqua that
+he was quite a small boy, who cried a great deal, being put to hard
+labour beyond his strength by the natives, in cutting wood and bringing
+water, and that when he heard of the murder of our crew, it had such an
+effect on him, that he fell sick, and died shortly after. On learning
+the melancholy fate of this unfortunate lad, it again awakened in my
+bosom those feelings that I had experienced at the shocking death of my
+poor comrades.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[101] These trees are not found in Vancouver Island. Possibly, though
+they are not very like, Jewitt mistook them for the Oregon alder and the
+American ash, both trees of that locality.
+
+[102] This is the migratory red-backed species (_Selasphorus rufus_, p.
+19).
+
+[103] "Tashis Canal" of seamen--the Tashis River flows in at its head,
+Coptee is at the mouth, Tashis farther up the stream.
+
+[104] Salmon used to be bought at Alberni at the rate of a cent apiece.
+There have been times when the garden at Fort Rupert was manured with
+fresh salmon.
+
+[105] This is a fair specimen of the kind of _lingua franca_ which even
+then had begun to spring up in the intercourse of the early traders with
+the Indians, and which by now takes the shape of the Chinook Jargon.
+For, apart from the imperfectly pronounced Indian words, there is no
+such term as Nootka in any language. It was a misconception of the first
+visitors there. They probably mistook _Nootchee_, a mountain, for the
+name of the country generally (p. 29).
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+CONVERSATION WITH MAQUINA--FRUITS--RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES--VISIT TO
+UPQUESTA
+
+
+The king, finding that I was desirous of learning their language, was
+much delighted, and took great pleasure in conversing with me. On one of
+these occasions he explained to me his reasons for cutting off our ship,
+saying that he bore no ill will to my countrymen, but that he had been
+several times treated very ill by them. The first injury of which he had
+cause to complain, was done him by a Captain Tawnington, who commanded a
+schooner which passed a winter at Friendly Cove, where he was well
+treated by the inhabitants. This man, taking advantage of Maquina's
+absence, who had gone to the Wickinninish to procure a wife, armed
+himself and crew, and entered the house, where there were none but
+women, whom he threw into the greatest consternation, and, searching the
+chests, took away all the skins, of which Maquina had no less than forty
+of the best; and that about the same time, four of their chiefs were
+barbarously killed by a Captain Martinez, a Spaniard.[106]
+
+That soon after, Captain Hanna, of the _Sea Otter_[107] in consequence
+of one of the natives having stolen a chisel from the carpenter, fired
+upon their canoes which were alongside, and killed upwards of twenty of
+the natives, of whom several were _Tyees_ or chiefs; and that he
+himself, being on board the vessel, in order to escape was obliged to
+leap from the quarter-deck, and swim for a long way under water.
+
+These injuries had excited in the breast of Maquina an ardent desire of
+revenge, the strongest passion of the savage heart, and though many
+years had elapsed since their commission, still they were not forgotten,
+and the want of a favourable opportunity alone prevented him from sooner
+avenging them. Unfortunately for us, the long-wished-for opportunity at
+length presented itself in our ship, which Maquina finding not guarded
+with the usual vigilance of the North-West traders, and feeling his
+desire of revenge rekindled by the insult offered him by Captain Salter,
+formed a plan for attacking, and on his return called a council of his
+chiefs, and communicated it to them, acquainting them with the manner in
+which he had been treated. No less desirous of avenging this affront
+offered their king than their former injuries, they readily agreed to
+his proposal, which was to go on board without arms as usual, but under
+different pretexts, in great numbers, and wait for his signal for the
+moment of attacking their unsuspecting victims. The execution of this
+scheme, as the reader knows, was unhappily too successful.
+
+And here I cannot but indulge a reflection that has frequently occurred
+to me on the manner in which our people behave towards the natives. For,
+though they are a thievish race, yet I have no doubt that many of the
+melancholy disasters have principally arisen from the imprudent conduct
+of some of the captains and crews of the ships employed in this trade,
+in exasperating them by insulting, plundering, and even killing them on
+slight grounds. This, as nothing is more sacred with a savage than the
+principle of revenge, and no people are so impatient under insult,
+induces them to wreak their vengeance upon the first vessel or boat's
+crew that offers, making the innocent too frequently suffer for the
+wrongs of the guilty, as few of them know how to discriminate between
+persons of the same general appearance, more especially when speaking
+the same language. And to this cause do I believe must principally be
+ascribed the sanguinary disposition with which these people are
+reproached, as Maquina repeatedly told me that it was not his wish to
+hurt a white man, and that he never should have done it, though ever so
+much in his power, had they not injured him.
+
+[Illustration: CALLICUM AND MAQUILLA, CHIEFS OF NOOTKA SOUND.]
+
+And were the commanders of our ships to treat the savages with rather
+more civility than they sometimes do, I am inclined to think they would
+find their account in it; not that I should recommend to them a
+confidence in the good faith and friendly professions of these people,
+so as in any degree to remit their vigilance, but, on the contrary, to
+be strictly on their guard, and suffer but a very few of them to come on
+board the ship, and admit not many of their canoes alongside at a time;
+a precaution that would have been the means of preventing some of the
+unfortunate events that have occurred, and if attended to, may in future
+preserve many a valuable life. Such a regulation, too, from what I know
+of their disposition and wants, would produce no serious difficulty in
+trading with the savages, and they would soon become perfectly
+reconciled to it.
+
+Among the provisions which the Indians procure at Tashees, I must not
+omit mentioning a fruit that is very important, as forming a great
+article of their food. This is what is called by them the _Yama_,[108] a
+species of berry that grows in bunches like currants, upon a bush from
+two to three feet high, with a large, round, and smooth leaf. This berry
+is black, and about the size of a pistol shot, but of rather an oblong
+shape, and open at the top like the blue whortleberry. The taste is
+sweet, but a little acrid, and when first gathered, if eaten in any
+great quantity, especially without oil, is apt to produce colics. To
+procure it, large companies of women go out on the mountains,
+accompanied by armed men to protect them against wild beasts, where they
+frequently remain for several days, kindling a fire at night, and
+sheltering themselves under sheds constructed of boughs. At these
+parties they collect great quantities. I have known Maquina's queen and
+her women return loaded, bringing with them upwards of twelve bushels.
+In order to preserve it, it is pressed in the bunches between two
+planks, and dried and put away in baskets for use. It is always eaten
+with oil.
+
+Of berries of various kinds, such as strawberries, raspberries,
+blackberries, etc., there are great quantities in the country, of which
+the natives are very fond, gathering them in their seasons, and eating
+them with oil, but the yama is the only one that they preserve.
+
+Fish is, however, their great article of food, as almost all the others,
+excepting the yama, may be considered as accidental. They nevertheless
+are far from disrelishing meat, for instance, venison and bear's flesh.
+With regard to the latter, they have a most singular custom, which is,
+that any one who eats of it is obliged to abstain from eating any kind
+of fresh fish whatever for the term of two months, as they have a
+superstitious belief that, should any of their people, after tasting
+bear's flesh, eat of fresh salmon, cod, etc., the fish, though at ever
+so great a distance off, would come to the knowledge of it, and be so
+much offended thereat as not to allow themselves to be taken by any of
+the inhabitants. This I had an opportunity of observing while at
+Tashees, a bear having been killed early in December, of which not more
+than ten of the natives would eat, being prevented by the prohibition
+annexed to it, which also was the reason of my comrade and myself not
+tasting it, on being told by Maquina the consequences.
+
+As there is something quite curious in their management of this animal,
+when they have killed one, I shall give a description of it. After well
+cleansing the bear from the dirt and blood with which it is generally
+covered when killed, it is brought in and seated opposite the king in an
+upright posture, with a chief's bonnet, wrought in figures, on its head,
+and its fur powdered over with the white down. A tray of provision is
+then set before it, and it is invited by words and gestures to eat. This
+mock ceremony over, the reason of which I could never learn, the animal
+is taken and skinned, and the flesh and entrails boiled up into a soup,
+no part but the paunch being rejected.[109]
+
+This dressing the bear, as they call it, is an occasion of great
+rejoicing throughout the village, all the inhabitants being invited to a
+great feast at the king's house, though but few of them, in consequence
+of the penalty, will venture to eat of the flesh, but generally content
+themselves with their favourite dish of herring spawn and water. The
+feast on this occasion was closed by a dance from Sat-sat-sok-sis, in
+the manner I have already described, in the course of which he
+repeatedly shifted his mask for another of a different form.
+
+A few days after, a second bear was taken, like the former, by means of
+a trap. This I had the curiosity to go and see at the place where it was
+caught, which was in the following manner:--On the edge of a small
+stream of water in the mountains which the salmon ascend, and near the
+spot where the bear is accustomed to watch for them, which is known by
+its track, a trap or box about the height of a man's head is built of
+posts and planks with a flat top, on which are laid a number of large
+stones or rocks. The top and sides are then carefully covered with turf,
+so as to resemble a little mound, and wholly to exclude the light, a
+narrow entrance of the height of the building only being left, just
+sufficient to admit the head and shoulders of the beast. On the inside,
+to a large plank that covers the top is suspended by a strong cord a
+salmon, the plank being left loose, so that a forcible pull will bring
+it down. On coming to its usual haunt, the bear enters the trap, and, in
+endeavouring to pull away the fish, brings down the whole covering with
+its load of stones upon its head, and is almost always crushed to death
+on the spot, or so wounded as to be unable to escape.[110]
+
+They are always careful to examine these traps every day, in order, if a
+bear be caught, to bring it immediately, for it is not a little singular
+that these people will eat no kind of meat that is in the least tainted,
+or not perfectly fresh, while, on the contrary, it is hardly possible
+for fish to be in too putrid a state for them, and I have frequently
+known them, when a whale has been driven ashore, bring pieces of it home
+with them in a state of offensiveness insupportable to anything but a
+crow, and devour it with high relish, considering it as preferable to
+that which is fresh.
+
+On the morning of the 13th of December, commenced what to us appeared a
+most singular farce. Apparently without any previous notice, Maquina
+discharged a pistol close to his son's ear, who immediately fell down as
+if killed, upon which all the women of the house set up a most
+lamentable cry, tearing handfuls of hair from their heads, and
+exclaiming that the prince was dead. At the same time a great number of
+the inhabitants rushed into the house, armed with their daggers,
+muskets, etc., inquiring the cause of their outcry. These were
+immediately followed by two others dressed in wolf-skins, with masks
+over their faces representing the head of that animal; the latter came
+in on their hands and feet in the manner of a beast, and, taking up the
+prince, carried him off upon their backs, retiring in the same manner
+they entered. We saw nothing more of the ceremony, as Maquina came to
+us, and, giving us a quantity of dried provision, ordered us to quit the
+house, and not return to the village before the expiration of seven
+days, for that if we appeared within that period, he should kill us.
+
+At any other season of the year such an order would by us have been
+considered as an indulgence, in enabling us to pass our time in whatever
+way we wished; and even now, furnished as we were with sufficient
+provision for that term, it was not very unpleasant to us, more
+particularly Thompson, who was always desirous to keep as much as
+possible out of the society and sight of the natives, whom he detested.
+Taking with us our provisions, a bundle of clothes, and our axes, we
+obeyed the directions of Maquina, and withdrew into the woods, where we
+built ourselves a cabin to shelter us, with the branches of trees, and,
+keeping up a good fire, secured ourselves pretty well from the cold.
+Here we passed the prescribed period of our exile, with more content
+than much of the time while with them, employing the day in reading and
+praying for our release, or in rambling around and exploring the
+country, the soil of which we found to be very good, and the face of it,
+beautifully diversified with hills and valleys, refreshed with the
+finest streams of water, and at night enjoyed comfortable repose upon a
+bed of soft leaves, with our garments spread over us to protect us from
+the cold.
+
+At the end of seven days we returned, and found several of the people of
+Ai-tiz-zart with their king or chief at Tashees, who had been invited by
+Maquina to attend the close of this performance, which I now learned was
+a celebration, held by them annually, in honour of their god, whom they
+call _Quahootze_,[111] to return him their thanks for his past, and
+implore his future favours. It terminated on the 21st, the day after our
+return, with a most extraordinary exhibition. Three men, each of whom
+had two bayonets run through his sides, between the ribs, apparently
+regardless of the pain, traversed the room, backwards and forwards,
+singing war-songs, and exulting in this display of firmness.
+
+On the arrival of the 25th, we could not but call to mind that this,
+being Christmas, was in our country a day of the greatest festivity,
+when our fellow-countrymen, assembled in their churches, were
+celebrating the goodness of God and the praises of the Saviour. What a
+reverse did our situation offer!--captives in a savage land, and slaves
+to a set of ignorant beings, unacquainted with religion or humanity,
+hardly were we permitted to offer up our devotions by ourselves in the
+woods, while we felt even grateful for this privilege. Thither, with the
+king's permission, we withdrew, and, after reading the service appointed
+for the day, sung the hymn of the Nativity, fervently praying that
+Heaven in its goodness would permit us to celebrate the next festival of
+this kind in some Christian land.
+
+On our return, in order to conform as much as was in our power to the
+custom of our country, we were desirous of having a better supper than
+usual. With this view, we bought from one of the natives some dried
+clams and oil, and a root called _Kletsup_,[112] which we cooked by
+steaming, and found it very palatable. This root consists of many
+fibres, of about six inches long, and of the size of a crow quill. It is
+sweet, of an agreeable taste, not unlike the _Quawnoose_, and it is
+eaten with oil. The plant that produces it I have never seen.
+
+On the 31st all the tribe quitted Tashees for Cooptee, whither they go
+to pass the remainder of the winter, and complete their fishing, taking
+off everything with them in the same manner as at Nootka. We arrived in
+a few hours at Cooptee, which is about fifteen miles, and immediately
+set about covering the houses, which was soon completed.
+
+This place, which is their great herring and sprat fishery, stands just
+within the mouth of the river, on the same side with Tashees, in a very
+narrow valley at the foot of a high mountain. Though nearly as secure
+as Tashees from the winter storms, it is by no means so pleasantly
+situated, though to us it was a much more agreeable residence, as it
+brought us nearer Nootka, where we were impatient to return, in hopes of
+finding some vessel there, or hearing of the arrival of one near.
+
+The first snow that fell this season was the day after our arrival, on
+New Year's Day; a day that, like Christmas, brought with it painful
+recollections, but at the same time led us to indulge the hope of a more
+fortunate year than the last.
+
+Early on the morning of the 7th of January, Maquina took me with him in
+his canoe on a visit to Upquesta, chief of the Ai-tiz-zarts, who had
+invited him to attend an exhibition at his village, similar to the one
+with which he had been entertained at Tashees. This place is between
+twenty and thirty miles distant up the Sound, and stands on the banks of
+a small river about the size of that of Cooptee, just within its
+entrance, in a valley of much greater extent than that of Tashees; it
+consists of fourteen or fifteen houses, built and disposed in the manner
+of those at Nootka. The tribe, which is considered as tributary to
+Maquina, amounts to about three hundred warriors, and the inhabitants,
+both men and women, are among the best-looking of any people on the
+coast.
+
+On our arrival we were received at the shore by the inhabitants, a few
+of whom were armed with muskets, which they fired, with loud shouts and
+exclamations of _Wocash, wocash!_
+
+We were welcomed by the chief's messenger, or master of ceremonies,
+dressed in his best garments, with his hair powdered with white down,
+and holding in his hand the cheetolth, the badge of his office. This man
+preceded us to the chief's house, where he introduced and pointed out to
+us our respective seats. On entering, the visitors took off their hats,
+which they always wear on similar occasions, and Maquina his outer
+robes, of which he has several on whenever he pays a visit, and seated
+himself near the chief.
+
+As I was dressed in European clothes, I became quite an object of
+curiosity to these people, very few of whom had ever seen a white man.
+They crowded around me in numbers, taking hold of my clothes, examining
+my face, hands, and feet, and even opening my mouth to see if I had a
+tongue, for, notwithstanding I had by this time become well acquainted
+with their language, I preserved the strictest silence, Maquina on our
+first landing having enjoined me not to speak until he should direct.
+
+Having undergone this examination for some time, Maquina at length made
+a sign to me to speak to them. On hearing me address them in their own
+language, they were greatly astonished and delighted, and told Maquina
+that they now perceived that I was a man like themselves, except that I
+was white, and looked like a seal, alluding to my blue jacket and
+trousers, which they wanted to persuade me to take off, as they did not
+like their appearance. Maquina in the meantime gave an account to the
+chief of the scheme he had formed for surprising our ship, and the
+manner in which he and his people had carried it into execution, with
+such particular and horrid details of that transaction as chilled the
+blood in my veins. Trays of boiled herring spawn and train-oil were
+soon after brought in and placed before us, neither the chief or any of
+his people eating at the same time, it being contrary to the ideas of
+hospitality entertained by these nations, to eat any part of the food
+that is provided for strangers, always waiting until their visitors have
+finished, before they have their own brought in.
+
+The following day closed their festival with an exhibition of a similar
+kind to that which had been given at Tashees, but still more cruel; the
+different tribes appearing on these occasions to endeavour to surpass
+each other in their proofs of fortitude and endurance of pain. In the
+morning, twenty men entered the chief's house, with each an arrow run
+through the flesh of his sides and either arm, with a cord fastened to
+the end, which, as the performers advanced, singing and boasting, was
+forcibly drawn back by a person having hold of it. After this
+performance was closed, we returned to Cooptee, which we reached at
+midnight, our men keeping time with their songs to the stroke of their
+paddles.
+
+The natives now began to take the herring and sprat in immense
+quantities, with some salmon, and there was nothing but feasting from
+morning till night.
+
+The following is the method they employ to take the herring. A stick of
+about seven feet long, two inches broad, and half an inch thick, is
+formed from some hard wood, one side of which is set with sharp teeth,
+made from whalebone, at about half an inch apart. Provided with this
+instrument, the fisherman seats himself in the prow of a canoe, which is
+paddled by another, and whenever he comes to a shoal of herrings, which
+cover the water in great quantities, he strikes it with both hands upon
+them, and at the same moment, turning it up, brings it over the side of
+the canoe, into which he lets those that are taken drop. It is
+astonishing to see how many are caught by those who are dexterous at
+this kind of fishing, as they seldom fail, when the shoals are numerous,
+of taking as many as ten or twelve at a stroke, and in a very short time
+will fill a canoe with them. Sprats are likewise caught in a similar
+manner.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[106] This was probably Don Estevan Martinez, who, on the 6th of May
+1789, arrived in the corvette _Princesa_, to take possession of the
+country for his sovereign. He it was who landed materials and artillery,
+and began to erect a fort on a small island at the entrance to Friendly
+Cove. He seems to have been a most high-handed kind of Don, for he
+seized the British vessels _Iphigenia_, _North-West America_,
+_Argonaut_, and _Princess Royal_, then trading under the Portuguese
+flag, and acted in so arbitrary a manner to the officers and crew, that
+it was easy to believe he was not over scrupulous in his dealings with
+the Indians. It was during his stay in Nootka Sound that Callicum, a
+relation of Maquina's, and next to him in rank, was barbarously murdered
+by an officer on board one of the Spanish ships, and his father refused
+permission to dive for the body until he had handed over a number of
+skins to the white savage.
+
+[107] Captain James Hanna was the second European to enter Nootka Sound
+after Captain Cook had left it. The _Sea Otter_, a vessel under 70 tons,
+was fitted out in China, and reached Nootka in August 1785; when
+Maquina, presuming upon the inferior size of the craft and the small
+number of the crew, made a desperate attack upon her. This was repulsed
+by the courage of the ship's company, after which business proceeded on
+such friendly terms that he procured five hundred and eighty-five
+sea-otter skins in five weeks, which were sold in Canton for 20,600
+dollars. It was Hanna who discovered Fitzhugh Sound, Lance Island, Sea
+Otter Harbour, and other now well-known spots on the North-West coast of
+America. The incident related by Maquina is not to be found in the
+records of the expedition which have descended to us. He made another
+voyage in 1786, solely for commercial purposes.
+
+[108] _Gaultheria Shallon_ (see p. 137).
+
+[109] These observances are well worth noting in connection with the
+others which attach to the bear among nearly all savage races.
+
+[110] These traps are still in common use.
+
+[111] _Quawteaht_, the supreme being of all the tribes speaking the
+"Aht" language.
+
+[112] This seems the bracken fern root, which is eaten. But the name
+usually applied to it is _Sheetla_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+RETURN TO NOOTKA (FRIENDLY COVE)--DEATH OF MAQUINA'S NEPHEW--INSANITY OF
+TOOTOOSCH--AN INDIAN MOUNTEBANK
+
+
+About the beginning of February, Maquina gave a great feast, at which
+were present not only all the inhabitants, but one hundred persons from
+Ai-tiz-zart, and a number from Wickinninish who had been invited to
+attend it. It is customary with them to give an annual entertainment of
+this kind, and it is astonishing to see what a quantity of provision is
+expended, or rather wasted, on such an occasion, when they always eat to
+the greatest excess. It was at this feast that I saw upwards of an
+hundred salmon cooked in one tub. The whole residence at Cooptee
+presents an almost uninterrupted succession of feasting and
+gormandising, and it would seem as if the principal object of these
+people was to consume their whole stock of provision before leaving it,
+trusting entirely to their success in fishing and whaling, for a supply
+at Nootka.
+
+On the 25th of February we quitted Cooptee, and returned to Nootka. With
+much joy did Thompson and myself again find ourselves in a place where,
+notwithstanding the melancholy recollections which it excited, we hoped
+before long to see some vessel arrive to our relief, and for this we
+became the more solicitous, as of late we had become much more
+apprehensive of our safety, in consequence of information brought
+Maquina a few days before we left Cooptee, by some of the Cayuquets,
+that there were twenty ships at the northward, preparing to come against
+him, with an intent of destroying him and his whole tribe, for cutting
+off the _Boston_.
+
+This story, which was wholly without foundation, and discovered
+afterwards to have been invented by these people, for the purpose of
+disquieting him, threw him into great alarm, and, notwithstanding all I
+could say to convince him that it was an unfounded report, so great was
+his jealousy of us, especially after it had been confirmed to him by
+some others of the same nation, that he treated us with much harshness,
+and kept a very suspicious eye upon us.
+
+Nothing, indeed, could be more unpleasant than our present situation,
+when I reflected that our lives were altogether dependent on the will of
+a savage, on whose caprice and suspicions no rational calculation could
+be made.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Not long after our return, a son of Maquina's sister, a boy of eleven
+years old, who had been for some time declining, died. Immediately on
+his death, which was about midnight, all the men and women in the house
+set up loud cries and shrieks, which, awakening Thompson and myself, so
+disturbed us that we left the house. This lamentation was kept up during
+the remainder of the night. In the morning, a great fire was kindled,
+in which Maquina burned, in honour of the deceased, ten fathoms of
+cloth, and buried with him ten fathoms more, eight of Ife-whaw, four
+prime sea-otter skins, and two small trunks, containing our unfortunate
+captain's clothes and watch.
+
+This boy was considered as a Tyee, or chief, being the only son of
+Tootoosch, one of their principal chiefs, who had married Maquina's
+sister, whence arose this ceremony on his interment: it being an
+established custom with these people, that whenever a chief dies, his
+most valuable property is burned or buried with him; it is, however,
+wholly confined to the chiefs, and appears to be a mark of honour
+appropriate to them.[113] In this instance, Maquina furnished the
+articles, in order that his nephew might have the proper honours
+rendered him.
+
+Tootoosch, his father, was esteemed the first warrior of the tribe, and
+was one who had been particularly active in the destruction of our ship,
+having killed two of our poor comrades, who were ashore, whose names
+were Hall and Wood. About the time of our removal to Tashees, while in
+the enjoyment of the highest health, he was suddenly seized with a fit
+of delirium, in which he fancied that he saw the ghosts of those two men
+constantly standing by him, and threatening him, so that he would take
+no food, except what was forced into his mouth.
+
+A short time before this he had lost a daughter of about fifteen years
+of age, which afflicted him greatly, and whether his insanity, a
+disorder very uncommon amongst these savages, no instance of the kind
+having occurred within the memory of the oldest man amongst them,
+proceeded from this cause, or that it was the special interposition of
+an all-merciful God in our favour, who by this means thought proper to
+induce these barbarians still further to respect our lives, or that, for
+hidden purposes, the Supreme Disposer of events sometimes permits the
+spirits of the dead to revisit the world, and haunt the murderer, I know
+not, but his mind, from this period until his death, which took place
+but a few weeks after that of his son, was incessantly occupied with the
+images of the men whom he had killed.
+
+This circumstance made much impression upon the tribe, particularly the
+chiefs, whose uniform opposition to putting us to death, at the various
+councils that were held on our account, I could not but in part
+attribute to this cause; and Maquina used frequently, in speaking of
+Tootoosch's sickness, to express much satisfaction that his hands had
+not been stained with the blood of any of our men.
+
+When Maquina was first informed by his sister of the strange conduct of
+her husband, he immediately went to his house, taking us with him;
+suspecting that his disease had been caused by us, and that the ghosts
+of our countrymen had been called thither by us, to torment him. We
+found him raving about Hall and Wood, saying that they were _peshak_,
+that is, bad.
+
+Maquina then placed some provision before him, to see if he would eat.
+On perceiving it, he put forth his hand to take some, but instantly
+withdrew it with signs of horror, saying that Hall and Wood were there,
+and would not let him eat. Maquina then, pointing to us, asked if it was
+not John and Thompson who troubled him.
+
+"_Wik_,"[114] he replied,--that is, no; "_John klushish--Thompson
+klushish_"--John and Thompson are both good; then, turning to me, and
+patting me on the shoulder, he made signs to me to eat. I tried to
+persuade him that Hall and Wood were not there, and that none were near
+him but ourselves; he said, "I know very well you do not see them, but I
+do."
+
+At first Maquina endeavoured to convince him that he saw nothing, and to
+laugh him out of his belief, but, finding that all was to no purpose, he
+at length became serious, and asked me if I had ever seen anyone
+affected in this manner, and what was the matter with him. I gave him to
+understand, pointing to his head, that his brain was injured, and that
+he did not see things as formerly.
+
+Being convinced by Tootoosch's conduct that we had no agency in his
+indisposition, on our return home Maquina asked me what was done in my
+country in similar cases.
+
+I told him that such persons were closely confined, and sometimes tied
+up and whipped, in order to make them better.[115]
+
+After pondering for some time, he said that he should be glad to do
+anything to relieve him, and that he should be whipped, and immediately
+gave orders to some of his men to go to Tootoosch's house, bind him, and
+bring him to his, in order to undergo the operation.
+
+Thompson was the person selected to administer this remedy, which he
+undertook very readily, and for that purpose provided himself with a
+good number of spruce branches, with which he whipped him most severely,
+laying it on with the best will imaginable, while Tootoosch displayed
+the greatest rage, kicking, spitting, and attempting to bite all who
+came near him. This was too much for Maquina, who at length, unable to
+endure it longer, ordered Thompson to desist and Tootoosch to be carried
+back, saying that if there was no other way of curing him but by
+whipping, he must remain mad.
+
+The application of the whip produced no beneficial effect on Tootoosch,
+for he afterwards became still more deranged; in his fits of fury
+sometimes seizing a club and beating his slaves in a most dreadful
+manner, and striking and spitting at all who came near him, till at
+length his wife, no longer daring to remain in the house with him, came
+with her son to Maquina's.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The whaling season now commenced, and Maquina was out almost every day
+in his canoe in pursuit of them, but for a considerable time with no
+success, one day breaking the staff of his harpoon, another after having
+been a long time fast to a whale, the weapon drawing, owing to the
+breaking of the shell which formed its point, with several such like
+accidents, arising from the imperfection of the instrument.
+
+At these times he always returned very morose and out of temper,
+upbraiding his men with having violated their obligation to continence
+preparatory to whaling. In this state of ill-humour he would give us
+very little to eat, which, added to the women not cooking when the men
+are away, reduced us to a very low fare.
+
+In consequence of the repeated occurrence of similar accidents, I
+proposed to Maquina to make him a harpoon or foreganger of steel, which
+would be less liable to fail him. The idea pleased him, and in a short
+time I completed one for him, with which he was much delighted, and the
+very next day went out to make a trial of it.
+
+He succeeded with it in taking a whale. Great was the joy throughout the
+village as soon as it was known that the king had secured the whale, by
+notice from a person stationed at the headland in the offing. All the
+canoes were immediately launched, and, furnished with harpoons and
+sealskin floats, hastened to assist in buoying it up and towing it in.
+
+The bringing in of this fish exhibited a scene of universal festivity.
+As soon as the canoes appeared at the mouth of the Cove, those on board
+of them singing a triumph to a slow air, to which they kept time with
+their paddles, all who were on shore, men, women, and children, mounted
+the roofs of their houses to congratulate the king on his success,
+drumming most furiously on the planks, and exclaiming _Wocash--wocash,
+Tyee!_
+
+The whale, on being drawn on shore, was immediately cut up, and a great
+feast of the blubber given at Maquina's house, to which all the village
+were invited, who indemnified themselves for their Lent by eating as
+usual to excess. I was highly praised for the goodness of my harpoon,
+and a quantity of blubber given me, which I was permitted to cook as I
+pleased; this I boiled in salt water with some young nettles and other
+greens for Thompson and myself, and in this way we found it tolerable
+food.
+
+Their method of procuring the oil, is to skim it from the water in which
+the blubber is boiled, and when cool, put it up into whale bladders for
+use; and of these I have seen them so large as, when filled, would
+require no less than five or six men to carry. Several of the chiefs,
+among whom were Maquina's brothers, who, after the king has caught the
+first whale, are privileged to take them also, were very desirous, on
+discovering the superiority of my harpoon, that I should make some for
+them, but this Maquina would not permit, reserving for himself this
+improved weapon. He, however, gave me directions to make a number more
+for himself, which I executed, and also made him several lances, with
+which he was greatly pleased.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+As these people have some very singular observances preparatory to
+whaling, an account of them will, I presume, not prove uninteresting,
+especially as it may serve to give a better idea of their manners. A
+short time before leaving Tashees, the king makes a point of passing a
+day alone on the mountain, whither he goes very privately early in the
+morning, and does not return till late in the evening.[116] This is
+done, as I afterwards learned, for the purpose of singing and praying to
+his God for success in whaling the ensuing season. At Cooptee the same
+ceremony is performed, and at Nootka after the return thither, with
+still greater solemnity, as for the next two days he appears very
+thoughtful and gloomy, scarcely speaking to any one, and observes a most
+rigid fast. On these occasions he has always a broad red fillet made of
+bark bound around his head, in token of humiliation, with a large branch
+of green spruce on the top, and his great rattle in his hand.
+
+In addition to this, for a week before commencing their whaling, both
+himself and the crew of his canoe observe a fast, eating but very
+little, and going into the water several times in the course of each day
+to bathe, singing and rubbing their bodies, limbs, and faces with shells
+and bushes, so that on their return I have seen them look as though they
+had been severely torn with briers. They are likewise obliged to
+abstain from any commerce with their women for the like period, the
+latter restriction being considered as indispensable to their success.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Early in June, Tootoosch,[117] the crazy chief, died. On being
+acquainted with his death, the whole village, men, women, and children,
+set up a loud cry, with every testimony of the greatest grief, which
+they continued for more than three hours. As soon as he was dead, the
+body, according to their custom, was laid out on a plank, having the
+head bound round with a red bark fillet, which is with them an emblem of
+mourning and sorrow. After lying some time in this manner, he was
+wrapped in an otter-skin robe, and, three fathoms of Ife-whaw being put
+about his neck, he was placed in a large coffin or box of about three
+feet deep, which was ornamented on the outside with two rows of the
+small white shells. In this, the most valuable articles of his property
+were placed with him, among which were no less than twenty-four prime
+sea-otter skins.
+
+At night, which is their time for interring the dead, the coffin was
+borne by eight men with two poles thrust through ropes passed around it,
+to the place of burial, accompanied by his wife and family, with their
+hair cut short in token of grief, all the inhabitants joining the
+procession.
+
+The place of burial was a large cavern on the side of a hill at a little
+distance from the village, in which, after depositing the coffin
+carefully, all the attendants repaired to Maquina's house, where a
+number of articles belonging to the deceased, consisting of blankets,
+pieces of cloth, etc., were burned by a person appointed by Maquina for
+that purpose, dressed and painted in the highest style, with his head
+covered with white down, who, as he put in the several pieces one by
+one, poured upon them a quantity of oil to increase the flame, in the
+intervals between making a speech and playing off a variety of buffoon
+tricks, and the whole closed with a feast, and a dance from
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, the king's son.
+
+The man who performed the ceremony of burning on this occasion was a
+very singular character named Kinneclimmets. He was held in high
+estimation by the king, though only of the common class, probably from
+his talent for mimicry and buffoonery, and might be considered as a kind
+of king's jester, or rather, as combining in his person the character of
+a buffoon with that of master of ceremonies and public orator to his
+majesty, as he was the one who at feasts always regulated the places of
+the guests, delivered speeches on receiving or returning visits, besides
+amusing the company at all their entertainments, with a variety of
+monkey pranks and antic gestures, which appeared to these savages the
+height of wit and humour, but would be considered as extremely low by
+the least polished people.
+
+Almost all the kings or head chiefs of the principal tribes were
+accompanied by a similar character, who appeared to be attached to their
+dignity, and are called in their language _Climmer-habbee_.
+
+This man Kinneclimmets was particularly odious to Thompson, who would
+never join in the laugh at his tricks, but when he began, would almost
+always quit the house with a very surly look, and an exclamation of
+"Cursed fool!" which Maquina, who thought nothing could equal the
+cleverness of his _Climmer-habbee_, used to remark with much
+dissatisfaction, asking me why Thompson never laughed, observing that I
+must have had a very good-tempered woman indeed for my mother, as my
+father was so very ill-natured a man.
+
+Among those performances that gained him the greatest applause was his
+talent of eating to excess, for I have known him devour at one meal no
+less than seventy-five large herrings; and at another time, when a great
+feast was given by Maquina, he undertook, after drinking three pints of
+oil by way of a whet, to eat four dried salmon, and five quarts of
+spawn, mixed up with a gallon of train-oil, and actually succeeded in
+swallowing the greater part of this mess, until his stomach became so
+overloaded as to discharge its contents in the dish. One of his
+exhibitions, however, had nearly cost him his life; this was on the
+occasion of Kla-quak-ee-na, one of the chiefs, having bought him a new
+wife, in celebration of which he ran three times through a large fire,
+and burned himself in such a manner that he was not able to stir for
+more than four weeks. These feats of savage skill were much praised by
+Maquina, who never failed to make him presents of cloth, muskets, etc.,
+on such occasions.
+
+The death of Tootoosch increased still more the disquietude which his
+delirium had excited among the savages, and all those chiefs who had
+killed our men became much alarmed lest they should be seized with the
+same disorder and die like him; more particularly, as I had told Maquina
+that I believed his insanity was a punishment inflicted on him by
+Quahootze, for his cruelty in murdering two innocent men who had never
+injured him.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[113] When an Indian dies, all of his property which has not been given
+away, is either buried with him, or, in extreme cases, burned, not for
+the purpose of accompanying him to the Spirit Land, but, so the people
+have told me, to prevent any temptation to indulge in the bad luck of
+mentioning his name. The only things that are exempted from this
+practice are the dead man's best canoes, his house-planks, and fishing
+and hunting implements, which, with any slaves he may possess, go to his
+eldest son. I have known the deceased's house and all its contents to be
+burned; but when this is not the case, then the materials are removed
+elsewhere, and another building is erected. Around his grave--a box
+raised from the ground on pillars, often quaintly carved, or a canoe, or
+a box fixed up a tree--are placed various articles belonging to him (or
+her). At one time they buried his money with him. But for obvious
+reasons this custom has fallen into abeyance.
+
+[114] _Wik_ actually means "Not I." Good is _Klooceahatli_ or
+_Klootakloosch_.
+
+[115] This, it must be remembered, was in the days before Connolly.
+Maquina's remark that if an insane man could not be cured but by
+whipping him, he must remain mad, proves that the savage chief was in
+advance of his time. Insanity is, however, extremely rare among the
+Indians.
+
+[116] He was, as the Indians say, "making his medicine," a term of very
+elastic meaning.
+
+[117] "Tootoosch" is the Thunder Bird of "Aht" mythology.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+WAR WITH THE A-Y-CHARTS--A NIGHT ATTACK--PROPOSALS TO PURCHASE THE
+AUTHOR
+
+
+Our situation had now become unpleasant in the extreme. The summer was
+so far advanced that we nearly despaired of a ship arriving to our
+relief, and with that expectation almost relinquished the hope of ever
+having it in our power to quit this savage land. We were treated, too,
+with less indulgence than before, both Thompson and myself being
+obliged, in addition to our other employments, to perform the laborious
+task of cutting and collecting fuel, which we had to bring on our
+shoulders from nearly three miles' distance, as it consisted wholly of
+dry leaves, all of which near the village had been consumed.
+
+To add to this, we suffered much abuse from the common people, who, when
+Maquina or some of the chiefs were not present, would insult us, calling
+us wretched slaves, asking us where was our Tyee or captain, making
+gestures signifying that his head had been cut off, and that they would
+do the like to us; though they generally took good care at such times to
+keep well out of Thompson's reach, as they had more than once
+experienced, to their cost, the strength of his fist. This conduct was
+not only provoking and grating to our feelings in the highest degree,
+but it convinced us of the ill disposition of these savages towards us,
+and rendered us fearful lest they might at some time or other persuade
+or force Maquina and the chiefs to put us to death.
+
+We were also often brought to great distress for the want of provisions,
+so far as to be reduced to collect a scanty supply of mussels and
+limpets from the rocks, and sometimes even compelled to part with some
+of our most necessary articles of clothing in order to purchase food for
+our subsistence.
+
+This was, however, principally owing to the inhabitants themselves
+experiencing a great scarcity of provisions this season; there having
+been, in the first place, but very few salmon caught at Friendly Cove, a
+most unusual circumstance, as they generally abound there in the spring,
+which was by the natives attributed to their having been driven away by
+the blood of our men who had been thrown into the sea, which with true
+savage inconsistency excited their murmurs against Maquina, who had
+proposed cutting off our ship. Relying on this supply, they had in the
+most inconsiderate manner squandered away their winter stock of
+provisions, so that in a few days after their return it was entirely
+expended.
+
+Nor were the king and chiefs much more fortunate in their whaling, even
+after I had furnished Maquina with the improved weapon for that purpose;
+but four whales having been taken during the season, which closes the
+last of May, including one that had been struck by Maquina and escaped,
+and was afterwards driven on shore about six miles from Nootka in
+almost a state of putridity.
+
+These afforded but a short supply to a population, including all ages
+and sexes, of no less than fifteen hundred persons, and of a character
+so very improvident, that, after feasting most gluttonously whenever a
+whale was caught, they were several times, for a week together, reduced
+to the necessity of eating but once a day, and of collecting cockles and
+mussels from the rocks for their food.
+
+And even after the cod and halibut fishing commenced, in June, in which
+they met with tolerable success, such was the savage caprice of Maquina,
+that he would often give us but little to eat, finally ordering us to
+buy a canoe and fishing implements and go out ourselves and fish, or we
+should have nothing. To do this we were compelled to part with our
+greatcoats, which were not only important to us as garments, but of
+which we made our beds, spreading them under us when we slept. From our
+want of skill, however, in this new employ, we met with no success; on
+discovering which, Maquina ordered us to remain at home.
+
+Another thing, which to me in particular proved an almost constant
+source of vexation and disgust, and which living among them had not in
+the least reconciled me to, was their extreme filthiness, not only in
+eating fish, especially the whale, when in a state of offensive
+putridity, but while at their meals, of making a practice of taking the
+vermin from their heads or clothes and eating them, by turns thrusting
+their fingers into their hair and into the dish, and spreading their
+garments over the tubs in which the provision was cooking, in order to
+set in motion their inhabitants.[118]
+
+Fortunately for Thompson, he regarded this much less than myself, and
+when I used to point out to him any instance of their filthiness in this
+respect, he would laugh and reply, "Never mind, John, the more good
+things the better." I must, however, do Maquina the justice to state,
+that he was much neater both in his person and eating than were the
+others, as was likewise his queen, owing, no doubt, to his intercourse
+with foreigners, which had given him ideas of cleanliness, for I never
+saw either of them eat any of these animals, but, on the contrary, they
+appeared not much to relish this taste in others. Their garments, also,
+were much cleaner, Maquina having been accustomed to give his away when
+they became soiled, till after he discovered that Thompson and myself
+kept ours clean by washing them, when he used to make Thompson do the
+same for him.
+
+Yet amidst this state of endurance and disappointment, in hearing
+repeatedly of the arrival of ships at the north and south, most of which
+proved to be idle reports, while expectation was almost wearied out in
+looking for them, we did not wholly despond, relying on the mercy of the
+Supreme Being, to offer up to whom our devotions on the days appointed
+for His worship was our chief consolation and support, though we were
+sometimes obliged, by our taskmasters, to infringe upon the Sabbath,
+which was to me a source of much regret.
+
+We were, nevertheless, treated at times with much kindness by Maquina,
+who would give us a plenty of the best that he had to eat, and
+occasionally, some small present of cloth for a garment, promising me
+that, if any ship should arrive within a hundred miles of Nootka, he
+would send a canoe with a letter from me to the captain, so that he
+might come to our release. These flattering promises and marks of
+attention were, however, at those times when he thought himself in
+personal danger from a mutinous spirit, which the scarcity of provisions
+had excited among the natives, who, like true savages, imputed all their
+public calamities, of whatever kind, to the misconduct of their chief,
+or when he was apprehensive of an attack from some of the other tribes,
+who were irritated with him for cutting off the _Boston_, as it had
+prevented ships from coming to trade with them, and were constantly
+alarming him with idle stories of vessels that were preparing to come
+against him and exterminate both him and his people.
+
+At such times, he made us keep guard over him both night and day, armed
+with cutlasses and pistols, being apparently afraid to trust any of his
+own men. At one time, it was a general revolt of his people that he
+apprehended; then three of his principal chiefs, among whom was his
+elder brother, had conspired to take away his life; and at length he
+fancied that a small party of Klaooquates, between whom and the
+Nootkians little friendship subsisted, had come to Nootka, under a
+pretence of trade, for the sole purpose of murdering him and his family,
+telling us, probably to sharpen our vigilance, that their intention was
+to kill us likewise; and so strongly were his fears excited on this
+occasion, that he not only ordered us to keep near him armed by day,
+whenever he went out, and to patrol at night before his house while they
+remained, but to continue the same guard for three days after they were
+gone, and to fire, at one and at four in the morning, one of the great
+guns, to let them know, if, as he suspected, they were lurking in the
+neighbourhood, that he was on his guard.
+
+While he was thus favourably disposed towards us, I took an opportunity
+to inform him of the ill-treatment that we frequently received from his
+people, and the insults that were offered us by some of the stranger
+tribes in calling us white slaves, and loading us with other opprobrious
+terms. He was much displeased, and said that his subjects should not be
+allowed to treat us ill, and that if any of the strangers did it, he
+wished us to punish the offenders with death, at the same time directing
+us, for our security, to go constantly armed.
+
+This permission was soon improved by Thompson to the best advantage; for
+a few days after, having gone to the pond to wash some of our clothes,
+and a blanket for Maquina, several Wickinninish who were then at Nootka
+came thither, and, seeing him washing the clothes, and the blanket
+spread upon the grass to dry, they began, according to custom, to insult
+him, and one of them, bolder than the others, walked over the blanket.
+Thompson was highly incensed, and threatened the Indian with death if he
+repeated the offence, but he, in contempt of the threat, trampled upon
+the blanket, when, drawing his cutlass, without further ceremony,
+Thompson cut off his head, on seeing which the others ran off at full
+speed. Thompson then, gathering up the clothes and blanket, on which
+were the marks of the Indian's dirty feet, and taking with him the head,
+returned and informed the king of what had passed, who was much pleased,
+and highly commended his conduct. This had a favourable effect for us,
+not only on the stranger tribes but the inhabitants themselves, who
+treated us afterwards with less disrespect.
+
+In the latter part of July, Maquina informed me that he was going to war
+with the _A-y-charts_,[119] a tribe about fifty miles to the south, on
+account of some controversy that had arisen the preceding summer, and
+that I must make a number of daggers for his men, and cheetolths for his
+chiefs, which having completed, he wished me to make for his own use a
+weapon of quite a different form, in order to dispatch his enemy by one
+blow on the head, it being the calculation of these nations, on going to
+war, to surprise their adversaries while asleep. This was a steel
+dagger, or more properly a spike, of about six inches long, made very
+sharp, set at right angles in an iron handle of fifteen inches long,
+terminating at the lower end in a crook or turn, so as to prevent its
+being wrenched from the hand, and at the upper in a round knob or head,
+from whence the spike protruded. This instrument I polished highly, and,
+the more to please Maquina, formed on the back of the knob the
+resemblance of a man's head, with the mouth open, substituting for eyes
+black beads, which I fastened in with red sealing-wax. This pleased him
+much, and was greatly admired by his chiefs, who wanted me to make
+similar ones for them, but Maquina would not suffer it, reserving for
+himself alone this weapon.
+
+When these people have finally determined on war, they make it an
+invariable practice, for three or four weeks prior to the expedition,
+to go into the water five or six times a day, when they wash and scrub
+themselves from head to foot with bushes intermixed with briers,
+so that their bodies and faces will often be entirely covered
+with blood. During this severe exercise, they are continually
+exclaiming, "_Wocash, Quahootze, Teechamme ah welth, wik-etish
+tau-ilth--Kar sub-matemas--Wik-sish_ _to hauk matemas--I ya-ish
+kah-shittle--As-smootish warich matemas_"; which signifies, "Good or
+great God, let me live--Not be sick--Find the enemy--Not fear him--Find
+him asleep, and kill a great many of them."
+
+During the whole of this period they have no intercourse with their
+women, and for a week before setting out, abstain from feasting or any
+kind of merriment, appearing thoughtful, gloomy, and morose, and for the
+three last days are almost constantly in the water, both by day and
+night, scrubbing and lacerating themselves in a terrible manner.
+Maquina, having informed Thompson and myself that he should take us with
+him, was very solicitous that we should bathe and scrub ourselves in the
+same way with them, telling me that it would harden our skins, so that
+the weapons of the enemy would not pierce them, but as we felt no great
+inclination to amuse ourselves in this manner, we declined it.
+
+The expedition consisted of forty canoes, carrying from ten to twenty
+men each. Thompson and myself armed ourselves with cutlasses and
+pistols, but the natives, although they had a plenty of European arms,
+took with them only their daggers and cheetolths, with a few bows and
+arrows, the latter being about a yard in length, and pointed with
+copper, mussel-shell, or bone; the bows are four feet and a half long,
+with strings made of whale sinew.
+
+To go to A-y-chart, we ascended, from twenty to thirty miles,[120] a
+river about the size of that of Tashees, the banks of which are high and
+covered with wood. At midnight we came in sight of the village, which
+was situated on the west bank near the shore, on a steep hill difficult
+of access, and well calculated for defence. It consisted of fifteen or
+sixteen houses, smaller than those at Nootka, and built in the same
+style, but compactly placed. By Maquina's directions, the attack was
+deferred until the first appearance of dawn, as he said that was the
+time when men slept the soundest.
+
+At length, all being ready for the attack, we landed with the greatest
+silence, and, going around so as to come upon the foe in the rear,
+clambered up the hill, and while the natives, as is their custom,
+entered the several huts creeping on all-fours, my comrade and myself
+stationed ourselves without to intercept those who should attempt to
+escape or come to the aid of their friends. I wished, if possible, not
+to stain my hands in the blood of any fellow-creature; and though
+Thompson would gladly have put to death all the savages in the country,
+he was too brave to think of attacking a sleeping enemy.
+
+Having entered the houses, on the war-whoop being given by Maquina as he
+seized the head of the chief and gave him the fatal blow, all proceeded
+to the work of death. The A-y-charts, being thus surprised, were unable
+to make resistance, and, with the exception of a very few who were so
+fortunate as to make their escape, were all killed, or taken prisoners
+on condition of becoming slaves to their captors. I had the good fortune
+to take four captives, whom Maquina, as a favour, permitted me to
+consider as mine, and occasionally employ them in fishing for me. As for
+Thompson, who thirsted for revenge, he had no wish to take any
+prisoners, but with his cutlass, the only weapon he would employ against
+them, succeeded in killing seven stout fellows who came to attack him,
+an act which obtained him great credit with Maquina and the chiefs, who
+after this held him in much higher estimation, and gave him the
+appellation of "Chehiel-suma-har," it being the name of a very
+celebrated warrior of their nation in ancient times, whose exploits were
+the constant theme of their praise.
+
+After having put to death all the old and infirm of either sex, as is
+the barbarous practice of these people, and destroyed the buildings, we
+re-embarked with our booty in our canoes for Nootka, where we were
+received with great demonstrations of joy by the women and children,
+accompanying our war-song with a most furious drumming on the houses.
+The next day a great feast was given by Maquina in celebration of his
+victory, which was terminated, as usual, with a dance by
+Sat-sat-sok-sis.[121]
+
+Repeated applications had been made to Maquina by a number of kings or
+chiefs to purchase me, especially after he had showed them the harpoon I
+had made for him, which he took much pride in, but he constantly refused
+to part with me on any terms. Among these, the king of the Wickinninish
+was particularly solicitous to obtain me, having twice applied to
+Maquina for that purpose, once in a very formal manner, by sending his
+messenger with four canoes, who, as he approached the shore, decorated
+in their highest style, with the white down on his head, etc., declared
+that he came to buy "Tooteyoohannis," the name by which I was known to
+them, for his master, and that he had brought for that purpose four
+young male slaves, two highly ornamented canoes, such a number of the
+skins of metamelth, and of the _quartlack_,[122] or sea-otter, and so
+many fathoms of cloth and of Ife-whaw, while, as he mentioned the
+different articles, they were pointed out or held up by his attendants;
+but even this tempting offer had no influence on Maquina, who in the
+latter part of the summer was again very strongly urged to sell me by
+Ulatilla, or, as he is generally called, Machee Ulatilla, chief of the
+Klaizzarts,[123] who had come to Nootka on a visit.
+
+This chief, who could speak tolerable English, had much more the
+appearance of a civilised man than any of the savages that I saw. He
+appeared to be about thirty, was rather small in his person, but
+extremely well formed, with a skin almost as fair as that of an
+European, good features, and a countenance expressive of candour and
+amiableness, and which was almost always brightened with a smile. He was
+much neater both in his dress and person than any of the other chiefs,
+seldom wearing paint, except upon his eyebrows, which, after the custom
+of his country, were plucked out, and a few strips of the pelpelth on
+the lower part of his face. He always treated me with much kindness, was
+fond of conversing with me in English and in his own language, asking me
+many questions relative to my country, its manners, customs, etc., and
+appeared to take a strong interest in my fate, telling me that if he
+could persuade Maquina to part with me, he would put me on board the
+first ship that came to his country, a promise which, from his
+subsequent conduct, I have good reason to think he would have performed,
+as my deliverance at length from captivity and suffering was, under the
+favour of Divine Providence, wholly owing to him, the only letter that
+ever reached an European or American vessel out of sixteen that I wrote
+at different times and sent to various parts of the coast, having been
+delivered by him in person. So much pleased was I with this man's
+behaviour to me while at Nootka, that I made for him a cheetolth, which
+I burnished highly, and engraved with figures. With this he was greatly
+delighted. I also would have made for him a harpoon, would Maquina have
+consented.
+
+With hearts full of dejection and almost lost to hope, no ship having
+appeared off Nootka this season, did my companion and myself accompany
+the tribe on their removal in September to Tashees, relinquishing in
+consequence for six months even the remotest expectation of relief.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[118] This habit--unfortunately not peculiar to the Indians--is still
+occasionally indulged in. The reason they give for it is, that when the
+great flood covered the earth--a tradition that is found among other
+North-West American Indians--they escaped in their canoes, and had to
+eat lice for lack of any other food, and now practise it out of
+gratitude. The superstitious observances of these tribes are so numerous
+that the merest account of those known would fill a volume. One or two
+interesting instances may be mentioned:--Thus, in sneezing, there is
+good luck if the right nostril is alone affected. But if the left, then
+evil fortune is at hand. When they pare their nails, which is not often,
+they burn the parings, and if the smoke from them goes straight up,
+their latter end will be good; if not, they will go to the place of
+punishment. They used to regard--and perhaps still regard--the whites
+not as human beings, but as a sort of demons.
+
+[119] The E-cha-chets are not at present recognised as a separate tribe.
+But there is a large village in Clayoquat Sound on the south end of
+Wakenninish Island which bears that name. Like many now all but extinct
+tribes, who have become absorbed into greater ones, the E-cha-chets seem
+in Jewitt's time to have been more numerous. In Meares's narrative,
+"Lee-cha-ett" is mentioned as a village of Wakenninish, but this could
+not have been the same place, for Maquina and Wakenninish were at this
+period on good terms. The river which the expedition ascended to reach
+the summer salmon fishing village of the tribe was probably either the
+Bear or the Onamettis, both of which flow through some swampy ground
+into the head of Bedwall Arm. But as usual Jewitt exaggerated the
+distance up which the canoemen paddled. There is no river in Vancouver
+Island navigable for twenty or thirty miles, and few, even when broken
+by rapids and falls, quite that length.
+
+[120] This is an exaggerated estimate.
+
+[121] This is one of the best descriptions of West Coast warfare with
+which I am acquainted.
+
+[122] "Quiaotluk," Jewitt, with innate cockneyism, inserting an _r_
+after _a_ wherever this is possible. No Indian can pronounce _r_, any
+more than a Chinaman can.
+
+[123] Klahosahts.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+MARRIAGE OF THE AUTHOR--HIS ILLNESS--DISMISSES HIS WIFE--RELIGION OF THE
+NATIVES--CLIMATE
+
+
+Soon after our establishment there, Maquina informed me that he and his
+chiefs had held council both before and after quitting Nootka, in which
+they had determined that I must marry one of their women, urging as a
+reason to induce me to consent, that, as there was now no probability of
+a ship coming to Nootka to release me, that I must consider myself as
+destined to pass the remainder of my life with them, that the sooner I
+conformed to their customs the better, and that a wife and family would
+render me more contented and satisfied with their mode of living. I
+remonstrated against this decision, but to no purpose, for he told me
+that, should I refuse, both Thompson and myself would be put to death;
+telling me, however, that if there were none of the women of his tribe
+that pleased me, he would go with me to some of the other tribes, where
+he would purchase for me such a one as I should select. Reduced to this
+sad extremity, with death on the one side and matrimony on the other, I
+thought proper to choose what appeared to me the least of the two
+evils, and consent to be married, on condition that, as I did not fancy
+any of the Nootka women, I should be permitted to make choice of one
+from some other tribe.
+
+This being settled, the next morning by daylight, Maquina, with about
+fifty men in two canoes, set out with me for Ai-tiz-zart,[124] taking
+with him a quantity of cloth, a number of muskets, sea-otter skins,
+etc., for the purchase of my bride. With the aid of our paddles and
+sails, being favoured with a fair breeze, we arrived some time before
+sunset at the village. Our arrival excited a general alarm, and the men
+hastened to the shore, armed with the weapons of their country, making
+many warlike demonstrations, and displaying much zeal and activity. We,
+in the meantime, remained quietly seated in our canoes, where we
+remained for about half an hour, when the messenger of the chief,
+dressed in their best manner, came to welcome us and invite us on shore
+to eat.[125] We followed him in procession to the chief's house, Maquina
+at our head, taking care to leave a sufficient number in the boats to
+protect the property. When we came to the house, we were ushered in with
+much ceremony, and our respective seats pointed out to us, mine being
+next to Maquina by his request.
+
+After having been regaled with a feast of herring spawn and oil, Maquina
+asked me if I saw any among the women who were present that I liked. I
+immediately pointed out to a young girl of about seventeen, the
+daughter of Upquesta, the chief, who was sitting near him by her mother.
+On this, Maquina, making a sign to his men, arose, and, taking me by the
+hand, walked into the middle of the room, and sent off two of his men to
+bring the boxes containing the presents from the canoes. In the
+meantime, Kinneclimmets, the master of ceremonies, whom I have already
+spoken of, made himself ready for the part he was to act, by powdering
+his hair with white down. When the chests were brought in, specimens of
+the several articles were taken out, and showed by our men, one of whom
+held up a musket, another a skin, a third a piece of cloth, etc.
+
+On this Kinneclimmets stepped forward, and, addressing the chief,
+informed him that all these belonged to me, mentioning the number of
+each kind, and that they were offered to him for the purchase of his
+daughter Eu-stoch-ee-exqua, as a wife for me. As he said this, the men
+who held up the various articles walked up to the chief, and with a very
+stern and morose look, the complimentary one on these occasions, threw
+them at his feet. Immediately on which, all the tribe, both men and
+women, who were assembled on this occasion, set up a cry of
+_Klack-ko-Tyee_,[126] that is, "Thank ye, chief."
+
+His men, after this ceremony, having returned to their places, Maquina
+rose, and, in a speech of more than half an hour, said much in my praise
+to the Ai-tiz-zart chief, telling him that I was as good a man as
+themselves, differing from them only in being white, that I was besides
+acquainted with many things of which they were ignorant; that I knew how
+to make daggers, cheetolths, and harpoons, and was a very valuable
+person, whom he was determined to keep always with him; praising me at
+the same time for the goodness of my temper, and the manner in which I
+had conducted myself since I had been with them, observing that all the
+people of Nootka, and even the children, loved me.
+
+While Maquina was speaking, his master of ceremonies was continually
+skipping about, making the most extravagant gestures, and exclaiming
+"_Wocash!_" When he had ceased, the Ai-tiz-zart chief arose, amidst the
+acclamations of his people, and began with setting forth the many good
+qualities and accomplishments of his daughter; that he loved her
+greatly, and as she was his only one, he could not think of parting with
+her. He spoke in this manner for some time, but finally concluded by
+consenting to the proposed union, requesting that she might be well used
+and kindly treated by her husband. At the close of the speech, when the
+chief began to manifest a disposition to consent to our union,
+Kinneclimmets again began to call out as loud as he could bawl,
+"_Wocash!_" cutting a thousand capers and spinning himself around on his
+heel like a top.
+
+When Upquesta had finished his speech, he directed his people to carry
+back the presents which Maquina had given him, to me, together with two
+young male slaves to assist me in fishing. These, after having been
+placed before me, were by Maquina's men taken on board the canoes. This
+ceremony being over, we were invited by one of the principal chiefs to
+a feast at his house, of _Klussamit_,[127] or dried herring, where,
+after the eating was over, Kinneclimmets amused the company very highly
+with his tricks, and the evening's entertainment was closed by a new
+war-song from our men, and one in return from the Ai-tiz-zarts,
+accompanied with expressive gestures, and wielding of their weapons.
+
+After this our company returned to lodge at Upquesta's, except a few who
+were left on board the canoes to watch the property. In the morning I
+received from the chief his daughter, with an earnest request that I
+would use her well, which I promised him; when, taking leave of her
+parents, she accompanied me with apparent satisfaction on board of the
+canoe.
+
+The wind being ahead, the natives were obliged to have recourse to their
+paddles, accompanying them with their songs, interspersed with the
+witticisms and buffoonery of Kinneclimmets, who, in his capacity of
+king's steersman, one of his functions which I forgot to enumerate, not
+only guided the course of the canoe, but regulated the singing of the
+boatmen. At about five in the morning we reached Tashees, where we found
+all the inhabitants collected on the shore to receive us.
+
+We were welcomed with loud shouts of joy, and exclamations of
+"_Wocash!_" and the women, taking my bride under their charge, conducted
+her to Maquina's house, to be kept with them for ten days; it being an
+universal custom, as Maquina informed me, that no intercourse should
+take place between the new married pair during that period. At night
+Maquina gave a great feast, which was succeeded by a dance, in which all
+the women joined, and thus ended the festivities of my marriage.[128]
+
+The term of my probation being over, Maquina assigned me as an apartment
+the space in the upper part of his house between him and his elder
+brother, whose room was opposite. Here I established myself with my
+family, consisting of myself and wife, Thompson, and the little
+Sat-sat-sok-sis, who had always been strongly attached to me, and now
+solicited his father to let him live with me, to which he consented.
+
+This boy was handsome, extremely well formed, amiable, and of a
+pleasant, sprightly disposition. I used to take a pleasure in decorating
+him with rings, bracelets, ear-jewels, etc., which I made for him of
+copper, and ornamented and polished them in my best manner. I was also
+very careful to keep him free from vermin of every kind, washing him and
+combing his hair every day. These marks of attention were not only very
+pleasing to the child, who delighted in being kept neat and clean, as
+well as in being dressed off in his finery, but was highly gratifying
+both to Maquina and his queen, who used to express much satisfaction at
+my care of him.
+
+In making my domestic establishment, I determined, as far as possible,
+to live in a more comfortable and cleanly manner than the others. For
+this purpose I erected with planks a partition of about three feet high
+between mine and the adjoining rooms, and made three bedsteads of the
+same, which I covered with boards, for my family to sleep on, which I
+found much more comfortable than sleeping on the floor amidst the dirt.
+
+Fortunately, I found my Indian princess both amiable and intelligent,
+for one whose limited sphere of observation must necessarily give rise
+to but a few ideas. She was extremely ready to agree to anything that I
+proposed relative to our mode of living, was very attentive in keeping
+her garments and person neat and clean, and appeared in every respect
+solicitous to please me.
+
+She was, as I have said, about seventeen; her person was small but well
+formed, as were her features; her complexion was, without exception,
+fairer than any of the women, with considerable colour in her cheeks,
+her hair long, black, and much softer than is usual with them, and her
+teeth small, even, and of a dazzling whiteness; while the expression of
+her countenance indicated sweetness of temper and modesty. She would
+indeed have been considered as very pretty in any country, and,
+excepting Maquina's queen, was by far the handsomest of any of their
+women.
+
+With a partner possessing so many attractions, many may be apt to
+conclude that I must have found myself happy,--at least, comparatively
+so; but far otherwise was it with me. A compulsory marriage with the
+most beautiful and accomplished person in the world can never prove a
+source of real happiness; and, in my situation, I could not but view
+this connection as a chain that was to bind me down to this savage land,
+and prevent my ever again seeing a civilised country; especially when,
+in a few days after, Maquina informed me that there had been a meeting
+of his chiefs, in which it had been determined that, as I had married
+one of their women, I must be considered as one of them, and conform to
+their customs, and that in future neither myself nor Thompson should
+wear our European clothes, but dress in kutsaks[129] like themselves.
+This order was to me most painful, but I persuaded Maquina at length so
+far to relax in it as to permit me to wear those I had at present, which
+were almost worn out, and not to compel Thompson to change his dress,
+observing that, as he was an old man, such a change would cause his
+death.
+
+Their religious celebration, which the last year took place in December,
+was in this commenced on the 15th of November, and continued for
+fourteen days. As I was now considered as one of them, instead of being
+ordered to the woods, Maquina directed Thompson and myself to remain and
+pray with them to Quahootze to be good to them, and thank him for what
+he had done.
+
+It was opened in much the same manner as the former. After which, all
+the men and women in the village assembled at Maquina's house, in their
+plainest dresses, and without any kind of ornaments about them, having
+their heads bound around with the red fillet, a token of dejection and
+humiliation, and their countenances expressive of seriousness and
+melancholy. The performances during the continuance of this celebration
+consisted almost wholly in singing a number of songs to mournful airs,
+the king regulating the time by beating on his hollow plank or drum,
+accompanied by one of his chiefs seated near him with the great rattle.
+In the meantime they ate but seldom, and then very little, retiring to
+sleep late, and rising at the first appearance of dawn, and even
+interrupting this short period of repose by getting up at midnight and
+singing.
+
+The ceremony was terminated by an exhibition of a similar character to
+the one of the last year, but still more cruel. A boy of twelve years
+old, with six bayonets run into his flesh, one through each arm and
+thigh, and through each side close to the ribs, was carried around the
+room suspended upon them, without manifesting any symptoms of pain.
+Maquina, on my inquiring the reason of this display, informed me that it
+was an ancient custom of his nation to sacrifice a man at the close of
+this solemnity, in honour of their God, but that his father had
+abolished it, and substituted this in its place.[130] The whole closed
+on the evening of the 29th, with a great feast of salmon spawn and oil,
+at which the natives, as usual, made up for their late abstinence.
+
+A few days after, a circumstance occurred, which, from its singularity,
+I cannot forbear mentioning. I was sent for by my neighbour Yealthlower,
+the king's elder brother, to file his teeth, which operation having been
+performed, he informed me that a new wife, whom he had a little time
+before purchased, having refused to sleep with him, it was his
+intention, provided she persisted in her refusal, to bite off her nose.
+I endeavoured to dissuade him from it, but he was determined, and, in
+fact, performed his savage threat that very night, saying that since she
+would not be his wife, she should not be that of any other, and in the
+morning sent her back to her father.
+
+The inhuman act did not, however, proceed from any innate cruelty of
+disposition or malice, as he was far from being of a barbarous temper;
+but such is the despotism exercised by these savages over their women,
+that he no doubt considered it as a just punishment for her offence, in
+being so obstinate and perverse; as he afterwards told me, that in
+similar cases the husband had a right with them to disfigure his wife in
+this way or some other, to prevent her ever marrying again.
+
+About the middle of December, we left Tashees for Cooptee. As usual at
+this season, we found the herrings in great plenty, and here the same
+scene of riotous feasting that I witnessed last year was renewed by our
+improvident natives, who, in addition to their usual fare, had a
+plentiful supply of wild geese, which were brought us in great
+quantities by the Eshquates. These, as Maquina informed me, were caught
+with nets made from bark in the fresh waters of that country. Those who
+take them make choice for that purpose of a dark and rainy night, and,
+with their canoes stuck with lighted torches, proceed with as little
+noise as possible to the place where the geese are collected, who,
+dazzled by the light, suffer themselves to be approached very near, when
+the net is thrown over them, and in this manner from fifty to sixty, or
+even more, will sometimes be taken at one cast.
+
+On the 15th of January 1805, about midnight, I was thrown into
+considerable alarm, in consequence of an eclipse of the moon, being
+awakened from my sleep by a great outcry of the inhabitants. On going to
+discover the cause of this tumult, I found them all out of their houses,
+bearing lighted torches, singing and beating upon pieces of plank; and
+when I asked them the reason of this proceeding, they pointed to the
+moon, and said that a great cod-fish was endeavouring to swallow her,
+and that they were driving him away. The origin of this superstition I
+could not discover.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN CHIEF'S GRAVE (TEMP. 1863).]
+
+Though, in some respects, my situation was rendered more comfortable
+since my marriage, as I lived in a more cleanly manner, and had my food
+better and more neatly cooked, of which, besides, I had always a plenty,
+my slaves generally furnishing me, and Upquesta never failing to send me
+an ample supply by the canoes that came from Ai-tiz-zart; still, from my
+being obliged at this season of the year to change my accustomed
+clothing, and to dress like the natives, with only a piece of cloth of
+about two yards long thrown loosely around me, my European clothes
+having been for some time entirely worn out, I suffered more than I can
+express from the cold, especially as I was compelled to perform the
+laborious task of cutting and bringing the firewood, which was rendered
+still more oppressive to me, from my comrade, for a considerable part of
+the winter, not having it in his power to lend me his aid, in
+consequence of an attack of the rheumatism in one of his knees, with
+which he suffered for more than four months, two or three weeks of which
+he was so ill as to be under the necessity to leave the house.
+
+This state of suffering, with the little hope I now had of ever escaping
+from the savages, began to render my life irksome to me; still, however,
+I lost not my confidence in the aid of the Supreme Being, to whom,
+whenever the weather and a suspension from the tasks imposed on me would
+permit, I never failed regularly on Sundays to retire to the wood to
+worship, taking Thompson with me when he was able to go.
+
+On the 20th of February, we returned to our summer quarters at Nootka,
+but on my part, with far different sensations than the last spring,
+being now almost in despair of any vessel arriving to release us, or our
+being permitted to depart if there should.
+
+Soon after our return, as preparatory to the whaling season, Maquina
+ordered me to make a good number of harpoons for himself and his chiefs,
+several of which I had completed, with some lances, when, on the 16th of
+March, I was taken very ill with a violent colic, caused, I presume,
+from having suffered so much from the cold, in going without proper
+clothing. For a number of hours I was in great pain, and expected to
+die, and on its leaving me, I was so weak as scarcely to be able to
+stand, while I had nothing comforting to take, nor anything to drink but
+cold water.
+
+On the day following, a slave belonging to Maquina died, and was
+immediately, as is their custom in such cases, tossed unceremoniously
+out of doors, from whence he was taken by some others and thrown into
+the water. The treatment of this poor creature made a melancholy
+impression upon my mind, as I could not but think that such probably
+would be my fate should I die among these heathens, and so far from
+receiving a decent burial, that I should not even be allowed the common
+privilege of having a little earth thrown over my remains.
+
+The feebleness in which the violent attack of my disorder had left me,
+the dejection I felt at the almost hopelessness of my situation and the
+want of warm clothing and proper nursing, though my Indian wife, as far
+as she knew how, was always ready, even solicitous, to do everything for
+me she could, still kept me very much indisposed, which Maquina
+perceiving, he finally told me that if I did not like living with my
+wife, and that was the cause of my being so sad, I might part with her.
+This proposal I readily accepted, and the next day Maquina sent her back
+to her father.
+
+On parting with me she discovered much emotion, begging me that I would
+suffer her to remain till I had recovered, as there was no one who would
+take so good care of me as herself. But when I told her she must go, for
+that I did not think I should ever get well, which in truth I but little
+expected, and that her father would take good care of her and treat her
+much more kindly than Maquina, she took an affectionate leave, telling
+me that she hoped I should soon get better, and left her two slaves to
+take care of me.
+
+Though I rejoiced at her departure, I was greatly affected with the
+simple expressions of her regard for me, and could not but feel strongly
+interested for this poor girl, who in all her conduct towards me had
+discovered so much mildness and attention to my wishes; and had it not
+been that I considered her as an almost insuperable obstacle to my being
+permitted to leave the country, I should no doubt have felt the
+deprivation of her society a real loss. After her departure, I requested
+Maquina that, as I had parted with my wife, he would permit me to resume
+my European dress, as, otherwise, from not having been accustomed to
+dress like them, I should certainly die. To this he consented, and I
+once more became comfortably clad.
+
+Change of clothing, but, more than all, the hopes which I now began to
+indulge that in the course of the summer I should be able to escape, in
+a short time restored me to health, so far that I could again go to work
+in making harpoons for Maquina, who probably, fearing that he should
+have to part with me, determined to provide himself with a good stock.
+
+I shall not, however, long detain the reader with a detail of
+occurrences that intervened between this period and that of my escape,
+which, from that dull uniformity that marks the savage life, would be in
+a measure but a repetition, nor dwell upon that mental torture I endured
+from a constant conflict of hope and fear, when the former, almost
+wearied out with repeated disappointment, offered to our sinking hearts
+no prospect of release but death, to which we were constantly exposed
+from the brutal ignorance and savage disposition of the common people,
+who, in the various councils that were held this season to determine
+what to do with us in case of the arrival of a ship, were almost always
+for putting us to death, expecting by that means to conceal the murder
+of our crew and to throw the blame of it on some other tribe. These
+barbarous sentiments were, however, universally opposed by Maquina and
+his chiefs, who would not consent to our being injured. But, as some of
+their customs and traits of national character which I think deserving
+of notice have not been mentioned, I shall proceed to give an account of
+them.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The office of king or chief is, with those people, hereditary, and
+descends to the eldest son, or, in failure of male issue, to the elder
+brother, who in the regal line is considered as the second person in the
+kingdom. At feasts, as I have observed, the king is always placed in the
+highest or seat of honour, and the chiefs according to their respective
+ranks, which appear in general to be determined by their affinity to the
+royal family; they are also designated by the embellishments of their
+mantles or kutsaks. The king, or head _Tyee_ is their leader in war, in
+the management of which he is perfectly absolute. He is also president
+of their councils, which are almost always regulated by his opinion. But
+he has no kind of power over the property of his subjects, nor can he
+require them to contribute to his wants, being in this respect no more
+privileged than any other person. He has, in common with his chiefs, the
+right of holding slaves, which is not enjoyed by private individuals, a
+regulation probably arising from their having been originally captives
+taken in battle, the spoils of war being understood as appertaining to
+the king, who receives and apportions them among his several chiefs and
+warriors according to their rank and deserts.
+
+In conformity with this idea, the plunder of the _Boston_ was all
+deposited in Maquina's house, who distributed part of it among his
+chiefs, according to their respective ranks or degree of favour with
+him, giving to one three hundred muskets, to another one hundred and
+fifty, with other things in like proportion. The king is, however,
+obliged to support his dignity by making frequent entertainments, and
+whenever he receives a large supply of provision, he must invite all the
+men of his tribe to his house to eat it up, otherwise, as Maquina told
+me, he would not be considered as conducting himself like a _Tyee_, and
+would be no more thought of than a common man.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+With regard to their religion.--They believe in the existence of a
+Supreme Being, whom they call _Quahootze_, and who, to use Maquina's
+expression, was one great _Tyee_ in the sky, who gave them their fish,
+and could take them from them, and was the greatest of all kings. Their
+usual place of worship appeared to be the water, for whenever they
+bathed, they addressed some words in form of prayer to the God above,
+entreating that he would preserve them in health, give them good success
+in fishing, etc. These prayers were repeated with much more energy on
+preparing for whaling or for war, as I have already mentioned.
+
+Some of them would sometimes go several miles to bathe, in order to do
+it in secret; the reason for this I could never learn, though I am
+induced to think it was in consequence of some family or private
+quarrel, and that they did not wish what they said to be heard; while at
+other times they would repair in the same secret manner to the woods to
+pray. This was more particularly the case with the women, who might also
+have been prompted by a sentiment of decency to retire for the purpose
+of bathing, as they are remarkably modest.
+
+I once found one of our women more than two miles from the village on
+her knees in the woods, with her eyes shut and her face turned towards
+heaven, uttering words in a lamentable tone, amongst which I distinctly
+heard, _Wocash Ah-welth_, meaning "good Lord," and which has nearly the
+same signification with Quahootze.
+
+Though I came very near her, she appeared not to notice me, but
+continued her devotions. And I have frequently seen the women go alone
+into the woods, evidently for the purpose of addressing themselves to a
+superior Being, and it was always very perceptible on their return when
+they had been thus employed, from their silence and melancholy looks.
+
+They have no belief, however, in a state of future existence, as I
+discovered in conversation with Maquina at Tootoosch's death, on my
+attempting to convince him that he still existed, and that he would
+again see him after his death; but he could comprehend nothing of it,
+and, pointing to the ground, said that there was the end of him, and
+that he was like that.[131] Nor do they believe in ghosts,
+notwithstanding the case of Tootoosch would appear to contradict this
+assertion, but that was a remarkable instance, and such a one as had
+never been known to occur before; yet from the mummeries performed over
+the sick, it is very apparent that they believe in the agency of
+spirits, as they attribute diseases to some evil one that has entered
+the body of the patient. Neither have they any priests, unless a kind of
+conjurer[132] may be so considered who sings and prays over the sick to
+drive away the evil spirit.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On the birth of twins, they have a most singular custom, which, I
+presume, has its origin in some religious opinion, but what it is, I
+could never satisfactorily learn. The father is prohibited for the space
+of two years from eating any kind of meat, or fresh fish, during which
+time he does no kind of labour whatever, being supplied with what he has
+occasion for from the tribe. In the meantime, he and his wife, who is
+also obliged to conform to the same abstinence, with their children,
+live entirely separate from the others, a small hut being built for
+their accommodation, and he is never invited to any of the feasts,
+except such as consist wholly of dried provision, where he is treated
+with great respect, and seated among the chiefs, though no more himself
+than a private individual.
+
+Such births are very rare among them; an instance of the kind, however,
+occurred while I was at Tashees the last time, but it was the only one
+known since the reign of the former king. The father always appeared
+very thoughtful and gloomy, never associated with the other
+inhabitants, and was at none of the feasts, but such as were entirely of
+dried provision, and of this he ate not to excess, and constantly
+retired before the amusements commenced. His dress was very plain, and
+he wore around his head the red fillet of bark, the symbol of mourning
+and devotion. It was his daily practice to repair to the mountain, with
+a chief's rattle in his hand, to sing and pray, as Maquina informed me,
+for the fish to come into their waters. When not thus employed, he kept
+continually at home, except when sent for to sing and perform his
+ceremonies over the sick, being considered as a sacred character, and
+one much in favour with their gods.[133]
+
+These people are remarkably healthful, and live to a very advanced age,
+having quite a youthful appearance for their years.[134] They have
+scarcely any disease but the colic, their remedy for which is friction,
+a person rubbing the bowels of the sick violently, until the pain has
+subsided, while the conjurer, or holy man, is employed, in the meantime,
+in making his gestures, singing, and repeating certain words, and
+blowing off the evil spirit, when the patient is wrapped up in a
+bearskin, in order to produce perspiration.
+
+Their cure for the rheumatism, or similar pains, which I saw applied by
+Maquina in the case of Thompson, to whom it gave relief, is by cutting
+or scarifying the part affected. In dressing wounds, they simply wash
+them with salt water, and bind them up with a strip of cloth, or the
+bark of a tree. They are, however, very expert and successful in the
+cure of fractured or dislocated limbs, reducing them very dexterously,
+and, after binding them up with bark, supporting them with blocks of
+wood, so as to preserve their position.[135]
+
+During the whole time I was among them, but five natural deaths
+occurred, Tootoosch and his two infant children, an infant son of
+Maquina, and the slave whom I have mentioned, a circumstance not a
+little remarkable in a population of about fifteen hundred; and as
+respects child-birth, so light do they make of it, that I have seen
+their women, the day after, employed as usual, as if little or nothing
+had happened.
+
+The Nootkians in their conduct towards each other are in general pacific
+and inoffensive, and appear by no means an ill-tempered race, for I do
+not recollect any instance of a violent quarrel between any of the men,
+or the men and their wives, while I was with them, that of Yealthlower
+excepted. But when they are in the least offended, they appear to be in
+the most violent rage, acting like so many maniacs, foaming at the
+mouth, kicking and spitting most furiously; but this is rather a fashion
+with them than a demonstration of malignity, as in their public speeches
+they use the same violence, and he is esteemed the greatest orator who
+bawls the loudest, stamps, tosses himself about, foams, and spits the
+most.[136]
+
+In speaking of their regulations, I have omitted mentioning that, on
+attaining the age of seventeen, the eldest son of a chief is considered
+as a chief himself, and that whenever the father makes a present, it is
+always done in the name of his eldest son, or, if he has none, in that
+of his daughter. The chiefs frequently purchase their wives at the age
+of eight or ten, to prevent their being engaged by others, though they
+do not take them from their parents until they are sixteen.
+
+With regard to climate, the greater part of the spring, summer, and
+autumn is very pleasant, the weather being at no time oppressively hot,
+and the winters uncommonly mild for so high a latitude, at least, as far
+as my experience went. At Tashees and Cooptee, where we passed the
+coldest part of the season, the winter did not set in till late in
+December, nor have I ever yet known the ice, even on the freshwater
+ponds, more than two or three inches in thickness, or a snow exceeding
+four inches in depth; but what is wanting in snow, is amply made up in
+rain, as I have frequently known it, during the winter months, rain
+almost incessantly for five or six days in succession.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[124] Ayhuttisaht, also in Nootka Sound.
+
+[125] This is the custom if the visit of the strangers has not been
+announced in advance.
+
+[126] _Ooshyuksomayts_ is another expression meaning much the same
+thing.
+
+[127] _Kloosmit_ is "herring" (_Meletta caerulea_) generally. _Klooshist_
+is dried salmon, a more common article of food.
+
+[128] Jewitt's marriage was less ceremonious than is usual with Indians
+of any rank, and the ten days' probation was not according to modern
+customs.
+
+[129] _Kutsak_, or _kotsack_, or _kootsick_, or _cotsack_, for all these
+forms occur, was the blanket worn cloakwise, rendered familiar to
+Europeans in so many pictures and sketches.
+
+[130] Human sacrifices are quite common among the Northern tribes. But
+in Vancouver they were very rare in my time, and are now still less
+frequent. In 1863 the burial of a chief was celebrated by the heads of
+several tribesmen being fixed about his grave. These were not taken by
+force, but surrendered by the trembling tribesmen, the victims being
+most likely slaves. In 1788, Meares affirms, on what we believe to be
+insufficient evidence, that Maquina (Moqulla) sacrificed a human being
+every new moon, to gratify "his unnatural appetite" for human flesh. The
+victim was a slave selected by the blindfolded chief catching him in a
+house in which a number were assembled. Meares even declares that
+Maquina acknowledged his weakness, and that though Callicum, another
+chief, avoided cannibalism, he reposed on a pillow filled with human
+skulls. If so, the practice has ceased. Yet cannibalism was undeniably
+practised at times among the Indians of both the East and West coasts.
+There were in 1866 Indians living in Koskeemo Sound, who still talked of
+the delights of human flesh. Many years ago, the Bella-Bellas ate a
+servant of the Hudson Bay Company, and the Nuchaltaws of Cape Mudge are
+affirmed by old traders to have paid the same doubtful compliment to a
+sailor who fell into their clutches.
+
+[131] This, in common with other statements of the kind, is more than
+doubtful. The best account of their religion is by Mr. Sproat, but even
+he acknowledges that, after two years devoted to the subject, and to the
+questioning of others who had passed half a lifetime amongst the "Ahts,"
+he could discover very little about their faith which could be
+pronounced indisputably accurate. Even the Indians themselves are by no
+means at one on the subject, people without a written creed or sacred
+books being apt to entertain very contradictory ideas on their
+theological tenets. I endeavoured to fathom some of their beliefs, and I
+had ample opportunities; but I confess to the difficulty of getting
+behind these reserved folk, and I did not meet with sufficient success
+to make the results worth recording.
+
+[132] What Jewitt calls a "conjurer" is more commonly known in these
+times as a "medicine man," who was, more often than not, a combination
+nine parts rogue and one part fool.
+
+[133] This is entirely different from the views that are entertained by
+other tribes. The tribes speaking the language which prevails from Port
+San Juan to Comox are so ashamed of twins, that one of the hapless two
+is almost invariably killed. I do not remember having ever seen a case.
+Most of the Indian birth notions are very curious.
+
+[134] They are apt to rapidly change from young-looking to old-looking
+men, without any of that pleasant "Indian summer" so characteristic of
+people in more civilised communities. But advanced years are not common.
+In 1864 the oldest man in the little Opechesaht tribe, whose homes are
+on the Kleecoot River (flowing out of Sproat Lake into the Alberni
+Inlet), was only sixty, so far as he could make out.
+
+[135] Bilious complaints, constipation, dysentery, consumption, fevers
+and acute inflammatory diseases, and (amongst some tribes, but not
+amongst the Nootkians), ophthalmia, are common, though rheumatism and
+paralysis are infrequent. The "diseases of civilisation," it may be
+added, have been known for many years.
+
+[136] This is still true. When sober they indulge in high words, and are
+fond of teasing the women until they get out of temper; but a blow is
+rare. Even the children seldom fall out, the necessity of small
+communities living together for mutual protection compelling the members
+to establish a _modus vivendi_. However, when drunk--and in spite of the
+laws against liquor being sold to them, this is by no means
+uncommon--they are prone to seek close quarters and act like angry
+termagants.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+ARRIVAL OF THE BRIG "LYDIA"--STRATAGEM OF THE AUTHOR--ITS SUCCESS
+
+
+It was now past midsummer, and the hopes we had indulged of our release
+became daily more faint, for though we had heard of no less than seven
+vessels on the coast, yet none appeared inclined to venture to Nootka.
+
+The destruction of the _Boston_, the largest, strongest, and best
+equipped ship, with the most valuable cargo of any that had ever been
+fitted for the North-West trade, had inspired the commanders of others
+with a general dread of coming thither, lest they should share the same
+fate; and though in the letters I wrote (imploring those who should
+receive them to come to the relief of two unfortunate Christians who
+were suffering among heathen), I stated the cause of the _Boston's_
+capture, and that there was not the least danger in coming to Nootka,
+provided they would follow the directions I laid down, still I felt very
+little encouragement that any of these letters would come to hand; when,
+on the morning of the 19th of July, a day that will be ever held by me
+in grateful remembrance of the mercies of God, while I was employed with
+Thompson in forging daggers for the king, my ears were saluted with the
+joyful sound of three cannon, and the cries of the inhabitants,
+exclaiming "_Weena, weena--Mamethlee!_"--that is, "Strangers--White
+men!"
+
+Soon after, several of our people came running into the house, to inform
+me that a vessel under full sail was coming into the harbour. Though my
+heart bounded with joy, I repressed my feelings, and, affecting to pay
+no attention to what was said, told Thompson to be on his guard, and not
+betray any joy, as our release, and perhaps our lives, depended on our
+conducting ourselves so as to induce the natives to suppose we were not
+very anxious to leave them. We continued our work as if nothing had
+happened, when, in a few minutes after, Maquina came in, and, seeing us
+at work, appeared much surprised, and asked me if did not know that a
+vessel had come.
+
+I answered in a careless manner, that it was nothing to me. "How, John,"
+said he, "you no glad go board?" I replied that I cared very little
+about it, as I had become reconciled to their manner of living, and had
+no wish to go away. He then told me that he had called a council of his
+people respecting us, and that we must leave off work and be present at
+it.
+
+The men having assembled at Maquina's house, he asked them what was
+their opinion should be done with Thompson and myself, now a vessel had
+arrived, and whether he had not better go on board himself, to make a
+trade, and procure such articles as were wanted. Each one of the tribe
+who wished, gave his opinion. Some were for putting us to death, and
+pretending to the strangers that a different nation had cut off the
+_Boston_; while others, less barbarous, were for sending us fifteen or
+twenty miles back into the country, until the departure of the vessel.
+
+These, however, were the sentiments of the common people, the chiefs
+opposing our being put to death, or injured, and several of them, among
+the most forward of whom were Yealthlower and the young chief
+Toowinnakinnish, were for immediately releasing us; but this, if he
+could avoid it, by no means appeared to accord with Maquina's wishes.
+
+Having mentioned Toowinnakinnish, I shall briefly observe that he was a
+young man of about twenty-three years old, the only son of
+Toopeeshottee, the oldest and most respected chief of the tribe. His son
+had always been remarkably kind and friendly to me, and I had in return
+frequently made for him daggers, cheetolths, and other things, in my
+best manner. He was one of the handsomest men among them, very amiable,
+and much milder in his manners than any of the others, as well as neater
+both in his person and house, at least his apartment, without even
+excepting Maquina.
+
+With regard, however, to Maquina's going on board the vessel, which he
+discovered a strong inclination to do, there was but one opinion, all
+remonstrating against it, telling him that the captain would kill him or
+keep him prisoner, in consequence of his having destroyed our ship. When
+Maquina had heard their opinions, he told them that he was not afraid of
+being hurt from going on board the vessel, but that he would, however,
+as it respected that, be guided by John, whom he had always found true.
+He then turned to me, and asked me if I thought there would be any
+danger in his going on board. I answered, that I was not surprised at
+the advice his people had given him, unacquainted as they were with the
+manners of the white men, and judging them by their own; but if they had
+been with them as much as I had, or even himself, they would think very
+different. That he had almost always experienced good and civil
+treatment from them, nor had he any reason to fear the contrary now, as
+they never attempted to harm those who did not injure them; and if he
+wished to go on board, he might do it, in my opinion, with security.
+
+After reflecting a few moments, he said, with much apparent
+satisfaction, that if I would write a letter to the captain, telling him
+good of him, that he had treated Thompson and myself kindly since we had
+been with him, and to use him well, he would go.
+
+It may easily be supposed that I felt much joy at this determination,
+but, knowing that the least incaution might annihilate all my hopes of
+escape, was careful not to manifest it, and to treat his going or
+staying as a matter perfectly indifferent to me. I told him that, if he
+wished me to write such a letter, I had no objection, as it was the
+truth, otherwise I could not have done it.
+
+I then proceeded to write the recommendatory letter, which the reader
+will naturally imagine was of a somewhat different tenor from the one he
+had required; for if deception is in any case warrantable, it was
+certainly so in a situation like ours, where the only chance of
+regaining that freedom of which we had been so unjustly deprived,
+depended upon it; and I trust that few, even of the most rigid, will
+condemn me with severity for making use of it, on an occasion which
+afforded me the only hope of ever more beholding a Christian country,
+and preserving myself, if not from death, at least from a life of
+continued suffering.
+
+The letter which I wrote was nearly in the following terms:--
+
+    TO CAPTAIN----
+    OF THE BRIG----
+    NOOTKA, _July_ 19, 1805.
+
+    SIR,--The bearer of this letter is the Indian king by the name
+    of Maquina. He was the instigator of the capture of the ship
+    _Boston_, of Boston, in North America, John Salter, captain, and
+    of the murder of twenty-five men of her crew, the two only
+    survivors being now on shore--Wherefore I hope you will take
+    care to confine him according to his merits, putting in your
+    dead-lights, and keeping so good a watch over him, that he
+    cannot escape from you. By so doing, we shall be able to obtain
+    our release in the course of a few hours.
+
+    JOHN R. JEWITT, _Armourer of the "Boston"_
+    _for himself, and_
+    JOHN THOMPSON, _Sail-maker of the said ship_.
+
+
+I have been asked how I dared to write in this manner: my answer is,
+that from my long residence among these people, I knew that I had little
+to apprehend from their anger on hearing of their king being confined,
+while they knew his life depended upon my release, and that they would
+sooner have given up five hundred white men, than have had him injured.
+This will serve to explain the little apprehension I felt at their
+menaces afterwards, for otherwise, sweet as liberty was to me, I should
+hardly have ventured on so hazardous an experiment.
+
+On my giving the letter to Maquina, he asked me to explain it to him.
+This I did line by line, as he pointed them out with his finger, but in
+a sense very different from the real, giving him to understand that I
+had written to the captain that, as he had been kind to me since I had
+been taken by him, that it was my wish that the captain should treat him
+accordingly, and give him what molasses, biscuit, and rum he wanted.
+
+When I had finished, placing his finger in a significant manner on my
+name at the bottom, and eyeing me with a look that seemed to read my
+inmost thoughts, he said to me, "John, you no lie?" Never did I undergo
+such a scrutiny, or ever experience greater apprehensions than I felt at
+that moment, when my destiny was suspended on the slightest thread, and
+the least mark of embarrassment on mine, or suspicion of treachery on
+his part, would probably have rendered my life the sacrifice.
+
+Fortunately I was able to preserve my composure, and my being painted in
+the Indian manner, which Maquina had since my marriage required of me,
+prevented any change in my countenance from being noticed, and I replied
+with considerable promptitude, looking at him in my turn, with all the
+confidence I could muster,--
+
+"Why do you ask me such a question, Tyee? Have you ever known me to
+lie?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Then how can you suppose I should tell you a lie now, since I have
+never done it?" As I was speaking, he still continued looking at me with
+the same piercing eye, but, observing nothing to excite his suspicion,
+he told me that he believed what I said was true, and that he would go
+on board, and gave orders to get ready his canoe. His chiefs again
+attempted to dissuade him, using every argument for that purpose, while
+his wives crowded around him, begging him on their knees not to trust
+himself with the white men. Fortunately for my companion and myself, so
+strong was his wish of going on board the vessel, that he was deaf to
+their solicitations, and, making no other reply to them than "John no
+lie," left the house, taking four prime skins with him as a present to
+the captain.
+
+Scarcely had the canoe put off, when he ordered his men to stop, and,
+calling to me, asked me if I did not want to go on board with him.
+Suspecting this as a question merely intended to ensnare me, I replied
+that I had no wish to do it, not having any desire to leave them.
+
+On going on board the brig, Maquina immediately gave his present of
+skins and my letter to the captain, who, on reading it, asked him into
+the cabin, where he gave him some biscuit and a glass of rum, at the
+same time privately directing his mate to go forward, and return with
+five or six of the men armed. When they appeared, the captain told
+Maquina that he was his prisoner, and should continue so, until the two
+men, whom he knew to be on shore, were released, at the same time
+ordering him to be put in irons, and the windows secured, which was
+instantly done, and a couple of men placed as a guard over him. Maquina
+was greatly surprised and terrified at this reception; he, however, made
+no attempt to resist, but requested the captain to permit one of his men
+to come and see him. One of them was accordingly called, and Maquina
+said something to him which the captain did not understand, but supposed
+to be an order to release us, when, the man returning to the canoe, it
+was paddled off with the utmost expedition to the shore.
+
+As the canoe approached, the inhabitants, who had all collected upon the
+beach, manifested some uneasiness at not seeing their king on board, but
+when, on its arrival, they were told that the captain had made him a
+prisoner, and that John had spoke bad about him in the letter, they all,
+both men and women, set up a loud howl, and ran backwards and forwards
+upon the shore like so many lunatics, scratching their faces, and
+tearing the hair in handfuls from their heads.
+
+After they had beat about in this manner for some time, the men ran to
+their huts for their weapons, as if preparing to attack an invading
+enemy; while Maquina's wives and the rest of the women came around me,
+and, throwing themselves on their knees, begged me with tears to spare
+his life; and Sat-sat-sok-sis, who kept constantly with me, taking me by
+the hand, wept bitterly, and joined his entreaties to theirs, that I
+would not let the white men kill his father. I told them not to afflict
+themselves, that Maquina's life was in no danger, nor would the least
+harm be done to him.
+
+The men were, however, extremely exasperated with me, more particularly
+the common people, who came running in the most furious manner towards
+me, brandishing their weapons, and threatening to cut me in pieces no
+bigger than their thumb-nails, while others declared they would burn me
+alive over a slow fire suspended by my heels. All this fury, however,
+caused me but little alarm, as I felt convinced they would not dare to
+execute their threats while the king was on board the brig.
+
+The chiefs took no part in this violent conduct, but came to me, and
+inquired the reason why Maquina had been thus treated, and if the
+captain intended to kill him. I told them that if they would silence the
+people, so that I could be heard, I would explain all to them. They
+immediately put a stop to the noise, when I informed them that the
+captain, in confining Maquina, had done it only in order to make them
+release Thompson and myself, as he well knew we were with them; and if
+they would do that, their king would receive no injury, but be well
+treated, otherwise he would be kept a prisoner.
+
+As many of them did not appear to be satisfied with this, and began to
+repeat their murderous threats--"Kill me," said I to them, "if it is
+your wish," throwing open the bearskin which I wore. "Here is my breast.
+I am only one among so many, and can make no resistance; but unless you
+wish to see your king hanging by his neck to that pole," pointing to the
+yard-arm of the brig, "and the sailors firing at him with bullets, you
+will not do it."
+
+"Oh no," was the general cry, "that must never be; but what must we do?"
+I told them that their best plan would be to send Thompson on board, to
+desire the captain to use Maquina well till I was released, which would
+be soon. This they were perfectly willing to do, and I directed Thompson
+to go on board. But he objected, saying that he would not leave me alone
+with the savages. I told him not to be under any fear for me, for that
+if I could get him off, I could manage well enough for myself; and that
+I wished him, immediately on getting on board the brig, to see the
+captain, and request him to keep Maquina close till I was released, as I
+was in no danger while he had him safe.
+
+When I saw Thompson off, I asked the natives what they intended to do
+with me. They said I must talk to the captain again, in another letter,
+and tell him to let his boat come on shore with Maquina, and that I
+should be ready to jump into the boat at the same time Maquina should
+jump on shore. I told them that the captain, who knew that they had
+killed my shipmates, would never trust his men so near the shore, for
+fear they could kill them too, as they were so much more numerous, but
+that if they would select any three of their number to go with me in a
+canoe, when we came within hail, I would desire the captain to send his
+boat with Maquina, to receive me in exchange for him.
+
+This appeared to please them, and after some whispering among the
+chiefs, who, from what words I over-heard, concluded that if the captain
+should refuse to send his boat with Maquina, the three men would have no
+difficulty in bringing me back with them, they agreed to my proposal,
+and selected three of their stoutest men to convey me. Fortunately,
+having been for some time accustomed to see me armed, and suspecting no
+design on my part, they paid no attention to the pistols that I had
+about me.
+
+As I was going into the canoe, little Sat-sat-sok-sis, who could not
+bear to part with me, asked me, with an affecting simplicity, since I
+was going away to leave him, if the white men would not let his father
+come on shore, and not kill him. I told him not to be concerned, for
+that no one should injure his father, when, taking an affectionate leave
+of me, and again begging me not to let the white men hurt his father, he
+ran to comfort his mother, who was at a little distance, with the
+assurances I had given him.
+
+On entering the canoe, I seated myself in the prow facing the three men,
+having determined, if it was practicable, from the moment I found
+Maquina was secured, to get on board the vessel before he was released,
+hoping by that means to be enabled to obtain the restoration of what
+property belonging to the _Boston_ still remained in the possession of
+the savages, which I thought, if it could be done, a duty that I owed to
+the owners. With feelings of joy impossible to be described did I quit
+the savage shore, confident now that nothing could thwart my escape, or
+prevent the execution of the plan that I had formed, as the men
+appointed to convey and guard me were armed with nothing but their
+paddles.
+
+As we came within hail of the brig, they at once ceased paddling, when,
+presenting my pistols at them, I ordered them instantly to go on, or I
+would shoot the whole of them. A proceeding so wholly unexpected threw
+them into great consternation, and, resuming their paddles, in a few
+moments, to my inexpressible delight, I once more found myself alongside
+of a Christian ship, a happiness which I had almost despaired of ever
+again enjoying. All the crew crowded to the side to see me as the canoe
+came up, and manifested much joy at my safety. I immediately leaped on
+board, where I was welcomed by the captain, Samuel Hill, of the brig
+_Lydia_ of Boston, who congratulated me on my escape, informing me that
+he had received my letter off Kloiz-zart[137] from the chief Machee
+Ulatilla, who came off himself in his canoe to deliver it to him, on
+which he immediately proceeded hither to aid me. I returned him my
+thanks in the best manner I could for his humanity, though I hardly knew
+what I said, such was the agitated state of my feelings at that moment,
+with joy for my escape, thankfulness to the Supreme Being who had so
+mercifully preserved me, and gratitude to those whom He had rendered
+instrumental in my delivery, that I have no doubt that, what with my
+strange dress, being painted with red and black from head to foot,
+having a bearskin wrapped around me, and my long hair, which I was not
+allowed to cut, fastened on the top of my head in a large bunch, with a
+sprig of green spruce, I must have appeared more like one deranged than
+a rational creature, as Captain Hill afterwards told me that he never
+saw anything in the form of man look so wild as I did when I first came
+on board.
+
+The captain then asked me into the cabin, where I found Maquina in
+irons, with a guard over him. He looked very melancholy, but on seeing
+me his countenance brightened up, and he expressed his pleasure with the
+welcome of "_Wocash_, John," when, taking him by the hand, I asked the
+captain's permission to take off his irons, assuring him that, as I was
+with him, there was no danger of his being in the least troublesome. He
+accordingly consented, and I felt a sincere pleasure in freeing from
+fetters a man who, though he had caused the death of my poor comrades,
+had nevertheless always proved my friend and protector, and whom I had
+requested to be thus treated, only with a view of securing my liberty.
+Maquina smiled, and appeared much pleased at this mark of attention from
+me. When I had freed the king from his irons, Captain Hill wished to
+learn the particulars of our capture, observing that an account of the
+destruction of the ship and her crew had been received at Boston before
+he sailed, but that nothing more was known, except that two of the men
+were living, for whose rescue the owners had offered a liberal reward,
+and that he had been able to get nothing out of the old man, whom the
+sailors had supplied so plentifully with grog as to bring him too much
+by the head to give any information.
+
+I gave him a correct statement of the whole proceeding, together with
+the manner in which my life and that of my comrade had been preserved.
+On hearing my story, he was greatly irritated against Maquina, and said
+he ought to be killed. I observed that, however ill he might have acted
+in taking our ship, yet that it might perhaps be wrong to judge an
+uninformed savage with the same severity as a civilised person, who had
+the light of religion and the laws of society to guide him. That
+Maquina's conduct in taking our ship arose from an insult that he
+thought he had received from Captain Salter, and from the unjustifiable
+conduct of some masters of vessels who had robbed him, and, without
+provocation, killed a number of his people. Besides, that a regard for
+the safety of others ought to prevent his being put to death, as I had
+lived long enough with these people to know that revenge of an injury is
+held sacred by them, and that they would not fail to retaliate, should
+we kill their king, on the first vessel or boat's crew that should give
+them an opportunity; and that, though he might consider executing him as
+but an act of justice, it would probably cost the lives of many
+Americans.
+
+The captain appeared to be convinced from what I said of the impolicy of
+taking Maquina's life, and said that he would leave it wholly with me
+whether to spare or kill him, as he was resolved to incur no censure in
+either case. I replied that I most certainly should never take the life
+of a man who had preserved mine, had I no other reason, but as there was
+some of the _Boston's_ property still remaining on shore, I considered
+it a duty that I owed to those who were interested in that ship, to try
+to save it for them, and with that view I thought it would be well to
+keep him on board till it was given up. He concurred in this proposal,
+saying, if there was any of the property left, it most certainly ought
+to be got.
+
+During this conversation Maquina was in great anxiety, as, from what
+English he knew, he perfectly comprehended the subject of our
+deliberation; constantly interrupting me to inquire what we had
+determined to do with him, what the captain said, if his life would be
+spared, and if I did not think that Thompson would kill him. I pacified
+him as well as I was able, by telling him that he had nothing to fear
+from the captain, that he would not be hurt, and that if Thompson
+wished to kill him, he would not be allowed to do it. He would then
+remind me that I was indebted to him for my life, and that I ought to do
+by him as he had done by me. I assured him that such was my intention,
+and I requested him to remain quiet, and not alarm himself, as no harm
+was intended him. But I found it extremely difficult to convince him of
+this, as it accorded so little with the ideas of revenge entertained by
+them. I told him, however, that he must restore all the property still
+in his possession belonging to the ship. This he was perfectly ready to
+do, happy to escape on such terms.
+
+But as it was now past five, and too late for the articles to be
+collected and brought off, I told him that he must content himself to
+remain on board with me that night, and in the morning he should be set
+on shore as soon as the things were delivered. To this he agreed, on
+condition that I would remain with him in the cabin. I then went upon
+deck, and the canoe that brought me having been sent back, I hailed the
+inhabitants and told them that their king had agreed to stay on board
+till the next day, when he would return, but that no canoes must attempt
+to come near the vessel during the night, as they would be fired upon.
+They answered, "_Woho, woho_"--"Very well, very well."
+
+I then returned to Maquina, but so great were his terrors, that he would
+not allow me to sleep, constantly disturbing me with his questions, and
+repeating, "John, you know, when you was alone, and more than five
+hundred men were your enemies, I was your friend, and prevented them
+from putting you and Thompson to death, and now I am in the power of
+your friends, you ought to do the same by me." I assured him that he
+would be detained on board no longer than whilst the property was
+released, and that as soon as it was done, he would be set at liberty.
+
+At daybreak I hailed the natives, and told them that it was Maquina's
+order that they should bring off the cannon and anchors, and whatever
+remained with them of the cargo of the ship. This they set about doing
+with the utmost expedition, transporting the cannon and anchors by
+lashing together two of their largest canoes, and covering them with
+planks, and in the course of two hours they delivered everything on
+board that I could recollect, with Thompson's and my chest, containing
+the papers of the ship, etc.
+
+When everything belonging to the ship had been restored, Maquina was
+permitted to return in his canoe, which had been sent for him, with a
+present of what skins he had collected, which were about sixty, for the
+captain, in acknowledgment of his having spared his life, and allowed
+him to depart unhurt.
+
+Such was also the transport he felt when Captain Hill came into the
+cabin, and told him that he was at liberty to go, that he threw off his
+mantle, which consisted of four of the very best skins, and gave it to
+him as a mark of his gratitude; in return for which the captain
+presented him with a new greatcoat and hat, with which he appeared much
+delighted. The captain then desired me to inform him that he should
+return to that part of the coast in November, and that he wished him to
+keep what skins he should get, which he would buy of him. This Maquina
+promised, saying to me at the same time, "John, you know I shall be then
+at Tashees, but when you come, make _pow_," which means, fire a gun, "to
+let me know, and I will come down." When he came to the side of the
+brig, he shook me cordially by the hand, and told me that he hoped I
+would come to see him again in a big ship, and bring much plenty of
+blankets, biscuit, molasses, and rum, for him and his son, who loved me
+a great deal; and that he would keep all the furs he got for me,
+observing at the same time, that he should never more take a letter of
+recommendation from any one, or ever trust himself on board a vessel
+unless I was there. Then, grasping both my hands with much emotion,
+while the tears trickled down his cheeks, he bade me farewell, and stept
+into the canoe, which immediately paddled him on shore.
+
+Notwithstanding my joy at my deliverance, and the pleasing anticipation
+I felt of once more beholding a civilised country, and again being
+permitted to offer up my devotions in a Christian church, I could not
+avoid experiencing a painful sensation on parting with the savage chief,
+who had preserved my life, and in general treated me with kindness, and,
+considering their ideas and manners, much better than could have been
+expected.
+
+My pleasure was also greatly damped by an unfortunate accident that
+occurred to Toowinnakinnish. That interesting young chief had come on
+board in the first canoe in the morning, anxious to see and comfort his
+king. He was received with much kindness by Captain Hill, from the
+favourable account I gave of him, and invited to remain on board. As the
+muskets were delivered, he was in the cabin with Maquina, where was
+also the captain, who, on receiving them, snapped a number in order to
+try the locks; unluckily one of them happened to be loaded with swan
+shot, and, going off, discharged its contents into the body of poor
+Toowinnakinnish, who was sitting opposite. On hearing the report, I
+instantly ran into the cabin, where I found him weltering in his blood,
+with the captain, who was greatly shocked at the accident, endeavouring
+to assist him.
+
+We raised him up, and did everything in our power to aid and comfort
+him, telling him that we felt much grieved at his misfortune, and that
+it was wholly unintentional; this he told me he was perfectly satisfied
+of, and while we dressed and bound up his wounds, in the best manner we
+could, he bore the pain with great calmness, and, bidding me farewell,
+was put on board one of the canoes and taken on shore, where, after
+languishing a few days, he expired. To me his misfortune was a source of
+much affliction, as he had no share in the massacre of our crew, was of
+a most amiable character, and had always treated me with the greatest
+kindness and hospitality.
+
+The brig being under weigh, immediately on Maquina's quitting us, we
+proceeded to the northward, constantly keeping the shore in sight, and
+touching at various places for the purpose of trading.
+
+Having already exceeded the bounds I had prescribed myself, I shall not
+attempt any account of our voyage upon the coast, or a description of
+the various nations we met with in the course of it, among whom were a
+people of a very singular appearance, called by the sailors the
+_Wooden-lips_.[138] They have many skins, and the trade is principally
+managed by their women, who are not only expert in making a bargain, but
+as dexterous in the management of their canoes as the men are elsewhere.
+
+After a period of nearly four months from our leaving Nootka, we
+returned from the northward to Columbia River, for the purpose of
+procuring masts, etc., for our brig, which had suffered considerably in
+her spars during a gale of wind. We proceeded about ten miles up the
+river to a small Indian village, where we heard from the inhabitants
+that Captains Clark and Lewis, from the United States of America, had
+been there about a fortnight before, on their journey overland, and had
+left several medals with them, which they showed us.[139] The river at
+this place is of considerable breadth, and both sides of it from its
+entrance covered with forests of the very finest pine timber, fir, and
+spruce, interspersed with Indian settlements.
+
+From this place, after providing ourselves with spars, we sailed for
+Nootka, where we arrived in the latter part of November.[140] The tribe
+being absent, the agreed signal was given, by firing a cannon, and in a
+few hours after a canoe appeared, which landed at the village, and,
+putting the king on shore, came off to the brig. Inquiry was immediately
+made by Kinneclimmets, who was one of the three men in the canoe, if
+John was there, as the king had some skins to sell them if he was. I
+then went forward and invited them on board, with which they readily
+complied, telling me that Maquina had a number of skins with him, but
+that he would not come on board unless I would go on shore for him. This
+I agreed to, provided they would remain in the brig in the meantime. To
+this they consented, and the captain, taking them into the cabin,
+treated them with bread and molasses. I then went on shore in the canoe,
+notwithstanding the remonstrances of Thompson and the captain, who,
+though he wanted the skins, advised me by no means to put myself in
+Maquina's power; but I assured him that I had no fear as long as those
+men were on board.
+
+As I landed, Maquina came up and welcomed me with much joy: on inquiring
+for the men, I told him that they were to remain till my return. "Ah,
+John," said he, "I see you are afraid to trust me, but if they had come
+with you, I should not have hurt you, though I should have taken good
+care not to let you go on board of another vessel." He then took his
+chest of skins, and, stepping into the canoe, I paddled him alongside
+the brig, where he was received and treated by Captain Hill with the
+greatest cordiality, who bought of him his skins. He left us much
+pleased with his reception, inquiring of me how many moons it would be
+before I should come back again to see him and his son; saying that he
+would keep all his furs for me, and that as soon as my son, who was then
+about five months old, was of a suitable age to take from his mother, he
+would send for him, and take care of him as his own.[141]
+
+As soon as Maquina had quitted us, we got under weigh, and stood again
+to the northward. We continued on the coast until the 11th of August,
+1806,[142] when, having completed our trade, we sailed for China, to the
+great joy of all our crew, and particularly so to me. With a degree of
+satisfaction that I can ill express, did I quit a coast to which I was
+resolved nothing should again tempt me to return, and as the tops of the
+mountains sank in the blue waves of the ocean, I seemed to feel my heart
+lightened of an oppressive load.
+
+We had a prosperous passage to China, arriving at Macao in December,
+from whence the brig proceeded to Canton. There I had the good fortune
+to meet a townsman and an old acquaintance in the mate of an English
+East Indiaman, named John Hill, whose father, a wealthy merchant in Hull
+in the Baltic trade, was a next-door neighbour to mine. Shortly after
+our arrival, the captain being on board of an English ship, and
+mentioning his having had the good fortune to liberate two men of the
+_Boston's_ crew from the savages, and that one of them was named Jewitt,
+my former acquaintance immediately came on board the brig to see me.
+
+Words can ill express my feelings on seeing him. Circumstanced as I was,
+among persons who were entire strangers to me, to meet thus in a foreign
+land with one between whom and myself a considerable intimacy had
+subsisted, was a pleasure that those alone who have been in a similar
+situation can properly estimate. He appeared on his part no less happy
+to see me, whom he supposed to be dead, as the account of our capture
+had been received in England some time before his sailing, and all my
+friends supposed me to have been murdered. From this young man I
+received every attention and aid that a feeling heart interested in the
+fate of another could confer. He supplied me with a new suit of clothes
+and a hat, a small sum of money for my necessary expenses, and a number
+of little articles for sea stores on my voyage to America. I also gave
+him a letter for my father, in which I mentioned my wonderful
+preservation and escape through the humanity of Captain Hill, with whom
+I should return to Boston. This letter he enclosed to his father by a
+ship that was just sailing, in consequence of which it was received much
+earlier than it otherwise would have been.
+
+We left China in February 1807, and, after a pleasant voyage of one
+hundred and fourteen days, arrived at Boston. My feelings on once more
+finding myself in a Christian country, among a people speaking the same
+language with myself, may be more readily conceived than expressed. In
+the post office in that place I found a letter for me from my mother,
+acknowledging the receipt of mine from China, expressing the great joy
+of my family on hearing of my being alive and well, whom they had for a
+long time given up for dead, and requesting me to write to them on
+receiving her letter, which I accordingly did. While in Boston I was
+treated with much kindness and hospitality by the owners of the ship
+_Boston_, Messrs. Francis and Thomas Amory of that place, to whom I feel
+myself under great obligations for their goodness to me, and the
+assistance which they so readily afforded a stranger in distress.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[137] This seems another variant of Klaosaht.
+
+[138] These are doubtless the Hydahs and their kindred, the women of
+whom insert a wooden or ivory trough in their lower lip.
+
+[139] Lewis and Clark reached the mouth of Columbia River on the 15th of
+November 1805, and wintered at "Fort Clatsop," as they called their
+dwelling among the then numerous Clatsop Indians, until the 23rd of
+March 1806, when they began the return journey. The Indians have long
+ago vanished from the lower Columbia, the remnant of the Clatsops, and
+the Chinooks on the opposite side, now wearing out the tribal existence
+in inland Reservations. But it is still possible to come across one of
+the medals which the explorers distributed amongst them.
+
+[140] It is clear, therefore, from this statement that Lewis and Clark
+had left Fort Clatsop much more than a fortnight before the vessel in
+which Jewitt was arrived there; for it is impossible to suppose that the
+latter took from April to November to get at spars and make the return
+voyage to Nootka. But the journal of Lewis and Clark was not published
+until 1814, so that, when Jewitt wrote, he had no ready means of
+checking the Indians' statement, though neither he nor his editor seems
+to have troubled books much.
+
+[141] The cavalier manner in which Jewitt abandons his family is quite
+in the fur-trader's fashion. It does not seem that he even asked to see
+his Indian "princess!"
+
+[142] If Jewitt's information about the departure of Lewis and Clark
+from the Columbia River is even approximately accurate, the date must be
+wrong by a year, and the subsequent one quite as far out of the due
+reckoning. 1806 may be a misprint for 1807.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX
+
+
+I. THE "BOSTON'S" CREW
+
+    Names of the Crew of the Ship _Boston_, belonging to Boston in
+    Massachusetts, owned by Messrs. F. and T. Amory, Merchants of
+    that place--All of whom, excepting two, were on the 22nd of
+    March, 1803, barbarously murdered by the savages of Nootka.
+
+  John Salter,             of Boston,                   Captain.
+  B. Delouisa,                Ditto,                    Chief Mate.
+  William Ingraham,        of New York,                 Second Mate.
+  Edward Thompson,         of Blyth (England),          Boatswain.
+  Adam Siddle,             of Hull,   ditto,            Carpenter.
+  Philip Brown,            of Cambridge (Mass.),        Joiner.
+  John Dorthy,             of Situate,   ditto,         Blacksmith.
+  Abraham Waters,          of Philadelphia,             Steward.
+  Francis Duffield,        of Penton (England),         Tailor.
+  John Wilson (blackman),  of Virginia,                 Cook.
+  William Caldwell,        of Boston,                   Seaman.
+  Joseph Miner,            of Newport,                  Ditto.
+  William Robinson,        of Leigh[143] (Scotland),    Ditto.
+  Thomas Wilson,           of Air,[144]    ditto,       Ditto.
+  Andrew Kelly,            Ditto,          ditto,       Ditto.
+  Robert Burton,           of the Isle of Man,          Ditto.
+  James M'Clay,            of Dublin,                   Ditto.
+  Thomas Platten,          of Blackney, Norfolk, Eng.   Ditto.
+  Thomas Newton,           of Hull,               "     Ditto.
+  Charles Bates,           of St. James Deeping,  "     Ditto.
+  John Hall,               of Newcastle,          "     Ditto.
+  Samuel Wood,             of Glasgow (Scotland),       Ditto.
+  Peter Alstrom,           Norwegian,                   Ditto.
+  Francis Marten,          Portuguese,                  Ditto.
+  Jupiter Senegal (blackman)                            Ditto.
+  John Thompson,           Philadelphia,                Sail Maker,
+                                           who escaped--since dead.
+  John R. Jewitt,          of Hull (England),           Armourer,
+
+the writer of the Journal from whence this Narrative is taken, and who
+at present, March 1815, resides in Middletown, in the State of
+Connecticut.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[143] Leith.
+
+[144] Ayr.
+
+
+
+
+II. WAR-SONG OF THE NOOTKA TRIBE
+
+_Commencing with a Chorus repeated at the end of each line._
+
+    Hah-yee hah yar har, he yar hah.
+    Hah-yah hee yar har--he yar hah.
+    Iye ie ee yah har--ee yie hah.
+    Ie yar ee yar hah--ee yar yah.
+    Ie yar ee I yar yar hah--Ie yar ee yee yah!
+
+    Ie-yee ma hi-chill at-sish Kla-ha--Hah-ye-hah.
+    Que nok ar parts arsh waw--Ie yie-yar.
+    Waw-hoo naks sar hasch--Yar-hah. I-yar hee I-yar.
+    Waw hoo naks ar hasch yak-queets sish ni-ese,
+    Waw har. Hie yee ah-hah.
+
+Repeated over and over, with gestures and brandishing of weapons.
+
+
+_Note._
+
+_Ie-yee ma hi-chill_ signifies, "Ye do not know." It appears to be a
+poetical mode of expression, the common one for "You do not know" being
+_Wik-kum-atash_; from this, it would seem that they have two languages,
+one for their songs and another for common use. The general meaning of
+this first stanza appears to be, "Ye little know, ye men of Klahar, what
+valiant warriors we are. Poorly can our foes contend with us, when we
+come on with our daggers," etc.
+
+The Nootkians have no songs of an historical nature, nor do they appear
+to have any tradition respecting their origin.[145]
+
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[145] That is not quite true. They have several of a vague order: one,
+for example, is that all the Indians are sprung from Quawteaht and the
+Thunder Birds. Another is that all the tribes on the West Coast come
+from the west; the different tribes having sprung from the canoes full
+of migrants stranded by a storm here and there, and so forth.
+
+
+
+
+III. A LIST OF WORDS
+
+_In the Nootkian Language, the most in use._[146]
+
+
+  Check-up,                 Man.
+  Kloots-mah,               Woman.
+  Noowexa,                  Father.
+  Hooma-hexa,               Mother.
+  Tanassis,                 Child.
+  Katlahtik,                Brother.
+  Kloot-chem-up,            Sister.
+  Tanassis-check-up,        Son.
+  Tanassis-kloots-mah,      Daughter.
+  Tau-hat-se-tee,           Head.
+  Kassee,                   Eye.
+  Hap-se-up,                Hair.
+  Neetsa,                   Nose.
+  Parpee,                   Ears.
+  Chee-chee,                Teeth.
+  Choop,                    Tongue.
+  Kook-a-nik-sa,            Hands.
+  Klish-klin,               Feet.
+  Oop-helth,                Sun or Moon.
+  Tar-toose,                Stars.
+  Sie-yah,                  Sky.
+  Toop-elth,                Sea.
+  Cha-hak,                  Fresh water.
+  Meet-la,                  Rain.
+  Queece,                   Snow.
+  Noot-chee,                Mountain or hill.
+  Kla-tur-miss,             Earth.
+  Een-nuk-see,              Fire or fuel.
+  Mook-see,                 Rock.
+  Muk-ka-tee,               House.
+  Wik,                      No.
+  He-ho,                    Yes.
+  Kak-koelth,               Slave.
+  Mah-hack,                 Whale.
+  Klack-e-miss,             Oil.
+  Quart-lak,                Sea-otter.
+  Coo-coo-ho-sa,            Seal.
+  Moo-watch,                Bear.
+  So-har,                   Salmon.
+  Toosch-qua,               Cod.
+  Pow-ee,                   Halibut.
+  Kloos-a-mit,              Herring.
+  Chap-atz,                 Canoe.
+  Oo-wha-pa,                Paddle.
+  Chee-me-na,               Fish-hook.
+  Chee-men,                 Fish-hooks.
+  Sick-a-minny,             Iron.
+  Toophelth,                Cloth.
+  Cham-mass,                Fruit.
+  Cham-mas-sish,            Sweet or pleasant to the taste.
+  Moot-sus,                 Powder.
+  Chee-pokes,               Copper.
+  Hah-welks,                Hungry.
+  Nee-sim-mer-hise,         Enough.
+  Chat-ta-yek,              Knife or dagger.
+  Klick-er-yek,             Rings.
+  Quish-ar,                 Smoke.
+  Mar-met-ta,               Goose or duck.
+  Pook-shit-tle,            To blow.
+  Een-a-qui-shit-tle,       To kindle a fire.
+  Ar-teese,                 To bathe.
+  Ma-mook-su-mah,           To go to fish.
+  Smootish-check-up,        Warrior.
+  Cha-alt-see klat-tur wah, Go off, or go away.
+  Ma-kook,                  To sell.
+  Kah-ah-pah-chilt,         Give me something.
+  Oo-nah,                   How many.
+  Iy ah-ish,                Much.
+  Ko-mme-tak,               I understand.
+  I-yee ma hak,             I do not understand.
+  Em-ma-chap,               To play.
+  Kle-whar,                 To laugh.
+  Mac-kam-mah-sish,         Do you want to buy.
+  Kah-ah-coh,               Bring it.
+  Sah-wauk,                 One.
+  Att-la,                   Two.
+  Kat-sa,                   Three.
+  Mooh,                     Four.
+  Soo-chah,                 Five.
+  Noo-poo,                  Six.
+  At-tle-poo,               Seven.
+  At-lah-quelth,            Eight.
+  Saw-wauk-quelth,          Nine.
+  Hy-o,                     Ten.
+  Sak-aitz,                 Twenty.
+  Soo-jewk,                 One hundred.
+  Hy-e-oak,                 One thousand.
+
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[146] Most of the words in this vocabulary are given with reasonable
+correctness, though the transliteration is somewhat primitive. A fuller
+and more accurate one may be found in the Appendix to Sproat's _Scenes
+and Studies of Savage Life_ (1868), pp. 295-309, so that it is not
+necessary to annotate the present one. Those in Cook's _Voyage_ and in
+Dawson and Tolmie's _Comparative Vocabularies of the Indian Tribes of
+British Columbia_ (1884), are short and imperfect. I have a much fuller
+one in manuscript.
+
+
+
+
+INDEX
+
+
+    PAGE
+
+Aht Indians, The, 19
+---- The various tribes of, 23
+
+A-y-chart, Journey to, 193
+---- Natives, conflict with, 194
+
+
+Bear, Capture of the, 164
+---- Management of the, 163
+
+Boston, Arrival at, 244
+---- Reception at, by friends, 245
+
+_Boston_, The--
+  Burning of, 83
+  Capture of, 32, 64
+  List of crew of, 247
+  Murder of crew of, 68
+
+
+Canoes, Description of, 124
+
+Cayuquets, The, 136
+
+China, Arrival at, 244
+
+Celebration, A religious, 205
+
+Climate, 221
+
+Cook and Vancouver, 38
+
+Cooptee, Town of, 145, 168
+
+
+Death, Indian customs observed at, 173
+
+
+Feast, An Indian, 80
+
+Fruit, Various kinds of, 162
+
+
+Geese, Mode of capture of, 208
+
+
+Herring, Mode of capture of, 171
+
+Hull, Leave-taking at, 51
+
+
+Klaizzarts, The, 132
+
+Kla-oo-quates, The, 134
+
+Kletsup Root, Description of, 167
+
+
+Ife-waw, Method of securing, 116
+
+
+Jewitt--
+  Birth of, 43
+  Domestic management, 204
+  Early life of, 44
+  Illness of, 212
+  Marriage of, 201
+  Parentage of, 43
+  Proposal to release, 232
+  Proposal to murder, 214
+  Reception of, by savages, 70
+  Received by Captain Hill, 235
+  Sufferings from cold, 211
+  Suspicions of, by Maquina, 228
+  Termination of captivity, 234
+
+Journal, Jewitt's, Commencement of, 89
+
+
+King, Privileges of the, 215
+
+
+Language, Commencement to learn, 93
+
+_Lydia_, The, Arrival of, 224
+----Departure of, 241
+----Letter to captain of, 227
+
+
+_Manchester_, The, 154
+
+Maquina--, 59, 188
+  Capture and Imprisonment of, 229
+  Council concerning, 236
+  Release of, 238
+  Visit of, to the _Lydia_, 243
+
+Mooachats, The, 38
+
+Moon, Eclipse of the, in 1805, 208
+
+
+Newchemass, The, 136
+
+Native, Indecent burial of a, 212
+
+Natives, Intercourse with, 58
+
+Nettinahts, The, 21
+
+Nootka Sound, 28, 95
+---- ---- Return to, 72
+---- ---- Voyage to, 53
+
+Nootkians, The--
+  Complexion and physique, 113
+  Diseases of, 220
+  Dress of, 105
+  Filthiness of, 187
+  Food of, 110
+  General conduct of, 225
+  Houses of, 97
+  Mode of living of, 108
+  Musical instruments of, 129
+  Ornaments and decorations of, 115, 117
+  Personal appearance of, 112
+  Religion of, 216
+  Slaves of, 130
+  Sports of, 120
+  Superstitions of, 217
+  War-song of, 248
+
+Nootkian language, List of words, 249
+
+
+Porpoises, Sea, Capture of, 56
+
+
+Quahootze, The celebration of, 165
+
+
+Salmon, Method of capture of the, 121, 148
+
+Salter, Captain John, 48, 55
+
+Savages, Treatment of, by English Commanders, 156, 161
+
+Savagedom in Western Vancouver, 16
+
+Sea-otter, Description of the, 120
+
+Sundays at Nootka, 142
+
+
+Tashees, 147
+
+Thompson--
+  Escape by stratagem of, 74
+  Escape from death of, 90
+  Reception of, by crew of the _Lydia_, 232
+
+Tootoosch--
+  Description of, 174
+  Death of, 181
+  Funeral of, 182
+  Singular Derangement of, 176
+
+Toowinnakinnish, 235, 240
+
+Trade, Articles of, 137
+
+Tribes, Arrival of neighbouring, 77
+
+Twins, Custom at birth of, 218
+
+
+Ulatilla, 198
+
+Upquesta, Town of, 168
+----Reception at, 169
+
+
+War, Preparations for, with the A-y-charts, 192
+
+Whale, Method of capture of, 122, 178
+
+Whale-oil, Method of procuring, 179
+
+Whaling, Observances preparatory to, 180
+
+Wickinninish Native, Insult of, 191
+
+Wife, Departure of Jewitt's, 213
+
+Wooden-lips, The, 241
+
+
+Yama fruit, Species of, 161
+
+Yealthlower, Cruelty of, 207
+
+
+MORRISON AND GIBB, PRINTERS, EDINBURGH.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    The Investors' Review.
+    EDITED BY A. J. WILSON.
+
+    MONTHLY, 1S. NET.
+
+Vol. I. (1892) and Vol. II. (1893). _Cloth, 21s. each._ Vol. III.
+(January-June 1894), Vol. IV. (July-December 1894), Vol. V.
+(January-June 1895), and Vol. VI. (July-December 1895). _Cloth, 7s. 6d.
+net._
+
+THE INVESTORS' REVIEW is entirely independent. It deals with all
+subjects which may affect the value of investments, social and
+political, as well as financial.
+
+Besides articles on economic questions and the economic side of
+politics, written from original standpoints, the INVESTORS' REVIEW
+contains many notes and hints on subjects of current interest to
+investors, carefully compiled historical analyses of individual
+Joint-Stock Companies, short resumes of the latest published Company
+Balance-Sheets, and occasional Critical Notes on New Investments offered
+to the public of any plausibility or importance. These are invariably
+written from the point of view of an impartial and experienced observer.
+
+This Review is indispensable to all who desire, not mere market tips,
+but the actual truth about public securities. It allows them to see the
+inside of London finance with a thoroughness and outspokenness no other
+publication of the kind attempts.
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    The Investment Index.
+    A Quarterly Supplement to the
+    "Investors' Review."
+
+    PRICE 2S NET.
+
+Contains a List of Securities, arranged in the order of the London Stock
+Exchange Official List, and their yields at current prices indicated, in
+a clear and effective manner, so as to enable investors to see at a
+glance what stocks pay and what their position is. Selections from
+Provincial Stock Exchange Lists are also included.
+
+In addition to this List, the Investment Index contains plain critical
+notes on balance-sheets, on the finances of foreign states and
+municipalities, and other matters of interest to people with money
+invested or to invest.
+
+    _OPINIONS OF THE PRESS._
+
+    "The compilation of securities is particularly valuable."--_Pall
+    Mall Gazette._
+
+    "Its carefully classified list of securities will be found very
+    valuable."--_Globe._
+
+    "At no time has such a list of securities been more valuable
+    than at the present."--_Star._
+
+    "It forms an admirable book of reference, and is a useful
+    supplement to the well-known Review."--_Newcastle Daily
+    Chronicle._
+
+    "Contains a mass of information that will be found most valuable
+    by investors."--_Liverpool Mercury._
+
+    "Should be useful to people with money invested or to
+    invest."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "A most excellent and useful compilation which should be in the
+    hands of every investor."--_Sketch._
+
+    "A useful publication for the searcher after
+    investments."--_Sun._
+
+    "A most valuable compilation."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE HISTORY OF CURRENCY,
+    1252-1894.
+
+Being an Account of the Gold and Silver Moneys and Monetary Standards of
+Europe and America, together with an Examination of the effects of
+Currency and Exchange Phenomena on Commercial and National Progress and
+Well-being.
+
+    BY WILLIAM A. SHAW, M. A.
+
+    _Second Edition. Price 15s._
+
+    "A valuable addition to economic literature...."--_The Times._
+
+    "L'auteur a rendu un signale service a la science economique par
+    la publication de son volume."--_Journal des Debats._
+
+    "Mr. Shaw's work possesses a permanent historical interest far
+    transcending the present battle of the standards."--_The N. Y.
+    Nation._
+
+    "There have been few more important contributions to the
+    currency controversy."--_Scotsman._
+
+
+    _BY THE SAME AUTHOR._
+
+    Select Tracts and Documents
+    illustrative of
+    English Monetary History,
+    1626-1730.
+
+    _Comprising Works of_
+
+    Sir ROBERT COTTON; HENRY ROBINSON; Sir RICHARD TEMPLE and J. S.;
+    Sir ISAAC NEWTON; JOHN CONDUITT; together with Extracts from the
+    Domestic State Papers at H.M. Record Office. Price 6s.
+
+    "Mr. Shaw has done the students of currency history a service in
+    publishing this volume."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "The volume is welcome, both for its illustrations of economic
+    theory and as a contribution to currency history. It need
+    scarcely be said that Mr. Shaw does his editing
+    well."--_Saturday Review._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    A Glossary of Colloquial, Slang,
+    and Technical Terms
+    IN USE ON THE STOCK EXCHANGE AND IN THE MONEY MARKET.
+
+    EDITED BY A. J. WILSON.
+
+This little Work covers more ground than its title implies, since it
+embraces not only the Language peculiar to the Stock Markets, but often
+goes beyond that, and offers its Readers valuable counsel.
+
+    _Price 3s._
+
+    "A good deal of useful information is here presented in a very
+    handy form."--_Times._
+
+    "The work is a most useful one, and admirable in many
+    respects."--_Pall Mall Gazette._
+
+    "The book fills a gap among works of reference."--_Morning
+    Post._
+
+    "A handbook which will no doubt prove useful to a considerable
+    circle."--_Manchester City News._
+
+    "A mastery of its contents should be worth hundreds of pounds to
+    people who have to deal with the Stock Exchange
+    fraternity."--_Manchester Courier._
+
+    "A book that will be found useful in the offices of a large
+    class of business houses."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "The explanations will be found helpful to all who wish to have
+    a clear understanding of the language of the money and stock
+    markets."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+
+    Labour, Socialism, and Strikes.
+
+    By YVES GUYOT,
+    Political Editor of "Le Siecle," formerly Minister of Public Works
+      in France.
+    _With an introductory Note by A. J. WILSON._
+
+    Paper covers, 1s.; cloth, 1s. 6d.
+
+    "We would suggest to Socialists that they could find no better
+    theme on which to base their controversial lectures than the
+    declaration of war proclaimed against them by Mr.
+    Guyot."--_Reynolds' Newspaper._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    HEROES IN HOMESPUN.
+    Scenes and Stories From the American
+    Emancipation Movement.
+
+    BY ASCOTT R. HOPE,
+    AUTHOR OF "MEN OF THE BACKWOODS," "REDSKIN AND PALEFACE,"
+    "ROYAL YOUTHS," ETC. ETC.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 6s._
+
+    "If these stories were fiction, we should exclaim at nearly
+    every page, 'How impossible this would be in real
+    life!'"--_Daily Chronicle._
+
+    "The book is full of exciting interest which frequently becomes
+    positive romance."--_Literary World._
+
+    "All these stories are admirably told in this record of one of
+    the noblest campaigns in history."--_Westminster Gazette._
+
+    "Mr. Hope carries us on with never-flagging swiftness, and when
+    we read the last page we are sorry to find there is not a second
+    volume."--_British Weekly._
+
+    "This book will serve to keep some noble memories
+    green."--_Speaker._
+
+    "Would make a capital gift-book for boys."--_Publishers'
+    Circular._
+
+    "Boys will glory in the book, and adults will find information
+    mingled with unflagging interest that now and again becomes
+    excitement."--_Christian World._
+
+    "The book is a valuable contribution to the literature of the
+    subject."--_St. James's Gazette._
+
+
+    THE
+    SECRET OF WARDALE COURT.
+    And Other Stories.
+
+    BY ANDREE HOPE.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 6s._
+
+A Collection of Tales, all more or less sad in tone, by a comparatively
+new writer of great promise.
+
+    "The author handles her themes with an ability that should
+    obtain a very favourable reception for her stories."--_Morning
+    Post._
+
+    "Four excellent stories."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "'The Secret of Wardale Court' is a well-told mystery, exciting
+    at some points and engrossing all through."--_Birmingham Daily
+    Post._
+
+    "Written with remarkable power."--_Daily Telegraph._
+
+    "Four clever tales, three of which at least are highly
+    exciting."--_Athenaeum._
+
+    "Unusually well written."--_Saturday Review._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE LIFE OF
+    THOMAS WANLESS, PEASANT.
+
+    _New Edition. One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 3s. 6d._
+
+    "A very powerful story of social wrongs."--_Baptist._
+
+    "The style is remarkable for its power and simplicity, and everything
+    and everybody depicted in the story are real and vivid."--_Bradford
+    Observer._
+
+    "This is a powerful and realistic book--sad but inspiring."--S.E.
+    KEBBLE in _Methodist Times_.
+
+    "The story contains much strong writing and some thoroughly dramatic
+    situations."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "It is obviously sincere and faithful, and proceeds from a genuine
+    sympathy with the unheroic lives which it portrays."--_Sun._
+
+
+    BY THE SAME AUTHOR.
+
+    NICOL THAIN, MATERIALIST.
+
+    _One Vol. crown 8vo. Price 5s._
+
+    "This book will be read, if only for the sake of its merciless
+    realism."--_Spectator._
+
+    "As an artist he has found his feet.... His method is biting and stern,
+    his grip on the attention is masterful.... It is impossible to resist
+    the impression that all the characters have been studied from actual
+    models."--_Birmingham Daily Post._
+
+    "It is a great advance on the author's 'Life of Thomas Wanless,
+    Peasant,' ... one is not inclined to find much fault with a novel
+    which gives such clear evidence of genuine power, and is written
+    with such freshness and vigour."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "The book is somewhat gloomy, but contains strong dramatic
+    episodes."--_Baptist._
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    ROBERT BURNS.
+    THE POEMS, EPISTLES, SONGS, EPIGRAMS,
+    AND EPITAPHS.
+
+    Edited by JAS. A. MANSON.
+
+    _With Notes, Index, Glossary, and Biographical Sketch._
+
+    _Price 5s. Two Volumes, small 8vo, cloth, gilt top._
+
+    "The biographical sketch is carefully executed, and not too
+    enthusiastic for the occasion."--_Times._
+
+    "Is deserving of notice on account not only of the excellence of its
+    paper and typography, but of the sane way in which the personal
+    character and literary qualities of the author of 'Tam O' Shanter'
+    are appraised in the biographical sketch which serves by way of
+    introduction."--_Daily News._
+
+    "Its price, its completeness, and the care bestowed in the arrangement
+    of its contents, their annotation, and the preparation of a glossary,
+    should have vogue with the admirers of Burns."--_Scotsman._
+
+    "Mr. James A. Manson, the editor, has written a biographical
+    introduction, in which he takes a temperate and common-sense view of
+    the poet."--_Dundee Advertiser._
+
+    "The volumes are such a treat to handle and read that they are certain
+    to be popular."--_Glasgow Herald._
+
+    "To anyone in search of a 'Burns' we thoroughly recommend this
+    scholarly and beautiful edition."--_Freeman's Journal._
+
+    "Contains an admirable biographical sketch, which, unlike most
+    biographies, overlooks with kindly eye the follies of the erratic
+    genius."--_Graphic._
+
+    "There are several features in connection with the work which in our
+    opinion specially commend it to admirers of our national poet at this
+    time. While it is one of the smallest and handiest editions, it is
+    also one of the most complete."--_People's Friend._
+
+    "A most attractive edition."--_Cassel's Saturday Journal._
+
+    "The thoroughness of the notes and the fulness and clearness of the
+    English equivalents in the glossary unite in making this one of the
+    very best editions of Burns ever published."--_North British Daily
+    Mail._
+
+    "A noble edition, which holds its place well with all rivals."--_Irish
+    Times._
+
+
+    CLEMENT WILSON,
+    29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+    _CLEMENT WILSON'S PUBLICATIONS._
+
+    THE ADVENTURES OF
+    JOHN JEWITT,
+    ONLY SURVIVOR OF THE CREW OF THE SHIP
+    _BOSTON_,
+    DURING A CAPTIVITY OF NEARLY THREE YEARS AMONG THE
+    _INDIANS OF NOOTKA SOUND_,
+    IN VANCOUVER ISLAND.
+
+    _Edited, with an Introduction and Notes_,
+    BY
+    DR. ROBERT BROWN, M.A., F.L.S.,
+    COMMANDER OF THE FIRST VANCOUVER EXPLORING EXPEDITION, ETC.
+
+
+    _SUNDIAL SERIES._
+    NO. I.
+    A CHRISTIAN WITH TWO WIVES.
+
+    BY REV. DENNIS HIRD, M.A.,
+    _Rector of Eastnor_;
+    AUTHOR OF "TODDLE ISLAND," ETC.
+
+    Paper covers, 1s.; cloth, gilt top, 2s.
+
+    _Other Sundials will follow by various Authors._
+
+
+CLEMENT WILSON,
+29 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.
+
+The following words appear both with and without hyphens and have not
+been changed: Ai-tiz-zarts, Cay-u-quets, Kla-iz-zarts, Noot-chee.
+
+Hyphen added: ear[-]rings (page 118), otter[-]skin (page 153),
+sail[-]maker (page 35), saw[-]mills (page 61).
+
+Hyphen removed: fresh[-]water (page 221), good[-]will (pages 92, 93).
+
+List of illustrations: page number 151 changed to 149.
+
+Page 129: "as" changed to "at" (at war, whaling and fishing).
+
+Page 250: The word "Moot-sus, Powder" was restored from another book.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF JOHN JEWITT***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 38010.txt or 38010.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/8/0/1/38010
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/38010.zip b/38010.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..299eba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38010.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f53d82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #38010 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38010)